diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index 841f865886..3224e2392a 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,5 +1,123 @@ # Changelog +## [2.194.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.193.0...v2.194.0) (2026-04-07) + + +### Features + +* **admin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/91646aa8f11c3491c8ae96cb142098d23bd4d86a ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **agentregistry:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c63837ea9aeb0f90bc3d9bed82272538c65f711d ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **agentregistry:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/dcb4b8996c6f66c6624b5d55762bd3b3b2657188 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **aiplatform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/03a174d2847d72f29e830b632dfd286bae061aef ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **aiplatform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6bcf698be695688ae2b8f495dd8b1facbea36652 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **aiplatform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ea9256491a9082b46c10d8d123ac8d6117b5242e ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **alertcenter:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5dff47cddcdd1ea2a01cb06f4fc51b4615412c1d ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **alertcenter:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/70213df06da6dca4e0ca0773f65ecce0057ae588 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **alloydb:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e30b3b574430d6d5786133182a61fe309d5ff8ea ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **analyticsadmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8c81a7c312e9eb83779d694d704d9a7ece84960b ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **apigee:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8a3ff159fe52d11541cd3c7081f27d3a92ec157c ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **apikeys:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cec06010ccf58100aa875b5a82b5a4dc6119e3d3 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **appengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7935e3c7858b5273941d95507f1c5f395bb73dfd ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **artifactregistry:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2904124c55cfbad06dd531294d19df9b03ffd08b ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **backupdr:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3872d47f6e3077b77ca5e623d683aa4c9290826b ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **backupdr:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6e98d8bf562dcaf4628db21f8572b3fcd4333991 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **bigquerydatatransfer:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5feddee128ec217348d270c82dd2d8049f175f04 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **bigquery:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9ff91f076330299320b29103467078bcaf5bbc4c ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **bigtableadmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/45c3a5686de4f12a2b9cbc73dca8be5a8837a4ac ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **bigtableadmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/84f19284846c9f3f230bac672bb2812ded4d891a ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **ces:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a1faed1dbb4c75c36f6f75209bc3d8e948030283 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **ces:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f3eca84fe126d4d004da30e84d2f854452c838e8 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **chat:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f6cf5d2801b1bb0cffbd8d078d97287950bb9e88 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **cloudbilling:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1dcb981e3521fd102a537203e557a46cb77b78db ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **cloudbuild:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9a5a1cd8b87c0a8cee8e2fb07c9df4f4088e59cd ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **clouddeploy:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92270421dad5b1cdd1de7c9bed8a3570c396ca93 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **cloudkms:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f3f0ad25b33f0811a524a414f93a80dc9b2f9a32 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **cloudsearch:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a26acd7ac001905649b2c913129fb3ed7a0ed567 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **cloudtasks:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2af118b3c0fa958e8954f7fced6e2218214a66c0 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **compute:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8e83dc996f64254ce826d59d32abba9ce22f7789 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **compute:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/da8c35f88c21181d8d46ed699e6166062b3250f4 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **config:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b4fa3f2f6e1c1437270e2fd4cdb5d77be085606a ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **connectors:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/78dece310ddbc068cafb7877ea7b9c51ba00465d ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **contactcenterinsights:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/76bc2b43080e4eb98b149869c43c383e4133c884 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **containeranalysis:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/03b49af4aa6dbd4b0b34c1aa3db5a607c660f37a ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **containeranalysis:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b1c7a26316b7d00752c4012ede0d65632fd63faf ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **container:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0b40ba83f99859afd3a58ebcc20bfda6bc484b7f ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **container:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/120be612dc45186c77091d671c167deb73c0740f ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **container:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d47e46693a4d760502e0f576884ef01c8836b45c ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **dataform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/820112c5fdea8506ed88cc149e558e6a2a1a585d ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **dataform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8ccc149637c65d8e5ed1a89ee5ca43c029b02fc4 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **dataform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b260d854ef3f5dd67d37b29c91df2bc3ffc35693 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **datamigration:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/308cc75c64f69e5d361b2d518638588b35a95279 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **dataplex:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d4a71f77594865f4ca7d6793e4d886251b7ac943 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **dataproc:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/66bf4e25ec2884866cccf302c8e78326a9e96e59 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **dataproc:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a88404b0e3afaf8e1136aae45d9ec3adf1db6e02 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **datastream:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/474e68de7142177f9b73819be908707de945ceda ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **deploymentmanager:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d153ecff36c249c3ab85cf5e5ba620e42aec1cca ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **developerconnect:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8683ea4db6b860e4672886c161a5031a4cbe8839 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **dialogflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b0c1eff16b43adfa3653b468b4268e8d07727ae5 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **dialogflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c7f6617ceb4a15a4579e3d00b11174973d3133bc ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **discoveryengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5487d717ec399bbadb11fd518a3dcf29e871f6d3 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **discoveryengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6a9497a55fb943af3dee2746945fc2dca7d60011 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **displayvideo:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3ec306443e1c4fbe27429ed50642ac777b5eb7d2 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **dlp:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6750b77cfe6853e7430d50a1d4f87819ceb6c1c6 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **documentai:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/85ab75803c7ca2a04ce59f62fe7be363831e1e26 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **drive:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c5c54dcb4942d22db14cae372202387364d35cd4 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **firebaseml:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1e7e865188483aacc5cd2c56b27fe1e77019e3f0 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **firestore:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e6884c2143bf020228bb66eb55e49b580baffa8e ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **gkebackup:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/edc3e3d030a8748107968e198c3a862b4b6a2b03 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **gkehub:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/dba7ab71f7b7d98b5caf0889455d2eacf010b39e ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **iam:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/716f035f5165809082ee6b583ad02ceb4b44e60a ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **iam:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a68c7c814018e32957876339a5dada7d3e9633f3 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **logging:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0d62e6e60de5a10711e30deb55ae1518b7c56897 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **looker:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d2df2f759b86100bc9482194953e8664588188c9 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **meet:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5776cdc442b3e2c533cd1a5f982a04a925d9449a ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **meet:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9f586a79c84303ef8f3dd9767c94dcf9a49a6039 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **merchantapi:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5a0f5a2f82fda6c109854eaa7b046953764cedb9 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **metastore:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e4f61f8783c27976072dd0c6c54b64cec413046a ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **netapp:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7d90733549e4689964aa2482ed0b86a0a9509adc ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **netapp:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8f12e17b6b4e6c2245f4ae67334352ad28db6f93 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **netapp:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f2b1212b83729610350b811a793013007c5c6ea6 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **networkconnectivity:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/260987c95e43a82f561c230011eca318a8e31bb3 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **networksecurity:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/603b29c5447b432000ef09e3caff0d121fb85c42 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **networksecurity:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b827b1e88fa934ecff2985fd96dd319105bab742 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **networkservices:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d1408d084dd266d4538ee01a7f8e49fd8de59268 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **networkservices:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d93aa6d91efe5304819bee31fc93be2464fd538e ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **ondemandscanning:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/37bb3b71e40d6e910dee3dea30cd272ba151d5f9 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **ondemandscanning:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/60ddd590abd051ae94cfc43c9ff44f13649bf54b ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **oracledatabase:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ed47b0a536371838d3dcd6997a4bda0f859452fd ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **places:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1ecca792e8b737ebd09b5474ea07ffbc64b1e892 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **pubsub:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b22058e5dc4d95f75e87f317618b16dae1432d5f ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **redis:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0305fbe07877d36f07d595bbb62349837b4e6420 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **redis:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/52c11a47357ba760227e6a1fcd9eb813eadf0df8 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **run:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8683d05a0494fd841c4e9375d2f2ed0cd155fa94 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **run:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/dad802cdabf4109ca130f09cc71333dac7597568 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **run:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fa7326f5e783f621eae68c7ececc3f5583b03e4e ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **saasservicemgmt:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3771842cbbc9272d90e2f139b7ba60eff328b73f ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **saasservicemgmt:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e2ad02115a747f454386c5a3278daa6e87d805ce ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **securitycenter:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/003123f6718d9f522ac42f9b854d658ea90069bb ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **securitycenter:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fb34698997fe6e36b7138d5c24ca31871f6db6e2 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **securityposture:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/44ce9342be91094c36ae36d5fe0cee86c5a9c2b8 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **serviceusage:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/dae4c1ab366eaa2a958344bed42715804c9f67b4 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **sqladmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f3240b9dfe76f5fbe94010623ade6c9403eec507 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **storagebatchoperations:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cf786916a0289c9bb64ef01ae8ba5b7746ea6987 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **texttospeech:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/44d5a9ecd14f93719b9969c9ff128e81e5b3e4e2 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **toolresults:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5e97ffbd7c2f3dc0f61ac0f989fe47123bab141b ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **vmwareengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b47cd856ecdbc17b106ad58d7cdfc163db0c0036 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **workspaceevents:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d1d78c07f411ca8987c67b4f0c8b0a897785804b ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **youtube:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4c63cb70ed52d46763c26068babecc728d0014cb ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **youtube:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c5456151d905ff8a201aa1efdee311d5e742656b ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) + + +### Bug Fixes + +* **chat:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2ded3df4a7d570184154e81664279b83e5118406 ([2d0b3b1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2d0b3b1eb39659a172bea5fdbf99f78d094a98f9)) +* **cloudkms:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0a6fa1bf3b55b5bdcfc9edc7f87c1e95d478c49a ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **composer:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c248b85a2ed15019849ae57e2e89403c7aaf3390 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **datastore:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/eb53e9a0c0258faf1342bee9a3a0a8b48ba3e9fa ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **firestore:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/089b4898f5d71a7ada90a15f6f41b41699bb1112 ([4b1cfc7](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1cfc7c82a5b51aeaf39962e9b793a445e1a14f)) +* **observability:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/238cfca596a411be88d9eb21f98c2d80fe39a1d2 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) +* **oracledatabase:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/55e0acf9d8b42f3cb69ccab08445d7361bdb0a06 ([b6b55b6](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6b55b68cb84e98c0feaac31d2c67ad84d61094e)) + ## [2.193.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.192.0...v2.193.0) (2026-03-17) diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html index c4034a2160..a83213aa2b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html index 98fa9f3374..5936a6d09a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, includeSensitiveData=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer's account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report's parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides.

list_next()

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Method Details

- list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, includeSensitiveData=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer's account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report's parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides. 
 
 Args:
@@ -145,6 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

eventName: string, The name of the event being queried by the API. Each `eventName` is related to a specific Google Workspace service or feature which the API organizes into types of events. An example is the Google Calendar events in the Admin console application's reports. The Calendar Settings `type` structure has all of the Calendar `eventName` activities reported by the API. When an administrator changes a Calendar setting, the API reports this activity in the Calendar Settings `type` and `eventName` parameters. For more information about `eventName` query strings and parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list composed of event parameters manipulated by relational operators. Event parameters are in the form `{parameter1 name}{relational operator}{parameter1 value},{parameter2 name}{relational operator}{parameter2 value},...` These event parameters are associated with a specific `eventName`. An empty report is returned if the request's parameter doesn't belong to the `eventName`. For more information about the available `eventName` fields for each application and their associated parameters, go to the [ApplicationName](#applicationname) table, then click through to the Activity Events page in the Appendix for the application you want. In the following Drive activity examples, the returned list consists of all `edit` events where the `doc_id` parameter value matches the conditions defined by the relational operator. In the first example, the request returns all edited documents with a `doc_id` value equal to `12345`. In the second example, the report returns any edited documents where the `doc_id` value is not equal to `98765`. The `<>` operator is URL-encoded in the request's query string (`%3C%3E`): ``` GET...&eventName=edit&filters=doc_id==12345 GET...&eventName=edit&filters=doc_id%3C%3E98765 ``` A `filters` query supports these relational operators: * `==`—'equal to'. * `<>`—'not equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C%3E). * `<`—'less than'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C). * `<=`—'less than or equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C=). * `>`—'greater than'. Must be URL-encoded (%3E). * `>=`—'greater than or equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3E=). **Note:** The API doesn't accept multiple values of the same parameter. If a parameter is supplied more than once in the API request, the API only accepts the last value of that parameter. In addition, if an invalid parameter is supplied in the API request, the API ignores that parameter and returns the response corresponding to the remaining valid parameters. If no parameters are requested, all parameters are returned. groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: "id:abc123,id:xyz456" *Important:* To filter by groups, you must explicitly add the groups to your filtering groups allowlist. For more information about adding groups to filtering groups allowlist, see [Filter results by Google Group](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11482175) + includeSensitiveData: boolean, Optional. When set to `true`, this field allows sensitive user-generated content to be included in the returned audit logs. This parameter is supported only for Rules (DLP) and Chat applications; using it with any other application will result in a permission error. maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response's `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional in the request. The default value is 1000. networkInfoFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `regionCode` field present in [`NetworkInfo`](#networkinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode="IN" GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=%22IN%22 ``` orgUnitID: string, ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn't appear in the filtered results. @@ -236,6 +237,60 @@

Method Details

"resourceIds": [ # Resource ids associated with the event. "A String", ], + "sensitiveParameters": [ # Includes sensitive parameter value pairs for various applications. + { + "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value of the parameter. + "intValue": "A String", # Integer value of the parameter. + "messageValue": { # Nested parameter value pairs associated with this parameter. Complex value type for a parameter are returned as a list of parameter values. For example, the address parameter may have a value as `[{parameter: [{name: city, value: abc}]}]` + "parameter": [ # Parameter values + { # JSON template for a parameter used in various reports. + "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value of the parameter. + "intValue": "A String", # Integer value of the parameter. + "multiBoolValue": [ # Multiple boolean values of the parameter. + True or False, + ], + "multiIntValue": [ # Multiple integer values of the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "multiValue": [ # Multiple string values of the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "name": "A String", # The name of the parameter. + "value": "A String", # String value of the parameter. + }, + ], + }, + "multiIntValue": [ # Integer values of the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "multiMessageValue": [ # List of `messageValue` objects. + { + "parameter": [ # Parameter values + { # JSON template for a parameter used in various reports. + "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value of the parameter. + "intValue": "A String", # Integer value of the parameter. + "multiBoolValue": [ # Multiple boolean values of the parameter. + True or False, + ], + "multiIntValue": [ # Multiple integer values of the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "multiValue": [ # Multiple string values of the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "name": "A String", # The name of the parameter. + "value": "A String", # String value of the parameter. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "multiValue": [ # String values of the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "name": "A String", # The name of the parameter. + "value": "A String", # String value of the parameter. + }, + ], "status": { # Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status. # Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status. "errorCode": "A String", # Error code of the event. Note: Field can be empty. "errorMessage": "A String", # Error message of the event. Note: Field can be empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0fc2128cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..044bd27b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.agents.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9cbe4f685 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects . locations . agents

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Agent.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Agents in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Searches Agents in a given project and location.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Agent.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Agent. "A2A" below refers to the Agent-to-Agent protocol.
+  "agentId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for agents.
+  "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the Agent. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/Framework`: {"framework": "google-adk"} - the agent framework used to develop the Agent. Example values: "google-adk", "langchain", "custom". * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {"principal": "principal://..."} - the runtime identity associated with the Agent. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Agent, for example, the Reasoning Engine URI.
+    "a_key": {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "card": { # Full Agent Card payload, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. # Output only. Full Agent Card payload, when available.
+    "content": { # Output only. The content of the agent card.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of agent card.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no description.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.
+  "location": "A String", # Output only. The location where agent is hosted. The value is defined by the hosting environment (i.e. cloud provider).
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of an Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`.
+  "protocols": [ # Output only. The connection details for the Agent.
+    { # Represents the protocol of an Agent.
+      "interfaces": [ # Output only. The connection details for the Agent.
+        { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+          "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "protocolVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of the protocol, for example, the A2A Agent Card version.
+      "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the protocol.
+    },
+  ],
+  "skills": [ # Output only. Skills the agent possesses, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.
+    { # Represents the skills of an Agent.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. A more detailed description of the skill.
+      "examples": [ # Output only. Example prompts or scenarios this skill can handle.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the agent's skill.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable name for the agent's skill.
+      "tags": [ # Output only. Keywords describing the skill.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. A universally unique identifier for the Agent.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no version or agent is not an A2A Agent.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Agents in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListAgentsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Agents
+  "agents": [ # The list of Agents.
+    { # Represents an Agent. "A2A" below refers to the Agent-to-Agent protocol.
+      "agentId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for agents.
+      "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the Agent. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/Framework`: {"framework": "google-adk"} - the agent framework used to develop the Agent. Example values: "google-adk", "langchain", "custom". * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {"principal": "principal://..."} - the runtime identity associated with the Agent. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Agent, for example, the Reasoning Engine URI.
+        "a_key": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "card": { # Full Agent Card payload, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. # Output only. Full Agent Card payload, when available.
+        "content": { # Output only. The content of the agent card.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of agent card.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no description.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The location where agent is hosted. The value is defined by the hosting environment (i.e. cloud provider).
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of an Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`.
+      "protocols": [ # Output only. The connection details for the Agent.
+        { # Represents the protocol of an Agent.
+          "interfaces": [ # Output only. The connection details for the Agent.
+            { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+              "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+              "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "protocolVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of the protocol, for example, the A2A Agent Card version.
+          "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the protocol.
+        },
+      ],
+      "skills": [ # Output only. Skills the agent possesses, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.
+        { # Represents the skills of an Agent.
+          "description": "A String", # Output only. A more detailed description of the skill.
+          "examples": [ # Output only. Example prompts or scenarios this skill can handle.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the agent's skill.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable name for the agent's skill.
+          "tags": [ # Output only. Keywords describing the skill.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. A universally unique identifier for the Agent.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no version or agent is not an A2A Agent.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Searches Agents in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for SearchAgentsRequest. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message for searching Agents
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of search results to return per page. The page size is capped at `100`, even if a larger value is specified. A negative value will result in an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. If unspecified or set to `0`, a default value of `20` will be used. The server may return fewer results than requested.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. If present, retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.
+  "searchString": "A String", # Optional. Search criteria used to select the Agents to return. If no search criteria is specified then all accessible Agents will be returned. Search expressions can be used to restrict results based upon searchable fields, where the operators can be used along with the suffix wildcard symbol `*`. See [instructions](https://docs.cloud.google.com/agent-registry/search-agents-and-tools) for more details. Allowed operators: `=`, `:`, `NOT`, `AND`, `OR`, and `()`. Searchable fields: | Field | `=` | `:` | `*` | Keyword Search | |--------------------|-----|-----|-----|----------------| | agentId | Yes | Yes | Yes | Included | | name | No | Yes | Yes | Included | | displayName | No | Yes | Yes | Included | | description | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.id | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.name | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.description | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.tags | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.examples | No | Yes | No | Included | Examples: * `agentId=urn:agent:projects-123:projects:123:locations:us-central1:reasoningEngines:1234` to find the agent with the specified agent ID. * `name:important` to find agents whose name contains `important` as a word. * `displayName:works*` to find agents whose display name contains words that start with `works`. * `skills.tags:test` to find agents whose skills tags contain `test`. * `planner OR booking` to find agents whose metadata contains the words `planner` or `booking`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to searching Agents
+  "agents": [ # A list of Agents that match the `search_string`.
+    { # Represents an Agent. "A2A" below refers to the Agent-to-Agent protocol.
+      "agentId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for agents.
+      "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the Agent. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/Framework`: {"framework": "google-adk"} - the agent framework used to develop the Agent. Example values: "google-adk", "langchain", "custom". * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {"principal": "principal://..."} - the runtime identity associated with the Agent. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Agent, for example, the Reasoning Engine URI.
+        "a_key": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "card": { # Full Agent Card payload, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. # Output only. Full Agent Card payload, when available.
+        "content": { # Output only. The content of the agent card.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of agent card.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no description.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The location where agent is hosted. The value is defined by the hosting environment (i.e. cloud provider).
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of an Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`.
+      "protocols": [ # Output only. The connection details for the Agent.
+        { # Represents the protocol of an Agent.
+          "interfaces": [ # Output only. The connection details for the Agent.
+            { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+              "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+              "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "protocolVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of the protocol, for example, the A2A Agent Card version.
+          "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the protocol.
+        },
+      ],
+      "skills": [ # Output only. Skills the agent possesses, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.
+        { # Represents the skills of an Agent.
+          "description": "A String", # Output only. A more detailed description of the skill.
+          "examples": [ # Output only. Example prompts or scenarios this skill can handle.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the agent's skill.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable name for the agent's skill.
+          "tags": [ # Output only. Keywords describing the skill.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. A universally unique identifier for the Agent.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no version or agent is not an A2A Agent.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.endpoints.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37c968664b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects . locations . endpoints

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Endpoint.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the endpoint to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Endpoint.
+  "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the Endpoint. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Endpoint, for example, the GKE Deployment.
+    "a_key": {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of an Endpoint.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name for the Endpoint.
+  "endpointId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for Endpoint.
+  "interfaces": [ # Required. The connection details for the Endpoint.
+    { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+      "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+      "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location to list endpoints in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A query string used to filter the list of endpoints returned. The filter expression must follow AIP-160 syntax. Filtering is supported on the `name`, `display_name`, `description`, `version`, and `interfaces` fields. Some examples: * `name = "projects/p1/locations/l1/endpoints/e1"` * `display_name = "my-endpoint"` * `description = "my-endpoint-description"` * `version = "v1"` * `interfaces.transport = "HTTP_JSON"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Endpoints
+  "endpoints": [ # The list of Endpoint resources matching the parent and filter criteria in the request. Each Endpoint resource follows the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`.
+    { # Represents an Endpoint.
+      "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the Endpoint. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Endpoint, for example, the GKE Deployment.
+        "a_key": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of an Endpoint.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name for the Endpoint.
+      "endpointId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for Endpoint.
+      "interfaces": [ # Required. The connection details for the Endpoint.
+        { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+          "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Used in page_token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d946577bc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ agents() +

+

Returns the agents Resource.

+ +

+ endpoints() +

+

Returns the endpoints Resource.

+ +

+ mcpServers() +

+

Returns the mcpServers Resource.

+ +

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ services() +

+

Returns the services Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about a location.

+

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. Do not use this field. It is unsupported and is ignored unless explicitly documented otherwise. This is primarily for internal usage. (repeated)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.mcpServers.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.mcpServers.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03af1328aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.mcpServers.html @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects . locations . mcpServers

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single McpServer.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists McpServers in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Searches McpServers in a given project and location.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single McpServer.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an MCP (Model Context Protocol) Server.
+  "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the MCP Server. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {"principal": "principal://..."} - the runtime identity associated with the MCP Server. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the MCP Server, for example, the GKE Deployment.
+    "a_key": {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the MCP Server.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the MCP Server.
+  "interfaces": [ # Output only. The connection details for the MCP Server.
+    { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+      "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+      "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+    },
+  ],
+  "mcpServerId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for MCP Servers.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the MCP Server. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}`.
+  "tools": [ # Output only. Tools provided by the MCP Server.
+    { # Represents a single tool provided by an MCP Server.
+      "annotations": { # Annotations describing the characteristics and behavior of a tool or operation. # Output only. Annotations associated with the tool.
+        "destructiveHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, the tool may perform destructive updates to its environment. If false, the tool performs only additive updates. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false` Default: true
+        "idempotentHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, calling the tool repeatedly with the same arguments will have no additional effect on its environment. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false. Default: false
+        "openWorldHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, this tool may interact with an "open world" of external entities. If false, the tool's domain of interaction is closed. For example, the world of a web search tool is open, whereas that of a memory tool is not. Default: true
+        "readOnlyHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, the tool does not modify its environment. Default: false
+        "title": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable title for the tool.
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of what the tool does.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable name of the tool.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists McpServers in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListMcpServersRequest. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing McpServers
+  "mcpServers": [ # The list of McpServers.
+    { # Represents an MCP (Model Context Protocol) Server.
+      "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the MCP Server. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {"principal": "principal://..."} - the runtime identity associated with the MCP Server. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the MCP Server, for example, the GKE Deployment.
+        "a_key": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the MCP Server.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the MCP Server.
+      "interfaces": [ # Output only. The connection details for the MCP Server.
+        { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+          "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "mcpServerId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for MCP Servers.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the MCP Server. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}`.
+      "tools": [ # Output only. Tools provided by the MCP Server.
+        { # Represents a single tool provided by an MCP Server.
+          "annotations": { # Annotations describing the characteristics and behavior of a tool or operation. # Output only. Annotations associated with the tool.
+            "destructiveHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, the tool may perform destructive updates to its environment. If false, the tool performs only additive updates. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false` Default: true
+            "idempotentHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, calling the tool repeatedly with the same arguments will have no additional effect on its environment. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false. Default: false
+            "openWorldHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, this tool may interact with an "open world" of external entities. If false, the tool's domain of interaction is closed. For example, the world of a web search tool is open, whereas that of a memory tool is not. Default: true
+            "readOnlyHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, the tool does not modify its environment. Default: false
+            "title": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable title for the tool.
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of what the tool does.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable name of the tool.
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Searches McpServers in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for SearchMcpServersRequest. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message for searching MCP Servers
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of search results to return per page. The page size is capped at `100`, even if a larger value is specified. A negative value will result in an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. If unspecified or set to `0`, a default value of `20` will be used. The server may return fewer results than requested.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. If present, retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.
+  "searchString": "A String", # Optional. Search criteria used to select the MCP Servers to return. If no search criteria is specified then all accessible MCP Servers will be returned. Search expressions can be used to restrict results based upon searchable fields, where the operators can be used along with the suffix wildcard symbol `*`. See [instructions](https://docs.cloud.google.com/agent-registry/search-agents-and-tools) for more details. Allowed operators: `=`, `:`, `NOT`, `AND`, `OR`, and `()`. Searchable fields: | Field | `=` | `:` | `*` | Keyword Search | |--------------------|-----|-----|-----|----------------| | mcpServerId | Yes | Yes | Yes | Included | | name | No | Yes | Yes | Included | | displayName | No | Yes | Yes | Included | Examples: * `mcpServerId=urn:mcp:projects-123:projects:123:locations:us-central1:agentregistry:services:service-id` to find the MCP Server with the specified MCP Server ID. * `name:important` to find MCP Servers whose name contains `important` as a word. * `displayName:works*` to find MCP Servers whose display name contains words that start with `works`. * `planner OR booking` to find MCP Servers whose metadata contains the words `planner` or `booking`. * `mcpServerId:service-id AND (displayName:planner OR displayName:booking)` to find MCP Servers whose MCP Server ID contains `service-id` and whose display name contains `planner` or `booking`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to searching MCP Servers
+  "mcpServers": [ # A list of McpServers that match the `search_string`.
+    { # Represents an MCP (Model Context Protocol) Server.
+      "attributes": { # Output only. Attributes of the MCP Server. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {"principal": "principal://..."} - the runtime identity associated with the MCP Server. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {"uri": "//..."} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the MCP Server, for example, the GKE Deployment.
+        "a_key": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the MCP Server.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the MCP Server.
+      "interfaces": [ # Output only. The connection details for the MCP Server.
+        { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+          "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "mcpServerId": "A String", # Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for MCP Servers.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the MCP Server. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}`.
+      "tools": [ # Output only. Tools provided by the MCP Server.
+        { # Represents a single tool provided by an MCP Server.
+          "annotations": { # Annotations describing the characteristics and behavior of a tool or operation. # Output only. Annotations associated with the tool.
+            "destructiveHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, the tool may perform destructive updates to its environment. If false, the tool performs only additive updates. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false` Default: true
+            "idempotentHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, calling the tool repeatedly with the same arguments will have no additional effect on its environment. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false. Default: false
+            "openWorldHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, this tool may interact with an "open world" of external entities. If false, the tool's domain of interaction is closed. For example, the world of a web search tool is open, whereas that of a memory tool is not. Default: true
+            "readOnlyHint": True or False, # Output only. If true, the tool does not modify its environment. Default: false
+            "title": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable title for the tool.
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of what the tool does.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable name of the tool.
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6697727e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects . locations . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..655d7af29e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ + + + +

Agent Registry API . projects . locations . services

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Service in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Service.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Service.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Services in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single Service.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Service in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location to create the Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a user-defined Service.
+  "agentSpec": { # The spec of the agent. # Optional. The spec of the Agent. When `agent_spec` is set, the type of the service is Agent.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the Agent spec in the JSON format. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the agent spec content.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-defined description of an Service. Can have a maximum length of `2048` characters.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-defined display name for the Service. Can have a maximum length of `63` characters.
+  "endpointSpec": { # The spec of the endpoint. # Optional. The spec of the Endpoint. When `endpoint_spec` is set, the type of the service is Endpoint.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the endpoint spec. Reserved for future use.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the endpoint spec content.
+  },
+  "interfaces": [ # Optional. The connection details for the Service.
+    { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+      "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+      "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+    },
+  ],
+  "mcpServerSpec": { # The spec of the MCP Server. # Optional. The spec of the MCP Server. When `mcp_server_spec` is set, the type of the service is MCP Server.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the MCP Server spec. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.
+  "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  serviceId: string, Required. The ID to use for the service, which will become the final component of the service's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are `/a-z-/`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a user-defined Service.
+  "agentSpec": { # The spec of the agent. # Optional. The spec of the Agent. When `agent_spec` is set, the type of the service is Agent.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the Agent spec in the JSON format. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the agent spec content.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-defined description of an Service. Can have a maximum length of `2048` characters.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-defined display name for the Service. Can have a maximum length of `63` characters.
+  "endpointSpec": { # The spec of the endpoint. # Optional. The spec of the Endpoint. When `endpoint_spec` is set, the type of the service is Endpoint.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the endpoint spec. Reserved for future use.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the endpoint spec content.
+  },
+  "interfaces": [ # Optional. The connection details for the Service.
+    { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+      "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+      "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+    },
+  ],
+  "mcpServerSpec": { # The spec of the MCP Server. # Optional. The spec of the MCP Server. When `mcp_server_spec` is set, the type of the service is MCP Server.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the MCP Server spec. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.
+  "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Services in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location to list services in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A query string used to filter the list of services returned. The filter expression must follow AIP-160 syntax. Filtering is supported on the `name`, `display_name`, `description`, and `labels` fields. Some examples: * `name = "projects/p1/locations/l1/services/s1"` * `display_name = "my-service"` * `description : "myservice description"` * `labels.env = "prod"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Services
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Used in page_token.
+  "services": [ # The list of Service resources matching the parent and filter criteria in the request. Each Service resource follows the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.
+    { # Represents a user-defined Service.
+      "agentSpec": { # The spec of the agent. # Optional. The spec of the Agent. When `agent_spec` is set, the type of the service is Agent.
+        "content": { # Optional. The content of the Agent spec in the JSON format. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the agent spec content.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. User-defined description of an Service. Can have a maximum length of `2048` characters.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-defined display name for the Service. Can have a maximum length of `63` characters.
+      "endpointSpec": { # The spec of the endpoint. # Optional. The spec of the Endpoint. When `endpoint_spec` is set, the type of the service is Endpoint.
+        "content": { # Optional. The content of the endpoint spec. Reserved for future use.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the endpoint spec content.
+      },
+      "interfaces": [ # Optional. The connection details for the Service.
+        { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+          "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "mcpServerSpec": { # The spec of the MCP Server. # Optional. The spec of the MCP Server. When `mcp_server_spec` is set, the type of the service is MCP Server.
+        "content": { # Optional. The content of the MCP Server spec. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.
+      "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single Service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a user-defined Service.
+  "agentSpec": { # The spec of the agent. # Optional. The spec of the Agent. When `agent_spec` is set, the type of the service is Agent.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the Agent spec in the JSON format. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the agent spec content.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-defined description of an Service. Can have a maximum length of `2048` characters.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-defined display name for the Service. Can have a maximum length of `63` characters.
+  "endpointSpec": { # The spec of the endpoint. # Optional. The spec of the Endpoint. When `endpoint_spec` is set, the type of the service is Endpoint.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the endpoint spec. Reserved for future use.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the endpoint spec content.
+  },
+  "interfaces": [ # Optional. The connection details for the Service.
+    { # Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.
+      "protocolBinding": "A String", # Required. The protocol binding of the interface.
+      "url": "A String", # Required. The destination URL.
+    },
+  ],
+  "mcpServerSpec": { # The spec of the MCP Server. # Optional. The spec of the MCP Server. When `mcp_server_spec` is set, the type of the service is MCP Server.
+    "content": { # Optional. The content of the MCP Server spec. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.
+  "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Service resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index 26a6612b79..b233bd224d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

Generate content with multimodal inputs.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -1649,6 +1649,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -1789,7 +1792,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2004,7 +2007,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index 08987a541a..6a73b5c5a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index e3bb6f47ee..2805315ce1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Instance Methods

Updates an Endpoint.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3817,7 +3817,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -3867,6 +3867,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -4235,7 +4238,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4450,7 +4453,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html index 93be21e9d1..4e175834e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], @@ -321,7 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -423,6 +424,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -446,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -596,7 +598,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -722,7 +724,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -825,6 +827,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -853,6 +867,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -897,7 +912,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -993,6 +1008,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -1016,7 +1032,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1141,6 +1157,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -1164,7 +1181,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1280,7 +1297,136 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -1302,7 +1448,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1394,7 +1540,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. @@ -1466,7 +1612,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1562,6 +1708,7 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], @@ -1600,7 +1747,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1702,6 +1849,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -1725,7 +1873,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1875,7 +2023,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2001,7 +2149,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2104,6 +2252,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -2132,6 +2292,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -2176,7 +2337,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2272,6 +2433,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -2295,7 +2457,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2420,6 +2582,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -2443,7 +2606,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2559,7 +2722,136 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -2581,7 +2873,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2673,7 +2965,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. @@ -2787,7 +3079,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2883,6 +3175,7 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], @@ -2921,7 +3214,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3023,6 +3316,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -3046,7 +3340,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3196,7 +3490,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3322,7 +3616,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3425,6 +3719,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -3453,6 +3759,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -3497,7 +3804,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3593,6 +3900,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -3616,7 +3924,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3741,6 +4049,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -3764,7 +4073,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3880,7 +4189,136 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -3902,7 +4340,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3994,7 +4432,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. @@ -4079,7 +4517,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4175,6 +4613,7 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], @@ -4213,7 +4652,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4315,6 +4754,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -4338,7 +4778,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4488,7 +4928,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4614,7 +5054,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4717,6 +5157,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -4745,6 +5197,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -4789,7 +5242,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4885,6 +5338,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -4908,7 +5362,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5033,6 +5487,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -5056,7 +5511,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5172,7 +5627,136 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -5194,7 +5778,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5286,7 +5870,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html index 5320f511e8..0732f25e4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a RagEngineConfig.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1869,6 +1869,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -1968,7 +1980,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2239,7 +2251,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2548,7 +2560,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2928,7 +2940,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3150,7 +3162,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3781,6 +3793,326 @@

Method Details

}, }, "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to evaluate the instances. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricSources": [ # Optional. The metrics (either inline or registered) used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. + { # The metric source used for evaluation. + "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config. + "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. + "A String", + ], + "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric. + "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score. + }, + "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. + "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. + }, + "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric. + "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function. + }, + "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric. + }, + "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. + "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. + }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, + "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. + "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. + "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric. + }, + "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric. + }, + "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric. + "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum. + "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum. + "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. + }, + }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # The metrics used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. { # The metric used for running evaluations. "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. @@ -3828,7 +4160,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3954,7 +4286,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4057,6 +4389,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -4965,7 +5309,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5242,6 +5586,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to generate rubrics from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a registered metric. Rubric generation using predefined metric spec or LLMBasedMetricSpec is supported. If this field is set, the configuration provided in this field is used for rubric generation. The `predefined_rubric_generation_spec` and `rubric_generation_spec` fields will be ignored. "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Optional. Specification for using the rubric generation configs of a pre-defined metric, e.g. "generic_quality_v1" and "instruction_following_v1". Some of the configs may be only used in rubric generation and not supporting evaluation, e.g. "fully_customized_generic_quality_v1". If this field is set, the `rubric_generation_spec` field will be ignored. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -5273,7 +5618,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5666,7 +6011,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html
index 1ca273ae95..94ce57098f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ 

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a Model.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the Model. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the Model. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ 

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 1c8de8653d..2e6ef1201f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Instance Methods

Generate content with multimodal inputs.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -1805,6 +1805,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -2173,7 +2176,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2388,7 +2391,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index a4fbf25e7f..5124091dae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -304,6 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -312,6 +315,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -347,6 +357,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -654,6 +674,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -662,6 +685,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -697,6 +727,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -935,6 +975,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -943,6 +986,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -978,6 +1028,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1186,6 +1246,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -1194,6 +1257,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1229,6 +1299,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html index fd71aed8b7..f3fd5c811e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html index eacfd09d51..cacd4a7a34 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@

Method Details

"userId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. String id provided by the user } - sessionId: string, Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first character must be a letter, and the last character must be a letter or number. + sessionId: string, Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first and last characters must be a letter or number. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html index daf238d6da..ecaf90b7d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html index adcff101e5..cf9e872b09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -372,6 +372,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -393,7 +399,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -532,7 +538,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -658,7 +664,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -761,6 +767,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -1345,7 +1363,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1439,6 +1457,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -1460,7 +1484,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1599,7 +1623,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1725,7 +1749,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1828,6 +1852,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -2419,7 +2455,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2513,6 +2549,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -2534,7 +2576,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2673,7 +2715,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2799,7 +2841,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2902,6 +2944,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -3499,7 +3553,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3593,6 +3647,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -3614,7 +3674,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3753,7 +3813,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3879,7 +3939,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3982,6 +4042,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -4594,7 +4666,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4688,6 +4760,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -4709,7 +4787,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4848,7 +4926,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4974,7 +5052,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5077,6 +5155,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html index 9ffabc74e8..f578319b3e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a Model Garden publisher model.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2167,7 +2167,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -2217,6 +2217,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -2357,7 +2360,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2572,7 +2575,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html index af6526b26d..5a1e3a9697 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html @@ -294,6 +294,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -302,6 +305,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -337,6 +347,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -645,6 +665,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -653,6 +676,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -688,6 +718,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -891,6 +931,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -899,6 +942,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -934,6 +984,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1142,6 +1202,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. "env": [ # Optional. Environment variables to be set with the Reasoning Engine deployment. The environment variables can be updated through the UpdateReasoningEngine API. @@ -1150,6 +1213,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1185,6 +1255,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html index 74c3636d1c..525dbe0b2e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -506,6 +506,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -604,7 +616,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -875,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1184,7 +1196,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1564,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1786,7 +1798,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2417,6 +2429,326 @@

Method Details

}, }, "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to evaluate the instances. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricSources": [ # Optional. The metrics (either inline or registered) used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. + { # The metric source used for evaluation. + "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config. + "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. + "A String", + ], + "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric. + "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score. + }, + "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. + "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. + }, + "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric. + "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function. + }, + "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric. + }, + "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. + "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. + }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, + "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. + "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. + "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric. + }, + "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric. + }, + "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric. + "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum. + "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum. + "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. + }, + }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # The metrics used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. { # The metric used for running evaluations. "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. @@ -2464,7 +2796,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2590,7 +2922,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2693,6 +3025,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -3600,7 +3944,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3877,6 +4221,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to generate rubrics from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a registered metric. Rubric generation using predefined metric spec or LLMBasedMetricSpec is supported. If this field is set, the configuration provided in this field is used for rubric generation. The `predefined_rubric_generation_spec` and `rubric_generation_spec` fields will be ignored. "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Optional. Specification for using the rubric generation configs of a pre-defined metric, e.g. "generic_quality_v1" and "instruction_following_v1". Some of the configs may be only used in rubric generation and not supporting evaluation, e.g. "fully_customized_generic_quality_v1". If this field is set, the `rubric_generation_spec` field will be ignored. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -3908,7 +4253,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html index 0186be11f6..1a3fcd928b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

Generate content with multimodal inputs.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -1684,6 +1684,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -1829,7 +1832,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2046,7 +2049,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html index 257e447cd8..4d5bd735d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html @@ -279,6 +279,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the schedules Resource.

+

+ semanticGovernancePolicies() +

+

Returns the semanticGovernancePolicies Resource.

+

solvers()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index ef9e4259be..1f91c22400 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 22c755770a..00920397f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index b94ca052b4..2139008c04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Instance Methods

Updates an Endpoint.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4260,7 +4260,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -4310,6 +4310,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -4741,7 +4744,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4958,7 +4961,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html index dd7657d794..ce0d3d5bc3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2044,6 +2044,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -2127,7 +2131,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2356,7 +2360,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2770,7 +2774,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2999,7 +3003,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3412,7 +3416,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3641,7 +3645,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4014,6 +4018,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -4097,7 +4105,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4326,7 +4334,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4740,7 +4748,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4969,7 +4977,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5382,7 +5390,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5611,7 +5619,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5984,6 +5992,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -6067,7 +6079,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6296,7 +6308,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6710,7 +6722,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6939,7 +6951,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7352,7 +7364,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7581,7 +7593,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7954,6 +7966,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -8079,7 +8095,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8308,7 +8324,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8722,7 +8738,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8951,7 +8967,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -9364,7 +9380,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -9593,7 +9609,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -9966,6 +9982,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -10049,7 +10069,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10278,7 +10298,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10692,7 +10712,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10921,7 +10941,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -11334,7 +11354,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -11563,7 +11583,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -11936,6 +11956,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -12032,7 +12056,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12261,7 +12285,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12675,7 +12699,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12904,7 +12928,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -13317,7 +13341,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -13546,7 +13570,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -13919,6 +13943,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. @@ -14002,7 +14030,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14231,7 +14259,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14645,7 +14673,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14874,7 +14902,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -15287,7 +15315,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -15516,7 +15544,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -15889,6 +15917,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. }, "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html index 831f99dacd..d4c1d6efb8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html @@ -82,10 +82,1464 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, evaluationMetricId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an EvaluationMetric.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an EvaluationMetric.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets an EvaluationMetric.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists EvaluationMetrics.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, evaluationMetricId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an EvaluationMetric.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to create the EvaluationMetric in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # EvaluationMetric is a resource that represents a reusable metric configuration.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the EvaluationMetric.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-friendly display name for the EvaluationMetric.
+  "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI that stores the metric specification..
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation metric.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Optional. The metric configuration.
+    "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+      "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+    },
+    "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+      "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+    },
+    "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+      "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+    },
+    "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+    },
+    "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+      "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+        "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+        "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+          "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+          "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+          "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+          "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+          "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+            "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+            "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+              "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+            },
+            "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+            "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+            "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+          },
+          "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+          "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+          "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+          "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+            "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+          },
+          "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+          "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+          "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+          "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+          "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            },
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+          },
+          "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+            "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+              "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+            },
+            "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+              "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+            },
+          },
+          "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+          "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+            "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+              "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                  "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+              "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+              },
+              "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+          "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+            "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+            "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+            "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+          },
+          "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+          "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+        },
+        "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+      "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+        "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+        "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+        "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+          "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+          "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+            "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+            "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+            "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+            "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+            "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+              "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+              "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+              },
+              "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+              "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+              "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+            },
+            "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+            "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+            "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+            "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+              "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+            },
+            "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+            "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+            "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+            "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+            "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+              "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+              "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              ],
+              "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+              "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+              "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+              "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+              "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+              "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+              "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+              "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+              "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+              "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+              "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+              "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+              "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+              "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+              "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+              "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+              "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+              "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+            },
+            "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+              "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+              },
+              "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+              },
+            },
+            "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+            "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+              "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                  { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                    "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                    "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                      "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                        "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                      },
+                      "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                        "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                  "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                },
+                "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                  "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+            "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+              "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+              "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+              "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+            },
+            "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+            "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+          },
+          "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+        },
+        "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+        "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+        "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+      "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+        "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+        "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+        "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+      },
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+    },
+    "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+      "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+      "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+      "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+        "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+    },
+    "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+      "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+        "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+    },
+    "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+      "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+      "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+    "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+      "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+      "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+      "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationMetric. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was last updated.
+}
+
+  evaluationMetricId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the EvaluationMetric, which will become the final component of the EvaluationMetric's resource name. This value should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and the last character must be a lowercase letter or number.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # EvaluationMetric is a resource that represents a reusable metric configuration.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the EvaluationMetric.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-friendly display name for the EvaluationMetric.
+  "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI that stores the metric specification..
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation metric.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Optional. The metric configuration.
+    "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+      "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+    },
+    "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+      "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+    },
+    "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+      "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+    },
+    "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+    },
+    "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+      "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+        "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+        "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+          "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+          "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+          "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+          "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+          "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+            "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+            "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+              "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+            },
+            "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+            "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+            "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+          },
+          "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+          "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+          "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+          "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+            "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+          },
+          "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+          "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+          "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+          "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+          "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            },
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+          },
+          "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+            "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+              "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+            },
+            "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+              "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+            },
+          },
+          "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+          "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+            "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+              "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                  "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+              "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+              },
+              "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+          "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+            "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+            "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+            "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+          },
+          "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+          "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+        },
+        "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+      "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+        "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+        "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+        "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+          "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+          "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+            "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+            "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+            "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+            "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+            "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+              "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+              "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+              },
+              "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+              "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+              "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+            },
+            "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+            "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+            "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+            "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+              "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+            },
+            "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+            "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+            "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+            "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+            "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+              "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+              "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              ],
+              "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+              "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+              "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+              "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+              "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+              "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+              "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+              "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+              "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+              "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+              "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+              "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+              "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+              "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+              "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+              "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+              "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+              "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+            },
+            "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+              "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+              },
+              "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+              },
+            },
+            "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+            "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+              "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                  { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                    "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                    "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                      "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                        "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                      },
+                      "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                        "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                  "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                },
+                "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                  "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+            "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+              "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+              "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+              "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+            },
+            "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+            "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+          },
+          "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+        },
+        "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+        "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+        "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+      "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+        "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+        "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+        "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+      },
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+    },
+    "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+      "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+      "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+      "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+        "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+    },
+    "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+      "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+        "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+    },
+    "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+      "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+      "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+    "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+      "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+      "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+      "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationMetric. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an EvaluationMetric.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the EvaluationMetric resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets an EvaluationMetric.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the EvaluationMetric resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # EvaluationMetric is a resource that represents a reusable metric configuration.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the EvaluationMetric.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-friendly display name for the EvaluationMetric.
+  "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI that stores the metric specification..
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation metric.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Optional. The metric configuration.
+    "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+      "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+    },
+    "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+      "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+    },
+    "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+      "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+    },
+    "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+    },
+    "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+      "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+        "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+        "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+          "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+          "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+          "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+          "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+          "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+            "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+            "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+              "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+            },
+            "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+            "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+            "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+          },
+          "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+          "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+          "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+          "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+            "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+          },
+          "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+          "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+          "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+          "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+          "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            },
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+          },
+          "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+            "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+              "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+            },
+            "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+              "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+            },
+          },
+          "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+          "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+            "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+              "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                  "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+              "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+              },
+              "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+          "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+            "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+            "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+            "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+          },
+          "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+          "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+        },
+        "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+      "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+        "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+        "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+        "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+          "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+          "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+            "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+            "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+            "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+            "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+            "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+              "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+              "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+              },
+              "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+              "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+              "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+            },
+            "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+            "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+            "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+            "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+              "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+            },
+            "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+            "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+            "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+            "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+            "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+              "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+              "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              ],
+              "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+              "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+              "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+              "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+              "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+              "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+              "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+              "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+              "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+              "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+              "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+              "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+              "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+              "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+              "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+              "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+              "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+              "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+            },
+            "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+              "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+              },
+              "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+              },
+            },
+            "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+            "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+              "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                  { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                    "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                    "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                      "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                        "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                      },
+                      "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                        "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                  "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                },
+                "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                  "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+            "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+              "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+              "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+              "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+            },
+            "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+            "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+          },
+          "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+        },
+        "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+        "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+        "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+      "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+        "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+        "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+        "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+      },
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+    },
+    "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+      "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+      "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+      "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+        "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+    },
+    "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+      "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+        "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+      },
+      "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+      "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+    },
+    "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+      "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+      "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+    "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+      "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+      "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+      "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationMetric. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists EvaluationMetrics.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the EvaluationMetrics. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression that matches a subset of the EvaluationMetrics to show. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. For more information about filter syntax, see [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order by default. Use `desc` after a field name for descending.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of EvaluationMetrics to return.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEvaluationMetrics` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for EvaluationMetricService.ListEvaluationMetrics.
+  "evaluationMetrics": [ # List of EvaluationMetrics in the requested page.
+    { # EvaluationMetric is a resource that represents a reusable metric configuration.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the EvaluationMetric.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-friendly display name for the EvaluationMetric.
+      "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI that stores the metric specification..
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation metric.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Optional. The metric configuration.
+        "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+          "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+        },
+        "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+          "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+        },
+        "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+          "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+        },
+        "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+        },
+        "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+          "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+            "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+            "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+              "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+              "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+              "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+              "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                  "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                },
+                "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+              },
+              "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+              "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+              "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+              "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+              },
+              "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+              "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+              "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+              "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+              },
+              "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                  "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                },
+                "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                  "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                },
+              },
+              "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+              "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                  "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                    { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                      "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                      "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                        "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                          "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                        },
+                        "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                          "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                  "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                    "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                  },
+                  "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                    "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                  },
+                },
+              },
+              "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+              "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+              },
+              "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+              "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+            },
+            "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+          "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+            "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+            "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+            "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+              "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+              "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+              "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+                "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+                "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+                "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+                "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                  "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                  "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                    "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                  },
+                  "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                  "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                  "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+                },
+                "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+                "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+                "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+                "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                  "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+                },
+                "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+                "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+                "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+                "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                  "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                  "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                    # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  ],
+                  "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                  "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                  "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                  "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                  "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                  "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                  "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                  "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                  "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                  "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                  "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                  "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                  "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                  "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                  "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                  "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                },
+                "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                  "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                    "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                  },
+                  "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                  },
+                },
+                "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+                "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                  "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                    "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                      { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                        "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                        "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                          "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                            "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                          },
+                          "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                            "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+                "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                  "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                  "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                  "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+                },
+                "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+                "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+              },
+              "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+            },
+            "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+            "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+            "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+          "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+            "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+        },
+        "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+          "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+          "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+        },
+        "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+        },
+        "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+          "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+          "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+          "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+          "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+          "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationMetric. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html index d73e3f7edb..8d8d4f0cd1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -291,9 +291,16 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], + "lossAnalysisConfig": [ # Optional. Specifications for loss analysis. Each config can be specified for one metric. + { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # Required. The metrics to be calculated in the evaluation run. { # The metric used for evaluation runs. "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. @@ -332,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -434,6 +441,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -460,7 +468,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -613,7 +621,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -742,7 +750,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -845,6 +853,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -873,6 +893,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -920,7 +941,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1016,6 +1037,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -1042,7 +1064,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1167,6 +1189,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -1193,7 +1216,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1299,6 +1322,2012 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. + "lossAnalysisResults": [ # Output only. The results of the auto-loss analysis performed on the eval set associated with the run. + { # The top-level result for loss analysis, stored within an EvalSet. + "analysisTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this analysis was performed. + "clusters": [ # The list of identified loss clusters. + { # Represents a semantic grouping of failures (e.g., "Hallucination of Action"). + "clusterId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the loss cluster within the scope of the analysis result. + "examples": [ # A list of examples that belong to this cluster. This links the cluster back to the specific EvaluationItems and Rubrics. + { # Represents a specific example of a loss pattern. + "evaluationItem": "A String", # Reference to the persisted EvalItem resource name. Format: projects/.../locations/.../evaluationItems/{item_id} Used when analysis is run on an EvalSet. + "evaluationResult": { # Evaluation result. # The full evaluation result object provided inline. Used when the analysis is performed on ephemeral data (without an EvaluationSet). + "candidateResults": [ # Optional. The results for the metric. + { # Result for a single candidate. + "additionalResults": "", # Optional. Additional results for the metric. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate that is being evaluated. The value is the same as the candidate name in the EvaluationRequest. + "explanation": "A String", # Optional. The explanation for the metric. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "rubricVerdicts": [ # Optional. The rubric verdicts for the metric. + { # Represents the verdict of an evaluation against a single rubric. + "evaluatedRubric": { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. # Required. The full rubric definition that was evaluated. Storing this ensures the verdict is self-contained and understandable, especially if the original rubric definition changes or was dynamically generated. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + "reasoning": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable reasoning or explanation for the verdict. This can include specific examples or details from the evaluated content that justify the given verdict. + "verdict": True or False, # Required. Outcome of the evaluation against the rubric, represented as a boolean. `true` indicates a "Pass", `false` indicates a "Fail". + }, + ], + "score": 3.14, # Optional. The score for the metric. + }, + ], + "evaluationRequest": "A String", # Required. The request item that was evaluated. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationItems/{evaluation_item} + "evaluationRun": "A String", # Required. The evaluation run that was used to generate the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run} + "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation result. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "request": { # A single evaluation request supporting input for both single-turn model generation and multi-turn agent execution traces. Valid input modes: 1. Inference Mode: `prompt` is set (containing text or AgentData context). 2. Offline Eval Mode: `prompt` is unset, and `candidate_responses` contains `agent_data` (the completed execution trace). Validation Rule: Either `prompt` must be set, OR at least one of the `candidate_responses` must contain `agent_data`. # Required. The request that was evaluated. + "candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. + { # Responses from model or agent. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + ], + "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + "prompt": { # Prompt to be evaluated. This can represent a single-turn prompt or a multi-turn conversation for agent evaluations. # Optional. The request/prompt to evaluate. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This serves as the input context for agent scraping. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "promptTemplateData": { # Message to hold a prompt template and the values to populate the template. # Prompt template data. + "values": { # The values for fields in the prompt template. + "a_key": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + }, + }, + "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. + }, + "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. + "a_key": { # A group of rubrics, used for grouping rubrics based on a metric or a version. + "displayName": "A String", # Human-readable name for the group. This should be unique within a given context if used for display or selection. Example: "Instruction Following V1", "Content Quality - Summarization Task". + "groupId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the group. + "rubrics": [ # Rubrics that are part of this group. + { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + }, + "failedRubrics": [ # The specific rubric(s) that failed and caused this example to be classified here. An example might fail multiple rubrics, but only specific ones trigger this loss pattern. + { # Represents a specific failed rubric and the associated analysis. + "classificationRationale": "A String", # The rationale provided by the Loss Analysis Classifier for why this failure maps to this specific Loss Cluster. e.g., "The agent claimed an action without a tool call, matching 'Hallucination of Action'." + "rubricId": "A String", # The unique ID of the rubric (if available from the metric source). Clients use this ID to query the corresponding rubric verdict. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "itemCount": 42, # The total number of EvaluationItems falling into this cluster. + "taxonomyEntry": { # Defines a specific entry in the loss pattern taxonomy. # The structured definition of the loss taxonomy for this cluster. + "description": "A String", # A detailed description of this loss pattern. Example: "The agent verbally confirms an action without executing the tool." + "l1Category": "A String", # The primary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination", "Tool Calling"). This field is typically required. + "l2Category": "A String", # The secondary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination of Action", "Incorrect Tool Selection"). + }, + }, + ], + "config": { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. # The configuration used to generate this analysis. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, + }, + ], "summaryMetrics": { # The summary metrics for the evaluation run. # Optional. The summary metrics for the evaluation run. "failedItems": 42, # Optional. The number of items that failed to be evaluated. "metrics": { # Optional. Map of metric name to metric value. @@ -1309,7 +3338,7 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. "agentConfig": { # Configuration that describes an agent. # Optional. Deprecated: Use `agents` instead. Agent config used to generate responses. "developerInstruction": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Optional. The developer instruction for the agent. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -1406,7 +3435,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1611,309 +3640,1284 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. - "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. - "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. - "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. - "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. - "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" - "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. - "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. - }, - "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. - "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. - "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. - }, - "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. - "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. - "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. - "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. - "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. - }, - "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. - "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. - "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. - "A String", - ], - "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. - "A String", - ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. - }, - "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. - "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. - "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", }, - "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. - "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. }, - "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. - "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. - "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. - "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. - "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. - { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. - "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. }, - ], - }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. - }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - }, - }, - "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation run, can be used by the caller to store additional tracking information about the evaluation run. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationRun. This is a unique identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run}` - "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the evaluation run. -} - - x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. - Allowed values - 1 - v1 error format - 2 - v2 error format - -Returns: - An object of the form: - - { # EvaluationRun is a resource that represents a single evaluation run, which includes a set of prompts, model responses, evaluation configuration and the resulting metrics. - "completionTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the evaluation run was completed. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the evaluation run was created. - "dataSource": { # The data source for the evaluation run. # Required. The data source for the evaluation run. - "bigqueryRequestSet": { # The request set for the evaluation run. # Evaluation data in bigquery. - "candidateResponseColumns": { # Optional. Map of candidate name to candidate response column name. The column will be in evaluation_item.CandidateResponse format. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "promptColumn": "A String", # Optional. The name of the column that contains the requests to evaluate. This will be in evaluation_item.EvalPrompt format. - "rubricsColumn": "A String", # Optional. The name of the column that contains the rubrics. This is in evaluation_rubric.RubricGroup format. - "samplingConfig": { # The sampling config. # Optional. The sampling config for the bigquery resource. - "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. The total number of logged data to import. If available data is less than the sampling count, all data will be imported. Default is 100. - "samplingDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to wait before sampling data from the BigQuery table. If not specified, defaults to 0. - "samplingMethod": "A String", # Optional. The sampling method to use. - }, - "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of a BigQuery table. e.g. bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId - }, - "evaluationSet": "A String", # The EvaluationSet resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationSets/{evaluation_set}` - }, - "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Evaluation Run. - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is FAILED or CANCELLED. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "evaluationConfig": { # The Evalution configuration used for the evaluation run. # Required. The configuration used for the evaluation. - "autoraterConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. The autorater config for the evaluation run. - "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. - "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. - "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. - "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. - "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. - "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" - "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. - "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. - }, - "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. - "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. - "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. - }, - "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. - "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. - "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. - "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. - "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. - }, - "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. - "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. - "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. - "A String", - ], - "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + }, + "agents": { # Optional. Contains the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. "A String", ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + }, + }, + "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation run, can be used by the caller to store additional tracking information about the evaluation run. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationRun. This is a unique identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run}` + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the evaluation run. +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # EvaluationRun is a resource that represents a single evaluation run, which includes a set of prompts, model responses, evaluation configuration and the resulting metrics. + "completionTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the evaluation run was completed. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the evaluation run was created. + "dataSource": { # The data source for the evaluation run. # Required. The data source for the evaluation run. + "bigqueryRequestSet": { # The request set for the evaluation run. # Evaluation data in bigquery. + "candidateResponseColumns": { # Optional. Map of candidate name to candidate response column name. The column will be in evaluation_item.CandidateResponse format. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "promptColumn": "A String", # Optional. The name of the column that contains the requests to evaluate. This will be in evaluation_item.EvalPrompt format. + "rubricsColumn": "A String", # Optional. The name of the column that contains the rubrics. This is in evaluation_rubric.RubricGroup format. + "samplingConfig": { # The sampling config. # Optional. The sampling config for the bigquery resource. + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. The total number of logged data to import. If available data is less than the sampling count, all data will be imported. Default is 100. + "samplingDuration": "A String", # Optional. How long to wait before sampling data from the BigQuery table. If not specified, defaults to 0. + "samplingMethod": "A String", # Optional. The sampling method to use. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of a BigQuery table. e.g. bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId + }, + "evaluationSet": "A String", # The EvaluationSet resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationSets/{evaluation_set}` + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Evaluation Run. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is FAILED or CANCELLED. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "evaluationConfig": { # The Evalution configuration used for the evaluation run. # Required. The configuration used for the evaluation. + "autoraterConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. The autorater config for the evaluation run. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], + "lossAnalysisConfig": [ # Optional. Specifications for loss analysis. Each config can be specified for one metric. + { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, + ], + "metrics": [ # Required. The metrics to be calculated in the evaluation run. + { # The metric used for evaluation runs. + "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. + "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. + }, + "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. + "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. + "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. + }, + "metric": "A String", # Required. The name of the metric. + "metricConfig": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # The metric config. + "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. "A String", ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. - }, - "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. - "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. - "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric. + "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score. }, - "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. - "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. + "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. }, - }, - "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. - "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. - "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. - "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. - "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. - { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. - "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric. + "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function. + }, + "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric. + }, + "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. + "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, - ], + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, + "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. + "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. + "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric. + }, + "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric. + }, + "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric. + "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum. + "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum. + "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. - }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. - { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. - }, - ], - "metrics": [ # Required. The metrics to be calculated in the evaluation run. - { # The metric used for evaluation runs. - "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. - "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. + "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. }, - "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. - "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + "rubricBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a metric that is based on rubrics. # Spec for rubric based metric. + "inlineRubrics": { # Defines a list of rubrics, used when providing rubrics inline. # Use rubrics provided directly in the spec. + "rubrics": [ # The list of rubrics. + { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + ], }, - "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). The definition of AutoraterConfig needs to be provided. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. @@ -1939,7 +4943,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2002,200 +5006,42 @@

Method Details

"voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. }, "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. - }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. - "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. - "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". - "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. - "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. - "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. - "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. - "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. - "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. - "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. - "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" - "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. - "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. - }, - "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. - "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. - "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. - }, - "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. - "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. - "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. - "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. - "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. - }, - "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. - "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. - "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. - "A String", - ], - "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. - "A String", - ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. - }, - "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. - "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. - "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. - }, - "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. - "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. - }, - }, - "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. - "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. - "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. - "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. - "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. - { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. - "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, }, - }, + ], }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. - "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. - "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. - "A String", - ], - }, - "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. - "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. - }, - "metric": "A String", # Required. The name of the metric. - "metricConfig": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # The metric config. - "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. - "A String", - ], - "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric. - "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score. - }, - "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. - "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. - }, - "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric. - "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function. - }, - "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric. + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, - "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. - "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. + "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -2220,7 +5066,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2312,196 +5158,41 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. - "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. - "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". - "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. - "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. - "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. - "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. - "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. - "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. - "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. - "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. - "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" - "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. - "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. - }, - "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. - "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. - "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. - }, - "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. - "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. - "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. - "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. - "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. - }, - "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. - "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. - "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. - "A String", - ], - "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. - "A String", - ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. - }, - "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. - "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. - "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. - }, - "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. - "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. - }, - }, - "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. - "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. - "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. - "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. - "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. - { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. - "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. - }, - "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. - "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated. - "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. - "A String", - ], - }, - "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. - "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. - }, - "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. - "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. - "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. - "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. - "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. - }, - "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric. - "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric. - }, - "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric. - "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. - "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. - }, - "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric. - "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric. - }, - "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric. - "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". - "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], }, - "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric. - "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum. - "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum. - "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. - }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input content. This refers to a key in the `rubric_groups` map of `RubricEnhancedContents`. }, - "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. + }, + ], + "outputConfig": { # The output config for the evaluation run. # Optional. The output config for the evaluation run. + "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery destination for evaluation output. + "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. + }, + "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # Cloud Storage destination for evaluation output. + "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist. + }, + }, + "promptTemplate": { # Prompt template used for inference. # The prompt template used for inference. The values for variables in the prompt template are defined in EvaluationItem.EvaluationPrompt.PromptTemplateData.values. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Prompt template stored in Cloud Storage. Format: "gs://my-bucket/file-name.txt". + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Inline prompt template. Template variables should be in the format "{var_name}". Example: "Translate the following from {source_lang} to {target_lang}: {text}" + }, + "rubricConfigs": [ # Optional. The rubric configs for the evaluation run. They are used to generate rubrics which can be used by rubric-based metrics. Multiple rubric configs can be specified for rubric generation but only one rubric config can be used for a rubric-based metric. If more than one rubric config is provided, the evaluation metric must specify a rubric group key. Note that if a generation spec is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the rubrics generated for the metric will be used for evaluation. + { # Configuration for a rubric group to be generated/saved for evaluation. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "rubricBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a metric that is based on rubrics. # Spec for rubric based metric. - "inlineRubrics": { # Defines a list of rubrics, used when providing rubrics inline. # Use rubrics provided directly in the spec. - "rubrics": [ # The list of rubrics. - { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. - "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. - "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. - "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." - }, - }, - "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. - "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. - "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". - }, - ], - }, - "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). The definition of AutoraterConfig needs to be provided. + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. + "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. @@ -2527,7 +5218,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2610,50 +5301,2144 @@

Method Details

"stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. "A String", ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Required. The key used to save the generated rubrics. If a generation spec is provided, this key will be used for the name of the generated rubric group. Otherwise, this key will be used to look up the existing rubric group on the evaluation item. Note that if a rubric group key is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the key from the metric will be used to select the rubrics for evaluation. + }, + ], + }, + "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. + "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. + "lossAnalysisResults": [ # Output only. The results of the auto-loss analysis performed on the eval set associated with the run. + { # The top-level result for loss analysis, stored within an EvalSet. + "analysisTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this analysis was performed. + "clusters": [ # The list of identified loss clusters. + { # Represents a semantic grouping of failures (e.g., "Hallucination of Action"). + "clusterId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the loss cluster within the scope of the analysis result. + "examples": [ # A list of examples that belong to this cluster. This links the cluster back to the specific EvaluationItems and Rubrics. + { # Represents a specific example of a loss pattern. + "evaluationItem": "A String", # Reference to the persisted EvalItem resource name. Format: projects/.../locations/.../evaluationItems/{item_id} Used when analysis is run on an EvalSet. + "evaluationResult": { # Evaluation result. # The full evaluation result object provided inline. Used when the analysis is performed on ephemeral data (without an EvaluationSet). + "candidateResults": [ # Optional. The results for the metric. + { # Result for a single candidate. + "additionalResults": "", # Optional. Additional results for the metric. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate that is being evaluated. The value is the same as the candidate name in the EvaluationRequest. + "explanation": "A String", # Optional. The explanation for the metric. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "rubricVerdicts": [ # Optional. The rubric verdicts for the metric. + { # Represents the verdict of an evaluation against a single rubric. + "evaluatedRubric": { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. # Required. The full rubric definition that was evaluated. Storing this ensures the verdict is self-contained and understandable, especially if the original rubric definition changes or was dynamically generated. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + "reasoning": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable reasoning or explanation for the verdict. This can include specific examples or details from the evaluated content that justify the given verdict. + "verdict": True or False, # Required. Outcome of the evaluation against the rubric, represented as a boolean. `true` indicates a "Pass", `false` indicates a "Fail". + }, + ], + "score": 3.14, # Optional. The score for the metric. + }, + ], + "evaluationRequest": "A String", # Required. The request item that was evaluated. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationItems/{evaluation_item} + "evaluationRun": "A String", # Required. The evaluation run that was used to generate the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run} + "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation result. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "request": { # A single evaluation request supporting input for both single-turn model generation and multi-turn agent execution traces. Valid input modes: 1. Inference Mode: `prompt` is set (containing text or AgentData context). 2. Offline Eval Mode: `prompt` is unset, and `candidate_responses` contains `agent_data` (the completed execution trace). Validation Rule: Either `prompt` must be set, OR at least one of the `candidate_responses` must contain `agent_data`. # Required. The request that was evaluated. + "candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. + { # Responses from model or agent. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + ], + "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + "prompt": { # Prompt to be evaluated. This can represent a single-turn prompt or a multi-turn conversation for agent evaluations. # Optional. The request/prompt to evaluate. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This serves as the input context for agent scraping. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "promptTemplateData": { # Message to hold a prompt template and the values to populate the template. # Prompt template data. + "values": { # The values for fields in the prompt template. + "a_key": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + }, + }, + "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. + }, + "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. + "a_key": { # A group of rubrics, used for grouping rubrics based on a metric or a version. + "displayName": "A String", # Human-readable name for the group. This should be unique within a given context if used for display or selection. Example: "Instruction Following V1", "Content Quality - Summarization Task". + "groupId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the group. + "rubrics": [ # Rubrics that are part of this group. + { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + }, + "failedRubrics": [ # The specific rubric(s) that failed and caused this example to be classified here. An example might fail multiple rubrics, but only specific ones trigger this loss pattern. + { # Represents a specific failed rubric and the associated analysis. + "classificationRationale": "A String", # The rationale provided by the Loss Analysis Classifier for why this failure maps to this specific Loss Cluster. e.g., "The agent claimed an action without a tool call, matching 'Hallucination of Action'." + "rubricId": "A String", # The unique ID of the rubric (if available from the metric source). Clients use this ID to query the corresponding rubric verdict. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "itemCount": 42, # The total number of EvaluationItems falling into this cluster. + "taxonomyEntry": { # Defines a specific entry in the loss pattern taxonomy. # The structured definition of the loss taxonomy for this cluster. + "description": "A String", # A detailed description of this loss pattern. Example: "The agent verbally confirms an action without executing the tool." + "l1Category": "A String", # The primary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination", "Tool Calling"). This field is typically required. + "l2Category": "A String", # The secondary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination of Action", "Incorrect Tool Selection"). + }, + }, + ], + "config": { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. # The configuration used to generate this analysis. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, + }, + ], + "summaryMetrics": { # The summary metrics for the evaluation run. # Optional. The summary metrics for the evaluation run. + "failedItems": 42, # Optional. The number of items that failed to be evaluated. + "metrics": { # Optional. Map of metric name to metric value. + "a_key": "", + }, + "totalItems": 42, # Optional. The total number of items that were evaluated. + }, + }, + "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. + "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. + "agentConfig": { # Configuration that describes an agent. # Optional. Deprecated: Use `agents` instead. Agent config used to generate responses. + "developerInstruction": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Optional. The developer instruction for the agent. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "tools": [ # Optional. The tools available to the agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. - "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. - "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. - "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. - "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. - "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. - "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. - "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. - "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" - "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. - "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. - }, - "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. - "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. - "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. - }, - "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. - "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. - "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. - "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. - "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. - }, - "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. - "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. - "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. - "A String", - ], - "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -2692,531 +7477,536 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. }, - "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. - "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. - "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. - }, - "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. - "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. - }, - }, - "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. - "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. - "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. - "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. - "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. - { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. - "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. - }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. - "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. - "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. - "A String", - ], - }, - "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input content. This refers to a key in the `rubric_groups` map of `RubricEnhancedContents`. - }, - }, - ], - "outputConfig": { # The output config for the evaluation run. # Optional. The output config for the evaluation run. - "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery destination for evaluation output. - "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. - }, - "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # Cloud Storage destination for evaluation output. - "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist. - }, - }, - "promptTemplate": { # Prompt template used for inference. # The prompt template used for inference. The values for variables in the prompt template are defined in EvaluationItem.EvaluationPrompt.PromptTemplateData.values. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Prompt template stored in Cloud Storage. Format: "gs://my-bucket/file-name.txt". - "promptTemplate": "A String", # Inline prompt template. Template variables should be in the format "{var_name}". Example: "Translate the following from {source_lang} to {target_lang}: {text}" - }, - "rubricConfigs": [ # Optional. The rubric configs for the evaluation run. They are used to generate rubrics which can be used by rubric-based metrics. Multiple rubric configs can be specified for rubric generation but only one rubric config can be used for a rubric-based metric. If more than one rubric config is provided, the evaluation metric must specify a rubric group key. Note that if a generation spec is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the rubrics generated for the metric will be used for evaluation. - { # Configuration for a rubric group to be generated/saved for evaluation. - "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. - "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". - "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. - "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. - "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. - "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. - "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. - "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. - "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. - "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" - "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. - "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. - }, - "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. - "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. - "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. - }, - "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. - "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. - "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. - "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. - "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. - }, - "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. - "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. - "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. - "A String", - ], - "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. - "A String", - ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. - }, - "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. - "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. - "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. - }, - "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. - "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. - }, - }, - "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. - "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. - "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. - "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. - "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. - { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. - "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. - }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. - }, - }, - }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], - }, - "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. - "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. - "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema }, - "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. - "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. - "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. "A String", ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. - }, - "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. - "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. - "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. - "A String", - ], - }, - "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Required. The key used to save the generated rubrics. If a generation spec is provided, this key will be used for the name of the generated rubric group. Otherwise, this key will be used to look up the existing rubric group on the evaluation item. Note that if a rubric group key is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the key from the metric will be used to select the rubrics for evaluation. - }, - ], - }, - "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. - "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. - "summaryMetrics": { # The summary metrics for the evaluation run. # Optional. The summary metrics for the evaluation run. - "failedItems": 42, # Optional. The number of items that failed to be evaluated. - "metrics": { # Optional. Map of metric name to metric value. - "a_key": "", - }, - "totalItems": 42, # Optional. The total number of items that were evaluated. - }, - }, - "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. - "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. - "agentConfig": { # Configuration that describes an agent. # Optional. Deprecated: Use `agents` instead. Agent config used to generate responses. - "developerInstruction": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Optional. The developer instruction for the agent. - "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. - { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. - "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. - "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. - "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. - }, - "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. - "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. - "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. }, - "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. - "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. - "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, }, - "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. - "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. - "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. - { # Partial argument value of the function call. - "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. - "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". - "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. - "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. - "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. - "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, ], - "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. }, - "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. - "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. - "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. - { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. - "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. - "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, - "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. - "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` }, }, - ], - "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. }, - "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. - }, - "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. - "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. }, - "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. - "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. - "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. - "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. - "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. - "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. - "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. - "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema }, - }, - ], - "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. - }, - "tools": [ # Optional. The tools available to the agent. - { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). - "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. - }, - "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. - "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. - "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` "A String", ], - }, - "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. - "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. - "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. "A String", ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. }, - "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. - { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. - "A String", - ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. }, - "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. - "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. - "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. - "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - ], - "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. - "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. - "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. - "A String", - ], - "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring - "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. }, - "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", ], - "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. - "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. }, - "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. - "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. - "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. - "A String", - ], - "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. - "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. - }, - "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. - }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, + "agents": { # Optional. Contains the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. }, - }, - "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. - "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. - "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. - "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], }, - }, - "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation - "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. - "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], }, - }, - "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. - "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. - "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. - "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. - "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. - "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} - "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. }, - "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. - "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. - "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. - "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. - "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. - "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. - "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. - }, - "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. - "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. - }, - "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. - "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. - }, - "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. - "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. }, - "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. - "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. }, }, - "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. - "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. - "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. - "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. }, - "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search - "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. - "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. - { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec - "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, }, - ], - "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` - "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. - "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. - }, - "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], - "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. - { # The definition of the Rag resource. - "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` - "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. - "A String", - ], + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, }, - ], - "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. - "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. - "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. - "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. - "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. }, - "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. - "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. }, - "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. - "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, - "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. }, - "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. }, - "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. - "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. - "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. }, }, - "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. - }, - }, - ], + ], + }, }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. @@ -3242,7 +8032,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3334,7 +8124,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. @@ -3451,7 +8241,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3547,9 +8337,16 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], + "lossAnalysisConfig": [ # Optional. Specifications for loss analysis. Each config can be specified for one metric. + { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # Required. The metrics to be calculated in the evaluation run. { # The metric used for evaluation runs. "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. @@ -3588,7 +8385,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3690,6 +8487,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -3716,7 +8514,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3869,7 +8667,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3998,7 +8796,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4101,6 +8899,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -4129,6 +8939,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -4176,7 +8987,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4272,6 +9083,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -4298,7 +9110,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4423,6 +9235,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -4449,7 +9262,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4529,32 +9342,2038 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. - "A String", - ], - "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. - "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. - "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. - "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. - "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. - }, - "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. - "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Required. The key used to save the generated rubrics. If a generation spec is provided, this key will be used for the name of the generated rubric group. Otherwise, this key will be used to look up the existing rubric group on the evaluation item. Note that if a rubric group key is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the key from the metric will be used to select the rubrics for evaluation. + }, + ], + }, + "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. + "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. + "lossAnalysisResults": [ # Output only. The results of the auto-loss analysis performed on the eval set associated with the run. + { # The top-level result for loss analysis, stored within an EvalSet. + "analysisTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this analysis was performed. + "clusters": [ # The list of identified loss clusters. + { # Represents a semantic grouping of failures (e.g., "Hallucination of Action"). + "clusterId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the loss cluster within the scope of the analysis result. + "examples": [ # A list of examples that belong to this cluster. This links the cluster back to the specific EvaluationItems and Rubrics. + { # Represents a specific example of a loss pattern. + "evaluationItem": "A String", # Reference to the persisted EvalItem resource name. Format: projects/.../locations/.../evaluationItems/{item_id} Used when analysis is run on an EvalSet. + "evaluationResult": { # Evaluation result. # The full evaluation result object provided inline. Used when the analysis is performed on ephemeral data (without an EvaluationSet). + "candidateResults": [ # Optional. The results for the metric. + { # Result for a single candidate. + "additionalResults": "", # Optional. Additional results for the metric. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate that is being evaluated. The value is the same as the candidate name in the EvaluationRequest. + "explanation": "A String", # Optional. The explanation for the metric. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "rubricVerdicts": [ # Optional. The rubric verdicts for the metric. + { # Represents the verdict of an evaluation against a single rubric. + "evaluatedRubric": { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. # Required. The full rubric definition that was evaluated. Storing this ensures the verdict is self-contained and understandable, especially if the original rubric definition changes or was dynamically generated. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + "reasoning": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable reasoning or explanation for the verdict. This can include specific examples or details from the evaluated content that justify the given verdict. + "verdict": True or False, # Required. Outcome of the evaluation against the rubric, represented as a boolean. `true` indicates a "Pass", `false` indicates a "Fail". + }, + ], + "score": 3.14, # Optional. The score for the metric. + }, + ], + "evaluationRequest": "A String", # Required. The request item that was evaluated. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationItems/{evaluation_item} + "evaluationRun": "A String", # Required. The evaluation run that was used to generate the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run} + "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation result. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "request": { # A single evaluation request supporting input for both single-turn model generation and multi-turn agent execution traces. Valid input modes: 1. Inference Mode: `prompt` is set (containing text or AgentData context). 2. Offline Eval Mode: `prompt` is unset, and `candidate_responses` contains `agent_data` (the completed execution trace). Validation Rule: Either `prompt` must be set, OR at least one of the `candidate_responses` must contain `agent_data`. # Required. The request that was evaluated. + "candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. + { # Responses from model or agent. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + ], + "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + "prompt": { # Prompt to be evaluated. This can represent a single-turn prompt or a multi-turn conversation for agent evaluations. # Optional. The request/prompt to evaluate. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This serves as the input context for agent scraping. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "promptTemplateData": { # Message to hold a prompt template and the values to populate the template. # Prompt template data. + "values": { # The values for fields in the prompt template. + "a_key": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + }, + }, + "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. + }, + "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. + "a_key": { # A group of rubrics, used for grouping rubrics based on a metric or a version. + "displayName": "A String", # Human-readable name for the group. This should be unique within a given context if used for display or selection. Example: "Instruction Following V1", "Content Quality - Summarization Task". + "groupId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the group. + "rubrics": [ # Rubrics that are part of this group. + { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + }, + "failedRubrics": [ # The specific rubric(s) that failed and caused this example to be classified here. An example might fail multiple rubrics, but only specific ones trigger this loss pattern. + { # Represents a specific failed rubric and the associated analysis. + "classificationRationale": "A String", # The rationale provided by the Loss Analysis Classifier for why this failure maps to this specific Loss Cluster. e.g., "The agent claimed an action without a tool call, matching 'Hallucination of Action'." + "rubricId": "A String", # The unique ID of the rubric (if available from the metric source). Clients use this ID to query the corresponding rubric verdict. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "itemCount": 42, # The total number of EvaluationItems falling into this cluster. + "taxonomyEntry": { # Defines a specific entry in the loss pattern taxonomy. # The structured definition of the loss taxonomy for this cluster. + "description": "A String", # A detailed description of this loss pattern. Example: "The agent verbally confirms an action without executing the tool." + "l1Category": "A String", # The primary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination", "Tool Calling"). This field is typically required. + "l2Category": "A String", # The secondary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination of Action", "Incorrect Tool Selection"). }, - "sampleCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, - "promptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. - "rubricContentType": "A String", # Optional. The type of rubric content to be generated. - "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. - "A String", - ], + ], + "config": { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. # The configuration used to generate this analysis. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. }, - "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Required. The key used to save the generated rubrics. If a generation spec is provided, this key will be used for the name of the generated rubric group. Otherwise, this key will be used to look up the existing rubric group on the evaluation item. Note that if a rubric group key is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the key from the metric will be used to select the rubrics for evaluation. }, ], - }, - "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. - "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. "summaryMetrics": { # The summary metrics for the evaluation run. # Optional. The summary metrics for the evaluation run. "failedItems": 42, # Optional. The number of items that failed to be evaluated. "metrics": { # Optional. Map of metric name to metric value. @@ -4565,7 +11384,7 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. "agentConfig": { # Configuration that describes an agent. # Optional. Deprecated: Use `agents` instead. Agent config used to generate responses. "developerInstruction": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Optional. The developer instruction for the agent. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -4662,7 +11481,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4759,113 +11578,479 @@

Method Details

"webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. }, }, - }, - "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. - "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. - "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. - "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, + "agents": { # Optional. Contains the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], }, - }, - "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation - "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. - "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], }, - }, - "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. - "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. - "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. - "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. - "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. - "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} - "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. - }, - }, - "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. - "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. - "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. - "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. - "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. - "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. - "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. - }, - "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. - "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. }, - "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. - "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. }, - "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. - "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. }, - "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. - "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. }, }, - "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. - "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. - "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. - "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. }, - "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search - "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. - "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. - { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec - "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, }, - ], - "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` - "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. - "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. - }, - "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], - "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. - { # The definition of the Rag resource. - "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` - "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. - "A String", - ], + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, }, - ], - "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. - "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. - "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. - "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. - "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. }, - "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. - "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. }, - "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. - "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, - "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. }, - "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. }, - "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. - "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. - "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. }, }, - "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. - }, - }, - ], + ], + }, }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. @@ -4891,7 +12076,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4983,7 +12168,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. @@ -5071,7 +12256,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5167,9 +12352,16 @@

Method Details

}, "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. }, ], + "lossAnalysisConfig": [ # Optional. Specifications for loss analysis. Each config can be specified for one metric. + { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # Required. The metrics to be calculated in the evaluation run. { # The metric used for evaluation runs. "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. @@ -5208,7 +12400,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5310,6 +12502,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -5336,7 +12529,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5489,7 +12682,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5618,7 +12811,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5721,6 +12914,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -5749,6 +12954,7 @@

Method Details

"useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. }, }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the metric definition. "predefinedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a pre-defined metric. # Spec for a pre-defined metric. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "parameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -5796,7 +13002,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5892,6 +13098,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template for the prompt used by the judge model to evaluate against rubrics. "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics for evaluation using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -5918,7 +13125,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -6043,6 +13250,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of the metric definition. "modelConfig": { # The autorater config used for the evaluation run. # Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. @@ -6069,7 +13277,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -6169,12 +13377,2018 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Required. The key used to save the generated rubrics. If a generation spec is provided, this key will be used for the name of the generated rubric group. Otherwise, this key will be used to look up the existing rubric group on the evaluation item. Note that if a rubric group key is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the key from the metric will be used to select the rubrics for evaluation. + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Required. The key used to save the generated rubrics. If a generation spec is provided, this key will be used for the name of the generated rubric group. Otherwise, this key will be used to look up the existing rubric group on the evaluation item. Note that if a rubric group key is specified on both a rubric config and an evaluation metric, the key from the metric will be used to select the rubrics for evaluation. + }, + ], + }, + "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. + "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. + "lossAnalysisResults": [ # Output only. The results of the auto-loss analysis performed on the eval set associated with the run. + { # The top-level result for loss analysis, stored within an EvalSet. + "analysisTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this analysis was performed. + "clusters": [ # The list of identified loss clusters. + { # Represents a semantic grouping of failures (e.g., "Hallucination of Action"). + "clusterId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the loss cluster within the scope of the analysis result. + "examples": [ # A list of examples that belong to this cluster. This links the cluster back to the specific EvaluationItems and Rubrics. + { # Represents a specific example of a loss pattern. + "evaluationItem": "A String", # Reference to the persisted EvalItem resource name. Format: projects/.../locations/.../evaluationItems/{item_id} Used when analysis is run on an EvalSet. + "evaluationResult": { # Evaluation result. # The full evaluation result object provided inline. Used when the analysis is performed on ephemeral data (without an EvaluationSet). + "candidateResults": [ # Optional. The results for the metric. + { # Result for a single candidate. + "additionalResults": "", # Optional. Additional results for the metric. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate that is being evaluated. The value is the same as the candidate name in the EvaluationRequest. + "explanation": "A String", # Optional. The explanation for the metric. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "rubricVerdicts": [ # Optional. The rubric verdicts for the metric. + { # Represents the verdict of an evaluation against a single rubric. + "evaluatedRubric": { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. # Required. The full rubric definition that was evaluated. Storing this ensures the verdict is self-contained and understandable, especially if the original rubric definition changes or was dynamically generated. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + "reasoning": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable reasoning or explanation for the verdict. This can include specific examples or details from the evaluated content that justify the given verdict. + "verdict": True or False, # Required. Outcome of the evaluation against the rubric, represented as a boolean. `true` indicates a "Pass", `false` indicates a "Fail". + }, + ], + "score": 3.14, # Optional. The score for the metric. + }, + ], + "evaluationRequest": "A String", # Required. The request item that was evaluated. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationItems/{evaluation_item} + "evaluationRun": "A String", # Required. The evaluation run that was used to generate the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run} + "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation result. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated. + "request": { # A single evaluation request supporting input for both single-turn model generation and multi-turn agent execution traces. Valid input modes: 1. Inference Mode: `prompt` is set (containing text or AgentData context). 2. Offline Eval Mode: `prompt` is unset, and `candidate_responses` contains `agent_data` (the completed execution trace). Validation Rule: Either `prompt` must be set, OR at least one of the `candidate_responses` must contain `agent_data`. # Required. The request that was evaluated. + "candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. + { # Responses from model or agent. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + ], + "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. + { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Text response. + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. + }, + "prompt": { # Prompt to be evaluated. This can represent a single-turn prompt or a multi-turn conversation for agent evaluations. # Optional. The request/prompt to evaluate. + "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This serves as the input context for agent scraping. + "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response). + { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation. + "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn. + { # Represents a single event in the execution trace. + "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user. + "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response). + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred. + "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems. + "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence. + }, + ], + }, + "promptTemplateData": { # Message to hold a prompt template and the values to populate the template. # Prompt template data. + "values": { # The values for fields in the prompt template. + "a_key": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. + "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode. + "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution. + "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise. + }, + "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed. + "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed. + "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`. + }, + "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name. + "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally. + { # Partial argument value of the function call. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value. + "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data". + "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value. + "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value. + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow. + }, + ], + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name. + "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + }, + ], + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. + }, + "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. + "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. + "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent. + "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning. + "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests. + "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0]. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'. + }, + }, + }, + "text": "A String", # Text prompt. + "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results. + "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset. + "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test. + }, + "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template. + }, + "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group. + "a_key": { # A group of rubrics, used for grouping rubrics based on a metric or a version. + "displayName": "A String", # Human-readable name for the group. This should be unique within a given context if used for display or selection. Example: "Instruction Following V1", "Content Quality - Summarization Task". + "groupId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the group. + "rubrics": [ # Rubrics that are part of this group. + { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. + "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric. + "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property. + "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct." + }, + }, + "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric. + "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict. + "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE". + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + }, + "failedRubrics": [ # The specific rubric(s) that failed and caused this example to be classified here. An example might fail multiple rubrics, but only specific ones trigger this loss pattern. + { # Represents a specific failed rubric and the associated analysis. + "classificationRationale": "A String", # The rationale provided by the Loss Analysis Classifier for why this failure maps to this specific Loss Cluster. e.g., "The agent claimed an action without a tool call, matching 'Hallucination of Action'." + "rubricId": "A String", # The unique ID of the rubric (if available from the metric source). Clients use this ID to query the corresponding rubric verdict. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "itemCount": 42, # The total number of EvaluationItems falling into this cluster. + "taxonomyEntry": { # Defines a specific entry in the loss pattern taxonomy. # The structured definition of the loss taxonomy for this cluster. + "description": "A String", # A detailed description of this loss pattern. Example: "The agent verbally confirms an action without executing the tool." + "l1Category": "A String", # The primary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination", "Tool Calling"). This field is typically required. + "l2Category": "A String", # The secondary category of the loss (e.g., "Hallucination of Action", "Incorrect Tool Selection"). + }, + }, + ], + "config": { # Configuration for the loss analysis job. # The configuration used to generate this analysis. + "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult. + "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value. + }, }, ], - }, - "evaluationResults": { # The results of the evaluation run. # Output only. The results of the evaluation run. Only populated when the evaluation run's state is SUCCEEDED. - "evaluationSet": "A String", # The evaluation set where item level results are stored. "summaryMetrics": { # The summary metrics for the evaluation run. # Optional. The summary metrics for the evaluation run. "failedItems": 42, # Optional. The number of items that failed to be evaluated. "metrics": { # Optional. Map of metric name to metric value. @@ -6185,7 +15399,7 @@

Method Details

}, "evaluationSetSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. The specific evaluation set of the evaluation run. For runs with an evaluation set input, this will be that same set. For runs with BigQuery input, it's the sampled BigQuery dataset. "inferenceConfigs": { # Optional. The candidate to inference config map for the evaluation run. The candidate can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. - "a_key": { # An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run. + "a_key": { # Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process. "agentConfig": { # Configuration that describes an agent. # Optional. Deprecated: Use `agents` instead. Agent config used to generate responses. "developerInstruction": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Optional. The developer instruction for the agent. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -6282,7 +15496,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6487,6 +15701,372 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "agentRunConfig": { # Configuration for Agent Run. # Optional. Agent run config. + "agentEngine": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456 + "sessionInput": { # Session input to run an Agent. # Optional. The session input to get agent running results. + "parameters": { # Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {"app_name": "my-app"}. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "sessionState": { # Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "userId": "A String", # Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long. + }, + "userSimulatorConfig": { # Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. # The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user. + "maxTurn": 42, # Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation. + "modelConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # The configuration for the model. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. "gemini-3-flash-preview". + }, + }, + "agents": { # Optional. Contains the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent. + "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent. + "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map. + "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly. + "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field. + "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology. + "A String", + ], + "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent. + { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). + "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation. + }, + "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations. + "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated. + "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions. + "A String", + ], + }, + "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. + { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. + "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`. + "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`. + }, + ], + "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model. + "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response. + }, + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results. + "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"]. + "A String", + ], + "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default. + "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned. + }, + "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned. + }, + }, + }, + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search. + "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. + "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. + "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval. + }, + }, + "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation + "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details. + "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported. + "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding. + "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead. + "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set. + }, + }, + "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements. + "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API. + "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth. + "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly. + "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name. + }, + "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme. + "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension. + }, + "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth. + "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource. + }, + "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth. + "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account. + }, + "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth. + "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents). + }, + }, + "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API. + "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use. + "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param. + "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use. + }, + "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search + "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API. + }, + }, + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used. + { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec + "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + }, + ], + "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` + "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API. + "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10. + }, + "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. + "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. + "A String", + ], + "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. + { # The definition of the Rag resource. + "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` + "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search. + "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally. + }, + "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. + "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). + }, + "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` + }, + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, + "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. + "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + }, + }, + "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Generation config. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -6511,7 +16091,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -6603,7 +16183,7 @@

Method Details

"topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. }, - "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` }, }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for the evaluation run. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html index ae8fe58cd0..a42ae2236a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 282ffbc086..0ee2866565 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -239,6 +239,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the notebookRuntimes Resource.

+

+ onlineEvaluators() +

+

Returns the onlineEvaluators Resource.

+

operations()

@@ -279,6 +284,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the schedules Resource.

+

+ semanticGovernancePolicies() +

+

Returns the semanticGovernancePolicies Resource.

+

solvers()

@@ -339,9 +349,15 @@

Instance Methods

generateInstanceRubrics(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generates rubrics for a given prompt. A rubric represents a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics This RPC allows users to get suggested rubrics based on provided prompt, which can then be reviewed and used for subsequent evaluations.

+

+ generateLossClusters(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates loss clusters from evaluation results. This is a statelss API method that would not modify the EvaluationSet resource.

generateSyntheticData(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generates synthetic (artificial) data based on a description

+

+ generateUserScenarios(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates user scenarios for agent evaluation.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

@@ -350,7 +366,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a RagEngineConfig.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -419,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -712,7 +728,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1693,7 +1709,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1848,7 +1864,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1977,7 +1993,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2080,6 +2096,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -2182,7 +2210,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2455,7 +2483,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2773,7 +2801,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3164,7 +3192,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3393,7 +3421,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3714,7 +3742,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3943,7 +3971,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4591,6 +4619,332 @@

Method Details

}, }, "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to evaluate the instances. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricSources": [ # Optional. The metrics (either inline or registered) used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. + { # The metric source used for evaluation. + "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config. + "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. + "A String", + ], + "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric. + "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score. + }, + "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. + "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. + }, + "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric. + "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function. + }, + "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric. + }, + "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. + "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. + }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, + "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. + "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. + "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric. + }, + "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric. + }, + "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric. + "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum. + "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum. + "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. + }, + }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # The metrics used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. { # The metric used for running evaluations. "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. @@ -4641,7 +4995,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4770,7 +5124,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4873,6 +5227,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -5787,7 +6153,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6073,6 +6439,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to generate rubrics from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a registered metric. Rubric generation using predefined metric spec or LLMBasedMetricSpec is supported. If this field is set, the configuration provided in this field is used for rubric generation. The `predefined_rubric_generation_spec` and `rubric_generation_spec` fields will be ignored. "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Optional. Specification for using the rubric generation configs of a pre-defined metric, e.g. "generic_quality_v1" and "instruction_following_v1". Some of the configs may be only used in rubric generation and not supporting evaluation, e.g. "fully_customized_generic_quality_v1". If this field is set, the `rubric_generation_spec` field will be ignored. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -6107,7 +6474,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -6234,37 +6601,2064 @@

Method Details

- generateSyntheticData(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates synthetic (artificial) data based on a description
+    generateLossClusters(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Generates loss clusters from evaluation results. This is a statelss API method that would not modify the EvaluationSet resource.
 
 Args:
-  location: string, Required. The geographic location where the synthetic data generation request is processed. This should be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. For example, `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1`. (required)
+  location: string, Required. The resource name of the Location. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Request message for DataFoundryService.GenerateSyntheticData. It contains the settings and information needed to generate synthetic data.
-  "count": 42, # Required. The number of synthetic examples to generate. For this stateless API, you can generate up to 50 examples in a single request.
-  "examples": [ # Optional. A list of few-shot examples that help the model understand the desired style, tone, and format of the generated synthetic data. Providing these few-shot examples can significantly improve the quality and relevance of the output.
-    { # A single instance of generated synthetic data. Each example is made up of one or more named fields, as defined in `OutputFieldSpec`. These examples are used as few-shot examples to show the model what you want (in `GenerateSyntheticDataRequest.examples`) and to return generated examples in the response (in `GenerateSyntheticDataResponse.synthetic_examples`).
-      "fields": [ # Required. A list of fields that constitute an example.
-        { # Represents a single named field within a synthetic example, consisting of a name and the actual content.
-          "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The actual content or value for this field. This can be text, images, or other types of data.
-            "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
-              { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
-                "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
-                  "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
-                  "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
-                },
-                "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
-                  "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
-                  "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
-                },
-                "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
-                  "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
-                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+{ # Request message for EvaluationAnalyticsService.GenerateLossClusters.
+  "configs": [ # Required. Configuration for the analysis algorithm. Analysis for multiple metrics and multiple candidates could be specified.
+    { # Configuration for the loss analysis job.
+      "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., "gemini-3.0-pro"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult.
+      "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., "tool_use_quality"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "evaluationSet": "A String", # Reference to a persisted EvaluationSet. The service will read items from this set.
+  "inlineResults": { # A wrapper to allow providing a list of items inline. # Inline evaluation results. Useful for ephemeral analysis in notebooks/SDKs where data isn't persisted.
+    "evaluationResults": [ # Required. The list of evaluation results to analyze.
+      { # Evaluation result.
+        "candidateResults": [ # Optional. The results for the metric.
+          { # Result for a single candidate.
+            "additionalResults": "", # Optional. Additional results for the metric.
+            "candidate": "A String", # Required. The candidate that is being evaluated. The value is the same as the candidate name in the EvaluationRequest.
+            "explanation": "A String", # Optional. The explanation for the metric.
+            "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated.
+            "rubricVerdicts": [ # Optional. The rubric verdicts for the metric.
+              { # Represents the verdict of an evaluation against a single rubric.
+                "evaluatedRubric": { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics. # Required. The full rubric definition that was evaluated. Storing this ensures the verdict is self-contained and understandable, especially if the original rubric definition changes or was dynamically generated.
+                  "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric.
+                    "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property.
+                      "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct."
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric.
+                  "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict.
+                  "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE".
                 },
-                "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                "reasoning": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable reasoning or explanation for the verdict. This can include specific examples or details from the evaluated content that justify the given verdict.
+                "verdict": True or False, # Required. Outcome of the evaluation against the rubric, represented as a boolean. `true` indicates a "Pass", `false` indicates a "Fail".
+              },
+            ],
+            "score": 3.14, # Optional. The score for the metric.
+          },
+        ],
+        "evaluationRequest": "A String", # Required. The request item that was evaluated. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationItems/{evaluation_item}
+        "evaluationRun": "A String", # Required. The evaluation run that was used to generate the result. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluation_run}
+        "metadata": "", # Optional. Metadata about the evaluation result.
+        "metric": "A String", # Required. The metric that was evaluated.
+        "request": { # A single evaluation request supporting input for both single-turn model generation and multi-turn agent execution traces. Valid input modes: 1. Inference Mode: `prompt` is set (containing text or AgentData context). 2. Offline Eval Mode: `prompt` is unset, and `candidate_responses` contains `agent_data` (the completed execution trace). Validation Rule: Either `prompt` must be set, OR at least one of the `candidate_responses` must contain `agent_data`. # Required. The request that was evaluated.
+          "candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison.
+            { # Responses from model or agent.
+              "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation.
+                "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.
+                  "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent.
+                    "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map.
+                    "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent.
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly.
+                    "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field.
+                    "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent.
+                      { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+                        "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+                        },
+                        "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+                          "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+                          "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+                          "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                          "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+                          { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+                            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+                            "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                              "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                              "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                              ],
+                              "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                              "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                              },
+                              "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                              "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                              "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                              "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                              "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                              "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                              "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                              "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                              "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                              "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                              "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                              "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                              "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                              "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                              "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                              },
+                              "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                              "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                              "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                            },
+                            "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+                            "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                              "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                              "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                              ],
+                              "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                              "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                              },
+                              "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                              "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                              "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                              "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                              "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                              "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                              "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                              "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                              "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                              "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                              "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                              "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                              "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                              "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                              "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                              },
+                              "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                              "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                              "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                            },
+                            "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+                          "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+                        },
+                        "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+                          "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                          "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                          "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+                            "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+                            },
+                            "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+                          "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+                            "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+                            "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+                          "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+                          "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+                            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+                          "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+                          "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+                            "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                              "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                                "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                                "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+                            "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                              "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                                "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                                "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                                "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                              },
+                              "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                              "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                                "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                              },
+                              "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                                "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                              },
+                              "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                                "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                              },
+                              "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                                "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                              "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                              "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                              "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+                            },
+                            "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+                            "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+                            "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                              { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                                "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                                "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                            "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+                            "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+                            "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+                          },
+                          "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+                            "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                              { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                                "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                                "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                              "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                                "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                                "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                                "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                              },
+                              "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                                "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                              },
+                              "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                                "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                                  "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                                },
+                                "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                                  "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+                            },
+                            "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+                            "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+                            "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+                "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response).
+                  { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation.
+                    "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn.
+                      { # Represents a single event in the execution trace.
+                        "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set.
+                          { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+                            "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+                            },
+                            "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+                              "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+                              "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                            },
+                            "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+                              "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                              "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                            },
+                            "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+                              { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+                                "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+                                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+                                "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                                  "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                                  "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                    # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                  ],
+                                  "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                                  "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                  },
+                                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                                  "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                  "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                                  "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                                  "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                                  "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                                  "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                                  "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                  "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                                  "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                                  "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                                  "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                  "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                                  "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                                  "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                                  "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                  },
+                                  "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                  "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                                  "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                                  "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                                },
+                                "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+                                "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                                  "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                                  "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                    # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                  ],
+                                  "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                                  "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                  },
+                                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                                  "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                  "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                                  "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                                  "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                                  "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                                  "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                                  "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                  "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                                  "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                                  "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                                  "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                  "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                                  "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                                  "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                                  "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                  },
+                                  "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                  "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                                  "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                                  "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                                },
+                                "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+                              },
+                            ],
+                            "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+                              "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+                            },
+                            "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+                              "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                              "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+                                "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+                                },
+                                "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+                              "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+                                "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+                                "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+                              "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+                              "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+                                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+                              "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+                              "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+                                "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                                  "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                                    "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                                    "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                                "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+                                "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                                  "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                                    "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                    "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                                    "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                                    "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                                  },
+                                  "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                                  "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                                    "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                                  },
+                                  "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                                    "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                  },
+                                  "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                                    "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                    "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                                  },
+                                  "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                                    "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                    "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                                  },
+                                },
+                                "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                                  "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                                  "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                                  "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+                                },
+                                "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+                                "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+                                "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                                  { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                                    "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                                    "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                                "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+                                "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+                                "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+                              },
+                              "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+                                "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                                  { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                                    "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                                    "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                                      "A String",
+                                    ],
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                                  "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                                    "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                                    "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                                    "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                                  },
+                                  "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                                    "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                                  },
+                                  "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                                    "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                                      "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                                    },
+                                    "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                                      "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                  "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+                                },
+                                "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+                                "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+                                "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user.
+                        "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response).
+                          "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+                            { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                              "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                                "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                                "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                              },
+                              "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                                "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                                "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                              },
+                              "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                                "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                              },
+                              "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                                "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                                },
+                                "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                                "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                                "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                                  { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                                    "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                                    "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                                    "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                                    "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                                    "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                                    "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                              },
+                              "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                                "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                                "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                                    "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                                    },
+                                    "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                                      "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                ],
+                                "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                                },
+                                "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                              },
+                              "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                                "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                              },
+                              "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                                "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                              },
+                              "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                              "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                              "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                              "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                                "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                                "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                                "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'.
+                        },
+                        "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred.
+                        "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems.
+                    "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response.
+              "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent.
+                "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+                "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                  {
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+              },
+              "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response.
+                { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message.
+                  "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+                    { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                      "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                        "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                        "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                      },
+                      "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                        "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                        "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                      },
+                      "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                        "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                      },
+                      "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                        "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                        "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                          { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                            "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                            "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                            "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                            "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                            "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                            "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                      },
+                      "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                        "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                        "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                            "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                            "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                              "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                      },
+                      "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                        "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                      },
+                      "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                        "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                      },
+                      "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                      "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                      "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                      "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                        "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                        "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                        "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'.
+                },
+              ],
+              "text": "A String", # Text response.
+              "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template.
+            },
+          ],
+          "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth.
+            "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This field is used to provide the full output of an agent's run, including all turns and events, for direct evaluation.
+              "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.
+                "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent.
+                  "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map.
+                  "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly.
+                  "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field.
+                  "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent.
+                    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+                      "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+                      },
+                      "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+                        "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+                        "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+                        "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                        "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+                        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+                          "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            ],
+                            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                          },
+                          "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+                          "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            ],
+                            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                          },
+                          "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+                        "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+                      },
+                      "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+                        "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                        "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+                          "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+                          },
+                          "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+                        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+                          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+                          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+                        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+                        "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+                        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+                        "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+                          "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                            "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                              "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                              "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+                          "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                            "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                              "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                              "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                              "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                              "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                            },
+                            "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                            "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                              "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                            },
+                            "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                              "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                            },
+                            "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                              "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                              "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                            },
+                            "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                              "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                              "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                            "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                            "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                            "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+                          },
+                          "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+                          "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+                          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                            { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                              "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                              "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                          "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+                          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+                          "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+                        },
+                        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+                          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                            },
+                            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                            },
+                            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                              },
+                              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+                          },
+                          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+                          "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+                          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+              },
+              "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response).
+                { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation.
+                  "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn.
+                    { # Represents a single event in the execution trace.
+                      "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set.
+                        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+                          "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+                          },
+                          "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+                            "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+                            "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+                            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+                            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+                              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+                              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+                              "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                ],
+                                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                              },
+                              "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+                              "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                ],
+                                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                              },
+                              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+                            "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+                          },
+                          "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+                            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+                              "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+                              },
+                              "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+                            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+                              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+                              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+                            "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+                            "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+                              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+                            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+                            "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+                              "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                                "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                                  "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+                              "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                                "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                                  "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                                  "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                                  "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                                },
+                                "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                                "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                                },
+                                "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                                  "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                },
+                                "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                                  "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                                },
+                                "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                                  "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                                "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                                "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                                "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+                              },
+                              "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+                              "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+                              "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                                { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                                  "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                                  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                              "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+                              "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+                              "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+                            },
+                            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+                              "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                                },
+                                "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                                  "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                                },
+                                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                                  },
+                                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                                  },
+                                },
+                                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+                              },
+                              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+                              "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+                              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user.
+                      "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response).
+                        "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+                          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                            },
+                            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                            },
+                            "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                            "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                              "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                              },
+                              "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                              "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                              "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                                { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                                  "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                                  "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                                  "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                                  "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                                  "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                                  "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                            },
+                            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                              "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                              "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                                  "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                                  },
+                                  "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                                    "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                              },
+                              "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                            },
+                            "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                              "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                            "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                              "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                            },
+                            "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                            "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                            "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                            "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                              "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'.
+                      },
+                      "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred.
+                      "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems.
+                  "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response.
+            "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent.
+              "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+              "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+            },
+            "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response.
+              { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message.
+                "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                    "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                      "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                      "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                    },
+                    "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                      "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                      "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                    },
+                    "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                      "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                      "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                        { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                          "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                          "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                          "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                          "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                          "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                          "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                    },
+                    "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                      "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                          "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                          "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                    },
+                    "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                      "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                      "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                    },
+                    "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                    "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                    "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                    "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                      "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                      "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                      "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'.
+              },
+            ],
+            "text": "A String", # Text response.
+            "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template.
+          },
+          "prompt": { # Prompt to be evaluated. This can represent a single-turn prompt or a multi-turn conversation for agent evaluations. # Optional. The request/prompt to evaluate.
+            "agentData": { # Represents data specific to multi-turn agent evaluations. # Optional. Represents the complete execution trace of a multi-turn conversation, which can involve single or multiple agents. This serves as the input context for agent scraping.
+              "agents": { # Optional. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.
+                "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent.
+                  "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map.
+                  "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent.
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly.
+                  "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field.
+                  "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent.
+                    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+                      "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+                      },
+                      "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+                        "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+                        "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+                        "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                        "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+                        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+                          "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            ],
+                            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                          },
+                          "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+                          "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                            "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            ],
+                            "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                            "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                            "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                            },
+                            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                            "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                            "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                          },
+                          "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+                        "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+                      },
+                      "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+                        "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                        "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+                          "A String",
+                        ],
+                        "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+                          "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+                          },
+                          "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+                        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+                          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+                          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+                        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+                        "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+                        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+                        "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+                          "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                            "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                              "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                              "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+                          "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                            "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                              "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                              "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                              "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                              "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                            },
+                            "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                            "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                              "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                            },
+                            "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                              "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                            },
+                            "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                              "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                              "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                            },
+                            "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                              "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                              "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                            "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                            "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                            "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+                          },
+                          "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+                          "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+                          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                            { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                              "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                              "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                          "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+                          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+                          "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+                        },
+                        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+                          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                            },
+                            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                            },
+                            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                              },
+                              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+                          },
+                          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+                          "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+                          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+              },
+              "turns": [ # Optional. A chronological list of conversation turns. Each turn represents a logical execution cycle (e.g., User Input -> Agent Response).
+                { # Represents a single turn/invocation in the conversation.
+                  "events": [ # Optional. The list of events that occurred during this turn.
+                    { # Represents a single event in the execution trace.
+                      "activeTools": [ # Optional. The list of tools that were active/available to the agent at the time of this event. This overrides the `AgentConfig.tools` if set.
+                        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+                          "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+                          },
+                          "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+                            "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+                            "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+                            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+                            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+                              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+                              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+                              "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                ],
+                                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                              },
+                              "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+                              "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                ],
+                                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                                },
+                                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                                  "A String",
+                                ],
+                                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                              },
+                              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+                            "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+                          },
+                          "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+                            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+                            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                            "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+                              "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+                              },
+                              "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+                            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+                              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+                              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+                            "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+                            "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+                              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+                            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+                            "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+                              "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                                "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                                  "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+                              "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                                "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                                  "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                                  "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                                  "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                                },
+                                "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                                "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                                },
+                                "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                                  "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                                },
+                                "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                                  "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                                },
+                                "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                                  "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                                "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                                "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                                "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+                              },
+                              "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+                              "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+                              "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                                { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                                  "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                                  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                              "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+                              "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+                              "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+                            },
+                            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+                              "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                                "A String",
+                              ],
+                              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                                    "A String",
+                                  ],
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                                },
+                                "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                                  "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                                },
+                                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                                  },
+                                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                                  },
+                                },
+                                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+                              },
+                              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+                              "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+                              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "author": "A String", # Required. The ID of the agent or entity that generated this event. Use "user" to denote events generated by the end-user.
+                      "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The content of the event (e.g., text response, tool call, tool response).
+                        "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+                          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                            },
+                            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                            },
+                            "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                            "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                              "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                              },
+                              "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                              "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                              "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                                { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                                  "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                                  "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                                  "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                                  "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                                  "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                                  "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                            },
+                            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                              "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                              "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                                  "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                                  },
+                                  "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                                    "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              ],
+                              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                              },
+                              "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                            },
+                            "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                              "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                            "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                              "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                            },
+                            "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                            "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                            "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                            "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                              "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'.
+                      },
+                      "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the event occurred.
+                      "stateDelta": { # Optional. The change in the session state caused by this event. This is a key-value map of fields that were modified or added by the event.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "turnId": "A String", # Optional. A unique identifier for the turn. Useful for referencing specific turns across systems.
+                  "turnIndex": 42, # Required. The 0-based index of the turn in the conversation sequence.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "promptTemplateData": { # Message to hold a prompt template and the values to populate the template. # Prompt template data.
+              "values": { # The values for fields in the prompt template.
+                "a_key": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message.
+                  "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+                    { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                      "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                        "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                        "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                      },
+                      "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                        "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                        "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                      },
+                      "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                        "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                      },
+                      "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                        "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                        "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                          { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                            "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                            "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                            "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                            "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                            "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                            "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                      },
+                      "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                        "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                        "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                            "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                            "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                              "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                      },
+                      "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                        "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                      },
+                      "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                        "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                      },
+                      "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                      "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                      "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                      "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                        "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                        "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                        "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. If not set, the service will default to 'user'.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Text prompt.
+            "userScenario": { # User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results. # Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results.
+              "conversationPlan": "A String", # Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset.
+              "startingPrompt": "A String", # Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test.
+            },
+            "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template.
+          },
+          "rubrics": { # Optional. Named groups of rubrics associated with this prompt. The key is a user-defined name for the rubric group.
+            "a_key": { # A group of rubrics, used for grouping rubrics based on a metric or a version.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Human-readable name for the group. This should be unique within a given context if used for display or selection. Example: "Instruction Following V1", "Content Quality - Summarization Task".
+              "groupId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the group.
+              "rubrics": [ # Rubrics that are part of this group.
+                { # Message representing a single testable criterion for evaluation. One input prompt could have multiple rubrics.
+                  "content": { # Content of the rubric, defining the testable criteria. # Required. The actual testable criteria for the rubric.
+                    "property": { # Defines criteria based on a specific property. # Evaluation criteria based on a specific property.
+                      "description": "A String", # Description of the property being evaluated. Example: "The model's response is grammatically correct."
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "importance": "A String", # Optional. The relative importance of this rubric.
+                  "rubricId": "A String", # Unique identifier for the rubric. This ID is used to refer to this rubric, e.g., in RubricVerdict.
+                  "type": "A String", # Optional. A type designator for the rubric, which can inform how it's evaluated or interpreted by systems or users. It's recommended to use consistent, well-defined, upper snake_case strings. Examples: "SUMMARIZATION_QUALITY", "SAFETY_HARMFUL_CONTENT", "INSTRUCTION_ADHERENCE".
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ generateSyntheticData(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates synthetic (artificial) data based on a description
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The geographic location where the synthetic data generation request is processed. This should be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. For example, `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataFoundryService.GenerateSyntheticData. It contains the settings and information needed to generate synthetic data.
+  "count": 42, # Required. The number of synthetic examples to generate. For this stateless API, you can generate up to 50 examples in a single request.
+  "examples": [ # Optional. A list of few-shot examples that help the model understand the desired style, tone, and format of the generated synthetic data. Providing these few-shot examples can significantly improve the quality and relevance of the output.
+    { # A single instance of generated synthetic data. Each example is made up of one or more named fields, as defined in `OutputFieldSpec`. These examples are used as few-shot examples to show the model what you want (in `GenerateSyntheticDataRequest.examples`) and to return generated examples in the response (in `GenerateSyntheticDataResponse.synthetic_examples`).
+      "fields": [ # Required. A list of fields that constitute an example.
+        { # Represents a single named field within a synthetic example, consisting of a name and the actual content.
+          "content": { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. # Required. The actual content or value for this field. This can be text, images, or other types of data.
+            "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part.
+              { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                  "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                  "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                },
+                "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                  "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                  "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                },
+                "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                  "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+                "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
                   "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
                     "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
                   },
@@ -6438,6 +8832,278 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ generateUserScenarios(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates user scenarios for agent evaluation.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to run the job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.
+  "agents": { # Required. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.
+    "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent.
+      "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map.
+      "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly.
+      "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field.
+      "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent.
+        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+          "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
+          },
+          "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
+            "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
+            "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
+            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
+            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.
+              "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+              },
+              "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
+              "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+              },
+              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
+            },
+          ],
+          "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
+            "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
+          },
+          "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
+            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
+            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
+              "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
+              },
+              "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
+            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+            },
+          },
+          "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
+            "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
+            "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+            "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
+              "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
+                "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+                  "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
+                },
+              },
+              "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
+              "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
+                "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+                  "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
+                  "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
+                  "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+                },
+                "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+                "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
+                },
+                "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+                  "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
+                },
+                "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+                  "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
+                },
+                "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+                  "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
+                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+                },
+              },
+              "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
+                "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
+                "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
+                "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
+              },
+              "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
+              "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
+              },
+            },
+            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+              "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
+                { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
+                  "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+                  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+                },
+              ],
+              "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+              "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+              "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
+              "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
+            },
+            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+              "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                },
+                "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                  "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                },
+                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
+                  },
+                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                  },
+                },
+                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+              },
+              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+              "storeContext": True or False, # Optional. Currently only supported for Gemini Multimodal Live API. In Gemini Multimodal Live API, if `store_context` bool is specified, Gemini will leverage it to automatically memorize the interactions between the client and Gemini, and retrieve context when needed to augment the response generation for users' ongoing and future interactions.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+            },
+          },
+          "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rootAgentId": "A String", # Required. The agent id to identify the root agent.
+  "userScenarioGenerationConfig": { # User scenario generation configuration. # Required. Configuration for generating user scenarios.
+    "environmentData": "A String", # Optional. Environment data in string type.
+    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name to use for generation. It can be model name, e.g. "gemini-3-pro-preview". or the fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+    "simulationInstruction": "A String", # Optional. Simulation instruction to guide the user scenario generation.
+    "userScenarioCount": "A String", # Required. The number of user scenarios to generate. The maximum number of scenarios that can be generated is 100.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.
+  "userScenarios": [ # The generated user scenarios used to simulate multi-turn agent running results and agent evaluation.
+    { # Output of user scenario generation.
+      "conversationPlan": "A String", # Conversation plan to drive multi-turn agent run and get simulated agent eval dataset.
+      "startingPrompt": "A String", # Starting prompt for the conversation between simulated user and agent under the test.
+      "testCaseTitle": "A String", # Represents a short 3-5 word title for eval test case.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets information about a location.
@@ -6506,7 +9172,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html
index 851c04e569..6715479f11 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ 

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a Model.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the Model. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the Model. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ 

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75dd7ea1d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.html @@ -0,0 +1,1805 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . onlineEvaluators

+

Instance Methods

+

+ activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Activates an OnlineEvaluator.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an OnlineEvaluator in the given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an OnlineEvaluator.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of an OnlineEvaluator.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the OnlineEvaluators for the given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the fields of an OnlineEvaluator.

+

+ suspend(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Suspends an OnlineEvaluator. When an OnlineEvaluator is suspended, it won't run any evaluations until it is activated again.

+

Method Details

+
+ activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Activates an OnlineEvaluator.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to activate. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ActivateOnlineEvaluator.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an OnlineEvaluator in the given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where the OnlineEvaluator will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An OnlineEvaluator contains the configuration for an Online Evaluation.
+  "agentResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the agent that the OnlineEvaluator evaluates periodically. This value is used to filter the traces with a matching cloud.resource_id and link the evaluation results with relevant dashboards/UIs. This field is immutable. Once set, it cannot be changed.
+  "cloudObservability": { # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging). # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging).
+    "logView": "A String", # Optional. Optional log view that will be used to query logs. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+    "openTelemetry": { # Configuration for data source following OpenTelemetry. # Data source follows OpenTelemetry convention.
+      "semconvVersion": "A String", # Required. Defines which version OTel Semantic Convention the data follows. Can be "1.39.0" or newer.
+    },
+    "traceScope": { # Defines the scope and filters for selecting traces. # Scope online evaluation to single traces.
+      "filter": [ # Optional. A list of predicates to filter traces. Multiple predicates are combined using AND.
+        { # Defines a single filter predicate.
+          "duration": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the duration of a trace.
+            "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+            "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+          },
+          "totalTokenUsage": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the total token usage within a trace.
+            "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+            "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "traceView": "A String", # Optional. Optional trace view that will be used to query traces. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+  },
+  "config": { # Configuration for sampling behavior of the OnlineEvaluator. The OnlineEvaluator runs at a fixed interval of 10 minutes. # Required. Configuration for the OnlineEvaluator.
+    "maxEvaluatedSamplesPerRun": "A String", # Optional. The maximum number of evaluations to perform per run. If set to 0, the number is unbounded.
+    "randomSampling": { # Configuration for random sampling. # Random sampling method.
+      "percentage": 42, # Required. The percentage of traces to sample for evaluation. Must be an integer between 0 and 100.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for the `OnlineEvaluator`. The name doesn't have to be unique. The name can consist of any UTF-8 characters. The maximum length is `63` characters. If the display name exceeds max characters, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "metricSources": [ # Required. A list of metric sources to be used for evaluating samples. At least one MetricSource must be provided.
+    { # The metric source used for evaluation.
+      "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config.
+        "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+          "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+        },
+        "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+          "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+        },
+        "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+          "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+        },
+        "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+        },
+        "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+          "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+            "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+            "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+              "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+              "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+              "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+              "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                  "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                },
+                "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+              },
+              "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+              "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+              "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+              "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+              },
+              "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+              "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+              "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+              "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+              },
+              "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                  "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                },
+                "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                  "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                },
+              },
+              "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+              "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                  "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                    { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                      "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                      "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                        "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                          "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                        },
+                        "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                          "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                  "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                    "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                  },
+                  "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                    "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                  },
+                },
+              },
+              "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+              "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+              },
+              "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+              "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+            },
+            "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+          "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+            "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+            "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+            "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+              "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+              "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+              "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+                "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+                "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+                "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+                "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                  "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                  "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                    "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                  },
+                  "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                  "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                  "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+                },
+                "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+                "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+                "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+                "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                  "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+                },
+                "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+                "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+                "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+                "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                  "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                  "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                    # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  ],
+                  "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                  "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                  "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                  "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                  "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                  "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                  "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                  "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                  "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                  "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                  "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                  "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                  "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                  "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                  "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                  "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                },
+                "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                  "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                    "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                  },
+                  "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                  },
+                },
+                "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+                "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                  "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                    "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                      { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                        "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                        "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                          "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                            "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                          },
+                          "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                            "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+                "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                  "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                  "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                  "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+                },
+                "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+                "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+              },
+              "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+            },
+            "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+            "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+            "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+          "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+            "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+        },
+        "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+          "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+          "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+        },
+        "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+        },
+        "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+          "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+          "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+          "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+          "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+          "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+        },
+      },
+      "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OnlineEvaluator.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an OnlineEvaluator.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to delete. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of an OnlineEvaluator.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An OnlineEvaluator contains the configuration for an Online Evaluation.
+  "agentResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the agent that the OnlineEvaluator evaluates periodically. This value is used to filter the traces with a matching cloud.resource_id and link the evaluation results with relevant dashboards/UIs. This field is immutable. Once set, it cannot be changed.
+  "cloudObservability": { # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging). # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging).
+    "logView": "A String", # Optional. Optional log view that will be used to query logs. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+    "openTelemetry": { # Configuration for data source following OpenTelemetry. # Data source follows OpenTelemetry convention.
+      "semconvVersion": "A String", # Required. Defines which version OTel Semantic Convention the data follows. Can be "1.39.0" or newer.
+    },
+    "traceScope": { # Defines the scope and filters for selecting traces. # Scope online evaluation to single traces.
+      "filter": [ # Optional. A list of predicates to filter traces. Multiple predicates are combined using AND.
+        { # Defines a single filter predicate.
+          "duration": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the duration of a trace.
+            "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+            "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+          },
+          "totalTokenUsage": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the total token usage within a trace.
+            "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+            "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "traceView": "A String", # Optional. Optional trace view that will be used to query traces. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+  },
+  "config": { # Configuration for sampling behavior of the OnlineEvaluator. The OnlineEvaluator runs at a fixed interval of 10 minutes. # Required. Configuration for the OnlineEvaluator.
+    "maxEvaluatedSamplesPerRun": "A String", # Optional. The maximum number of evaluations to perform per run. If set to 0, the number is unbounded.
+    "randomSampling": { # Configuration for random sampling. # Random sampling method.
+      "percentage": 42, # Required. The percentage of traces to sample for evaluation. Must be an integer between 0 and 100.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for the `OnlineEvaluator`. The name doesn't have to be unique. The name can consist of any UTF-8 characters. The maximum length is `63` characters. If the display name exceeds max characters, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "metricSources": [ # Required. A list of metric sources to be used for evaluating samples. At least one MetricSource must be provided.
+    { # The metric source used for evaluation.
+      "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config.
+        "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+          "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+        },
+        "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+          "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+        },
+        "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+          "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+        },
+        "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+        },
+        "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+          "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+            "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+            "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+              "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+              "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+              "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+              "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                  "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                },
+                "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+              },
+              "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+              "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+              "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+              "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+              },
+              "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+              "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+              "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+              "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+              },
+              "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                  "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                },
+                "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                  "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                },
+              },
+              "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+              "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                  "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                    { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                      "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                      "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                        "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                          "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                        },
+                        "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                          "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                  "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                    "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                  },
+                  "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                    "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                  },
+                },
+              },
+              "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+              "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+              },
+              "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+              "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+            },
+            "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+          "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+            "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+            "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+            "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+              "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+              "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+              "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+                "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+                "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+                "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+                "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                  "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                  "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                    "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                  },
+                  "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                  "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                  "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+                },
+                "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+                "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+                "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+                "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                  "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+                },
+                "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+                "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+                "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+                "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                  "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                  "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                    # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  ],
+                  "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                  "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                  "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                  "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                  "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                  "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                  "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                  "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                  "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                  "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                  "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                  "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                  "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                  "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                  "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                  "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                },
+                "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                  "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                    "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                  },
+                  "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                  },
+                },
+                "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+                "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                  "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                    "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                      { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                        "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                        "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                          "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                            "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                          },
+                          "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                            "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+                "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                  "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                  "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                  "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+                },
+                "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+                "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+              },
+              "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+            },
+            "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+            "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+            "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+          "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+            "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+        },
+        "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+          "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+          "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+        },
+        "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+        },
+        "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+          "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+          "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+          "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+          "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+          "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+        },
+      },
+      "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OnlineEvaluator.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the OnlineEvaluators for the given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the OnlineEvaluators to list. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Standard list filter. Supported fields: * `create_time` * `update_time` * `agent_resource` Example: `create_time>"2026-01-01T00:00:00-04:00"` where the timestamp is in RFC 3339 format) Based on aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by. The default sorting order is ascending. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `create_time desc`. Based on aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of OnlineEvaluators to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 OnlineEvaluators will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. Based on aip.dev/158.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Based on aip.dev/158.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListOnlineEvaluators.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages.
+  "onlineEvaluators": [ # A list of OnlineEvaluators matching the request.
+    { # An OnlineEvaluator contains the configuration for an Online Evaluation.
+      "agentResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the agent that the OnlineEvaluator evaluates periodically. This value is used to filter the traces with a matching cloud.resource_id and link the evaluation results with relevant dashboards/UIs. This field is immutable. Once set, it cannot be changed.
+      "cloudObservability": { # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging). # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging).
+        "logView": "A String", # Optional. Optional log view that will be used to query logs. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+        "openTelemetry": { # Configuration for data source following OpenTelemetry. # Data source follows OpenTelemetry convention.
+          "semconvVersion": "A String", # Required. Defines which version OTel Semantic Convention the data follows. Can be "1.39.0" or newer.
+        },
+        "traceScope": { # Defines the scope and filters for selecting traces. # Scope online evaluation to single traces.
+          "filter": [ # Optional. A list of predicates to filter traces. Multiple predicates are combined using AND.
+            { # Defines a single filter predicate.
+              "duration": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the duration of a trace.
+                "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+                "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+              },
+              "totalTokenUsage": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the total token usage within a trace.
+                "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+                "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "traceView": "A String", # Optional. Optional trace view that will be used to query traces. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+      },
+      "config": { # Configuration for sampling behavior of the OnlineEvaluator. The OnlineEvaluator runs at a fixed interval of 10 minutes. # Required. Configuration for the OnlineEvaluator.
+        "maxEvaluatedSamplesPerRun": "A String", # Optional. The maximum number of evaluations to perform per run. If set to 0, the number is unbounded.
+        "randomSampling": { # Configuration for random sampling. # Random sampling method.
+          "percentage": 42, # Required. The percentage of traces to sample for evaluation. Must be an integer between 0 and 100.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for the `OnlineEvaluator`. The name doesn't have to be unique. The name can consist of any UTF-8 characters. The maximum length is `63` characters. If the display name exceeds max characters, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+      "metricSources": [ # Required. A list of metric sources to be used for evaluating samples. At least one MetricSource must be provided.
+        { # The metric source used for evaluation.
+          "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config.
+            "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+              "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+            },
+            "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+              "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+            },
+            "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+              "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+            },
+            "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+            },
+            "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+              "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+                "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+                "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+                "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+                  "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+                  "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+                  "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+                  "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                  "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                    "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                    "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                      "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                    },
+                    "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                    "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                    "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+                  },
+                  "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+                  "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+                  "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+                  "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                    "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+                  },
+                  "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                  "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+                  "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+                  "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+                  "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                    "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                    "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                      # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                    ],
+                    "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                    "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                      "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                    },
+                    "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                    "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                    "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                    "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                    "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                    "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                    "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                    "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                    "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                    "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                    "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                    "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                    "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                    "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                    "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                      "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                    },
+                    "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                    "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                    "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                  },
+                  "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                    "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                      "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                    },
+                    "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                      "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+                  "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                    "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                      "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                        { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                          "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                          "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                            "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                              "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                            },
+                            "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                              "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                              "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                      "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                        "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                      },
+                      "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                        "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+                  "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                    "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                    "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                    "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+                  },
+                  "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+                  "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+                },
+                "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+              },
+              "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+              "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+                "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+                "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+                "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+                  "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+                  "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+                  "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+                    "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+                    "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+                    "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+                    "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                    "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                      "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                      "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                        "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                      },
+                      "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                      "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                      "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+                    },
+                    "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+                    "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+                    "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+                    "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                      "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+                    },
+                    "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                    "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+                    "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+                    "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+                    "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                      "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                      "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                        # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                      ],
+                      "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                      "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                        "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                      },
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                      "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                      "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                      "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                      "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                      "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                      "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                      "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                      "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                      "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                      "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                      "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                      "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                      "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                      "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                        "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                      },
+                      "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                      "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                      "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                    },
+                    "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                      "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                        "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                      },
+                      "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                        "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+                    "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                      "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                      "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                        "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                          { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                            "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                            "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                              "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                                "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                              },
+                              "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                                "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                                "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                        "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                          "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                        },
+                        "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                          "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+                    "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                      "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                      "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                      "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+                    },
+                    "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+                    "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+                  },
+                  "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+                },
+                "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+                "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+                "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+              "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+              "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+                "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+                "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+                "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+              },
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+            },
+            "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+              "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+              "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+              "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+                "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+              },
+              "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+              "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+            },
+            "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+              "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+                "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+              },
+              "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+              "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+            },
+            "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+              "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+              "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+              "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+              "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+              "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+            },
+          },
+          "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OnlineEvaluator.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the fields of an OnlineEvaluator.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An OnlineEvaluator contains the configuration for an Online Evaluation.
+  "agentResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the agent that the OnlineEvaluator evaluates periodically. This value is used to filter the traces with a matching cloud.resource_id and link the evaluation results with relevant dashboards/UIs. This field is immutable. Once set, it cannot be changed.
+  "cloudObservability": { # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging). # Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging).
+    "logView": "A String", # Optional. Optional log view that will be used to query logs. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+    "openTelemetry": { # Configuration for data source following OpenTelemetry. # Data source follows OpenTelemetry convention.
+      "semconvVersion": "A String", # Required. Defines which version OTel Semantic Convention the data follows. Can be "1.39.0" or newer.
+    },
+    "traceScope": { # Defines the scope and filters for selecting traces. # Scope online evaluation to single traces.
+      "filter": [ # Optional. A list of predicates to filter traces. Multiple predicates are combined using AND.
+        { # Defines a single filter predicate.
+          "duration": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the duration of a trace.
+            "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+            "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+          },
+          "totalTokenUsage": { # Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value. # Filter on the total token usage within a trace.
+            "comparisonOperator": "A String", # Required. The comparison operator to apply.
+            "value": 3.14, # Required. The value to compare against.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "traceView": "A String", # Optional. Optional trace view that will be used to query traces. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.
+  },
+  "config": { # Configuration for sampling behavior of the OnlineEvaluator. The OnlineEvaluator runs at a fixed interval of 10 minutes. # Required. Configuration for the OnlineEvaluator.
+    "maxEvaluatedSamplesPerRun": "A String", # Optional. The maximum number of evaluations to perform per run. If set to 0, the number is unbounded.
+    "randomSampling": { # Configuration for random sampling. # Random sampling method.
+      "percentage": 42, # Required. The percentage of traces to sample for evaluation. Must be an integer between 0 and 100.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for the `OnlineEvaluator`. The name doesn't have to be unique. The name can consist of any UTF-8 characters. The maximum length is `63` characters. If the display name exceeds max characters, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "metricSources": [ # Required. A list of metric sources to be used for evaluating samples. At least one MetricSource must be provided.
+    { # The metric source used for evaluation.
+      "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config.
+        "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric.
+          "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score.
+        },
+        "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric.
+          "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric.
+        },
+        "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric.
+          "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function.
+        },
+        "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric.
+        },
+        "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric.
+          "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater).
+            "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+            "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+              "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+              "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+              "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+              "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                  "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                },
+                "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+              },
+              "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+              "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+              "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+              "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+              },
+              "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+              "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+              "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+              "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+              },
+              "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                  "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                },
+                "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                  "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                },
+              },
+              "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+              "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                  "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                    { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                      "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                      "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                        "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                          "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                        },
+                        "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                          "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                  "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                    "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                  },
+                  "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                    "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                  },
+                },
+              },
+              "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+              "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+              },
+              "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+              "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+            },
+            "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model.
+          "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec.
+            "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+            "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification.
+            "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation.
+              "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+              "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.
+              "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs.
+                "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response.
+                "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one.
+                "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response.
+                "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features.
+                  "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9"
+                  "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images.
+                    "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as.
+                  },
+                  "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`.
+                  "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people.
+                  "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people.
+                },
+                "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response.
+                "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses.
+                "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model.
+                "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection.
+                  "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference.
+                },
+                "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0].
+                "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`.
+                "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging.
+                "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+                "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`.
+                  "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
+                  "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
+                    # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  ],
+                  "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
+                  "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
+                  "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
+                  "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
+                  "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
+                  "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
+                  "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
+                  "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
+                  "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
+                  "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
+                  "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
+                  "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
+                  "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
+                  "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
+                  "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
+                    "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+                  },
+                  "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
+                  "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
+                  "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
+                },
+                "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration.
+                  "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request.
+                    "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference.
+                  },
+                  "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted.
+                  },
+                },
+                "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results.
+                "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config.
+                  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis.
+                  "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`.
+                    "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided.
+                      { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup.
+                        "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt.
+                        "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker.
+                          "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                            "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                          },
+                          "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                            "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use.
+                    "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice.
+                      "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use.
+                    },
+                    "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set.
+                      "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+                "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0].
+                "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking.
+                  "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available.
+                  "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency.
+                  "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate.
+                },
+                "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words.
+                "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both.
+              },
+              "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32.
+            },
+            "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements.
+            "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated.
+            "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model.
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.
+          "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.
+            "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).
+            "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.
+        },
+        "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric.
+          "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response.
+          "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric.
+        },
+        "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric.
+          "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty.
+            "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output.
+          },
+          "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric.
+          "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric.
+        },
+        "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric.
+          "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1".
+          "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric.
+          "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum.
+          "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum.
+          "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score.
+        },
+      },
+      "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OnlineEvaluator.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ suspend(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Suspends an OnlineEvaluator. When an OnlineEvaluator is suspended, it won't run any evaluations until it is activated again.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to suspend. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SuspendOnlineEvaluator.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 0a05ccb18e..5bd9c53a4a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -1962,6 +1962,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -2388,7 +2391,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2605,7 +2608,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.html index 03768274b2..ced65052aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.html @@ -74,18 +74,76 @@

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . a2a

Instance Methods

+

+ message() +

+

Returns the message Resource.

+ +

+ tasks() +

+

Returns the tasks Resource.

+

v1()

Returns the v1 Resource.

+

+ card(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

Method Details

+
+ card(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c4b366a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.html @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . a2a . message

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ send(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.

+

+ stream(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Streams queries using a reasoning engine instance via the A2A streaming protocol apis.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ send(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ stream(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Streams queries using a reasoning engine instance via the A2A streaming protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. e.g., v1/message:stream. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9d478556c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.html @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . a2a . tasks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ pushNotificationConfigs() +

+

Returns the pushNotificationConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

+

+ cancel(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ subscribe(name, a2aEndpoint, x__xgafv=None)

+

Stream get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A stream get protocol apis.

+

Method Details

+
+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ cancel(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ subscribe(name, a2aEndpoint, x__xgafv=None) +
Stream get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A stream get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123:subscribe`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fc775e793 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . a2a . tasks . pushNotificationConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html index 5212cf6b05..75b24c9619 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html @@ -90,6 +90,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

Method Details

card(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -117,4 +120,25 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.events.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.events.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb0b09dd52 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.events.html @@ -0,0 +1,403 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . a2aTasks . events

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists TaskEvents for an A2aTask.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists TaskEvents for an A2aTask.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to list the TaskEvents under. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `create_time` range (i.e. `create_time>="2025-01-31T11:30:00-04:00"` where the timestamp is in RFC 3339 format) More detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order the results by. If this field is omitted, the results will be ordered by `event_sequence_number` in descending order. For each field, the default sort order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a ` desc` suffix. For example: `create_time desc`. Supported fields: * `create_time` * `event_sequence_number`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of events to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 events will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will hit exception.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTaskEvents call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTaskEvents.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  "taskEvents": [ # List of TaskEvents in the requested page.
+    { # An event that occurred for a task. Note that TaskEvent is just a record of task's change. Hence, it's not a Cloud resource.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of the event.
+      "eventData": { # Data for a TaskEvent. # Required. The delta associated with the event.
+        "metadataChange": { # An event representing a change to the task's top-level metadata. example: metadata_change: { new_metadata: { "name": "My task", } update_mask: { paths: "name" } } # Optional. A change to the task's metadata.
+          "newMetadata": { # Required. The complete state of the metadata object *after* the change.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. A field mask indicating which paths in the Struct were changed. If not set, all fields will be updated. go/aip-internal/cloud-standard/2412
+        },
+        "outputChange": { # An event representing a change to the task's outputs. # Optional. A change to the task's final outputs.
+          "taskArtifactChange": { # Describes changes to the artifact list. # Required. A granular change to the list of artifacts.
+            "addedArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of brand-new artifacts created in this event.
+              { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+                "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+                "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                    "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                      "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                      "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                    },
+                    "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                      "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                      "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                    },
+                    "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                      "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                      "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                        { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                          "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                          "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                          "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                          "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                          "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                          "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                    },
+                    "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                      "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                          "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                          "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                    },
+                    "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                      "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                      "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                    },
+                    "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                    "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                    "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                    "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                      "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                      "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                      "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+            "deletedArtifactIds": [ # Optional. A list of artifact IDs that were removed in this event.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "updatedArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of existing artifacts that were modified in this event.
+              { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+                "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+                "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                    "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                      "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                      "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                    },
+                    "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                      "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                      "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                    },
+                    "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                      "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                      "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                        { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                          "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                          "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                          "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                          "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                          "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                          "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                    },
+                    "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                      "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                          "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                          "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                    },
+                    "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                      "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                      "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                    },
+                    "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                    "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                    "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                    "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                      "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                      "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                      "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "stateChange": { # A message representing a change in a task's state. # Optional. A change in the task's state.
+          "newState": "A String", # Required. The new state of the task.
+        },
+        "statusDetailsChange": { # Represents a change to the task's status details. # Optional. A change to the framework-specific status details.
+          "newTaskStatus": { # Represents the additional status details of a task. # Required. The complete state of the task's status *after* the change.
+            "taskMessage": { # Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification. # Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent.
+              "messageId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the message.
+              "metadata": { # Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "parts": [ # Required. The parts of the message.
+                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                  "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                    "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                    "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                  },
+                  "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                    "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                    "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                  },
+                  "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                    "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                    "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                    "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                    "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                      { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                        "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                        "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                        "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                        "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                        "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                        "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                  },
+                  "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                    "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                    "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                    "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                        "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                        },
+                        "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                    "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                  },
+                  "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                    "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                    "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                  },
+                  "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                  "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                  "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                  "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                    "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                    "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                    "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent"
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "eventSequenceNumber": "A String", # Required. The sequence number of the event. This is used to uniquely identify the event within the task and order events chronologically. This is a id generated by the SDK.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ba2b2a9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html @@ -0,0 +1,1221 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . reasoningEngines . a2aTasks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ events() +

+

Returns the events Resource.

+ +

+ appendEvents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Appends TaskEvents to an A2aTask.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, a2aTaskId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an A2aTask.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an A2aTask.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets an A2aTask.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists A2aTasks for a ReasoningEngine.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ appendEvents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Appends TaskEvents to an A2aTask.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to append events to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.AppendA2aTaskEvents.
+  "taskEvents": [ # Required. The events to append. The number of events to append must be less than or equal to 100. Otherwise, an exception will be thrown.
+    { # An event that occurred for a task. Note that TaskEvent is just a record of task's change. Hence, it's not a Cloud resource.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of the event.
+      "eventData": { # Data for a TaskEvent. # Required. The delta associated with the event.
+        "metadataChange": { # An event representing a change to the task's top-level metadata. example: metadata_change: { new_metadata: { "name": "My task", } update_mask: { paths: "name" } } # Optional. A change to the task's metadata.
+          "newMetadata": { # Required. The complete state of the metadata object *after* the change.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. A field mask indicating which paths in the Struct were changed. If not set, all fields will be updated. go/aip-internal/cloud-standard/2412
+        },
+        "outputChange": { # An event representing a change to the task's outputs. # Optional. A change to the task's final outputs.
+          "taskArtifactChange": { # Describes changes to the artifact list. # Required. A granular change to the list of artifacts.
+            "addedArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of brand-new artifacts created in this event.
+              { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+                "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+                "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                    "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                      "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                      "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                    },
+                    "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                      "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                      "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                    },
+                    "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                      "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                      "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                        { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                          "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                          "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                          "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                          "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                          "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                          "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                    },
+                    "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                      "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                          "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                          "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                    },
+                    "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                      "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                      "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                    },
+                    "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                    "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                    "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                    "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                      "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                      "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                      "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+            "deletedArtifactIds": [ # Optional. A list of artifact IDs that were removed in this event.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "updatedArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of existing artifacts that were modified in this event.
+              { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+                "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+                "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                    "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                      "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                      "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                    },
+                    "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                      "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                      "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                    },
+                    "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                      "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                      "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                        { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                          "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                          "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                          "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                          "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                          "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                          "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                    },
+                    "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                      "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                      "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                          "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                          "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
+                      "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                    },
+                    "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                      "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                      "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                    },
+                    "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                    "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                    "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                    "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                      "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                      "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                      "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "stateChange": { # A message representing a change in a task's state. # Optional. A change in the task's state.
+          "newState": "A String", # Required. The new state of the task.
+        },
+        "statusDetailsChange": { # Represents a change to the task's status details. # Optional. A change to the framework-specific status details.
+          "newTaskStatus": { # Represents the additional status details of a task. # Required. The complete state of the task's status *after* the change.
+            "taskMessage": { # Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification. # Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent.
+              "messageId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the message.
+              "metadata": { # Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "parts": [ # Required. The parts of the message.
+                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                  "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                    "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                    "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                  },
+                  "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                    "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                    "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                  },
+                  "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                    "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                    "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                    "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                    "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                      { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                        "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                        "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                        "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                        "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                        "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                        "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                  },
+                  "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                    "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                    "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                    "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                        "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                        },
+                        "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                    "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                  },
+                  "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                    "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                    "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                  },
+                  "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                  "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                  "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                  "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                    "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                    "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                    "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent"
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "eventSequenceNumber": "A String", # Required. The sequence number of the event. This is used to uniquely identify the event within the task and order events chronologically. This is a id generated by the SDK.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.AppendA2aTaskEvents.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, a2aTaskId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an A2aTask.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine to create the A2aTask under. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An A2aTask represents a unit of work.
+  "contextId": "A String", # Optional. A generic identifier for grouping related tasks (e.g., session_id, workflow_id).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the task.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this task is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, and is calculated based on the `ttl` if set on the request
+  "metadata": { # Optional. Arbitrary, user-defined metadata.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the task. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`
+  "nextEventSequenceNumber": "A String", # Output only. The next event sequence number to be appended to the task. This value starts at 1 and is guaranteed to be monotonically increasing.
+  "output": { # Represents the final output of a task. # Optional. The final output of the task.
+    "artifacts": [ # Optional. A list of artifacts (files, data) produced by the task.
+      { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+        "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+            },
+            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+            },
+            "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+              "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+              "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+              "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                  "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                  "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                  "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                  "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                  "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                  "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                },
+              ],
+              "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+            },
+            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+              "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+              "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                  "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                    "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+            },
+            "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+              "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+              "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+            "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+            "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+            "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+              "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the task. The state of a new task is SUBMITTED by default. The state of a task can only be updated via AppendA2aTaskEvents API.
+  "statusDetails": { # Represents the additional status details of a task. # Optional. The status details of the task.
+    "taskMessage": { # Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification. # Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent.
+      "messageId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the message.
+      "metadata": { # Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "parts": [ # Required. The parts of the message.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+            "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+            "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+          },
+          "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+            "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+            "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+          },
+          "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+            "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+            "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+            "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+              { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+              },
+            ],
+            "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+            "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+            "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+              { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                  "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+                "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                  "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+            "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+          "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+          "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+          "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent"
+    },
+  },
+  "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task.
+}
+
+  a2aTaskId: string, Required. User-defined ID of the A2aTask. This ID must be unique within the ReasoningEngine.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An A2aTask represents a unit of work.
+  "contextId": "A String", # Optional. A generic identifier for grouping related tasks (e.g., session_id, workflow_id).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the task.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this task is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, and is calculated based on the `ttl` if set on the request
+  "metadata": { # Optional. Arbitrary, user-defined metadata.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the task. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`
+  "nextEventSequenceNumber": "A String", # Output only. The next event sequence number to be appended to the task. This value starts at 1 and is guaranteed to be monotonically increasing.
+  "output": { # Represents the final output of a task. # Optional. The final output of the task.
+    "artifacts": [ # Optional. A list of artifacts (files, data) produced by the task.
+      { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+        "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+            },
+            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+            },
+            "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+              "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+              "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+              "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                  "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                  "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                  "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                  "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                  "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                  "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                },
+              ],
+              "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+            },
+            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+              "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+              "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                  "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                    "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+            },
+            "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+              "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+              "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+            "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+            "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+            "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+              "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the task. The state of a new task is SUBMITTED by default. The state of a task can only be updated via AppendA2aTaskEvents API.
+  "statusDetails": { # Represents the additional status details of a task. # Optional. The status details of the task.
+    "taskMessage": { # Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification. # Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent.
+      "messageId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the message.
+      "metadata": { # Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "parts": [ # Required. The parts of the message.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+            "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+            "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+          },
+          "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+            "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+            "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+          },
+          "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+            "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+            "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+            "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+              { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+              },
+            ],
+            "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+            "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+            "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+              { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                  "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+                "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                  "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+            "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+          "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+          "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+          "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent"
+    },
+  },
+  "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an A2aTask.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets an A2aTask.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the A2aTask. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An A2aTask represents a unit of work.
+  "contextId": "A String", # Optional. A generic identifier for grouping related tasks (e.g., session_id, workflow_id).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the task.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this task is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, and is calculated based on the `ttl` if set on the request
+  "metadata": { # Optional. Arbitrary, user-defined metadata.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the task. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`
+  "nextEventSequenceNumber": "A String", # Output only. The next event sequence number to be appended to the task. This value starts at 1 and is guaranteed to be monotonically increasing.
+  "output": { # Represents the final output of a task. # Optional. The final output of the task.
+    "artifacts": [ # Optional. A list of artifacts (files, data) produced by the task.
+      { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+        "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+            "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+              "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+              "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+            },
+            "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+              "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+              "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+            },
+            "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+              "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+              "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+              "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                  "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                  "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                  "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                  "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                  "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                  "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                },
+              ],
+              "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+            },
+            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+              "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+              "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                  "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                    "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                  "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                    "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                    "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+            },
+            "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+              "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+              "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+            "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+            "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+            "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+              "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the task. The state of a new task is SUBMITTED by default. The state of a task can only be updated via AppendA2aTaskEvents API.
+  "statusDetails": { # Represents the additional status details of a task. # Optional. The status details of the task.
+    "taskMessage": { # Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification. # Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent.
+      "messageId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the message.
+      "metadata": { # Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "parts": [ # Required. The parts of the message.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+            "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+            "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+          },
+          "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+            "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+            "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+          },
+          "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+            "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+            "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+            "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+              { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+              },
+            ],
+            "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+            "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+            "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+              { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                  "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+                "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                  "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+            "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+          "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+          "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+          "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent"
+    },
+  },
+  "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists A2aTasks for a ReasoningEngine.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine to list the A2aTasks under. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The standard list filter. More detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). Supported fields: * `context_id` * `state` Example: `context_id="abc"`, `state="WORKING"`.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. If this field is omitted, the default ordering is `create_time` descending. More detail in [AIP-132](https://google.aip.dev/132). Supported fields: * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `create_time desc`.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of tasks to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 tasks will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will hit exception.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTasks call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTasks.
+  "a2aTasks": [ # List of A2aTasks in the requested page.
+    { # An A2aTask represents a unit of work.
+      "contextId": "A String", # Optional. A generic identifier for grouping related tasks (e.g., session_id, workflow_id).
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the task.
+      "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this task is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, and is calculated based on the `ttl` if set on the request
+      "metadata": { # Optional. Arbitrary, user-defined metadata.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the task. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`
+      "nextEventSequenceNumber": "A String", # Output only. The next event sequence number to be appended to the task. This value starts at 1 and is guaranteed to be monotonically increasing.
+      "output": { # Represents the final output of a task. # Optional. The final output of the task.
+        "artifacts": [ # Optional. A list of artifacts (files, data) produced by the task.
+          { # Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: "image-12345" name: "Generated Sunset Image" description: "A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request." parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: "image/png" data: "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=" } } }
+            "artifactId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.
+            "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "parts": [ # Required. The content of the artifact.
+              { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                  "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                  "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+                },
+                "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                  "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                  "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+                },
+                "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                  "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+                "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                  "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                  "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                  "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                    { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                      "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                      "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                      "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                      "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                      "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                      "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+                },
+                "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                  "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                  "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                  "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                    { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                      "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                        "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                      },
+                      "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                        "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                        "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+                },
+                "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                  "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                  "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                },
+                "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                  "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+                },
+                "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+                "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+                "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+                "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                  "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                  "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                  "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the task. The state of a new task is SUBMITTED by default. The state of a task can only be updated via AppendA2aTaskEvents API.
+      "statusDetails": { # Represents the additional status details of a task. # Optional. The status details of the task.
+        "taskMessage": { # Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification. # Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent.
+          "messageId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the message.
+          "metadata": { # Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "parts": [ # Required. The parts of the message.
+            { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part Content message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. For media types that are not text, `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+              "codeExecutionResult": { # Result of executing the ExecutableCode. Generated only when the `CodeExecution` tool is used. # Optional. The result of executing the ExecutableCode.
+                "outcome": "A String", # Required. Outcome of the code execution.
+                "output": "A String", # Optional. Contains stdout when code execution is successful, stderr or other description otherwise.
+              },
+              "executableCode": { # Code generated by the model that is meant to be executed, and the result returned to the model. Generated when using the `CodeExecution` tool, in which the code will be automatically executed, and a corresponding CodeExecutionResult will also be generated. # Optional. Code generated by the model that is intended to be executed.
+                "code": "A String", # Required. The code to be executed.
+                "language": "A String", # Required. Programming language of the `code`.
+              },
+              "fileData": { # URI-based data. A FileData message contains a URI pointing to data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Optional. The URI-based data of the part. This can be used to include files from Google Cloud Storage.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the file. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish files. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                "fileUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the file in Google Cloud Storage.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "functionCall": { # A predicted FunctionCall returned from the model that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted function call returned from the model. This contains the name of the function to call and the arguments to pass to the function.
+                "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See FunctionDeclaration.parameters for parameter details.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`.
+                "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name.
+                "partialArgs": [ # Optional. The partial argument value of the function call. If provided, represents the arguments/fields that are streamed incrementally.
+                  { # Partial argument value of the function call.
+                    "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Represents a boolean value.
+                    "jsonPath": "A String", # Required. A JSON Path (RFC 9535) to the argument being streamed. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc9535. e.g. "$.foo.bar[0].data".
+                    "nullValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a null value.
+                    "numberValue": 3.14, # Optional. Represents a double value.
+                    "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Represents a string value.
+                    "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is not the last part of the same json_path. If true, another PartialArg message for the current json_path is expected to follow.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is the last part of the FunctionCall. If true, another partial message for the current FunctionCall is expected to follow.
+              },
+              "functionResponse": { # The result output from a FunctionCall that contains a string representing the FunctionDeclaration.name and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a `FunctionCall` made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result of a function call. This is used to provide the model with the result of a function call that it predicted.
+                "id": "A String", # Optional. The id of the function call this response is for. Populated by the client to match the corresponding function call `id`.
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches FunctionDeclaration.name and FunctionCall.name.
+                "parts": [ # Optional. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a function response. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+                  { # A datatype containing media that is part of a `FunctionResponse` message. A `FunctionResponsePart` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `FunctionResponsePart` can only contain one of the accepted types in `FunctionResponsePart.data`. A `FunctionResponsePart` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if the `inline_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+                    "fileData": { # URI based data for function response. # URI based data.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the file data. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish file datas. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                      "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                    "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes for function response. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Inline media bytes.
+                      "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in PromptMessage for prompt management. It is currently used in the Gemini GenerateContent calls only when server side tools (code_execution, google_search, and url_context) are enabled.
+                      "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.
+              },
+              "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request.
+                "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the blob. Used to provide a label or filename to distinguish blobs. This field is only returned in `PromptMessage` for prompt management. It is used in the Gemini calls only when server-side tools (`code_execution`, `google_search`, and `url_context`) are enabled.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "mediaResolution": { # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media. # per part media resolution. Media resolution for the input media.
+                "level": "A String", # The tokenization quality used for given media.
+              },
+              "text": "A String", # Optional. The text content of the part. When sent from the VSCode Gemini Code Assist extension, references to @mentioned items will be converted to markdown boldface text. For example `@my-repo` will be converted to and sent as `**my-repo**` by the IDE agent.
+              "thought": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the `part` represents the model's thought process or reasoning.
+              "thoughtSignature": "A String", # Optional. An opaque signature for the thought so it can be reused in subsequent requests.
+              "videoMetadata": { # Provides metadata for a video, including the start and end offsets for clipping and the frame rate. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                "fps": 3.14, # Optional. The frame rate of the video sent to the model. If not specified, the default value is 1.0. The valid range is (0.0, 24.0].
+                "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent"
+        },
+      },
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListA2aTasksRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index ff96f53bcc..2ff44d4461 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the a2a Resource.

+

+ a2aTasks() +

+

Returns the a2aTasks Resource.

+

examples()

@@ -329,6 +334,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -338,6 +346,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -373,6 +388,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -685,6 +710,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -694,6 +722,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -729,6 +764,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -972,6 +1017,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -981,6 +1029,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1016,6 +1071,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1229,6 +1294,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -1238,6 +1306,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1273,6 +1348,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html index 702bbe1182..8a6a1907c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.memories.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html index 0fb21688fa..5dab795fdd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

"userId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. String id provided by the user } - sessionId: string, Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first character must be a letter, and the last character must be a letter or number. + sessionId: string, Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first and last characters must be a letter or number. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f7895e00e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . semanticGovernancePolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7995423fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . semanticGovernancePolicies . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html index 52c0d6bf67..a553e0cf54 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@

Method Details

"copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Model. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Model. "originalModelInfo": { # Contains information about the original Model if this Model is a copy. # Output only. If this Model is a copy of another Model, this contains info about the original. "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Model this Model is a copy of, including the revision. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model_id}@{version_id}` }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html index 883518a5fb..61670413df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -147,22 +147,21 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. + "batchSize": "A String", # Optional. Batch size for tuning. This feature is only available for open source models. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. + "learningRate": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the learning rate for tuning. Mutually exclusive with `learning_rate_multiplier`. This feature is only available for open source models. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "promptDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing prompt dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Deprecated. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. + "tuningMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the tuning mode for distillation (sft part). This feature is only available for open source models. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. }, "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to a Vertex AI resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -325,7 +324,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -419,6 +418,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -443,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -585,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -714,7 +719,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -817,6 +822,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -1410,6 +1427,7 @@

Method Details

"hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Veo. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Veo. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. + "tuningSpeed": "A String", # Optional. The speed of the tuning job. Only supported for Veo 3.0 models. "tuningTask": "A String", # Optional. The tuning task. Either I2V or T2V. "veoDataMixtureRatio": 3.14, # Optional. The ratio of Google internal dataset to use in the training mixture, in range of `[0, 1)`. If `0.2`, it means 20% of Google internal dataset and 80% of user dataset will be used for training. If not set, the default value is 0.1. }, @@ -1431,22 +1449,21 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. + "batchSize": "A String", # Optional. Batch size for tuning. This feature is only available for open source models. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. + "learningRate": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the learning rate for tuning. Mutually exclusive with `learning_rate_multiplier`. This feature is only available for open source models. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "promptDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing prompt dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Deprecated. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. + "tuningMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the tuning mode for distillation (sft part). This feature is only available for open source models. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. }, "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to a Vertex AI resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -1609,7 +1626,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1703,6 +1720,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -1727,7 +1750,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1869,7 +1892,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1998,7 +2021,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2101,6 +2124,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -2694,6 +2729,7 @@

Method Details

"hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Veo. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Veo. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. + "tuningSpeed": "A String", # Optional. The speed of the tuning job. Only supported for Veo 3.0 models. "tuningTask": "A String", # Optional. The tuning task. Either I2V or T2V. "veoDataMixtureRatio": 3.14, # Optional. The ratio of Google internal dataset to use in the training mixture, in range of `[0, 1)`. If `0.2`, it means 20% of Google internal dataset and 80% of user dataset will be used for training. If not set, the default value is 0.1. }, @@ -2722,22 +2758,21 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. + "batchSize": "A String", # Optional. Batch size for tuning. This feature is only available for open source models. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. + "learningRate": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the learning rate for tuning. Mutually exclusive with `learning_rate_multiplier`. This feature is only available for open source models. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "promptDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing prompt dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Deprecated. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. + "tuningMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the tuning mode for distillation (sft part). This feature is only available for open source models. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. }, "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to a Vertex AI resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -2900,7 +2935,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -2994,6 +3029,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -3018,7 +3059,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3160,7 +3201,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3289,7 +3330,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3392,6 +3433,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -3985,6 +4038,7 @@

Method Details

"hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Veo. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Veo. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. + "tuningSpeed": "A String", # Optional. The speed of the tuning job. Only supported for Veo 3.0 models. "tuningTask": "A String", # Optional. The tuning task. Either I2V or T2V. "veoDataMixtureRatio": 3.14, # Optional. The ratio of Google internal dataset to use in the training mixture, in range of `[0, 1)`. If `0.2`, it means 20% of Google internal dataset and 80% of user dataset will be used for training. If not set, the default value is 0.1. }, @@ -4019,22 +4073,21 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. + "batchSize": "A String", # Optional. Batch size for tuning. This feature is only available for open source models. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. + "learningRate": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the learning rate for tuning. Mutually exclusive with `learning_rate_multiplier`. This feature is only available for open source models. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "promptDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing prompt dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Deprecated. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. + "tuningMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the tuning mode for distillation (sft part). This feature is only available for open source models. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. }, "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to a Vertex AI resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -4197,7 +4250,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4291,6 +4344,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -4315,7 +4374,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4457,7 +4516,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4586,7 +4645,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -4689,6 +4748,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -5282,6 +5353,7 @@

Method Details

"hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Veo. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Veo. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. + "tuningSpeed": "A String", # Optional. The speed of the tuning job. Only supported for Veo 3.0 models. "tuningTask": "A String", # Optional. The tuning task. Either I2V or T2V. "veoDataMixtureRatio": 3.14, # Optional. The ratio of Google internal dataset to use in the training mixture, in range of `[0, 1)`. If `0.2`, it means 20% of Google internal dataset and 80% of user dataset will be used for training. If not set, the default value is 0.1. }, @@ -5508,22 +5580,21 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. + "batchSize": "A String", # Optional. Batch size for tuning. This feature is only available for open source models. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. + "learningRate": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the learning rate for tuning. Mutually exclusive with `learning_rate_multiplier`. This feature is only available for open source models. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "promptDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing prompt dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Deprecated. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. + "tuningMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the tuning mode for distillation (sft part). This feature is only available for open source models. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. }, "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to a Vertex AI resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -5686,7 +5757,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5780,6 +5851,12 @@

Method Details

}, "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, + "datasetCustomMetrics": [ # Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations. + { # Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation. + "aggregationFunction": "A String", # Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `"request"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `"candidate_results"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { "request": { "prompt": {"text": "What is the capital of France?"}, "golden_response": {"text": "Paris"}, "candidate_responses": [{"candidate": "model-v1", "text": "Paris"}] }, "candidate_results": [ {"metric": "exact_match", "score": 1.0}, {"metric": "bleu", "score": 0.9} ] } + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like "dataset_custom_metric_1", "dataset_custom_metric_2", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field. + }, + ], "inferenceGenerationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used. "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. @@ -5804,7 +5881,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -5946,7 +6023,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -6075,7 +6152,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -6178,6 +6255,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -6771,6 +6860,7 @@

Method Details

"hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Veo. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Veo. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. + "tuningSpeed": "A String", # Optional. The speed of the tuning job. Only supported for Veo 3.0 models. "tuningTask": "A String", # Optional. The tuning task. Either I2V or T2V. "veoDataMixtureRatio": 3.14, # Optional. The ratio of Google internal dataset to use in the training mixture, in range of `[0, 1)`. If `0.2`, it means 20% of Google internal dataset and 80% of user dataset will be used for training. If not set, the default value is 0.1. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html index 70c794b27e..03ec537fff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Perform an online prediction.

+

predictLongRunning(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2876,7 +2876,7 @@

Method Details

predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Perform an online prediction.
+  
 
 Args:
   endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
@@ -2926,6 +2926,9 @@ 

Method Details

"instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to the prediction call. A DeployedModel may have an upper limit on the number of instances it supports per request, and when it is exceeded the prediction call errors in case of AutoML Models, or, in case of customer created Models, the behaviour is as documented by that Model. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri. "", ], + "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "parameters": "", # Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri. } @@ -3071,7 +3074,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3288,7 +3291,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.html index c2bef3c4ad..536a4b00f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.html @@ -74,18 +74,76 @@

Vertex AI API . reasoningEngines . a2a

Instance Methods

+

+ message() +

+

Returns the message Resource.

+ +

+ tasks() +

+

Returns the tasks Resource.

+

v1()

Returns the v1 Resource.

+

+ card(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

Method Details

+
+ card(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d3bb2e0da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.html @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . reasoningEngines . a2a . message

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ send(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.

+

+ stream(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Streams queries using a reasoning engine instance via the A2A streaming protocol apis.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ send(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ stream(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Streams queries using a reasoning engine instance via the A2A streaming protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. e.g., v1/message:stream. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2daeef6664 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.html @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . reasoningEngines . a2a . tasks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ pushNotificationConfigs() +

+

Returns the pushNotificationConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

+

+ cancel(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ subscribe(name, a2aEndpoint, x__xgafv=None)

+

Stream get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A stream get protocol apis.

+

Method Details

+
+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ cancel(name, a2aEndpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ subscribe(name, a2aEndpoint, x__xgafv=None) +
Stream get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A stream get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123:subscribe`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4883f12ff0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . reasoningEngines . a2a . tasks . pushNotificationConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ a2aGetReasoningEngine(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html index 466f3b3a7f..efb4d06102 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.html @@ -90,6 +90,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.

Method Details

card(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -117,4 +120,25 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ extendedAgentCard(name, a2aEndpoint, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  a2aEndpoint: string, Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123` (required)
+  historyLength: string, Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from "?history_length=". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html index ed616ef3e4..5bb583fed2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html @@ -319,6 +319,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -328,6 +331,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -363,6 +373,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -676,6 +696,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -685,6 +708,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -720,6 +750,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -928,6 +968,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -937,6 +980,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -972,6 +1022,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1185,6 +1245,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, ], + "containerSpec": { # Specification for deploying from a container image. # Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands. + "imageUri": "A String", # Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica. + }, "deploymentSpec": { # The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. # Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment. "agentServerMode": "A String", # The agent server mode. "containerConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Concurrency for each container and agent server. Recommended value: 2 * cpu + 1. Defaults to 9. @@ -1194,6 +1257,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1229,6 +1299,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.memories.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.memories.html index 319ab63307..ab76865947 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.memories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.memories.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@

Method Details

"disableMemoryRevisions": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, no revision will be created for this request. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the Memory. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output when `expiration` is set on input, regardless of whether `expire_time` or `ttl` was provided. - "fact": "A String", # Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. + "fact": "A String", # Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content. "metadata": { # Optional. User-provided metadata for the Memory. This information was provided when creating, updating, or generating the Memory. It was not generated by Memory Bank. "a_key": { # Memory metadata. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.sessions.html index e19afaf08a..4b665b9265 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.sessions.html @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

"userId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. String id provided by the user } - sessionId: string, Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first character must be a letter, and the last character must be a letter or number. + sessionId: string, Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first and last characters must be a letter or number. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b72031ca41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . semanticGovernancePolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..292182150e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . semanticGovernancePolicies . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html index 65a9795d39..2ba14b5d43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -515,6 +515,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -616,7 +628,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -889,7 +901,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1207,7 +1219,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1598,7 +1610,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1827,7 +1839,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2148,7 +2160,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2377,7 +2389,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3025,6 +3037,332 @@

Method Details

}, }, "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to evaluate the instances. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricSources": [ # Optional. The metrics (either inline or registered) used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. + { # The metric source used for evaluation. + "metric": { # The metric used for running evaluations. # Inline metric config. + "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. + "A String", + ], + "bleuSpec": { # Spec for bleu score metric - calculates the precision of n-grams in the prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 to 1. # Spec for bleu metric. + "useEffectiveOrder": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use_effective_order to compute bleu score. + }, + "computationBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for a computation based metric. # Spec for a computation based metric. + "parameters": { # Optional. A map of parameters for the metric, e.g. {"rouge_type": "rougeL"}. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the computation based metric. + }, + "customCodeExecutionSpec": { # Specificies a metric that is populated by evaluating user-defined Python code. # Spec for Custom Code Execution metric. + "evaluationFunction": "A String", # Required. Python function. Expected user to define the following function, e.g.: def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: Please include this function signature in the code snippet. Instance is the evaluation instance, any fields populated in the instance are available to the function as instance[field_name]. Example: Example input: ``` instance= EvaluationInstance( response=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="The answer is 4."), reference=EvaluationInstance.InstanceData(text="4") ) ``` Example converted input: ``` { 'response': {'text': 'The answer is 4.'}, 'reference': {'text': '4'} } ``` Example python function: ``` def evaluate(instance: dict[str, Any]) -> float: if instance'response' == instance'reference': return 1.0 return 0.0 ``` CustomCodeExecutionSpec is also supported in Batch Evaluation (EvalDataset RPC) and Tuning Evaluation. Each line in the input jsonl file will be converted to dict[str, Any] and passed to the evaluation function. + }, + "exactMatchSpec": { # Spec for exact match metric - returns 1 if prediction and reference exactly matches, otherwise 0. # Spec for exact match metric. + }, + "llmBasedMetricSpec": { # Specification for an LLM based metric. # Spec for an LLM based metric. + "additionalConfig": { # Optional. Optional additional configuration for the metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "judgeAutoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Optional configuration for the judge LLM (Autorater). + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Template for the prompt sent to the judge model. + "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Dynamically generate rubrics using a predefined spec. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rubricGenerationSpec": { # Specification for how rubrics should be generated. # Dynamically generate rubrics using this specification. + "modelConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation. + "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "generationConfig": { # Configuration for content generation. This message contains all the parameters that control how the model generates content. It allows you to influence the randomness, length, and structure of the output. # Optional. Configuration options for model generation and outputs. + "audioTimestamp": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, audio timestamps will be included in the request to the model. This can be useful for synchronizing audio with other modalities in the response. + "candidateCount": 42, # Optional. The number of candidate responses to generate. A higher `candidate_count` can provide more options to choose from, but it also consumes more resources. This can be useful for generating a variety of responses and selecting the best one. + "enableAffectiveDialog": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the model will detect emotions and adapt its responses accordingly. For example, if the model detects that the user is frustrated, it may provide a more empathetic response. + "frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens based on their frequency in the generated text. A positive value helps to reduce the repetition of words and phrases. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "imageConfig": { # Configuration for image generation. This message allows you to control various aspects of image generation, such as the output format, aspect ratio, and whether the model can generate images of people. # Optional. Config for image generation features. + "aspectRatio": "A String", # Optional. The desired aspect ratio for the generated images. The following aspect ratios are supported: "1:1" "2:3", "3:2" "3:4", "4:3" "4:5", "5:4" "9:16", "16:9" "21:9" + "imageOutputOptions": { # The image output format for generated images. # Optional. The image output format for generated images. + "compressionQuality": 42, # Optional. The compression quality of the output image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The image format that the output should be saved as. + }, + "imageSize": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the size of generated images. Supported values are `1K`, `2K`, `4K`. If not specified, the model will use default value `1K`. + "personGeneration": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether the model can generate people. + "prominentPeople": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether prominent people (celebrities) generation is allowed. If used with personGeneration, personGeneration enum would take precedence. For instance, if ALLOW_NONE is set, all person generation would be blocked. If this field is unspecified, the default behavior is to allow prominent people. + }, + "logprobs": 42, # Optional. The number of top log probabilities to return for each token. This can be used to see which other tokens were considered likely candidates for a given position. A higher value will return more options, but it will also increase the size of the response. + "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of tokens to generate in the response. A token is approximately four characters. The default value varies by model. This parameter can be used to control the length of the generated text and prevent overly long responses. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. The token resolution at which input media content is sampled. This is used to control the trade-off between the quality of the response and the number of tokens used to represent the media. A higher resolution allows the model to perceive more detail, which can lead to a more nuanced response, but it will also use more tokens. This does not affect the image dimensions sent to the model. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, + "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. + "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. + "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. + "A String", + ], + "responseSchema": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Lets you to specify a schema for the model's response, ensuring that the output conforms to a particular structure. This is useful for generating structured data such as JSON. The schema is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema) object. When this field is set, you must also set the `response_mime_type` to `application/json`. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. + "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. + # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + ], + "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified. + "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt. + "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}` + "A String", + ], + "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema. + "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type. + "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array. + "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array. + "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string. + "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided. + "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value. + "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array. + "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string. + "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided. + "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value. + "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null. + "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match. + "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, + "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties. + "A String", + ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring + "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field. + }, + "routingConfig": { # The configuration for routing the request to a specific model. This can be used to control which model is used for the generation, either automatically or by specifying a model name. # Optional. Routing configuration. + "autoMode": { # The configuration for automated routing. When automated routing is specified, the routing will be determined by the pretrained routing model and customer provided model routing preference. # In this mode, the model is selected automatically based on the content of the request. + "modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. + }, + "manualMode": { # The configuration for manual routing. When manual routing is specified, the model will be selected based on the model name provided. # In this mode, the model is specified manually. + "modelName": "A String", # The name of the model to use. Only public LLM models are accepted. + }, + }, + "seed": 42, # Optional. A seed for the random number generator. By setting a seed, you can make the model's output mostly deterministic. For a given prompt and parameters (like temperature, top_p, etc.), the model will produce the same response every time. However, it's not a guaranteed absolute deterministic behavior. This is different from parameters like `temperature`, which control the *level* of randomness. `seed` ensures that the "random" choices the model makes are the same on every run, making it essential for testing and ensuring reproducible results. + "speechConfig": { # Configuration for speech generation. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code (ISO 639-1) for the speech synthesis. + "multiSpeakerVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. # The configuration for a multi-speaker text-to-speech request. This field is mutually exclusive with `voice_config`. + "speakerVoiceConfigs": [ # Required. A list of configurations for the voices of the speakers. Exactly two speaker voice configurations must be provided. + { # Configuration for a single speaker in a multi-speaker setup. + "speaker": "A String", # Required. The name of the speaker. This should be the same as the speaker name used in the prompt. + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # Required. The configuration for the voice of this speaker. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + "voiceConfig": { # Configuration for a voice. # The configuration for the voice to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # Configuration for a prebuilt voice. # The configuration for a prebuilt voice. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the prebuilt voice to use. + }, + "replicatedVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the replicated voice to use. # Optional. The configuration for a replicated voice. This enables users to replicate a voice from an audio sample. + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The mimetype of the voice sample. The only currently supported value is `audio/wav`. This represents 16-bit signed little-endian wav data, with a 24kHz sampling rate. `mime_type` will default to `audio/wav` if not set. + "voiceSampleAudio": "A String", # Optional. The sample of the custom voice. + }, + }, + }, + "stopSequences": [ # Optional. A list of character sequences that will stop the model from generating further tokens. If a stop sequence is generated, the output will end at that point. This is useful for controlling the length and structure of the output. For example, you can use ["\n", "###"] to stop generation at a new line or a specific marker. + "A String", + ], + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of the output. A higher temperature results in more creative and diverse responses, while a lower temperature makes the output more predictable and focused. The valid range is (0.0, 2.0]. + "thinkingConfig": { # Configuration for the model's thinking features. "Thinking" is a process where the model breaks down a complex task into smaller, manageable steps. This allows the model to reason about the task, plan its approach, and execute the plan to generate a high-quality response. # Optional. Configuration for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "includeThoughts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the model will include its thoughts in the response. "Thoughts" are the intermediate steps the model takes to arrive at the final response. They can provide insights into the model's reasoning process and help with debugging. If this is true, thoughts are returned only when available. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. The token budget for the model's thinking process. The model will make a best effort to stay within this budget. This can be used to control the trade-off between response quality and latency. + "thinkingLevel": "A String", # Optional. The number of thoughts tokens that the model should generate. + }, + "topK": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the top-k sampling threshold. The model considers only the top k most probable tokens for the next token. This can be useful for generating more coherent and less random text. For example, a `top_k` of 40 means the model will choose the next word from the 40 most likely words. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. Specifies the nucleus sampling threshold. The model considers only the smallest set of tokens whose cumulative probability is at least `top_p`. This helps generate more diverse and less repetitive responses. For example, a `top_p` of 0.9 means the model considers tokens until the cumulative probability of the tokens to select from reaches 0.9. It's recommended to adjust either temperature or `top_p`, but not both. + }, + "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. + }, + "promptTemplate": "A String", # Template for the prompt used to generate rubrics. The details should be updated based on the most-recent recipe requirements. + "rubricContentType": "A String", # The type of rubric content to be generated. + "rubricTypeOntology": [ # Optional. An optional, pre-defined list of allowed types for generated rubrics. If this field is provided, it implies `include_rubric_type` should be true, and the generated rubric types should be chosen from this ontology. + "A String", + ], + }, + "rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. + }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, + "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. + "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. + "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with the raw output string. If a custom format is chosen, the `pairwise_choice` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pairwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pairwise metric. + }, + "pointwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pointwise metric. # Spec for pointwise metric. + "customOutputFormatConfig": { # Spec for custom output format configuration. # Optional. CustomOutputFormatConfig allows customization of metric output. By default, metrics return a score and explanation. When this config is set, the default output is replaced with either: - The raw output string. - A parsed output based on a user-defined schema. If a custom format is chosen, the `score` and `explanation` fields in the corresponding metric result will be empty. + "returnRawOutput": True or False, # Optional. Whether to return raw output. + }, + "metricPromptTemplate": "A String", # Required. Metric prompt template for pointwise metric. + "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for pointwise metric. + }, + "predefinedMetricSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # The spec for a pre-defined metric. + "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". + "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "rougeSpec": { # Spec for rouge score metric - calculates the recall of n-grams in prediction as compared to reference - returns a score ranging between 0 and 1. # Spec for rouge metric. + "rougeType": "A String", # Optional. Supported rouge types are rougen[1-9], rougeL, and rougeLsum. + "splitSummaries": True or False, # Optional. Whether to split summaries while using rougeLsum. + "useStemmer": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use stemmer to compute rouge score. + }, + }, + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Resource name for registered metric. + }, + ], "metrics": [ # The metrics used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated. { # The metric used for running evaluations. "aggregationMetrics": [ # Optional. The aggregation metrics to use. @@ -3075,7 +3413,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3204,7 +3542,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -3307,6 +3645,18 @@

Method Details

"rubricGroupKey": "A String", # Use a pre-defined group of rubrics associated with the input. Refers to a key in the rubric_groups map of EvaluationInstance. "systemInstruction": "A String", # Optional. System instructions for the judge model. }, + "metadata": { # Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. # Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization. + "otherMetadata": { # Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "scoreRange": { # The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. # Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc. + "max": 3.14, # Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive). + "min": 3.14, # Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive). + "step": 3.14, # Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous. + }, + "title": "A String", # Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name. + }, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { # Spec for pairwise metric. # Spec for pairwise metric. "baselineResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the baseline response. "candidateResponseFieldName": "A String", # Optional. The field name of the candidate response. @@ -4220,7 +4570,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4506,6 +4856,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "location": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Location to generate rubrics from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` + "metricResourceName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a registered metric. Rubric generation using predefined metric spec or LLMBasedMetricSpec is supported. If this field is set, the configuration provided in this field is used for rubric generation. The `predefined_rubric_generation_spec` and `rubric_generation_spec` fields will be ignored. "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { # The spec for a pre-defined metric. # Optional. Specification for using the rubric generation configs of a pre-defined metric, e.g. "generic_quality_v1" and "instruction_following_v1". Some of the configs may be only used in rubric generation and not supporting evaluation, e.g. "fully_customized_generic_quality_v1". If this field is set, the `rubric_generation_spec` field will be ignored. "metricSpecName": "A String", # Required. The name of a pre-defined metric, such as "instruction_following_v1" or "text_quality_v1". "metricSpecParameters": { # Optional. The parameters needed to run the pre-defined metric. @@ -4540,7 +4891,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 6d2d00b7a7..d04519e512 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -236,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -337,6 +339,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -393,6 +396,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -585,6 +589,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -641,6 +646,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -789,6 +795,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -845,6 +852,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -935,6 +943,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -991,6 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.html index 4f84fe16aa..81cd97055e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 1bf7d06d4e..ef68057d50 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -1499,6 +1499,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Message for promoting a Cluster "etag": "A String", # Optional. The current etag of the Cluster. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Cluster, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. + "failover": True or False, # Optional. If set, the promote operation will attempt to recreate the original primary cluster as a secondary cluster when it comes back online. Otherwise, the promoted cluster will be a standalone cluster. Currently only supported when there is a single secondary cluster. "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 5441308319..9d1522609b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -186,6 +186,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -270,6 +271,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -377,6 +379,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -461,6 +464,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -659,6 +663,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -743,6 +748,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -901,6 +907,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -985,6 +992,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -1081,6 +1089,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -1165,6 +1174,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.endpoints.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87d167c4fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ + + + +

AlloyDB API . projects . locations . endpoints

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Endpoint.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Endpoint.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single Endpoint.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location of the new endpoint. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Endpoint resource.
+  "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+  "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+  "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+    "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+    "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+  },
+  "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+  "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+  "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  endpointId: string, Required. ID of the requesting object.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. The current etag of the Endpoint. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Endpoint, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Endpoint resource.
+  "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+  "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+  "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+    "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+    "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+  },
+  "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+  "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+  "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. Additionally, you can perform an aggregated list operation by specifying a value with the following format: * projects/{project}/locations/- (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEndpoints` call. This should be provided to retrieve the subsequent page. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Endpoints
+  "endpoints": [ # The list of Endpoints
+    { # Endpoint resource.
+      "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+      "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+        "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+        "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+      },
+      "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+      "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+      "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Endpoint resource.
+  "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+  "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+  "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+    "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+    "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+  },
+  "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+  "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+  "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true, update succeeds even if endpoint is not found. In that case, a new endpoint is created and `update_mask` is ignored.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Endpoint resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index f85aebbbac..3a63dd954d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the clusters Resource.

+

+ endpoints() +

+

Returns the endpoints Resource.

+

operations()

@@ -102,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
index cde8c41312..2e023c8556 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -1494,6 +1494,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Message for promoting a Cluster "etag": "A String", # Optional. The current etag of the Cluster. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Cluster, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. + "failover": True or False, # Optional. If set, the promote operation will attempt to recreate the original primary cluster as a secondary cluster when it comes back online. Otherwise, the promoted cluster will be a standalone cluster. Currently only supported when there is a single secondary cluster. "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 9ae6ac47c4..79fde6419d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -186,6 +186,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -269,6 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -376,6 +378,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -459,6 +462,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -657,6 +661,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -740,6 +745,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -898,6 +904,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -981,6 +988,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -1077,6 +1085,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, @@ -1160,6 +1169,7 @@

Method Details

"writableNode": { # Details of a single node in the instance. Nodes in an AlloyDB instance are ephemeral, they can change during update, failover, autohealing and resize operations. # Output only. This is set for the read-write VM of the PRIMARY instance only. "id": "A String", # Output only. The identifier of the VM e.g. "test-read-0601-407e52be-ms3l". "ip": "A String", # Output only. The private IP address of the VM e.g. "10.57.0.34". + "isHotStandby": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby. "state": "A String", # Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY. "zoneId": "A String", # Output only. The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.endpoints.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8377131af --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ + + + +

AlloyDB API . projects . locations . endpoints

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Endpoint.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Endpoint.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single Endpoint.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location of the new endpoint. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Endpoint resource.
+  "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+  "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+  "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+    "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+    "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+  },
+  "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+  "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+  "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  endpointId: string, Required. ID of the requesting object.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. The current etag of the Endpoint. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Endpoint, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Endpoint resource.
+  "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+  "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+  "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+    "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+    "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+  },
+  "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+  "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+  "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. Additionally, you can perform an aggregated list operation by specifying a value with the following format: * projects/{project}/locations/- (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEndpoints` call. This should be provided to retrieve the subsequent page. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Endpoints
+  "endpoints": [ # The list of Endpoints
+    { # Endpoint resource.
+      "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+      "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+        "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+        "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+      },
+      "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+      "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+      "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Endpoint resource.
+  "annotations": { # Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Delete time stamp
+  "displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.
+  "dnsConfig": { # The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets. # Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type "A" or Type "CNAME". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.
+    "dnsName": "A String", # The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., ".location.alloydb-psa.goog".
+    "dnsRecordType": "A String", # The type of the DNS record, e.g., "A", "AAAA", "CNAME".
+  },
+  "effectiveTargetInstances": [ # Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "endpointType": "A String", # The type of the endpoint, either write or read.
+  "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the endpoint.
+  "targetInstances": [ # The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true, update succeeds even if endpoint is not found. In that case, a new endpoint is created and `update_mask` is ignored.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Endpoint resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.html index c22df95f8c..d470514f39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the clusters Resource.

+

+ endpoints() +

+

Returns the endpoints Resource.

+

operations()

@@ -102,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accountSummaries.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accountSummaries.html
index 00f4f08ce8..fef2715862 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accountSummaries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accountSummaries.html
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ 

Method Details

Returns summaries of all accounts accessible by the caller.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A virtual resource representing an overview of an account and all its child Google Analytics properties. "account": "A String", # Resource name of account referred to by this account summary Format: accounts/{account_id} Example: "accounts/1000" "displayName": "A String", # Display name for the account referred to in this account summary. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: "accountSummaries/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: "accountSummaries/1000" "propertySummaries": [ # List of summaries for child accounts of this account. { # A virtual resource representing metadata for a Google Analytics property. "displayName": "A String", # Display name for the property referred to in this property summary. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html index c36c0d1f88..d1842896a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A resource message representing data sharing settings of a Google Analytics account. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: "accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: "accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings" "sharingWithGoogleAnySalesEnabled": True or False, # Deprecated. This field is no longer used and always returns false. "sharingWithGoogleAssignedSalesEnabled": True or False, # Allows Google access to your Google Analytics account data, including account usage and configuration data, product spending, and users associated with your Google Analytics account, so that Google can help you make the most of Google products, providing you with insights, offers, recommendations, and optimization tips across Google Analytics and other Google products for business. This field maps to the "Recommendations for your business" field in the Google Analytics Admin UI. "sharingWithGoogleProductsEnabled": True or False, # Allows Google to use the data to improve other Google products or services. This fields maps to the "Google products & services" field in the Google Analytics Admin UI. @@ -190,8 +190,8 @@

Method Details

Returns all accounts accessible by the caller. Note that these accounts might not currently have GA properties. Soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") accounts are excluded by default. Returns an empty list if no relevant accounts are found.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
   showDeleted: boolean, Whether to include soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") Accounts in the results. Accounts can be inspected to determine whether they are deleted or not.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ 

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an account.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ 

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. } @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -768,13 +768,13 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }, "customDimension": { # A definition for a CustomDimension. # A snapshot of a CustomDimension resource in change history. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }, @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@

Method Details

}, "dataRetentionSettings": { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. }, @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }, "displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal": { # A proposal for a link between a Google Analytics property and a Display & Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display & Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource in change history. "adsPersonalizationEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. }, "enhancedMeasurementSettings": { # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. # A snapshot of EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource in change history. @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@

Method Details

}, "firebaseLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' }, "googleAdsLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Google Ads account. # A snapshot of a GoogleAdsLink resource in change history. @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }, "googleSignalsSettings": { # Settings values for Google Signals. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a GoogleSignalsSettings resource in change history. @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@

Method Details

}, "measurementProtocolSecret": { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. # A snapshot of a MeasurementProtocolSecret resource in change history. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }, "property": { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a Property resource in change history. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -996,12 +996,12 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }, "skadnetworkConversionValueSchema": { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. # A snapshot of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema resource in change history. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -1297,13 +1297,13 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }, "customDimension": { # A definition for a CustomDimension. # A snapshot of a CustomDimension resource in change history. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }, @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@

Method Details

}, "dataRetentionSettings": { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. }, @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }, "displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal": { # A proposal for a link between a Google Analytics property and a Display & Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display & Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource in change history. "adsPersonalizationEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. }, "enhancedMeasurementSettings": { # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. # A snapshot of EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource in change history. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@

Method Details

}, "firebaseLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' }, "googleAdsLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Google Ads account. # A snapshot of a GoogleAdsLink resource in change history. @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }, "googleSignalsSettings": { # Settings values for Google Signals. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a GoogleSignalsSettings resource in change history. @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@

Method Details

}, "measurementProtocolSecret": { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. # A snapshot of a MeasurementProtocolSecret resource in change history. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }, "property": { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a Property resource in change history. @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -1525,12 +1525,12 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }, "skadnetworkConversionValueSchema": { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. # A snapshot of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema resource in change history. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.calculatedMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.calculatedMetrics.html index 4d56763ee5..9484d6bc1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.calculatedMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.calculatedMetrics.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a CalculatedMetric on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"formula": "A String", # Required. The calculated metric's definition. Maximum number of unique referenced custom metrics is 5. Formulas supports the following operations: + (addition), - (subtraction), - (negative), * (multiplication), / (division), () (parenthesis). Any valid real numbers are acceptable that fit in a Long (64bit integer) or a Double (64 bit floating point number). Example formula: "( customEvent:parameter_name + cartPurchaseQuantity ) / 2.0" "invalidMetricReference": True or False, # Output only. If true, this calculated metric has a invalid metric reference. Anything using a calculated metric with invalid_metric_reference set to true may fail, produce warnings, or produce unexpected results. "metricUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the calculated metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}' "restrictedMetricType": [ # Output only. Types of restricted data that this metric contains. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html index 2fe1b64766..73bee4b9ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent property. Example: 'properties/123' (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Method Details

Deprecated: Use `UpdateKeyEvent` instead. Updates a conversion event with the specified attributes.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} } updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., "field_to_update"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html index 68c17b8166..07b5f56d24 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. } @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }, @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a CustomDimension on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. } @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html index 292f762ac0..9082599b60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a CustomMetric on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html index 93a55c8b8b..ae55dff8ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Read-only resource with the tag for sending data from a website to a DataStream. Only present for web DataStream resources. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this GlobalSiteTag resource. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id}/globalSiteTag Example: "properties/123/dataStreams/456/globalSiteTag" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this GlobalSiteTag resource. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id}/globalSiteTag Example: "properties/123/dataStreams/456/globalSiteTag" "snippet": "A String", # Immutable. JavaScript code snippet to be pasted as the first item into the head tag of every webpage to measure. }
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStream on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ 

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html index 830df83c6d..5e883a5a43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. } @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }
@@ -176,8 +176,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum. - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum. + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"measurementProtocolSecrets": [ # A list of secrets for the parent stream specified in the request. { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }, ], @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@

Method Details

Updates a measurement protocol secret.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
   "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
 }
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html index 34515f5e83..02d04e6e20 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

{ # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

{ # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. @@ -353,8 +353,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The DataStream resource to list schemas for. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{dataStream} Example: properties/1234/dataStreams/5678 (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"skadnetworkConversionValueSchemas": [ # List of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas. This will have at most one value. { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@

Method Details

Updates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
   "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
   "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
     "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
       { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html index 4a70cf341b..622032957a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }, }
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. }
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. } @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. }
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. }
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"linkProposalState": "A String", # Output only. The state of this proposal. "requestorEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html index 2326c437a0..8e4d8dcdc5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ 

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID } updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. The Display & Video 360 Advertiser's advertiser ID. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display & Video 360 into the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if `campaign_data_sharing_enabled` is true. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display & Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html index fe6b59b02a..813a87df73 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' } @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' } @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: `properties/1234` (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"firebaseLinks": [ # List of FirebaseLinks. This will have at most one value. { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.googleAdsLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.googleAdsLinks.html index f0b6e0c7b4..007948b6e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.googleAdsLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.googleAdsLinks.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. } @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. } @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }, ], @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a GoogleAdsLink on a property
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ 

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. } @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html index 79a06c564e..b7cdfc2b43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. } @@ -532,8 +532,8 @@

Method Details

Args: filter: string, Required. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Fields eligible for filtering are: `parent:`(The resource name of the parent account/property) or `ancestor:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `firebase_project:`(The id or number of the linked firebase project). Some examples of filters: ``` | Filter | Description | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | parent:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | parent:properties/123 | The property with property id: 123. | | ancestor:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | firebase_project:project-id | The firebase project with id: project-id. | | firebase_project:123 | The firebase project with number: 123. | ``` - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token. showDeleted: boolean, Whether to include soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") Properties in the results. Properties can be inspected to determine whether they are deleted or not. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -998,13 +998,13 @@

Method Details

Updates the singleton data retention settings for this property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource.
   "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
   "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
   "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained.
 }
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.keyEvents.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.keyEvents.html index 8fd370a4f4..1c21e7f221 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.keyEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.keyEvents.html @@ -197,8 +197,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent property. Example: 'properties/123' (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.searchAds360Links.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.searchAds360Links.html index 40b76b3c75..bc8ae9bf5a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.searchAds360Links.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.searchAds360Links.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. } @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. } @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }, ], @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a SearchAds360Link on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ 

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. } @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

"advertiserId": "A String", # Immutable. This field represents the Advertiser ID of the Search Ads 360 Advertiser. that has been linked. "campaignDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Search Ads 360 into the Google Analytics property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. "costDataSharingEnabled": True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Search Ads 360 to the Google Analytics property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_sharing_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Search Ads 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accountSummaries.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accountSummaries.html index 3d2ff3d893..eb2896a112 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accountSummaries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accountSummaries.html @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@

Method Details

Returns summaries of all accounts accessible by the caller.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A virtual resource representing an overview of an account and all its child Google Analytics properties. "account": "A String", # Resource name of account referred to by this account summary Format: accounts/{account_id} Example: "accounts/1000" "displayName": "A String", # Display name for the account referred to in this account summary. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: "accountSummaries/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: "accountSummaries/1000" "propertySummaries": [ # List of summaries for child accounts of this account. { # A virtual resource representing metadata for a Google Analytics property. "displayName": "A String", # Display name for the property referred to in this property summary. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html index c186f27cbb..0a759b7474 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A resource message representing data sharing settings of a Google Analytics account. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: "accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: "accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings" "sharingWithGoogleAnySalesEnabled": True or False, # Deprecated. This field is no longer used and always returns false. "sharingWithGoogleAssignedSalesEnabled": True or False, # Allows Google access to your Google Analytics account data, including account usage and configuration data, product spending, and users associated with your Google Analytics account, so that Google can help you make the most of Google products, providing you with insights, offers, recommendations, and optimization tips across Google Analytics and other Google products for business. This field maps to the "Recommendations for your business" field in the Google Analytics Admin UI. "sharingWithGoogleProductsEnabled": True or False, # Allows Google to use the data to improve other Google products or services. This fields maps to the "Google products & services" field in the Google Analytics Admin UI. @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@

Method Details

Returns all accounts accessible by the caller. Note that these accounts might not currently have GA properties. Soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") accounts are excluded by default. Returns an empty list if no relevant accounts are found.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
   showDeleted: boolean, Whether to include soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") Accounts in the results. Accounts can be inspected to determine whether they are deleted or not.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an account.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ 

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. } @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -555,11 +555,11 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }, "dataRetentionSettings": { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. }, @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

}, "firebaseLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' }, "googleAdsLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Google Ads account. # A snapshot of a GoogleAdsLink resource in change history. @@ -594,12 +594,12 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }, "measurementProtocolSecret": { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. # A snapshot of a MeasurementProtocolSecret resource in change history. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }, "property": { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a Property resource in change history. @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@

Method Details

"deleted": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this Account is soft-deleted or not. Deleted accounts are excluded from List results unless specifically requested. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this account. "gmpOrganization": "A String", # Output only. The URI for a Google Marketing Platform organization resource. Only set when this account is connected to a GMP organization. Format: marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/organizations/{org_id} - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: "accounts/100" "regionCode": "A String", # Country of business. Must be a Unicode CLDR region code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when account payload fields were last updated. }, @@ -638,11 +638,11 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }, "dataRetentionSettings": { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. }, @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@

Method Details

}, "firebaseLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' }, "googleAdsLink": { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Google Ads account. # A snapshot of a GoogleAdsLink resource in change history. @@ -677,12 +677,12 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }, "measurementProtocolSecret": { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. # A snapshot of a MeasurementProtocolSecret resource in change history. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }, "property": { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a Property resource in change history. @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.conversionEvents.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.conversionEvents.html index 042317e3ef..e6502441a8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.conversionEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.conversionEvents.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} } @@ -197,8 +197,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent property. Example: 'properties/123' (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Method Details

Deprecated: Use `UpdateKeyEvent` instead. Updates a conversion event with the specified attributes.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} } updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., "field_to_update"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted with DeleteConversionEvent. "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase' - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customDimensions.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customDimensions.html index cf8d2ff9d8..5e4ff0e9b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customDimensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customDimensions.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. } @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. } @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. } @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }, @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a CustomDimension on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. } @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. If this is an item-scoped dimension, then this is the parameter name found in the eCommerce items array. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions. "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customMetrics.html index 54450c6641..d82d25bf85 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.customMetrics.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a CustomMetric on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets. "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. The type for the custom metric's value. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics. "restrictedMetricType": [ # Optional. Types of restricted data that this metric may contain. Required for metrics with CURRENCY measurement unit. Must be empty for metrics with a non-CURRENCY measurement unit. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html index ffa1353424..8aa92a073f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataStream on a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ 

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

"bundleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: "com.example.myiosapp" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000" "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html index 6cdb53da07..473e4d19e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. } @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }
@@ -176,8 +176,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum. - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum. + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"measurementProtocolSecrets": [ # A list of secrets for the parent stream specified in the request. { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }, ], @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@

Method Details

Updates a measurement protocol secret.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
   "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
 }
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.firebaseLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.firebaseLinks.html index a68b00ce74..bbfd7c832c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.firebaseLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.firebaseLinks.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' } @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' } @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: `properties/1234` (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"firebaseLinks": [ # List of FirebaseLinks. This will have at most one value. { # A link between a Google Analytics property and a Firebase project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678 "project": "A String", # Immutable. Firebase project resource name. When creating a FirebaseLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, returned FirebaseLinks will always have a project_name that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.googleAdsLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.googleAdsLinks.html index 4e1e1f5047..de83cb56bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.googleAdsLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.googleAdsLinks.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. } @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. } @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum). + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }, ], @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a GoogleAdsLink on a property
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ 

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. } @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was originally created. "creatorEmailAddress": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user that created the link. An empty string will be returned if the email address can't be retrieved. "customerId": "A String", # Immutable. Google Ads customer ID. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this link was last updated. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.html index 321c74766d..7a1c590115 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. } @@ -312,8 +312,8 @@

Method Details

Args: filter: string, Required. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Fields eligible for filtering are: `parent:`(The resource name of the parent account/property) or `ancestor:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `firebase_project:`(The id or number of the linked firebase project). Some examples of filters: ``` | Filter | Description | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | parent:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | parent:properties/123 | The property with property id: 123. | | ancestor:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | firebase_project:project-id | The firebase project with id: project-id. | | firebase_project:123 | The firebase project with number: 123. | ``` - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token. showDeleted: boolean, Whether to include soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") Properties in the results. Properties can be inspected to determine whether they are deleted or not. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this property. The max allowed display name length is 100 UTF-16 code units. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. If set, the time at which this trashed property will be permanently deleted. If not set, then this property is not currently in the trash can and is not slated to be deleted. "industryCategory": "A String", # Industry associated with this property Example: AUTOMOTIVE, FOOD_AND_DRINK - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: "properties/1000" "parent": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of this property's logical parent. Note: The Property-Moving UI can be used to change the parent. Format: accounts/{account}, properties/{property} Example: "accounts/100", "properties/101" "propertyType": "A String", # Immutable. The property type for this Property resource. When creating a property, if the type is "PROPERTY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", then "ORDINARY_PROPERTY" will be implied. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Output only. The Google Analytics service level that applies to this property. @@ -608,13 +608,13 @@

Method Details

Updates the singleton data retention settings for this property.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource.
   "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
   "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
   "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained.
 }
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. "eventDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that event-level data is retained. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user. "userDataRetention": "A String", # Required. The length of time that user-level data is retained. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.keyEvents.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.keyEvents.html index 78826c7886..0cb9b94246 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.keyEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.keyEvents.html @@ -197,8 +197,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent property. Example: 'properties/123' (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum) + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html index 9f7460aed3..eeb90918b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeUserDisabled": True or False, # Whether removing other users is disabled. "safeBootDisabled": True or False, # Whether rebooting the device into safe boot is disabled. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). "setUserIconDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the user icon is disabled. This applies only on devices running Android 7 and above. "setWallpaperDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the wallpaper is disabled. "setupActions": [ # Action to take during the setup process. At most one action may be specified. @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@

Method Details

], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeUserDisabled": True or False, # Whether removing other users is disabled. "safeBootDisabled": True or False, # Whether rebooting the device into safe boot is disabled. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). "setUserIconDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the user icon is disabled. This applies only on devices running Android 7 and above. "setWallpaperDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the wallpaper is disabled. "setupActions": [ # Action to take during the setup process. At most one action may be specified. @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device @@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeUserDisabled": True or False, # Whether removing other users is disabled. "safeBootDisabled": True or False, # Whether rebooting the device into safe boot is disabled. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). "setUserIconDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the user icon is disabled. This applies only on devices running Android 7 and above. "setWallpaperDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the wallpaper is disabled. "setupActions": [ # Action to take during the setup process. At most one action may be specified. @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@

Method Details

], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device @@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeUserDisabled": True or False, # Whether removing other users is disabled. "safeBootDisabled": True or False, # Whether rebooting the device into safe boot is disabled. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). "setUserIconDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the user icon is disabled. This applies only on devices running Android 7 and above. "setWallpaperDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the wallpaper is disabled. "setupActions": [ # Action to take during the setup process. At most one action may be specified. @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@

Method Details

], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device @@ -2721,7 +2721,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeUserDisabled": True or False, # Whether removing other users is disabled. "safeBootDisabled": True or False, # Whether rebooting the device into safe boot is disabled. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). "setUserIconDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the user icon is disabled. This applies only on devices running Android 7 and above. "setWallpaperDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the wallpaper is disabled. "setupActions": [ # Action to take during the setup process. At most one action may be specified. @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -3224,7 +3224,7 @@

Method Details

], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device @@ -3253,7 +3253,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeUserDisabled": True or False, # Whether removing other users is disabled. "safeBootDisabled": True or False, # Whether rebooting the device into safe boot is disabled. - "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. + "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957). "setUserIconDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the user icon is disabled. This applies only on devices running Android 7 and above. "setWallpaperDisabled": True or False, # Whether changing the wallpaper is disabled. "setupActions": [ # Action to take during the setup process. At most one action may be specified. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.applications.tracks.releases.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.applications.tracks.releases.html index 28f1f01cd0..d6811d4224 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.applications.tracks.releases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.applications.tracks.releases.html @@ -101,16 +101,16 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response listing all releases for a given track that are either ready to be sent for review, in review, approved, not approved or available. - "releases": [ # List of releases for this track. There will be a maximum of 20 releases returned. + "releases": [ # List of releases for this track. A maximum of 20 releases can be returned. { # Summary of a release. - "activeArtifacts": [ # List of active artifacts on this release. + "activeArtifacts": [ # List of active artifacts on this release { # Summary of an artifact. - "versionCode": 42, # The version code of the artifact. + "versionCode": 42, # Artifact's version code }, ], "releaseLifecycleState": "A String", # The lifecycle state of a release. "releaseName": "A String", # Name of the release. - "track": "A String", # Identifier of the track. More on [track name](https://developers.google.com/android-publisher/tracks). + "track": "A String", # Identifier for the track. [Learn more about track names.](https://developers.google.com/android-publisher/tracks). }, ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.html index 26e43decf8..118586dbb4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 4318e66ea6..9634a2dadd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html
index a62b9a90e6..1d31631e77 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html
@@ -475,8 +475,8 @@ 

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Name of the developer. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/developers/{developer_email}` (required) count: string, Number of developer apps to return in the API call. Use with the `startKey` parameter to provide more targeted filtering. The limit is 1000. - expand: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results. Set to `true` to expand the results. This query parameter is not valid if you use the `count` or `startKey` query parameters. - shallowExpand: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results in shallow mode. Set to `true` to expand the results in shallow mode. + expand: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results. Set to `true` to expand the results. This query parameter is not valid if you use the `count` or `startKey` query parameters. **Note**: If set to `true`, the `apigee.developerapps.get` permission is required. + shallowExpand: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results in shallow mode. Set to `true` to expand the results in shallow mode. **Note**: If set to `true`, the `apigee.developerapps.get` permission is required. startKey: string, **Note**: Must be used in conjunction with the `count` parameter. Name of the developer app from which to start displaying the list of developer apps. For example, if you're returning 50 developer apps at a time (using the `count` query parameter), you can view developer apps 50-99 by entering the name of the 50th developer app. The developer app name is case sensitive. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html index e84d37cbea..c46744cfbc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -680,22 +680,23 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "traceConfig": { # NEXT ID: 9 RuntimeTraceConfig defines the configurations for distributed trace in an environment. # Trace configurations. Contains config for the environment and config overrides for specific API proxies. + "traceConfig": { # NEXT ID: 10 RuntimeTraceConfig defines the configurations for distributed trace in an environment. # Trace configurations. Contains config for the environment and config overrides for specific API proxies. "endpoint": "A String", # Endpoint of the exporter. "exporter": "A String", # Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using OpenCensus. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. "name": "A String", # Name of the trace config in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environment/{env}/traceConfig` - "openTelemetryProtocolEnabled": True or False, # If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID + "openTelemetryProtocolEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID Deprecated: Use trace_protocol instead. "overrides": [ # List of trace configuration overrides for spicific API proxies. - { # NEXT ID: 8 Trace configuration override for a specific API proxy in an environment. + { # NEXT ID: 9 Trace configuration override for a specific API proxy in an environment. "apiProxy": "A String", # Name of the API proxy that will have its trace configuration overridden following format: `organizations/{org}/apis/{api}` "name": "A String", # Name of the trace config override in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environment/{env}/traceConfig/overrides/{override}` - "openTelemetryProtocolEnabled": True or False, # If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID + "openTelemetryProtocolEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID Deprecated: Use trace_protocol instead. "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # The timestamp that the revision was created or updated. "revisionId": "A String", # Revision number which can be used by the runtime to detect if the trace config override has changed between two versions. "samplingConfig": { # NEXT ID: 3 RuntimeTraceSamplingConfig represents the detail settings of distributed tracing. Only the fields that are defined in the distributed trace configuration can be overridden using the distribute trace configuration override APIs. # Trace configuration override for a specific API proxy in an environment. "sampler": "A String", # Sampler of distributed tracing. OFF is the default value. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Field sampling rate. This value is only applicable when using the PROBABILITY sampler. The supported values are > 0 and <= 0.5. }, + "traceProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The trace protocol to use. "uid": "A String", # Unique ID for the configuration override. The ID will only change if the override is deleted and recreated. Corresponds to name's "override" field. }, ], @@ -705,6 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"sampler": "A String", # Sampler of distributed tracing. OFF is the default value. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Field sampling rate. This value is only applicable when using the PROBABILITY sampler. The supported values are > 0 and <= 0.5. }, + "traceProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The trace protocol to use. }, "uid": "A String", # Unique ID for the environment configuration. The ID will only change if the environment is deleted and recreated. }
@@ -795,7 +797,7 @@

Method Details

{ # TraceConfig defines the configurations in an environment of distributed trace. "endpoint": "A String", # Required. Endpoint of the exporter. - "exporter": "A String", # Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using OpenCensus. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. + "exporter": "A String", # Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using the chosen trace protocol. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. "samplingConfig": { # TraceSamplingConfig represents the detail settings of distributed tracing. Only the fields that are defined in the distributed trace configuration can be overridden using the distribute trace configuration override APIs. # Distributed trace configuration for all API proxies in an environment. You can also override the configuration for a specific API proxy using the distributed trace configuration overrides API. "sampler": "A String", # Sampler of distributed tracing. OFF is the default value. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Field sampling rate. This value is only applicable when using the PROBABILITY sampler. The supported values are > 0 and <= 0.5. @@ -817,7 +819,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -1048,7 +1050,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -1089,7 +1091,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -1208,7 +1210,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -1249,7 +1251,7 @@

Method Details

"clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # Optional. The algorithm to resolve IP. This will affect Analytics, API Security, and other features that use the client ip. To remove a client ip resolution config, update the field to an empty value. Example: '{ "clientIpResolutionConfig" = {} }' For more information, see: https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/system-administration/client-ip-resolution. "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # Required. The index of the ip in the header. Positive indices 0, 1, 2, 3 chooses indices from the left (first ips) Negative indices -1, -2, -3 chooses indices from the right (last ips) - "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header. + "ipHeaderName": "A String", # Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. }, }, "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch. @@ -1320,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

{ # TraceConfig defines the configurations in an environment of distributed trace. "endpoint": "A String", # Required. Endpoint of the exporter. - "exporter": "A String", # Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using OpenCensus. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. + "exporter": "A String", # Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using the chosen trace protocol. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. "samplingConfig": { # TraceSamplingConfig represents the detail settings of distributed tracing. Only the fields that are defined in the distributed trace configuration can be overridden using the distribute trace configuration override APIs. # Distributed trace configuration for all API proxies in an environment. You can also override the configuration for a specific API proxy using the distributed trace configuration overrides API. "sampler": "A String", # Sampler of distributed tracing. OFF is the default value. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Field sampling rate. This value is only applicable when using the PROBABILITY sampler. The supported values are > 0 and <= 0.5. @@ -1338,7 +1340,7 @@

Method Details

{ # TraceConfig defines the configurations in an environment of distributed trace. "endpoint": "A String", # Required. Endpoint of the exporter. - "exporter": "A String", # Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using OpenCensus. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. + "exporter": "A String", # Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using the chosen trace protocol. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters. "samplingConfig": { # TraceSamplingConfig represents the detail settings of distributed tracing. Only the fields that are defined in the distributed trace configuration can be overridden using the distribute trace configuration override APIs. # Distributed trace configuration for all API proxies in an environment. You can also override the configuration for a specific API proxy using the distributed trace configuration overrides API. "sampler": "A String", # Sampler of distributed tracing. OFF is the default value. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Field sampling rate. This value is only applicable when using the PROBABILITY sampler. The supported values are > 0 and <= 0.5. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html index 71be1a606d..225dc302d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a new API key. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project in which the API key is created. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project in which the API key is created. The parent field must be in format of "projects//locations/global". (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters. "etag": "A String", # A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. See https://google.aip.dev/154. "keyString": "A String", # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. "restrictions": { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions. "androidKeyRestrictions": { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. "allowedApplications": [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters. "etag": "A String", # A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. See https://google.aip.dev/154. "keyString": "A String", # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. "restrictions": { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions. "androidKeyRestrictions": { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. "allowedApplications": [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the API keys owned by a project. The key string of the API key isn't included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Lists all API keys associated with this project. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Lists all API keys associated with this project. The parent field must be in format of "projects//locations/global". (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Specifies the maximum number of results to be returned at a time.
   pageToken: string, Optional. Requests a specific page of results.
   showDeleted: boolean, Optional. Indicate that keys deleted in the past 30 days should also be returned.
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters. "etag": "A String", # A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. See https://google.aip.dev/154. "keyString": "A String", # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. "restrictions": { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions. "androidKeyRestrictions": { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. "allowedApplications": [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

Patches the modifiable fields of an API key. The key string of the API key isn't included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters. "etag": "A String", # A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. See https://google.aip.dev/154. "keyString": "A String", # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. "restrictions": { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions. "androidKeyRestrictions": { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. "allowedApplications": [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apim_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apim_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 144b410282..05a944cd9b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apim_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apim_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Instance Methods

GetEntitlement returns the entitlement for the provided project.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

listApiObservationTags(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

ListApiObservationTags lists all extant tags on any observation in the given project.

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html
index 5a2a1ef099..d7d527950b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   appsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html
index 3f6752831b..f529c72ebc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an existing Version resource.

+

+ exportAppImage(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.

get(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the specified Version resource. By default, only a BASIC_VIEW will be returned. Specify the FULL_VIEW parameter to get the full resource.

@@ -398,6 +401,50 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ exportAppImage(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.
+
+Args:
+  appsId: string, Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version} (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`. (required)
+  versionsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for Versions.ExportAppImage.
+  "destinationRepository": "A String", # Optional. The full resource name of the AR repository to export to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository} If not specified, defaults to projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/gae-standard in the same region as the app. The default repository will be created if it does not exist.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the specified Version resource. By default, only a BASIC_VIEW will be returned. Specify the FULL_VIEW parameter to get the full resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html
index c3bb5f7fbf..fb1a9924a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html
@@ -85,6 +85,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an existing Version resource.

+

+ exportAppImage(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.

patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified Version resource. You can specify the following fields depending on the App Engine environment and type of scaling that the version resource uses:Standard environment instance_class (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.instance_class)automatic scaling in the standard environment: automatic_scaling.min_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.max_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.min_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_cpu_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_throughput_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings)basic scaling or manual scaling in the standard environment: serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status) manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)Flexible environment serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status)automatic scaling in the flexible environment: automatic_scaling.min_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cool_down_period_sec (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cpu_utilization.target_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling)manual scaling in the flexible environment: manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)

@@ -133,6 +136,52 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ exportAppImage(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version} (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  versionsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for Versions.ExportAppImage.
+  "destinationRepository": "A String", # Optional. The full resource name of the AR repository to export to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository} If not specified, defaults to projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/gae-standard in the same region as the app. The default repository will be created if it does not exist.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified Version resource. You can specify the following fields depending on the App Engine environment and type of scaling that the version resource uses:Standard environment instance_class (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.instance_class)automatic scaling in the standard environment: automatic_scaling.min_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.max_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.min_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_cpu_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_throughput_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings)basic scaling or manual scaling in the standard environment: serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status) manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)Flexible environment serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status)automatic scaling in the flexible environment: automatic_scaling.min_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cool_down_period_sec (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cpu_utilization.target_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling)manual scaling in the flexible environment: manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html
index 66b75aae6b..25eb1677fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   appsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index b684501c87..0fb9392f86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html
index 626deae627..d5e509fd49 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   appsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html
index 79036421cf..65a401519d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an existing Version resource.

+

+ exportAppImage(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.

get(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, includeExtraData=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the specified Version resource. By default, only a BASIC_VIEW will be returned. Specify the FULL_VIEW parameter to get the full resource.

@@ -425,6 +428,50 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ exportAppImage(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.
+
+Args:
+  appsId: string, Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version} (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`. (required)
+  versionsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for Versions.ExportAppImage.
+  "destinationRepository": "A String", # Optional. The full resource name of the AR repository to export to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository} If not specified, defaults to projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/gae-standard in the same region as the app. The default repository will be created if it does not exist.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(appsId, servicesId, versionsId, includeExtraData=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the specified Version resource. By default, only a BASIC_VIEW will be returned. Specify the FULL_VIEW parameter to get the full resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html
index 7b9f692fe1..5af6c4c103 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html
@@ -85,6 +85,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an existing Version resource.

+

+ exportAppImage(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.

patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified Version resource. You can specify the following fields depending on the App Engine environment and type of scaling that the version resource uses:Standard environment instance_class (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.instance_class)automatic scaling in the standard environment: automatic_scaling.min_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.max_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.min_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_cpu_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_throughput_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings)basic scaling or manual scaling in the standard environment: serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status) manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)Flexible environment serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status)automatic scaling in the flexible environment: automatic_scaling.min_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cool_down_period_sec (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cpu_utilization.target_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling)manual scaling in the flexible environment: manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)

@@ -133,6 +136,52 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ exportAppImage(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version} (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  versionsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for Versions.ExportAppImage.
+  "destinationRepository": "A String", # Optional. The full resource name of the AR repository to export to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository} If not specified, defaults to projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/gae-standard in the same region as the app. The default repository will be created if it does not exist.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
patch(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, versionsId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified Version resource. You can specify the following fields depending on the App Engine environment and type of scaling that the version resource uses:Standard environment instance_class (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.instance_class)automatic scaling in the standard environment: automatic_scaling.min_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.max_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.min_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_cpu_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_throughput_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings)basic scaling or manual scaling in the standard environment: serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status) manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)Flexible environment serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status)automatic scaling in the flexible environment: automatic_scaling.min_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cool_down_period_sec (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cpu_utilization.target_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling)manual scaling in the flexible environment: manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 775589ac23..828528521c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5a51437375..a0dc53c32b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a Boundary.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 63ce8ef065..6d82f090ea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a Boundary.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html
index 262df33e20..4446667285 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -90,15 +90,21 @@ 

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getProjectConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the project configuration.

getVpcscConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ updateProjectConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the project configuration.

updateVpcscConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the VPCSC Config for the Project.

@@ -135,6 +141,29 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getProjectConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the project configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the project's logging configuration: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig
+  "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs.
+    "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.
+    "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.
+  },
+}
+
+
getVpcscConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.
@@ -157,7 +186,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
@@ -205,6 +234,41 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ updateProjectConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the project configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig
+  "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs.
+    "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.
+    "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask to support partial updates. See https://protobuf.dev/reference/protobuf/google.protobuf/#field-mask for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig
+  "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs.
+    "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.
+    "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.
+  },
+}
+
+
updateVpcscConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the VPCSC Config for the Project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b90ec8cd3b..978c6a47d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . operations

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -81,6 +84,30 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html index d1df6aa0cf..fc6e5ec206 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -237,6 +237,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -482,6 +486,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -661,6 +669,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -809,6 +821,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -940,6 +956,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 310933b817..9f3ce173f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
index 3648a39bb9..551c3d2bad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
index 7d1d3fe2ab..d7cc8367e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index 6dbbd71334..4a977872a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html index f52d9d84fe..ac99d4644c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html @@ -146,6 +146,9 @@

Method Details

], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { # --- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "diskBackupPlanProperties": { # --- DiskBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine Persistent Disks. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. @@ -280,6 +283,9 @@

Method Details

], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { # --- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "diskBackupPlanProperties": { # --- DiskBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine Persistent Disks. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. @@ -354,6 +360,9 @@

Method Details

], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { # --- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "diskBackupPlanProperties": { # --- DiskBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine Persistent Disks. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. @@ -437,6 +446,9 @@

Method Details

], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { # --- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "diskBackupPlanProperties": { # --- DiskBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine Persistent Disks. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html index 06583876c1..0aa3e26939 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html @@ -138,6 +138,9 @@

Method Details

], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { # --- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "diskBackupPlanProperties": { # --- DiskBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine Persistent Disks. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. @@ -216,6 +219,9 @@

Method Details

], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { # --- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "diskBackupPlanProperties": { # --- DiskBackupPlanProperties Message --- # Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine Persistent Disks. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html index 28202a6ab2..97718e7bf7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html @@ -254,6 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. }, ], + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -385,6 +386,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. @@ -548,6 +552,7 @@

Method Details

"acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. }, ], + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -679,6 +684,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. @@ -831,6 +839,7 @@

Method Details

"acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. }, ], + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -962,6 +971,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. @@ -1118,6 +1130,7 @@

Method Details

"acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. }, ], + "guestFlush": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false. "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1249,6 +1262,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html index eb9dd86fb1..8a53c6eef4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html @@ -328,6 +328,10 @@

Method Details

"sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. }, + "filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. @@ -469,6 +473,10 @@

Method Details

"sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. }, + "filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. @@ -590,6 +598,10 @@

Method Details

"sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. }, + "filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html index 62da8e12b1..73510c710a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html @@ -138,6 +138,10 @@

Method Details

"instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, + "filestoreInstanceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. . # Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance @@ -197,6 +201,10 @@

Method Details

"instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, + "filestoreInstanceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. . # Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance @@ -245,6 +253,10 @@

Method Details

"instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, + "filestoreInstanceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. . # Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html index 3aa236736f..6a61375d13 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the Trial state for a given project

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html
index 85f6f55287..75d6e2deb3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html
index 2353cff8a0..03eaf633c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
index 2ba5b4cbc1..6fbd470d1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
@@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -288,6 +289,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -347,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. } accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Requests with conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. @@ -395,6 +397,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -454,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -479,6 +482,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response format for a page of results when listing datasets. "datasets": [ # An array of the dataset resources in the project. Each resource contains basic information. For full information about a particular dataset resource, use the Datasets: get method. This property is omitted when there are no datasets in the project. { # A dataset resource with only a subset of fields, to be returned in a list of datasets. + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset. * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # The dataset reference. Use this property to access specific parts of the dataset's ID, such as project ID or dataset ID. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the project containing this dataset. @@ -494,6 +498,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "location": "A String", # The geographic location where the dataset resides. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `Dataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }, ], "etag": "A String", # Output only. A hash value of the results page. You can use this property to determine if the page has changed since the last request. @@ -565,6 +570,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -624,7 +630,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. } accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. @@ -678,6 +684,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -737,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -799,6 +806,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -858,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -908,6 +916,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -967,7 +976,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. } accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. @@ -1021,6 +1030,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -1080,7 +1090,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index 88b8315ba5..3d7ff425bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -277,6 +277,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -319,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -533,6 +541,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -562,7 +578,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -725,6 +741,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -1412,6 +1452,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1812,6 +1860,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1854,7 +1910,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -2068,6 +2124,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2097,7 +2161,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -2260,6 +2324,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -2947,6 +3035,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3230,6 +3326,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3435,6 +3539,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3477,7 +3589,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -3691,6 +3803,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3720,7 +3840,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -3883,6 +4003,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -4570,6 +4714,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -4941,6 +5093,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -4983,7 +5143,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -5197,6 +5357,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -5226,7 +5394,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -5389,6 +5557,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -6076,6 +6268,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -6470,6 +6670,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -6512,7 +6720,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -6726,6 +6934,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -6755,7 +6971,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -6920,6 +7136,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -7607,6 +7847,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -7987,6 +8235,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html index 222e30c048..f3823935ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # A hash of the page of results. "kind": "bigquery#projectList", # The resource type of the response. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Use this token to request the next page of results. - "projects": [ # Projects to which the user has at least READ access. + "projects": [ # Projects to which the user has at least READ access. This field can be omitted if `totalItems` is 0. { # Information about a single project. "friendlyName": "A String", # A descriptive name for this project. A wrapper is used here because friendlyName can be set to the empty string. "id": "A String", # An opaque ID of this project. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html index 4c88ae57c7..8e9090dba6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html @@ -164,6 +164,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -338,6 +350,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -453,6 +477,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -583,6 +619,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -833,6 +881,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -948,6 +1008,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html index 4ecf55e741..a43b26573c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html @@ -302,6 +302,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -331,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -459,6 +467,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -807,6 +823,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -836,7 +860,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -964,6 +988,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1253,6 +1285,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1282,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -1410,6 +1450,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1807,6 +1855,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1836,7 +1892,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -1964,6 +2020,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2254,6 +2318,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2283,7 +2355,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -2411,6 +2483,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2819,6 +2899,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2848,7 +2936,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -2976,6 +3064,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3266,6 +3362,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3295,7 +3399,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -3423,6 +3527,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html index 7ad4e4fd8b..5d09d9102f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html
index cac4e709c9..de1e406bbb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the runs Resource.

+

+ transferResources() +

+

Returns the transferResources Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.transferResources.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.transferResources.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cad3588c6c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.transferResources.html @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ + + + +

BigQuery Data Transfer API . projects . locations . transferConfigs . transferResources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a transfer resource.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns information about transfer resources.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a transfer resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the transfer resource in the form of: * `projects/{project}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Resource(table/partition) that is being transferred.
+  "destination": "A String", # Optional. Resource destination.
+  "hierarchyDetail": { # Details about the hierarchy. # Optional. Details about the hierarchy.
+    "partitionDetail": { # Partition details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Partition details related to hierarchy.
+      "table": "A String", # Optional. Name of the table which has the partitions.
+    },
+    "tableDetail": { # Table details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Table details related to hierarchy.
+      "partitionCount": "A String", # Optional. Total number of partitions being tracked within the table.
+    },
+  },
+  "lastSuccessfulRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Output only. Run details for the last successful run.
+    "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+  },
+  "latestRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Optional. Run details for the latest run.
+    "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+  },
+  "latestStatusDetail": { # Status details of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Status details for the latest run.
+    "completedPercentage": 3.14, # Output only. Percentage of the transfer completed. Valid values: 0-100.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. Transfer error details for the resource.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Optional. Transfer state of the resource.
+    "summary": { # Status summary of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Transfer status summary of the resource.
+      "metrics": [ # Optional. List of transfer status metrics.
+        { # Metrics for tracking the transfer status.
+          "completed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units transferred successfully.
+          "failed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units that failed to transfer.
+          "pending": "A String", # Optional. Number of units pending transfer.
+          "total": "A String", # Optional. Total number of units for the transfer.
+          "unit": "A String", # Optional. Unit for measuring progress (e.g., BYTES).
+        },
+      ],
+      "progressUnit": "A String", # Input only. Unit based on which transfer status progress should be calculated.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name.
+  "type": "A String", # Optional. Resource type.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the resource was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns information about transfer resources.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of transfer configuration for which transfer resources should be retrieved. The name should be in one of the following form: * `projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter for the transfer resources. Currently supported filters include: * Resource name: `name` - Wildcard supported * Resource type: `type` * Resource destination: `destination` * Latest resource state: `latest_status_detail.state` * Last update time: `update_time` - RFC-3339 format * Parent table name: `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table` Multiple filters can be applied using the `AND/OR` operator. Examples: * `name="*123" AND (type="TABLE" OR latest_status_detail.state="SUCCEEDED")` * `update_time >= "2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00` * `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table = "table1"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of transfer resources to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListTransferResources` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTransferResources` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the ListTransferResources RPC.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Output only. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "transferResources": [ # Output only. The transfer resources.
+    { # Resource(table/partition) that is being transferred.
+      "destination": "A String", # Optional. Resource destination.
+      "hierarchyDetail": { # Details about the hierarchy. # Optional. Details about the hierarchy.
+        "partitionDetail": { # Partition details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Partition details related to hierarchy.
+          "table": "A String", # Optional. Name of the table which has the partitions.
+        },
+        "tableDetail": { # Table details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Table details related to hierarchy.
+          "partitionCount": "A String", # Optional. Total number of partitions being tracked within the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "lastSuccessfulRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Output only. Run details for the last successful run.
+        "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+      },
+      "latestRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Optional. Run details for the latest run.
+        "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+      },
+      "latestStatusDetail": { # Status details of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Status details for the latest run.
+        "completedPercentage": 3.14, # Output only. Percentage of the transfer completed. Valid values: 0-100.
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. Transfer error details for the resource.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # Optional. Transfer state of the resource.
+        "summary": { # Status summary of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Transfer status summary of the resource.
+          "metrics": [ # Optional. List of transfer status metrics.
+            { # Metrics for tracking the transfer status.
+              "completed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units transferred successfully.
+              "failed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units that failed to transfer.
+              "pending": "A String", # Optional. Number of units pending transfer.
+              "total": "A String", # Optional. Total number of units for the transfer.
+              "unit": "A String", # Optional. Unit for measuring progress (e.g., BYTES).
+            },
+          ],
+          "progressUnit": "A String", # Input only. Unit based on which transfer status progress should be calculated.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Resource type.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the resource was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html index e70c99cd90..ba6d36e144 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the runs Resource.

+

+ transferResources() +

+

Returns the transferResources Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.transferResources.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.transferResources.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a4f108040 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.transferResources.html @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ + + + +

BigQuery Data Transfer API . projects . transferConfigs . transferResources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a transfer resource.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns information about transfer resources.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a transfer resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the transfer resource in the form of: * `projects/{project}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Resource(table/partition) that is being transferred.
+  "destination": "A String", # Optional. Resource destination.
+  "hierarchyDetail": { # Details about the hierarchy. # Optional. Details about the hierarchy.
+    "partitionDetail": { # Partition details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Partition details related to hierarchy.
+      "table": "A String", # Optional. Name of the table which has the partitions.
+    },
+    "tableDetail": { # Table details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Table details related to hierarchy.
+      "partitionCount": "A String", # Optional. Total number of partitions being tracked within the table.
+    },
+  },
+  "lastSuccessfulRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Output only. Run details for the last successful run.
+    "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+  },
+  "latestRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Optional. Run details for the latest run.
+    "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+  },
+  "latestStatusDetail": { # Status details of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Status details for the latest run.
+    "completedPercentage": 3.14, # Output only. Percentage of the transfer completed. Valid values: 0-100.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. Transfer error details for the resource.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Optional. Transfer state of the resource.
+    "summary": { # Status summary of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Transfer status summary of the resource.
+      "metrics": [ # Optional. List of transfer status metrics.
+        { # Metrics for tracking the transfer status.
+          "completed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units transferred successfully.
+          "failed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units that failed to transfer.
+          "pending": "A String", # Optional. Number of units pending transfer.
+          "total": "A String", # Optional. Total number of units for the transfer.
+          "unit": "A String", # Optional. Unit for measuring progress (e.g., BYTES).
+        },
+      ],
+      "progressUnit": "A String", # Input only. Unit based on which transfer status progress should be calculated.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name.
+  "type": "A String", # Optional. Resource type.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the resource was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns information about transfer resources.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of transfer configuration for which transfer resources should be retrieved. The name should be in one of the following form: * `projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter for the transfer resources. Currently supported filters include: * Resource name: `name` - Wildcard supported * Resource type: `type` * Resource destination: `destination` * Latest resource state: `latest_status_detail.state` * Last update time: `update_time` - RFC-3339 format * Parent table name: `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table` Multiple filters can be applied using the `AND/OR` operator. Examples: * `name="*123" AND (type="TABLE" OR latest_status_detail.state="SUCCEEDED")` * `update_time >= "2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00` * `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table = "table1"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of transfer resources to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListTransferResources` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTransferResources` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the ListTransferResources RPC.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Output only. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "transferResources": [ # Output only. The transfer resources.
+    { # Resource(table/partition) that is being transferred.
+      "destination": "A String", # Optional. Resource destination.
+      "hierarchyDetail": { # Details about the hierarchy. # Optional. Details about the hierarchy.
+        "partitionDetail": { # Partition details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Partition details related to hierarchy.
+          "table": "A String", # Optional. Name of the table which has the partitions.
+        },
+        "tableDetail": { # Table details related to hierarchy. # Optional. Table details related to hierarchy.
+          "partitionCount": "A String", # Optional. Total number of partitions being tracked within the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "lastSuccessfulRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Output only. Run details for the last successful run.
+        "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+      },
+      "latestRun": { # Basic information about a transfer run. # Optional. Run details for the latest run.
+        "run": "A String", # Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start time of the transfer run.
+      },
+      "latestStatusDetail": { # Status details of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Status details for the latest run.
+        "completedPercentage": 3.14, # Output only. Percentage of the transfer completed. Valid values: 0-100.
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. Transfer error details for the resource.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # Optional. Transfer state of the resource.
+        "summary": { # Status summary of the resource being transferred. # Optional. Transfer status summary of the resource.
+          "metrics": [ # Optional. List of transfer status metrics.
+            { # Metrics for tracking the transfer status.
+              "completed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units transferred successfully.
+              "failed": "A String", # Optional. Number of units that failed to transfer.
+              "pending": "A String", # Optional. Number of units pending transfer.
+              "total": "A String", # Optional. Total number of units for the transfer.
+              "unit": "A String", # Optional. Unit for measuring progress (e.g., BYTES).
+            },
+          ],
+          "progressUnit": "A String", # Input only. Unit based on which transfer status progress should be calculated.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Resource type.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the resource was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html index 702e9653d1..08b9e3c1b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html @@ -130,6 +130,8 @@

Method Details

"clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "memoryConfig": { # If set, eligible single-row requests (currently limited to ReadRows) using this app profile will be routed to the memory layer. All eligible writes populate the memory layer. MemoryConfig can only be set if the AppProfile uses single cluster routing and the configured cluster has a memory layer enabled. # Optional. The memory config to use for requests sent using this app profile. + }, "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. }, } @@ -164,6 +166,8 @@

Method Details

"clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "memoryConfig": { # If set, eligible single-row requests (currently limited to ReadRows) using this app profile will be routed to the memory layer. All eligible writes populate the memory layer. MemoryConfig can only be set if the AppProfile uses single cluster routing and the configured cluster has a memory layer enabled. # Optional. The memory config to use for requests sent using this app profile. + }, "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. }, }
@@ -222,6 +226,8 @@

Method Details

"clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "memoryConfig": { # If set, eligible single-row requests (currently limited to ReadRows) using this app profile will be routed to the memory layer. All eligible writes populate the memory layer. MemoryConfig can only be set if the AppProfile uses single cluster routing and the configured cluster has a memory layer enabled. # Optional. The memory config to use for requests sent using this app profile. + }, "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. }, }
@@ -265,6 +271,8 @@

Method Details

"clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "memoryConfig": { # If set, eligible single-row requests (currently limited to ReadRows) using this app profile will be routed to the memory layer. All eligible writes populate the memory layer. MemoryConfig can only be set if the AppProfile uses single cluster routing and the configured cluster has a memory layer enabled. # Optional. The memory config to use for requests sent using this app profile. + }, "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. }, }, @@ -319,6 +327,8 @@

Method Details

"clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "memoryConfig": { # If set, eligible single-row requests (currently limited to ReadRows) using this app profile will be routed to the memory layer. All eligible writes populate the memory layer. MemoryConfig can only be set if the AppProfile uses single cluster routing and the configured cluster has a memory layer enabled. # Optional. The memory config to use for requests sent using this app profile. + }, "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.html index 78820cefdf..839e631e83 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the hotTablets Resource.

+

+ memoryLayers() +

+

Returns the memoryLayers Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -96,6 +101,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a cluster.

+

+ getMemoryLayer(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about the memory layer of a cluster.

list(parent, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about clusters in an instance.

@@ -108,6 +116,9 @@

Instance Methods

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a cluster within an instance. Note that UpdateCluster does not support updating cluster_config.cluster_autoscaling_config. In order to update it, you must use PartialUpdateCluster.

+

+ updateMemoryLayer(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the memory layer of a cluster. To enable the memory layer, set the memory_config. To disable the memory layer, unset the memory_config.

Method Details

close() @@ -234,6 +245,30 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getMemoryLayer(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about the memory layer of a cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The unique name of the requested cluster's memory layer. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The memory layer of a cluster. A memory layer serves reads from memory without hitting the backing persistent data store.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. The etag for this memory layer. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The server returns an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+  "memoryConfig": { # Configuration of a memory layer. # The configuration of this memory layer. Set an empty `memory_config` to enable the memory layer. Unset this to disable the memory layer.
+    "storageSizeGib": 42, # Output only. Reporting the current size of the memory layer in GiB.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the memory layer. This is always: "projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer".
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the memory layer.
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about clusters in an instance.
@@ -421,4 +456,52 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ updateMemoryLayer(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the memory layer of a cluster. To enable the memory layer, set the memory_config. To disable the memory layer, unset the memory_config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the memory layer. This is always: "projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The memory layer of a cluster. A memory layer serves reads from memory without hitting the backing persistent data store.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. The etag for this memory layer. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The server returns an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+  "memoryConfig": { # Configuration of a memory layer. # The configuration of this memory layer. Set an empty `memory_config` to enable the memory layer. Unset this to disable the memory layer.
+    "storageSizeGib": 42, # Output only. Reporting the current size of the memory layer in GiB.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the memory layer. This is always: "projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer".
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the memory layer.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.memoryLayers.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.memoryLayers.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b22a14e2a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.clusters.memoryLayers.html @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + +

Cloud Bigtable Admin API . projects . instances . clusters . memoryLayers

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists information about memory layers.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists information about memory layers.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The unique name of the cluster for which a list of memory layers is requested. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}`. Use `{cluster} = '-'` to list MemoryLayers for all Clusters in an instance, e.g., `projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/clusters/-`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of memory layers to return. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMemoryLayers` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMemoryLayers` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListMemoryLayers.
+  "failedLocations": [ # Locations from which MemoryLayer information could not be retrieved, due to an outage or some other transient condition. MemoryLayers from these locations may be missing from `memory_layers`, or may only have partial information returned. Values are of the form `projects//locations/`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "memoryLayers": [ # The list of requested memory layers.
+    { # The memory layer of a cluster. A memory layer serves reads from memory without hitting the backing persistent data store.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. The etag for this memory layer. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The server returns an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+      "memoryConfig": { # Configuration of a memory layer. # The configuration of this memory layer. Set an empty `memory_config` to enable the memory layer. Unset this to disable the memory layer.
+        "storageSizeGib": 42, # Output only. Reporting the current size of the memory layer in GiB.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the memory layer. This is always: "projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the memory layer.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html index cadeb72576..f6d21db655 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html @@ -176,6 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"instance": { # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. # Required. The instance to create. Fields marked `OutputOnly` must be left blank. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -256,6 +257,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -349,6 +351,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -392,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -562,6 +566,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -586,6 +591,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index ece6e9c093..c899763fac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -186,6 +186,9 @@

Method Details

"table": { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. # Required. The Table to create. "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours. + "locations": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances. + "A String", + ], "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days. }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. @@ -249,6 +252,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -269,6 +274,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -394,6 +407,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours. + "locations": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances. + "A String", + ], "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days. }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. @@ -457,6 +473,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -477,6 +495,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -685,6 +711,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours. + "locations": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances. + "A String", + ], "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days. }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. @@ -748,6 +777,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -768,6 +799,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -968,6 +1007,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours. + "locations": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances. + "A String", + ], "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days. }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. @@ -1031,6 +1073,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1051,6 +1095,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1230,6 +1282,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1250,6 +1304,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1357,6 +1419,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1377,6 +1441,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1461,6 +1533,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours. + "locations": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances. + "A String", + ], "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days. }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. @@ -1524,6 +1599,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1544,6 +1621,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1669,6 +1754,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. "frequency": "A String", # How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. An undefined frequency is treated as 24 hours. + "locations": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances. + "A String", + ], "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days. }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. @@ -1732,6 +1820,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1752,6 +1842,14 @@

Method Details

}, "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography }, + "int32Type": { # Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int32 + "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. + }, + "orderedCodeBytes": { # Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. # Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding. + }, + }, + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html index 0597c674b0..884a5b5e0f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.html
index 9db4ee8eb7..81d18af326 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html
index 5112b12e91..52f57f3b45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ 

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -273,9 +273,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -665,9 +665,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -954,9 +954,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1203,9 +1203,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1431,9 +1431,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html index cc36aa9666..c92f2cf6c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@

Instance Methods

runSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent within a session.

+

+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.

Method Details

close() @@ -130,6 +133,276 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession. "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session. "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}` + "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession. + "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "inputAudioConfig": { # InputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should interpret the incoming audio data. # Optional. Configuration for processing the input audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the input audio data. + "noiseSuppressionLevel": "A String", # Optional. Whether to enable noise suppression on the input audio. Available values are "low", "moderate", "high", "very_high". + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the input audio data. + }, + "outputAudioConfig": { # OutputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should synthesize outgoing audio responses. # Optional. Configuration for generating the output audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the output audio data. + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the output audio data. + }, + "remoteDialogflowQueryParameters": { # [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. # Optional. [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. The end user metadata to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "payload": { # Optional. The payload to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "webhookHeaders": { # Optional. The HTTP headers to be sent as webhook_headers in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone of the user. If provided, the agent will use the time zone for date and time related variables. Otherwise, the agent will use the time zone specified in the App.time_zone_settings. The format is the IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/Los_Angeles". + "useToolFakes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use tool fakes for the session. If this field is set, the agent will attempt use tool fakes instead of calling the real tools. + }, + "inputs": [ # Required. Inputs for the session. + { # Input for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Optional. Audio data from the end user. + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "dtmf": "A String", # Optional. DTMF digits from the end user. + "event": { # Event input. # Optional. Event input. + "event": "A String", # Required. The name of the event. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data from the end user. + "toolResponses": { # Execution results for the requested tool calls from the client. # Optional. Execution results for the tool calls from the client. + "toolResponses": [ # Optional. The list of tool execution results. + { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "variables": { # Optional. Contextual variables for the session, keyed by name. Only variables declared in the app will be used by the CES agent. Unrecognized variables will still be sent to the Dialogflow agent as additional session parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. A flag to indicate if the current message is a fragment of a larger input in the bidi streaming session. When set to `true`, the agent defers processing until it receives a subsequent message where `will_continue` is `false`, or until the system detects an endpoint in the audio input. NOTE: This field does not apply to audio and DTMF inputs, as they are always processed automatically based on the endpointing signal. + }, + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response message for SessionService.RunSession. + "outputs": [ # Outputs for the session. + { # Output for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Output audio from the CES agent. + "citations": { # Citations associated with the agent response. # Citations that provide the source information for the agent's generated text. + "citedChunks": [ # List of cited pieces of information. + { # Piece of cited information. + "text": "A String", # Text used for citation. + "title": "A String", # Title of the cited document. + "uri": "A String", # URI used for citation. + }, + ], + }, + "diagnosticInfo": { # Contains execution details during the processing. # Optional. Diagnostic information contains execution details during the processing of the input. Only populated in the last SessionOutput (with `turn_completed=true`) for each turn. + "messages": [ # List of the messages that happened during the processing. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "rootSpan": { # A span is a unit of work or a single operation during the request processing. # A trace of the entire request processing, represented as a root span. This span can contain nested child spans for specific operations. + "attributes": { # Output only. Key-value attributes associated with the span. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "childSpans": [ # Output only. The child spans that are nested under this span. + # Object with schema name: Span + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the span. + "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of the span. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the span. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of the span. + }, + }, + "endSession": { # Indicates the session has terminated, due to either successful completion (e.g. user says "Good bye!" ) or an agent escalation. The agent will not process any further inputs after session is terminated and the client should half-close and disconnect after receiving all remaining responses from the agent. # Indicates the session has ended. + "metadata": { # Optional. Provides additional information about the end session signal, such as the reason for ending the session. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "googleSearchSuggestions": { # Search suggestions from Google Search Tool. # The suggestions returned from Google Search as a result of invoking the GoogleSearchTool. + "htmls": [ # Compliant HTML and CSS styling for search suggestions. The provided HTML and CSS automatically adapts to your device settings, displaying in either light or dark mode indicated by `@media(prefers-color-scheme)`. + "A String", + ], + "webSearchQueries": [ # List of queries used to perform the google search along with the search result URIs forming the search suggestions. + { # Represents a single web search query and its associated search uri. + "query": "A String", # The search query text. + "uri": "A String", # The URI to the Google Search results page for the query. + }, + ], + }, + "payload": { # Custom payload with structured output from the CES agent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Output text from the CES agent. + "toolCalls": { # Request for the client to execute the tools and return the execution results before continuing the session. # Request for the client to execute the tools. + "toolCalls": [ # Optional. The list of tool calls to execute. + { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "turnCompleted": True or False, # If true, the CES agent has detected the end of the current conversation turn and will provide no further output for this turn. + "turnIndex": 42, # Indicates the sequential order of conversation turn to which this output belongs to, starting from 1. + }, + ], +}
+
+ +
+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.
+
+Args:
+  session: string, Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession.
+  "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session.
+    "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.
     "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
     "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state.
       { # A message within a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
index e775f14632..d852d72983 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
@@ -516,7 +516,12 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -976,7 +981,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1462,7 +1472,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1935,7 +1950,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2412,7 +2432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2872,7 +2897,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index 367fe365d1..90b1141f81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1432,7 +1432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index f2c39aeeec..bc695d2b74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -333,9 +333,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1028,7 +1028,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1428,7 +1433,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1440,9 +1445,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -2135,7 +2140,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2560,7 +2570,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -2572,9 +2582,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -3267,7 +3277,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -3679,7 +3694,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -3691,9 +3706,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -4386,7 +4401,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.html index 3b0196d696..7110a7c241 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html
index 30e3ac04bf..58c7ab00dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html
@@ -164,6 +164,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

exportApp(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Exports the specified app.

+

+ generateAppResource(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates specific resources (e.g. agent) in the app using LLM assistant.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of the specified app.

@@ -314,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -326,9 +329,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -603,6 +606,824 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ generateAppResource(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates specific resources (e.g. agent) in the app using LLM assistant.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the app to generate the resource for. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AgentService.GenerateAppResource.
+  "agent": { # An agent acts as the fundamental building block that provides instructions to the Large Language Model (LLM) for executing specific tasks. # The agent resource to be used by the LLM assistant, can be empty for generating a new agent.
+    "afterAgentCallbacks": [ # Optional. The callbacks to execute after the agent is called. The provided callbacks are executed sequentially in the exact order they are given in the list. If a callback returns an overridden response, execution stops and any remaining callbacks are skipped.
+      { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.
+        "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback.
+      },
+    ],
+    "afterModelCallbacks": [ # Optional. The callbacks to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. The provided callbacks are executed sequentially in the exact order they are given in the list. If a callback returns an overridden response, execution stops and any remaining callbacks are skipped.
+      { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.
+        "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback.
+      },
+    ],
+    "afterToolCallbacks": [ # Optional. The callbacks to execute after the tool is invoked. If there are multiple tool invocations, the callback will be executed multiple times. The provided callbacks are executed sequentially in the exact order they are given in the list. If a callback returns an overridden response, execution stops and any remaining callbacks are skipped.
+      { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.
+        "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback.
+      },
+    ],
+    "beforeAgentCallbacks": [ # Optional. The callbacks to execute before the agent is called. The provided callbacks are executed sequentially in the exact order they are given in the list. If a callback returns an overridden response, execution stops and any remaining callbacks are skipped.
+      { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.
+        "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback.
+      },
+    ],
+    "beforeModelCallbacks": [ # Optional. The callbacks to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. The provided callbacks are executed sequentially in the exact order they are given in the list. If a callback returns an overridden response, execution stops and any remaining callbacks are skipped.
+      { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.
+        "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback.
+      },
+    ],
+    "beforeToolCallbacks": [ # Optional. The callbacks to execute before the tool is invoked. If there are multiple tool invocations, the callback will be executed multiple times. The provided callbacks are executed sequentially in the exact order they are given in the list. If a callback returns an overridden response, execution stops and any remaining callbacks are skipped.
+      { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.
+        "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback.
+      },
+    ],
+    "childAgents": [ # Optional. List of child agents in the agent tree. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the agent was created.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the agent.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent.
+    "etag": "A String", # Etag used to ensure the object hasn't changed during a read-modify-write operation. If the etag is empty, the update will overwrite any concurrent changes.
+    "generatedSummary": "A String", # Output only. If the agent is generated by the LLM assistant, this field contains a descriptive summary of the generation.
+    "guardrails": [ # Optional. List of guardrails for the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/guardrails/{guardrail}`
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Instructions for the LLM model to guide the agent's behavior.
+    "llmAgent": { # Default agent type. The agent uses instructions and callbacks specified in the agent to perform the task using a large language model. # Optional. The default agent type.
+    },
+    "modelSettings": { # Model settings contains various configurations for the LLM model. # Optional. Configurations for the LLM model.
+      "model": "A String", # Optional. The LLM model that the agent should use. If not set, the agent will inherit the model from its parent agent.
+      "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. If set, this temperature will be used for the LLM model. Temperature controls the randomness of the model's responses. Lower temperatures produce responses that are more predictable. Higher temperatures produce responses that are more creative.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The unique identifier of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
+    "remoteDialogflowAgent": { # The agent which will transfer execution to a remote [Dialogflow CX](https://docs.cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent) agent. The Dialogflow agent will process subsequent user queries until the session ends or flow ends, and the control is transferred back to the parent CES agent. # Optional. The remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent to be used for the agent execution. If this field is set, all other agent level properties will be ignored. Note: If the Dialogflow agent is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/dialogflow.client` to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+      "agent": "A String", # Required. The [Dialogflow](https://docs.cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent) agent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
+      "environmentId": "A String", # Optional. The environment ID of the Dialogflow agent to be used for the agent execution. If not specified, the draft environment will be used.
+      "flowId": "A String", # Optional. The flow ID of the flow in the Dialogflow agent.
+      "inputVariableMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of the app variables names to the Dialogflow session parameters names to be sent to the Dialogflow agent as input.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "outputVariableMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of the Dialogflow session parameters names to the app variables names to be sent back to the CES agent after the Dialogflow agent execution ends.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "respectResponseInterruptionSettings": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to respect the message-level interruption settings configured in the Dialogflow agent. * If false: all response messages from the Dialogflow agent follow the app-level barge-in settings. * If true: only response messages with [`allow_playback_interruption`](https://docs.cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#text) set to true will be interruptable, all other messages follow the app-level barge-in settings.
+    },
+    "tools": [ # Optional. List of available tools for the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}`
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "toolsets": [ # Optional. List of toolsets for the agent.
+      { # A toolset with a selection of its tools.
+        "toolIds": [ # Optional. The tools IDs to filter the toolset.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the toolset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}`
+      },
+    ],
+    "transferRules": [ # Optional. Agent transfer rules. If multiple rules match, the first one in the list will be used.
+      { # Rule for transferring to a specific agent.
+        "childAgent": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the child agent the rule applies to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
+        "deterministicTransfer": { # Deterministic transfer rule. When the condition evaluates to true, the transfer occurs. # Optional. A rule that immediately transfers to the target agent when the condition is met.
+          "expressionCondition": { # Expression condition based on session state. # Optional. A rule that evaluates a session state condition. If the condition evaluates to true, the transfer occurs.
+            "expression": "A String", # Required. The string representation of cloud.api.Expression condition.
+          },
+          "pythonCodeCondition": { # Python code block to evaluate the condition. # Optional. A rule that uses Python code block to evaluate the conditions. If the condition evaluates to true, the transfer occurs.
+            "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute.
+          },
+        },
+        "direction": "A String", # Required. The direction of the transfer.
+        "disablePlannerTransfer": { # A rule that prevents the planner from transferring to the target agent. # Optional. Rule that prevents the planner from transferring to the target agent.
+          "expressionCondition": { # Expression condition based on session state. # Required. If the condition evaluates to true, planner will not be allowed to transfer to the target agent.
+            "expression": "A String", # Required. The string representation of cloud.api.Expression condition.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the agent was last updated.
+  },
+  "appGenerationConfig": { # The configuration to be used to generate the app. # Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the agents and tools.
+    "context": "A String", # Optional. The context which describes the requirements of the agents & tools to be generated.
+    "datasetId": "A String", # Optional. The insights dataset to be used to fetch conversation data for generating the agents & tools. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`.
+    "fileContexts": [ # Optional. The files to be used as context.
+      { # Files to be used as context. Files can be provided as raw bytes.
+        "fileBytes": { # File provided as raw bytes. # Optional. File provided as raw bytes.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the file.
+          "fileName": "A String", # Required. The name of the file provided as raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "gcsLocation": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage location to store the generated question answer data to be used by the Datastore tool. This data is generated only when using conversation data as an input source. The location must be in the same project as the app. Format: `gs://...`.
+    "generateEvaluations": True or False, # Optional. Whether to generate the evaluations for the app. If true, the provided context will be used to generate the evaluations data.
+  },
+  "evaluationGenerationConfig": { # The configuration to be used to generate the evaluations. # Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the evaluations.
+    "datasetId": "A String", # Optional. The insights dataset to be used to fetch conversation data for generating the evaluations. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`.
+  },
+  "evaluationPersonasGenerationConfig": { # The configuration to be used to generate the evaluation personas. # Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the evaluation personas.
+  },
+  "hillClimbingFixConfig": { # The configuration to be used for hill climbing fixes. # Optional. The configuration to be used for hill climbing fixes.
+    "qualityReport": { # The report describing any identified quality issues in the app. # Required. The quality report used to inform the instruction following fix.
+      "evaluationRuns": [ # Optional. A list of evaluation runs used to generate the quality report. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluationRun}`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "generalIssues": [ # Optional. General issues not specific to any agent.
+        { # The issue identified.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the issue found.
+          "occurrenceCount": 42, # Optional. How many times this issue occurred.
+          "proposedSolution": "A String", # Optional. Proposed solution to fix the issue by modifying instructions or tools.
+        },
+      ],
+      "issues": [ # Optional. The issues grouped by agent.
+        { # Issues identified for a single agent.
+          "agent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the agent to which the issues are related. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
+          "issues": [ # Optional. List of issues found for this agent.
+            { # The issue identified.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the issue found.
+              "occurrenceCount": 42, # Optional. How many times this issue occurred.
+              "proposedSolution": "A String", # Optional. Proposed solution to fix the issue by modifying instructions or tools.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "qualityReportGenerationConfig": { # The configuration to be used for quality report generation. # Optional. The configuration to be used for quality report generation.
+    "evaluationRun": "A String", # Required. The evaluation run used to inform quality report analysis.
+  },
+  "refineInstructions": [ # Optional. List of refine instructions to be used to refine the resource.
+    { # The instructions to be used to refine a part of the resource. The part of the resource can be specified with a start index, end index and a field mask. For example, if you want to refine a part of the agent instructions you can specify the index of the first character of the instructions, the index of the last character of the instructions and the field mask as "instructions".
+      "endIndex": "A String", # Required. The last character (inclusive) of the text to refine.
+      "fieldMask": "A String", # Required. The field of the resource being refined. Only one field is allowed per RefineInstructions. If refining agent instructions, the field mask should be "instructions".
+      "instructions": "A String", # Required. The instructions to refine the resource.
+      "startIndex": "A String", # Required. The first character (inclusive) of the text to refine.
+    },
+  ],
+  "tool": { # A tool represents an action that the CES agent can take to achieve certain goals. # The tool resource to be used by the LLM assistant, can be empty for generating a new tool.
+    "agentTool": { # Represents a tool that allows the agent to call another agent. # Optional. The agent tool.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the tool's purpose.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the agent tool.
+      "rootAgent": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the root agent that is the entry point of the tool. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
+    },
+    "clientFunction": { # Represents a client-side function that the agent can invoke. When the tool is chosen by the agent, control is handed off to the client. The client is responsible for executing the function and returning the result as a ToolResponse to continue the interaction with the agent. # Optional. The client function.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The function description.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The function name.
+      "parameters": { # Represents a select subset of an OpenAPI 3.0 schema object. # Optional. The schema of the function parameters.
+        "additionalProperties": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object, controls the presence of additional properties.
+        "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+        "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref`. Only allowed at the root of the schema.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+        "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "items": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+        "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+        "prefixItems": [ # Optional. Schemas of initial elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": ``` type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string ``` The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring.
+        "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the schema.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the data.
+        "uniqueItems": True or False, # Optional. Indicate the items in the array must be unique. Only applies to TYPE.ARRAY.
+      },
+      "response": { # Represents a select subset of an OpenAPI 3.0 schema object. # Optional. The schema of the function response.
+        "additionalProperties": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object, controls the presence of additional properties.
+        "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+        "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref`. Only allowed at the root of the schema.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+        "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "items": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+        "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+        "prefixItems": [ # Optional. Schemas of initial elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": ``` type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string ``` The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring.
+        "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the schema.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the data.
+        "uniqueItems": True or False, # Optional. Indicate the items in the array must be unique. Only applies to TYPE.ARRAY.
+      },
+    },
+    "connectorTool": { # A ConnectorTool allows connections to different integrations. See: https://cloud.google.com/integration-connectors/docs/overview. # Optional. The Integration Connector tool.
+      "action": { # Configuration of an Action for the tool to use. Note: This can be either an Action or an Operation. See https://cloud.google.com/integration-connectors/docs/entities-operation-action for details. # Required. Action for the tool to use.
+        "connectionActionId": "A String", # ID of a Connection action for the tool to use.
+        "entityOperation": { # Entity CRUD operation specification. # Entity operation configuration for the tool to use.
+          "entityId": "A String", # Required. ID of the entity.
+          "operation": "A String", # Required. Operation to perform on the entity.
+        },
+        "inputFields": [ # Optional. Entity fields to use as inputs for the operation. If no fields are specified, all fields of the Entity will be used.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "outputFields": [ # Optional. Entity fields to return from the operation. If no fields are specified, all fields of the Entity will be returned.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "authConfig": { # End-user authentication configuration used for Connection calls. The field values must be the names of context variables in the format `$context.variables.`. # Optional. Configures how authentication is handled in Integration Connectors. By default, an admin authentication is passed in the Integration Connectors API requests. You can override it with a different end-user authentication config. **Note**: The Connection must have authentication override enabled in order to specify an EUC configuration here - otherwise, the ConnectorTool creation will fail. See https://cloud.google.com/application-integration/docs/configure-connectors-task#configure-authentication-override for details.
+        "oauth2AuthCodeConfig": { # Oauth 2.0 Authorization Code authentication configuration. # Oauth 2.0 Authorization Code authentication.
+          "oauthToken": "A String", # Required. Oauth token parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+        "oauth2JwtBearerConfig": { # JWT Profile Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant authentication configuration. # JWT Profile Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant authentication.
+          "clientKey": "A String", # Required. Client parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+          "issuer": "A String", # Required. Issuer parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+          "subject": "A String", # Required. Subject parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+      },
+      "connection": "A String", # Required. The full resource name of the referenced Integration Connectors Connection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}`
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool that can be used by the Agent to decide whether to call this ConnectorTool.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool that can be used by the Agent to decide whether to call this ConnectorTool.
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the tool was created.
+    "dataStoreTool": { # Tool to retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. Accepts either a datastore or an engine, but not both. See Vertex AI Search: https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/enterprise-search-introduction. # Optional. The data store tool.
+      "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+        { # Boost specifications to boost certain documents. For more information, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boosting.
+          "dataStores": [ # Required. The Data Store where the boosting configuration is applied. Full resource name of DataStore, such as projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "spec": [ # Required. A list of boosting specifications.
+            { # Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+              "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Required. A list of boosting specifications.
+                { # Boost specification for a condition.
+                  "boost": 3.14, # Optional. Strength of the boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the suggestions a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the top result will be a boosted suggestion. Setting to -1.0 gives the suggestions a big demotion. However, other suggestions that are relevant might still be shown. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
+                  "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Optional. Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                    "attributeType": "A String", # Optional. The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                    "controlPoints": [ # Optional. The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                      { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                        "attributeValue": "A String", # Optional. Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                        "boostAmount": 3.14, # Optional. The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                    "interpolationType": "A String", # Optional. The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                  },
+                  "condition": "A String", # Required. An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax is the same as filter expression syntax. Currently, the only supported condition is a list of BCP-47 lang codes. Example: To boost suggestions in languages en or fr: (lang_code: ANY("en", "fr"))
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "dataStoreSource": { # Configuration for searching within a specific DataStore. # Optional. Search within a single specific DataStore.
+        "dataStore": { # A DataStore resource in Vertex AI Search. # Optional. The data store.
+          "connectorConfig": { # The connector config for the data store connection. # Output only. The connector config for the data store connection.
+            "collection": "A String", # Resource name of the collection the data store belongs to.
+            "collectionDisplayName": "A String", # Display name of the collection the data store belongs to.
+            "dataSource": "A String", # The name of the data source. Example: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the data store was created.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the data store.
+          "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # Output only. The document processing mode for the data store connection. Only set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of the DataStore. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+          "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the data store. This field is readonly and populated by the server.
+        },
+        "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification for the DataStore. See: https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The tool description.
+      "engineSource": { # Configuration for searching within an Engine, potentially targeting specific DataStores. # Optional. Search within an Engine (potentially across multiple DataStores).
+        "dataStoreSources": [ # Optional. Use to target specific DataStores within the Engine. If empty, the search applies to all DataStores associated with the Engine.
+          { # Configuration for searching within a specific DataStore.
+            "dataStore": { # A DataStore resource in Vertex AI Search. # Optional. The data store.
+              "connectorConfig": { # The connector config for the data store connection. # Output only. The connector config for the data store connection.
+                "collection": "A String", # Resource name of the collection the data store belongs to.
+                "collectionDisplayName": "A String", # Display name of the collection the data store belongs to.
+                "dataSource": "A String", # The name of the data source. Example: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.
+              },
+              "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the data store was created.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the data store.
+              "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # Output only. The document processing mode for the data store connection. Only set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of the DataStore. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+              "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the data store. This field is readonly and populated by the server.
+            },
+            "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification for the DataStore. See: https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata
+          },
+        ],
+        "engine": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of the Engine. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
+        "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to the search across the Engine. Not relevant and not used if 'data_store_sources' is provided. See: https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata
+      },
+      "filterParameterBehavior": "A String", # Optional. The filter parameter behavior.
+      "modalityConfigs": [ # Optional. The modality configs for the data store.
+        { # If specified, will apply the given configuration for the specified modality.
+          "groundingConfig": { # Grounding configuration. # Optional. The grounding configuration.
+            "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether grounding is disabled.
+            "groundingLevel": 3.14, # Optional. The groundedness threshold of the answer based on the retrieved sources. The value has a configurable range of [1, 5]. The level is used to threshold the groundedness of the answer, meaning that all responses with a groundedness score below the threshold will fall back to returning relevant snippets only. For example, a level of 3 means that the groundedness score must be 3 or higher for the response to be returned.
+          },
+          "modalityType": "A String", # Required. The modality type.
+          "rewriterConfig": { # Rewriter configuration. # Optional. The rewriter config.
+            "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the rewriter is disabled.
+            "modelSettings": { # Model settings contains various configurations for the LLM model. # Required. Configurations for the LLM model.
+              "model": "A String", # Optional. The LLM model that the agent should use. If not set, the agent will inherit the model from its parent agent.
+              "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. If set, this temperature will be used for the LLM model. Temperature controls the randomness of the model's responses. Lower temperatures produce responses that are more predictable. Higher temperatures produce responses that are more creative.
+            },
+            "prompt": "A String", # Optional. The prompt definition. If not set, default prompt will be used.
+          },
+          "summarizationConfig": { # Summarization configuration. # Optional. The summarization config.
+            "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether summarization is disabled.
+            "modelSettings": { # Model settings contains various configurations for the LLM model. # Optional. Configurations for the LLM model.
+              "model": "A String", # Optional. The LLM model that the agent should use. If not set, the agent will inherit the model from its parent agent.
+              "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. If set, this temperature will be used for the LLM model. Temperature controls the randomness of the model's responses. Lower temperatures produce responses that are more predictable. Higher temperatures produce responses that are more creative.
+            },
+            "prompt": "A String", # Optional. The prompt definition. If not set, default prompt will be used.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The data store tool name.
+    },
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool, derived based on the tool's type. For example, display name of a ClientFunction is derived from its `name` property.
+    "etag": "A String", # Etag used to ensure the object hasn't changed during a read-modify-write operation. If the etag is empty, the update will overwrite any concurrent changes.
+    "executionType": "A String", # Optional. The execution type of the tool.
+    "fileSearchTool": { # The file search tool allows the agent to search across the files uploaded by the app/agent developer. It has presets to give relatively good quality search over the uploaded files and summarization of the retrieved results. # Optional. The file search tool.
+      "corpusType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the corpus. Default is FULLY_MANAGED.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The tool description.
+      "fileCorpus": "A String", # Optional. The corpus where files are stored. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The tool name.
+    },
+    "generatedSummary": "A String", # Output only. If the tool is generated by the LLM assistant, this field contains a descriptive summary of the generation.
+    "googleSearchTool": { # Represents a tool to perform Google web searches for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/customer-engagement-ai/conversational-agents/ps/tool#google-search. # Optional. The google search tool.
+      "contextUrls": [ # Optional. Content will be fetched directly from these URLs for context and grounding. Example: "https://example.com/path.html". A maximum of 20 URLs are allowed.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the tool's purpose.
+      "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. Example: "example.com". A maximum of 2000 domains can be excluded.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool.
+      "preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice.
+        "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.
+        "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.
+      },
+    },
+    "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset.
+      "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with API key. # Optional. Config for API key auth.
+          "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+          "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        },
+        "bearerTokenConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with a bearer token. # Optional. Config for bearer token auth.
+          "token": "A String", # Required. The bearer token. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+        "oauthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with OAuth. # Optional. Config for OAuth.
+          "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+          "clientSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+        },
+        "serviceAccountAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication using a custom service account. # Optional. Config for service account authentication.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. If not specified, the default scope `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform` is used.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The email address of the service account used for authentication. CES uses this service account to exchange an access token and the access token is then sent in the `Authorization` header of the request. The service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator` role granted to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+        },
+        "serviceAgentIdTokenAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. # Optional. Config for ID token auth generated from CES service agent.
+        },
+      },
+      "customHeaders": { # Optional. The custom headers to send in the request to the MCP server. The values must be in the format `$context.variables.` and can be set in the session variables. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/customer-engagement-ai/conversational-agents/ps/tool/open-api#openapi-injection for more details.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the MCP tool.
+      "inputSchema": { # Represents a select subset of an OpenAPI 3.0 schema object. # Optional. The schema of the input arguments of the MCP tool.
+        "additionalProperties": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object, controls the presence of additional properties.
+        "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+        "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref`. Only allowed at the root of the schema.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+        "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "items": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+        "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+        "prefixItems": [ # Optional. Schemas of initial elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": ``` type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string ``` The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring.
+        "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the schema.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the data.
+        "uniqueItems": True or False, # Optional. Indicate the items in the array must be unique. Only applies to TYPE.ARRAY.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the MCP tool.
+      "outputSchema": { # Represents a select subset of an OpenAPI 3.0 schema object. # Optional. The schema of the output arguments of the MCP tool.
+        "additionalProperties": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object, controls the presence of additional properties.
+        "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+        "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref`. Only allowed at the root of the schema.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+        "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "items": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+        "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+        "prefixItems": [ # Optional. Schemas of initial elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": ``` type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string ``` The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring.
+        "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the schema.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the data.
+        "uniqueItems": True or False, # Optional. Indicate the items in the array must be unique. Only applies to TYPE.ARRAY.
+      },
+      "serverAddress": "A String", # Required. The server address of the MCP server, e.g., "https://example.com/mcp/". If the server is built with the MCP SDK, the url should be suffixed with "/mcp/". Only Streamable HTTP transport based servers are supported. This is the same as the server_address in the McpToolset. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-03-26/basic/transports#streamable-http for more details.
+      "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration for VPC-SC, used to resolve service names within a perimeter.
+        "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}`. Location of the service directory must be the same as the location of the app.
+      },
+      "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. The TLS configuration. Includes the custom server certificates that the client should trust.
+        "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+          { # The CA certificate.
+            "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, CES will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tool. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` for standalone tools. * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}/tools/{tool}` for tools retrieved from a toolset. These tools are dynamic and output-only; they cannot be referenced directly where a tool is expected.
+    "openApiTool": { # A remote API tool defined by an OpenAPI schema. # Optional. The open API tool.
+      "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with API key. # Optional. Config for API key auth.
+          "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+          "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        },
+        "bearerTokenConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with a bearer token. # Optional. Config for bearer token auth.
+          "token": "A String", # Required. The bearer token. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+        "oauthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with OAuth. # Optional. Config for OAuth.
+          "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+          "clientSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+        },
+        "serviceAccountAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication using a custom service account. # Optional. Config for service account authentication.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. If not specified, the default scope `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform` is used.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The email address of the service account used for authentication. CES uses this service account to exchange an access token and the access token is then sent in the `Authorization` header of the request. The service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator` role granted to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+        },
+        "serviceAgentIdTokenAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. # Optional. Config for ID token auth generated from CES service agent.
+        },
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. If not provided, the description of the tool will be derived from the OpenAPI schema, from `operation.description` or `operation.summary`.
+      "ignoreUnknownFields": True or False, # Optional. If true, the agent will ignore unknown fields in the API response.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool. If not provided, the name of the tool will be derived from the OpenAPI schema, from `operation.operationId`.
+      "openApiSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema in JSON or YAML format.
+      "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+        "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}`. Location of the service directory must be the same as the location of the app.
+      },
+      "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. The TLS configuration. Includes the custom server certificates that the client will trust.
+        "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+          { # The CA certificate.
+            "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, CES will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "url": "A String", # Optional. The server URL of the Open API schema. This field is only set in tools in the environment dependencies during the export process if the schema contains a server url. During the import process, if this url is present in the environment dependencies and the schema has the $env_var placeholder, it will replace the placeholder in the schema.
+    },
+    "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. The python function tool.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used.
+      "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool.
+    },
+    "systemTool": { # Pre-defined system tool. # Optional. The system tool.
+      "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the system tool.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the system tool.
+    },
+    "toolFakeConfig": { # Configuration for tool behavior in fake mode. # Optional. Configuration for tool behavior in fake mode.
+      "codeBlock": { # A code block to be executed instead of a real tool call. # Optional. Code block which will be executed instead of a real tool call.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. Python code which will be invoked in tool fake mode. Expected Python function signature - To catch all tool calls: def fake_tool_call(tool: Tool, input: dict[str, Any], callback_context: CallbackContext) -> Optional[dict[str, Any]]: To catch a specific tool call: def fake_{tool_id}(tool: Tool, input: dict[str, Any], callback_context: CallbackContext) -> Optional[dict[str, Any]]: If the function returns None, the real tool will be invoked instead.
+      },
+      "enableFakeMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is using fake mode.
+    },
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the tool was last updated.
+    "widgetTool": { # Represents a widget tool that the agent can invoke. When the tool is chosen by the agent, agent will return the widget to the client. The client is responsible for processing the widget and generating the next user query to continue the interaction with the agent. # Optional. The widget tool.
+      "dataMapping": { # Configuration for mapping data from a source tool to the widget's input parameters. # Optional. The mapping that defines how data from a source tool is mapped to the widget's input parameters.
+        "fieldMappings": { # Optional. A map of widget input parameter fields to the corresponding output fields of the source tool.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping.
+        "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format.
+          "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring.
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used.
+          "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool.
+        },
+        "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead.
+        "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}`
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The display name of the widget tool.
+      "parameters": { # Represents a select subset of an OpenAPI 3.0 schema object. # Optional. The input parameters of the widget tool.
+        "additionalProperties": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object, controls the presence of additional properties.
+        "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+        "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref`. Only allowed at the root of the schema.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+        "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "items": # Object with schema name: Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+        "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+        "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum value for Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER.
+        "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+        "prefixItems": [ # Optional. Schemas of initial elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          # Object with schema name: Schema
+        ],
+        "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Schema
+        },
+        "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": ``` type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string ``` The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring.
+        "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the schema.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the data.
+        "uniqueItems": True or False, # Optional. Indicate the items in the array must be unique. Only applies to TYPE.ARRAY.
+      },
+      "uiConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for rendering the widget.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "widgetType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the widget tool. If not specified, the default type will be CUSTOMIZED.
+    },
+  },
+  "toolGenerationConfig": { # The configuration to be used to generate a tool. # Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the tool.
+    "context": "A String", # Optional. The context which describes the tool to be generated. This can be empty if the tool request & response are provided.
+    "fileContexts": [ # Optional. The files to be used as context.
+      { # Files to be used as context. Files can be provided as raw bytes.
+        "fileBytes": { # File provided as raw bytes. # Optional. File provided as raw bytes.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the file.
+          "fileName": "A String", # Required. The name of the file provided as raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "openApiToolsetGenerationConfig": { # The configuration to be used to generate an Open API schema. # Optional. The configuration to be used to generate an Open API schema.
+      "operationGenerationConfigs": [ # Required. The list of operations to be added to the Open API schema.
+        { # The configuration to be used to generate an operation in the Open API schema.
+          "method": "A String", # Required. The uri of the tool. This should include query and path parameters if any.
+          "path": "A String", # Required. The path of the tool to be appended to the base uri. This should include query and path parameters if any.
+          "requestJson": "A String", # Required. A sample request to the tool in JSON format. Skip if the tool does not support request body.
+          "responseJson": "A String", # Required. A sample response from the tool in JSON format.
+        },
+      ],
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The base uri of the tool.
+    },
+  },
+  "toolset": { # A toolset represents a group of dynamically managed tools that can be used by the agent. # The toolset resource to be used by the LLM assistant, can be empty for generating a new toolset.
+    "connectorToolset": { # A toolset that generates tools from an Integration Connectors Connection. # Optional. A toolset that generates tools from an Integration Connectors Connection.
+      "authConfig": { # End-user authentication configuration used for Connection calls. The field values must be the names of context variables in the format `$context.variables.`. # Optional. Configures how authentication is handled in Integration Connectors. By default, an admin authentication is passed in the Integration Connectors API requests. You can override it with a different end-user authentication config. **Note**: The Connection must have authentication override enabled in order to specify an EUC configuration here - otherwise, the Toolset creation will fail. See: https://cloud.google.com/application-integration/docs/configure-connectors-task#configure-authentication-override
+        "oauth2AuthCodeConfig": { # Oauth 2.0 Authorization Code authentication configuration. # Oauth 2.0 Authorization Code authentication.
+          "oauthToken": "A String", # Required. Oauth token parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+        "oauth2JwtBearerConfig": { # JWT Profile Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant authentication configuration. # JWT Profile Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant authentication.
+          "clientKey": "A String", # Required. Client parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+          "issuer": "A String", # Required. Issuer parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+          "subject": "A String", # Required. Subject parameter name to pass through. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+      },
+      "connection": "A String", # Required. The full resource name of the referenced Integration Connectors Connection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}`
+      "connectorActions": [ # Required. The list of connector actions/entity operations to generate tools for.
+        { # Configuration of an Action for the tool to use. Note: This can be either an Action or an Operation. See https://cloud.google.com/integration-connectors/docs/entities-operation-action for details.
+          "connectionActionId": "A String", # ID of a Connection action for the tool to use.
+          "entityOperation": { # Entity CRUD operation specification. # Entity operation configuration for the tool to use.
+            "entityId": "A String", # Required. ID of the entity.
+            "operation": "A String", # Required. Operation to perform on the entity.
+          },
+          "inputFields": [ # Optional. Entity fields to use as inputs for the operation. If no fields are specified, all fields of the Entity will be used.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "outputFields": [ # Optional. Entity fields to return from the operation. If no fields are specified, all fields of the Entity will be returned.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the toolset was created.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the toolset.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the toolset. Must be unique within the same app.
+    "etag": "A String", # ETag used to ensure the object hasn't changed during a read-modify-write operation. If the etag is empty, the update will overwrite any concurrent changes.
+    "executionType": "A String", # Optional. The execution type of the tools in the toolset.
+    "mcpToolset": { # A toolset that contains a list of tools that are offered by the MCP server. # Optional. A toolset that contains a list of tools that are offered by the MCP server.
+      "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to access tools and execute a tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with API key. # Optional. Config for API key auth.
+          "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+          "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        },
+        "bearerTokenConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with a bearer token. # Optional. Config for bearer token auth.
+          "token": "A String", # Required. The bearer token. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+        "oauthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with OAuth. # Optional. Config for OAuth.
+          "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+          "clientSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+        },
+        "serviceAccountAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication using a custom service account. # Optional. Config for service account authentication.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. If not specified, the default scope `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform` is used.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The email address of the service account used for authentication. CES uses this service account to exchange an access token and the access token is then sent in the `Authorization` header of the request. The service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator` role granted to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+        },
+        "serviceAgentIdTokenAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. # Optional. Config for ID token auth generated from CES service agent.
+        },
+      },
+      "customHeaders": { # Optional. The custom headers to send in the request to the MCP server. The values must be in the format `$context.variables.` and can be set in the session variables. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/customer-engagement-ai/conversational-agents/ps/tool/open-api#openapi-injection for more details.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "serverAddress": "A String", # Required. The address of the MCP server, for example, "https://example.com/mcp/". If the server is built with the MCP SDK, the url should be suffixed with "/mcp/". Only Streamable HTTP transport based servers are supported. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-03-26/basic/transports#streamable-http for more details.
+      "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration for VPC-SC, used to resolve service names within a perimeter.
+        "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}`. Location of the service directory must be the same as the location of the app.
+      },
+      "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. The TLS configuration. Includes the custom server certificates that the client should trust.
+        "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+          { # The CA certificate.
+            "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, CES will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The unique identifier of the toolset. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}`
+    "openApiToolset": { # A toolset that contains a list of tools that are defined by an OpenAPI schema. # Optional. A toolset that contains a list of tools that are defined by an OpenAPI schema.
+      "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with API key. # Optional. Config for API key auth.
+          "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+          "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        },
+        "bearerTokenConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with a bearer token. # Optional. Config for bearer token auth.
+          "token": "A String", # Required. The bearer token. Must be in the format `$context.variables.`.
+        },
+        "oauthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with OAuth. # Optional. Config for OAuth.
+          "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+          "clientSecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}` Note: You should grant `roles/secretmanager.secretAccessor` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+        },
+        "serviceAccountAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication using a custom service account. # Optional. Config for service account authentication.
+          "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. If not specified, the default scope `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform` is used.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. The email address of the service account used for authentication. CES uses this service account to exchange an access token and the access token is then sent in the `Authorization` header of the request. The service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator` role granted to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.
+        },
+        "serviceAgentIdTokenAuthConfig": { # Configurations for authentication with [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. # Optional. Config for ID token auth generated from CES service agent.
+        },
+      },
+      "ignoreUnknownFields": True or False, # Optional. If true, the agent will ignore unknown fields in the API response for all operations defined in the OpenAPI schema.
+      "openApiSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema of the toolset.
+      "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+        "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}`. Location of the service directory must be the same as the location of the app.
+      },
+      "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. The TLS configuration. Includes the custom server certificates
+        "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+          { # The CA certificate.
+            "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, CES will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+            "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "url": "A String", # Optional. The server URL of the Open API schema. This field is only set in toolsets in the environment dependencies during the export process if the schema contains a server url. During the import process, if this url is present in the environment dependencies and the schema has the $env_var placeholder, it will replace the placeholder in the schema.
+    },
+    "toolFakeConfig": { # Configuration for tool behavior in fake mode. # Optional. Configuration for tools behavior in fake mode.
+      "codeBlock": { # A code block to be executed instead of a real tool call. # Optional. Code block which will be executed instead of a real tool call.
+        "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. Python code which will be invoked in tool fake mode. Expected Python function signature - To catch all tool calls: def fake_tool_call(tool: Tool, input: dict[str, Any], callback_context: CallbackContext) -> Optional[dict[str, Any]]: To catch a specific tool call: def fake_{tool_id}(tool: Tool, input: dict[str, Any], callback_context: CallbackContext) -> Optional[dict[str, Any]]: If the function returns None, the real tool will be invoked instead.
+      },
+      "enableFakeMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is using fake mode.
+    },
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the toolset was last updated.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets details of the specified app.
@@ -725,7 +1546,7 @@ 

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -737,9 +1558,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1084,7 +1905,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1096,9 +1917,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1352,7 +2173,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1364,9 +2185,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1599,7 +2420,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1611,9 +2432,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html index af5f7cde1f..dc5da4701d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@

Instance Methods

runSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent within a session.

+

+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.

Method Details

close() @@ -130,6 +133,276 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession. "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session. "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}` + "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession. + "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "inputAudioConfig": { # InputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should interpret the incoming audio data. # Optional. Configuration for processing the input audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the input audio data. + "noiseSuppressionLevel": "A String", # Optional. Whether to enable noise suppression on the input audio. Available values are "low", "moderate", "high", "very_high". + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the input audio data. + }, + "outputAudioConfig": { # OutputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should synthesize outgoing audio responses. # Optional. Configuration for generating the output audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the output audio data. + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the output audio data. + }, + "remoteDialogflowQueryParameters": { # [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. # Optional. [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. The end user metadata to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "payload": { # Optional. The payload to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "webhookHeaders": { # Optional. The HTTP headers to be sent as webhook_headers in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone of the user. If provided, the agent will use the time zone for date and time related variables. Otherwise, the agent will use the time zone specified in the App.time_zone_settings. The format is the IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/Los_Angeles". + "useToolFakes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use tool fakes for the session. If this field is set, the agent will attempt use tool fakes instead of calling the real tools. + }, + "inputs": [ # Required. Inputs for the session. + { # Input for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Optional. Audio data from the end user. + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "dtmf": "A String", # Optional. DTMF digits from the end user. + "event": { # Event input. # Optional. Event input. + "event": "A String", # Required. The name of the event. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data from the end user. + "toolResponses": { # Execution results for the requested tool calls from the client. # Optional. Execution results for the tool calls from the client. + "toolResponses": [ # Optional. The list of tool execution results. + { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "variables": { # Optional. Contextual variables for the session, keyed by name. Only variables declared in the app will be used by the CES agent. Unrecognized variables will still be sent to the Dialogflow agent as additional session parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. A flag to indicate if the current message is a fragment of a larger input in the bidi streaming session. When set to `true`, the agent defers processing until it receives a subsequent message where `will_continue` is `false`, or until the system detects an endpoint in the audio input. NOTE: This field does not apply to audio and DTMF inputs, as they are always processed automatically based on the endpointing signal. + }, + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response message for SessionService.RunSession. + "outputs": [ # Outputs for the session. + { # Output for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Output audio from the CES agent. + "citations": { # Citations associated with the agent response. # Citations that provide the source information for the agent's generated text. + "citedChunks": [ # List of cited pieces of information. + { # Piece of cited information. + "text": "A String", # Text used for citation. + "title": "A String", # Title of the cited document. + "uri": "A String", # URI used for citation. + }, + ], + }, + "diagnosticInfo": { # Contains execution details during the processing. # Optional. Diagnostic information contains execution details during the processing of the input. Only populated in the last SessionOutput (with `turn_completed=true`) for each turn. + "messages": [ # List of the messages that happened during the processing. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "rootSpan": { # A span is a unit of work or a single operation during the request processing. # A trace of the entire request processing, represented as a root span. This span can contain nested child spans for specific operations. + "attributes": { # Output only. Key-value attributes associated with the span. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "childSpans": [ # Output only. The child spans that are nested under this span. + # Object with schema name: Span + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the span. + "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of the span. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the span. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of the span. + }, + }, + "endSession": { # Indicates the session has terminated, due to either successful completion (e.g. user says "Good bye!" ) or an agent escalation. The agent will not process any further inputs after session is terminated and the client should half-close and disconnect after receiving all remaining responses from the agent. # Indicates the session has ended. + "metadata": { # Optional. Provides additional information about the end session signal, such as the reason for ending the session. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "googleSearchSuggestions": { # Search suggestions from Google Search Tool. # The suggestions returned from Google Search as a result of invoking the GoogleSearchTool. + "htmls": [ # Compliant HTML and CSS styling for search suggestions. The provided HTML and CSS automatically adapts to your device settings, displaying in either light or dark mode indicated by `@media(prefers-color-scheme)`. + "A String", + ], + "webSearchQueries": [ # List of queries used to perform the google search along with the search result URIs forming the search suggestions. + { # Represents a single web search query and its associated search uri. + "query": "A String", # The search query text. + "uri": "A String", # The URI to the Google Search results page for the query. + }, + ], + }, + "payload": { # Custom payload with structured output from the CES agent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Output text from the CES agent. + "toolCalls": { # Request for the client to execute the tools and return the execution results before continuing the session. # Request for the client to execute the tools. + "toolCalls": [ # Optional. The list of tool calls to execute. + { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "turnCompleted": True or False, # If true, the CES agent has detected the end of the current conversation turn and will provide no further output for this turn. + "turnIndex": 42, # Indicates the sequential order of conversation turn to which this output belongs to, starting from 1. + }, + ], +}
+
+ +
+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.
+
+Args:
+  session: string, Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession.
+  "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session.
+    "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.
     "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
     "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state.
       { # A message within a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
index 36724936f6..edf52d8014 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
@@ -516,7 +516,12 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -976,7 +981,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1462,7 +1472,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1935,7 +1950,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2412,7 +2432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2872,7 +2897,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index 78e8bde783..8e83dfe6ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1432,7 +1432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index d4e9b0b015..ac6cedaab0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -352,9 +352,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1047,7 +1047,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1466,7 +1471,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -1478,9 +1483,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -2173,7 +2178,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2617,7 +2627,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -2629,9 +2639,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -3324,7 +3334,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -3755,7 +3770,7 @@

Method Details

"languageSettings": { # Language settings of the app. # Optional. Language settings of the app. "defaultLanguageCode": "A String", # Optional. The default language code of the app. "enableMultilingualSupport": True or False, # Optional. Enables multilingual support. If true, agents in the app will use pre-built instructions to improve handling of multilingual input. - "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. + "fallbackAction": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as "escalate" or "exit", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # Optional. List of languages codes supported by the app, in addition to the `default_language_code`. "A String", ], @@ -3767,9 +3782,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -4462,7 +4477,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.html index a56f6191ed..55e798122b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the security settings for the project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index ba1a8bc433..ae1c354dfb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -2942,9 +2942,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -3202,7 +3202,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -5143,7 +5143,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -5978,9 +5978,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -6256,7 +6256,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -7120,7 +7120,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -8197,7 +8197,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -9032,9 +9032,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -9298,7 +9298,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -10162,7 +10162,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -11239,7 +11239,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -12074,9 +12074,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -12345,7 +12345,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -13209,7 +13209,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -14286,7 +14286,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -15121,9 +15121,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -15375,7 +15375,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -16239,7 +16239,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -17316,7 +17316,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -18151,9 +18151,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -18405,7 +18405,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -19269,7 +19269,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -20346,7 +20346,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -21181,9 +21181,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -21435,7 +21435,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -22299,7 +22299,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -23376,7 +23376,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -24211,9 +24211,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html index cf1cdc4c43..01e2fefa6d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -3057,9 +3057,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -3306,7 +3306,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -4170,7 +4170,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -5247,7 +5247,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -6082,9 +6082,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -6331,7 +6331,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -7195,7 +7195,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -8272,7 +8272,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -9107,9 +9107,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -9354,7 +9354,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -10218,7 +10218,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -11295,7 +11295,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -12130,9 +12130,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -12375,7 +12375,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -13239,7 +13239,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -14316,7 +14316,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -15151,9 +15151,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -15396,7 +15396,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -16260,7 +16260,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -17337,7 +17337,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -18172,9 +18172,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -18834,7 +18834,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -19698,7 +19698,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -20775,7 +20775,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -21610,9 +21610,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -21859,7 +21859,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -22723,7 +22723,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -23800,7 +23800,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -24635,9 +24635,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -24884,7 +24884,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -25748,7 +25748,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -26825,7 +26825,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -27660,9 +27660,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -27907,7 +27907,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -28771,7 +28771,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -29848,7 +29848,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -30683,9 +30683,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -30928,7 +30928,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -31792,7 +31792,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -32869,7 +32869,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -33704,9 +33704,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). @@ -33949,7 +33949,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -34813,7 +34813,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -35890,7 +35890,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Optional. An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Chat apps can create cards with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app). As part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), it can create card messages. If your Chat app is not part of Developer Preview Program, it can't create cards with user authentication. To learn how to create a message that contains cards, see [Send a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -36725,9 +36725,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. - "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). + "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message). diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html index b00ac830d6..b363a6de3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Chat API . users

Instance Methods

+

+ sections() +

+

Returns the sections Resource.

+

spaces()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63314e4479 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.html @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ + + + +

Google Chat API . users . sections

+

Instance Methods

+

+ items() +

+

Returns the items Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a section in Google Chat. Sections help users group conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be created. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a section of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. If the section contains items, such as spaces, the items are moved to Google Chat's default sections and are not deleted. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists sections available to the Chat user. Sections help users group their conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates a section. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be updated. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

+ position(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Changes the sort order of a section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a section in Google Chat. Sections help users group conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be created. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name where the section is created. Format: `users/{user}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a section of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. If the section contains items, such as spaces, the items are moved to Google Chat's default sections and are not deleted. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the section to delete. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists sections available to the Chat user. Sections help users group their conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which is the user resource name that owns this collection of sections. Only supports listing sections for the calling user. To refer to the calling user, set one of the following: - The `me` alias. For example, `users/me`. - Their Workspace email address. For example, `users/user@example.com`. - Their user id. For example, `users/123456789`. Format: `users/{user}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of sections to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 sections will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous list sections call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "sections": [ # The sections from the specified user.
+    { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+      "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates a section. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be updated. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to specify which fields to update. Currently supported field paths: - `display_name`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+ +
+ position(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Changes the sort order of a section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the section to position. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "relativePosition": "A String", # Optional. The relative position of the section in the list of sections.
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Optional. The absolute position of the section in the list of sections. The position must be greater than 0. If the position is greater than the number of sections, the section will be appended to the end of the list. This operation inserts the section at the given position and shifts the original section at that position, and those below it, to the next position.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "section": { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The updated section.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+    "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.items.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.items.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a17017ca4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.items.html @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + +

Google Chat API . users . sections . items

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists items in a section. Only spaces can be section items. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Moves an item from one section to another. For example, if a section contains spaces, this method can be used to move a space to a different section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists items in a section. Only spaces can be section items. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which is the section resource name that owns this collection of section items. Only supports listing section items for the calling user. When you're filtering by space, use the wildcard `-` to search across all sections. For example, `users/{user}/sections/-`. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A query filter. Currently only supports filtering by space. For example, `space = spaces/{space}`. Invalid queries are rejected with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of section items to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 section items will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous list section items call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing section items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "sectionItems": [ # The section items from the specified section.
+    { # A user's defined section item. This is used to represent section items, such as spaces, grouped under a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the section item. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`
+      "space": "A String", # Optional. The space resource name. Format: `spaces/{space}`
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Moves an item from one section to another. For example, if a section contains spaces, this method can be used to move a space to a different section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the section item to move. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for moving a section item across sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "targetSection": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the section to move the section item to. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for moving a section item. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "sectionItem": { # A user's defined section item. This is used to represent section items, such as spaces, grouped under a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The updated section item.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the section item. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`
+    "space": "A String", # Optional. The space resource name. Format: `spaces/{space}`
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html index 0286e8b3d2..e8fe13c42d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html index 58cd38ee5a..64b8545813 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html index e85cac0b6b..10910d9d04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html index 3016d77ae4..1ebef9f0e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html index f541d0d6d7..7fb87522e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo. "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge. { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field. "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply. - "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported. + "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities. "A String", ], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html index 429d054f12..e4525c2368 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the skus Resource.

+

+ v1beta() +

+

Returns the v1beta Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html index 13c6dec090..7283df3889 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- estimateCostScenario(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Estimate list prices using a `CostScenario` without a defined `billingAccount`.

+ generateInsights(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Analyzes cost data for a billing account and/or specific projects. Returns a natural language summary and supporting datasets.

Method Details

close() @@ -87,354 +87,26 @@

Method Details

- estimateCostScenario(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Estimate list prices using a `CostScenario` without a defined `billingAccount`.
+    generateInsights(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Analyzes cost data for a billing account and/or specific projects. Returns a natural language summary and supporting datasets.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Request for EstimateCostScenarioWithListPrice.
-  "costScenario": { # Encapsulates all the information needed to perform a cost estimate. It includes a specification of the Google Cloud usage whose costs are estimated, and configuration options. # The scenario to estimate costs for.
-    "commitments": [ # New commitments to estimate the costs for. The cost of the commitments will be included in the estimate result and discounts the commitment entitles will be included in the workload cost estimates. A maximum of 100 workloads can be provided.
-      { # Commitments give you the ability to pay a recurring fee in exchange for a benefit, such as a discount for your use. For example, this object might contain details of a [spend-based committed use discount (CUD)](https://cloud.google.com/docs/cuds#spend_based_commitments). Within a CostScenario, adding a commitment includes the cost of the commitment and any discounts.
-        "name": "A String", # Required. A name for this commitment. All commitments in a CostScenario must have unique names. Each name may be at most 128 characters long.
-        "vmResourceBasedCud": { # Specifies a resource-based committed use discount (CUD). # A resource-based committed use discount (CUD).
-          "guestAccelerator": { # Specification of a set of guest accelerators attached to a machine. # Guest accelerator, known as GPU.
-            "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to each instance.
-            "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of the guest accelerator cards. For example: "nvidia-tesla-t4".
-          },
-          "machineSeries": "A String", # The machine series for CUD. For example: "n1" for general purpose N1 machine type commitments. "n2" for general purpose N2 machine type commitments. "e2" for general purpose E2 machine type commitments. "n2d" for general purpose N2D machine type commitments. "t2d" for general purpose T2D machine type commitments. "c2"/"c2d" for compute-optimized commitments. "m1"/"m2" for the memory-optimized commitments. "a2' for the accelerator-optimized commitments.
-          "memorySizeGb": 3.14, # Memory size of the VM in GB (2^30 bytes). Must be an increment of 0.25 (256 MB).
-          "plan": "A String", # Commitment usage plan.
-          "region": "A String", # The region where the VM runs. For example: "us-central1"
-          "virtualCpuCount": "A String", # The number of vCPUs. The number of vCPUs must be an integer of 0 or more and can be even or odd.
-        },
-      },
-    ],
-    "scenarioConfig": { # Configuration for a CostScenario. Specifies how costs are calculated. # Configuration for the scenario.
-      "estimateDuration": "A String", # Time frame for the estimate. Workloads must specify usage for this duration. Duration must be at least 1 hour (3,600 seconds) and at most 10 years (315,360,000 seconds). The calculations for years and months are based on a 730-hour (2,628,000-second) month. For durations longer than one month (2,628,000 seconds), the duration is rounded up to the next month, so the estimate shows you the costs for full months. For example, a duration of 3,232,800 seconds (roughly 5 weeks) is rounded up to 2 months.
+{ # Request for GenerateInsights.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filters cost data by service id. Follows https://google.aip.dev/160 for the filter syntax. eg. filter: "service = 'C7E2-9256-1C43'"
+  "overriddenMaxIterationCounts": 42, # Optional. Overrides the maximum iterations for any selected strategy.
+  "parents": [ # Optional. The billing account or projects to analyze.
+    { # Specifies a Billing data resource that can be used for authorization to access billing data.
+      "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. If not provided the billing account currently associated with the resource will be used.
+      "resource": "A String", # Required. Resource name for an entitity that can be used for authorization to access billing data such as `projects/{project}` or `billingAccounts/{billing_account}`
     },
-    "workloads": [ # The Google Cloud usage whose costs are estimated. A maximum of 100 workloads can be provided.
-      { # Specifies usage on a single Google Cloud product over a time frame. Each Google Cloud product has its own message, containing specific product configuration parameters of the product usage amounts along each dimension in which the product is billed.
-        "cloudCdnEgressWorkload": { # Specifies usage for Cloud CDN Data Transfer. # Usage on Google Cloud CDN Data Transfer.
-          "cacheEgressDestination": "A String", # The destination for the cache data transfer.
-          "cacheEgressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Cache data transfer usage. The rate of data cache transferred to the destination. Use units such as GiBy/s or TiBy/mo, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-        "cloudCdnWorkload": { # Specifies usage for Cloud CDN resources. # Usage on Google Cloud CDN.
-          "cacheFillOriginService": "A String", # The source service for the cache fill.
-          "cacheFillRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Cache fill usage. The rate of data transferred between cache fill regions. For example: units such as "GiBy/s" or "TBy/mo".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "cacheFillRegions": { # Specifies the regions for Cache Fill. # The regions where data is transferred from Google data locations into Google global cache servers. The SKU prices for cache fill across services are the same.
-            "destinationRegion": "A String", # The destination region for cache fill.
-            "sourceRegion": "A String", # The source region for cache fill.
-          },
-          "cacheLookUpRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Cache look up requests. This is specified to indicate the number of requests. For example: units such as "1/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-        "cloudInterconnectEgressWorkload": { # Includes the estimate for Interconnect Data Transfer only. To specify usage for data transfer between VMs and internet end-points, use the Standard Tier Internet Data Transfer interface. # Usage on Google Cloud Interconnect Data Transfer.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Outbound data transfer usage. This usage applies when you move or copy data from one Google Cloud service to another service. The units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "interconnectConnectionLocation": "A String", # Locations in the [Interconnect connection location table](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/network-pricing#interconnect-pricing). These are the Interconnect Data Transfer charges.
-        },
-        "cloudInterconnectWorkload": { # Specifies usage for Cloud Interconnect resources. # Usage on Google Cloud Interconnect.
-          "interconnectAttachments": [ # VLAN attachment used for interconnect.
-            { # VLAN attachment for Cloud Interconnect.
-              "bandwidth": "A String", # Capacities in the [pricing table](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/network-pricing#interconnect-pricing) Examples of capacity are: 50/100/200/300/400/500-Mbps, 1/2/5/10/20/50-Gbps.
-              "vlanCount": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VLAN usage. This is specified as a unitless quantity which indicates the number of VLAN attachment used in interconnect.
-                "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                  "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                  "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                    { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                      "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                        "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                      },
-                      "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              },
-            },
-          ],
-          "interconnectType": "A String", # VLAN attachment type
-          "linkType": "A String", # Interconnect circuit link type.
-          "provisionedLinkCount": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Interconnect usage. This is specified as a unitless quantity which indicates the number of circuit provisioned in interconnect.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-        "cloudStorageEgressWorkload": { # Specification of a network type. Network data transfer within Google Cloud applies when you move or copy data from one Cloud Storage bucket to another or when another Google Cloud service accesses data in your Cloud Storage bucket.This includes the network data transfer within Google Cloud and the general network usage. * If transferring data between two regions, the source and destination fields are set to different values. For example: `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_SOUTH_AMERICA". * If transferring data within one region, the source and destination fields are set to the same value. For example: `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC". Some examples for the Network data transfer traffic type on the pricing page. * Data moves between different locations on the same continent. `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC". * Data moves between different continents and neither is Australia. `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_NORTH_AMERICA", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC". * Data moves between different continents and one is Australia. `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_NORTH_AMERICA", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_AUSTRALIA". # Usage on Cloud Storage Data Transfer.
-          "destinationContinent": "A String", # Where the data is sent to.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Data transfer usage rate. This usage applies when you move or copy data from one Cloud Storage bucket to another or when another Google Cloud service accesses data in your Cloud Storage bucket. The expected units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "sourceContinent": "A String", # Where the data comes from.
-        },
-        "cloudStorageWorkload": { # Specifies usage of Cloud Storage resources. # Usage on Google Cloud Storage.
-          "dataRetrieval": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Data retrieval usage. A retrieval cost applies when data or metadata is read, copied, or rewritten . For example: units such as "GiB/s" or "B/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "dataStored": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Data storage usage. The amount of data stored in buckets. For example: units such as GiBy/s or TiBy/mo, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "dualRegion": { # Area contains dual locations. # Specify dual regions.
-            "name": "A String", # The [location name](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations) where the data is stored. For example: "asia1" for dual region.
-          },
-          "multiRegion": { # Area contains multiple locations. # Specify multi regions.
-            "name": "A String", # The [location name](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations) where the data is stored. For example: "us" for multi-region.
-          },
-          "operationA": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Class A operation usage in Cloud Storage, such as listing the objects in buckets. See the [operations pricing](https://cloud.google.com/storage/pricing#operations-pricing) tables for a list of which operations fall into each class. For example: units such as "1/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "operationB": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Class B operation usage in Cloud Storage, such as `getIamPolicy`. See the [operations pricing](https://cloud.google.com/storage/pricing#operations-pricing) tables for a list of which operations fall into each class. For example: units such as "1/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "region": { # Area contains only one location. # Specify a single region.
-            "name": "A String", # The [location name](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations). For example: "us-central1" for region.
-          },
-          "storageClass": "A String", # The [storage class](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/storage-classes#classes) of the data and operation. For example: "standard" and "nearline".
-        },
-        "computeVmWorkload": { # Specificies usage of a set of identical compute VM instances. # Usage of a Google Compute Engine Virtual Machine.
-          "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether each instance has confidential compute enabled.
-          "guestAccelerator": { # Specification of a set of guest accelerators attached to a machine. # Guest accelerators attached to each machine.
-            "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to each instance.
-            "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of the guest accelerator cards. For example: "nvidia-tesla-t4".
-          },
-          "instancesRunning": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VM usage. This is specified as a unitless quantity which indicates the number of instances running.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "licenses": [ # Premium image licenses used by each instance.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "machineType": { # Specification of machine series, memory, and number of vCPUs. # The machine type.
-            "customMachineType": { # Specification of a custom machine type.
-              "machineSeries": "A String", # Required. The machine series. Only certain [machine series](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/general-purpose-machines#custom_machine_types) support custom configurations. For example: "n1".
-              "memorySizeGb": 3.14, # Required. Memory size of the VM in GB (2^30 bytes). Must be an increment of 0.25 (256 MB). Each [machine series](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types#machine_type_comparison) has limitations on allowed values for the ratio of memory-to-vCPU count.
-              "virtualCpuCount": "A String", # Required. The number of vCPUs. The allowed values depend on the [machine series](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types#machine_type_comparison).
-            },
-            "predefinedMachineType": { # Specification of a predefined machine type.
-              "machineType": "A String", # The [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). For example: "n1-standard1".
-            },
-          },
-          "persistentDisks": [ # Persistent disks attached to each instance. Must include a boot disk.
-            { # Specification of a persistent disk attached to a VM.
-              "diskSize": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Specifies the size of disk. Must be at least 10 GB.
-                "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                  "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                  "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                    { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                      "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                        "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                      },
-                      "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              },
-              "diskType": "A String", # The [disk type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types). For example: "pd-standard".
-              "provisionedIops": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk for extreme persistent disks. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000.
-                "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                  "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                  "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                    { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                      "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                        "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                      },
-                      "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              },
-              "scope": "A String", # The geographic scope of the disk. Defaults to `SCOPE_ZONAL` if not specified.
-            },
-          ],
-          "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether each instance is preemptible.
-          "region": "A String", # The [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) where the VMs run. For example: "us-central1".
-        },
-        "name": "A String", # Required. A name for this workload. All workloads in a `CostScenario` must have a unique `name`. Each `name` may be at most 128 characters long.
-        "premiumTierEgressWorkload": { # Specify a Premium Tier Internet Data Transfer networking workload. # Usage on Premium Tier Internet Data Transfer.
-          "destinationContinent": "A String", # Where the data is sent to.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Premium Tier Data Transfer usage. The expected units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "sourceRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data comes from.
-        },
-        "standardTierEgressWorkload": { # Specify Standard Tier Internet Data Transfer. # Usage on Standard Tier Internet Data Transfer.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Standard Tier Data Transfer usage. The expected units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on the [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "sourceRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data is transferred from.
-        },
-        "vmToVmEgressWorkload": { # Specify VM to VM data transfer. # Usage on VM to VM Data Transfer.
-          "interRegionEgress": { # Data transfer between two regions.
-            "destinationRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data is transferred to.
-            "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VM to VM data transfer usage. The expected units such are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on.
-              "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                  { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                    "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                      "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                    },
-                    "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-            },
-            "sourceRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data is transferred from.
-          },
-          "intraRegionEgress": { # Data transfer within the same region. When the source region and destination region are in the same zone, using internal IP addresses, there isn't any charge for data transfer.
-            "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VM to VM data transfer usage. The expected are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on.
-              "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                  { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                    "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                      "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                    },
-                    "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        },
-      },
-    ],
+  ],
+  "prompt": "A String", # Required. The natural language prompt from the user.
+  "userContext": { # Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role). # Optional. Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role).
+    "persona": "A String", # Optional. The user's persona (e.g., FinOps Manager, Developer).
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The user's role (e.g., Billing Admin, Project Owner, etc.).
   },
 }
 
@@ -446,184 +118,124 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response for EstimateCostScenarioWithListPrice - "costEstimationResult": { # The result of a estimating the costs of a `CostScenario`. # The result of the cost estimation. - "currencyCode": "A String", # Required. The ISO 4217 currency code for the cost estimate. - "segmentCostEstimates": [ # Required. Estimated costs for each idealized month of a `CostScenario`. - { # Workload cost estimates for a single time segment. - "commitmentCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each commitment. - { # Estimated cost for a commitment. - "commitmentTotalCostEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # Total estimated costs for the commitment. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. - }, - ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - }, - "name": "A String", # The name of the commitment, as specified in the `CostScenario`. - "skuCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each SKU in the commitment. - { # Estimated cost for usage on a SKU. - "costEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # The estimated cost for the usage on this SKU. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. - }, - ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - }, - "sku": "A String", # The resource name for the SKU. Example: "services/DA34-426B-A397/skus/AA95-CD31-42FE" More information about the SKU can be found in the `skus` field of the `CostEstimationResult`. - "usageAmount": 3.14, # The amount of usage on this SKU. - "usageUnit": "A String", # The unit for the usage on this SKU. - }, - ], - }, - ], - "segmentStartTime": { # Represents a point in time. # Timestamp for the start of the segment. - "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate. - }, - "segmentTotalCostEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # Total estimated costs for the time segment. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. + { # Response for GenerateInsights. + "finalResult": { # Encapsulates all structured data and the completed summary. # Output only. The final structured results and metadata. Usually sent as the final message in the stream. + "dataSets": [ # Output only. Data sets used to support the insights, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts). + { # A dataset used to support an insight, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts). + "billingData": { # Encapsulates billing data. # Output only. Actual billing data returned from the Data Mart. Uses the formal message from the Billing Data Service. + "columnInfo": [ # Information about columns. + { # Represents a column header. + "column": "A String", # Name of the column. }, ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - }, - "workloadCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each workload. - { # Estimated cost for a workload. - "name": "A String", # The name of the workload, as specified in the `CostScenario`. - "skuCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each SKU in the workload. - { # Estimated cost for usage on a SKU. - "costEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # The estimated cost for the usage on this SKU. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + "rows": [ # Rows. + { # Represents a row in the query result. + "values": [ # Values for a row in the column order. + { # This is a copy of storage/googlesql/public/value.proto. ValueProto represents the serialized form of the googlesql::Value. The intention is to support multiple languages including Java and C++, so we must be sensitive to the distinction between Java Strings and byte arrays or ByteStrings. We also want to support use-cases which do not want to serialize a copy of the GoogleSQL type for every instance (which might be very repetitive). Therefore, unlike googlesql::Value, ValueProto does not carry full type information with every instance, and can only be fully interpreted with an associated TypeProto. + "ValueProtoSwitchMustHaveADefault": True or False, # User code that switches on this oneoff enum must have a default case so builds won't break when new fields are added. + "arrayValue": { # An ordered collection of elements of arbitrary count. # An array of value + "element": [ # The elements of the array. + # Object with schema name: ValueProto + ], + }, + "bignumericValue": "A String", # Encoded bignumeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for BigNumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes(). + "boolValue": True or False, # Primitive for bool. + "bytesValue": "A String", # Primitive for bytes. + "dateValue": 42, # Primitive for date. + "datetimeValue": { # A datetime value. # primitive for datetime + "bitFieldDatetimeSeconds": "A String", # Represents bit field encoding of year/month/day/hour/minute/second. See class DatetimeValue in civil_time.h for details of encoding. + "nanos": 42, # Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution. + }, + "doubleValue": 3.14, # Primitive for double. + "enumValue": 42, # Tag 11 was used for specifying micros timestamps as int64, now obsolete. + "floatValue": 3.14, # Primitive for float. + "geographyValue": "A String", # Geography encoded using ::stlib::STGeographyEncoder + "int32Value": 42, # Primitive value for int32. + "int64Value": "A String", # Primitive for int64. + "intervalValue": "A String", # Encoded interval value. For the encoding format see documentation for IntervalValue::SerializeAsBytes(). + "jsonValue": "A String", # Tag 22 was used for json value as bytes, now obsolete. Json value represented as a string document. + "mapValue": { # An unordered mapping from key to value, represented as a collection of map entries. # Encoded map value. See go/googlesql_map. + "entry": [ # Represents the map entries in the map. + { # A single entry in a Map, representing the mapping between `key` and `value`. + "key": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the serialized map key for the entry. + "value": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the serialized map value of the entry. }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. - }, - ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + ], }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + "numericValue": "A String", # Encoded numeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for NumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes(). + "protoValue": "A String", # Stores a serialized protocol message. + "rangeValue": { # A range of values, bounded by the values 'start' (inclusive) and 'end' (exclusive). A range has an element type, and values must be of this element type. A range is contiguous, ie it contains all values of the given element type starting at 'start' and ending before 'end'. A "null" value on start or end represents an unbounded start or end value respectively. Start and end values must always be present. # Encoded range value. See go/googlesql_range. + "end": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the end of the range. + "start": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the start of the range. }, - }, - "sku": "A String", # The resource name for the SKU. Example: "services/DA34-426B-A397/skus/AA95-CD31-42FE" More information about the SKU can be found in the `skus` field of the `CostEstimationResult`. - "usageAmount": 3.14, # The amount of usage on this SKU. - "usageUnit": "A String", # The unit for the usage on this SKU. - }, - ], - "workloadTotalCostEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # Total estimated costs for the workload. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + "stringValue": "A String", # Primitive for string. + "structValue": { # A collection of fields. The count, order, and type of the fields is determined by the type associated with this value. # A struct of values + "field": [ # The fields in the struct + # Object with schema name: ValueProto + ], }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. + "timeValue": "A String", # Bit field encoding of hour/minute/second/nanos. See TimeValue class for details. + "timestampPicoValue": "A String", # Encoded timestamp_pico value. For the encoding format see documentation for googlesql::TimestampPico::SerializeAsBytes(). + "timestampValue": "A String", # primitive for timestamp + "tokenlistValue": "A String", # Encoded tokenlist value. copybara:strip_begin(internal-comment) See //search/tokens:token_list. copybara:strip_end + "uint32Value": 42, # Primitive for uint32. + "uint64Value": "A String", # Primitive for uint64. + "uuidValue": "A String", # Encoded uuid value. For the encoding format see documentation for UuidValue::SerializeAsBytes(). }, ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, }, - }, - ], + ], + }, + "queryInfo": { # A local representation of the query used to fetch the data. This is used instead of the raw QueryBillingDataRequest to avoid pulling in Cloud Policy Enforcement (CPE) resource_type annotations into the response payload, which causes ESF validation failures. # Output only. The query used to fetch this data. + "columns": "A String", # The columns queried. + "filter": "A String", # The filter applied to the query. + "groupBy": "A String", # The group-by clause applied to the query. + "limit": 42, # The row limit applied to the query. + "orderBy": "A String", # The order-by clause applied to the query. + "parents": [ # The parents (e.g. projects, billing accounts) queried. + "A String", + ], + "view": "A String", # The view queried. + }, + "suggestedChart": { # A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering. # Output only. A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering. + "chartTitle": "A String", # The title of the chart. + "chartType": "A String", # The type of the chart. + "seriesField": "A String", # The field used for the series (e.g., color-coding). Optional, but recommended for time-series data. + "xAxisField": "A String", # The field used for the x-axis. + "xAxisLabel": "A String", # The label of the x-axis. + "yAxisField": "A String", # The field used for the y-axis. + "yAxisLabel": "A String", # The label of the y-axis. + }, }, ], - "skus": [ # Required. Information about SKUs used in the estimate. - { # Information about SKUs appearing in the cost estimate. - "displayName": "A String", # The display name for the SKU. Example: A2 Instance Core running in Americas - "prices": [ # A timeline of prices for a SKU in chronological order. Note: The API currently only supports using a constant price for the entire estimation time frame so this list will contain a single value. - { # The price of a SKU at a point int time. - "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The timestamp within the estimation time frame when the price was set. - "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate. - }, - "priceType": "A String", # The type of price. Possible values: "RATE" - "rate": { # A SKU price consisting of tiered rates. # A set of tiered rates. - "tiers": [ # The service tiers. - { # Pricing details for a service tier. - "price": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The price for this tier. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "startAmount": 3.14, # The magnitude of usage in which the tier interval begins. Example: "From 100 GiBi the price is $1 per byte" implies `start_amount` = 100 - }, - ], - "unit": "A String", # The SKU's pricing unit. For example, if the tier price is $1 per 1000000 Bytes, then this field will show 'By'. The `start_amount` field in each tier will be in this unit. - "unitCount": 3.14, # The SKU's count for the pricing unit. For example, if the tier price is $1 per 1000000 Bytes, then this column will show 1000000. - }, - }, - ], - "sku": "A String", # The resource name for the SKU. Example: "services/DA34-426B-A397/skus/AA95-CD31-42FE" + "fullAnalysis": "A String", # Output only. Contains the full natural language analysis, including thoughts, reasoning, and references. + "insights": [ # Output only. A list of discrete insights gleaned from the data. + { # e.g. insight: title: "Cost Increase (The Explanation)" description: "Your cost increase was driven by Vertex AI Online Prediction in us-central1..." severity: INFO + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the insight. + "severity": "A String", # Output only. The severity of the insight, used for UI rendering (e.g., color-coding). + "title": "A String", # Output only. The title of the insight. + }, + ], + "interopLinks": [ # Output only. Links to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports or BQE queries). + { # A link to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports, BQE queries). + "label": "A String", # Output only. The label of the link, suitable for UI rendering. + "linkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the interop link, e.g., "COST_REPORT", "BQE_QUERY", etc. + "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the link. }, ], + "suggestedQueries": [ # Output only. A list of suggested follow-up queries for the user. + { # A suggested follow-up query for the user. + "query": "A String", # The natural language query. + }, + ], + "summary": "A String", # Output only. The full natural language summary (re-sent for consistency). + }, + "rejection": { # Encapsulates details about why a request was rejected. # Output only. The request was rejected (e.g. out of scope). + "displayMessage": "A String", # Output only. A user-facing message explaining the rejection. + "reason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for the rejection. }, + "summaryChunk": "A String", # Output only. A chunk of the natural language summary (customer-facing). The UI can append these chunks to provide a real-time "typing" effect. + "thoughtChunk": "A String", # Output only. A chunk of the agent's internal reasoning process. The UI can use this to render a "Thinking..." log or status. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html index 02c7086e1b..fd24f87902 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html @@ -186,6 +186,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -264,6 +270,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -339,6 +349,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -616,6 +654,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -694,6 +738,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -769,6 +817,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1077,6 +1153,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1155,6 +1237,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1230,6 +1316,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1513,6 +1627,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1591,6 +1711,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1666,6 +1790,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html index b01df413bc..1369e52572 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html @@ -185,6 +185,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -263,6 +269,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -338,6 +348,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -615,6 +653,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -693,6 +737,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -768,6 +816,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1076,6 +1152,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1154,6 +1236,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1229,6 +1315,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1512,6 +1626,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1590,6 +1710,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1665,6 +1789,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 42c8c44ee6..a364db7cb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -174,6 +174,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -252,6 +258,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -327,6 +337,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -787,6 +825,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -865,6 +909,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -940,6 +988,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1428,6 +1504,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1506,6 +1588,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1581,6 +1667,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2053,6 +2167,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2131,6 +2251,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2206,6 +2330,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2683,6 +2835,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2761,6 +2919,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2836,6 +2998,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -3298,6 +3488,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -3376,6 +3572,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -3451,6 +3651,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html index 088aa158ca..98b5b8689e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html @@ -174,6 +174,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -252,6 +258,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -327,6 +337,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -787,6 +825,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -865,6 +909,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -940,6 +988,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1428,6 +1504,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1506,6 +1588,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1581,6 +1667,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2053,6 +2167,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2131,6 +2251,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2206,6 +2330,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2684,6 +2836,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2762,6 +2920,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2837,6 +2999,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -3297,6 +3487,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -3375,6 +3571,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -3450,6 +3650,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html index d038dfd4ea..812834db18 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.customTargetTypes.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.customTargetTypes.html
index 81b4f9b4ff..463fc7c17d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.customTargetTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.customTargetTypes.html
@@ -153,6 +153,36 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. } @@ -279,6 +309,36 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. }
@@ -389,6 +449,36 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. }, @@ -460,6 +550,36 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html index 434d3c5535..8667732ea0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html @@ -184,6 +184,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -191,33 +227,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -259,17 +431,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -414,6 +672,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -421,33 +715,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -489,17 +919,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -627,6 +1143,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -634,33 +1186,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -702,17 +1390,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -801,6 +1575,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -808,33 +1618,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], - }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. - "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. - "A String", - ], - }, + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. + "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -876,17 +1822,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -978,6 +2010,7 @@

Method Details

}, "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -999,6 +2032,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1009,15 +2078,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], @@ -1025,6 +2142,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1035,23 +2188,107 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], }, "deploymentJobs": { # Deployment job composition. # Output only. Deployment job composition. - "deployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase. + "analysisJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The analysis Job. Runs after a verify if there is a verify job and the verify job succeeds. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1062,20 +2299,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, - "postdeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The postdeploy Job, which is the last job on the phase. + "deployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1086,20 +2407,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, - "predeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The predeploy Job, which is the first job on the phase. + "postdeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The postdeploy Job, which is the last job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1110,20 +2515,212 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], - }, - "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. - "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. - }, - }, + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. + "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "predeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The predeploy Job, which is the first job on the phase. + "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. + }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. + }, + "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the Job. + "jobRun": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `JobRun` responsible for the most recent invocation of this Job. + "postdeployJob": { # A postdeploy Job. # Output only. A postdeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. + "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "verifyJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The verify Job. Runs after a deploy if the deploy succeeds. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1134,15 +2731,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, }, @@ -1209,6 +2854,7 @@

Method Details

}, "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -1230,6 +2876,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1240,15 +2922,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], @@ -1256,6 +2986,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1266,23 +3032,215 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], }, "deploymentJobs": { # Deployment job composition. # Output only. Deployment job composition. + "analysisJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The analysis Job. Runs after a verify if there is a verify job and the verify job succeeds. + "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. + }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. + }, + "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the Job. + "jobRun": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `JobRun` responsible for the most recent invocation of this Job. + "postdeployJob": { # A postdeploy Job. # Output only. A postdeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. + "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "deployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1293,20 +3251,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "postdeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The postdeploy Job, which is the last job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1317,20 +3359,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "predeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The predeploy Job, which is the first job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1341,20 +3467,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "verifyJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The verify Job. Runs after a deploy if the deploy succeeds. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -1365,15 +3575,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html index a3348172d2..8712df6567 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html @@ -233,6 +233,36 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. }, @@ -284,6 +314,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -291,33 +357,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -359,17 +561,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -415,6 +703,8 @@

Method Details

"failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the render failure, if available. "metadata": { # RenderMetadata includes information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata related to the `Release` render for this Target. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunRenderMetadata contains Cloud Run information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for Cloud Run. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Job in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job}`. + "revision": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Revision in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "workerPool": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Worker Pool in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. }, @@ -423,6 +713,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "kubernetes": { # KubernetesRenderMetadata contains Kubernetes information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for a Kubernetes cluster (GKE or GKE Enterprise target). + "canaryDeployment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the canary version of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a canary deployment strategy was configured. + "deployment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a single Deployment was provided in the rendered manifest. + "kubernetesNamespace": "A String", # Output only. Namespace the Kubernetes resources will be applied to in the GKE cluster. Only set if applying resources to a single namespace. + }, }, "renderingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "renderingState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation for this Target. @@ -662,6 +957,36 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. }, @@ -713,6 +1038,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -720,33 +1081,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -788,17 +1285,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -844,6 +1427,8 @@

Method Details

"failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the render failure, if available. "metadata": { # RenderMetadata includes information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata related to the `Release` render for this Target. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunRenderMetadata contains Cloud Run information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for Cloud Run. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Job in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job}`. + "revision": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Revision in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "workerPool": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Worker Pool in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. }, @@ -852,6 +1437,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "kubernetes": { # KubernetesRenderMetadata contains Kubernetes information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for a Kubernetes cluster (GKE or GKE Enterprise target). + "canaryDeployment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the canary version of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a canary deployment strategy was configured. + "deployment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a single Deployment was provided in the rendered manifest. + "kubernetesNamespace": "A String", # Output only. Namespace the Kubernetes resources will be applied to in the GKE cluster. Only set if applying resources to a single namespace. + }, }, "renderingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "renderingState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation for this Target. @@ -1066,6 +1656,36 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?` + "tasks": { # CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks. # Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks. + "deploy": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The task responsible for deploy operations. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + "render": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the `CustomTargetType` was updated. }, @@ -1117,6 +1737,42 @@

Method Details

"strategy": { # Strategy contains deployment strategy information. # Optional. The strategy to use for a `Rollout` to this stage. "canary": { # Canary represents the canary deployment strategy. # Optional. Canary deployment strategy provides progressive percentage based deployments to a Target. "canaryDeployment": { # CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentages": [ # Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100. 42, ], @@ -1124,33 +1780,169 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of the first phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, "customCanaryDeployment": { # CustomCanaryDeployment represents the custom canary deployment configuration. # Optional. Configures the progressive based deployment for a Target, but allows customizing at the phase level where a phase represents each of the percentage deployments. "phaseConfigs": [ # Required. Configuration for each phase in the canary deployment in the order executed. { # PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "percentage": 42, # Required. Percentage deployment for the phase. "phaseId": "A String", # Required. The ID to assign to the `Rollout` phase. This value must consist of lower-case letters, numbers, and hyphens, start with a letter and end with a letter or a number, and have a max length of 63 characters. In other words, it must match the following regex: `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no postdeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no predeploy job for this phase. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "profiles": [ # Optional. Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this phase. These are in addition to the profiles list specified in the `DeliveryPipeline` stage. "A String", ], "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, ], }, @@ -1192,17 +1984,103 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. + "analysis": { # Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target. # Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present. + "customChecks": [ # Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "verify": True or False, # Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`. + "verifyConfig": { # Verify contains the verify job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true. + "tasks": [ # Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, }, }, "targetId": "A String", # Optional. The target_id to which this stage points. This field refers exclusively to the last segment of a target name. For example, this field would just be `my-target` (rather than `projects/project/locations/location/targets/my-target`). The location of the `Target` is inferred to be the same as the location of the `DeliveryPipeline` that contains this `Stage`. @@ -1248,6 +2126,8 @@

Method Details

"failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the render failure, if available. "metadata": { # RenderMetadata includes information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata related to the `Release` render for this Target. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunRenderMetadata contains Cloud Run information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for Cloud Run. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Job in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job}`. + "revision": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Revision in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "workerPool": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Worker Pool in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{worker_pool}`. }, @@ -1256,6 +2136,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "kubernetes": { # KubernetesRenderMetadata contains Kubernetes information associated with a `Release` render. # Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for a Kubernetes cluster (GKE or GKE Enterprise target). + "canaryDeployment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the canary version of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a canary deployment strategy was configured. + "deployment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a single Deployment was provided in the rendered manifest. + "kubernetesNamespace": "A String", # Output only. Namespace the Kubernetes resources will be applied to in the GKE cluster. Only set if applying resources to a single namespace. + }, }, "renderingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "renderingState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation for this Target. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html index 8dd49ce5ca..7bd2324c7d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html @@ -239,6 +239,7 @@

Method Details

}, "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -260,6 +261,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -270,15 +307,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], @@ -286,6 +371,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -296,23 +417,215 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], }, "deploymentJobs": { # Deployment job composition. # Output only. Deployment job composition. + "analysisJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The analysis Job. Runs after a verify if there is a verify job and the verify job succeeds. + "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. + }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. + }, + "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the Job. + "jobRun": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `JobRun` responsible for the most recent invocation of this Job. + "postdeployJob": { # A postdeploy Job. # Output only. A postdeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. + "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "deployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -323,20 +636,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "postdeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The postdeploy Job, which is the last job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -347,20 +744,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "predeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The predeploy Job, which is the first job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -371,20 +852,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "verifyJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The verify Job. Runs after a deploy if the deploy succeeds. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -395,15 +960,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, }, @@ -501,6 +1114,7 @@

Method Details

}, "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -522,6 +1136,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -532,15 +1182,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], @@ -548,6 +1246,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -558,23 +1292,215 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], }, "deploymentJobs": { # Deployment job composition. # Output only. Deployment job composition. + "analysisJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The analysis Job. Runs after a verify if there is a verify job and the verify job succeeds. + "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. + }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. + }, + "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the Job. + "jobRun": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `JobRun` responsible for the most recent invocation of this Job. + "postdeployJob": { # A postdeploy Job. # Output only. A postdeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. + "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "deployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -585,20 +1511,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "postdeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The postdeploy Job, which is the last job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -609,20 +1619,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "predeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The predeploy Job, which is the first job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -633,20 +1727,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "verifyJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The verify Job. Runs after a deploy if the deploy succeeds. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -657,15 +1835,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, }, @@ -766,6 +1992,7 @@

Method Details

}, "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -787,6 +2014,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -797,15 +2060,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], @@ -813,6 +2124,42 @@

Method Details

{ # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -823,23 +2170,215 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, ], }, "deploymentJobs": { # Deployment job composition. # Output only. Deployment job composition. + "analysisJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The analysis Job. Runs after a verify if there is a verify job and the verify job succeeds. + "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. + }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. + }, + "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the Job. + "jobRun": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `JobRun` responsible for the most recent invocation of this Job. + "postdeployJob": { # A postdeploy Job. # Output only. A postdeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. + "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. + "A String", + ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. + "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "deployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -850,20 +2389,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "postdeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The postdeploy Job, which is the last job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -874,20 +2497,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "predeployJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The predeploy Job, which is the first job on the phase. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -898,20 +2605,104 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, "verifyJob": { # Job represents an operation for a `Rollout`. # Output only. The verify Job. Runs after a deploy if the deploy succeeds. "advanceChildRolloutJob": { # An advanceChildRollout Job. # Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job. }, + "analysisJob": { # An analysis Job. # Output only. An analysis Job. + "customChecks": [ # Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job. + { # CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency. + "frequency": "A String", # Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes. + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check. + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Required. The Task to be run for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes. + "googleCloud": { # GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment. # Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job. + "alertPolicyChecks": [ # Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail. + "alertPolicies": [ # Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`. + "A String", + ], + "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the analysis check. + "labels": { # Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, "createChildRolloutJob": { # A createChildRollout Job. # Output only. A createChildRollout Job. }, "deployJob": { # A deploy Job. # Output only. A deploy Job. @@ -922,15 +2713,63 @@

Method Details

"actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the postdeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "predeployJob": { # A predeploy Job. # Output only. A predeploy Job. "actions": [ # Output only. The custom actions that the predeploy Job executes. "A String", ], + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, "skipMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information on why the Job was skipped, if available. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Job. "verifyJob": { # A verify Job. # Output only. A verify Job. + "tasks": [ # Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job. + { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + ], }, }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html index f11b383569..7cbec0284c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html @@ -114,6 +114,57 @@

Method Details

"rollout": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `ChildRollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deliveryPipelines/{deliveryPipeline}/releases/{release}/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutPhaseId": "A String", # Output only. the ID of the ChildRollout's Phase. }, + "analysisJobRun": { # AnalysisJobRun contains information specific to an analysis `JobRun`. # Output only. Information specific to an analysis `JobRun`. + "alertPolicyAnalyses": [ # Output only. The status of the running alert policy checks configured for this analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheckStatus contains information specific to a single run of an alert policy check. + "alertPolicies": [ # Output only. The alert policies that this analysis monitors. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/alertPolicies/{alertPolicy}`. + "A String", + ], + "failedAlertPolicies": [ # Output only. The alert policies that were found to be firing during this check. This will be empty if no incidents were found. + { # FailedAlertPolicy contains information about an alert policy that was found to be firing during an alert policy check. + "alertPolicy": "A String", # Output only. The name of the alert policy that was found to be firing. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/alertPolicies/{alertPolicy}`. + "alerts": [ # Output only. Open alerts for the alerting policies that matched the alert policy check configuration. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the alert policy check failure, if available. This will be empty if the alert policy check succeeded. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this analysis. + "labels": { # Output only. The resolved labels used to filter for specific incidents. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "customCheckAnalyses": [ # Output only. The status of the running custom checks configured for this analysis. + { # CustomCheckStatus contains information specific to a single iteration of a custom analysis job. + "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the analysis failed. This will always be unspecified while the analysis is in progress or if it succeeded. + "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the analysis failure, if available. + "frequency": "A String", # Output only. The frequency in minutes at which the custom check is run. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the custom check. + "latestBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that was used to execute the latest run of this custom action check. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. + "metadata": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by the user-defined custom check operation. result. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Output only. The task that ran for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "failedCheckId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the configured check that failed. This will always be blank while the analysis is in progress or if it succeeded. + }, "createChildRolloutJobRun": { # CreateChildRolloutJobRun contains information specific to a createChildRollout `JobRun`. # Output only. Information specific to a createChildRollout `JobRun`. "rollout": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `ChildRollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deliveryPipelines/{deliveryPipeline}/releases/{release}/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutPhaseId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the childRollout Phase initiated by this JobRun. @@ -132,6 +183,7 @@

Method Details

"metadata": { # DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -158,11 +210,25 @@

Method Details

"build": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to execute the custom actions associated with the postdeploy Job. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the postdeploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the postdeploy is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the postdeploy failure, if available. + "metadata": { # PostdeployJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the postdeploy `JobRun`. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the postdeploy `JobRun`. + "custom": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined postdeploy operation. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, }, "predeployJobRun": { # PredeployJobRun contains information specific to a predeploy `JobRun`. # Output only. Information specific to a predeploy `JobRun`. "build": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to execute the custom actions associated with the predeploy Job. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the predeploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the predeploy is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the predeploy failure, if available. + "metadata": { # PredeployJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the predeploy `JobRun`. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the predeploy `JobRun`. + "custom": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined predeploy operation. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, }, "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `JobRun` was started. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the `JobRun`. @@ -173,6 +239,13 @@

Method Details

"eventLogPath": "A String", # Output only. File path of the Skaffold event log relative to the artifact URI. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the verify failed. This will always be unspecified while the verify is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the verify failure, if available. + "metadata": { # VerifyJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the verify `JobRun`. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the verify `JobRun`. + "custom": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined verify operation. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, }, }
@@ -202,6 +275,57 @@

Method Details

"rollout": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `ChildRollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deliveryPipelines/{deliveryPipeline}/releases/{release}/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutPhaseId": "A String", # Output only. the ID of the ChildRollout's Phase. }, + "analysisJobRun": { # AnalysisJobRun contains information specific to an analysis `JobRun`. # Output only. Information specific to an analysis `JobRun`. + "alertPolicyAnalyses": [ # Output only. The status of the running alert policy checks configured for this analysis. + { # AlertPolicyCheckStatus contains information specific to a single run of an alert policy check. + "alertPolicies": [ # Output only. The alert policies that this analysis monitors. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/alertPolicies/{alertPolicy}`. + "A String", + ], + "failedAlertPolicies": [ # Output only. The alert policies that were found to be firing during this check. This will be empty if no incidents were found. + { # FailedAlertPolicy contains information about an alert policy that was found to be firing during an alert policy check. + "alertPolicy": "A String", # Output only. The name of the alert policy that was found to be firing. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/alertPolicies/{alertPolicy}`. + "alerts": [ # Output only. Open alerts for the alerting policies that matched the alert policy check configuration. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the alert policy check failure, if available. This will be empty if the alert policy check succeeded. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this analysis. + "labels": { # Output only. The resolved labels used to filter for specific incidents. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "customCheckAnalyses": [ # Output only. The status of the running custom checks configured for this analysis. + { # CustomCheckStatus contains information specific to a single iteration of a custom analysis job. + "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the analysis failed. This will always be unspecified while the analysis is in progress or if it succeeded. + "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the analysis failure, if available. + "frequency": "A String", # Output only. The frequency in minutes at which the custom check is run. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the custom check. + "latestBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that was used to execute the latest run of this custom action check. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. + "metadata": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by the user-defined custom check operation. result. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "task": { # A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job. # Output only. The task that ran for this custom check. + "container": { # This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. # Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment. + "args": [ # Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "command": [ # Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image. + "A String", + ], + "env": { # Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "image": "A String", # Required. Image is the container image to use. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "failedCheckId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the configured check that failed. This will always be blank while the analysis is in progress or if it succeeded. + }, "createChildRolloutJobRun": { # CreateChildRolloutJobRun contains information specific to a createChildRollout `JobRun`. # Output only. Information specific to a createChildRollout `JobRun`. "rollout": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `ChildRollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deliveryPipelines/{deliveryPipeline}/releases/{release}/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutPhaseId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the childRollout Phase initiated by this JobRun. @@ -220,6 +344,7 @@

Method Details

"metadata": { # DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`. "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}`. + "previousRevision": "A String", # Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -246,11 +371,25 @@

Method Details

"build": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to execute the custom actions associated with the postdeploy Job. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the postdeploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the postdeploy is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the postdeploy failure, if available. + "metadata": { # PostdeployJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the postdeploy `JobRun`. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the postdeploy `JobRun`. + "custom": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined postdeploy operation. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, }, "predeployJobRun": { # PredeployJobRun contains information specific to a predeploy `JobRun`. # Output only. Information specific to a predeploy `JobRun`. "build": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to execute the custom actions associated with the predeploy Job. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the predeploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the predeploy is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the predeploy failure, if available. + "metadata": { # PredeployJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the predeploy `JobRun`. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the predeploy `JobRun`. + "custom": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined predeploy operation. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, }, "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `JobRun` was started. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the `JobRun`. @@ -261,6 +400,13 @@

Method Details

"eventLogPath": "A String", # Output only. File path of the Skaffold event log relative to the artifact URI. "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason the verify failed. This will always be unspecified while the verify is in progress or if it succeeded. "failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the verify failure, if available. + "metadata": { # VerifyJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the verify `JobRun`. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the verify `JobRun`. + "custom": { # CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation. # Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined verify operation. + "values": { # Output only. Key-value pairs provided by the user-defined operation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.html index 34bb0ad3aa..2a99f0e66f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the configuration for a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5dd4a49ddb..ed53615792 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html
index a59cdf1638..df24ced773 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
index b6ad339ee7..83901337fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html
index 296755de01..975e802974 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
index f8d0feb44e..f92b44d33f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.devices.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ 

Method Details

"hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": True or False, # Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device. "ownerProfileAccount": True or False, # Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles. "ownershipPrivilege": "A String", # Ownership privileges on device. - "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy. + "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether the device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy. "verifiedBoot": True or False, # Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN. "verifyAppsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled. }, @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"bootloaderVersion": "A String", # Output only. Device bootloader version. Example: 0.6.7. "brand": "A String", # Output only. Device brand. Example: Samsung. "browserProfiles": [ # Browser profiles on the device. This is a copy of the BrowserAttributes message defined in EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes. We are replicating it here since EndpointVerification isn't the only client reporting browser profiles. - { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. E.g. `91.0.4442.4`. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "browserAttributes": [ # Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification. - { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. E.g. `91.0.4442.4`. @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": True or False, # Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device. "ownerProfileAccount": True or False, # Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles. "ownershipPrivilege": "A String", # Ownership privileges on device. - "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy. + "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether the device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy. "verifiedBoot": True or False, # Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN. "verifyAppsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled. }, @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"bootloaderVersion": "A String", # Output only. Device bootloader version. Example: 0.6.7. "brand": "A String", # Output only. Device brand. Example: Samsung. "browserProfiles": [ # Browser profiles on the device. This is a copy of the BrowserAttributes message defined in EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes. We are replicating it here since EndpointVerification isn't the only client reporting browser profiles. - { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. E.g. `91.0.4442.4`. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "browserAttributes": [ # Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification. - { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. E.g. `91.0.4442.4`. @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@

Method Details

"hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": True or False, # Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device. "ownerProfileAccount": True or False, # Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles. "ownershipPrivilege": "A String", # Ownership privileges on device. - "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy. + "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether the device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy. "verifiedBoot": True or False, # Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN. "verifyAppsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled. }, @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@

Method Details

"bootloaderVersion": "A String", # Output only. Device bootloader version. Example: 0.6.7. "brand": "A String", # Output only. Device brand. Example: Samsung. "browserProfiles": [ # Browser profiles on the device. This is a copy of the BrowserAttributes message defined in EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes. We are replicating it here since EndpointVerification isn't the only client reporting browser profiles. - { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. E.g. `91.0.4442.4`. @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "browserAttributes": [ # Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification. - { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)). "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the clients on the device, such as [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. E.g. `91.0.4442.4`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html index 59f6efd592..dece1463c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig for a given organization, folder, or project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Specifies the name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -132,13 +132,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
@@ -182,20 +183,21 @@

Method Details

Updates the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig for a given organization, folder, or project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.
-  "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry.
-    "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail.
+{ # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.
+  "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy.
+    "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all.
       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig".
+  "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig".
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the list of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -204,13 +206,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html index ce54f87911..8a4afaa42b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig for a given organization, folder, or project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Specifies the name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -103,13 +103,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
@@ -118,20 +119,21 @@

Method Details

Updates the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig for a given organization, folder, or project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.
-  "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry.
-    "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail.
+{ # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.
+  "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy.
+    "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all.
       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig".
+  "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig".
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the list of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -140,13 +142,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html index 1b177bfb2e..2c62a4d2dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig for a given organization, folder, or project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Specifies the name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -146,13 +146,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
@@ -180,7 +181,7 @@

Method Details

Returns the KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig of the resource closest to the given project in hierarchy.
 
 Args:
-  project: string, Required. The number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for. (required)
+  project: string, Required. Specifies the number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -189,18 +190,18 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig - "externalConfig": { # The configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment. # The effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for external keys. - "auditLogging": True or False, # Whether the project has KAJ logging enabled. - "policyEnforcement": True or False, # Whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement. + { # Represents a response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig + "externalConfig": { # Represents the configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment. # Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for external keys. + "auditLogging": True or False, # Indicates whether the project has KAJ logging enabled. + "policyEnforcement": True or False, # Indicates whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement. }, - "hardwareConfig": { # The configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment. # The effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for hardware keys. - "auditLogging": True or False, # Whether the project has KAJ logging enabled. - "policyEnforcement": True or False, # Whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement. + "hardwareConfig": { # Represents the configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment. # Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for hardware keys. + "auditLogging": True or False, # Indicates whether the project has KAJ logging enabled. + "policyEnforcement": True or False, # Indicates whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement. }, - "softwareConfig": { # The configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment. # The effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for software keys. - "auditLogging": True or False, # Whether the project has KAJ logging enabled. - "policyEnforcement": True or False, # Whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement. + "softwareConfig": { # Represents the configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment. # Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for software keys. + "auditLogging": True or False, # Indicates whether the project has KAJ logging enabled. + "policyEnforcement": True or False, # Indicates whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement. }, }
@@ -210,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

Returns the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig of the resource closest to the given project in hierarchy.
 
 Args:
-  project: string, Required. The number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. In the format of "projects/{|}" (required)
+  project: string, Required. Specifies the number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. In the format of "projects/{|}" (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -219,14 +220,15 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. - "effectiveKajPolicy": { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. # The effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. + "effectiveKajPolicy": { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. # Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }, }
@@ -271,20 +273,21 @@

Method Details

Updates the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig for a given organization, folder, or project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.
-  "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry.
-    "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail.
+{ # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.
+  "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy.
+    "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all.
       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig".
+  "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig".
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the list of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -293,13 +296,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. - "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + { # Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies. + "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an "allow-all" policy. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html index 7203e145cd..a406ee067a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the EkmConfig singleton resource for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
index e4a7f95686..d6e18d970f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
@@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ 

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, @@ -380,8 +380,8 @@

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, @@ -511,8 +511,8 @@

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, @@ -597,8 +597,8 @@

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, @@ -664,8 +664,8 @@

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, @@ -859,8 +859,8 @@

Method Details

"cryptoKeyBackend": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the backend environment where the key material for all CryptoKeyVersions associated with this CryptoKey reside and where all related cryptographic operations are performed. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of EXTERNAL_VPC, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/ekmConnections/*`. Only applicable if CryptoKeyVersions have a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, with the resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. Note, this list is non-exhaustive and may apply to additional ProtectionLevels in the future. "destroyScheduledDuration": "A String", # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 30 days. "importOnly": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only. - "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey. # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. - "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail. + "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { # A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy). # Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail. + "allowedAccessReasons": [ # The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1.projects.locations.html index 03d080de95..4fd6816487 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 20843fc790..d7603d4039 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudlocationfinder_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
index 21ddc5c052..7d3f8fec73 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The search API request. NEXT ID: 24 +{ # The search API request. NEXT ID: 25 "contextAttributes": [ # Context attributes for the request which will be used to adjust ranking of search results. The maximum number of elements is 10. { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched. @@ -631,6 +631,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, "querySuggestion": { # This field does not contain anything as of now and is just used as an indicator that the suggest result was a phrase completion. # This field will be present if the suggested query is a word/phrase completion. + "lastQueryTime": "A String", # Last query time of the suggestion for query history suggestions. + "sourceCorpus": "A String", # Source corpus of the suggestion. }, "source": { # Defines sources for the suggest/search APIs. # The source of the suggestion. "name": "A String", # Source name for content indexed by the Indexing API. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.html index e2d835eaeb..c4fdfc7068 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the CMEK config. Gets the Customer Managed Encryption Key configured with the Cloud Tasks lcoation. By default there is no kms_key configured.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.html
index 7fcfb1eb19..25deefc49b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 

Cloud Tasks API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+

queues()

@@ -90,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the CMEK config. Gets the Customer Managed Encryption Key configured with the Cloud Tasks lcoation. By default there is no kms_key configured.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -152,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b75a5fc74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+
+
+

Cloud Tasks API . projects . locations . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.html index 470d79a842..34aacdfa1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the CMEK config. Gets the Customer Managed Encryption Key configured with the Cloud Tasks lcoation. By default there is no kms_key configured.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html
index 114773d0f0..262ce0aaa5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html
@@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

capacity(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Advice on making real-time decisions (such as choosing zone or

+

+ capacityHistory(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the capacity history for Spot VMs.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -241,6 +244,24 @@

Method Details

# The key is an arbitrary, unique RFC1035 string that identifies the # instance selection. "a_key": { # Machine specification. + "disks": [ # Local SSDs. + { + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk. + # This field must be set to SCRATCH. + }, + ], + "guestAccelerators": [ # Accelerators configuration. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the + # instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this + # instance. For example:projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 + # If you are creating an instance template, specify only the + # accelerator name. + # See GPUs on Compute Engine + # for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". "A String", ], @@ -307,6 +328,111 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ capacityHistory(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the capacity history for Spot VMs.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A request to get the capacity history for Spot VMs.
+  "instanceProperties": {
+    "machineType": "A String", # The machine type for the VM, such as `n2-standard-4`.
+    "scheduling": {
+      "provisioningModel": "A String", # The provisioning model to get capacity history for.
+          # This field must be set to SPOT.
+          #
+          # For more information, see
+          # Compute Engine instances provisioning models.
+    },
+  },
+  "locationPolicy": {
+    "location": "A String", # The region or zone to get capacity history for.
+        #
+        # It can be a partial or full URL. For example, the following are valid
+        # values:
+        #
+        #
+        #      - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone
+        #    - projects/project/zones/zone
+        #    - zones/zone
+        #
+        #
+        #
+        # This field is optional.
+  },
+  "types": [
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains the capacity history for Spot VMs.
+  "location": "A String",
+  "machineType": "A String",
+  "preemptionHistory": [
+    {
+      "interval": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a
+          # Timestamp end (exclusive).
+          #
+          # The start must be less than or equal to the end.
+          # When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time).
+          # When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the
+            # end.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same
+            # or after the start.
+      },
+      "preemptionRate": 3.14,
+    },
+  ],
+  "priceHistory": [
+    {
+      "interval": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a
+          # Timestamp end (exclusive).
+          #
+          # The start must be less than or equal to the end.
+          # When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time).
+          # When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the
+            # end.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same
+            # or after the start.
+      },
+      "listPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount.
+            # The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive.
+            # If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero.
+            # If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative.
+            # If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero.
+            # For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount.
+            # For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html index 086962001f..0919358c7d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html @@ -457,6 +457,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1214,6 +1222,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1586,6 +1602,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2334,6 +2358,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2757,6 +2789,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -3449,6 +3489,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 6cf583a9e7..8db5b0f254 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -3425,7 +3425,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3873,7 +3873,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4033,7 +4033,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6387,7 +6387,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6835,7 +6835,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6995,7 +6995,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8525,7 +8525,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -8973,7 +8973,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9133,7 +9133,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -10411,7 +10411,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10859,7 +10859,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -11019,7 +11019,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -12240,7 +12240,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12688,7 +12688,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12848,7 +12848,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -15800,7 +15800,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -16248,7 +16248,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -16408,7 +16408,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index e72d1c107d..b686b8d897 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -751,6 +751,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1286,7 +1287,8 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup }, - "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature + # is restricted. "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable # for regional resources. "A String", @@ -2290,6 +2292,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2423,8 +2426,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -3352,6 +3356,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4414,6 +4419,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5412,6 +5418,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8841,6 +8848,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.hosts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.hosts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc7c896bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.hosts.html @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . hosts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, zone, association, host, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves information about the specified host.

+

+ getVersion(project, zone, association, host, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a host.

+

+ list(project, zone, association, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of hosts.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, association, host, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves information about the specified host.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035. (required)
+  association: string, The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the
+hierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when
+accessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name. (required)
+  host: string, The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID
+number. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a host resource.
+  "aliasLinks": [ # Output only. All aliases for this resource.
+      # e.g.
+      # projects/123/zones/us-centra1-a/reservation/r1/reservationBlock/b1/hosts/h1
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#host", # Output only. The type of resource. Alwayscompute#host for hosts.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the host.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The self link of the host.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. The self link with id of the host.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the host.
+  "status": { # Output only. The status of the host
+    "physicalTopology": { # Output only. The physical topology of the reservation sub-block, if
+        # present
+      "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+      "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+      "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+      "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+          # block.
+    },
+    "runningInstances": [ # Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this host.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. The zone in which the host resides.
+}
+
+ +
+ getVersion(project, zone, association, host, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a host.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  association: string, The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the
+hierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when
+accessing the host. (required)
+  host: string, The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID
+number. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "sbomSelections": [ # The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, association, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of hosts.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035. (required)
+  association: string, The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the
+hierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when
+accessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # The unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of host resources.
+    { # Represents a host resource.
+      "aliasLinks": [ # Output only. All aliases for this resource.
+          # e.g.
+          # projects/123/zones/us-centra1-a/reservation/r1/reservationBlock/b1/hosts/h1
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#host", # Output only. The type of resource. Alwayscompute#host for hosts.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the host.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The self link of the host.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. The self link with id of the host.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the host.
+      "status": { # Output only. The status of the host
+        "physicalTopology": { # Output only. The physical topology of the reservation sub-block, if
+            # present
+          "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+          "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+          "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+          "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+              # block.
+        },
+        "runningInstances": [ # Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this host.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "zone": "A String", # Output only. The zone in which the host resides.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#host", # The type of resource. Always compute#host for a list of hosts.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Unreachable resources.
+      # end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # An informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html index 0d539679e9..cd92b4ae10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html @@ -199,6 +199,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the healthChecks Resource.

+

+ hosts() +

+

Returns the hosts Resource.

+

httpHealthChecks()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html index 80bc5d2c2a..23768336ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index d35a01bc67..f117c3e6b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -852,6 +852,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1407,6 +1408,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2322,6 +2324,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3252,6 +3255,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3849,6 +3853,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 491f0b43e0..0d0bc21314 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -729,11 +729,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -805,8 +805,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -829,7 +828,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -848,16 +847,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -954,14 +951,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1079,7 +1076,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1108,11 +1105,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1184,8 +1181,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1208,7 +1204,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1227,16 +1223,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1333,14 +1327,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1458,7 +1452,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1860,11 +1854,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1936,8 +1930,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1960,7 +1953,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1979,16 +1972,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2085,14 +2076,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2210,7 +2201,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 3b5e97fdac..d68624188c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -715,59 +715,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -924,6 +924,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1003,6 +1004,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1423,6 +1425,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1502,6 +1505,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1814,7 +1818,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -1874,7 +1878,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -1912,11 +1916,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -1968,22 +1972,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2080,20 +2084,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2190,79 +2194,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -2454,7 +2458,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -4610,59 +4614,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4693,7 +4697,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4819,6 +4823,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4898,6 +4903,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5318,6 +5324,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5397,6 +5404,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5709,7 +5717,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -5769,7 +5777,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -5807,11 +5815,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -5863,22 +5871,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5975,20 +5983,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6085,79 +6093,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6349,7 +6357,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -6612,59 +6620,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -6695,7 +6703,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -6821,6 +6829,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6900,6 +6909,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7320,6 +7330,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7399,6 +7410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7711,7 +7723,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -7771,7 +7783,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -7809,11 +7821,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -7865,22 +7877,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -7977,20 +7989,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8087,79 +8099,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -8351,7 +8363,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -8841,59 +8853,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -8924,7 +8936,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -9050,6 +9062,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9129,6 +9142,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9549,6 +9563,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9628,6 +9643,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9940,7 +9956,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -10000,7 +10016,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -10038,11 +10054,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -10094,22 +10110,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10206,20 +10222,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10316,79 +10332,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -10580,7 +10596,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -11068,6 +11084,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11147,6 +11164,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11778,6 +11796,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11857,6 +11876,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12546,59 +12566,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -12629,7 +12649,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -12755,6 +12775,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12834,6 +12855,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13254,6 +13276,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13333,6 +13356,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13645,7 +13669,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -13705,7 +13729,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -13743,11 +13767,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -13799,22 +13823,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -13911,20 +13935,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -14021,79 +14045,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -14285,7 +14309,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -18367,59 +18391,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -18450,7 +18474,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -18576,6 +18600,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -18655,6 +18680,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -19075,6 +19101,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -19154,6 +19181,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -19466,7 +19494,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -19526,7 +19554,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -19564,11 +19592,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -19620,22 +19648,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -19732,20 +19760,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -19842,79 +19870,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -20106,7 +20134,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 62dd7ec5f5..4fe5f60e04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -416,6 +416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -495,6 +496,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1965,6 +1967,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2044,6 +2047,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3499,6 +3503,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3578,6 +3583,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5043,6 +5049,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5122,6 +5129,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index fc6b4a02e3..84a9d29319 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -1715,6 +1715,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1794,6 +1795,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3238,6 +3240,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3317,6 +3320,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4044,6 +4048,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4123,6 +4128,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4586,6 +4592,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4665,6 +4672,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7242,6 +7250,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7321,6 +7330,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10437,6 +10447,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10516,6 +10527,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12324,6 +12336,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12403,6 +12416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -23146,6 +23160,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -23225,6 +23240,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 93a6ebde60..fdbc29f8c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -594,6 +594,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -673,6 +674,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1803,6 +1805,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2853,6 +2856,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2932,6 +2936,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4062,6 +4067,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5118,6 +5124,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5197,6 +5204,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6327,6 +6335,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index a20ef8762c..abbe8b7e17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(organization, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

- patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

Method Details

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.
 
 Args:
@@ -176,7 +176,6 @@ 

Method Details

The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html index 8dc56d28d3..4fa18cf3a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html @@ -281,6 +281,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -392,8 +393,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -993,6 +995,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1104,8 +1107,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1778,6 +1782,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1889,8 +1894,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html index 994efa26d1..95dbcfe911 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -652,6 +652,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1024,6 +1032,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1772,6 +1788,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2194,6 +2218,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2886,6 +2918,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index 20de580017..10205024ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3495,7 +3495,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3655,7 +3655,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5634,7 +5634,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5794,7 +5794,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -7075,7 +7075,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7523,7 +7523,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7683,7 +7683,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8905,7 +8905,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9353,7 +9353,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9513,7 +9513,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -12169,7 +12169,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12617,7 +12617,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12777,7 +12777,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 349298645d..0d26536565 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -469,7 +469,8 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup }, - "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature + # is restricted. "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable # for regional resources. "A String", @@ -851,6 +852,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -984,8 +986,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1913,6 +1916,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2972,6 +2976,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3970,6 +3975,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7396,6 +7402,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index cc4100f9e6..f1788d29cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -729,11 +729,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -805,8 +805,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -829,7 +828,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -848,16 +847,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -954,14 +951,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1079,7 +1076,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1106,11 +1103,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1182,8 +1179,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1206,7 +1202,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1225,16 +1221,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1331,14 +1325,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1456,7 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1859,11 +1853,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1935,8 +1929,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1959,7 +1952,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1978,16 +1971,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2084,14 +2075,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2209,7 +2200,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 0d6d66515b..dd0ba46b38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2603,59 +2603,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -2812,6 +2812,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2891,6 +2892,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3311,6 +3313,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3390,6 +3393,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3702,7 +3706,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -3762,7 +3766,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -3800,11 +3804,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -3856,22 +3860,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3968,20 +3972,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4078,79 +4082,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -4342,7 +4346,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -4462,59 +4466,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4545,7 +4549,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4671,6 +4675,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4750,6 +4755,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5170,6 +5176,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5249,6 +5256,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5561,7 +5569,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -5621,7 +5629,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -5659,11 +5667,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -5715,22 +5723,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5827,20 +5835,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5937,79 +5945,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6201,7 +6209,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -6690,59 +6698,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -6773,7 +6781,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -6899,6 +6907,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6978,6 +6987,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7398,6 +7408,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7477,6 +7488,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7789,7 +7801,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -7849,7 +7861,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -7887,11 +7899,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -7943,22 +7955,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8055,20 +8067,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8165,79 +8177,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -8429,7 +8441,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -8912,6 +8924,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8991,6 +9004,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9622,6 +9636,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9701,6 +9716,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10387,59 +10403,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -10470,7 +10486,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -10596,6 +10612,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10675,6 +10692,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11095,6 +11113,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11174,6 +11193,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11486,7 +11506,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -11546,7 +11566,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -11584,11 +11604,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -11640,22 +11660,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -11752,20 +11772,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -11862,79 +11882,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -12126,7 +12146,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -16174,59 +16194,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -16257,7 +16277,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -16383,6 +16403,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -16462,6 +16483,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -16882,6 +16904,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -16961,6 +16984,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -17273,7 +17297,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -17333,7 +17357,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -17371,11 +17395,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -17427,22 +17451,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -17539,20 +17563,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -17649,79 +17673,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -17913,7 +17937,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 93ed9ff677..ca2573d390 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -606,6 +606,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -685,6 +686,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1770,6 +1772,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1849,6 +1852,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3315,6 +3319,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3394,6 +3399,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index c3d739e4a0..5d2f864984 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -309,6 +310,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -772,6 +774,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -851,6 +854,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html index 215e0c4ed1..bebacc121c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html @@ -477,6 +477,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -588,8 +589,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1265,6 +1267,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1376,8 +1379,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html index 8156777339..2bb902211f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html @@ -476,6 +476,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -609,8 +610,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1185,6 +1187,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1318,8 +1321,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1901,6 +1905,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2034,8 +2039,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index 60f438b40c..feb8faf8c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -3966,6 +3966,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7582,6 +7588,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11884,6 +11896,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15551,6 +15569,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19476,6 +19500,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23369,6 +23399,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23435,6 +23471,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html index 9af2ce1381..15cb09716f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html @@ -98,6 +98,9 @@

Instance Methods

resume(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Resumes a Rollout.

+

+ startNextWave(project, rollout, requestId=None, waveNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts the next wave of a Rollout.

Method Details

cancel(project, rollout, requestId=None, rollback=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -1627,4 +1630,298 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ startNextWave(project, rollout, requestId=None, waveNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts the next wave of a Rollout.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID for this request. (required)
+  rollout: string, Required. Name of the Rollout resource to start next wave. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  waveNumber: string, Required. Wave number of the current wave.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index 6f51d65cf1..a061236fd6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -307,6 +307,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -848,6 +850,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -1374,6 +1378,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -1906,6 +1912,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -2115,6 +2123,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index 246c322d4d..de6056a58b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

- patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

Method Details

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.
 
 Args:
@@ -176,7 +176,6 @@ 

Method Details

The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 877af08584..57f538c54c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -279,6 +279,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -412,8 +413,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1008,6 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1141,8 +1144,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1740,6 +1744,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1873,8 +1878,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2455,6 +2461,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2588,8 +2595,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 1cfb51bfa0..bf9616a963 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -3783,6 +3783,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7780,6 +7786,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11395,6 +11407,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15717,6 +15735,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19383,6 +19407,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23317,6 +23347,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -27237,6 +27273,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -27303,6 +27345,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 3374d719de..19e5bfe179 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -358,6 +358,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -437,6 +438,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -900,6 +902,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -979,6 +982,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2891,6 +2895,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2970,6 +2975,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3433,6 +3439,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3512,6 +3519,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4740,6 +4748,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4819,6 +4828,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5282,6 +5292,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5361,6 +5372,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6965,6 +6977,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7044,6 +7057,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7507,6 +7521,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7586,6 +7601,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index ec5ecb9c21..d50bea402d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -709,6 +709,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -975,7 +982,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1415,7 +1422,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1570,7 +1577,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2735,6 +2742,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -3001,7 +3015,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3441,7 +3455,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3596,7 +3610,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5249,6 +5263,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -5515,7 +5536,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5955,7 +5976,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6110,7 +6131,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6974,6 +6995,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -7240,7 +7268,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7680,7 +7708,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7835,7 +7863,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8448,6 +8476,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -8714,7 +8749,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9154,7 +9189,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9309,7 +9344,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -9865,6 +9900,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -10131,7 +10173,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10571,7 +10613,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10726,7 +10768,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -13010,6 +13052,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -13276,7 +13325,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -13716,7 +13765,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -13871,7 +13920,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 615d33a291..ebb8c876d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -738,6 +741,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1200,7 +1204,8 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup }, - "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature + # is restricted. "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable # for regional resources. "A String", @@ -1894,6 +1899,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2020,8 +2026,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2947,6 +2954,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3867,6 +3875,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4791,6 +4800,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8141,6 +8151,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8786,4 +8797,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html index 393a0a771e..88e4144a88 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html @@ -315,6 +315,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -1315,6 +1327,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -1638,6 +1662,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -2339,6 +2375,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -2715,6 +2763,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html index 53462120f1..14d8119533 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html index 7770173fcc..f8dc4ff764 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html @@ -850,6 +850,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1404,6 +1405,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2318,6 +2320,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3246,6 +3249,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3842,6 +3846,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index fd8baf43fb..df7bbdd316 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -727,11 +727,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -803,11 +803,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -826,16 +825,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -932,14 +929,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1039,7 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1068,11 +1065,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1144,11 +1141,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1167,16 +1163,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1273,14 +1267,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1380,7 +1374,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1781,11 +1775,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1857,11 +1851,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1880,16 +1873,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1986,14 +1977,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2093,7 +2084,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index df83939b93..c78f985d3b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -670,51 +670,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -871,6 +871,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -950,6 +951,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1256,7 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -1299,7 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -1337,9 +1339,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -1392,22 +1394,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1504,20 +1506,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1614,79 +1616,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -1873,7 +1875,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -3970,51 +3972,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4045,7 +4047,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4171,6 +4173,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4250,6 +4253,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4556,7 +4560,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -4599,7 +4603,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -4637,9 +4641,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -4692,22 +4696,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4804,20 +4808,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4914,79 +4918,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -5173,7 +5177,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -5392,51 +5396,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5467,7 +5471,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5593,6 +5597,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5672,6 +5677,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5978,7 +5984,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -6021,7 +6027,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -6059,9 +6065,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -6114,22 +6120,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6226,20 +6232,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6336,79 +6342,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6595,7 +6601,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -7040,51 +7046,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -7115,7 +7121,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -7241,6 +7247,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7320,6 +7327,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7626,7 +7634,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -7669,7 +7677,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -7707,9 +7715,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -7762,22 +7770,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -7874,20 +7882,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -7984,79 +7992,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -8243,7 +8251,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -8916,6 +8924,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8995,6 +9004,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9630,51 +9640,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -9705,7 +9715,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -9831,6 +9841,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9910,6 +9921,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10216,7 +10228,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -10259,7 +10271,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -10297,9 +10309,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -10352,22 +10364,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10464,20 +10476,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10574,79 +10586,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -10833,7 +10845,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -14813,51 +14825,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -14888,7 +14900,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -15014,6 +15026,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -15093,6 +15106,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -15399,7 +15413,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -15442,7 +15456,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -15480,9 +15494,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -15535,22 +15549,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -15647,20 +15661,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -15757,79 +15771,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -16016,7 +16030,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 06940bcebe..d7e0341f04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -410,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -489,6 +490,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -995,6 +997,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1853,6 +1859,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1932,6 +1939,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2438,6 +2446,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3282,6 +3294,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3361,6 +3374,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3867,6 +3881,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4720,6 +4738,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4799,6 +4818,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5305,6 +5325,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 7369aff623..495449ecc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -767,6 +767,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1651,6 +1655,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1730,6 +1735,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2348,6 +2354,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2962,6 +2972,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3041,6 +3052,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3761,6 +3773,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3840,6 +3853,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4291,6 +4305,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4370,6 +4385,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4876,6 +4892,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -6833,6 +6853,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6912,6 +6933,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7530,6 +7552,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -9745,6 +9771,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9824,6 +9851,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10442,6 +10470,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -11413,6 +11445,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11492,6 +11525,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12110,6 +12144,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -21729,6 +21767,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -21808,6 +21847,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -22426,6 +22466,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -23959,6 +24003,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 15852d2bc3..ed73ebc593 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -587,6 +587,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -666,6 +667,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1172,6 +1174,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1689,6 +1695,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1930,6 +1937,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2659,6 +2670,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2738,6 +2750,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3244,6 +3257,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3761,6 +3778,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4002,6 +4020,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4736,6 +4758,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4815,6 +4838,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5321,6 +5345,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -5838,6 +5866,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6079,6 +6108,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html index 892640b9fe..2a428bcb4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html @@ -240,6 +240,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -697,6 +699,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1143,6 +1147,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1595,6 +1601,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1723,6 +1731,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index e021a9b39e..bffb925571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -582,6 +582,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -848,7 +855,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1288,7 +1295,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1443,7 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2359,6 +2366,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -2625,7 +2639,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3065,7 +3079,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3220,7 +3234,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -4085,6 +4099,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -4351,7 +4372,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4791,7 +4812,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4946,7 +4967,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5562,6 +5583,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -5828,7 +5856,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6268,7 +6296,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6423,7 +6451,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6980,6 +7008,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -7246,7 +7281,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7686,7 +7721,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7841,7 +7876,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -9830,6 +9865,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -10096,7 +10138,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10536,7 +10578,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10691,7 +10733,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html index 6817025975..2b5f775073 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html @@ -273,6 +273,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -747,6 +759,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1131,6 +1155,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1890,6 +1926,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -2359,6 +2407,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html index 699aaa5da4..614139a885 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified CompositeHealthCheck resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region

@@ -701,6 +704,36 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional CompositeHealthCheck.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  compositeHealthCheck: string, Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth
+  "healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states.
+    {
+      "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.
+  "kind": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of
+      # composite health checks.
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
index 684ba20830..3d7d671e1e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -459,7 +462,8 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup }, - "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature + # is restricted. "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable # for regional resources. "A String", @@ -840,6 +844,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -966,8 +971,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1891,6 +1897,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2808,6 +2815,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3732,6 +3740,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7079,6 +7088,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7724,4 +7734,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html index e05f62653f..da127faeda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified HealthSource resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region

@@ -707,6 +710,49 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional HealthSource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthSource: string, Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the HealthSource.
+  "kind": "compute#healthSourceHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.
+  "sources": [ # Health state details of the sources.
+    {
+      "backends": [ # Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source
+          # backend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource
+          # is BACKEND_SERVICE.
+        {
+          "endpointCount": 42, # Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+          "group": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group
+              # behind the source backend service.
+          "healthyEndpointCount": 42, # Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source
+          # resource if it is a L4ILB backend service.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a
+          # backend service URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index 5dff5a402f..ba2e60df59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -727,11 +727,11 @@ 

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -803,11 +803,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -826,16 +825,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -932,14 +929,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1039,7 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1066,11 +1063,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1142,11 +1139,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1165,16 +1161,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1271,14 +1265,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1378,7 +1372,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1780,11 +1774,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1856,11 +1850,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1879,16 +1872,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1985,14 +1976,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2092,7 +2083,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index f80b90e210..9b8fff7d77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2548,51 +2548,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -2749,6 +2749,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2828,6 +2829,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3134,7 +3136,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -3177,7 +3179,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -3215,9 +3217,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -3270,22 +3272,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3382,20 +3384,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3492,79 +3494,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -3751,7 +3753,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -3827,51 +3829,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -3902,7 +3904,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4028,6 +4030,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4107,6 +4110,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4413,7 +4417,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -4456,7 +4460,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -4494,9 +4498,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -4549,22 +4553,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4661,20 +4665,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4771,79 +4775,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -5030,7 +5034,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -5474,51 +5478,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5549,7 +5553,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5675,6 +5679,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5754,6 +5759,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6060,7 +6066,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -6103,7 +6109,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -6141,9 +6147,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -6196,22 +6202,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6308,20 +6314,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6418,79 +6424,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6677,7 +6683,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -7345,6 +7351,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7424,6 +7431,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8056,51 +8064,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -8131,7 +8139,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -8257,6 +8265,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8336,6 +8345,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8642,7 +8652,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -8685,7 +8695,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -8723,9 +8733,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -8778,22 +8788,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8890,20 +8900,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -9000,79 +9010,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -9259,7 +9269,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -13205,51 +13215,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -13280,7 +13290,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -13406,6 +13416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13485,6 +13496,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13791,7 +13803,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -13834,7 +13846,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -13872,9 +13884,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -13927,22 +13939,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -14039,20 +14051,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -14149,79 +14161,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -14408,7 +14420,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 71cf6cbcce..05a760cee9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -599,6 +599,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -678,6 +679,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1184,6 +1186,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1658,6 +1664,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1737,6 +1744,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2243,6 +2251,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3097,6 +3109,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3176,6 +3189,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3682,6 +3696,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index 76111b8269..d45a5edb91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -309,6 +310,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -760,6 +762,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -839,6 +842,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1345,6 +1349,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html index b0dc96eddb..466bb01479 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

close() @@ -472,6 +475,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -598,8 +602,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1174,6 +1179,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1300,8 +1306,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1882,6 +1889,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2008,8 +2016,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -3425,4 +3434,312 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/region/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html index 1b7115c9fe..cc4cb4af7f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -3921,6 +3921,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7487,6 +7493,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11726,6 +11738,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15343,6 +15361,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19217,6 +19241,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23059,6 +23089,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23119,6 +23155,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html index e6ea98d309..e65d4c7928 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html @@ -769,6 +769,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "failedResourcesCount": "A String", # Output only. Resources failed. + "locationStatus": { # Output only. Status of each location in the wave. Map keys (locations) must be + # specified like "us-east1" or "asia-west1-a". + "a_key": { # Represents the status of a location in a wave. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Location state of the wave. + }, + }, }, "waveDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Wave name. # Ex. wave1 @@ -947,6 +953,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "failedResourcesCount": "A String", # Output only. Resources failed. + "locationStatus": { # Output only. Status of each location in the wave. Map keys (locations) must be + # specified like "us-east1" or "asia-west1-a". + "a_key": { # Represents the status of a location in a wave. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Location state of the wave. + }, + }, }, "waveDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Wave name. # Ex. wave1 diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index cea959a5f7..cedcd95dc9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -110,6 +110,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -273,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -399,8 +403,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -994,6 +999,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1120,8 +1126,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1697,6 +1704,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1823,8 +1831,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2404,6 +2413,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2530,8 +2540,9 @@

Method Details

# encryption key that protects this resource. }, "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot - # belongs to. - "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -3933,4 +3944,311 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html index 7d94533c0d..6e3553df57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html @@ -3739,6 +3739,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7685,6 +7691,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11250,6 +11262,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15509,6 +15527,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19125,6 +19149,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23008,6 +23038,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -26877,6 +26913,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -26937,6 +26979,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html index 67b7109287..c245bbb363 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@

Instance Methods

addSignedUrlKey(project, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of all BackendBucket resources, regional and global,

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,6 +104,12 @@

Instance Methods

list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified

+

+ listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project.

+

+ listUsable_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -425,6 +437,390 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of all BackendBucket resources, regional and global,
+available to the specified project.
+
+To prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the
+`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,
+global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added
+after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always
+include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource
+types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only
+scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found
+will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which
+aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of BackendBucketsScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of BackendBuckets.
+      "backendBuckets": [ # A list of BackendBuckets contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+            #
+            # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+            # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+          "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+            "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+                # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+                # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+              { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+                  # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+                  # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+                "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                    # Values are case-insensitive.
+              },
+            ],
+            "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+                # Cloud CDN.
+              "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+                  # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+                  # and not treated as delimiters.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+                # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+                # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+                # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+                # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+                # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+                # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+                # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+                # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+                # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+                # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+                # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+                # cached.
+                #
+                # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+                # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+            "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+                # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+                # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+                # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+                # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+                # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+                # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+                # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+                # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+            "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+                # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+                # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+                # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+                # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+                # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+                # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+                # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+                # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+            "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+                # origin.
+                # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+                # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+                # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+                # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+                # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+                # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+                # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+                # the defined TTL.
+            "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+                # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+                # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+                # experience by reducing response latency.
+                # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+                # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+                # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+                # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+                # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+                # caching headers.
+                # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+                # status codes:
+                # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+                # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+                # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+                # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+                # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+            "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+                # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+                # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+                # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+                # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+                # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+                # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+                # negative caching when a policy exists.
+              { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+                "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                    # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                    # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                    # once.
+                "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                    # corresponding status code.
+                    # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                    # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                    # defined TTL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+                # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+            "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+                # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+                # the cache.
+                # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+                # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+                # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+                # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+                # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+                # response.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+                # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+            "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+                # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+                # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+                # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+                # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+                # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+                # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+                # altered.
+            "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+              # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+              # text format.
+          "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+              # when the resource is created.
+          "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+              # this backend bucket.
+          "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+          "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+              # load balancer.
+              #
+              # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+              # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+              # balancers, or both.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+              # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+              # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+              # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+              # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+              # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+              # cannot be a dash.
+          "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+              # as part of resource payload.
+            "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+                # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+                # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+                # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+                # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+                # { : }.
+                # For example the following are valid inputs:
+                # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+                # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+                # Note:
+                # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+                #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+              # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+              # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+              # not settable as a field in the request body.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+            {
+              "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+                  # BackendBucket.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of
+          # backend services when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+            # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+            # are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+            # value format. For example:
+            #
+            # "data": [
+            #   {
+            #    "key": "scope",
+            #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+            #   }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+                # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+                # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+                # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+                # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+                # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+                # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucketAggregatedList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -1211,6 +1607,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -1778,6 +2178,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -2352,6 +2756,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -2396,6 +2804,348 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of BackendBucket resources.
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+        #
+        # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+        # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+      "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+        "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+            # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+            # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+          { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+              # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+              # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+            "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                # Values are case-insensitive.
+          },
+        ],
+        "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+            # Cloud CDN.
+          "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+              # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+              # and not treated as delimiters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+            # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+            # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+            # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+            # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+            # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+            # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+            # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+            # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+            # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+            # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+            # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+            # cached.
+            #
+            # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+            # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+        "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+            # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+            # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+            # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+            # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+            # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+            # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+            # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+            # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+        "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+            # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+            # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+            # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+            # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+            # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+            # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+        "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+            # origin.
+            # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+            # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+            # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+            # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+            # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+            # the defined TTL.
+        "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+            # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+            # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+            # experience by reducing response latency.
+            # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+            # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+            # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+            # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+            # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+            # caching headers.
+            # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+            # status codes:
+            # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+            # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+            # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+            # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+            # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+        "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+            # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+            # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+            # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+            # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+            # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+            # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+            # negative caching when a policy exists.
+          { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+            "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                # once.
+            "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                # corresponding status code.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                # defined TTL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+            # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+        "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+            # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+            # the cache.
+            # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+            # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+            # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+            # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+            # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+            # response.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+            # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+        "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+            # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+            # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+            # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+            # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+            # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+            # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+            # altered.
+        "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+          # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+          # when the resource is created.
+      "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+          # this backend bucket.
+      "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+      "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+          # load balancer.
+          #
+          # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+          # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+          # balancers, or both.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+            # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+            # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+            # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+            # { : }.
+            # For example the following are valid inputs:
+            # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+            # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+            # Note:
+            # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+            #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+          # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+        {
+          "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+              # BackendBucket.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#usableBackendBucketList", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#usableBackendBucketList for lists of usable backend
+      # buckets.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listUsable_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
list_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -2602,6 +3352,10 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -4293,6 +5047,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 800fc06154..0c4dabe0e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -665,6 +665,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -701,6 +709,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -954,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1381,7 +1390,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1536,7 +1545,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2601,6 +2610,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -2637,6 +2654,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -2890,7 +2908,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3317,7 +3335,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3472,7 +3490,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -4305,6 +4323,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -4341,6 +4367,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -4594,7 +4621,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5021,7 +5048,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5176,7 +5203,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5940,6 +5967,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -5976,6 +6011,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -6229,7 +6265,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6656,7 +6692,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6811,7 +6847,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -7324,6 +7360,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -7360,6 +7404,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -7613,7 +7658,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -8040,7 +8085,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -8195,7 +8240,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8651,6 +8696,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -8687,6 +8740,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -8940,7 +8994,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9367,7 +9421,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9522,7 +9576,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -11706,6 +11760,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -11742,6 +11804,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -11995,7 +12058,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12422,7 +12485,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12577,7 +12640,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index 8fcae5bac0..dc4f7e0035 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -736,6 +739,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1161,6 +1165,34 @@

Method Details

{ # A transient resource used in compute.disks.bulkInsert and # compute.regionDisks.bulkInsert. It is only used to process # requests and is not persisted. + "instantSnapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the instant snapshot group. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # The source instant snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide + # this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following + # are valid values: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup + # - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup + # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup + }, + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature + # is restricted. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable + # for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "sourceSnapshotGroup": "A String", # The source snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide this as a + # partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid + # values: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create + # disks. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk + # types. + }, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone. # This may be a full or partial URL, such as: # @@ -1838,6 +1870,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1893,6 +1926,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable + # for regional snapshots. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1961,6 +1996,10 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2884,6 +2923,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3775,6 +3815,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4670,6 +4711,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7991,6 +8033,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8609,4 +8652,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html index d89e91b9e0..5eb76a4ab8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html @@ -305,6 +305,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -1276,6 +1288,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -1570,6 +1594,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -2242,6 +2278,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -2589,6 +2637,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index 2a6163097c..18d607a36e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -229,6 +229,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the instances Resource.

+

+ instantSnapshotGroups() +

+

Returns the instantSnapshotGroups Resource.

+

instantSnapshots()

@@ -364,6 +369,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionAutoscalers Resource.

+

+ regionBackendBuckets() +

+

Returns the regionBackendBuckets Resource.

+

regionBackendServices()

@@ -434,6 +444,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionInstances Resource.

+

+ regionInstantSnapshotGroups() +

+

Returns the regionInstantSnapshotGroups Resource.

+

regionInstantSnapshots()

@@ -464,6 +479,16 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionSecurityPolicies Resource.

+

+ regionSnapshotSettings() +

+

Returns the regionSnapshotSettings Resource.

+ +

+ regionSnapshots() +

+

Returns the regionSnapshots Resource.

+

regionSslCertificates()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html index 2acb7f0d37..41937b54af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -168,6 +168,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html index 0849194027..2350dba5c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html @@ -808,6 +808,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1287,6 +1288,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2126,6 +2128,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2978,6 +2981,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3499,6 +3503,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index d953687159..367a3fb454 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -725,16 +725,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -753,16 +752,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -859,14 +856,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -966,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -993,16 +990,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1021,16 +1017,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1127,14 +1121,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1234,7 +1228,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1633,16 +1627,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1661,16 +1654,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1767,14 +1758,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1874,7 +1865,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index 05c5a53b62..3e1b36eeef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -652,49 +652,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -809,9 +809,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -859,22 +859,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -971,20 +971,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1081,72 +1081,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -3109,49 +3109,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -3240,7 +3240,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -3266,9 +3266,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -3316,22 +3316,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3428,20 +3428,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3538,72 +3538,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -3788,7 +3788,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -3867,49 +3867,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -3939,7 +3939,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -3959,7 +3959,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -4024,9 +4024,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -4074,22 +4074,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4186,20 +4186,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4296,72 +4296,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -4991,49 +4991,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5063,7 +5063,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5083,7 +5083,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -5122,7 +5122,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -5148,9 +5148,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -5198,22 +5198,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5310,20 +5310,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5420,72 +5420,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -5670,7 +5670,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -6564,49 +6564,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -6636,7 +6636,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -6656,7 +6656,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -6695,7 +6695,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -6721,9 +6721,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -6771,22 +6771,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6883,20 +6883,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6993,72 +6993,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -7243,7 +7243,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index 6ac5ae03d7..41163c15c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(project, instanceTemplate, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is

- get(project, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(project, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified instance template.

getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates an instance template in the specified project using the

- list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within

list_next()

@@ -410,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -939,6 +940,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -962,15 +967,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1549,17 +1545,12 @@

Method Details

- get(project, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + get(project, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the specified instance template.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   instanceTemplate: string, The name of the instance template. (required)
-  view: string, View of the instance template.
-    Allowed values
-      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
-      FULL - Include everything.
-      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1754,6 +1745,7 @@ 

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2283,6 +2275,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2306,15 +2302,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -3084,6 +3071,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3613,6 +3601,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3636,15 +3628,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -4132,7 +4115,7 @@

Method Details

- list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within
 the specified project.
 
@@ -4221,11 +4204,6 @@ 

Method Details

For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code. - view: string, View of the instance template. - Allowed values - BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata. - FULL - Include everything. - INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -4423,6 +4401,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4952,6 +4931,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4975,15 +4958,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index e1539d98a9..85556419ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Instance Methods

detachDisk(project, zone, instance, deviceName, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Detaches a disk from an instance.

- get(project, zone, instance, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified Instance resource.

getEffectiveFirewalls(project, zone, instance, networkInterface, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -122,9 +122,6 @@

Instance Methods

getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

-

- getPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, namespaces=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets partner metadata of the specified instance and namespaces.

getScreenshot(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.

@@ -138,7 +135,7 @@

Instance Methods

insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceInstanceTemplate=None, sourceMachineImage=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data

- list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the list of instances contained within

listReferrers(project, zone, instance, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -149,9 +146,6 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- patchPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Patches partner metadata of the specified instance.

performMaintenance(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.

@@ -757,6 +751,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1641,6 +1639,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2286,6 +2285,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2334,15 +2337,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain - # (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -2833,6 +2827,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3583,6 +3578,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4064,6 +4060,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4593,6 +4590,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4616,15 +4617,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -6329,18 +6321,13 @@

Method Details

- get(project, zone, instance, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + get(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the specified Instance resource.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
   instance: string, Name of the instance resource to return. (required)
-  view: string, View of the instance.
-    Allowed values
-      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
-      FULL - Include everything.
-      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -6506,6 +6493,7 @@ 

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7151,6 +7139,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -7199,15 +7191,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain - # (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -8437,43 +8420,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, namespaces=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets partner metadata of the specified instance and namespaces.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  instance: string, Name of the instance scoping this request. (required)
-  namespaces: string, Comma separated partner metadata namespaces.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Model definition of partner_metadata field.
-    # To be used in dedicated Partner Metadata methods and to be inlined in
-    # the Instance and InstanceTemplate resources.
-  "fingerprint": "A String", # Instance-level hash to be used for optimistic
-      # locking.
-  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain to
-      # entries map. Subdomain name must be compliant withRFC1035
-      # definition. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 2MB.
-      # Subdomain 'metadata.compute.googleapis.com' is reserverd for instance's
-      # metadata.
-    "a_key": {
-      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain.
-          # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
-        "a_key": "",
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-
-
getScreenshot(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.
@@ -8758,6 +8704,7 @@ 

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9403,6 +9350,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -9451,15 +9402,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain - # (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -10044,7 +9986,7 @@

Method Details

- list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves the list of instances contained within
 the specified zone.
 
@@ -10134,11 +10076,6 @@ 

Method Details

For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code. - view: string, View of the instance. - Allowed values - BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata. - FULL - Include everything. - INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -10307,6 +10244,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10952,6 +10890,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -11000,15 +10942,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain - # (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -11507,321 +11440,6 @@

Method Details

-
- patchPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Patches partner metadata of the specified instance.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  instance: string, Name of the instance scoping this request. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Model definition of partner_metadata field.
-    # To be used in dedicated Partner Metadata methods and to be inlined in
-    # the Instance and InstanceTemplate resources.
-  "fingerprint": "A String", # Instance-level hash to be used for optimistic
-      # locking.
-  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain to
-      # entries map. Subdomain name must be compliant withRFC1035
-      # definition. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 2MB.
-      # Subdomain 'metadata.compute.googleapis.com' is reserverd for instance's
-      # metadata.
-    "a_key": {
-      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain.
-          # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
-        "a_key": "",
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
-that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
-request if it has already been completed.
-
-For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
-the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
-request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
-request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
-prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
-
-The request ID must be
-a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
-(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource.
-    #
-    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
-    #
-    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
-    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
-    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
-    #
-    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
-    # For more information, readHandling
-    # API responses.
-    #
-    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
-    #
-    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
-    #    resource.
-    #    - For regional operations, use the
-    #    `regionOperations` resource.
-    #    - For zonal operations, use
-    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
-    #
-    #
-    #
-    # For more information, read
-    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
-    #
-    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
-    # retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
-      # Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
-      # set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
-      # text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
-      # this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
-        # operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
-            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
-            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
-            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
-            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
-                #
-                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
-                # is not enabled:
-                #
-                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
-                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
-                #       "metadata": {
-                #         "resource": "projects/123",
-                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
-                #       }
-                #     }
-                #
-                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
-                #
-                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
-                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
-                #
-                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
-                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
-                #       "metadata": {
-                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
-                #       }
-                #     }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
-                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
-                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
-                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
-                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
-                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
-                  #
-                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
-                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
-                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
-                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
-                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
-                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
-                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
-                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
-                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
-                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
-                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
-                #
-                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
-                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
-                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
-                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
-                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
-                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
-                  #  type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
-                  # or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
-            # This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
-    "inlineSbomInfo": {
-      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
-          # name and the value is the version.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
-          # component name and the value is the version.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
-      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
-      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
-      # resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
-      # defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
-      # This value is inRFC3339
-      # text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
-        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
-            # error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
-            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
-      # Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
-      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
-      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
-      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
-      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
-      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
-      # progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
-      # applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
-      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
-      # their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
-        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
-            # populated.
-            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
-            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
-            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
-            #
-            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
-            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
-              # message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
-              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
-              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
-            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
-      # This value is inRFC3339
-      # text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
-      # following:
-      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
-      # operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
-      # of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
-      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
-      # that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
-      # `user@example.com` or
-      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
-      # operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
-          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
-          # are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
-          # value format. For example:
-          #
-          # "data": [
-          #   {
-          #    "key": "scope",
-          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
-          #   }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
-              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
-              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
-              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
-              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
-              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
-              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
-      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
performMaintenance(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.
@@ -20029,6 +19647,7 @@ 

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -20674,6 +20293,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -20722,15 +20345,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain - # (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -22139,6 +21753,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshotGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c354b642c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshotGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,2264 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . instantSnapshotGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

deletes a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource

+

+ get(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None)

+

returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified zone.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

+

+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

inserts a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource

+

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
deletes a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None) +
returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.
+    #
+    # An instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a
+    # point in time state of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup
+      # resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "resourceStatus": {
+    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceConsistencyGroup": "A String",
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such
+policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None) +
inserts a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.
+    # 
+    # An instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a
+    # point in time state of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup
+      # resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "resourceStatus": {
+    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceConsistencyGroup": "A String",
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  sourceConsistencyGroup: string, begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within
+the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
+    { # Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.
+        #
+        # An instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a
+        # point in time state of a consistency group.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+          # create the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup
+          # resources.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+          # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+          # be a dash.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "resourceStatus": {
+        "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+        "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+          "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+          "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+      "sourceConsistencyGroup": "A String",
+      "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+      "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroupsList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+      # end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.
+Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of
+      # the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a
+      # valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+      # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+      #
+      #
+      # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+      # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+      # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+      # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+      # role or a user-created custom role.
+      #
+      # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+      # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+      # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+      # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+      # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+      #
+      # **JSON example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     {
+      #       "bindings": [
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:mike@example.com",
+      #             "group:admins@example.com",
+      #             "domain:google.com",
+      #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+      #           ]
+      #         },
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:eve@example.com"
+      #           ],
+      #           "condition": {
+      #             "title": "expirable access",
+      #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+      #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+      #           }
+      #         }
+      #       ],
+      #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+      #       "version": 3
+      #     }
+      # ```
+      #
+      # **YAML example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     bindings:
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:mike@example.com
+      #       - group:admins@example.com
+      #       - domain:google.com
+      #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:eve@example.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+      #       condition:
+      #         title: expirable access
+      #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+      #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+      #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+      #     version: 3
+      # ```
+      #
+      # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+          # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+          # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+          # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+          #
+          # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+          # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+          # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+          # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+          #
+          # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+          #
+          #     {
+          #       "audit_configs": [
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "allServices",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         },
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         }
+          #       ]
+          #     }
+          #
+          # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+          # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+          # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+              # Example:
+              #
+              #     {
+              #       "audit_log_configs": [
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+              #           "exempted_members": [
+              #             "user:jose@example.com"
+              #           ]
+              #         },
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+              #         }
+              #       ]
+              #     }
+              #
+              # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+              # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+                # permission.
+                # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+            # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+            # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+        # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+        # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+        #
+        # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+        # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+        # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+        # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+        # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+        # the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+            # current request.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+            # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+            # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+            #
+            # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+            # [IAM
+            # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+            #
+            # Example (Comparison):
+            #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+            #
+            # Example (Equality):
+            #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+            #
+            # Example (Logic):
+            #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+            #
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
+            #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+            #
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+            # `members` can have the following values:
+            #
+            # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+            #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+            #
+            # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+            #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+            #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+            #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+            #
+            # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+            #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+            #
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+            #    service account. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+            #    identifier for a
+            #    [Kubernetes service
+            #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+            #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+            #
+            # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+            #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+            #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   All workforce identities in a group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   A workload identity pool group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+            #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+            #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+            #    retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+            #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+            #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+            #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+            #    role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+            #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+            #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+            #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+            # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            #
+            # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+            # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+            # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+            # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+        # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+        # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+        # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+        # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+        # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+        # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+        #
+        # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+        # are rejected.
+        #
+        # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+        # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+        #
+        # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+        # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+        # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+        # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+        #   that includes conditions
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+        #
+        # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+        # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+        #
+        # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+        # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html index 90e9747dd6..8d9f5ec9c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html @@ -307,6 +307,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is @@ -797,6 +804,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is @@ -1265,6 +1279,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is @@ -1740,6 +1761,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index a2a08a7a2e..e965f02e61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -587,6 +587,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1116,6 +1117,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1139,15 +1144,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1590,6 +1586,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1830,6 +1827,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2523,6 +2524,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3052,6 +3054,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3075,15 +3081,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -3526,6 +3523,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3766,6 +3764,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4464,6 +4466,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4993,6 +4996,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -5016,15 +5023,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -5467,6 +5465,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5707,6 +5706,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html index 41eaf49bd8..46f91dade1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html @@ -240,6 +240,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -697,6 +699,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1143,6 +1147,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1595,6 +1601,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1723,6 +1731,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendBuckets.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a18517ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendBuckets.html @@ -0,0 +1,3568 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . regionBackendBuckets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, region, backendBucket, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified regional BackendBucket resource.

+

+ get(project, region, backendBucket, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified regional BackendBucket resource.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

+

+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a RegionBackendBucket in the specified project in the given scope

+

+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified

+

+ listUsable(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project in

+

+ listUsable_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(project, region, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, region, backendBucket, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified regional BackendBucket resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  backendBucket: string, Name of the BackendBucket resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, backendBucket, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified regional BackendBucket resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  backendBucket: string, Name of the BackendBucket resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+    #
+    # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+    # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+  "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+  "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+    "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+        # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+        # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+      { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+          # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+          # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+        "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+            # Values are case-insensitive.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+        # Cloud CDN.
+      "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+          # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+          # and not treated as delimiters.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+        # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+        # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+        # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+        # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+        # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+        # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+        # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+        # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+        # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+        # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+        # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+        # cached.
+        #
+        # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+        # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+    "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+        # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+        # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+        # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+        # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+        # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+        # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+        # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+        # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+    "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+        # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+        # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+        # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+        # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+        # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+        # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+    "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+        # origin.
+        # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+        # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+        # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+        # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+        # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+        # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+        # the defined TTL.
+    "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+        # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+        # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+        # experience by reducing response latency.
+        # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+        # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+        # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+        # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+        # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+        # caching headers.
+        # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+        # status codes:
+        # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+        # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+        # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+        # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+        # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+    "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+        # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+        # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+        # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+        # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+        # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+        # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+        # negative caching when a policy exists.
+      { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+        "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+            # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+            # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+            # once.
+        "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+            # corresponding status code.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+            # defined TTL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+        # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+    "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+        # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+        # the cache.
+        # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+        # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+        # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+        # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+        # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+        # response.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+        # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+    "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+        # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+        # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+        # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+        # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+        # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+        # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+        # altered.
+    "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+      # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+      # when the resource is created.
+  "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+      # this backend bucket.
+  "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+  "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+      # load balancer.
+      #
+      # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+      # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+      # balancers, or both.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+      # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+    {
+      "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+          # BackendBucket.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such
+policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a RegionBackendBucket in the specified project in the given scope
+using the parameters that are included in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+    # 
+    # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+    # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+  "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+  "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+    "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+        # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+        # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+      { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+          # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+          # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+        "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+            # Values are case-insensitive.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+        # Cloud CDN.
+      "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+          # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+          # and not treated as delimiters.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+        # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+        # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+        # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+        # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+        # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+        # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+        # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+        # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+        # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+        # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+        # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+        # cached.
+        #
+        # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+        # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+    "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+        # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+        # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+        # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+        # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+        # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+        # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+        # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+        # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+    "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+        # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+        # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+        # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+        # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+        # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+        # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+    "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+        # origin.
+        # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+        # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+        # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+        # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+        # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+        # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+        # the defined TTL.
+    "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+        # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+        # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+        # experience by reducing response latency.
+        # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+        # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+        # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+        # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+        # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+        # caching headers.
+        # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+        # status codes:
+        # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+        # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+        # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+        # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+        # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+    "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+        # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+        # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+        # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+        # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+        # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+        # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+        # negative caching when a policy exists.
+      { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+        "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+            # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+            # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+            # once.
+        "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+            # corresponding status code.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+            # defined TTL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+        # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+    "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+        # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+        # the cache.
+        # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+        # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+        # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+        # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+        # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+        # response.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+        # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+    "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+        # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+        # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+        # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+        # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+        # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+        # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+        # altered.
+    "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+      # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+      # when the resource is created.
+  "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+      # this backend bucket.
+  "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+  "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+      # load balancer.
+      # 
+      # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+      # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+      # balancers, or both.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+      # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+    {
+      "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+          # BackendBucket.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified
+project in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of BackendBucket resources.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of BackendBucket resources.
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+        #
+        # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+        # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+      "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+        "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+            # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+            # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+          { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+              # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+              # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+            "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                # Values are case-insensitive.
+          },
+        ],
+        "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+            # Cloud CDN.
+          "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+              # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+              # and not treated as delimiters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+            # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+            # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+            # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+            # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+            # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+            # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+            # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+            # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+            # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+            # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+            # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+            # cached.
+            #
+            # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+            # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+        "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+            # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+            # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+            # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+            # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+            # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+            # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+            # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+            # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+        "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+            # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+            # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+            # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+            # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+            # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+            # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+        "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+            # origin.
+            # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+            # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+            # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+            # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+            # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+            # the defined TTL.
+        "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+            # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+            # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+            # experience by reducing response latency.
+            # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+            # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+            # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+            # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+            # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+            # caching headers.
+            # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+            # status codes:
+            # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+            # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+            # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+            # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+            # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+        "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+            # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+            # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+            # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+            # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+            # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+            # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+            # negative caching when a policy exists.
+          { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+            "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                # once.
+            "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                # corresponding status code.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                # defined TTL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+            # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+        "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+            # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+            # the cache.
+            # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+            # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+            # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+            # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+            # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+            # response.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+            # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+        "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+            # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+            # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+            # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+            # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+            # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+            # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+            # altered.
+        "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+          # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+          # when the resource is created.
+      "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+          # this backend bucket.
+      "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+      "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+          # load balancer.
+          #
+          # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+          # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+          # balancers, or both.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+            # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+            # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+            # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+            # { : }.
+            # For example the following are valid inputs:
+            # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+            # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+            # Note:
+            # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+            #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+          # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+        {
+          "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+              # BackendBucket.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucketList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listUsable(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project in
+the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request.
+It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of BackendBucket resources.
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+        #
+        # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+        # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+      "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+        "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+            # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+            # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+          { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+              # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+              # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+            "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                # Values are case-insensitive.
+          },
+        ],
+        "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+            # Cloud CDN.
+          "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+              # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+              # and not treated as delimiters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+            # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+            # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+            # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+            # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+            # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+            # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+            # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+            # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+            # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+            # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+            # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+            # cached.
+            #
+            # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+            # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+        "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+            # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+            # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+            # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+            # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+            # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+            # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+            # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+            # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+        "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+            # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+            # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+            # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+            # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+            # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+            # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+        "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+            # origin.
+            # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+            # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+            # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+            # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+            # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+            # the defined TTL.
+        "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+            # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+            # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+            # experience by reducing response latency.
+            # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+            # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+            # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+            # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+            # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+            # caching headers.
+            # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+            # status codes:
+            # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+            # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+            # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+            # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+            # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+        "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+            # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+            # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+            # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+            # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+            # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+            # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+            # negative caching when a policy exists.
+          { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+            "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                # once.
+            "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                # corresponding status code.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                # defined TTL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+            # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+        "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+            # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+            # the cache.
+            # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+            # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+            # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+            # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+            # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+            # response.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+            # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+        "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+            # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+            # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+            # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+            # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+            # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+            # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+            # altered.
+        "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+          # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+          # when the resource is created.
+      "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+          # this backend bucket.
+      "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+      "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+          # load balancer.
+          #
+          # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+          # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+          # balancers, or both.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+            # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+            # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+            # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+            # { : }.
+            # For example the following are valid inputs:
+            # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+            # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+            # Note:
+            # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+            #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+          # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+        {
+          "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+              # BackendBucket.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#usableBackendBucketList", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#usableBackendBucketList for lists of usable backend
+      # buckets.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listUsable_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(project, region, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified  BackendBucket resource with the data included in the
+request. This method supportsPATCH
+semantics and uses theJSON merge
+patch format and processing rules.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  backendBucket: string, Name of the BackendBucket resource to patch. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+    # 
+    # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+    # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+  "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+  "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+    "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+        # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+        # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+      { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+          # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+          # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+        "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+            # Values are case-insensitive.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+        # Cloud CDN.
+      "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+          # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+          # and not treated as delimiters.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+        # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+        # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+        # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+        # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+        # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+        # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+        # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+        # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+        # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+        # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+        # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+        # cached.
+        #
+        # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+        # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+    "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+        # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+        # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+        # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+        # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+        # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+        # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+        # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+        # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+    "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+        # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+        # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+        # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+        # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+        # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+        # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+    "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+        # origin.
+        # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+        # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+        # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+        # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+        # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+        # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+        # the defined TTL.
+    "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+        # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+        # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+        # experience by reducing response latency.
+        # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+        # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+        # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+        # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+        # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+        # caching headers.
+        # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+        # status codes:
+        # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+        # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+        # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+        # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+        # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+    "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+        # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+        # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+        # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+        # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+        # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+        # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+        # negative caching when a policy exists.
+      { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+        "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+            # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+            # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+            # once.
+        "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+            # corresponding status code.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+            # defined TTL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+        # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+    "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+        # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+        # the cache.
+        # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+        # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+        # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+        # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+        # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+        # response.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+        # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+    "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+        # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+        # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+        # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+        # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+        # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+        # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+        # altered.
+    "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+      # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+      # when the resource is created.
+  "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+      # this backend bucket.
+  "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+  "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+      # load balancer.
+      # 
+      # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+      # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+      # balancers, or both.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+      # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+    {
+      "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+          # BackendBucket.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.
+Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of
+      # the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a
+      # valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+      # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+      #
+      #
+      # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+      # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+      # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+      # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+      # role or a user-created custom role.
+      #
+      # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+      # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+      # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+      # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+      # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+      #
+      # **JSON example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     {
+      #       "bindings": [
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:mike@example.com",
+      #             "group:admins@example.com",
+      #             "domain:google.com",
+      #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+      #           ]
+      #         },
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:eve@example.com"
+      #           ],
+      #           "condition": {
+      #             "title": "expirable access",
+      #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+      #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+      #           }
+      #         }
+      #       ],
+      #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+      #       "version": 3
+      #     }
+      # ```
+      #
+      # **YAML example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     bindings:
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:mike@example.com
+      #       - group:admins@example.com
+      #       - domain:google.com
+      #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:eve@example.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+      #       condition:
+      #         title: expirable access
+      #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+      #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+      #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+      #     version: 3
+      # ```
+      #
+      # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+          # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+          # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+          # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+          #
+          # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+          # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+          # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+          # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+          #
+          # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+          #
+          #     {
+          #       "audit_configs": [
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "allServices",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         },
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         }
+          #       ]
+          #     }
+          #
+          # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+          # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+          # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+              # Example:
+              #
+              #     {
+              #       "audit_log_configs": [
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+              #           "exempted_members": [
+              #             "user:jose@example.com"
+              #           ]
+              #         },
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+              #         }
+              #       ]
+              #     }
+              #
+              # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+              # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+                # permission.
+                # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+            # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+            # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+        # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+        # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+        #
+        # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+        # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+        # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+        # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+        # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+        # the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+            # current request.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+            # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+            # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+            #
+            # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+            # [IAM
+            # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+            #
+            # Example (Comparison):
+            #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+            #
+            # Example (Equality):
+            #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+            #
+            # Example (Logic):
+            #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+            #
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
+            #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+            #
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+            # `members` can have the following values:
+            #
+            # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+            #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+            #
+            # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+            #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+            #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+            #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+            #
+            # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+            #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+            #
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+            #    service account. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+            #    identifier for a
+            #    [Kubernetes service
+            #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+            #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+            #
+            # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+            #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+            #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   All workforce identities in a group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   A workload identity pool group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+            #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+            #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+            #    retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+            #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+            #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+            #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+            #    role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+            #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+            #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+            #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+            # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            #
+            # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+            # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+            # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+            # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+        # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+        # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+        # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+        # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+        # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+        # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+        #
+        # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+        # are rejected.
+        #
+        # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+        # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+        #
+        # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+        # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+        # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+        # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+        #   that includes conditions
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+        #
+        # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+        # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+        #
+        # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+        # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index 6c3eb50db2..cc35e8cd07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -538,6 +538,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -574,6 +582,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -827,7 +836,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1254,7 +1263,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1409,7 +1418,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2225,6 +2234,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -2261,6 +2278,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -2514,7 +2532,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -2941,7 +2959,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3096,7 +3114,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -3861,6 +3879,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -3897,6 +3923,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -4150,7 +4177,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4577,7 +4604,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4732,7 +4759,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5248,6 +5275,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -5284,6 +5319,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -5537,7 +5573,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5964,7 +6000,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6119,7 +6155,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6576,6 +6612,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -6612,6 +6656,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -6865,7 +6910,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7292,7 +7337,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7447,7 +7492,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -9336,6 +9381,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -9372,6 +9425,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -9625,7 +9679,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10052,7 +10106,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10207,7 +10261,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html index be91fa2620..147792248f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html @@ -267,6 +267,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -726,6 +738,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1095,6 +1119,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1839,6 +1875,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -2259,6 +2307,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html index 97ee12e229..f7f975462f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified CompositeHealthCheck resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region

@@ -701,6 +704,36 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional CompositeHealthCheck.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  compositeHealthCheck: string, Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth
+  "healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states.
+    {
+      "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.
+  "kind": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of
+      # composite health checks.
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index f5558d6c60..14266d03e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -449,6 +452,34 @@

Method Details

{ # A transient resource used in compute.disks.bulkInsert and # compute.regionDisks.bulkInsert. It is only used to process # requests and is not persisted. + "instantSnapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the instant snapshot group. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # The source instant snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide + # this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following + # are valid values: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup + # - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup + # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup + }, + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature + # is restricted. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable + # for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "sourceSnapshotGroup": "A String", # The source snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide this as a + # partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid + # values: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create + # disks. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk + # types. + }, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone. # This may be a full or partial URL, such as: # @@ -813,6 +844,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -868,6 +900,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable + # for regional snapshots. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -936,6 +970,10 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1857,6 +1895,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2745,6 +2784,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3640,6 +3680,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6958,6 +6999,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7576,4 +7618,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html index ffc70b3de4..560348ce21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified HealthSource resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region

@@ -707,6 +710,49 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional HealthSource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthSource: string, Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the HealthSource.
+  "kind": "compute#healthSourceHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.
+  "sources": [ # Health state details of the sources.
+    {
+      "backends": [ # Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source
+          # backend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource
+          # is BACKEND_SERVICE.
+        {
+          "endpointCount": 42, # Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+          "group": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group
+              # behind the source backend service.
+          "healthyEndpointCount": 42, # Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source
+          # resource if it is a L4ILB backend service.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a
+          # backend service URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index 7de91b7422..1216da1c85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -725,16 +725,15 @@ 

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -753,16 +752,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -859,14 +856,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -966,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -991,16 +988,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1019,16 +1015,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1125,14 +1119,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1232,7 +1226,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1632,16 +1626,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1660,16 +1653,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1766,14 +1757,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1873,7 +1864,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index d7cd946d33..deca787249 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2158,49 +2158,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -2315,9 +2315,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -2365,22 +2365,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2477,20 +2477,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2587,72 +2587,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -2913,49 +2913,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -3070,9 +3070,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -3120,22 +3120,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3232,20 +3232,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3342,72 +3342,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -4036,49 +4036,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4108,7 +4108,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4128,7 +4128,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -4167,7 +4167,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -4193,9 +4193,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -4243,22 +4243,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4355,20 +4355,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4465,72 +4465,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -4715,7 +4715,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -5601,49 +5601,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5673,7 +5673,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5693,7 +5693,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -5732,7 +5732,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -5758,9 +5758,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -5808,22 +5808,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5920,20 +5920,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6030,72 +6030,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6280,7 +6280,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 06c8b05462..486a3cfbe6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -81,13 +81,13 @@

Instance Methods

delete(project, region, instanceTemplate, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is

- get(project, region, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(project, region, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified instance template.

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates an instance template in the specified project and region using the

- list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the

list_next()

@@ -393,18 +393,13 @@

Method Details

- get(project, region, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + get(project, region, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the specified instance template.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
   instanceTemplate: string, The name of the instance template. (required)
-  view: string, View of the instance template.
-    Allowed values
-      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
-      FULL - Include everything.
-      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -599,6 +594,7 @@ 

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1128,6 +1124,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1151,15 +1151,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1559,6 +1550,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2088,6 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2111,15 +2107,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -2607,7 +2594,7 @@

Method Details

- list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the
 specified project and region.
 
@@ -2697,11 +2684,6 @@ 

Method Details

For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code. - view: string, View of the instance template. - Allowed values - BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata. - FULL - Include everything. - INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -2899,6 +2881,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3428,6 +3411,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3451,15 +3438,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 5a3b5735fb..8f07832af1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -711,6 +712,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1240,6 +1242,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1263,15 +1269,6 @@

Method Details

"networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a - # subdomain (namespace) to entries map. - "a_key": { - "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. - # It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct. - "a_key": "", - }, - }, - }, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. # If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4ecb72509 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,2265 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . regionInstantSnapshotGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, region, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

deletes a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource

+

+ get(project, region, instantSnapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None)

+

returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

+

+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

creates a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource

+

+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, region, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
deletes a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, instantSnapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None) +
returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified
+region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.
+    #
+    # An instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a
+    # point in time state of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup
+      # resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "resourceStatus": {
+    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceConsistencyGroup": "A String",
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such
+policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None) +
creates a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.
+    # 
+    # An instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a
+    # point in time state of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup
+      # resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "resourceStatus": {
+    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceConsistencyGroup": "A String",
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  sourceConsistencyGroup: string, begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within
+the specified region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
+    { # Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.
+        #
+        # An instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a
+        # point in time state of a consistency group.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+          # create the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup
+          # resources.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+          # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+          # be a dash.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "resourceStatus": {
+        "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+        "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+          "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+          "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+      "sourceConsistencyGroup": "A String",
+      "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+      "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroupsList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+      # end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.
+Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of
+      # the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a
+      # valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+      # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+      #
+      #
+      # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+      # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+      # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+      # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+      # role or a user-created custom role.
+      #
+      # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+      # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+      # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+      # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+      # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+      #
+      # **JSON example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     {
+      #       "bindings": [
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:mike@example.com",
+      #             "group:admins@example.com",
+      #             "domain:google.com",
+      #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+      #           ]
+      #         },
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:eve@example.com"
+      #           ],
+      #           "condition": {
+      #             "title": "expirable access",
+      #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+      #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+      #           }
+      #         }
+      #       ],
+      #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+      #       "version": 3
+      #     }
+      # ```
+      #
+      # **YAML example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     bindings:
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:mike@example.com
+      #       - group:admins@example.com
+      #       - domain:google.com
+      #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:eve@example.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+      #       condition:
+      #         title: expirable access
+      #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+      #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+      #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+      #     version: 3
+      # ```
+      #
+      # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+          # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+          # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+          # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+          #
+          # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+          # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+          # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+          # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+          #
+          # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+          #
+          #     {
+          #       "audit_configs": [
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "allServices",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         },
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         }
+          #       ]
+          #     }
+          #
+          # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+          # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+          # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+              # Example:
+              #
+              #     {
+              #       "audit_log_configs": [
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+              #           "exempted_members": [
+              #             "user:jose@example.com"
+              #           ]
+              #         },
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+              #         }
+              #       ]
+              #     }
+              #
+              # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+              # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+                # permission.
+                # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+            # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+            # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+        # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+        # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+        #
+        # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+        # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+        # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+        # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+        # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+        # the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+            # current request.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+            # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+            # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+            #
+            # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+            # [IAM
+            # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+            #
+            # Example (Comparison):
+            #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+            #
+            # Example (Equality):
+            #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+            #
+            # Example (Logic):
+            #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+            #
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
+            #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+            #
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+            # `members` can have the following values:
+            #
+            # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+            #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+            #
+            # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+            #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+            #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+            #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+            #
+            # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+            #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+            #
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+            #    service account. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+            #    identifier for a
+            #    [Kubernetes service
+            #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+            #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+            #
+            # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+            #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+            #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   All workforce identities in a group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   A workload identity pool group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+            #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+            #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+            #    retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+            #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+            #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+            #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+            #    role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+            #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+            #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+            #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+            # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            #
+            # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+            # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+            # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+            # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+        # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+        # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+        # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+        # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+        # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+        # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+        #
+        # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+        # are rejected.
+        #
+        # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+        # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+        #
+        # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+        # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+        # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+        # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+        #   that includes conditions
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+        #
+        # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+        # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+        #
+        # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+        # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 40f3feacb1..5daca22c1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -508,6 +508,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is @@ -976,6 +983,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is @@ -1451,6 +1465,13 @@

Method Details

"sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. # This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot # was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is + # part of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same + # zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or + # valid partial URL. + "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this + # InstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the + # InstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation. "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY. "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSnapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSnapshotSettings.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb93c86b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSnapshotSettings.html @@ -0,0 +1,454 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . regionSnapshotSettings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, region, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get region snapshot settings.

+

+ patch(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Patch region snapshot settings.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, x__xgafv=None) +
Get region snapshot settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "accessLocation": { # (Regional snapshots use only)Policy of which location is allowed to access
+      # snapshot.
+    "locations": { # List of regions that can restore a regional
+        #  snapshot from the current region
+      "a_key": { # A structure for specifying an allowed target region.
+        "region": "A String", # Accessible region name
+      },
+    },
+    "policy": "A String", # Policy of which location is allowed to access snapshot.
+  },
+  "storageLocation": { # Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional
+      # data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out.
+    "locations": { # When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored
+        # in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket
+        # locations. Only one location can be specified.
+      "a_key": { # A structure for specifying storage locations.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets.
+            # Only one location can be specified.
+      },
+    },
+    "policy": "A String", # The chosen location policy.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Patch region snapshot settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "accessLocation": { # (Regional snapshots use only)Policy of which location is allowed to access
+      # snapshot.
+    "locations": { # List of regions that can restore a regional
+        #  snapshot from the current region
+      "a_key": { # A structure for specifying an allowed target region.
+        "region": "A String", # Accessible region name
+      },
+    },
+    "policy": "A String", # Policy of which location is allowed to access snapshot.
+  },
+  "storageLocation": { # Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional
+      # data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out.
+    "locations": { # When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored
+        # in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket
+        # locations. Only one location can be specified.
+      "a_key": { # A structure for specifying storage locations.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets.
+            # Only one location can be specified.
+      },
+    },
+    "policy": "A String", # The chosen location policy.
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSnapshots.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ee750716e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSnapshots.html @@ -0,0 +1,3745 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . regionSnapshots

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, region, snapshot, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting

+

+ get(project, region, snapshot, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified Snapshot resource.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

+

+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a snapshot in the specified region using the data included

+

+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.

+

+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the labels on a regional snapshot. To learn more about labels, read

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, region, snapshot, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting
+a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that
+snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is
+needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next
+corresponding snapshot.
+
+For more information, seeDeleting
+snapshots.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, snapshot, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified Snapshot resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the Snapshot resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource.
+    #
+    # You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more
+    # information, read  Creating
+    # persistent disk snapshots.
+  "architecture": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are
+      # ARM64 or X86_64.
+  "autoCreated": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by
+      # applying resource policy on the target disk.
+  "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the
+      # specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply
+      # with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service
+      # owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example,
+      # for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this
+      # field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.
+  "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
+  "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+  "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Output only. Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk.
+      # [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk.
+  "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by
+      # informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+  "guestOsFeatures": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system.
+      # Applicable only for bootable images. Read
+      # Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available
+      # options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to
+          # separate values. Set to one or more of the following values:
+          #
+          #    - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE
+          #    - WINDOWS
+          #    - MULTI_IP_SUBNET
+          #    - UEFI_COMPATIBLE
+          #    - GVNIC
+          #    - SEV_CAPABLE
+          #    - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE
+          #    - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2
+          #    - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE
+          #    - TDX_CAPABLE
+          #    - IDPF
+          #    - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE
+          #    - CCA_CAPABLE
+          #
+          #
+          # For more information, see
+          # Enabling guest operating system features.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#snapshot", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot
+      # for Snapshot resources.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is
+      # essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The
+      # fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after
+      # every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an
+      # up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels,
+      # otherwise the request will fail with error412 conditionNotMet.
+      #
+      # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to
+      # retrieve a snapshot.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by
+      # the setLabels method.
+      # Label values may be empty.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "licenseCodes": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached
+      # to this snapshot.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "licenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this
+      # snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached
+      # (such as a Windows image).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other
+      # resources.
+      # This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have
+        # the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,
+        # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced
+        # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and
+        # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &
+        # PATCH) when empty.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable
+      # for regional snapshots.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied
+      # encryption key.
+      #
+      # After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must
+      # provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must
+      # provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted
+      # snapshot in a future request.
+      #
+      # Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata
+      # of the snapshot.
+      #
+      # If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then
+      # the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you
+      # do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        #
+        # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+        # example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+        # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+        # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+        # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+        # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rawKey":
+        # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+        # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+        # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+        # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+        # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+        # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+        #
+        # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+        # Compute Engine:
+        #
+        #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+        #    Google.
+        #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+        #    encoding.
+        #
+        # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+        #
+        #
+        # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+        # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+        # encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot
+      # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage
+      # of snapshot group feature is restricted.
+  "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
+  "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
+  "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied
+      # encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is
+      # protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        #
+        # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+        # example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+        # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+        # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+        # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+        # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rawKey":
+        # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+        # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+        # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+        # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+        # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+        # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+        #
+        # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+        # Compute Engine:
+        #
+        #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+        #    Google.
+        #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+        #    encoding.
+        #
+        # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+        #
+        #
+        # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+        # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+        # encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this
+      # snapshot.
+  "sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This
+      # value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the
+      # current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+  "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide
+      # this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following
+      # are valid values:
+      #
+      #
+      #      - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      #      - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      #    - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant
+      # Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        #
+        # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+        # example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+        # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+        # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+        # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+        # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rawKey":
+        # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+        # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+        # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+        # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+        # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+        # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+        #
+        # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+        # Compute Engine:
+        #
+        #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+        #    Google.
+        #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+        #    encoding.
+        #
+        # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+        #
+        #
+        # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+        # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+        # encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this
+      # snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to
+      # create this snapshot. For example, if you created the snapshot from an
+      # instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name,
+      # the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot
+      # that was used.
+  "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this
+      # scheduled snapshot.
+  "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this
+      # scheduled snapshot.
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED,READY, or UPLOADING.
+  "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots
+      # share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot
+      # creation/deletion.
+  "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a
+      # stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage
+      # reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning
+      # the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE,
+      # meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
+  "storageLocations": [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or
+      # multi-regional).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such
+policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a snapshot in the specified region using the data included
+in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource.
+    # 
+    # You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more
+    # information, read  Creating
+    # persistent disk snapshots.
+  "architecture": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are
+      # ARM64 or X86_64.
+  "autoCreated": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by
+      # applying resource policy on the target disk.
+  "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the
+      # specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply
+      # with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service
+      # owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example,
+      # for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this
+      # field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.
+  "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
+  "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+  "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Output only. Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk.
+      # [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk.
+  "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by
+      # informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+  "guestOsFeatures": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system.
+      # Applicable only for bootable images. Read
+      # Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available
+      # options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to
+          # separate values. Set to one or more of the following values:
+          #
+          #    - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE
+          #    - WINDOWS
+          #    - MULTI_IP_SUBNET
+          #    - UEFI_COMPATIBLE
+          #    - GVNIC
+          #    - SEV_CAPABLE
+          #    - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE
+          #    - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2
+          #    - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE
+          #    - TDX_CAPABLE
+          #    - IDPF
+          #    - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE
+          #    - CCA_CAPABLE
+          #
+          #
+          # For more information, see
+          # Enabling guest operating system features.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#snapshot", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot
+      # for Snapshot resources.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is
+      # essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The
+      # fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after
+      # every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an
+      # up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels,
+      # otherwise the request will fail with error412 conditionNotMet.
+      # 
+      # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to
+      # retrieve a snapshot.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by
+      # the setLabels method.
+      # Label values may be empty.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "licenseCodes": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached
+      # to this snapshot.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "licenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this
+      # snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached
+      # (such as a Windows image).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other
+      # resources.
+      # This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have
+        # the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,
+        # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced
+        # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and
+        # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &
+        # PATCH) when empty.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable
+      # for regional snapshots.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied
+      # encryption key.
+      # 
+      # After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must
+      # provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must
+      # provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted
+      # snapshot in a future request.
+      # 
+      # Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata
+      # of the snapshot.
+      # 
+      # If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then
+      # the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you
+      # do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        #
+        # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+        # example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+        # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+        # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+        # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+        # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rawKey":
+        # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+        # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+        # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+        # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+        # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+        # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+        #
+        # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+        # Compute Engine:
+        #
+        #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+        #    Google.
+        #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+        #    encoding.
+        #
+        # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+        #
+        #
+        # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+        # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+        # encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot
+      # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.
+  "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage
+      # of snapshot group feature is restricted.
+  "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
+  "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
+  "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied
+      # encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is
+      # protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        #
+        # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+        # example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+        # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+        # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+        # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+        # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rawKey":
+        # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+        # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+        # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+        # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+        # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+        # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+        #
+        # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+        # Compute Engine:
+        #
+        #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+        #    Google.
+        #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+        #    encoding.
+        #
+        # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+        #
+        #
+        # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+        # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+        # encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this
+      # snapshot.
+  "sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This
+      # value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the
+      # current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+  "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide
+      # this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following
+      # are valid values:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      #      - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      #    - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant
+      # Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        #
+        # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+        # example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+        # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+        # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+        # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+        # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+        # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rawKey":
+        # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+        # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+        # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+        # For example:
+        #
+        # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+        # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+        # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+        # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+        #
+        # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+        # Compute Engine:
+        #
+        #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+        #    Google.
+        #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+        #    encoding.
+        #
+        # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+        #
+        #
+        # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+        # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+        # encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this
+      # snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to
+      # create this snapshot. For example, if you created the snapshot from an
+      # instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name,
+      # the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot
+      # that was used.
+  "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this
+      # scheduled snapshot.
+  "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this
+      # scheduled snapshot.
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED,READY, or UPLOADING.
+  "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots
+      # share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot
+      # creation/deletion.
+  "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a
+      # stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage
+      # reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning
+      # the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE,
+      # meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
+  "storageLocations": [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or
+      # multi-regional).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within
+the specified region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of Snapshot resources.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of Snapshot resources.
+    { # Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource.
+        #
+        # You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more
+        # information, read  Creating
+        # persistent disk snapshots.
+      "architecture": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are
+          # ARM64 or X86_64.
+      "autoCreated": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by
+          # applying resource policy on the target disk.
+      "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the
+          # specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply
+          # with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service
+          # owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example,
+          # for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this
+          # field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.
+      "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+          # create the resource.
+      "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
+      "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+      "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Output only. Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk.
+          # [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk.
+      "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by
+          # informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+      "guestOsFeatures": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system.
+          # Applicable only for bootable images. Read
+          # Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available
+          # options.
+        { # Guest OS features.
+          "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to
+              # separate values. Set to one or more of the following values:
+              #
+              #    - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE
+              #    - WINDOWS
+              #    - MULTI_IP_SUBNET
+              #    - UEFI_COMPATIBLE
+              #    - GVNIC
+              #    - SEV_CAPABLE
+              #    - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE
+              #    - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2
+              #    - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE
+              #    - TDX_CAPABLE
+              #    - IDPF
+              #    - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE
+              #    - CCA_CAPABLE
+              #
+              #
+              # For more information, see
+              # Enabling guest operating system features.
+        },
+      ],
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#snapshot", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot
+          # for Snapshot resources.
+      "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is
+          # essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The
+          # fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after
+          # every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an
+          # up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels,
+          # otherwise the request will fail with error412 conditionNotMet.
+          #
+          # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to
+          # retrieve a snapshot.
+      "labels": { # Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by
+          # the setLabels method.
+          # Label values may be empty.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "licenseCodes": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached
+          # to this snapshot.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "licenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this
+          # snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached
+          # (such as a Windows image).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other
+          # resources.
+          # This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+          # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+          # be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have
+            # the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,
+            # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced
+            # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and
+            # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &
+            # PATCH) when empty.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable
+          # for regional snapshots.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied
+          # encryption key.
+          #
+          # After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must
+          # provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must
+          # provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted
+          # snapshot in a future request.
+          #
+          # Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata
+          # of the snapshot.
+          #
+          # If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then
+          # the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you
+          # do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+            # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            #
+            # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+            # example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+            # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+        "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+            # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+        "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+            # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+            # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+            # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "rawKey":
+            # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+            # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+            # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+            # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+            # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+            # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+            #
+            # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+            # Compute Engine:
+            #
+            #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+            #    Google.
+            #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+            #    encoding.
+            #
+            # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+            #
+            #
+            # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+        "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+            # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+            # encryption key that protects this resource.
+      },
+      "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot
+          # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.
+      "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage
+          # of snapshot group feature is restricted.
+      "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
+      "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
+      "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied
+          # encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is
+          # protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+            # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            #
+            # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+            # example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+            # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+        "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+            # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+        "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+            # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+            # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+            # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "rawKey":
+            # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+            # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+            # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+            # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+            # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+            # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+            #
+            # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+            # Compute Engine:
+            #
+            #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+            #    Google.
+            #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+            #    encoding.
+            #
+            # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+            #
+            #
+            # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+        "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+            # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+            # encryption key that protects this resource.
+      },
+      "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this
+          # snapshot.
+      "sourceDiskId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This
+          # value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the
+          # current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+      "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide
+          # this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following
+          # are valid values:
+          #
+          #
+          #      - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+          #      - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+          #    - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant
+          # Snapshot.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+            # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            #
+            # The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For
+            # example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/
+            # key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            # /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+        "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS
+            # key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+        "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied
+            # encryption key, encoded in RFC
+            # 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can
+            # provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "rawKey":
+            # "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit
+            # customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this
+            # resource. You can provide either the rawKey or thersaEncryptedKey.
+            # For example:
+            #
+            # "rsaEncryptedKey":
+            # "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH
+            # z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD
+            # D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe=="
+            #
+            # The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to
+            # Compute Engine:
+            #
+            #    1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by
+            #    Google.
+            #    2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64
+            #    encoding.
+            #
+            # Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:
+            #
+            #
+            # https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+        "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] TheRFC
+            # 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied
+            # encryption key that protects this resource.
+      },
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this
+          # snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to
+          # create this snapshot. For example, if you created the snapshot from an
+          # instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name,
+          # the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot
+          # that was used.
+      "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this
+          # scheduled snapshot.
+      "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this
+          # scheduled snapshot.
+      "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED,READY, or UPLOADING.
+      "storageBytes": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots
+          # share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot
+          # creation/deletion.
+      "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a
+          # stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage
+          # reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning
+          # the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE,
+          # meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.
+      "storageLocations": [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or
+          # multi-regional).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.
+Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of
+      # the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a
+      # valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+      # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+      #
+      #
+      # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+      # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+      # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+      # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+      # role or a user-created custom role.
+      #
+      # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+      # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+      # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+      # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+      # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+      #
+      # **JSON example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     {
+      #       "bindings": [
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:mike@example.com",
+      #             "group:admins@example.com",
+      #             "domain:google.com",
+      #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+      #           ]
+      #         },
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:eve@example.com"
+      #           ],
+      #           "condition": {
+      #             "title": "expirable access",
+      #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+      #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+      #           }
+      #         }
+      #       ],
+      #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+      #       "version": 3
+      #     }
+      # ```
+      #
+      # **YAML example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     bindings:
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:mike@example.com
+      #       - group:admins@example.com
+      #       - domain:google.com
+      #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:eve@example.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+      #       condition:
+      #         title: expirable access
+      #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+      #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+      #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+      #     version: 3
+      # ```
+      #
+      # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+          # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+          # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+          # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+          #
+          # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+          # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+          # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+          # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+          #
+          # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+          #
+          #     {
+          #       "audit_configs": [
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "allServices",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         },
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         }
+          #       ]
+          #     }
+          #
+          # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+          # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+          # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+              # Example:
+              #
+              #     {
+              #       "audit_log_configs": [
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+              #           "exempted_members": [
+              #             "user:jose@example.com"
+              #           ]
+              #         },
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+              #         }
+              #       ]
+              #     }
+              #
+              # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+              # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+                # permission.
+                # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+            # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+            # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+        # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+        # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+        #
+        # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+        # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+        # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+        # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+        # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+        # the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+            # current request.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+            # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+            # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+            #
+            # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+            # [IAM
+            # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+            #
+            # Example (Comparison):
+            #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+            #
+            # Example (Equality):
+            #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+            #
+            # Example (Logic):
+            #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+            #
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
+            #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+            #
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+            # `members` can have the following values:
+            #
+            # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+            #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+            #
+            # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+            #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+            #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+            #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+            #
+            # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+            #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+            #
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+            #    service account. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+            #    identifier for a
+            #    [Kubernetes service
+            #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+            #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+            #
+            # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+            #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+            #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   All workforce identities in a group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   A workload identity pool group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+            #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+            #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+            #    retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+            #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+            #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+            #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+            #    role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+            #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+            #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+            #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+            # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            #
+            # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+            # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+            # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+            # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+        # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+        # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+        # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+        # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+        # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+        # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+        #
+        # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+        # are rejected.
+        #
+        # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+        # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+        #
+        # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+        # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+        # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+        # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+        #   that includes conditions
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+        #
+        # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+        # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+        #
+        # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+        # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the labels on a regional snapshot. To learn more about labels, read
+the Labeling Resources
+documentation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource,
+      # used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute
+      # Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must
+      # always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change
+      # labels. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest
+      # fingerprint.
+  "labels": { # The labels to set for this resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/region/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html index 52de139429..7a9d8df4cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html @@ -104,6 +104,16 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "accessLocation": { # (Regional snapshots use only)Policy of which location is allowed to access + # snapshot. + "locations": { # List of regions that can restore a regional + # snapshot from the current region + "a_key": { # A structure for specifying an allowed target region. + "region": "A String", # Accessible region name + }, + }, + "policy": "A String", # Policy of which location is allowed to access snapshot. + }, "storageLocation": { # Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional # data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out. "locations": { # When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored @@ -129,6 +139,16 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "accessLocation": { # (Regional snapshots use only)Policy of which location is allowed to access + # snapshot. + "locations": { # List of regions that can restore a regional + # snapshot from the current region + "a_key": { # A structure for specifying an allowed target region. + "region": "A String", # Accessible region name + }, + }, + "policy": "A String", # Policy of which location is allowed to access snapshot. + }, "storageLocation": { # Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional # data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out. "locations": { # When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index 910fa1f21c..689c634b4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

close() @@ -470,6 +473,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -525,6 +529,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable + # for regional snapshots. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -593,6 +599,10 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1168,6 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1223,6 +1234,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable + # for regional snapshots. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1291,6 +1304,10 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1870,6 +1887,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1925,6 +1943,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable + # for regional snapshots. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1993,6 +2013,10 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage + # of snapshot group feature is restricted. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -3394,4 +3418,311 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7710a0cf21 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,595 @@ + + + +

Infrastructure Manager API . projects . locations . deploymentGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ revisions() +

+

Returns the revisions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a DeploymentGroup The newly created DeploymentGroup will be in the `CREATING` state and can be retrieved via Get and List calls.

+

+ delete(name, deploymentReferencePolicy=None, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a DeploymentGroup

+

+ deprovision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deprovisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a DeploymentGroup for a given project and location.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List DeploymentGroups for a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a DeploymentGroup

+

+ provision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Provisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a DeploymentGroup The newly created DeploymentGroup will be in the `CREATING` state and can be retrieved via Get and List calls.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent in whose context the Deployment Group is created. The parent value is in the format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}' (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+  "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+    { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+      "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+      "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+  "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+  "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+}
+
+  deploymentGroupId: string, Required. The deployment group ID.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, deploymentReferencePolicy=None, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a DeploymentGroup
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of DeploymentGroup in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroup} (required)
+  deploymentReferencePolicy: string, Optional. Policy on how to handle referenced deployments when deleting the DeploymentGroup. If unspecified, the default behavior is to fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.
+    Allowed values
+      DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED - The default behavior. If unspecified, the system will act as if `FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST` is specified.
+      FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST - Fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.
+      FAIL_IF_METADATA_REFERENCES_EXIST - Fail the deletion only if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted. The deletion will proceed even if the deployments in the latest revision of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted.
+      IGNORE_DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCES - Ignore any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision.
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any revisions for this deployment group will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the deployment group has no revisions.)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ deprovision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deprovisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to deprovision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the DeprovisionDeploymentGroup method.
+  "deletePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy on how resources within each deployment should be handled during deletion. This policy is applied globally to the deletion of all deployments in this group. This corresponds to the 'delete_policy' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, this option is propagated to the deletion of each deployment in the group. This corresponds to the 'force' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a DeploymentGroup for a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+  "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+    { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+      "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+      "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+  "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+  "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List DeploymentGroups for a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment groups. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Lists the DeploymentGroups that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the deployment groups listed in the response. The expression must be of the form '{field} {operator} {value}' where operators: '<', '>', '<=', '>=', '!=', '=', ':' are supported (colon ':' represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). {field} can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = "projects/foo/locations/us-central1/deploymentGroups/bar" - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called 'foo' labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called 'foo' whose value is 'bar' labels.foo = bar - Filter by state: - DeploymentGroups in CREATING state. state=CREATING
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to use to sort the list.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 500 will be returned. The maximum value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroups' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment groups.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListDeploymentGroups method.
+  "deploymentGroups": [ # The deployment groups from the specified collection.
+    { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+      "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+        { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+          "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+          "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+      "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+      "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+      "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroups request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a DeploymentGroup
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+  "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+    { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+      "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+      "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+  "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+  "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Deployment Group resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ provision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Provisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to provision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the ProvisionDeploymentGroup method.
+  "deploymentSpecs": { # Optional. The deployment specs of the deployment units to be created within the same project and location of the deployment group. The key is the unit ID, and the value is the `DeploymentSpec`. Provisioning will fail if a `deployment_spec` has a `deployment_id` that matches an existing deployment in the same project and location. If an existing deployment was part of the last successful revision but is no longer in the current DeploymentGroup's `deployment_units`, it will be recreated if included in `deployment_specs`.
+    "a_key": { # Spec for a deployment to be created.
+      "deployment": { # A Deployment is a group of resources and configs managed and provisioned by Infra Manager. # Required. The deployment to be created.
+        "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployments during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "artifactsGcsBucket": "A String", # Optional. User-defined location of Cloud Build logs and artifacts in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{folder}` A default bucket will be bootstrapped if the field is not set or empty. Default bucket format: `gs://--blueprint-config` Constraints: - The bucket needs to be in the same project as the deployment - The path cannot be within the path of `gcs_source` - The field cannot be updated, including changing its presence
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment was created.
+        "deleteBuild": "A String", # Output only. Cloud Build instance UUID associated with deleting this deployment.
+        "deleteLogs": "A String", # Output only. Location of Cloud Build logs in Google Cloud Storage, populated when deleting this deployment. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`.
+        "deleteResults": { # Outputs and artifacts from applying a deployment. # Output only. Location of artifacts from a DeleteDeployment operation.
+          "artifacts": "A String", # Location of artifacts (e.g. logs) in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`
+          "content": "A String", # Location of a blueprint copy and other manifests in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`
+          "outputs": { # Map of output name to output info.
+            "a_key": { # Describes a Terraform output.
+              "sensitive": True or False, # Identifies whether Terraform has set this output as a potential sensitive value.
+              "value": "", # Value of output.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Error code describing errors that may have occurred.
+        "errorLogs": "A String", # Output only. Location of Terraform error logs in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`.
+        "importExistingResources": True or False, # By default, Infra Manager will return a failure when Terraform encounters a 409 code (resource conflict error) during actuation. If this flag is set to true, Infra Manager will instead attempt to automatically import the resource into the Terraform state (for supported resource types) and continue actuation. Not all resource types are supported, refer to documentation.
+        "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "latestRevision": "A String", # Output only. Revision name that was most recently applied. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/ revisions/{revision}`
+        "lockState": "A String", # Output only. Current lock state of the deployment.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+        "providerConfig": { # ProviderConfig contains the provider configurations. # Optional. This field specifies the provider configurations.
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Optional. ProviderSource specifies the source type of the provider.
+        },
+        "quotaValidation": "A String", # Optional. Input to control quota checks for resources in terraform configuration files. There are limited resources on which quota validation applies.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when actuating resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}`
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+        "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+        "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module.
+          "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources.
+            "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value.
+              "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment.
+                "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location.
+                "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}`
+          "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo.
+            "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package'
+            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
+            "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
+          },
+          "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+            "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
+              "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when deleting this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
+          { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
+            "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+              "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+              "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+            },
+            "errorDescription": "A String", # A human-readable error description.
+            "httpResponseCode": 42, # HTTP response code returned from Google Cloud Platform APIs when Terraform fails to provision the resource. If unset or 0, no HTTP response code was returned by Terraform.
+            "resourceAddress": "A String", # Address of the resource associated with the error, e.g. `google_compute_network.vpc_network`.
+          },
+        ],
+        "tfVersion": "A String", # Output only. The current Terraform version set on the deployment. It is in the format of "Major.Minor.Patch", for example, "1.3.10".
+        "tfVersionConstraint": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Terraform version constraint. Example: "=1.3.10".
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment was last modified.
+        "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+      },
+      "deploymentId": "A String", # Required. The id of the deployment to be created which doesn't include the project id and location.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..105096d77a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.html @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ + + + +

Infrastructure Manager API . projects . locations . deploymentGroups . revisions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details about a DeploymentGroupRevision.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists DeploymentGroupRevisions in a given DeploymentGroup.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details about a DeploymentGroupRevision.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group revision to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A DeploymentGroupRevision represents a snapshot of a DeploymentGroup at a given point in time, created when a DeploymentGroup is provisioned or deprovisioned.
+  "alternativeIds": [ # Output only. The alternative IDs of the deployment group revision.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group revision was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group revision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.
+  "snapshot": { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure. # Output only. The snapshot of the deployment group at this revision.
+    "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+    "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+      { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+        "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+        "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+      },
+    ],
+    "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+    "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+    "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+    "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists DeploymentGroupRevisions in a given DeploymentGroup.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment group revisions. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, a sensible default will be used by the server. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroupRevisions' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment group revisions. All other parameters provided to `ListDeploymentGroupRevisions` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListDeploymentGroupRevisions method.
+  "deploymentGroupRevisions": [ # The deployment group revisions from the specified collection.
+    { # A DeploymentGroupRevision represents a snapshot of a DeploymentGroup at a given point in time, created when a DeploymentGroup is provisioned or deprovisioned.
+      "alternativeIds": [ # Output only. The alternative IDs of the deployment group revision.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group revision was created.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group revision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.
+      "snapshot": { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure. # Output only. The snapshot of the deployment group at this revision.
+        "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+        "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+          { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+            "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+            "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+          },
+        ],
+        "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+        "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+        "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+        "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroupRevisions request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html index 7640cf3217..eead5758ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html @@ -177,6 +177,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -408,6 +416,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -572,6 +588,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -712,6 +736,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html index 6714d65c74..4055853153 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html @@ -167,6 +167,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the revision. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional info regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # Output only. A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -251,6 +259,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the revision. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional info regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # Output only. A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html index 4c20d09a32..6726b36770 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Infrastructure Manager API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ deploymentGroups() +

+

Returns the deploymentGroups Resource.

+

deployments()

@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Get the AutoMigrationConfig for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -168,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
index ba0e1773b3..7732b2c06c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
@@ -155,6 +155,14 @@ 

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when previewing resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the preview. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # The terraform blueprint to preview. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -332,6 +340,14 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when previewing resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the preview. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # The terraform blueprint to preview. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -422,6 +438,14 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when previewing resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the preview. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # The terraform blueprint to preview. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html index f109d3f3a6..30b1460d19 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html @@ -212,9 +212,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -224,6 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "inputParameters": [ # Output only. List of input parameter metadata for the action. { # Metadata of an input parameter. @@ -239,9 +249,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -251,6 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. "parameter": "A String", # Name of the Parameter. @@ -266,9 +286,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -278,6 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "resultMetadata": [ # Output only. List of result field metadata. { # Metadata of result field. @@ -294,9 +324,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -306,6 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, @@ -374,9 +414,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -386,6 +435,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "key": True or False, # The following boolean field specifies if the current Field acts as a primary key or id if the parent is of type entity. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. @@ -401,9 +451,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -413,6 +472,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "operations": [ # List of operations supported by this entity "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.html index 84e45831a6..a150da383c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.html @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination configs for the EndUserAuthentication. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "endUserAuthenticationConfig": { # EndUserAuthenticationConfig defines details of a authentication configuration for EUC # Optional. The EndUserAuthenticationConfig for the EndUserAuthentication. @@ -363,14 +363,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination configs for the EndUserAuthentication. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "endUserAuthenticationConfig": { # EndUserAuthenticationConfig defines details of a authentication configuration for EUC # Optional. The EndUserAuthenticationConfig for the EndUserAuthentication. @@ -537,14 +537,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination configs for the EndUserAuthentication. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "endUserAuthenticationConfig": { # EndUserAuthenticationConfig defines details of a authentication configuration for EUC # Optional. The EndUserAuthenticationConfig for the EndUserAuthentication. @@ -720,14 +720,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination configs for the EndUserAuthentication. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "endUserAuthenticationConfig": { # EndUserAuthenticationConfig defines details of a authentication configuration for EUC # Optional. The EndUserAuthenticationConfig for the EndUserAuthentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html index 6b25020a43..b13fa72c3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html @@ -131,17 +131,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "projectId": "A String", # Required. The project id which has the Pub/Sub topic. @@ -151,6 +151,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. type of the destination }, "eventTypeId": "A String", # Optional. Event type id of the event of current EventSubscription. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter for the event subscription. Incoming events are filtered based on the filter expression. "jms": { # JMS message denotes the source of the event # Optional. JMS is the source for the event listener. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the JMS source. i.e. queueName or topicName "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the JMS Source. i.e. Queue or Topic @@ -164,17 +165,17 @@

Method Details

"subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. @@ -277,17 +278,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "projectId": "A String", # Required. The project id which has the Pub/Sub topic. @@ -297,6 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. type of the destination }, "eventTypeId": "A String", # Optional. Event type id of the event of current EventSubscription. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter for the event subscription. Incoming events are filtered based on the filter expression. "jms": { # JMS message denotes the source of the event # Optional. JMS is the source for the event listener. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the JMS source. i.e. queueName or topicName "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the JMS Source. i.e. Queue or Topic @@ -310,17 +312,17 @@

Method Details

"subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. @@ -365,17 +367,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "projectId": "A String", # Required. The project id which has the Pub/Sub topic. @@ -385,6 +387,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. type of the destination }, "eventTypeId": "A String", # Optional. Event type id of the event of current EventSubscription. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter for the event subscription. Incoming events are filtered based on the filter expression. "jms": { # JMS message denotes the source of the event # Optional. JMS is the source for the event listener. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the JMS source. i.e. queueName or topicName "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the JMS Source. i.e. Queue or Topic @@ -398,17 +401,17 @@

Method Details

"subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. @@ -462,17 +465,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "projectId": "A String", # Required. The project id which has the Pub/Sub topic. @@ -482,6 +485,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. type of the destination }, "eventTypeId": "A String", # Optional. Event type id of the event of current EventSubscription. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter for the event subscription. Incoming events are filtered based on the filter expression. "jms": { # JMS message denotes the source of the event # Optional. JMS is the source for the event listener. "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the JMS source. i.e. queueName or topicName "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the JMS Source. i.e. Queue or Topic @@ -495,17 +499,17 @@

Method Details

"subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index 5869694606..193511888f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -108,6 +108,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single Connection.

+

+ fetchToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches Toolspec Override for a connection for the given list of tools. Returns results from the db if the tool is already present.

generateToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generates Toolspec Override for a connection for the given list of entityTypes and operations. Returns results from the db if the entityType and operation are already present.

@@ -173,17 +176,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Configuration for establishing the connection's authentication with an external system. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -248,17 +251,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. @@ -290,31 +293,31 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the resource. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Configuration of the Connector's destination. Only accepted for Connectors that accepts user defined destination(s). { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "euaOauthAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Additional Oauth2.0 Auth config for EUA. If the connection is configured using non-OAuth authentication but OAuth needs to be used for EUA, this field can be populated with the OAuth config. This should be a OAuth2AuthCodeFlow Auth type only. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -373,36 +376,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username. }, }, - "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 19 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection + "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 20 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], + "allowedEventTypes": [ # Optional. List of allowed event types for the connection. + "A String", + ], "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -469,21 +475,21 @@

Method Details

"appendAcl": True or False, # Optional. Append ACL to the event. }, "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. - "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. + "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -547,39 +553,39 @@

Method Details

], "privateConnectivityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Private Connectivity Enabled. "proxyDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Proxy for Eventing auto-registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -612,17 +618,17 @@

Method Details

"webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -636,17 +642,17 @@

Method Details

{ # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -683,17 +689,17 @@

Method Details

"sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -724,7 +730,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsServiceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service with TLS. "trafficShapingConfigs": [ # Optional. Traffic shaping configuration for the connection. { # * TrafficShapingConfig defines the configuration for shaping API traffic by specifying a quota limit and the duration over which this limit is enforced. This configuration helps to control and manage the rate at which API calls are made on the client side, preventing service overload on the backend. For example: - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 10 } } - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 5 minutes, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 300 } } - if the quota limit is 10000 calls per day, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 10000 duration: { seconds: 86400 } and so on. - "duration": "A String", # Required. * The duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. + "duration": "A String", # Required. Specifies the duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. "quotaLimit": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of api calls allowed. }, ], @@ -797,6 +803,46 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ fetchToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Fetches Toolspec Override for a connection for the given list of tools. Returns results from the db if the tool is already present.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for FetchConnectionToolspecOverride API.
+  "toolNames": [ # Required. List of tools for which the tool spec override is to be generated.
+    { # Tool name for which the tool spec override is to be generated.
+      "entityType": "A String", # Optional. Entity type name for which the tool was generated.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.
+      "operation": "A String", # Optional. Operation for which the tool was generated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for FetchConnectionToolspecOverride API.
+  "toolspecOverride": { # Toolspec overrides for a connection only holds the information that is to be displayed in the UI for admins. # Toolspec overrides for the connection.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time.
+    "tools": [ # Required. List of tools defined in the tool spec. Marking this field as required as this is the only field that is editable by the user in modify API so we should have at least one tool in the list.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time.
+  },
+}
+
+
generateToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generates Toolspec Override for a connection for the given list of entityTypes and operations. Returns results from the db if the entityType and operation are already present.
@@ -861,17 +907,17 @@ 

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Configuration for establishing the connection's authentication with an external system. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -936,17 +982,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. @@ -978,31 +1024,31 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the resource. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Configuration of the Connector's destination. Only accepted for Connectors that accepts user defined destination(s). { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "euaOauthAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Additional Oauth2.0 Auth config for EUA. If the connection is configured using non-OAuth authentication but OAuth needs to be used for EUA, this field can be populated with the OAuth config. This should be a OAuth2AuthCodeFlow Auth type only. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1061,36 +1107,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username. }, }, - "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 19 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection + "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 20 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], + "allowedEventTypes": [ # Optional. List of allowed event types for the connection. + "A String", + ], "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1157,21 +1206,21 @@

Method Details

"appendAcl": True or False, # Optional. Append ACL to the event. }, "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. - "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. + "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1235,39 +1284,39 @@

Method Details

], "privateConnectivityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Private Connectivity Enabled. "proxyDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Proxy for Eventing auto-registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -1300,17 +1349,17 @@

Method Details

"webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -1324,17 +1373,17 @@

Method Details

{ # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -1371,17 +1420,17 @@

Method Details

"sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -1412,7 +1461,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsServiceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service with TLS. "trafficShapingConfigs": [ # Optional. Traffic shaping configuration for the connection. { # * TrafficShapingConfig defines the configuration for shaping API traffic by specifying a quota limit and the duration over which this limit is enforced. This configuration helps to control and manage the rate at which API calls are made on the client side, preventing service overload on the backend. For example: - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 10 } } - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 5 minutes, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 300 } } - if the quota limit is 10000 calls per day, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 10000 duration: { seconds: 86400 } and so on. - "duration": "A String", # Required. * The duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. + "duration": "A String", # Required. Specifies the duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. "quotaLimit": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of api calls allowed. }, ], @@ -1527,17 +1576,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Configuration for establishing the connection's authentication with an external system. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1602,17 +1651,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. @@ -1644,31 +1693,31 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the resource. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Configuration of the Connector's destination. Only accepted for Connectors that accepts user defined destination(s). { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "euaOauthAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Additional Oauth2.0 Auth config for EUA. If the connection is configured using non-OAuth authentication but OAuth needs to be used for EUA, this field can be populated with the OAuth config. This should be a OAuth2AuthCodeFlow Auth type only. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1727,36 +1776,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username. }, }, - "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 19 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection + "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 20 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], + "allowedEventTypes": [ # Optional. List of allowed event types for the connection. + "A String", + ], "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1823,21 +1875,21 @@

Method Details

"appendAcl": True or False, # Optional. Append ACL to the event. }, "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. - "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. + "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -1901,39 +1953,39 @@

Method Details

], "privateConnectivityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Private Connectivity Enabled. "proxyDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Proxy for Eventing auto-registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -1966,17 +2018,17 @@

Method Details

"webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -1990,17 +2042,17 @@

Method Details

{ # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -2037,17 +2089,17 @@

Method Details

"sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -2078,7 +2130,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsServiceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service with TLS. "trafficShapingConfigs": [ # Optional. Traffic shaping configuration for the connection. { # * TrafficShapingConfig defines the configuration for shaping API traffic by specifying a quota limit and the duration over which this limit is enforced. This configuration helps to control and manage the rate at which API calls are made on the client side, preventing service overload on the backend. For example: - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 10 } } - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 5 minutes, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 300 } } - if the quota limit is 10000 calls per day, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 10000 duration: { seconds: 86400 } and so on. - "duration": "A String", # Required. * The duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. + "duration": "A String", # Required. Specifies the duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. "quotaLimit": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of api calls allowed. }, ], @@ -2189,17 +2241,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Configuration for establishing the connection's authentication with an external system. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -2264,17 +2316,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. @@ -2306,31 +2358,31 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the resource. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Configuration of the Connector's destination. Only accepted for Connectors that accepts user defined destination(s). { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "euaOauthAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Additional Oauth2.0 Auth config for EUA. If the connection is configured using non-OAuth authentication but OAuth needs to be used for EUA, this field can be populated with the OAuth config. This should be a OAuth2AuthCodeFlow Auth type only. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -2389,36 +2441,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username. }, }, - "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 19 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection + "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 20 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], + "allowedEventTypes": [ # Optional. List of allowed event types for the connection. + "A String", + ], "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -2485,21 +2540,21 @@

Method Details

"appendAcl": True or False, # Optional. Append ACL to the event. }, "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. - "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. + "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -2563,39 +2618,39 @@

Method Details

], "privateConnectivityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Private Connectivity Enabled. "proxyDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Proxy for Eventing auto-registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -2628,17 +2683,17 @@

Method Details

"webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -2652,17 +2707,17 @@

Method Details

{ # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -2699,17 +2754,17 @@

Method Details

"sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -2740,7 +2795,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsServiceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service with TLS. "trafficShapingConfigs": [ # Optional. Traffic shaping configuration for the connection. { # * TrafficShapingConfig defines the configuration for shaping API traffic by specifying a quota limit and the duration over which this limit is enforced. This configuration helps to control and manage the rate at which API calls are made on the client side, preventing service overload on the backend. For example: - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 10 } } - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 5 minutes, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 300 } } - if the quota limit is 10000 calls per day, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 10000 duration: { seconds: 86400 } and so on. - "duration": "A String", # Required. * The duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. + "duration": "A String", # Required. Specifies the duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. "quotaLimit": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of api calls allowed. }, ], @@ -2875,9 +2930,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -2887,6 +2951,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "inputParameters": [ # Output only. List of input parameter metadata for the action. { # Metadata of an input parameter. @@ -2902,9 +2967,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -2914,6 +2988,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. "parameter": "A String", # Name of the Parameter. @@ -2929,9 +3004,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -2941,6 +3025,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "resultMetadata": [ # Output only. List of result field metadata. { # Metadata of result field. @@ -2957,9 +3042,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -2969,6 +3063,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, @@ -2980,17 +3075,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Configuration for establishing the connection's authentication with an external system. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -3055,17 +3150,17 @@

Method Details

}, "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. @@ -3097,31 +3192,31 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the resource. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Configuration of the Connector's destination. Only accepted for Connectors that accepts user defined destination(s). { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "euaOauthAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Additional Oauth2.0 Auth config for EUA. If the connection is configured using non-OAuth authentication but OAuth needs to be used for EUA, this field can be populated with the OAuth config. This should be a OAuth2AuthCodeFlow Auth type only. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -3180,36 +3275,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username. }, }, - "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 19 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection + "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 20 # Optional. Eventing config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], + "allowedEventTypes": [ # Optional. List of allowed event types for the connection. + "A String", + ], "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -3276,21 +3374,21 @@

Method Details

"appendAcl": True or False, # Optional. Append ACL to the event. }, "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. - "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. + "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -3354,39 +3452,39 @@

Method Details

], "privateConnectivityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Private Connectivity Enabled. "proxyDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Proxy for Eventing auto-registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -3419,17 +3517,17 @@

Method Details

"webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -3443,17 +3541,17 @@

Method Details

{ # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. @@ -3490,17 +3588,17 @@

Method Details

"sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) @@ -3531,7 +3629,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsServiceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service with TLS. "trafficShapingConfigs": [ # Optional. Traffic shaping configuration for the connection. { # * TrafficShapingConfig defines the configuration for shaping API traffic by specifying a quota limit and the duration over which this limit is enforced. This configuration helps to control and manage the rate at which API calls are made on the client side, preventing service overload on the backend. For example: - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 10 } } - if the quota limit is 100 calls per 5 minutes, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 100 duration: { seconds: 300 } } - if the quota limit is 10000 calls per day, then the message would be: { quota_limit: 10000 duration: { seconds: 86400 } and so on. - "duration": "A String", # Required. * The duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. + "duration": "A String", # Required. Specifies the duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds. "quotaLimit": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of api calls allowed. }, ], @@ -3557,9 +3655,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -3569,6 +3676,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "key": True or False, # The following boolean field specifies if the current Field acts as a primary key or id if the parent is of type entity. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. @@ -3584,9 +3692,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -3596,6 +3713,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "operations": [ # List of operations supported by this entity "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html index 016ae2ef2a..30c7cd0e32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html @@ -123,9 +123,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -135,6 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "inputParameters": [ # Output only. List of input parameter metadata for the action. { # Metadata of an input parameter. @@ -150,9 +160,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -162,6 +181,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. "parameter": "A String", # Name of the Parameter. @@ -177,9 +197,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -189,6 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "resultMetadata": [ # Output only. List of result field metadata. { # Metadata of result field. @@ -205,9 +235,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -217,6 +256,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html index 5881421322..5e69c10fa8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html @@ -129,9 +129,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -141,6 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "key": True or False, # The following boolean field specifies if the current Field acts as a primary key or id if the parent is of type entity. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. @@ -156,9 +166,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -168,6 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "operations": [ # List of operations supported by this entity "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html index dbf40a76eb..74c86c06e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html @@ -109,17 +109,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -331,14 +331,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled. @@ -429,17 +429,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -651,14 +651,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled. @@ -724,17 +724,17 @@

Method Details

"authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "boolValue": True or False, # Optional. Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Optional. Value is a Encryption Key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key. }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "intValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is an integer "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Value is a secret. "secretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + "stringValue": "A String", # Optional. Value is a string. }, ], "authKey": "A String", # Optional. Identifier key for auth config @@ -946,14 +946,14 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. - "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. + "destinations": [ # Optional. The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. - "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. + "port": 42, # Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination. "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/* }, ], - "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. + "key": "A String", # Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html index 30b85f1438..890866333d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html @@ -167,9 +167,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -179,6 +188,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "inputParameters": [ # List containing input parameter metadata. { # Input Parameter message contains metadata about the parameters required for executing an Action. @@ -197,9 +207,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -209,6 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the Parameter. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. @@ -229,9 +249,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -241,6 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "resultMetadata": [ # List containing the metadata of result fields. { # Result Metadata message contains metadata about the result returned after executing an Action. @@ -256,9 +286,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -268,6 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the metadata field. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. @@ -312,9 +352,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -324,6 +373,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "inputParameters": [ # List containing input parameter metadata. { # Input Parameter message contains metadata about the parameters required for executing an Action. @@ -342,9 +392,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -354,6 +413,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the Parameter. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. @@ -374,9 +434,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -386,6 +455,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "resultMetadata": [ # List containing the metadata of result fields. { # Result Metadata message contains metadata about the result returned after executing an Action. @@ -401,9 +471,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -413,6 +492,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the metadata field. "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.entityTypes.html index b37b8e8a40..839ba05fb9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.entityTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.entityTypes.html @@ -137,9 +137,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -149,6 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "key": True or False, # The following boolean field specifies if the current Field acts as a primary key or id if the parent is of type entity. "name": "A String", # Name of the Field. @@ -168,9 +178,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -180,6 +199,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "metadata": { # Metadata like service latency, etc. "a_key": { @@ -242,9 +262,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -254,6 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "key": True or False, # The following boolean field specifies if the current Field acts as a primary key or id if the parent is of type entity. "name": "A String", # Name of the Field. @@ -273,9 +303,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -285,6 +324,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "metadata": { # Metadata like service latency, etc. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.resources.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.resources.html index fde5e2f1eb..e47af6c36e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.resources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.resources.html @@ -111,6 +111,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "_meta": { # Metadata for the resource. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "data": "A String", # The content of the resource. "metadata": { # Metadata like service latency, etc. "a_key": { @@ -153,6 +156,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "_meta": { # Metadata for the resource. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "data": "A String", # The content of the resource. "metadata": { # Metadata like service latency, etc. "a_key": { @@ -189,6 +195,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Next page token if more resources available. "resources": [ # List of available resources. { + "_meta": { # Metadata for the resource. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "description": "A String", # A description of what this resource represents. "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of this resource, if known. "name": "A String", # A human-readable name for this resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.tools.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.tools.html index 309af4b7db..c2842a3b30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.tools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.tools.html @@ -122,6 +122,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for ConnectorAgentService.ExecuteTool + "_meta": { # Metadata for the tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "metadata": { # Metadata like service latency, etc. "a_key": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. @@ -159,6 +162,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Next page token. "tools": [ # List of available tools. { # Message representing a single tool. + "_meta": { # Metadata for the tool. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "annotations": { # ToolAnnotations holds annotations for a tool. # Annotations for the tool. "destructiveHint": True or False, # If true, the tool may perform destructive updates to its environment. If false, the tool performs only additive updates. (This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false`) "idempotentHint": True or False, # If true, calling the tool repeatedly with the same arguments will have no additional effect on the environment. (This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false`) @@ -179,9 +185,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -191,6 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the tool. "outputSchema": { # JsonSchema representation of schema metadata # JSON schema for the output of the tool. @@ -202,9 +218,18 @@

Method Details

"enum": [ # Possible values for an enumeration. This works in conjunction with `type` to represent types with a fixed set of legal values "", ], + "exclusiveMaximum": True or False, # Whether the maximum number value is exclusive. + "exclusiveMinimum": True or False, # Whether the minimum number value is exclusive. "format": "A String", # Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format "items": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema # Schema that applies to array values, applicable only if this is of type `array`. "jdbcType": "A String", # JDBC datatype of the field. + "maxItems": 42, # Maximum number of items in the array field. + "maxLength": 42, # Maximum length of the string field. + "maximum": "", # Maximum value of the number field. + "minItems": 42, # Minimum number of items in the array field. + "minLength": 42, # Minimum length of the string field. + "minimum": "", # Minimum value of the number field. + "pattern": "A String", # Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match. "properties": { # The child schemas, applicable only if this is of type `object`. The key is the name of the property and the value is the json schema that describes that property "a_key": # Object with schema name: JsonSchema }, @@ -214,6 +239,7 @@

Method Details

"type": [ # JSON Schema Validation: A Vocabulary for Structural Validation of JSON "A String", ], + "uniqueItems": True or False, # Whether the items in the array field are unique. }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html index 9657f87494..d105d10ec6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.assessments.html
index 7202330ee6..119943597c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.assessments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.assessments.html
@@ -135,6 +135,7 @@ 

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -172,6 +173,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -202,6 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -264,6 +267,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -301,6 +305,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -343,6 +348,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -403,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html index b94c4fcc37..0a12c82ca4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.conversations.html @@ -499,6 +499,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -953,6 +954,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.autoLabelingRules.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.autoLabelingRules.html index 6e3b5adeb1..58fbfec0fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.autoLabelingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.autoLabelingRules.html @@ -614,6 +614,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.assessments.html index e01b19affe..656a75046e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.assessments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.assessments.html @@ -135,6 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -172,6 +173,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -202,6 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -264,6 +267,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -301,6 +305,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -343,6 +348,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -403,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html index 4119760abb..5607ed894a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -593,6 +593,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -1030,6 +1031,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -1525,6 +1527,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -2048,6 +2051,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -2503,6 +2507,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -2942,6 +2947,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -3438,6 +3444,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.charts.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.charts.html index b212498bba..881f39964f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.charts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.charts.html @@ -108,6 +108,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -189,6 +194,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -294,6 +304,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -383,6 +398,11 @@

Method Details

{ # The response of listing charts. "charts": [ # The charts under the parent. { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -468,6 +488,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -549,6 +574,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html index 99390523df..1197ff7ab9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html @@ -151,6 +151,11 @@

Method Details

"widgets": [ # Widgets in the Container. { # Represents a dashboard element, could be a nested Container or Chart. "chart": { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. # A chart widget. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -276,6 +281,11 @@

Method Details

"widgets": [ # Widgets in the Container. { # Represents a dashboard element, could be a nested Container or Chart. "chart": { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. # A chart widget. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -425,6 +435,11 @@

Method Details

"widgets": [ # Widgets in the Container. { # Represents a dashboard element, could be a nested Container or Chart. "chart": { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. # A chart widget. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -562,6 +577,11 @@

Method Details

"widgets": [ # Widgets in the Container. { # Represents a dashboard element, could be a nested Container or Chart. "chart": { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. # A chart widget. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -705,6 +725,11 @@

Method Details

"widgets": [ # Widgets in the Container. { # Represents a dashboard element, could be a nested Container or Chart. "chart": { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. # A chart widget. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. @@ -830,6 +855,11 @@

Method Details

"widgets": [ # Widgets in the Container. { # Represents a dashboard element, could be a nested Container or Chart. "chart": { # Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart. # A chart widget. + "action": { # The action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked. + "redirectAction": { # The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked. # Redirect action. + "relativePath": "A String", # The relative path to redirect to. + }, + }, "chartType": "A String", # Output only. Chart type. "chartVisualizationType": "A String", # Chart visualization type. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Chart create time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html index 547fa34a98..1374df529b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.datasets.conversations.html @@ -554,6 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. @@ -1077,6 +1078,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html index 3ea1c1b452..62337954e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -1019,6 +1019,7 @@

Method Details

"deploymentId": "A String", # The agent's deployment ID. Only applicable to automated agents. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. + "entrySubagentDisplayName": "A String", # The entry subagent's display name. "location": "A String", # The agent's location. "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index ffc244da21..a5fd08ce33 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -308,6 +308,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -344,6 +345,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot "privilegedAdmissionConfig": { # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig stores the list of authorized allowlist paths for the cluster. # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig is the configuration related to privileged admission control. "allowlistPaths": [ # The customer allowlist Cloud Storage paths for the cluster. These paths are used with the `--autopilot-privileged-admission` flag to authorize privileged workloads in Autopilot clusters. Paths can be GKE-owned, in the format `gke:////`, or customer-owned, in the format `gs:///`. Wildcards (`*`) are supported to authorize all allowlists under specific paths or directories. Example: `gs://my-bucket/*` will authorize all allowlists under the `my-bucket` bucket. @@ -437,6 +444,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -623,6 +633,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -743,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -784,11 +797,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -872,10 +885,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -978,6 +994,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -995,6 +1014,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1098,7 +1120,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1139,11 +1161,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1276,7 +1298,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1317,11 +1339,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1405,10 +1427,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1511,6 +1536,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1546,6 +1574,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -1678,6 +1707,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -1685,6 +1717,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -1952,6 +1991,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -1988,6 +2028,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot "privilegedAdmissionConfig": { # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig stores the list of authorized allowlist paths for the cluster. # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig is the configuration related to privileged admission control. "allowlistPaths": [ # The customer allowlist Cloud Storage paths for the cluster. These paths are used with the `--autopilot-privileged-admission` flag to authorize privileged workloads in Autopilot clusters. Paths can be GKE-owned, in the format `gke:////`, or customer-owned, in the format `gs:///`. Wildcards (`*`) are supported to authorize all allowlists under specific paths or directories. Example: `gs://my-bucket/*` will authorize all allowlists under the `my-bucket` bucket. @@ -2081,6 +2127,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2267,6 +2316,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -2387,7 +2439,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2428,11 +2480,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2516,10 +2568,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2622,6 +2677,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -2639,6 +2697,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2742,7 +2803,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2783,11 +2844,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2920,7 +2981,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2961,11 +3022,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3049,10 +3110,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3155,6 +3219,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -3190,6 +3257,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -3322,6 +3390,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -3329,6 +3400,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -3460,6 +3538,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -3496,6 +3575,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot "privilegedAdmissionConfig": { # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig stores the list of authorized allowlist paths for the cluster. # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig is the configuration related to privileged admission control. "allowlistPaths": [ # The customer allowlist Cloud Storage paths for the cluster. These paths are used with the `--autopilot-privileged-admission` flag to authorize privileged workloads in Autopilot clusters. Paths can be GKE-owned, in the format `gke:////`, or customer-owned, in the format `gs:///`. Wildcards (`*`) are supported to authorize all allowlists under specific paths or directories. Example: `gs://my-bucket/*` will authorize all allowlists under the `my-bucket` bucket. @@ -3589,6 +3674,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -3775,6 +3863,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -3895,7 +3986,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3936,11 +4027,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4024,10 +4115,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4130,6 +4224,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -4147,6 +4244,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4250,7 +4350,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4291,11 +4391,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4428,7 +4528,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4469,11 +4569,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4557,10 +4657,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4663,6 +4766,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -4698,6 +4804,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -4830,6 +4937,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -4837,6 +4947,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -4928,6 +5045,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -5847,6 +5965,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -5882,6 +6001,12 @@

Method Details

"desiredAutoIpamConfig": { # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM "enabled": True or False, # The flag that enables Auto IPAM on this cluster }, + "desiredAutopilotClusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # The desired autopilot cluster policies that to be enforced in the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. "autopilotCompatibilityAuditingEnabled": True or False, # If true, enables the GCW Auditor that audits workloads on standard clusters. @@ -5960,7 +6085,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6001,17 +6126,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6115,6 +6243,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredLoggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. + "desiredManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # The desired managed machine learning diagnostics configuration. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "desiredManagedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # The desired managed open telemetry configuration. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -6269,6 +6400,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6387,6 +6521,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "desiredSecretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index e50ee1ca2c..ba9263551e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -252,11 +252,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -340,10 +340,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -446,6 +449,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -481,6 +487,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -813,7 +820,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -854,11 +861,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -942,10 +949,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1048,6 +1058,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1083,6 +1096,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -1242,7 +1256,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1283,11 +1297,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1371,10 +1385,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1477,6 +1494,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1512,6 +1532,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -1965,7 +1986,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2006,11 +2027,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2092,6 +2113,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2138,6 +2162,7 @@

Method Details

"respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. }, "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 6487ad81ad..a5aa5b54a8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -409,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -445,6 +447,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot "privilegedAdmissionConfig": { # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig stores the list of authorized allowlist paths for the cluster. # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig is the configuration related to privileged admission control. "allowlistPaths": [ # The customer allowlist Cloud Storage paths for the cluster. These paths are used with the `--autopilot-privileged-admission` flag to authorize privileged workloads in Autopilot clusters. Paths can be GKE-owned, in the format `gke:////`, or customer-owned, in the format `gs:///`. Wildcards (`*`) are supported to authorize all allowlists under specific paths or directories. Example: `gs://my-bucket/*` will authorize all allowlists under the `my-bucket` bucket. @@ -538,6 +546,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -724,6 +735,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -844,7 +858,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -885,11 +899,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -973,10 +987,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1079,6 +1096,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1096,6 +1116,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1199,7 +1222,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1240,11 +1263,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1377,7 +1400,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1418,11 +1441,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1506,10 +1529,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1612,6 +1638,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1647,6 +1676,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -1779,6 +1809,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -1786,6 +1819,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -2053,6 +2093,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -2089,6 +2130,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot "privilegedAdmissionConfig": { # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig stores the list of authorized allowlist paths for the cluster. # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig is the configuration related to privileged admission control. "allowlistPaths": [ # The customer allowlist Cloud Storage paths for the cluster. These paths are used with the `--autopilot-privileged-admission` flag to authorize privileged workloads in Autopilot clusters. Paths can be GKE-owned, in the format `gke:////`, or customer-owned, in the format `gs:///`. Wildcards (`*`) are supported to authorize all allowlists under specific paths or directories. Example: `gs://my-bucket/*` will authorize all allowlists under the `my-bucket` bucket. @@ -2182,6 +2229,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2368,6 +2418,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -2488,7 +2541,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2529,11 +2582,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2617,10 +2670,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2723,6 +2779,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -2740,6 +2799,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2843,7 +2905,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2884,11 +2946,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3021,7 +3083,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3062,11 +3124,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3150,10 +3212,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3256,6 +3321,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -3291,6 +3359,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -3423,6 +3492,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -3430,6 +3502,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -3605,6 +3684,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -3641,6 +3721,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot "privilegedAdmissionConfig": { # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig stores the list of authorized allowlist paths for the cluster. # PrivilegedAdmissionConfig is the configuration related to privileged admission control. "allowlistPaths": [ # The customer allowlist Cloud Storage paths for the cluster. These paths are used with the `--autopilot-privileged-admission` flag to authorize privileged workloads in Autopilot clusters. Paths can be GKE-owned, in the format `gke:////`, or customer-owned, in the format `gs:///`. Wildcards (`*`) are supported to authorize all allowlists under specific paths or directories. Example: `gs://my-bucket/*` will authorize all allowlists under the `my-bucket` bucket. @@ -3734,6 +3820,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -3920,6 +4009,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -4040,7 +4132,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4081,11 +4173,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4169,10 +4261,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4275,6 +4370,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -4292,6 +4390,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4395,7 +4496,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4436,11 +4537,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4573,7 +4674,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4614,11 +4715,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4702,10 +4803,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4808,6 +4912,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -4843,6 +4950,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -4975,6 +5083,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -4982,6 +5093,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -5874,6 +5992,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -5909,6 +6028,12 @@

Method Details

"desiredAutoIpamConfig": { # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM "enabled": True or False, # The flag that enables Auto IPAM on this cluster }, + "desiredAutopilotClusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # The desired autopilot cluster policies that to be enforced in the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. "autopilotCompatibilityAuditingEnabled": True or False, # If true, enables the GCW Auditor that audits workloads on standard clusters. @@ -5987,7 +6112,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6028,17 +6153,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6142,6 +6270,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredLoggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. + "desiredManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # The desired managed machine learning diagnostics configuration. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "desiredManagedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # The desired managed open telemetry configuration. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -6296,6 +6427,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6414,6 +6548,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "desiredSecretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 21488afd1e..d6bdfc5370 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -317,11 +317,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -405,10 +405,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -511,6 +514,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -546,6 +552,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -878,7 +885,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -919,11 +926,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1007,10 +1014,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1113,6 +1123,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1148,6 +1161,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -1307,7 +1321,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1348,11 +1362,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1436,10 +1450,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1542,6 +1559,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1577,6 +1597,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The name of the node pool. "networkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs @@ -1955,7 +1976,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1996,11 +2017,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2082,6 +2103,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2128,6 +2152,7 @@

Method Details

"respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. }, "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config. + "acceleratorNetworkProfile": "A String", # Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is "auto". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface { # AdditionalNodeNetworkConfig is the configuration for additional node networks within the NodeNetworkConfig message "network": "A String", # Name of the VPC where the additional interface belongs diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index df67010c72..770f470c23 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -350,6 +350,9 @@

Method Details

{ # CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster. "cluster": { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. # Required. A [cluster resource](https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.clusters) "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -392,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -431,6 +435,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "conversionStatus": { # AutopilotConversionStatus represents conversion status. # Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion. }, @@ -535,6 +545,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -723,6 +736,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -851,7 +867,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -892,11 +908,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -991,10 +1007,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1098,6 +1117,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1116,6 +1138,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1219,7 +1244,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1260,11 +1285,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1406,7 +1431,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1447,11 +1472,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1546,10 +1571,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1653,6 +1681,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1836,6 +1867,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -2102,6 +2136,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -2144,6 +2181,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -2183,6 +2221,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "conversionStatus": { # AutopilotConversionStatus represents conversion status. # Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion. }, @@ -2287,6 +2331,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2475,6 +2522,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -2603,7 +2653,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2644,11 +2694,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2743,10 +2793,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2850,6 +2903,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -2868,6 +2924,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2971,7 +3030,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3012,11 +3071,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3158,7 +3217,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3199,11 +3258,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3298,10 +3357,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3405,6 +3467,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -3588,6 +3653,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -3711,6 +3779,9 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of clusters in the project in the specified zone, or across all ones. { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -3753,6 +3824,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -3792,6 +3864,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "conversionStatus": { # AutopilotConversionStatus represents conversion status. # Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion. }, @@ -3896,6 +3974,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -4084,6 +4165,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -4212,7 +4296,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4253,11 +4337,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4352,10 +4436,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4459,6 +4546,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -4477,6 +4567,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4580,7 +4673,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4621,11 +4714,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4767,7 +4860,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4808,11 +4901,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4907,10 +5000,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -5014,6 +5110,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -5197,6 +5296,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -5280,6 +5382,9 @@

Method Details

{ # SetAddonsRequest sets the addons associated with the cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Required. The desired configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -5322,6 +5427,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -6209,6 +6315,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "desiredAddonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -6251,6 +6360,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -6289,6 +6399,12 @@

Method Details

"desiredAutoIpamConfig": { # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM "enabled": True or False, # The flag that enables Auto IPAM on this cluster }, + "desiredAutopilotClusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # The desired autopilot cluster policies that to be enforced in the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. "autopilotCompatibilityAuditingEnabled": True or False, # If true, enables the GCW Auditor that audits workloads on standard clusters. @@ -6375,7 +6491,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6416,17 +6532,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6538,6 +6657,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredLoggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. + "desiredManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # The desired managed machine learning diagnostics configuration. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "desiredManagedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # The desired managed open telemetry configuration. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -6698,6 +6820,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6821,6 +6946,9 @@

Method Details

"desiredRollbackSafeUpgrade": { # RollbackSafeUpgrade is the configuration for the rollback safe upgrade. # The desired rollback safe upgrade configuration. "controlPlaneSoakDuration": "A String", # A user-defined period for the cluster remains in the rollbackable state. ex: {seconds: 21600}. }, + "desiredScheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. The desired scheduled upgrades configuration for the cluster. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "desiredSecretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 02db90d0eb..e3ce44d34d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -352,10 +352,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -459,6 +462,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -832,7 +838,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -873,11 +879,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -972,10 +978,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1079,6 +1088,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1277,7 +1289,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1318,11 +1330,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1417,10 +1429,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1524,6 +1539,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -2016,7 +2034,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2057,11 +2075,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2143,6 +2161,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index d1c2d90cfa..d8ad266497 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -153,6 +153,9 @@

Method Details

{ # SetAddonsRequest sets the addons associated with the cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Required. The desired configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -195,6 +198,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -461,6 +465,9 @@

Method Details

{ # CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster. "cluster": { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. # Required. A [cluster resource](https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.clusters) "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -503,6 +510,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -542,6 +550,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "conversionStatus": { # AutopilotConversionStatus represents conversion status. # Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion. }, @@ -646,6 +660,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -834,6 +851,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -962,7 +982,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1003,11 +1023,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1102,10 +1122,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1209,6 +1232,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1227,6 +1253,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1330,7 +1359,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1371,11 +1400,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1517,7 +1546,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1558,11 +1587,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1657,10 +1686,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1764,6 +1796,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1947,6 +1982,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -2213,6 +2251,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -2255,6 +2296,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -2294,6 +2336,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "conversionStatus": { # AutopilotConversionStatus represents conversion status. # Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion. }, @@ -2398,6 +2446,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2586,6 +2637,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -2714,7 +2768,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2755,11 +2809,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2854,10 +2908,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2961,6 +3018,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -2979,6 +3039,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3082,7 +3145,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3123,11 +3186,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3269,7 +3332,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3310,11 +3373,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3409,10 +3472,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3516,6 +3582,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -3699,6 +3768,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -3866,6 +3938,9 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of clusters in the project in the specified zone, or across all ones. { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -3908,6 +3983,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -3947,6 +4023,12 @@

Method Details

"securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. + "clusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "conversionStatus": { # AutopilotConversionStatus represents conversion status. # Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the conversion. }, @@ -4051,6 +4133,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -4239,6 +4324,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -4367,7 +4455,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4408,11 +4496,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4507,10 +4595,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4614,6 +4705,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -4632,6 +4726,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4735,7 +4832,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4776,11 +4873,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4922,7 +5019,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4963,11 +5060,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -5062,10 +5159,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -5169,6 +5269,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -5352,6 +5455,9 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "scheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "secretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Secret CSI driver configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. @@ -6236,6 +6342,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "desiredAddonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -6278,6 +6387,7 @@

Method Details

"disabled": True or False, # Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster. }, "lustreCsiDriverConfig": { # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. # Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver. + "disableMultiNic": True or False, # When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads. "enableLegacyLustrePort": True or False, # If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag. "enabled": True or False, # Whether the Lustre CSI driver is enabled for this cluster. }, @@ -6316,6 +6426,12 @@

Method Details

"desiredAutoIpamConfig": { # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM # AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM "enabled": True or False, # The flag that enables Auto IPAM on this cluster }, + "desiredAutopilotClusterPolicyConfig": { # ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies. # The desired autopilot cluster policies that to be enforced in the cluster. + "noStandardNodePools": True or False, # Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools. + "noSystemImpersonation": True or False, # Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users. + "noSystemMutation": True or False, # Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources . + "noUnsafeWebhooks": True or False, # Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks. + }, "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. "autopilotCompatibilityAuditingEnabled": True or False, # If true, enables the GCW Auditor that audits workloads on standard clusters. @@ -6402,7 +6518,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6443,17 +6559,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6565,6 +6684,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredLoggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. + "desiredManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { # ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline. # The desired managed machine learning diagnostics configuration. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics. + }, "desiredManagedOpentelemetryConfig": { # ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. # The desired managed open telemetry configuration. "scope": "A String", # Scope of the Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline. }, @@ -6725,6 +6847,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6848,6 +6973,9 @@

Method Details

"desiredRollbackSafeUpgrade": { # RollbackSafeUpgrade is the configuration for the rollback safe upgrade. # The desired rollback safe upgrade configuration. "controlPlaneSoakDuration": "A String", # A user-defined period for the cluster remains in the rollbackable state. ex: {seconds: 21600}. }, + "desiredScheduleUpgradeConfig": { # Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster. # Optional. The desired scheduled upgrades configuration for the cluster. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled. + }, "desiredSecretManagerConfig": { # SecretManagerConfig is config for secret manager enablement. # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config. "rotationConfig": { # RotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 2d07ee34e9..961635c953 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -318,11 +318,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -417,10 +417,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -524,6 +527,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -897,7 +903,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -938,11 +944,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1037,10 +1043,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1144,6 +1153,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -1342,7 +1354,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1383,11 +1395,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1482,10 +1494,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1589,6 +1604,9 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. "A String", ], + "taintConfig": { # TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool. # Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool. + "architectureTaintBehavior": "A String", # Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior. + }, "taints": [ # List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ { # Kubernetes taint is composed of three fields: key, value, and effect. Effect can only be one of three types: NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule or NoExecute. See [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration) for more information, including usage and the valid values. "effect": "A String", # Effect for taint. @@ -2006,7 +2024,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2047,11 +2065,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2133,6 +2151,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html index 37270b074f..09779ff22e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html @@ -110,6 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list. "occurrences": [ # The occurrences attached to the specified note. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -805,6 +806,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -920,6 +922,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html index 9ef5258179..3469588f1b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request to create occurrences in batch. "occurrences": [ # Required. The occurrences to create. Max allowed length is 1000. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -821,6 +822,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -936,6 +938,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -1015,6 +1018,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response for creating occurrences in batch. "occurrences": [ # The occurrences that were created. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -1710,6 +1714,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -1825,6 +1830,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -1909,6 +1915,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -2604,6 +2611,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -2719,6 +2727,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -2794,6 +2803,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -3489,6 +3499,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -3604,6 +3615,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -3704,6 +3716,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -4399,6 +4412,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -4514,6 +4528,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -4983,6 +4998,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the list response. It should be used as `page_token` for the following request. An empty value means no more results. "occurrences": [ # The occurrences requested. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -5678,6 +5694,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -5793,6 +5810,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -5889,6 +5907,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -6584,6 +6603,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -6699,6 +6719,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -6775,6 +6796,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -7470,6 +7492,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -7585,6 +7608,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index f092b18775..271578f725 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -110,6 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list. "occurrences": [ # The occurrences attached to the specified note. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -805,6 +806,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -920,6 +922,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html index 316c3015c7..f2a037e9a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request to create occurrences in batch. "occurrences": [ # Required. The occurrences to create. Max allowed length is 1000. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -821,6 +822,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -936,6 +938,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -1015,6 +1018,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response for creating occurrences in batch. "occurrences": [ # The occurrences that were created. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -1710,6 +1714,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -1825,6 +1830,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -1909,6 +1915,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -2604,6 +2611,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -2719,6 +2727,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -2794,6 +2803,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -3489,6 +3499,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -3604,6 +3615,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -3704,6 +3716,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -4399,6 +4412,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -4514,6 +4528,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -4983,6 +4998,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the list response. It should be used as `page_token` for the following request. An empty value means no more results. "occurrences": [ # The occurrences requested. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -5678,6 +5694,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -5793,6 +5810,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -5889,6 +5907,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -6584,6 +6603,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -6699,6 +6719,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. @@ -6775,6 +6796,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -7470,6 +7492,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -7585,6 +7608,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html index 967db3b716..d513f6ead3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html @@ -400,6 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -723,6 +724,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1069,6 +1071,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1447,6 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1786,6 +1790,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -2108,6 +2113,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index 0a3eb5c4b4..c571726438 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -860,6 +860,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -984,6 +985,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1015,6 +1017,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html index 918f7a8346..f1e3c2fbf2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -876,6 +876,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -1000,6 +1001,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1031,6 +1033,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1849,6 +1852,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -1973,6 +1977,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -2004,6 +2009,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -2846,6 +2852,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -2970,6 +2977,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -3001,6 +3009,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -3393,6 +3402,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -4248,6 +4258,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -4372,6 +4383,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -4403,6 +4415,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -5238,6 +5251,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -5362,6 +5376,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -5393,6 +5408,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -6211,6 +6227,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -6335,6 +6352,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -6366,6 +6384,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html index 20be06b12c..0dba6cba53 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html @@ -400,6 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -723,6 +724,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1069,6 +1071,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1447,6 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1786,6 +1790,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -2108,6 +2113,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html index 2c6453d81b..bf256c59d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html @@ -860,6 +860,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -984,6 +985,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. @@ -1015,6 +1017,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "package": "A String", # The package being described. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html index 9136452db2..0cfbc61ba0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html @@ -77,9 +77,33 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Folder in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Folder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches a single Folder.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Moves a Folder to a new Folder, TeamFolder, or the root location.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single Folder.

+

+ queryFolderContents(folder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the contents of a given Folder.

+

+ queryFolderContents_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -92,6 +116,132 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Folder in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location in which to create the Folder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Folder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Fetches a single Folder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -127,6 +277,173 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Moves a Folder to a new Folder, TeamFolder, or the root location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the Folder to move. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `MoveFolder` request message.
+  "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: "" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single Folder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The Folder's name. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields that can be updated, will be updated. A few fields cannot be updated and will be ignored if specified in the update_mask (e.g. parent_name, team_folder_name).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryFolderContents(folder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the contents of a given Folder.
+
+Args:
+  folder: string, Required. Name of the folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/folders/* (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), create_time, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `QueryFolderContents` response message.
+  "entries": [ # List of entries in the folder.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "folder": { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls. # A subfolder.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+      },
+      "repository": { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. # A repository.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.
+        "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key.
+          "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The repository's user-friendly name.
+        "gitRemoteSettings": { # Controls Git remote configuration for a repository. # Optional. If set, configures this repository to be linked to a Git remote.
+          "authenticationTokenSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as an authentication token for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          "defaultBranch": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's default branch name.
+          "sshAuthenticationConfig": { # Configures fields for performing SSH authentication. # Optional. Authentication fields for remote uris using SSH protocol.
+            "hostPublicKey": "A String", # Required. Content of a public SSH key to verify an identity of a remote Git host.
+            "userPrivateKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as a ssh private key for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "tokenStatus": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The field does not contain any token status information.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's URL.
+        },
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt user data in the repository and all child resources. It is not possible to add or update the encryption key after the repository is created. Example: `projects/{kms_project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_location}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
+        "labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name.
+        "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under.
+        "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.
+        "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information.
+          "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID).
+          "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names.
+          "tablePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix that should be prepended to all table names.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryFolderContents_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5178f60e2b..522f1d4dd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -105,10 +105,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get default config for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ queryUserRootContents(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the contents of a caller's root folder in a given location. The root folder contains all resources that are created by the user and not contained in any other folder.

+

+ queryUserRootContents_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

updateConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

@@ -168,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
@@ -216,6 +222,90 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ queryUserRootContents(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the contents of a caller's root folder in a given location. The root folder contains all resources that are created by the user and not contained in any other folder.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. Location of the user root folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/* (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), created_at, last_modified_at. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryUserRootContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryUserRootFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `QueryUserRootContents` response message.
+  "entries": [ # List of entries in the folder.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "folder": { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls. # A subfolder.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+      },
+      "repository": { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. # A repository.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.
+        "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key.
+          "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The repository's user-friendly name.
+        "gitRemoteSettings": { # Controls Git remote configuration for a repository. # Optional. If set, configures this repository to be linked to a Git remote.
+          "authenticationTokenSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as an authentication token for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          "defaultBranch": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's default branch name.
+          "sshAuthenticationConfig": { # Configures fields for performing SSH authentication. # Optional. Authentication fields for remote uris using SSH protocol.
+            "hostPublicKey": "A String", # Required. Content of a public SSH key to verify an identity of a remote Git host.
+            "userPrivateKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as a ssh private key for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "tokenStatus": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The field does not contain any token status information.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's URL.
+        },
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt user data in the repository and all child resources. It is not possible to add or update the encryption key after the repository is created. Example: `projects/{kms_project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_location}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
+        "labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name.
+        "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under.
+        "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.
+        "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information.
+          "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID).
+          "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names.
+          "tablePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix that should be prepended to all table names.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryUserRootContents_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
updateConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
index 9fcc309819..77d20339ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -135,6 +135,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Moves a Repository to a new location.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

@@ -230,6 +233,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -254,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -271,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -295,6 +301,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -404,6 +411,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -428,6 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -493,6 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "repositories": [ # List of repositories. { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -517,6 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -544,6 +555,48 @@

Method Details

+
+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Moves a Repository to a new location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the repository to move. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `MoveRepository` request message.
+  "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: "" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
@@ -554,6 +607,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -578,6 +632,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -595,6 +650,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -619,6 +675,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -650,6 +707,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a single entry in a directory. "directory": "A String", # A child directory in the directory. "file": "A String", # A file in the directory. + "metadata": { # Represents metadata for a single entry in a filesystem. # Entry with metadata. + "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Provides the size of the entry in bytes. For directories, this will be 0. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the time of the last modification of the entry. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html index 090a6ad0d5..e7eb633e6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Instance Methods

push(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Pushes Git commits from a Workspace to the Repository's remote.

- queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the contents of a given Workspace directory.

queryDirectoryContents_next()

@@ -210,6 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -231,6 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -341,6 +343,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -437,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -593,7 +597,7 @@

Method Details

- queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, x__xgafv=None) + queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the contents of a given Workspace directory.
 
 Args:
@@ -601,6 +605,11 @@ 

Method Details

pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryDirectoryContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryDirectoryContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token. path: string, Optional. The directory's full path including directory name, relative to the workspace root. If left unset, the workspace root is used. + view: string, Optional. Specifies the metadata to return for each directory entry. If unspecified, the default is `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC`. Currently the `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA` view is not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces. + Allowed values + DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. Defaults to DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC. + DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC - Includes only the file or directory name. This is the default behavior. + DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA - Includes all metadata for each file or directory. Currently not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -614,6 +623,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a single entry in a directory. "directory": "A String", # A child directory in the directory. "file": "A String", # A file in the directory. + "metadata": { # Represents metadata for a single entry in a filesystem. # Entry with metadata. + "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Provides the size of the entry in bytes. For directories, this will be 0. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the time of the last modification of the entry. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html index 0ef4e6dbd7..a289d4947f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html @@ -77,9 +77,36 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new TeamFolder in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single TeamFolder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches a single TeamFolder.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single TeamFolder.

+

+ queryContents(teamFolder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the contents of a given TeamFolder.

+

+ queryContents_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ search(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns all TeamFolders in a given location that the caller has access to and match the provided filter.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -92,6 +119,126 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new TeamFolder in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location in which to create the TeamFolder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Fetches a single TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -127,6 +274,176 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The TeamFolder's name. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryContents(teamFolder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the contents of a given TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  teamFolder: string, Required. Name of the team_folder whose contents to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryTeamFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryTeamFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `QueryTeamFolderContents` response message.
+  "entries": [ # List of entries in the TeamFolder.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "folder": { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls. # A subfolder.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+      },
+      "repository": { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. # A repository.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.
+        "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key.
+          "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The repository's user-friendly name.
+        "gitRemoteSettings": { # Controls Git remote configuration for a repository. # Optional. If set, configures this repository to be linked to a Git remote.
+          "authenticationTokenSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as an authentication token for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          "defaultBranch": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's default branch name.
+          "sshAuthenticationConfig": { # Configures fields for performing SSH authentication. # Optional. Authentication fields for remote uris using SSH protocol.
+            "hostPublicKey": "A String", # Required. Content of a public SSH key to verify an identity of a remote Git host.
+            "userPrivateKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as a ssh private key for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "tokenStatus": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The field does not contain any token status information.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's URL.
+        },
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt user data in the repository and all child resources. It is not possible to add or update the encryption key after the repository is created. Example: `projects/{kms_project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_location}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
+        "labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name.
+        "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under.
+        "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.
+        "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information.
+          "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID).
+          "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names.
+          "tablePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix that should be prepended to all table names.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryContents_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ search(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns all TeamFolders in a given location that the caller has access to and match the provided filter.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. Location in which to query TeamFolders. Format: `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, `last_modified_time`. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of TeamFolders to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `SearchTeamFolders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchTeamFolders`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `SearchTeamFolders` response message.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "results": [ # List of TeamFolders that match the search query.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "teamFolder": { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls. # A TeamFolder resource that is in the project / location.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html
index 9625ba01cc..49d7302548 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single Folder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Fetches a single Folder.

@@ -133,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated. } - folderId: string, The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name. + folderId: string, Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -172,6 +175,48 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Fetches a single Folder.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 18ddd7d593..51f7c1f90e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get default config for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
index dc87128e0e..5760cd35f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -707,6 +707,10 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Represents a single entry in a directory. "directory": "A String", # A child directory in the directory. "file": "A String", # A file in the directory. + "metadata": { # Represents metadata for a single entry in a filesystem. # Entry with metadata. + "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Provides the size of the entry in bytes. For directories, this will be 0. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the time of the last modification of the entry. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html index 66dc3c085a..a624bebdd1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Instance Methods

push(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Pushes Git commits from a Workspace to the Repository's remote.

- queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the contents of a given Workspace directory.

queryDirectoryContents_next()

@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

Method Details

- queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, x__xgafv=None) + queryDirectoryContents(workspace, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, path=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the contents of a given Workspace directory.
 
 Args:
@@ -605,6 +605,11 @@ 

Method Details

pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryDirectoryContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryDirectoryContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token. path: string, Optional. The directory's full path including directory name, relative to the workspace root. If left unset, the workspace root is used. + view: string, Optional. Specifies the metadata to return for each directory entry. If unspecified, the default is `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC`. Currently the `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA` view is not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces. + Allowed values + DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. Defaults to DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC. + DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC - Includes only the file or directory name. This is the default behavior. + DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA - Includes all metadata for each file or directory. Currently not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -618,6 +623,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a single entry in a directory. "directory": "A String", # A child directory in the directory. "file": "A String", # A file in the directory. + "metadata": { # Represents metadata for a single entry in a filesystem. # Entry with metadata. + "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Provides the size of the entry in bytes. For directories, this will be 0. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the time of the last modification of the entry. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html index fbb6dddae0..0b7ff5ae95 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single TeamFolder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Fetches a single TeamFolder.

@@ -134,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated. } - teamFolderId: string, The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name. + teamFolderId: string, Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -171,6 +174,48 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Fetches a single TeamFolder.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html
index bb3d635b57..74cb487aa7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`

search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+  
Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of partner links. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account} (required)
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+  
Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the partner link to delete. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link} (required)
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+  
Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Account to search for partner links. If no `filter` is specified, all partner links where this account is either the `owning_account` or `partner_account` are returned. Format: `accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
index a4e769b7b1..7ae3b42ee3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
@@ -296,6 +296,7 @@ 

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. @@ -635,6 +636,7 @@

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. @@ -959,6 +961,7 @@

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. @@ -1244,6 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html index 6e17c03d7b..7b632384cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 9204803c8f..4933630fba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataDomains.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataDomains.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ef37a33f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataDomains.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+
+
+
+

Cloud Dataplex API . projects . locations . dataDomains

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+    { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+      { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used:paths: "bindings, etag"
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+    { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with wildcards (such as * or storage.*) are not allowed. For more information see IAM Overview (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html index 1a0c368a0c..593c93139d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table details and generates insights including descriptions and sample SQL queries for the table. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). +{ # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table or dataset metadata and generates insights. For tables, insights include descriptions and sample SQL queries. For datasets, insights include descriptions, schema relationships and sample SQL queries. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the scan was created. "data": { # The data source for DataScan. # Required. The data source for DataScan. "entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex Universal Catalog entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. - "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID or BigQuery dataset for DataDocumentationScan only Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID }, "dataDiscoveryResult": { # The output of a data discovery scan. # Output only. The result of a data discovery scan. "bigqueryPublishing": { # Describes BigQuery publishing configurations. # Output only. Configuration for metadata publishing. @@ -178,10 +178,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -283,6 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -491,6 +525,15 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the scan. Must be between 1-1024 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name. Must be between 1-256 characters. + "executionIdentity": { # The identity to run the datascan. # Optional. Immutable. The identity to run the datascan. If not specified, defaults to the Dataplex Service Agent. + "dataplexServiceAgent": { # The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. # Optional. The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. + }, + "serviceAccount": { # The service account # Optional. The provided service account. + "email": "A String", # Required. Service account email. The datascan will execute with this service account's credentials. The user calling this API must have permissions to act as this service account. Dataplex service agent must be granted iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on this service account, for example, through the iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator role . + }, + "userCredential": { # The credential of the calling user. # Optional. The credential of the calling user. Supports only ONE_TIME trigger type. + }, + }, "executionSpec": { # DataScan execution settings. # Optional. DataScan execution settings.If not specified, the fields in it will use their default values. "field": "A String", # Immutable. The unnested field (of type Date or Timestamp) that contains values which monotonically increase over time.If not specified, a data scan will run for all data in the table. "trigger": { # DataScan scheduling and trigger settings. # Optional. Spec related to how often and when a scan should be triggered.If not specified, the default is OnDemand, which means the scan will not run until the user calls RunDataScan API. @@ -680,11 +723,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table details and generates insights including descriptions and sample SQL queries for the table. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). + { # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table or dataset metadata and generates insights. For tables, insights include descriptions and sample SQL queries. For datasets, insights include descriptions, schema relationships and sample SQL queries. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the scan was created. "data": { # The data source for DataScan. # Required. The data source for DataScan. "entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex Universal Catalog entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. - "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID or BigQuery dataset for DataDocumentationScan only Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID }, "dataDiscoveryResult": { # The output of a data discovery scan. # Output only. The result of a data discovery scan. "bigqueryPublishing": { # Describes BigQuery publishing configurations. # Output only. Configuration for metadata publishing. @@ -728,10 +771,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -833,6 +909,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -1041,6 +1118,15 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the scan. Must be between 1-1024 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name. Must be between 1-256 characters. + "executionIdentity": { # The identity to run the datascan. # Optional. Immutable. The identity to run the datascan. If not specified, defaults to the Dataplex Service Agent. + "dataplexServiceAgent": { # The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. # Optional. The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. + }, + "serviceAccount": { # The service account # Optional. The provided service account. + "email": "A String", # Required. Service account email. The datascan will execute with this service account's credentials. The user calling this API must have permissions to act as this service account. Dataplex service agent must be granted iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on this service account, for example, through the iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator role . + }, + "userCredential": { # The credential of the calling user. # Optional. The credential of the calling user. Supports only ONE_TIME trigger type. + }, + }, "executionSpec": { # DataScan execution settings. # Optional. DataScan execution settings.If not specified, the fields in it will use their default values. "field": "A String", # Immutable. The unnested field (of type Date or Timestamp) that contains values which monotonically increase over time.If not specified, a data scan will run for all data in the table. "trigger": { # DataScan scheduling and trigger settings. # Optional. Spec related to how often and when a scan should be triggered.If not specified, the default is OnDemand, which means the scan will not run until the user calls RunDataScan API. @@ -1138,11 +1224,11 @@

Method Details

{ # List dataScans response. "dataScans": [ # DataScans (BASIC view only) under the given parent location. - { # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table details and generates insights including descriptions and sample SQL queries for the table. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). + { # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table or dataset metadata and generates insights. For tables, insights include descriptions and sample SQL queries. For datasets, insights include descriptions, schema relationships and sample SQL queries. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the scan was created. "data": { # The data source for DataScan. # Required. The data source for DataScan. "entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex Universal Catalog entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. - "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID or BigQuery dataset for DataDocumentationScan only Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID }, "dataDiscoveryResult": { # The output of a data discovery scan. # Output only. The result of a data discovery scan. "bigqueryPublishing": { # Describes BigQuery publishing configurations. # Output only. Configuration for metadata publishing. @@ -1186,10 +1272,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -1291,6 +1410,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -1499,6 +1619,15 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the scan. Must be between 1-1024 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name. Must be between 1-256 characters. + "executionIdentity": { # The identity to run the datascan. # Optional. Immutable. The identity to run the datascan. If not specified, defaults to the Dataplex Service Agent. + "dataplexServiceAgent": { # The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. # Optional. The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. + }, + "serviceAccount": { # The service account # Optional. The provided service account. + "email": "A String", # Required. Service account email. The datascan will execute with this service account's credentials. The user calling this API must have permissions to act as this service account. Dataplex service agent must be granted iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on this service account, for example, through the iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator role . + }, + "userCredential": { # The credential of the calling user. # Optional. The credential of the calling user. Supports only ONE_TIME trigger type. + }, + }, "executionSpec": { # DataScan execution settings. # Optional. DataScan execution settings.If not specified, the fields in it will use their default values. "field": "A String", # Immutable. The unnested field (of type Date or Timestamp) that contains values which monotonically increase over time.If not specified, a data scan will run for all data in the table. "trigger": { # DataScan scheduling and trigger settings. # Optional. Spec related to how often and when a scan should be triggered.If not specified, the default is OnDemand, which means the scan will not run until the user calls RunDataScan API. @@ -1557,11 +1686,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table details and generates insights including descriptions and sample SQL queries for the table. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). +{ # Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table or dataset metadata and generates insights. For tables, insights include descriptions and sample SQL queries. For datasets, insights include descriptions, schema relationships and sample SQL queries. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the scan was created. "data": { # The data source for DataScan. # Required. The data source for DataScan. "entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex Universal Catalog entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. - "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID or BigQuery dataset for DataDocumentationScan only Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID }, "dataDiscoveryResult": { # The output of a data discovery scan. # Output only. The result of a data discovery scan. "bigqueryPublishing": { # Describes BigQuery publishing configurations. # Output only. Configuration for metadata publishing. @@ -1605,10 +1734,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -1710,6 +1872,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -1918,6 +2081,15 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the scan. Must be between 1-1024 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name. Must be between 1-256 characters. + "executionIdentity": { # The identity to run the datascan. # Optional. Immutable. The identity to run the datascan. If not specified, defaults to the Dataplex Service Agent. + "dataplexServiceAgent": { # The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. # Optional. The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project. + }, + "serviceAccount": { # The service account # Optional. The provided service account. + "email": "A String", # Required. Service account email. The datascan will execute with this service account's credentials. The user calling this API must have permissions to act as this service account. Dataplex service agent must be granted iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on this service account, for example, through the iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator role . + }, + "userCredential": { # The credential of the calling user. # Optional. The credential of the calling user. Supports only ONE_TIME trigger type. + }, + }, "executionSpec": { # DataScan execution settings. # Optional. DataScan execution settings.If not specified, the fields in it will use their default values. "field": "A String", # Immutable. The unnested field (of type Date or Timestamp) that contains values which monotonically increase over time.If not specified, a data scan will run for all data in the table. "trigger": { # DataScan scheduling and trigger settings. # Optional. Spec related to how often and when a scan should be triggered.If not specified, the default is OnDemand, which means the scan will not run until the user calls RunDataScan API. @@ -2042,10 +2214,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -2147,6 +2352,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -2356,6 +2562,7 @@

Method Details

"endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob ended. "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a Google Cloud region. + "partialFailureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A message indicating partial failure details. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started. "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the DataScanJob. "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent DataScan. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html index d8a0908535..bb56464f28 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html @@ -233,10 +233,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -338,6 +371,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -547,6 +581,7 @@

Method Details

"endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob ended. "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a Google Cloud region. + "partialFailureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A message indicating partial failure details. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started. "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the DataScanJob. "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent DataScan. @@ -617,10 +652,43 @@

Method Details

"encoding": "A String", # Optional. The character encoding of the data. The default is UTF-8. "typeInferenceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable the inference of data types for JSON data. If true, all columns are registered as their primitive types (strings, number, or boolean). }, + "unstructuredDataOptions": { # Describes options for unstructured data discovery. # Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery. + "entityInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + "semanticInferenceEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled. + }, }, }, "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of a data documentation scan. - "tableResult": { # Generated metadata about the table. # Output only. Table result for insights. + "datasetResult": { # Insights for a dataset resource. # Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource. + "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated Dataset description. + "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset. + { # A sample SQL query in data documentation. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + "schemaRelationships": [ # Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema. + { # Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources. + "leftSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "rightSchemaPaths": { # Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema. # Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list. + "paths": [ # Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field + "A String", + ], + "tableFqn": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID + }, + "sources": [ # Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge. + "A String", + ], + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths. + }, + ], + }, + "tableResult": { # Insights for a table resource. # Output only. Insights for a Table resource. "name": "A String", # Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource. Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID "overview": "A String", # Output only. Generated description of the table. "queries": [ # Output only. Sample SQL queries for the table. @@ -722,6 +790,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "mode": "A String", # Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan. "postScanActions": { # The configuration of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.. "bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataProfileScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID @@ -931,6 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

"endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob ended. "message": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The relative resource name of the DataScanJob, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{datascan_id}/jobs/{job_id}, where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a Google Cloud region. + "partialFailureMessage": "A String", # Output only. A message indicating partial failure details. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started. "state": "A String", # Output only. Execution state for the DataScanJob. "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent DataScan. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html index 9e5ff2417a..9554dca75e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"entries": [ # The list of entries under the given parent location. { # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html index d3ea946c38..65a79e6644 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entryLinks.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@

Method Details

{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Method Details

{ # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html index 455d58479b..72092f175b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the dataAttributeBindings Resource.

+

+ dataDomains() +

+

Returns the dataDomains Resource.

+

dataProducts()

@@ -162,7 +167,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -178,6 +183,9 @@

Instance Methods

lookupEntryLinks_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ modifyEntry(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Modifies an entry using the permission on the source system.

searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, semanticSearch=None, x__xgafv=None)

Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.

@@ -219,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
@@ -277,10 +285,10 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Lookup Context using permissions in the source system. - "options": { # Optional. Allows to configure the context. + "options": { # Optional. Allows to configure the context.Supported options: format - The format of the context (one of yaml, xml, json, default is yaml). context_budget - If provided, the output will be intelligently truncated on a best-effort basis to contain approximately the desired amount of characters. There is no guarantee to achieve the specific amount. "a_key": "A String", }, - "resources": [ # Required. The entry names to lookup context for. The request should have max 10 of those.Examples:projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry} + "resources": [ # Required. The entry names to look up the context for. The maximum number of resources for a request is limited to 10.Examples:projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry} "A String", ], } @@ -294,7 +302,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Lookup Context response. - "context": "A String", # LLM generated context for the resources. + "context": "A String", # Pre-formatted block of text containing the context for the requested resources. }
@@ -324,7 +332,7 @@

Method Details

{ # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -394,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"entryLinks": [ # List of entry links that reference the specified entry. { # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry link. The format of the aspect key has to be the following: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} Currently, only a single aspect of a Dataplex-owned Aspect Type is allowed. - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -440,6 +448,119 @@

Method Details

+
+ modifyEntry(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Modifies an entry using the permission on the source system.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Modify Entry request using permissions in the source system.
+  "aspectKeys": [ # Optional. The aspect keys which the service should modify. It supports the following syntaxes: - matches an aspect of the given type and empty path. @path - matches an aspect of the given type and specified path. For example, to attach an aspect to a field that is specified by the schema aspect, the path should have the format Schema.. @* - matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given path.The service will not remove existing aspects matching the syntax unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, the service treats it as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "deleteMissingAspects": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, any aspects not specified in the request will be deleted. The default is false.
+  "entry": { # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. # Required. The entry to modify.
+    "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path}
+      "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link.
+        "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect.
+          "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system.
+          "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc).
+          "updateTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was last updated in the source system.
+        },
+        "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+        "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+      },
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the entry was created in Dataplex Universal Catalog.
+    "entrySource": { # Information related to the source system of the data resource that is represented by the entry. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the data resource that is represented by the entry.
+      "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The entries representing the ancestors of the data resource in the source system.
+        { # Information about individual items in the hierarchy that is associated with the data resource.
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time when the resource was created in the source system.
+      "description": "A String", # A description of the data resource. Maximum length is 2,000 characters.
+      "displayName": "A String", # A user-friendly display name. Maximum length is 500 characters.
+      "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. Location of the resource in the source system. You can search the entry by this location. By default, this should match the location of the entry group containing this entry. A different value allows capturing the source location for data external to Google Cloud.
+      "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. Maximum length is 64 characters.
+      "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. Maximum length is 4,000 characters.
+      "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. Maximum length is 64 characters.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the resource was last updated in the source system. If the entry exists in the system and its EntrySource has update_time populated, further updates to the EntrySource of the entry must provide incremental updates to its update_time.
+    },
+    "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the entry type that was used to create this entry, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.
+    "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can be referenced by an external system. For more information, see Fully qualified names (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/fully-qualified-names). The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the entry, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}.
+    "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the entry was last updated in Dataplex Universal Catalog.
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. Mask of fields to update. To update Aspects, the update_mask must contain the value "aspects".If the update_mask is empty, the service will update all modifiable fields present in the request.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path}
+    "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link.
+      "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system.
+        "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc).
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was last updated in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the entry was created in Dataplex Universal Catalog.
+  "entrySource": { # Information related to the source system of the data resource that is represented by the entry. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the data resource that is represented by the entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The entries representing the ancestors of the data resource in the source system.
+      { # Information about individual items in the hierarchy that is associated with the data resource.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The time when the resource was created in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # A description of the data resource. Maximum length is 2,000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A user-friendly display name. Maximum length is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "location": "A String", # Output only. Location of the resource in the source system. You can search the entry by this location. By default, this should match the location of the entry group containing this entry. A different value allows capturing the source location for data external to Google Cloud.
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. Maximum length is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. Maximum length is 4,000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. Maximum length is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the resource was last updated in the source system. If the entry exists in the system and its EntrySource has update_time populated, further updates to the EntrySource of the entry must provide incremental updates to its update_time.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the entry type that was used to create this entry, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can be referenced by an external system. For more information, see Fully qualified names (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/fully-qualified-names). The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the entry, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the entry was last updated in Dataplex Universal Catalog.
+}
+
+
searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, semanticSearch=None, x__xgafv=None)
Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.
@@ -466,7 +587,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A single result of a SearchEntries request. "dataplexEntry": { # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). @@ -511,7 +632,7 @@

Method Details

"snippets": { # Snippets for the entry, contains HTML-style highlighting for matched tokens, will be used in UI. # Snippets. "dataplexEntry": { # An entry is a representation of a data resource that can be described by various metadata. # Entry "aspects": { # Optional. The aspects that are attached to the entry. Depending on how the aspect is attached to the entry, the format of the aspect key can be one of the following: If the aspect is attached directly to the entry: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id} If the aspect is attached to an entry's path: {project_id_or_number}.{location_id}.{aspect_type_id}@{path} - "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry. + "a_key": { # Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link. "aspectSource": { # Information related to the source system of the aspect. # Optional. Information related to the source system of the aspect. "createTime": "A String", # The time the aspect was created in the source system. "dataVersion": "A String", # The version of the data format used to produce this data. This field is used to indicated when the underlying data format changes (e.g., schema modifications, changes to the source URL format definition, etc). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html index b486d0e58e..3ee0cfaaec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.lakes.html @@ -79,11 +79,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the actions Resource.

-

- environments() -

-

Returns the environments Resource.

-

tasks()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html index 875e267de3..3694b69793 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html @@ -233,6 +233,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -445,6 +449,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -615,6 +623,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html index 39486d934e..4b7637c169 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.sparkApplications.html @@ -342,6 +342,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Wrapper user to represent either a node or a cluster. "cluster": { # Represents a tree of spark plan. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", @@ -357,6 +360,9 @@

Method Details

}, "node": { # Represents a node in the spark plan tree. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", @@ -3520,6 +3526,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Wrapper user to represent either a node or a cluster. "cluster": { # Represents a tree of spark plan. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", @@ -3535,6 +3544,9 @@

Method Details

}, "node": { # Represents a node in the spark plan tree. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html index 901c5bbc35..62d739904e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html @@ -175,6 +175,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -357,6 +361,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -479,6 +487,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html index 0db3fc1386..cf478170c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.sparkApplications.html @@ -342,6 +342,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Wrapper user to represent either a node or a cluster. "cluster": { # Represents a tree of spark plan. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", @@ -357,6 +360,9 @@

Method Details

}, "node": { # Represents a node in the spark plan tree. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", @@ -3525,6 +3531,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Wrapper user to represent either a node or a cluster. "cluster": { # Represents a tree of spark plan. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", @@ -3540,6 +3549,9 @@

Method Details

}, "node": { # Represents a node in the spark plan tree. "desc": "A String", + "metadata": { # Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "metrics": [ { # Metrics related to SQL execution. "accumulatorId": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html index eef6c9c312..08fecf0006 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html @@ -435,6 +435,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -511,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -631,6 +635,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -704,6 +711,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -808,6 +818,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1181,6 +1194,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1257,6 +1273,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -1377,6 +1394,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1450,6 +1470,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1554,6 +1577,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1954,6 +1980,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2030,6 +2059,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -2150,6 +2180,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2223,6 +2256,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2327,6 +2363,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2791,6 +2830,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2867,6 +2909,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -2987,6 +3030,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3060,6 +3106,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3164,6 +3213,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3578,6 +3630,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3654,6 +3709,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -3774,6 +3830,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3847,6 +3906,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3951,6 +4013,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4433,6 +4498,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4509,6 +4577,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -4629,6 +4698,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4702,6 +4774,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4806,6 +4881,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5179,6 +5257,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5255,6 +5336,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -5375,6 +5457,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5448,6 +5533,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5552,6 +5640,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html index 86315da3d6..57680aefde 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html @@ -179,6 +179,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -255,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -375,6 +379,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -448,6 +455,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -552,6 +562,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -874,6 +887,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -950,6 +966,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -1070,6 +1087,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1143,6 +1163,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1247,6 +1270,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1479,8 +1505,8 @@

Method Details

projectId: string, Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster belongs to. (required) region: string, Required. The Dataproc region in which to handle the request. (required) filter: string, Optional. A filter constraining the clusters to list. Filters are case-sensitive and have the following syntax:field = value AND field = value ...where field is one of status.state, clusterName, or labels.[KEY], and [KEY] is a label key. value can be * to match all values. status.state can be one of the following: ACTIVE, INACTIVE, CREATING, RUNNING, ERROR, DELETING, UPDATING, STOPPING, or STOPPED. ACTIVE contains the CREATING, UPDATING, and RUNNING states. INACTIVE contains the DELETING, ERROR, STOPPING, and STOPPED states. clusterName is the name of the cluster provided at creation time. Only the logical AND operator is supported; space-separated items are treated as having an implicit AND operator.Example filter:status.state = ACTIVE AND clusterName = mycluster AND labels.env = staging AND labels.starred = * - pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard List page size. - pageToken: string, Optional. The standard List page token. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of clusters to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, the default value is 200. The maximum value is 1000. + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous ListClusters call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1530,6 +1556,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1606,6 +1635,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -1726,6 +1756,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1799,6 +1832,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1903,6 +1939,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2106,6 +2145,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2182,6 +2224,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -2302,6 +2345,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2375,6 +2421,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2479,6 +2528,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html index 2772dd0dcc..abc7c52cf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html @@ -134,6 +134,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -260,6 +263,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html index 064baddfe5..c79df6a575 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html @@ -435,6 +435,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -511,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -631,6 +635,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -704,6 +711,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -808,6 +818,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1181,6 +1194,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1257,6 +1273,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -1377,6 +1394,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1450,6 +1470,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1554,6 +1577,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1954,6 +1980,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2030,6 +2059,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -2150,6 +2180,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2223,6 +2256,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2327,6 +2363,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2791,6 +2830,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2867,6 +2909,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -2987,6 +3030,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3060,6 +3106,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3164,6 +3213,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3578,6 +3630,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3654,6 +3709,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -3774,6 +3830,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3847,6 +3906,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3951,6 +4013,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4433,6 +4498,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4509,6 +4577,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -4629,6 +4698,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4702,6 +4774,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4806,6 +4881,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5179,6 +5257,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5255,6 +5336,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "engine": "A String", # Optional. The cluster engine. "gceClusterConfig": { # Common config settings for resources of Compute Engine cluster instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster. # Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster. "autoZoneExcludeZoneUris": [ # Optional. An optional list of Compute Engine zones where the Dataproc cluster will not be located when Auto Zone is enabled. Only one of zone_uri or auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris can be set. If both are omitted, the service will pick a zone in the cluster Compute Engine region. If auto_zone_exclude_zone_uris is set and there is more than one non-excluded zone, the service will pick one of the non-excluded zones. Otherwise, cluster creation will fail with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] [zone] "A String", @@ -5375,6 +5457,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5448,6 +5533,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5552,6 +5640,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html index a75eb2139a..f65d7da147 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index a4594ebc7b..ce2067d609 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
index e4e89eec3c..3c8fe4193e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
@@ -179,6 +179,16 @@ 

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -336,6 +346,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -501,6 +521,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -654,6 +684,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -815,6 +855,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -998,6 +1048,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1151,6 +1211,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1302,6 +1372,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1455,6 +1535,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html index 5af8b09cc1..285d36948a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html @@ -195,6 +195,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -350,6 +360,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -519,6 +539,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -771,6 +801,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -955,6 +995,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1128,6 +1178,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1348,6 +1408,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1536,6 +1606,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1789,6 +1869,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1984,6 +2074,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2172,6 +2272,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html index 0e2eb88f26..0cf06957a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html @@ -167,6 +167,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -318,6 +328,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html index f5bf1e9643..caefcd2561 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html @@ -188,6 +188,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -403,6 +413,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -676,6 +696,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -848,6 +878,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1068,6 +1108,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1379,6 +1429,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1551,6 +1611,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1760,6 +1830,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1932,6 +2012,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html index 138f24e911..ce55d5de3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html @@ -267,6 +267,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -520,6 +530,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html index 4bfd6ae35e..79b1b4fad9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html @@ -195,6 +195,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -350,6 +360,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -509,6 +529,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -735,6 +765,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -902,6 +942,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1065,6 +1115,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1259,6 +1319,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1430,6 +1500,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1683,6 +1763,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1868,6 +1958,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2039,6 +2139,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html index f20a2ee99d..cd782d6259 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html @@ -167,6 +167,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -318,6 +328,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html index 21ac13d3cf..9103c0e1c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html @@ -173,6 +173,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html index 646c9e4fab..fd6d6e1441 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html @@ -179,6 +179,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -336,6 +346,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -501,6 +521,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -654,6 +684,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -815,6 +855,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -998,6 +1048,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1151,6 +1211,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1302,6 +1372,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1455,6 +1535,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html index c1ab75632f..4c96e8bdd6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html @@ -195,6 +195,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -350,6 +360,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -509,6 +529,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -735,6 +765,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -903,6 +943,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1066,6 +1116,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1260,6 +1320,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1432,6 +1502,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1685,6 +1765,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1870,6 +1960,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2042,6 +2142,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html index 3b6ccee624..af26123c8a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html @@ -167,6 +167,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -318,6 +328,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html index f32bfff2fd..8a15bde904 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html @@ -188,6 +188,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -396,6 +406,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -662,6 +682,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -834,6 +864,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1047,6 +1087,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1351,6 +1401,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1523,6 +1583,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1725,6 +1795,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1897,6 +1977,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html index 6cf3af8d61..7c19a1b545 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html @@ -262,6 +262,16 @@

Method Details

"firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "allocatedPriority": 42, # The priority allocated for the firewall policy rule if query parameters specified minPriority/maxPriority. }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.accountConnectors.html b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.accountConnectors.html index 065df941b3..8baf031a07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.accountConnectors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.accountConnectors.html @@ -88,6 +88,12 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single AccountConnector.

+

+ fetchUserRepositories(accountConnector, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, repository=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

FetchUserRepositories returns a list of UserRepos that are available for an account connector resource.

+

+ fetchUserRepositories_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single AccountConnector.

@@ -120,6 +126,23 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was created. + "customOauthConfig": { # Message for a customized OAuth config. # Custom OAuth config. + "authUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 authorization server URL. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID of the OAuth application. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. Input only. The client secret of the OAuth application. It will be provided as plain text, but encrypted and stored in developer connect. As INPUT_ONLY field, it will not be included in the output. + "hostUri": "A String", # Required. The host URI of the OAuth application. + "pkceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disable PKCE for this OAuth config. PKCE is enabled by default. + "scmProvider": "A String", # Required. The type of the SCM provider. + "scopes": [ # Required. The scopes to be requested during OAuth. + "A String", + ], + "serverVersion": "A String", # Output only. SCM server version installed at the host URI. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a connection. # Optional. Configuration for using Service Directory to connect to a private service. + "service": "A String", # Required. The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCaCertificate": "A String", # Optional. SSL certificate to use for requests to a private service. + "tokenUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 token request URL. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -132,6 +155,9 @@

Method Details

], "systemProviderId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Developer Connect provided OAuth. }, + "proxyConfig": { # The proxy configuration. # Optional. Configuration for the http and git proxy features. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Setting this to true allows the git and http proxies to perform actions on behalf of the user configured under the account connector. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was updated. } @@ -206,6 +232,49 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ fetchUserRepositories(accountConnector, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, repository=None, x__xgafv=None) +
FetchUserRepositories returns a list of UserRepos that are available for an account connector resource.
+
+Args:
+  accountConnector: string, Required. The name of the Account Connector resource in the format: `projects/*/locations/*/accountConnectors/*`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Number of results to return in the list. Defaults to 20.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page start.
+  repository: string, Optional. The name of the repository. When specified, only the UserRepository with this name will be returned if the repository is accessible under this Account Connector for the calling user.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for FetchUserRepositories.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "userRepos": [ # The repositories that the user can access with this account connector.
+    { # A user repository that can be linked to the account connector. Consists of the repo name and the git proxy URL to forward requests to this repo.
+      "cloneUri": "A String", # Output only. The git clone URL of the repo. For example: https://github.com/myuser/myrepo.git
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user friendly repo name (e.g., myuser/myrepo)
+      "gitProxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The Git proxy URL for this repo. For example: https://us-west1-git.developerconnect.dev/a/my-proj/my-ac/myuser/myrepo.git. Populated only when `proxy_config.enabled` is set to `true` in the Account Connector. This URL is used by other Google services that integrate with Developer Connect.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ fetchUserRepositories_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets details of a single AccountConnector.
@@ -225,6 +294,23 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was created. + "customOauthConfig": { # Message for a customized OAuth config. # Custom OAuth config. + "authUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 authorization server URL. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID of the OAuth application. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. Input only. The client secret of the OAuth application. It will be provided as plain text, but encrypted and stored in developer connect. As INPUT_ONLY field, it will not be included in the output. + "hostUri": "A String", # Required. The host URI of the OAuth application. + "pkceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disable PKCE for this OAuth config. PKCE is enabled by default. + "scmProvider": "A String", # Required. The type of the SCM provider. + "scopes": [ # Required. The scopes to be requested during OAuth. + "A String", + ], + "serverVersion": "A String", # Output only. SCM server version installed at the host URI. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a connection. # Optional. Configuration for using Service Directory to connect to a private service. + "service": "A String", # Required. The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCaCertificate": "A String", # Optional. SSL certificate to use for requests to a private service. + "tokenUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 token request URL. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -237,6 +323,9 @@

Method Details

], "systemProviderId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Developer Connect provided OAuth. }, + "proxyConfig": { # The proxy configuration. # Optional. Configuration for the http and git proxy features. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Setting this to true allows the git and http proxies to perform actions on behalf of the user configured under the account connector. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was updated. }
@@ -266,6 +355,23 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was created. + "customOauthConfig": { # Message for a customized OAuth config. # Custom OAuth config. + "authUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 authorization server URL. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID of the OAuth application. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. Input only. The client secret of the OAuth application. It will be provided as plain text, but encrypted and stored in developer connect. As INPUT_ONLY field, it will not be included in the output. + "hostUri": "A String", # Required. The host URI of the OAuth application. + "pkceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disable PKCE for this OAuth config. PKCE is enabled by default. + "scmProvider": "A String", # Required. The type of the SCM provider. + "scopes": [ # Required. The scopes to be requested during OAuth. + "A String", + ], + "serverVersion": "A String", # Output only. SCM server version installed at the host URI. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a connection. # Optional. Configuration for using Service Directory to connect to a private service. + "service": "A String", # Required. The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCaCertificate": "A String", # Optional. SSL certificate to use for requests to a private service. + "tokenUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 token request URL. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -278,6 +384,9 @@

Method Details

], "systemProviderId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Developer Connect provided OAuth. }, + "proxyConfig": { # The proxy configuration. # Optional. Configuration for the http and git proxy features. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Setting this to true allows the git and http proxies to perform actions on behalf of the user configured under the account connector. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was updated. }, ], @@ -316,6 +425,23 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was created. + "customOauthConfig": { # Message for a customized OAuth config. # Custom OAuth config. + "authUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 authorization server URL. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID of the OAuth application. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. Input only. The client secret of the OAuth application. It will be provided as plain text, but encrypted and stored in developer connect. As INPUT_ONLY field, it will not be included in the output. + "hostUri": "A String", # Required. The host URI of the OAuth application. + "pkceDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disable PKCE for this OAuth config. PKCE is enabled by default. + "scmProvider": "A String", # Required. The type of the SCM provider. + "scopes": [ # Required. The scopes to be requested during OAuth. + "A String", + ], + "serverVersion": "A String", # Output only. SCM server version installed at the host URI. + "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # ServiceDirectoryConfig represents Service Directory configuration for a connection. # Optional. Configuration for using Service Directory to connect to a private service. + "service": "A String", # Required. The Service Directory service name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/namespaces/{namespace}/services/{service}. + }, + "sslCaCertificate": "A String", # Optional. SSL certificate to use for requests to a private service. + "tokenUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 token request URL. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -328,6 +454,9 @@

Method Details

], "systemProviderId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Developer Connect provided OAuth. }, + "proxyConfig": { # The proxy configuration. # Optional. Configuration for the http and git proxy features. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Setting this to true allows the git and http proxies to perform actions on behalf of the user configured under the account connector. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html index 17b36df0bd..428652e844 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
index e663425678..bea25563a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
@@ -685,6 +685,9 @@ 

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -697,6 +700,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1345,6 +1351,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1357,6 +1366,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1987,6 +1999,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1999,6 +2014,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.html index 3d959b714f..42a33bfc4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.html @@ -152,6 +152,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -206,6 +438,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -259,6 +723,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -318,6 +1014,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -382,6 +1310,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html index 0b3a5555b4..95f16cb89a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -844,6 +844,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,6 +859,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1092,6 +1098,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1104,6 +1113,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html index 510822f7f7..c72a7bd2cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html index dbfbe80e24..4bb04176de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html @@ -126,6 +126,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -245,6 +257,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -257,6 +272,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -292,6 +310,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -330,6 +355,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -449,6 +486,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -461,6 +501,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -496,6 +539,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -544,6 +594,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -663,6 +725,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -675,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -710,6 +778,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html index 37b113e9d9..de8360a762 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html @@ -685,6 +685,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -697,6 +700,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1345,6 +1351,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1357,6 +1366,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1987,6 +1999,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1999,6 +2014,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.html index 4282f570f8..b1cb31273a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -155,6 +155,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -209,6 +441,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -262,6 +726,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -321,6 +1017,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -439,6 +1367,238 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmalltalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index d72f222387..c424e9056e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -844,6 +844,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,6 +859,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1092,6 +1098,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1104,6 +1113,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html index ea92a94bd0..b252977548 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html index 12585f5623..aed8418bd5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html @@ -173,6 +173,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -292,6 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -304,6 +319,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -339,6 +357,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -584,6 +609,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -703,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -715,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -750,6 +793,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -953,6 +1003,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1072,6 +1134,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1084,6 +1149,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1119,6 +1187,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html index 3c07f27bda..486b456008 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html @@ -140,6 +140,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -259,6 +271,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -271,6 +286,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -306,6 +324,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -344,6 +369,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -463,6 +500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -475,6 +515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -510,6 +553,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -572,6 +622,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -691,6 +753,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -703,6 +768,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -738,6 +806,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -786,6 +861,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -905,6 +992,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -917,6 +1007,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -952,6 +1045,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -1008,6 +1108,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1127,6 +1239,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1139,6 +1254,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1174,6 +1292,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -1212,6 +1337,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1331,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1343,6 +1483,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1378,6 +1521,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html index 434a298da8..2a249f6da3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html @@ -146,6 +146,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -265,6 +277,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -277,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -312,6 +330,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -417,6 +442,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -429,6 +457,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html index c112fd0522..cc8ea60901 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html @@ -894,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -906,6 +909,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1758,6 +1764,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1770,6 +1779,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -2629,6 +2641,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -2641,6 +2656,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3482,6 +3500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3494,6 +3515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.html index a662f08aaf..e41b6a46ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.html @@ -152,6 +152,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -206,6 +439,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -259,6 +725,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -318,6 +1017,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -382,6 +1314,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html index 7433a09ba9..e81f70d881 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -1796,6 +1796,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1808,6 +1811,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3407,6 +3413,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3419,6 +3428,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html index bef9d6052d..4b0fd404fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html index e9a15ac074..166088ac93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html @@ -126,6 +126,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -245,6 +257,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -257,6 +272,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -292,6 +310,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -330,6 +355,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -449,6 +486,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -461,6 +501,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -496,6 +539,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -544,6 +594,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -663,6 +725,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -675,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -710,6 +778,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html index 243e059491..bfa8ca460c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html @@ -894,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -906,6 +909,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1758,6 +1764,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1770,6 +1779,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -2629,6 +2641,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -2641,6 +2656,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3482,6 +3500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3494,6 +3515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.html index c857beb5d6..0f1ddad56e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -155,6 +155,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -209,6 +442,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -262,6 +728,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -321,6 +1020,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { @@ -439,6 +1371,239 @@

Method Details

"updateMode": "A String", }, }, + "initialConversationProfile": { + "automatedAgentConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + "sessionTtl": "A String", + }, + "createTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "humanAgentAssistantConfig": { + "endUserSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "humanAgentSuggestionConfig": { + "disableHighLatencyFeaturesSyncDelivery": True or False, + "enableAsyncToolCall": True or False, + "featureConfigs": [ + { + "conversationModelConfig": { + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", + "model": "A String", + }, + "conversationProcessConfig": { + "recentSentencesCount": 42, + }, + "disableAgentQueryLogging": True or False, + "enableConversationAugmentedQuery": True or False, + "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionOnly": True or False, + "enableQuerySuggestionWhenNoAnswer": True or False, + "enableResponseDebugInfo": True or False, + "queryConfig": { + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, + "contextFilterSettings": { + "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, + "dropIvrMessages": True or False, + "dropVirtualAgentMessages": True or False, + }, + "contextSize": 42, + "dialogflowQuerySource": { + "agent": "A String", + "humanAgentSideConfig": { + "agent": "A String", + }, + }, + "documentQuerySource": { + "documents": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "knowledgeBaseQuerySource": { + "knowledgeBases": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "maxResults": 42, + "sections": { + "sectionTypes": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "raiSettings": { + "raiCategoryConfigs": [ + { + "category": "A String", + "sensitivityLevel": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "suggestionFeature": { + "type": "A String", + }, + "suggestionTriggerSettings": { + "noSmallTalk": True or False, + "onlyEndUser": True or False, + }, + }, + ], + "generators": [ + "A String", + ], + "groupSuggestionResponses": True or False, + "skipEmptyEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, + "useUnredactedConversationData": True or False, + }, + "messageAnalysisConfig": { + "enableEntityExtraction": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysis": True or False, + "enableSentimentAnalysisV3": True or False, + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + }, + "humanAgentHandoffConfig": { + "livePersonConfig": { + "accountNumber": "A String", + }, + "salesforceLiveAgentConfig": { + "buttonId": "A String", + "deploymentId": "A String", + "endpointDomain": "A String", + "organizationId": "A String", + }, + }, + "languageCode": "A String", + "loggingConfig": { + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, + }, + "name": "A String", + "newMessageEventNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "newRecognitionResultNotificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "notificationConfig": { + "messageFormat": "A String", + "topic": "A String", + }, + "securitySettings": "A String", + "sttConfig": { + "audioEncoding": "A String", + "enableWordInfo": True or False, + "languageCode": "A String", + "model": "A String", + "phraseSets": [ + "A String", + ], + "sampleRateHertz": 42, + "speechModelVariant": "A String", + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", + "ttsConfig": { + "effectsProfileId": [ + "A String", + ], + "pitch": 3.14, + "pronunciations": [ + { + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", + "phrase": "A String", + "pronunciation": "A String", + }, + ], + "speakingRate": 3.14, + "voice": { + "name": "A String", + "ssmlGender": "A String", + }, + "volumeGainDb": 3.14, + }, + "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, + }, + "initialGeneratorContexts": { + "a_key": { + "generatorType": "A String", + }, + }, "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index 1fe5042ee8..798ed252cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -1796,6 +1796,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1808,6 +1811,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3407,6 +3413,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3419,6 +3428,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html index c30beafb47..d59c88057a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html index 8a9e564ed9..bc0de61a97 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html @@ -173,6 +173,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -292,6 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -304,6 +319,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -339,6 +357,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -584,6 +609,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -703,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -715,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -750,6 +793,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -953,6 +1003,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1072,6 +1134,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1084,6 +1149,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1119,6 +1187,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html index 6e68a62d3d..a1f5129c49 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html @@ -140,6 +140,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -259,6 +271,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -271,6 +286,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -306,6 +324,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -344,6 +369,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -463,6 +500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -475,6 +515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -510,6 +553,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -572,6 +622,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -691,6 +753,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -703,6 +768,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -738,6 +806,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -786,6 +861,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -905,6 +992,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -917,6 +1007,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -952,6 +1045,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -1008,6 +1108,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1127,6 +1239,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1139,6 +1254,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1174,6 +1292,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -1212,6 +1337,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1331,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1343,6 +1483,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1378,6 +1521,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html index 60ce11f721..8cd842d9b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html @@ -113,10 +113,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -141,10 +150,19 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", "phoneNumbers": [ { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -174,10 +192,19 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", } updateMask: string, A parameter @@ -190,10 +217,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -218,10 +254,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html index 90ecd0c2e2..11b0315b47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html @@ -146,6 +146,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -265,6 +277,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -277,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -312,6 +330,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -417,6 +442,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -429,6 +457,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html index 880fbfebe1..6e1d9d6a7b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html @@ -113,10 +113,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -141,10 +150,19 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", "phoneNumbers": [ { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -174,10 +192,19 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", } updateMask: string, A parameter @@ -190,10 +217,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -218,10 +254,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 3babb7f51e..99041a0298 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -2148,6 +2148,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2183,6 +2184,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2281,6 +2283,75 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "executionSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + "userUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -2322,6 +2393,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4394,6 +4466,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4429,6 +4502,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4527,6 +4601,75 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "executionSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + "userUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -5855,6 +5998,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -7944,6 +8088,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -7979,6 +8124,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8077,6 +8223,75 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "executionSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + "userUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html index 5eb7289942..ebbd911e99 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html @@ -119,6 +119,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -159,6 +160,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -271,6 +273,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -373,6 +376,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -431,6 +435,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -472,6 +477,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index 06a334d087..e3b993eee0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -2151,6 +2151,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2186,6 +2187,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2284,6 +2286,75 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "executionSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + "userUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -2325,6 +2396,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4397,6 +4469,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4432,6 +4505,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4530,6 +4604,75 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "executionSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + "userUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -5858,6 +6001,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -7947,6 +8091,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -7982,6 +8127,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8080,6 +8226,75 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "executionSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + "userUtterance": { + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index daca3a93ff..b0674c5c63 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -5762,6 +5762,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -7033,6 +7034,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8315,6 +8317,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -9586,6 +9589,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -10919,6 +10923,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -12190,6 +12195,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -13532,6 +13538,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -14803,6 +14810,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -16103,6 +16111,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -17374,6 +17383,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -18657,6 +18667,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -19928,6 +19939,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index ed665c8295..4fd8a17a2b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -1338,6 +1338,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2627,6 +2628,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html index f11105364a..fbcf136b6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html @@ -861,6 +861,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -3004,6 +3005,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -3039,6 +3041,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -3136,6 +3139,237 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -5426,6 +5660,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -5461,6 +5696,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -5544,20 +5780,251 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "toolCall": { - "action": "A String", - "inputParameters": { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "tool": "A String", + "toolCall": { + "action": "A String", + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "sentimentAnalysisResult": { + "magnitude": 3.14, + "score": 3.14, + }, + "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", }, + "startTime": "A String", }, ], - "sentimentAnalysisResult": { - "magnitude": 3.14, - "score": 3.14, - }, - "text": "A String", "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -7521,6 +7988,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -9664,6 +10132,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -9699,6 +10168,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -9766,36 +10236,267 @@

Method Details

"ssml": "A String", "text": "A String", }, - "payload": { + "payload": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playAudio": { + "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, + "audioUri": "A String", + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { + "phoneNumber": "A String", + }, + "text": { + "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, + "text": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "toolCall": { + "action": "A String", + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "sentimentAnalysisResult": { + "magnitude": 3.14, + "score": 3.14, + }, + "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "playAudio": { - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, - "audioUri": "A String", - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { - "phoneNumber": "A String", + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "text": { - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, - "text": [ - "A String", - ], + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", }, - "toolCall": { - "action": "A String", - "inputParameters": { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "tool": "A String", + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", }, + "startTime": "A String", }, ], - "sentimentAnalysisResult": { - "magnitude": 3.14, - "score": 3.14, - }, - "text": "A String", "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -12086,6 +12787,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -12121,6 +12823,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -12218,6 +12921,237 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index bf9e2ba2df..33a70f95bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -2371,6 +2371,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2406,6 +2407,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2503,6 +2505,237 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -2556,6 +2789,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4850,6 +5084,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4885,6 +5120,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4952,36 +5188,267 @@

Method Details

"ssml": "A String", "text": "A String", }, - "payload": { + "payload": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playAudio": { + "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, + "audioUri": "A String", + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { + "phoneNumber": "A String", + }, + "text": { + "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, + "text": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "toolCall": { + "action": "A String", + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "sentimentAnalysisResult": { + "magnitude": 3.14, + "score": 3.14, + }, + "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "playAudio": { - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, - "audioUri": "A String", - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { - "phoneNumber": "A String", + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "text": { - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, - "text": [ - "A String", - ], + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", }, - "toolCall": { - "action": "A String", - "inputParameters": { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "tool": "A String", + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", }, + "startTime": "A String", }, ], - "sentimentAnalysisResult": { - "magnitude": 3.14, - "score": 3.14, - }, - "text": "A String", "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -6315,6 +6782,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8627,6 +9095,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8662,6 +9131,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8759,6 +9229,237 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html index e098136472..985b8da08c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html @@ -119,6 +119,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -159,6 +160,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -271,6 +273,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -373,6 +376,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -431,6 +435,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -472,6 +477,7 @@

Method Details

{ "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index 1f891cd176..0ef23b5d86 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -2374,6 +2374,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2409,6 +2410,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2506,6 +2508,237 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -2559,6 +2792,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4853,6 +5087,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4888,6 +5123,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -4955,36 +5191,267 @@

Method Details

"ssml": "A String", "text": "A String", }, - "payload": { + "payload": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playAudio": { + "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, + "audioUri": "A String", + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { + "phoneNumber": "A String", + }, + "text": { + "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, + "text": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + "toolCall": { + "action": "A String", + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "sentimentAnalysisResult": { + "magnitude": 3.14, + "score": 3.14, + }, + "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "playAudio": { - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, - "audioUri": "A String", - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { - "phoneNumber": "A String", + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "text": { - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, - "text": [ - "A String", - ], + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", }, - "toolCall": { - "action": "A String", - "inputParameters": { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "tool": "A String", + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", }, + "startTime": "A String", }, ], - "sentimentAnalysisResult": { - "magnitude": 3.14, - "score": 3.14, - }, - "text": "A String", "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", @@ -6318,6 +6785,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8630,6 +9098,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8665,6 +9134,7 @@

Method Details

"intent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8762,6 +9232,237 @@

Method Details

"score": 3.14, }, "text": "A String", + "traceBlocks": [ + { + "actions": [ + { + "agentUtterance": { + "requireGeneration": True or False, + "text": "A String", + }, + "completeTime": "A String", + "displayName": "A String", + "event": { + "event": "A String", + "text": "A String", + }, + "flowInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "flowState": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowStateUpdate": { + "destination": "A String", + "eventType": "A String", + "functionCall": { + "name": "A String", + }, + "pageState": { + "displayName": "A String", + "page": "A String", + "status": "A String", + }, + "updatedParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "flowTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "intentMatch": { + "matchedIntents": [ + { + "displayName": "A String", + "generativeFallback": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "intentId": "A String", + "score": 3.14, + }, + ], + }, + "llmCall": { + "model": "A String", + "retrievedExamples": [ + { + "exampleDisplayName": "A String", + "exampleId": "A String", + "matchedRetrievalLabel": "A String", + "retrievalStrategy": "A String", + }, + ], + "temperature": 3.14, + "tokenCount": { + "conversationContextTokenCount": "A String", + "exampleTokenCount": "A String", + "totalInputTokenCount": "A String", + "totalOutputTokenCount": "A String", + }, + }, + "playbookInvocation": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + "playbookInput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", + }, + "playbookOutput": { + "actionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "executionSummary": "A String", + "state": "A String", + }, + "playbookState": "A String", + }, + "playbookTransition": { + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + "status": { + "exception": { + "errorMessage": "A String", + }, + }, + "stt": { + }, + "subExecutionSteps": [ + { + "completeTime": "A String", + "metrics": [ + { + "name": "A String", + "unit": "A String", + "value": "", + }, + ], + "name": "A String", + "startTime": "A String", + "tags": [ + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "toolUse": { + "action": "A String", + "dataStoreToolTrace": { + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { + "answer": "A String", + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "answerParts": [ + { + "supportingIndices": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ + { + "searchSnippet": { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { + "decision": "A String", + "score": "A String", + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { + "model": "A String", + "modelOutput": "A String", + "renderedPrompt": "A String", + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", + "safetySignals": { + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", + "decision": "A String", + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", + }, + "searchSnippets": [ + { + "documentTitle": "A String", + "documentUri": "A String", + "metadata": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + }, + "displayName": "A String", + "inputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputActionParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", + "webhookToolTrace": { + "webhookTag": "A String", + "webhookUri": "A String", + }, + }, + "tts": { + }, + "userUtterance": { + "audio": "A String", + "audioTokens": [ + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", + }, + }, + ], + "completeTime": "A String", + "endState": "A String", + "flowTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "flow": "A String", + }, + "inputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "outputParameters": { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "playbookTraceMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + "playbook": "A String", + }, + "speechProcessingMetadata": { + "displayName": "A String", + }, + "startTime": "A String", + }, + ], "transcript": "A String", "triggerEvent": "A String", "triggerIntent": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index af5518e07d..86c8a18661 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -5706,6 +5706,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -6965,6 +6966,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -8235,6 +8237,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -9494,6 +9497,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -10815,6 +10819,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -12074,6 +12079,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -13404,6 +13410,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -14663,6 +14670,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -15951,6 +15959,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -17210,6 +17219,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -18481,6 +18491,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -19740,6 +19751,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index 56c4ae479f..4b08a26d97 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -1326,6 +1326,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", @@ -2603,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"triggeredIntent": { "description": "A String", "displayName": "A String", + "dtmfPattern": "A String", "isFallback": True or False, "labels": { "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index fc58e700be..3bd8e5dcee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 9f0cd5e719..97aaaa455c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 79a96d85c4..5079a265b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -434,10 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index fac8b4a099..2c3d6200e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -234,6 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -352,9 +353,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -505,9 +503,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1562,10 +1557,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -1681,6 +1676,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1732,6 +1728,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -1935,10 +1932,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2132,6 +2129,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2183,6 +2181,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2386,10 +2385,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2631,6 +2630,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -2749,9 +2749,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -2902,9 +2899,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 115c1646b6..1314f939cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -157,9 +157,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index db4610270a..f23cb0db42 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -185,9 +185,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -456,9 +453,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -753,9 +747,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1038,9 +1029,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1327,9 +1315,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1599,9 +1584,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d953ce5f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a

+

Instance Methods

+

+ v1() +

+

Returns the v1 Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f10969d652 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1

+

Instance Methods

+

+ message() +

+

Returns the message Resource.

+ +

+ tasks() +

+

Returns the tasks Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None)

+

GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None) +
GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # AgentCard conveys key information: - Overall details (version, name, description, uses) - Skills; a set of actions/solutions the agent can perform - Default modalities/content types supported by the agent. - Authentication requirements Next ID: 19
+  "additionalInterfaces": [ # Announcement of additional supported transports. Client can use any of the supported transports.
+    { # Defines additional transport information for the agent.
+      "tenant": "A String", # Tenant to be set in the request when calling the agent. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.
+      "transport": "A String", # The transport supported this url. This is an open form string, to be easily extended for many transport protocols. The core ones officially supported are JSONRPC, GRPC and HTTP+JSON.
+      "url": "A String", # The url this interface is found at.
+    },
+  ],
+  "capabilities": { # Defines the A2A feature set supported by the agent # A2A Capability set supported by the agent.
+    "extensions": [ # Extensions supported by this agent.
+      { # A declaration of an extension supported by an Agent.
+        "description": "A String", # A description of how this agent uses this extension. Example: "Google OAuth 2.0 authentication"
+        "params": { # Optional configuration for the extension.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "required": True or False, # Whether the client must follow specific requirements of the extension. Example: false
+        "uri": "A String", # The URI of the extension. Example: "https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2"
+      },
+    ],
+    "pushNotifications": True or False, # If the agent can send push notifications to the clients webhook
+    "streaming": True or False, # If the agent will support streaming responses
+  },
+  "defaultInputModes": [ # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The set of interaction modes that the agent supports across all skills. This can be overridden per skill. Defined as mime types.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "defaultOutputModes": [ # The mime types supported as outputs from this agent.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the agent's domain of action/solution space. Example: "Agent that helps users with recipes and cooking."
+  "documentationUrl": "A String", # A url to provide additional documentation about the agent.
+  "iconUrl": "A String", # An optional URL to an icon for the agent.
+  "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the agent. Example: "Recipe Agent"
+  "preferredTransport": "A String", # The transport of the preferred endpoint. If empty, defaults to JSONRPC.
+  "protocolVersion": "A String", # The version of the A2A protocol this agent supports.
+  "provider": { # Represents information about the service provider of an agent. # The service provider of the agent.
+    "organization": "A String", # The providers organization name Example: "Google"
+    "url": "A String", # The providers reference url Example: "https://ai.google.dev"
+  },
+  "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security requirements for contacting the agent. This list can be seen as an OR of ANDs. Each object in the list describes one possible set of security requirements that must be present on a request. This allows specifying, for example, "callers must either use OAuth OR an API Key AND mTLS." Example: security { schemes { key: "oauth" value { list: ["read"] } } } security { schemes { key: "api-key" } schemes { key: "mtls" } }
+    {
+      "schemes": {
+        "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+          "list": [
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "securitySchemes": { # The security scheme details used for authenticating with this agent.
+    "a_key": {
+      "apiKeySecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "location": "A String", # Location of the API key, valid values are "query", "header", or "cookie"
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.
+      },
+      "httpAuthSecurityScheme": {
+        "bearerFormat": "A String", # A hint to the client to identify how the bearer token is formatted. Bearer tokens are usually generated by an authorization server, so this information is primarily for documentation purposes.
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "scheme": "A String", # The name of the HTTP Authentication scheme to be used in the Authorization header as defined in RFC7235. The values used SHOULD be registered in the IANA Authentication Scheme registry. The value is case-insensitive, as defined in RFC7235.
+      },
+      "mtlsSecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+      },
+      "oauth2SecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "flows": { # An object containing configuration information for the flow types supported
+          "authorizationCode": {
+            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+          "clientCredentials": {
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+          "implicit": {
+            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "password": {
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+        },
+        "oauth2MetadataUrl": "A String", # URL to the oauth2 authorization server metadata [RFC8414](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8414). TLS is required.
+      },
+      "openIdConnectSecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "openIdConnectUrl": "A String", # Well-known URL to discover the [[OpenID-Connect-Discovery]] provider metadata.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "signatures": [ # JSON Web Signatures computed for this AgentCard.
+    { # AgentCardSignature represents a JWS signature of an AgentCard. This follows the JSON format of an RFC 7515 JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+      "header": { # The unprotected JWS header values.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "protected": "A String", # Required. The protected JWS header for the signature. This is always a base64url-encoded JSON object. Required.
+      "signature": "A String", # Required. The computed signature, base64url-encoded. Required.
+    },
+  ],
+  "skills": [ # Skills represent a unit of ability an agent can perform. This may somewhat abstract but represents a more focused set of actions that the agent is highly likely to succeed at.
+    { # AgentSkill represents a unit of action/solution that the agent can perform. One can think of this as a type of highly reliable solution that an agent can be tasked to provide. Agents have the autonomy to choose how and when to use specific skills, but clients should have confidence that if the skill is defined that unit of action can be reliably performed.
+      "description": "A String", # A human (or llm) readable description of the skill details and behaviors.
+      "examples": [ # A set of example queries that this skill is designed to address. These examples should help the caller to understand how to craft requests to the agent to achieve specific goals. Example: ["I need a recipe for bread"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "id": "A String", # Unique identifier of the skill within this agent.
+      "inputModes": [ # Possible input modalities supported.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the skill.
+      "outputModes": [ # Possible output modalities produced
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security schemes necessary for the agent to leverage this skill. As in the overall AgentCard.security, this list represents a logical OR of security requirement objects. Each object is a set of security schemes that must be used together (a logical AND). protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+        {
+          "schemes": {
+            "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+              "list": [
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "tags": [ # A set of tags for the skill to enhance categorization/utilization. Example: ["cooking", "customer support", "billing"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "supportsAuthenticatedExtendedCard": True or False, # Whether the agent supports providing an extended agent card when the user is authenticated, i.e. is the card from .well-known different than the card from GetAgentCard.
+  "url": "A String", # A URL to the address the agent is hosted at. This represents the preferred endpoint as declared by the agent.
+  "version": "A String", # The version of the agent. Example: "1.0.0"
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ad1fb0cb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.html @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1 . message

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ send(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.

+

+ stream(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ send(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # /////////// Request Messages ///////////
+  "configuration": { # Configuration of a send message request. # Configuration for the send request.
+    "acceptedOutputModes": [ # The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blocking": True or False, # If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.
+    "historyLength": 42, # The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.
+    "pushNotification": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates
+      "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+        "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+        "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+      "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+      "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+    },
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # Required. The message to send to the agent.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Optional metadata for the request.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ////// Response Messages ///////////
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ stream(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # /////////// Request Messages ///////////
+  "configuration": { # Configuration of a send message request. # Configuration for the send request.
+    "acceptedOutputModes": [ # The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blocking": True or False, # If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.
+    "historyLength": 42, # The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.
+    "pushNotification": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates
+      "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+        "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+        "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+      "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+      "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+    },
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # Required. The message to send to the agent.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Optional metadata for the request.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are
+  "artifactUpdate": { # TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.
+    "append": True or False, # Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced
+    "artifact": { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication. # The artifact itself
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that this task belongs too
+    "lastChunk": True or False, # Whether this represents the last part of an artifact
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task for this artifact
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "statusUpdate": { # TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that the task belongs to
+    "final": True or False, # Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata to associate with the task update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The new status of the task.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task that is changed
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59f10b3672 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.html @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1 . tasks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ pushNotificationConfigs() +

+

Returns the pushNotificationConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ cancel(tenant, name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(tenant, name, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the current state of a task from the agent.

+

+ subscribe(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(tenant, name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the task to cancel. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+  "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+    { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+  "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+    { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+  "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+    "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(tenant, name, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the current state of a task from the agent.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the task. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  historyLength: integer, The number of most recent messages from the task's history to retrieve.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+  "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+    { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+  "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+    { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+  "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+    "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ subscribe(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the task to subscribe to. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are
+  "artifactUpdate": { # TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.
+    "append": True or False, # Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced
+    "artifact": { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication. # The artifact itself
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that this task belongs too
+    "lastChunk": True or False, # Whether this represents the last part of an artifact
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task for this artifact
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "statusUpdate": { # TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that the task belongs to
+    "final": True or False, # Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata to associate with the task update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The new status of the task.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task that is changed
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1d37d0268 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1 . tasks . pushNotificationConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(tenant, parent, body=None, configId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Set a push notification config for a task.

+

+ delete(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a push notification config for a task.

+

+ get(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a push notification config for a task.

+

+ list(tenant, parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(tenant, parent, body=None, configId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Set a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent task resource for this config. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+  configId: string, Required. The ID for the new config.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the config to delete. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the config to retrieve. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(tenant, parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  parent: string, The parent task resource. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, For AIP-158 these fields are present. Usually not used/needed. The maximum number of configurations to return. If unspecified, all configs will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from a previous ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "configs": [ # The list of push notification configurations.
+    {
+      "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+      "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+        "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+          "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+          "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+        "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+        "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index a918de0406..c8bc94e547 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -75,194 +75,22 @@

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents

Instance Methods

- message() + a2a()

-

Returns the message Resource.

+

Returns the a2a Resource.

operations()

Returns the operations Resource.

-

- tasks() -

-

Returns the tasks Resource.

-

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None)

-

GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None) -
GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.
-
-Args:
-  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # AgentCard conveys key information: - Overall details (version, name, description, uses) - Skills; a set of actions/solutions the agent can perform - Default modalities/content types supported by the agent. - Authentication requirements Next ID: 19
-  "additionalInterfaces": [ # Announcement of additional supported transports. Client can use any of the supported transports.
-    { # Defines additional transport information for the agent.
-      "tenant": "A String", # Tenant to be set in the request when calling the agent. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.
-      "transport": "A String", # The transport supported this url. This is an open form string, to be easily extended for many transport protocols. The core ones officially supported are JSONRPC, GRPC and HTTP+JSON.
-      "url": "A String", # The url this interface is found at.
-    },
-  ],
-  "capabilities": { # Defines the A2A feature set supported by the agent # A2A Capability set supported by the agent.
-    "extensions": [ # Extensions supported by this agent.
-      { # A declaration of an extension supported by an Agent.
-        "description": "A String", # A description of how this agent uses this extension. Example: "Google OAuth 2.0 authentication"
-        "params": { # Optional configuration for the extension.
-          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
-        },
-        "required": True or False, # Whether the client must follow specific requirements of the extension. Example: false
-        "uri": "A String", # The URI of the extension. Example: "https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2"
-      },
-    ],
-    "pushNotifications": True or False, # If the agent can send push notifications to the clients webhook
-    "streaming": True or False, # If the agent will support streaming responses
-  },
-  "defaultInputModes": [ # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The set of interaction modes that the agent supports across all skills. This can be overridden per skill. Defined as mime types.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultOutputModes": [ # The mime types supported as outputs from this agent.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "description": "A String", # A description of the agent's domain of action/solution space. Example: "Agent that helps users with recipes and cooking."
-  "documentationUrl": "A String", # A url to provide additional documentation about the agent.
-  "iconUrl": "A String", # An optional URL to an icon for the agent.
-  "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the agent. Example: "Recipe Agent"
-  "preferredTransport": "A String", # The transport of the preferred endpoint. If empty, defaults to JSONRPC.
-  "protocolVersion": "A String", # The version of the A2A protocol this agent supports.
-  "provider": { # Represents information about the service provider of an agent. # The service provider of the agent.
-    "organization": "A String", # The providers organization name Example: "Google"
-    "url": "A String", # The providers reference url Example: "https://ai.google.dev"
-  },
-  "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security requirements for contacting the agent. This list can be seen as an OR of ANDs. Each object in the list describes one possible set of security requirements that must be present on a request. This allows specifying, for example, "callers must either use OAuth OR an API Key AND mTLS." Example: security { schemes { key: "oauth" value { list: ["read"] } } } security { schemes { key: "api-key" } schemes { key: "mtls" } }
-    {
-      "schemes": {
-        "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
-          "list": [
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "securitySchemes": { # The security scheme details used for authenticating with this agent.
-    "a_key": {
-      "apiKeySecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "location": "A String", # Location of the API key, valid values are "query", "header", or "cookie"
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.
-      },
-      "httpAuthSecurityScheme": {
-        "bearerFormat": "A String", # A hint to the client to identify how the bearer token is formatted. Bearer tokens are usually generated by an authorization server, so this information is primarily for documentation purposes.
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "scheme": "A String", # The name of the HTTP Authentication scheme to be used in the Authorization header as defined in RFC7235. The values used SHOULD be registered in the IANA Authentication Scheme registry. The value is case-insensitive, as defined in RFC7235.
-      },
-      "mtlsSecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-      },
-      "oauth2SecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "flows": { # An object containing configuration information for the flow types supported
-          "authorizationCode": {
-            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-          },
-          "clientCredentials": {
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-          },
-          "implicit": {
-            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-          },
-          "password": {
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-          },
-        },
-        "oauth2MetadataUrl": "A String", # URL to the oauth2 authorization server metadata [RFC8414](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8414). TLS is required.
-      },
-      "openIdConnectSecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "openIdConnectUrl": "A String", # Well-known URL to discover the [[OpenID-Connect-Discovery]] provider metadata.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "signatures": [ # JSON Web Signatures computed for this AgentCard.
-    { # AgentCardSignature represents a JWS signature of an AgentCard. This follows the JSON format of an RFC 7515 JSON Web Signature (JWS).
-      "header": { # The unprotected JWS header values.
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
-      },
-      "protected": "A String", # Required. The protected JWS header for the signature. This is always a base64url-encoded JSON object. Required.
-      "signature": "A String", # Required. The computed signature, base64url-encoded. Required.
-    },
-  ],
-  "skills": [ # Skills represent a unit of ability an agent can perform. This may somewhat abstract but represents a more focused set of actions that the agent is highly likely to succeed at.
-    { # AgentSkill represents a unit of action/solution that the agent can perform. One can think of this as a type of highly reliable solution that an agent can be tasked to provide. Agents have the autonomy to choose how and when to use specific skills, but clients should have confidence that if the skill is defined that unit of action can be reliably performed.
-      "description": "A String", # A human (or llm) readable description of the skill details and behaviors.
-      "examples": [ # A set of example queries that this skill is designed to address. These examples should help the caller to understand how to craft requests to the agent to achieve specific goals. Example: ["I need a recipe for bread"]
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "id": "A String", # Unique identifier of the skill within this agent.
-      "inputModes": [ # Possible input modalities supported.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the skill.
-      "outputModes": [ # Possible output modalities produced
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security schemes necessary for the agent to leverage this skill. As in the overall AgentCard.security, this list represents a logical OR of security requirement objects. Each object is a set of security schemes that must be used together (a logical AND). protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
-        {
-          "schemes": {
-            "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
-              "list": [
-                "A String",
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-      ],
-      "tags": [ # A set of tags for the skill to enhance categorization/utilization. Example: ["cooking", "customer support", "billing"]
-        "A String",
-      ],
-    },
-  ],
-  "supportsAuthenticatedExtendedCard": True or False, # Whether the agent supports providing an extended agent card when the user is authenticated, i.e. is the card from .well-known different than the card from GetAgentCard.
-  "url": "A String", # A URL to the address the agent is hosted at. This represents the preferred endpoint as declared by the agent.
-  "version": "A String", # The version of the agent. Example: "1.0.0"
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html index 867bd1e465..fe4c01578a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html @@ -514,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customer might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index ce9a4ab196..3a60d52ef0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index c35d905824..93a504271b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -434,10 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index b66d3881a7..2a43c3c148 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -234,6 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -352,9 +353,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -505,9 +503,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1562,10 +1557,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -1681,6 +1676,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1732,6 +1728,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -1935,10 +1932,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2132,6 +2129,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2183,6 +2181,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2386,10 +2385,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2631,6 +2630,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -2749,9 +2749,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -2902,9 +2899,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html index b9109946bf..040675c0a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html @@ -157,9 +157,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index 66211a540f..d9ea70d05e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -185,9 +185,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -456,9 +453,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -753,9 +747,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1038,9 +1029,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1327,9 +1315,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1599,9 +1584,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html index a586a81b19..b431e6de95 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the DataConnector. DataConnector is a singleton resource for each Collection.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -225,7 +225,15 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -314,7 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -361,7 +369,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
@@ -370,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataConnector.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -438,7 +446,15 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -527,7 +543,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -574,10 +590,10 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } - updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -650,7 +666,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -739,7 +763,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -786,7 +810,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 92bb478231..7e1676a761 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 8828632d14..c7c07f378b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index c2a1ab4b46..e74ddafec5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -434,10 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index a2654650d9..3bb6bedd25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -234,6 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -352,9 +353,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -505,9 +503,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1562,10 +1557,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -1681,6 +1676,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1732,6 +1728,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -1935,10 +1932,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2132,6 +2129,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2183,6 +2181,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2386,10 +2385,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2631,6 +2630,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -2749,9 +2749,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -2902,9 +2899,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index b62961574d..8b9e07fb92 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -157,9 +157,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 87d91d2dbe..010b2d499d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -185,9 +185,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -456,9 +453,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -753,9 +747,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1038,9 +1029,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1327,9 +1315,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1599,9 +1584,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html index 59cf2d5368..7a0c4b6cd9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request for DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method. "collectionDisplayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. "dataConnector": { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. # Required. The DataConnector to initialize in the newly created Collection. "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. @@ -287,7 +287,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -376,7 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -423,7 +431,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, } @@ -529,7 +537,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -618,7 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -665,11 +681,11 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } collectionDisplayName: string, Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - collectionId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + collectionId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.html index 8121708521..cb1490ea23 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.html @@ -90,12 +90,6 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, userStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new User Store.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes the User Store.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the User Store.

@@ -164,76 +158,6 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
-
- create(parent, body=None, userStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new User Store.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent collection resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Configures metadata that is used for End User entities.
-  "defaultLicenseConfig": "A String", # Optional. The default subscription LicenseConfig for the UserStore, if UserStore.enable_license_auto_register is true, new users will automatically register under the default subscription. If default LicenseConfig doesn't have remaining license seats left, new users will not be assigned with license and will be blocked for Vertex AI Search features. This is used if `license_assignment_tier_rules` is not configured.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the User Store.
-  "enableExpiredLicenseAutoUpdate": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto update for users in this User Store. If true, users with expired licenses will automatically be updated to use the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "enableLicenseAutoRegister": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto register for users in this User Store. If true, new users will automatically register under the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the User Store, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
-}
-
-  userStoreId: string, Required. The ID of the User Store to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Configures metadata that is used for End User entities.
-  "defaultLicenseConfig": "A String", # Optional. The default subscription LicenseConfig for the UserStore, if UserStore.enable_license_auto_register is true, new users will automatically register under the default subscription. If default LicenseConfig doesn't have remaining license seats left, new users will not be assigned with license and will be blocked for Vertex AI Search features. This is used if `license_assignment_tier_rules` is not configured.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the User Store.
-  "enableExpiredLicenseAutoUpdate": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto update for users in this User Store. If true, users with expired licenses will automatically be updated to use the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "enableLicenseAutoRegister": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto register for users in this User Store. If true, new users will automatically register under the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the User Store, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes the User Store.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the User Store to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the User Store.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
index a886cb3cb4..17f28b64a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ 

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent UserStore resource name, format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`. (required) - orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLicenses` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLicenses` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.connectorRuns.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.connectorRuns.html index 28a06179b7..a41e80375c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.connectorRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.connectorRuns.html @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@

Method Details

Lists the ConnectorRuns of a DataConnector.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataConnector resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to list ConnectorRuns under this DataConnector, regardless of whether or not this DataConnector exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  parent: string, Required. The parent DataConnector resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to list ConnectorRuns under this DataConnector, regardless of whether or not this DataConnector exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConnectorRuns` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConnectorRuns` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
index 9791b064eb..8df46bc0b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
@@ -160,10 +160,10 @@ 

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -218,10 +218,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -300,10 +300,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -471,10 +471,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -579,10 +579,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -655,10 +655,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -714,10 +714,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index c0fe218244..6040806672 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 99591e4cab..f014650022 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 53fb54482f..546864a182 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -413,9 +413,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -581,9 +578,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1776,10 +1770,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2206,10 +2200,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2333,10 +2327,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2854,10 +2848,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2981,10 +2975,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -3418,9 +3412,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -3586,9 +3577,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index d9a8088c93..6542b9beea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index 979b8fae2a..9242cf79e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -197,9 +197,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -516,9 +513,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -861,9 +855,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1194,9 +1185,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1531,9 +1519,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1851,9 +1836,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index 019fa2c659..dbf6252eaf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets an Agent.

- list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.

list_next()

@@ -155,6 +155,10 @@

Method Details

"managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability config for a resource. # Optional. Observability config for the agent. + "observabilityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables observability. If `false`, all other flags are ignored. + "sensitiveLoggingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables sensitive logging. Sensitive logging includes customer core content (e.g. prompts, responses). If `false`, will sanitize all sensitive fields. + }, "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection. "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent. "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent. @@ -212,6 +216,10 @@

Method Details

"managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability config for a resource. # Optional. Observability config for the agent. + "observabilityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables observability. If `false`, all other flags are ignored. + "sensitiveLoggingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables sensitive logging. Sensitive logging includes customer core content (e.g. prompts, responses). If `false`, will sanitize all sensitive fields. + }, "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection. "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent. "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent. @@ -311,6 +319,10 @@

Method Details

"managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability config for a resource. # Optional. Observability config for the agent. + "observabilityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables observability. If `false`, all other flags are ignored. + "sensitiveLoggingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables sensitive logging. Sensitive logging includes customer core content (e.g. prompts, responses). If `false`, will sanitize all sensitive fields. + }, "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection. "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent. "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent. @@ -327,11 +339,12 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filters the Agents list. Supported fields: * `display_name`: display name of the agent. Supports `=`, `:`. * `id`: ID of the agent. Supports `=`. * `state`: state of the agent. Supports `=`. * `create_time`: timestamp when the agent was created. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `update_time`: timestamp when the agent was last updated. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. Examples: * `display_name = "My Agent"` * `create_time > "2023-01-01T00:00:00Z"`
   orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list agents by is_pinned first, then by update_time.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of Agents to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000; anything above that will be coerced down to 1000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token ListAgentsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous AgentService.ListAgents call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAgents must match the call that provided the page token.
@@ -380,6 +393,10 @@ 

Method Details

"managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability config for a resource. # Optional. Observability config for the agent. + "observabilityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables observability. If `false`, all other flags are ignored. + "sensitiveLoggingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables sensitive logging. Sensitive logging includes customer core content (e.g. prompts, responses). If `false`, will sanitize all sensitive fields. + }, "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection. "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent. "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent. @@ -456,6 +473,10 @@

Method Details

"managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability config for a resource. # Optional. Observability config for the agent. + "observabilityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables observability. If `false`, all other flags are ignored. + "sensitiveLoggingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables sensitive logging. Sensitive logging includes customer core content (e.g. prompts, responses). If `false`, will sanitize all sensitive fields. + }, "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection. "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent. "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent. @@ -514,6 +535,10 @@

Method Details

"managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability config for a resource. # Optional. Observability config for the agent. + "observabilityEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables observability. If `false`, all other flags are ignored. + "sensitiveLoggingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enables sensitive logging. Sensitive logging includes customer core content (e.g. prompts, responses). If `false`, will sanitize all sensitive fields. + }, "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection. "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent. "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index 730ce6da91..a5bd30f7f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -180,10 +180,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 84dbb46ff8..30ca974f5c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index a5fa28fe37..6b53a5735c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -413,9 +413,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -581,9 +578,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1776,10 +1770,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2206,10 +2200,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2333,10 +2327,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2854,10 +2848,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2981,10 +2975,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -3418,9 +3412,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -3586,9 +3577,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html index 0de279815e..78ef1b7a20 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index 19fccc1865..c49ffefb6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -212,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -531,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -876,9 +870,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1209,9 +1200,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1546,9 +1534,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1866,9 +1851,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html index dc65e02b6f..f316915393 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -244,7 +244,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -354,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -401,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Collection display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the Collection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -413,7 +421,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the DataConnector. DataConnector is a singleton resource for each Collection.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -491,7 +499,15 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -601,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -648,7 +664,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
@@ -742,7 +758,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -852,7 +876,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -899,7 +923,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Collection display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the Collection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -1003,7 +1027,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1113,7 +1145,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1160,7 +1192,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Collection display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the Collection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -1201,7 +1233,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataConnector.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1274,7 +1306,15 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1384,7 +1424,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1431,10 +1471,10 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } - updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1512,7 +1552,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1622,7 +1670,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1669,7 +1717,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index bdbbbab453..d7ba7ab738 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -160,10 +160,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -218,10 +218,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -300,10 +300,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -471,10 +471,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -579,10 +579,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -655,10 +655,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -714,10 +714,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 5dc2d89ce5..790f86d11b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index cf525da5d6..f11367cf4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 8b65a58876..8f1c90893f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -413,9 +413,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -581,9 +578,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1776,10 +1770,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2206,10 +2200,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2333,10 +2327,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2854,10 +2848,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2981,10 +2975,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -3418,9 +3412,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -3586,9 +3577,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 943694d1db..12b3765858 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 59ddfd2ee5..8888311620 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -197,9 +197,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -516,9 +513,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -861,9 +855,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1194,9 +1185,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1531,9 +1519,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1851,9 +1836,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 4061e5bfaf..1b0d026a70 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request for DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method. "collectionDisplayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. "dataConnector": { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. # Required. The DataConnector to initialize in the newly created Collection. "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. @@ -1111,7 +1111,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1221,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1268,7 +1276,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, } @@ -1379,7 +1387,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "dynamicTools": [ # Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector. + { # Configuration for dynamic tools. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the tool. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the tool. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the tool is enabled. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. + }, + ], + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1489,7 +1505,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1536,11 +1552,11 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } collectionDisplayName: string, Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. - collectionId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + collectionId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.html index 68ab0e950a..6702eee0a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.html @@ -95,12 +95,6 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, userStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new User Store.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes the User Store.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the User Store.

@@ -169,76 +163,6 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
-
- create(parent, body=None, userStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new User Store.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent collection resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Configures metadata that is used for End User entities.
-  "defaultLicenseConfig": "A String", # Optional. The default subscription LicenseConfig for the UserStore, if UserStore.enable_license_auto_register is true, new users will automatically register under the default subscription. If default LicenseConfig doesn't have remaining license seats left, new users will not be assigned with license and will be blocked for Vertex AI Search features. This is used if `license_assignment_tier_rules` is not configured.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the User Store.
-  "enableExpiredLicenseAutoUpdate": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto update for users in this User Store. If true, users with expired licenses will automatically be updated to use the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "enableLicenseAutoRegister": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto register for users in this User Store. If true, new users will automatically register under the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the User Store, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
-}
-
-  userStoreId: string, Required. The ID of the User Store to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Configures metadata that is used for End User entities.
-  "defaultLicenseConfig": "A String", # Optional. The default subscription LicenseConfig for the UserStore, if UserStore.enable_license_auto_register is true, new users will automatically register under the default subscription. If default LicenseConfig doesn't have remaining license seats left, new users will not be assigned with license and will be blocked for Vertex AI Search features. This is used if `license_assignment_tier_rules` is not configured.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the User Store.
-  "enableExpiredLicenseAutoUpdate": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto update for users in this User Store. If true, users with expired licenses will automatically be updated to use the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "enableLicenseAutoRegister": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto register for users in this User Store. If true, new users will automatically register under the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the User Store, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes the User Store.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the User Store to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the User Store.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
index 58592cce33..6ddc86d944 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ 

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent UserStore resource name, format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`. (required) - orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLicenses` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLicenses` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 655f8c613e..257cd21f56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 536174f169..40ddb86c64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 241e5eacc5..eba7bc835b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 5ffce3be32..a02f93fe8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -378,9 +378,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -546,9 +543,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1660,10 +1654,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2086,10 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2213,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2730,10 +2724,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2857,10 +2851,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -3259,9 +3253,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -3427,9 +3418,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 77834ee28b..8bd3e070b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index 0b0d4c523b..a1ae9cf4b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -197,9 +197,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -483,9 +480,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -795,9 +789,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1095,9 +1086,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1399,9 +1387,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1686,9 +1671,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index 15649ca03f..54985cc20a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -180,10 +180,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 1ac8ccb332..9748690062 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index 84ca0ef64c..355ac098e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -378,9 +378,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -546,9 +543,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1660,10 +1654,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2086,10 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2213,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2730,10 +2724,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2857,10 +2851,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -3259,9 +3253,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -3427,9 +3418,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html index b716a1b7c9..c375a56741 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index d4d67f7417..17b5c448b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -197,9 +197,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -483,9 +480,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -795,9 +789,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1095,9 +1086,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1399,9 +1387,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1686,9 +1671,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index bbba5a7a00..9c8ea1464d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index c47b8aa364..ec49b07545 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index 127280643d..4903cfbb8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index b2e6890e0f..51ba50f279 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -378,9 +378,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -546,9 +543,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1660,10 +1654,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2086,10 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2213,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2730,10 +2724,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2857,10 +2851,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -3259,9 +3253,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -3427,9 +3418,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 663d368c53..776d08a0ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 7ad49828f9..d4df0aca81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -197,9 +197,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -483,9 +480,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -795,9 +789,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1095,9 +1086,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1399,9 +1387,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. @@ -1686,9 +1671,6 @@

Method Details

}, "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. }, - "queries": [ # Output only. The search queries that produced this reference. - "A String", - ], "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information. "document": "A String", # Document resource name. "structData": { # Structured search data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.html index 983a05e4bf..498416015b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.html @@ -90,12 +90,6 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, userStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new User Store.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes the User Store.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the User Store.

@@ -164,76 +158,6 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
-
- create(parent, body=None, userStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new User Store.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent collection resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Configures metadata that is used for End User entities.
-  "defaultLicenseConfig": "A String", # Optional. The default subscription LicenseConfig for the UserStore, if UserStore.enable_license_auto_register is true, new users will automatically register under the default subscription. If default LicenseConfig doesn't have remaining license seats left, new users will not be assigned with license and will be blocked for Vertex AI Search features. This is used if `license_assignment_tier_rules` is not configured.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the User Store.
-  "enableExpiredLicenseAutoUpdate": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto update for users in this User Store. If true, users with expired licenses will automatically be updated to use the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "enableLicenseAutoRegister": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto register for users in this User Store. If true, new users will automatically register under the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the User Store, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
-}
-
-  userStoreId: string, Required. The ID of the User Store to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Configures metadata that is used for End User entities.
-  "defaultLicenseConfig": "A String", # Optional. The default subscription LicenseConfig for the UserStore, if UserStore.enable_license_auto_register is true, new users will automatically register under the default subscription. If default LicenseConfig doesn't have remaining license seats left, new users will not be assigned with license and will be blocked for Vertex AI Search features. This is used if `license_assignment_tier_rules` is not configured.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the User Store.
-  "enableExpiredLicenseAutoUpdate": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto update for users in this User Store. If true, users with expired licenses will automatically be updated to use the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "enableLicenseAutoRegister": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable license auto register for users in this User Store. If true, new users will automatically register under the default license config as long as the default license config has seats left.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the User Store, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes the User Store.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the User Store to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the User Store.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
index 1d0de6f77c..3635512c02 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ 

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent UserStore resource name, format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`. (required) - orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLicenses` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLicenses` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index eab46f6845..b7351a30c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html index 307f516c36..56f345d625 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html index 024e7887b6..f9aaba6982 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html @@ -286,6 +286,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -794,6 +799,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -1329,6 +1339,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -1850,6 +1865,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -2378,6 +2398,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -2887,6 +2912,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html index 810d0c3012..cae6de54e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index 17a9c320a2..75bbbf9415 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html index c20faf6ce8..6d64cf522f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -2167,7 +2167,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -2397,7 +2397,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html index efd432f271..ec6c64ac2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html @@ -286,6 +286,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -794,6 +799,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -1329,6 +1339,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -1850,6 +1865,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -2378,6 +2398,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. @@ -2887,6 +2912,11 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "dcmTrackingInfo": { # Details on the DCM tracking. # Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users. + "creativeId": "A String", # Required. The DCM creative id. + "placementId": "A String", # Required. The DCM placement id. + "trackingAdId": "A String", # Required. The DCM tracking ad id. + }, "demandGenCarouselAd": { # Details for a Demand Gen carousel ad. # Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd). "businessName": "A String", # Required. The business name shown on the ad. "cards": [ # Required. The list of cards shown on the ad. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html index e174af0387..bf4a289068 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index b22c93d1de..13f7039e3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html index 6c537a0d74..b387cdddbc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -899,7 +899,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. @@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@

Method Details

"effectiveBiddingValue": "A String", # Output only. If AG doesn't set value for tCPA or tROAS, line item bidding value will be the effective_bidding_value, if the bidding strategy type is not tCPA or tROAS, effective_bidding_value is always 0. For line item, it will be the same as the value field. "effectiveBiddingValueSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective bidding value. "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the bidding strategy. This can only be set at the line item level. - "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html index 93525289fc..28394d1f3b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html @@ -1204,6 +1204,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -1255,6 +1263,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2375,6 +2391,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2809,6 +2833,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -3716,6 +3748,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html index ae011a8705..965afc3d2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html @@ -1204,6 +1204,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -1255,6 +1263,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2375,6 +2391,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2809,6 +2833,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -3716,6 +3748,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html index f6b9734f40..6616c8e80a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html @@ -8447,6 +8447,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html index 93ff477875..4ed737e2f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html @@ -5274,6 +5274,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html b/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html index 44ca91c4bb..9d2d0e8878 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of the date to insert. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -3462,7 +3462,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -5546,7 +5546,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -5557,7 +5557,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -7641,7 +7641,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -7652,7 +7652,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -10915,7 +10915,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -10926,7 +10926,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -13069,7 +13069,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -13080,7 +13080,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -15164,7 +15164,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -15175,7 +15175,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -17259,7 +17259,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -17270,7 +17270,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -20548,7 +20548,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -20559,7 +20559,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -22703,7 +22703,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -22714,7 +22714,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -24798,7 +24798,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -24809,7 +24809,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -26893,7 +26893,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -26904,7 +26904,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -30167,7 +30167,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -30178,7 +30178,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -32321,7 +32321,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -32332,7 +32332,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -34416,7 +34416,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -34427,7 +34427,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -36511,7 +36511,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -36522,7 +36522,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -39814,7 +39814,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -39825,7 +39825,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -41969,7 +41969,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -41980,7 +41980,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -44064,7 +44064,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -44075,7 +44075,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -46159,7 +46159,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -46170,7 +46170,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -49433,7 +49433,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -49444,7 +49444,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -51587,7 +51587,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -51598,7 +51598,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -53682,7 +53682,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -53693,7 +53693,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -55777,7 +55777,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -55788,7 +55788,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html index 8e9ed8e3f7..430803a95b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 7ea6077e13..a17c87f734 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -2995,6 +2995,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "foundationModelTuningOptions": { # Options to control foundation model tuning of the processor. # Options to control foundation model tuning of a processor. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. The multiplier to apply to the recommended learning rate. Valid values are between 0.1 and 10. If not provided, recommended learning rate will be used. + "previousFineTunedProcessorVersionName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of a previously fine tuned version id to copy the overwritten configs from. The base_processor_version should be newer than the base processor version used to fine tune this provided processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`. "trainSteps": 42, # Optional. The number of steps to run for model tuning. Valid values are between 1 and 400. If not provided, recommended steps will be used. }, "inputData": { # The input data used to train a new ProcessorVersion. # Optional. The input data used to train the ProcessorVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html index 4852a12085..075ba492f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 91c1b0f7e4..e2ce40fa07 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -4357,6 +4357,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "foundationModelTuningOptions": { # Options to control foundation model tuning of the processor. # Options to control foundation model tuning of a processor. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. The multiplier to apply to the recommended learning rate. Valid values are between 0.1 and 10. If not provided, recommended learning rate will be used. + "previousFineTunedProcessorVersionName": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of a previously fine tuned version id to copy the overwritten configs from. The base_processor_version should be newer than the base processor version used to fine tune this provided processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`. "trainSteps": 42, # Optional. The number of steps to run for model tuning. Valid values are between 1 and 400. If not provided, recommended steps will be used. }, "inputData": { # The input data used to train a new ProcessorVersion. # Optional. The input data used to train the ProcessorVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html index 59133370fc..0d1074f814 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

], "canCreateDrives": True or False, # Whether the user can create shared drives. "canCreateTeamDrives": True or False, # Deprecated: Use `canCreateDrives` instead. - "domainSharingPolicy": "A String", # The domain sharing policy for the current user. Possible values are: * `allowed` * `allowedWithWarning` * `incomingOnly` * `disallowed` + "domainSharingPolicy": "A String", # Deprecated: Does not granularly represent allowlisted domains or Trust Rules. The domain sharing policy for the current user. Possible values are: * `allowed` * `allowedWithWarning` * `incomingOnly` * `disallowed` Note that if the user is enrolled in Trust Rules, `disallowed` will always be returned. If sharing is restricted to allowlisted domains, either `incomingOnly` or `allowedWithWarning` will be returned, depending on whether receiving files from outside the allowlisted domains is permitted. "driveThemes": [ # A list of themes that are supported for shared drives. { "backgroundImageLink": "A String", # A link to this theme's background image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html index 4f67a981ec..28878717c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a new shared drive.

list(maxResults=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

+

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

list(maxResults=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
+  
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
 
 Args:
   maxResults: integer, Maximum number of shared drives to return per page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
index caff0930d9..612a915087 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
@@ -97,16 +97,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in insert or copy requests.

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

insert(body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, visibility=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

+

Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

+

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

listLabels(fileId, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the labels on a file.

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Instance Methods

Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, modifiedDateBehavior=None, newRevision=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, removeParents=None, setModifiedDate=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, updateViewedDate=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

+

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

watch(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, body=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None)

Subscribes to changes to a file.

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@

Method Details

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID for the file in question. (required)
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ 

Method Details

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID for the file in question. (required)
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ 

Method Details

insert(body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, visibility=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
+  
 Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
+  
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
 
 Args:
   corpora: string, Bodies of items (files/documents) to which the query applies. Supported bodies are `default`, `domain`, `drive` and `allDrives`. Prefer `default` or `drive` to `allDrives` for efficiency.
@@ -4912,7 +4912,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, modifiedDateBehavior=None, newRevision=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, removeParents=None, setModifiedDate=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, updateViewedDate=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
+  
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file to update. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
index d4f84e46fd..666a05ec69 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Hides a shared drive from the default view. For more information, see [Manage shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-shareddrives).

list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

+

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
+  
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
 
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of shared drives to return per page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
index 70caefccb3..ea7539994f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a copy of a file and applies any requested updates with patch semantics. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file).

create(body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, ignoreDefaultVisibility=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

+

Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

delete(fileId, enforceSingleParent=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. For more information, see [Trash or delete files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/delete). If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.

@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@

Instance Methods

Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in create or copy requests. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file).

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

+

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

listLabels(fileId, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the labels on a file. For more information, see [List labels on a file](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/list-labels).

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Instance Methods

Modifies the set of labels applied to a file. For more information, see [Set a label field on a file](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/set-label). Returns a list of the labels that were added or modified.

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, removeParents=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

+

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

watch(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, body=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

Subscribes to changes to a file. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/push).

@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, ignoreDefaultVisibility=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
+  
 Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ 

Method Details

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
+  
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
 
 Args:
   corpora: string, Specifies a collection of items (files or documents) to which the query applies. Supported items include: * `user` * `domain` * `drive` * `allDrives` Prefer `user` or `drive` to `allDrives` for efficiency. By default, corpora is set to `user`. However, this can change depending on the filter set through the `q` parameter. For more information, see [File organization](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/about-files#file-organization).
@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, removeParents=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
+  
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html
index 7455c314e6..d84a4a1064 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all contacts for the resource that are subscribed to the specified notification categories, including contacts inherited from any parent resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   notificationCategories: string, The categories of notifications to compute contacts for. If ALL is included in this list, contacts subscribed to any notification category will be returned. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED - Notification category is unrecognized or unspecified.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

Adds a new contact for a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a single contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more results might be available. If not specified, the default page_size is 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ 

Method Details

Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the SendTestMessage method.
-  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}
+  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)
     "A String",
   ],
   "notificationCategory": "A String", # Required. The notification category to send the test message for. All contacts must be subscribed to this category.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html
index 1906b18280..aaef8dffcc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all contacts for the resource that are subscribed to the specified notification categories, including contacts inherited from any parent resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   notificationCategories: string, The categories of notifications to compute contacts for. If ALL is included in this list, contacts subscribed to any notification category will be returned. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED - Notification category is unrecognized or unspecified.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

Adds a new contact for a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a single contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more results might be available. If not specified, the default page_size is 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ 

Method Details

Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the SendTestMessage method.
-  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}
+  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)
     "A String",
   ],
   "notificationCategory": "A String", # Required. The notification category to send the test message for. All contacts must be subscribed to this category.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html
index 87897f5937..f0982e7d8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all contacts for the resource that are subscribed to the specified notification categories, including contacts inherited from any parent resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   notificationCategories: string, The categories of notifications to compute contacts for. If ALL is included in this list, contacts subscribed to any notification category will be returned. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED - Notification category is unrecognized or unspecified.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

Adds a new contact for a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a single contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more results might be available. If not specified, the default page_size is 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ 

Method Details

Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the SendTestMessage method.
-  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}
+  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)
     "A String",
   ],
   "notificationCategory": "A String", # Required. The notification category to send the test message for. All contacts must be subscribed to this category.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
index c2b7fcb48d..7cb82a63a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get a GoogleChannelConfig. The name of the GoogleChannelConfig in the response is ALWAYS coded with projectID.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index b82f2b2427..c53eb97e9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html index 98c2b9b1ed..adafa4702b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html index a427146543..8c9b3ca9f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 4c68708f98..8bf9409662 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
index 67377bcb26..b9b6c6bcfd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 802129f0a0..15645fa4e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index 7751c35a8b..a05a2b5366 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ 

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1296,6 +1296,8 @@

Method Details

"retrievedContext": { # Context retrieved from a data source to ground the model's response. This is used when a retrieval tool fetches information from a user-provided corpus or a public dataset. # A grounding chunk from a data source retrieved by a retrieval tool, such as Vertex AI Search. See the `RetrievedContext` message for details "documentName": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the referenced Vertex AI Search document. This is used to identify the specific document that was retrieved. The format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for a Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) retrieval result. This is populated only when the RAG retrieval tool is used. + "chunkId": "A String", # The ID of the chunk. + "fileId": "A String", # The ID of the file that the chunk belongs to. "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. @@ -1564,7 +1566,7 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Penalizes tokens that have already appeared in the generated text. A positive value encourages the model to generate more diverse and less repetitive text. Valid values can range from [-2.0, 2.0]. "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. When this field is set, response_schema must be omitted and response_mime_type must be set to `application/json`. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the log probabilities of the output tokens are returned. Log probabilities are the logarithm of the probability of a token appearing in the output. A higher log probability means the token is more likely to be generated. This can be useful for analyzing the model's confidence in its own output and for debugging. - "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. The model will generate a response that includes all the specified modalities. For example, if this is set to `[TEXT, IMAGE]`, the response will include both text and an image. "A String", ], @@ -1781,7 +1783,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2126,6 +2128,8 @@

Method Details

"retrievedContext": { # Context retrieved from a data source to ground the model's response. This is used when a retrieval tool fetches information from a user-provided corpus or a public dataset. # A grounding chunk from a data source retrieved by a retrieval tool, such as Vertex AI Search. See the `RetrievedContext` message for details "documentName": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the referenced Vertex AI Search document. This is used to identify the specific document that was retrieved. The format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for a Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) retrieval result. This is populated only when the RAG retrieval tool is used. + "chunkId": "A String", # The ID of the chunk. + "fileId": "A String", # The ID of the file that the chunk belongs to. "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.fields.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.fields.html index fd7aea1e16..e4902deeb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.fields.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.fields.html @@ -121,6 +121,22 @@

Method Details

"arrayConfig": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports operations on `array_value`s. "fieldPath": "A String", # Can be __name__. For single field indexes, this must match the name of the field or may be omitted. "order": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports ordering by the specified order or comparing using =, !=, <, <=, >, >=. + "searchConfig": { # The configuration for how to index a field for search. # Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "geoSpec": { # The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field. + "geoJsonIndexingDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed. + }, + "numberSpec": { # The specification for how to build a number search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the number field value. + }, + "textSpec": { # The specification for how to build a text search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field. + "indexSpecs": [ # Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways. + { # Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the text field value. + "matchType": "A String", # Required. How to match the text field value. + }, + ], + }, + }, "vectorConfig": { # The index configuration to support vector search operations # Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector. "dimension": 42, # Required. The vector dimension this configuration applies to. The resulting index will only include vectors of this dimension, and can be used for vector search with the same dimension. "flat": { # An index that stores vectors in a flat data structure, and supports exhaustive search. # Indicates the vector index is a flat index. @@ -131,6 +147,13 @@

Method Details

"multikey": True or False, # Optional. Whether the index is multikey. By default, the index is not multikey. For non-multikey indexes, none of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. For multikey indexes, at most one of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. Violations will result in errors. Note this field only applies to index with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. "name": "A String", # Output only. A server defined name for this index. The form of this name for composite indexes will be: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/indexes/{composite_index_id}` For single field indexes, this field will be empty. "queryScope": "A String", # Indexes with a collection query scope specified allow queries against a collection that is the child of a specific document, specified at query time, and that has the same collection ID. Indexes with a collection group query scope specified allow queries against all collections descended from a specific document, specified at query time, and that have the same collection ID as this index. + "searchIndexOptions": { # Options for search indexes at the definition level. # Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "customPartitionFieldPaths": [ # Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name. + "A String", + ], + "textLanguage": "A String", # Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect. + "textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": "A String", # Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the "language" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not. + }, "shardCount": 42, # Optional. The number of shards for the index. "state": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the index. "unique": True or False, # Optional. Whether it is an unique index. Unique index ensures all values for the indexed field(s) are unique across documents. @@ -140,7 +163,8 @@

Method Details

"usesAncestorConfig": True or False, # Output only. When true, the `Field`'s index configuration is set from the configuration specified by the `ancestor_field`. When false, the `Field`'s index configuration is defined explicitly. }, "name": "A String", # Required. A field name of the form: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/fields/{field_path}` A field path can be a simple field name, e.g. `address` or a path to fields within `map_value` , e.g. `address.city`, or a special field path. The only valid special field is `*`, which represents any field. Field paths can be quoted using `` ` `` (backtick). The only character that must be escaped within a quoted field path is the backtick character itself, escaped using a backslash. Special characters in field paths that must be quoted include: `*`, `.`, `` ` `` (backtick), `[`, `]`, as well as any ascii symbolic characters. Examples: `` `address.city` `` represents a field named `address.city`, not the map key `city` in the field `address`. `` `*` `` represents a field named `*`, not any field. A special `Field` contains the default indexing settings for all fields. This field's resource name is: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/__default__/fields/*` Indexes defined on this `Field` will be applied to all fields which do not have their own `Field` index configuration. - "ttlConfig": { # The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. Storing a timestamp value into a TTL-enabled field will be treated as the document's absolute expiration time. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may also be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. Timestamp values in the past indicate that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document. # The TTL configuration for this `Field`. Setting or unsetting this will enable or disable the TTL for documents that have this `Field`. + "ttlConfig": { # The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. A timestamp stored in a TTL-enabled field will be used to determine the expiration time of the document. The expiration time is the sum of the timestamp value and the `expiration_offset`. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may alternatively be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. An expiration time in the past indicates that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document. # The TTL configuration for this `Field`. Setting or unsetting this will enable or disable the TTL for documents that have this `Field`. + "expirationOffset": "A String", # Optional. The offset, relative to the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field, used to determine the document's expiration time. `expiration_offset.seconds` must be between 0 and 2,147,483,647 inclusive. Values more precise than seconds are rejected. If unset, defaults to 0, in which case the expiration time is the same as the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the TTL configuration. }, }
@@ -177,6 +201,22 @@

Method Details

"arrayConfig": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports operations on `array_value`s. "fieldPath": "A String", # Can be __name__. For single field indexes, this must match the name of the field or may be omitted. "order": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports ordering by the specified order or comparing using =, !=, <, <=, >, >=. + "searchConfig": { # The configuration for how to index a field for search. # Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "geoSpec": { # The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field. + "geoJsonIndexingDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed. + }, + "numberSpec": { # The specification for how to build a number search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the number field value. + }, + "textSpec": { # The specification for how to build a text search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field. + "indexSpecs": [ # Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways. + { # Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the text field value. + "matchType": "A String", # Required. How to match the text field value. + }, + ], + }, + }, "vectorConfig": { # The index configuration to support vector search operations # Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector. "dimension": 42, # Required. The vector dimension this configuration applies to. The resulting index will only include vectors of this dimension, and can be used for vector search with the same dimension. "flat": { # An index that stores vectors in a flat data structure, and supports exhaustive search. # Indicates the vector index is a flat index. @@ -187,6 +227,13 @@

Method Details

"multikey": True or False, # Optional. Whether the index is multikey. By default, the index is not multikey. For non-multikey indexes, none of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. For multikey indexes, at most one of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. Violations will result in errors. Note this field only applies to index with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. "name": "A String", # Output only. A server defined name for this index. The form of this name for composite indexes will be: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/indexes/{composite_index_id}` For single field indexes, this field will be empty. "queryScope": "A String", # Indexes with a collection query scope specified allow queries against a collection that is the child of a specific document, specified at query time, and that has the same collection ID. Indexes with a collection group query scope specified allow queries against all collections descended from a specific document, specified at query time, and that have the same collection ID as this index. + "searchIndexOptions": { # Options for search indexes at the definition level. # Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "customPartitionFieldPaths": [ # Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name. + "A String", + ], + "textLanguage": "A String", # Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect. + "textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": "A String", # Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the "language" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not. + }, "shardCount": 42, # Optional. The number of shards for the index. "state": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the index. "unique": True or False, # Optional. Whether it is an unique index. Unique index ensures all values for the indexed field(s) are unique across documents. @@ -196,7 +243,8 @@

Method Details

"usesAncestorConfig": True or False, # Output only. When true, the `Field`'s index configuration is set from the configuration specified by the `ancestor_field`. When false, the `Field`'s index configuration is defined explicitly. }, "name": "A String", # Required. A field name of the form: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/fields/{field_path}` A field path can be a simple field name, e.g. `address` or a path to fields within `map_value` , e.g. `address.city`, or a special field path. The only valid special field is `*`, which represents any field. Field paths can be quoted using `` ` `` (backtick). The only character that must be escaped within a quoted field path is the backtick character itself, escaped using a backslash. Special characters in field paths that must be quoted include: `*`, `.`, `` ` `` (backtick), `[`, `]`, as well as any ascii symbolic characters. Examples: `` `address.city` `` represents a field named `address.city`, not the map key `city` in the field `address`. `` `*` `` represents a field named `*`, not any field. A special `Field` contains the default indexing settings for all fields. This field's resource name is: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/__default__/fields/*` Indexes defined on this `Field` will be applied to all fields which do not have their own `Field` index configuration. - "ttlConfig": { # The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. Storing a timestamp value into a TTL-enabled field will be treated as the document's absolute expiration time. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may also be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. Timestamp values in the past indicate that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document. # The TTL configuration for this `Field`. Setting or unsetting this will enable or disable the TTL for documents that have this `Field`. + "ttlConfig": { # The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. A timestamp stored in a TTL-enabled field will be used to determine the expiration time of the document. The expiration time is the sum of the timestamp value and the `expiration_offset`. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may alternatively be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. An expiration time in the past indicates that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document. # The TTL configuration for this `Field`. Setting or unsetting this will enable or disable the TTL for documents that have this `Field`. + "expirationOffset": "A String", # Optional. The offset, relative to the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field, used to determine the document's expiration time. `expiration_offset.seconds` must be between 0 and 2,147,483,647 inclusive. Values more precise than seconds are rejected. If unset, defaults to 0, in which case the expiration time is the same as the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the TTL configuration. }, }, @@ -240,6 +288,22 @@

Method Details

"arrayConfig": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports operations on `array_value`s. "fieldPath": "A String", # Can be __name__. For single field indexes, this must match the name of the field or may be omitted. "order": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports ordering by the specified order or comparing using =, !=, <, <=, >, >=. + "searchConfig": { # The configuration for how to index a field for search. # Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "geoSpec": { # The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field. + "geoJsonIndexingDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed. + }, + "numberSpec": { # The specification for how to build a number search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the number field value. + }, + "textSpec": { # The specification for how to build a text search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field. + "indexSpecs": [ # Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways. + { # Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the text field value. + "matchType": "A String", # Required. How to match the text field value. + }, + ], + }, + }, "vectorConfig": { # The index configuration to support vector search operations # Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector. "dimension": 42, # Required. The vector dimension this configuration applies to. The resulting index will only include vectors of this dimension, and can be used for vector search with the same dimension. "flat": { # An index that stores vectors in a flat data structure, and supports exhaustive search. # Indicates the vector index is a flat index. @@ -250,6 +314,13 @@

Method Details

"multikey": True or False, # Optional. Whether the index is multikey. By default, the index is not multikey. For non-multikey indexes, none of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. For multikey indexes, at most one of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. Violations will result in errors. Note this field only applies to index with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. "name": "A String", # Output only. A server defined name for this index. The form of this name for composite indexes will be: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/indexes/{composite_index_id}` For single field indexes, this field will be empty. "queryScope": "A String", # Indexes with a collection query scope specified allow queries against a collection that is the child of a specific document, specified at query time, and that has the same collection ID. Indexes with a collection group query scope specified allow queries against all collections descended from a specific document, specified at query time, and that have the same collection ID as this index. + "searchIndexOptions": { # Options for search indexes at the definition level. # Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "customPartitionFieldPaths": [ # Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name. + "A String", + ], + "textLanguage": "A String", # Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect. + "textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": "A String", # Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the "language" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not. + }, "shardCount": 42, # Optional. The number of shards for the index. "state": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the index. "unique": True or False, # Optional. Whether it is an unique index. Unique index ensures all values for the indexed field(s) are unique across documents. @@ -259,7 +330,8 @@

Method Details

"usesAncestorConfig": True or False, # Output only. When true, the `Field`'s index configuration is set from the configuration specified by the `ancestor_field`. When false, the `Field`'s index configuration is defined explicitly. }, "name": "A String", # Required. A field name of the form: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/fields/{field_path}` A field path can be a simple field name, e.g. `address` or a path to fields within `map_value` , e.g. `address.city`, or a special field path. The only valid special field is `*`, which represents any field. Field paths can be quoted using `` ` `` (backtick). The only character that must be escaped within a quoted field path is the backtick character itself, escaped using a backslash. Special characters in field paths that must be quoted include: `*`, `.`, `` ` `` (backtick), `[`, `]`, as well as any ascii symbolic characters. Examples: `` `address.city` `` represents a field named `address.city`, not the map key `city` in the field `address`. `` `*` `` represents a field named `*`, not any field. A special `Field` contains the default indexing settings for all fields. This field's resource name is: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/__default__/fields/*` Indexes defined on this `Field` will be applied to all fields which do not have their own `Field` index configuration. - "ttlConfig": { # The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. Storing a timestamp value into a TTL-enabled field will be treated as the document's absolute expiration time. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may also be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. Timestamp values in the past indicate that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document. # The TTL configuration for this `Field`. Setting or unsetting this will enable or disable the TTL for documents that have this `Field`. + "ttlConfig": { # The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. A timestamp stored in a TTL-enabled field will be used to determine the expiration time of the document. The expiration time is the sum of the timestamp value and the `expiration_offset`. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may alternatively be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. An expiration time in the past indicates that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document. # The TTL configuration for this `Field`. Setting or unsetting this will enable or disable the TTL for documents that have this `Field`. + "expirationOffset": "A String", # Optional. The offset, relative to the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field, used to determine the document's expiration time. `expiration_offset.seconds` must be between 0 and 2,147,483,647 inclusive. Values more precise than seconds are rejected. If unset, defaults to 0, in which case the expiration time is the same as the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the TTL configuration. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.indexes.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.indexes.html index 27287e778b..6d062abe74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.indexes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.collectionGroups.indexes.html @@ -115,6 +115,22 @@

Method Details

"arrayConfig": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports operations on `array_value`s. "fieldPath": "A String", # Can be __name__. For single field indexes, this must match the name of the field or may be omitted. "order": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports ordering by the specified order or comparing using =, !=, <, <=, >, >=. + "searchConfig": { # The configuration for how to index a field for search. # Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "geoSpec": { # The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field. + "geoJsonIndexingDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed. + }, + "numberSpec": { # The specification for how to build a number search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the number field value. + }, + "textSpec": { # The specification for how to build a text search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field. + "indexSpecs": [ # Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways. + { # Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the text field value. + "matchType": "A String", # Required. How to match the text field value. + }, + ], + }, + }, "vectorConfig": { # The index configuration to support vector search operations # Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector. "dimension": 42, # Required. The vector dimension this configuration applies to. The resulting index will only include vectors of this dimension, and can be used for vector search with the same dimension. "flat": { # An index that stores vectors in a flat data structure, and supports exhaustive search. # Indicates the vector index is a flat index. @@ -125,6 +141,13 @@

Method Details

"multikey": True or False, # Optional. Whether the index is multikey. By default, the index is not multikey. For non-multikey indexes, none of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. For multikey indexes, at most one of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. Violations will result in errors. Note this field only applies to index with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. "name": "A String", # Output only. A server defined name for this index. The form of this name for composite indexes will be: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/indexes/{composite_index_id}` For single field indexes, this field will be empty. "queryScope": "A String", # Indexes with a collection query scope specified allow queries against a collection that is the child of a specific document, specified at query time, and that has the same collection ID. Indexes with a collection group query scope specified allow queries against all collections descended from a specific document, specified at query time, and that have the same collection ID as this index. + "searchIndexOptions": { # Options for search indexes at the definition level. # Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "customPartitionFieldPaths": [ # Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name. + "A String", + ], + "textLanguage": "A String", # Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect. + "textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": "A String", # Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the "language" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not. + }, "shardCount": 42, # Optional. The number of shards for the index. "state": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the index. "unique": True or False, # Optional. Whether it is an unique index. Unique index ensures all values for the indexed field(s) are unique across documents. @@ -199,6 +222,22 @@

Method Details

"arrayConfig": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports operations on `array_value`s. "fieldPath": "A String", # Can be __name__. For single field indexes, this must match the name of the field or may be omitted. "order": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports ordering by the specified order or comparing using =, !=, <, <=, >, >=. + "searchConfig": { # The configuration for how to index a field for search. # Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "geoSpec": { # The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field. + "geoJsonIndexingDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed. + }, + "numberSpec": { # The specification for how to build a number search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the number field value. + }, + "textSpec": { # The specification for how to build a text search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field. + "indexSpecs": [ # Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways. + { # Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the text field value. + "matchType": "A String", # Required. How to match the text field value. + }, + ], + }, + }, "vectorConfig": { # The index configuration to support vector search operations # Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector. "dimension": 42, # Required. The vector dimension this configuration applies to. The resulting index will only include vectors of this dimension, and can be used for vector search with the same dimension. "flat": { # An index that stores vectors in a flat data structure, and supports exhaustive search. # Indicates the vector index is a flat index. @@ -209,6 +248,13 @@

Method Details

"multikey": True or False, # Optional. Whether the index is multikey. By default, the index is not multikey. For non-multikey indexes, none of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. For multikey indexes, at most one of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. Violations will result in errors. Note this field only applies to index with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. "name": "A String", # Output only. A server defined name for this index. The form of this name for composite indexes will be: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/indexes/{composite_index_id}` For single field indexes, this field will be empty. "queryScope": "A String", # Indexes with a collection query scope specified allow queries against a collection that is the child of a specific document, specified at query time, and that has the same collection ID. Indexes with a collection group query scope specified allow queries against all collections descended from a specific document, specified at query time, and that have the same collection ID as this index. + "searchIndexOptions": { # Options for search indexes at the definition level. # Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "customPartitionFieldPaths": [ # Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name. + "A String", + ], + "textLanguage": "A String", # Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect. + "textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": "A String", # Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the "language" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not. + }, "shardCount": 42, # Optional. The number of shards for the index. "state": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the index. "unique": True or False, # Optional. Whether it is an unique index. Unique index ensures all values for the indexed field(s) are unique across documents. @@ -242,6 +288,22 @@

Method Details

"arrayConfig": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports operations on `array_value`s. "fieldPath": "A String", # Can be __name__. For single field indexes, this must match the name of the field or may be omitted. "order": "A String", # Indicates that this field supports ordering by the specified order or comparing using =, !=, <, <=, >, >=. + "searchConfig": { # The configuration for how to index a field for search. # Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "geoSpec": { # The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field. + "geoJsonIndexingDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed. + }, + "numberSpec": { # The specification for how to build a number search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the number field value. + }, + "textSpec": { # The specification for how to build a text search index for a field. # Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field. + "indexSpecs": [ # Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways. + { # Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes. + "indexType": "A String", # Required. How to index the text field value. + "matchType": "A String", # Required. How to match the text field value. + }, + ], + }, + }, "vectorConfig": { # The index configuration to support vector search operations # Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector. "dimension": 42, # Required. The vector dimension this configuration applies to. The resulting index will only include vectors of this dimension, and can be used for vector search with the same dimension. "flat": { # An index that stores vectors in a flat data structure, and supports exhaustive search. # Indicates the vector index is a flat index. @@ -252,6 +314,13 @@

Method Details

"multikey": True or False, # Optional. Whether the index is multikey. By default, the index is not multikey. For non-multikey indexes, none of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. For multikey indexes, at most one of the paths in the index definition reach or traverse an array, except via an explicit array index. Violations will result in errors. Note this field only applies to index with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. "name": "A String", # Output only. A server defined name for this index. The form of this name for composite indexes will be: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/collectionGroups/{collection_id}/indexes/{composite_index_id}` For single field indexes, this field will be empty. "queryScope": "A String", # Indexes with a collection query scope specified allow queries against a collection that is the child of a specific document, specified at query time, and that has the same collection ID. Indexes with a collection group query scope specified allow queries against all collections descended from a specific document, specified at query time, and that have the same collection ID as this index. + "searchIndexOptions": { # Options for search indexes at the definition level. # Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope. + "customPartitionFieldPaths": [ # Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name. + "A String", + ], + "textLanguage": "A String", # Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect. + "textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": "A String", # Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the "language" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not. + }, "shardCount": 42, # Optional. The number of shards for the index. "state": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the index. "unique": True or False, # Optional. Whether it is an unique index. Unique index ensures all values for the indexed field(s) are unique across documents. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html index fa3f579b3e..069510727b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html
index 84c31ea60c..e550cacd25 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
index 4a0ee7acb6..4722d10bed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 3fd38be89f..4a71828843 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html
index c1c0d80cd3..a1b16c086c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", @@ -240,6 +241,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", @@ -291,6 +293,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", @@ -347,6 +350,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html index 1aaef26f09..25660cd410 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. + { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. Next ID: 28 "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. @@ -134,15 +134,16 @@

Method Details

"rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. - "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. - "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this wave before starting the next wave. - "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this status applies. - "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave started. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the wave. + "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage ended. + "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this stage before starting the next stage. + "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The stage number to which this status applies. + "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage started. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the stage. }, ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State specifies various states of the Rollout. "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description explaining the reason for the current state. + "stateReasonType": "A String", # Output only. StateReasonType specifies the reason type of the Rollout state. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout resources. If a Rollout resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was last updated. "versionUpgrade": { # Config for version upgrade of clusters. # Optional. Config for version upgrade of clusters. @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for listing rollouts. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "rollouts": [ # The rollouts from the specified parent resource. - { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. + { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. Next ID: 28 "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. @@ -200,15 +201,16 @@

Method Details

"rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. - "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. - "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this wave before starting the next wave. - "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this status applies. - "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave started. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the wave. + "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage ended. + "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this stage before starting the next stage. + "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The stage number to which this status applies. + "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage started. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the stage. }, ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State specifies various states of the Rollout. "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description explaining the reason for the current state. + "stateReasonType": "A String", # Output only. StateReasonType specifies the reason type of the Rollout state. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout resources. If a Rollout resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was last updated. "versionUpgrade": { # Config for version upgrade of clusters. # Optional. Config for version upgrade of clusters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html index b3d9243cc4..b648ebb1f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html
index 55af77cf14..727c26b469 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", @@ -240,6 +241,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", @@ -291,6 +293,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", @@ -347,6 +350,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lastStateChangeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html index 8e40eff8f5..5b85026408 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. + { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. Next ID: 28 "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. @@ -134,15 +134,16 @@

Method Details

"rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. - "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. - "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this wave before starting the next wave. - "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this status applies. - "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave started. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the wave. + "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage ended. + "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this stage before starting the next stage. + "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The stage number to which this status applies. + "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage started. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the stage. }, ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State specifies various states of the Rollout. "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description explaining the reason for the current state. + "stateReasonType": "A String", # Output only. StateReasonType specifies the reason type of the Rollout state. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout resources. If a Rollout resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was last updated. "versionUpgrade": { # Config for version upgrade of clusters. # Optional. Config for version upgrade of clusters. @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for listing rollouts. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "rollouts": [ # The rollouts from the specified parent resource. - { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. + { # Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. Next ID: 28 "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. @@ -200,15 +201,16 @@

Method Details

"rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. - "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. - "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this wave before starting the next wave. - "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this status applies. - "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave started. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the wave. + "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage ended. + "soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration to soak after this stage before starting the next stage. + "stageNumber": 42, # Output only. The stage number to which this status applies. + "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage started. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the stage. }, ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State specifies various states of the Rollout. "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description explaining the reason for the current state. + "stateReasonType": "A String", # Output only. StateReasonType specifies the reason type of the Rollout state. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout resources. If a Rollout resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout was last updated. "versionUpgrade": { # Config for version upgrade of clusters. # Optional. Config for version upgrade of clusters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 0ac318d758..625be8f03d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html
index e73aa787eb..b4a69de108 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
index 28a511dbdd..a595e4942a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html
index 5fa30c8093..01d0324000 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html
index d42320d4a7..1488f23f00 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/health_v4.html b/docs/dyn/health_v4.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e75232bd57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/health_v4.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+
+
+

Google Health API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ users() +

+

Returns the users Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.html b/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..903840fb38 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.html @@ -0,0 +1,4086 @@ + + + +

Google Health API . users . dataTypes . dataPoints

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a batch of identifyable data points.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a single identifiable data point.

+

+ dailyRollUp(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Roll up data points over civil time intervals for supported data types.

+

+ exportExerciseTcx(name, partialData=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports exercise data in TCX format. Note: While the Authorization section below states that any one of the listed scopes is accepted, this specific method requires the user to provide both one of the `activity_and_fitness` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) AND one of the `location` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) in their access token to succeed.

+

+ exportExerciseTcx_media(name, partialData=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports exercise data in TCX format. Note: While the Authorization section below states that any one of the listed scopes is accepted, this specific method requires the user to provide both one of the `activity_and_fitness` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) AND one of the `location` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) in their access token to succeed.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Query user health and fitness data points.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single identifiable data point. If a data point with the specified `name` is not found, the request will fail.

+

+ reconcile(parent, dataSourceFamily=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Reconcile data points from multiple data sources into a single data stream.

+

+ reconcile_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ rollUp(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Roll up data points over physical time intervals for supported data types.

+

+ rollUp_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a batch of identifyable data points.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Optional. Parent (data type) for the Data Point collection Format: `users/me/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/-` For a list of the supported data types see the DataPoint data union field. Deleting data points across multiple data type collections is supported following https://aip.dev/159. If this is set, the parent of all of the data points specified in `names` must match this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to delete a batch of identifiable data points.
+  "names": [ # Required. The names of the DataPoints to delete. A maximum of 10000 data points can be deleted in a single request.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a single identifiable data point.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name where the data point will be created. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A computed or recorded metric.
+  "activeMinutes": { # Record of active minutes in a given time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `active-minutes` interval data type collection.
+    "activeMinutesByActivityLevel": [ # Required. Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.
+      { # Active minutes at a given activity level.
+        "activeMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of whole minutes spent in activity.
+        "activityLevel": "A String", # Required. The level of activity.
+      },
+    ],
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "activeZoneMinutes": { # Record of active zone minutes in a given time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `active-zone-minutes` interval data type collection, measured in minutes.
+    "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of Active Zone Minutes earned in the given time interval. Note: active_zone_minutes equals to 1 for low intensity (fat burn) zones or 2 for high intensity zones (cardio, peak).
+    "heartRateZone": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone in which the active zone minutes have been earned, in the given time interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "activityLevel": { # Internal type to capture activity level during a certain time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `activity-level` daily data type collection.
+    "activityLevelType": "A String", # Required. Activity level type in the given time interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "altitude": { # Captures the altitude gain (i.e. deltas), and not level above sea, for a user in millimeters. # Optional. Data for points in the `altitude` interval data type collection.
+    "gainMillimeters": "A String", # Required. Altitude gain in millimeters over the observed interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "bodyFat": { # Body fat measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `body-fat` sample data type collection.
+    "percentage": 3.14, # Required. Body fat percentage, in range [0, 100].
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which body fat was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "dailyHeartRateVariability": { # Represents the daily heart rate variability data type. At least one of the following fields must be set: - `average_heart_rate_variability_milliseconds` - `non_rem_heart_rate_beats_per_minute` - `entropy` - `deep_sleep_root_mean_square_of_successive_differences_milliseconds` # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-variability` daily data type collection.
+    "averageHeartRateVariabilityMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. A user's average heart rate variability calculated using the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) in times between heartbeats.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of heart rate variability measurement.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "deepSleepRootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) value during deep sleep.
+    "entropy": 3.14, # Optional. The Shanon entropy of heartbeat intervals. Entropy quantifies randomness or disorder in a system. High entropy indicates high HRV. Entropy is measured from the histogram of time interval between successive heart beats values measured during sleep.
+    "nonRemHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Non-REM heart rate
+  },
+  "dailyHeartRateZones": { # User's heart rate zone thresholds based on the Karvonen algorithm for a specific day. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-zones` daily data type collection.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the heart rate zones record.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "heartRateZones": [ # Required. The heart rate zones.
+      { # The heart rate zone.
+        "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. The heart rate zone type.
+        "maxBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Maximum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+        "minBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Minimum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "dailyOxygenSaturation": { # A daily oxygen saturation (SpO2) record. Represents the user's daily oxygen saturation summary, typically calculated during sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-oxygen-saturation` daily data type collection.
+    "averagePercentage": 3.14, # Required. The average value of the oxygen saturation samples during the sleep.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the daily oxygen saturation record.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "lowerBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The lower bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+    "standardDeviationPercentage": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the daily oxygen saturation averages from the past 7-30 days.
+    "upperBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The upper bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+  },
+  "dailyRespiratoryRate": { # A daily average respiratory rate (breaths per minute) for a day of the year. One data point per day calculated for the main sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-respiratory-rate` daily data type collection.
+    "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. The average number of breaths taken per minute.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date on which the respiratory rate was measured.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+  },
+  "dailyRestingHeartRate": { # Measures the daily resting heart rate for a user, calculated using the all day heart rate measurements. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-resting-heart-rate` daily data type collection.
+    "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The resting heart rate value in beats per minute.
+    "dailyRestingHeartRateMetadata": { # Metadata for the daily resting heart rate. # Optional. Metadata for the daily resting heart rate.
+      "calculationMethod": "A String", # Required. The method used to calculate the resting heart rate.
+    },
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of the resting heart rate measurement.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+  },
+  "dailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { # Provides derived sleep temperature values, calculated from skin or internal device temperature readings during sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-sleep-temperature-derivations` daily data type collection.
+    "baselineTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The user's baseline skin temperature. It is the median of the user's nightly skin temperature over the past 30 days.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date for which the sleep temperature derivations are calculated.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "nightlyTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Required. The user's nightly skin temperature. It is the mean of skin temperature samples taken from the user’s sleep.
+    "relativeNightlyStddev30dCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the user’s relative nightly skin temperature (temperature - baseline) over the past 30 days.
+  },
+  "dailyVo2Max": { # Contains a daily summary of the user's VO2 max (cardio fitness score), which is the maximum rate of oxygen the body can use during exercise. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-vo2-max` daily data type collection.
+    "cardioFitnessLevel": "A String", # Optional. Represents the user's cardio fitness level based on their VO2 max.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date for which the Daily VO2 max was measured.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "estimated": True or False, # Optional. An estimated field is added to indicate when the confidence has decreased sufficiently to consider the value an estimation.
+    "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Daily VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+    "vo2MaxCovariance": 3.14, # Optional. The covariance of the VO2 max value.
+  },
+  "dataSource": { # Data Source definition to track the origin of data. Each health data point, regardless of the complexity or data model (whether a simple step count or a detailed sleep session) must retain information about its source of origin (e.g. the device or app that collected it). # Optional. Data source information for the metric
+    "application": { # Optional metadata for the application that provided this data. # Output only. Captures metadata for the application that provided this data.
+      "googleWebClientId": "A String", # Output only. The Google OAuth 2.0 client ID of the web application or service that recorded the data. This is the client ID used during the Google OAuth flow to obtain user credentials. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from Google Web API.
+      "packageName": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the mobile application that was the source of the data. This is typically the application's package name on Android (e.g., `com.google.fitbit`) or the bundle ID on iOS. This field is informational and helps trace data origin. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from the Fitbit mobile application, Health Connect or Health Kit.
+      "webClientId": "A String", # Output only. The client ID of the application that recorded the data. This ID is a legacy Fitbit API client ID, which is different from a Google OAuth client ID. Example format: `ABC123`. This field is system-populated and used for tracing data from legacy Fitbit API integrations. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from a legacy Fitbit API integration.
+    },
+    "device": { # Captures metadata about the device that recorded the measurement. # Optional. Captures metadata for raw data points originating from devices. We expect this data source to be used for data points written on device sync.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An optional name for the device.
+      "formFactor": "A String", # Optional. Captures the form factor of the device.
+      "manufacturer": "A String", # Optional. An optional manufacturer of the device.
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # Output only. Captures the platform that uploaded the data.
+    "recordingMethod": "A String", # Optional. Captures how the data was recorded.
+  },
+  "distance": { # Distance traveled over an interval of time. # Optional. Data for points in the `distance` interval data type collection.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "millimeters": "A String", # Required. Distance in millimeters over the observed interval.
+  },
+  "exercise": { # An exercise that stores information about a physical activity. # Optional. Data for points in the `exercise` session data type collection.
+    "activeDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration excluding pauses.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the timestamp of the creation of the exercise.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. Exercise display name.
+    "exerciseEvents": [ # Optional. Exercise events that happen during an exercise, such as pause & restarts.
+      { # Represents instantaneous events that happen during an exercise, such as start, stop, pause, split.
+        "eventTime": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time
+        "eventUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time offset from UTC
+        "exerciseEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of the event, such as start, stop, pause, resume.
+      },
+    ],
+    "exerciseMetadata": { # Additional exercise metadata. # Optional. Additional exercise metadata.
+      "hasGps": True or False, # Optional. Whether the exercise had GPS tracking.
+      "poolLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Pool length in millimeters. Only present in the swimming exercises.
+    },
+    "exerciseType": "A String", # Required. The type of activity performed during an exercise.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed exercise interval
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this exercise ( )
+      "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+      "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+      "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+      "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+      "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+      "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+      "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+      "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+        "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+        "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+        "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+        "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+      },
+      "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+        "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+        "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+        "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+        "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+        "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+      },
+      "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+      "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+      "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+    },
+    "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+    "splitSummaries": [ # Optional. Laps or splits recorded within an exercise. Laps could be split based on distance or other criteria (duration, etc.) Laps should not be overlapping with each other.
+      { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+        "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+        "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+          "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+          "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+          "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+          "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+          "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+          "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+          "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+          "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+            "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+            "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+            "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+            "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+          },
+          "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+            "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+            "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+            "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+            "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+            "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+          },
+          "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+          "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+          "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+        },
+        "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+      },
+    ],
+    "splits": [ # Optional. The default split is 1 km or 1 mile. - if the movement distance is less than the default, then there are no splits - if the movement distance is greater than or equal to the default, then we have splits
+      { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+        "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+        "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+          "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+          "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+          "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+          "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+          "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+          "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+          "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+          "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+            "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+            "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+            "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+            "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+          },
+          "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+            "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+            "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+            "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+            "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+            "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+          },
+          "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+          "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+          "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+        },
+        "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. This is the timestamp of the last update to the exercise.
+  },
+  "floors": { # Gained elevation measured in floors over the time interval # Optional. Data for points in the `floors` interval data type collection.
+    "count": "A String", # Required. Number of floors in the recorded interval
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "heartRate": { # A heart rate measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate` sample data type collection.
+    "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The heart rate value in beats per minute.
+    "metadata": { # Heart rate metadata. # Optional. Metadata about the heart rate sample.
+      "motionContext": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user’s level of activity when the heart rate sample was measured
+      "sensorLocation": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the location of the sensor that measured the heart rate.
+    },
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. Observation time
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "heartRateVariability": { # Captures user's heart rate variability (HRV) as measured by the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) between normal heartbeats or by standard deviation of the inter-beat intervals (SDNN). # Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate-variability` sample data type collection.
+    "rootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences between normal heartbeats. This is a measure of heart rate variability used by Fitbit.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time of the heart rate variability measurement.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "standardDeviationMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the heart rate variability measurement.
+  },
+  "hydrationLog": { # Holds information about a user logged hydration. # Optional. Data for points in the `hydration-log` session data type collection.
+    "amountConsumed": { # Represents the volume quantity. # Required. Amount of liquid (ex. water) consumed.
+      "milliliters": 3.14, # Required. Value representing the volume in milliliters.
+      "userProvidedUnit": "A String", # Optional. Value representing the user provided unit.
+    },
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
+  "oxygenSaturation": { # Captures the user's instantaneous oxygen saturation percentage (SpO2). # Optional. Data for points in the `oxygen-saturation` sample data type collection.
+    "percentage": 3.14, # Required. The oxygen saturation percentage. Valid values are from 0 to 100.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which oxygen saturation was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "respiratoryRateSleepSummary": { # Records respiratory rate details during sleep. Can have multiple per day if the user sleeps multiple times. # Optional. Data for points in the `respiratory-rate-sleep-summary` sample data type collection.
+    "deepSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for deep sleep.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "fullSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Required. Full respiratory rate statistics.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "lightSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for light sleep.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "remSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for REM sleep.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which respiratory rate was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "runVo2Max": { # VO2 max value calculated based on the user's running activity. Value stored in ml/kg/min. # Optional. Data for points in the `run-vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+    "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Run VO2 max value in ml/kg/min.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the metric was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "sedentaryPeriod": { # SedentaryPeriod SedentaryPeriod data represents the periods of time that the user was sedentary (i.e. not moving while wearing the device). # Optional. Data for points in the `sedentary-period` interval data type collection.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "sleep": { # A sleep session possibly including stages. # Optional. Data for points in the `sleep` session data type collection.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep observation.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed sleep interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Additional information about how the sleep was processed. # Optional. Sleep metadata: processing, main, manually edited, stages status.
+      "externalId": "A String", # Optional. Sleep identifier relevant in the context of the data source.
+      "manuallyEdited": True or False, # Output only. Some sleeps autodetected by algorithms can be manually edited by users.
+      "nap": True or False, # Output only. Naps are sleeps without stages and relatively short durations.
+      "processed": True or False, # Output only. Sleep and sleep stages algorithms finished processing.
+      "stagesStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stages algorithm processing status.
+    },
+    "outOfBedSegments": [ # Optional. “Out of bed” segments that can overlap with sleep stages.
+      { # A time interval to represent an out-of-bed segment.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Segment end time.
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Segment tart time.
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      },
+    ],
+    "stages": [ # Optional. List of non-overlapping contiguous sleep stage segments that cover the sleep period.
+      { # Sleep stage segment.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep stages segment.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage end time.
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage start time.
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep stages segment.
+      },
+    ],
+    "summary": { #  Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary. # Output only. Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary.
+      "minutesAfterWakeUp": "A String", # Output only. Minutes after wake up calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+      "minutesAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes asleep. For classic sleep it is the sum of ASLEEP stages (excluding AWAKE and RESTLESS). For "stages" sleep it is the sum of LIGHT, REM and DEEP stages (excluding AWAKE).
+      "minutesAwake": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes awake. It is a sum of all AWAKE stages.
+      "minutesInSleepPeriod": "A String", # Output only. Delta between wake time and bedtime. It is the sum of all stages.
+      "minutesToFallAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Minutes to fall asleep calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+      "stagesSummary": [ # Output only. List of summaries (total duration and segment count) per each sleep stage type.
+        { # Total duration and segment count for a stage.
+          "count": "A String", # Output only. Number of sleep stages segments.
+          "minutes": "A String", # Output only. Total duration in minutes of a sleep stage.
+          "type": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Optional. SleepType: classic or stages.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep observation.
+  },
+  "steps": { # Step count over the time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `steps` interval data type collection.
+    "count": "A String", # Required. Number of steps in the recorded interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "timeInHeartRateZone": { # Time in heart rate zone record. It's an interval spent in specific heart rate zone. # Optional. Data for points in the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` interval data type collection.
+    "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone type.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "vo2Max": { # VO2 max measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+    "measurementMethod": "A String", # Optional. The method used to measure the VO2 max value.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which VO2 max was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+  },
+  "weight": { # Body weight measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `weight` sample data type collection.
+    "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the weight was measured
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "weightGrams": 3.14, # Required. Weight of a user in grams.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ dailyRollUp(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Roll up data points over civil time intervals for supported data types.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/distance` For a list of the supported data types see the DailyRollupDataPoint value union field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to roll up data points by civil time intervals.
+  "dataSourceFamily": "A String", # Optional. The data source family name to roll up. If empty, data points from all available data sources will be rolled up. Format: `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/{data_source_family}` The supported values are: - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/all-sources` - default value - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-wearables` - tracker devices - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-sources` - Google first party sources
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. The `next_page_token` from a previous request, if any. All other request fields need to be the same as in the initial request when the page token is specified.
+  "range": { # Counterpart of google.type.Interval, but using CivilDateTime. # Required. Closed-open range of data points that will be rolled up. The start time must be aligned with the aggregation window. The maximum range for `calories-in-heart-rate-zone`, `heart-rate`, `active-minutes` and `total-calories` is 14 days. The maximum range for all other data types is 90 days.
+    "end": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Required. The exclusive end of the range.
+      "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+        "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+        "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+      "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "start": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Required. The inclusive start of the range.
+      "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+        "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+        "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+      "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "windowSizeDays": 42, # Optional. Aggregation window size, in number of days. Defaults to 1 if not specified.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing the list of rolled up data points.
+  "rollupDataPoints": [ # Values for each aggregation time window.
+    { # Value of a daily rollup for a single civil time interval (aggregation window)
+      "activeMinutes": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the active minutes data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-minutes` rollup type identifier.
+        "activeMinutesRollupByActivityLevel": [ # Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.
+          { # Active minutes by activity level.
+            "activeMinutesSum": "A String", # Number of whole minutes spent in activity.
+            "activityLevel": "A String", # The level of activity.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "activeZoneMinutes": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the active zone minutes data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-zone-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-zone-minutes` rollup type identifier.
+        "sumInCardioHeartZone": "A String", # Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.CARDIO`.
+        "sumInFatBurnHeartZone": "A String", # Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.FAT_BURN`.
+        "sumInPeakHeartZone": "A String", # Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.PEAK`.
+      },
+      "activityLevel": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the activity level data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `activity-level` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `activity-level` rollup type identifier.
+        "activityLevelRollupsByActivityLevelType": [ # List of total durations in each activity level type.
+          { # Represents the total duration in a specific activity level type.
+            "activityLevelType": "A String", # Activity level type.
+            "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration in the activity level type.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "altitude": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's altitude. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `altitude` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `altitude` rollup type identifier.
+        "gainMillimetersSum": "A String", # Sum of the altitude gain in millimeters.
+      },
+      "bodyFat": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the body fat data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `body-fat` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `body-fat` rollup type identifier.
+        "bodyFatPercentageAvg": 3.14, # Average body fat percentage.
+      },
+      "caloriesInHeartRateZone": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the calories in heart rate zone data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier.
+        "caloriesInHeartRateZones": [ # List of calories burned in each heart rate zone.
+          { # Represents the amount of kilocalories burned in a specific heart rate zone.
+            "heartRateZone": "A String", # The heart rate zone.
+            "kcal": 3.14, # The amount of kilocalories burned in the specified heart rate zone.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # End time of the window this value aggregates over
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Start time of the window this value aggregates over
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "distance": { # Result of the rollup of the user's distance. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `distance` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `distance` rollup type identifier.
+        "millimetersSum": "A String", # Sum of the distance in millimeters.
+      },
+      "floors": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's floors. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `floors` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `floors` rollup type identifier.
+        "countSum": "A String", # Sum of the floors count.
+      },
+      "heartRate": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the heart rate data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `heart-rate` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `heart-rate` rollup type identifier.
+        "beatsPerMinuteAvg": 3.14, # The average heart rate value in the interval.
+        "beatsPerMinuteMax": 3.14, # The maximum heart rate value in the interval.
+        "beatsPerMinuteMin": 3.14, # The minimum heart rate value in the interval.
+      },
+      "heartRateVariabilityPersonalRange": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's daily heart rate variability personal range. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `daily-heart-rate-variability` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `heart-rate-variability-personal-range` rollup type identifier.
+        "averageHeartRateVariabilityMillisecondsMax": 3.14, # The upper bound of the user's average heart rate variability personal range.
+        "averageHeartRateVariabilityMillisecondsMin": 3.14, # The lower bound of the user's average heart rate variability personal range.
+      },
+      "hydrationLog": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the hydration log data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `hydration-log` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `hydration-log` rollup type identifier.
+        "amountConsumed": { # Rollup for volume quantity. # Rollup for amount consumed.
+          "millilitersSum": 3.14, # Required. The sum of volume in milliliters.
+          "userProvidedUnitLast": "A String", # Optional. The user provided unit on the last element.
+        },
+      },
+      "restingHeartRatePersonalRange": { # Represents the rollup value for the daily resting heart rate data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `daily-resting-heart-rate` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `resting-heart-rate-personal-range` rollup type identifier.
+        "beatsPerMinuteMax": 3.14, # The upper bound of the user's daily resting heart rate personal range.
+        "beatsPerMinuteMin": 3.14, # The lower bound of the user's daily resting heart rate personal range.
+      },
+      "runVo2Max": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's daily heart rate variability personal range. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `run-vo2-max` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `run-vo2-max` rollup type identifier.
+        "rateAvg": 3.14, # Average value of run VO2 max in the interval.
+        "rateMax": 3.14, # Maximum value of run VO2 max in the interval.
+        "rateMin": 3.14, # Minimum value of run VO2 max in the interval..
+      },
+      "sedentaryPeriod": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's sedentary periods. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `sedentary-period` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `sedentary-period` rollup type identifier.
+        "durationSum": "A String", # The total time user spent sedentary during the interval.
+      },
+      "steps": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the steps data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `steps` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `steps` rollup type identifier.
+        "countSum": "A String", # Total number of steps in the interval.
+      },
+      "timeInHeartRateZone": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the time in heart rate zone data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier.
+        "timeInHeartRateZones": [ # List of time spent in each heart rate zone.
+          { # Represents the total time spent in a specific heart rate zone.
+            "duration": "A String", # The total time spent in the specified heart rate zone.
+            "heartRateZone": "A String", # The heart rate zone.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "totalCalories": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's total calories. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `total-calories` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `total-calories` rollup type identifier.
+        "kcalSum": 3.14, # Sum of the total calories in kilocalories.
+      },
+      "weight": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the weight data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `weight` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `weight` rollup type identifier.
+        "weightGramsAvg": 3.14, # Average weight in grams.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ exportExerciseTcx(name, partialData=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports exercise data in TCX format. Note: While the Authorization section below states that any one of the listed scopes is accepted, this specific method requires the user to provide both one of the `activity_and_fitness` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) AND one of the `location` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) in their access token to succeed.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exercise data point to export. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/exercise/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/me/dataTypes/exercise/dataPoints/2026443605080188808` The `{user}` is the alias `"me"` currently. Future versions may support user IDs. The `{data_point}` ID maps to the exercise ID, which is a long integer. (required)
+  partialData: boolean, Optional. Indicates whether to include the TCX data points when the GPS data is not available. If not specified, defaults to `false` and partial data will not be included.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Response for exporting exercise data in TCX format.
+  "tcxData": "A String", # Contains the exported TCX data.
+}
+
+ +
+ exportExerciseTcx_media(name, partialData=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports exercise data in TCX format. Note: While the Authorization section below states that any one of the listed scopes is accepted, this specific method requires the user to provide both one of the `activity_and_fitness` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) AND one of the `location` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) in their access token to succeed.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exercise data point to export. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/exercise/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/me/dataTypes/exercise/dataPoints/2026443605080188808` The `{user}` is the alias `"me"` currently. Future versions may support user IDs. The `{data_point}` ID maps to the exercise ID, which is a long integer. (required)
+  partialData: boolean, Optional. Indicates whether to include the TCX data points when the GPS data is not available. If not specified, defaults to `false` and partial data will not be included.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  The media object as a string.
+
+    
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Query user health and fitness data points.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/me/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/weight` For a list of the supported data types see the DataPoint data union field. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression following https://google.aip.dev/160. A time range (either physical or civil) can be specified. The supported filter fields are: - Interval start time: - Pattern: `{interval_data_type}.interval.start_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Timestamp literal expected in RFC-3339 format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `steps.interval.start_time >= "2023-11-24T00:00:00Z" AND steps.interval.start_time < "2023-11-25T00:00:00Z"` - `distance.interval.start_time >= "2024-08-14T12:34:56Z"` - Interval civil start time: - Pattern: `{interval_data_type}.interval.civil_start_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `steps.interval.civil_start_time >= "2023-11-24" AND steps.interval.civil_start_time < "2023-11-25"` - `distance.interval.civil_start_time >= "2024-08-14T12:34:56"` - Sample observation physical time: - Pattern: `{sample_data_type}.sample_time.physical_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Timestamp literal expected in RFC-3339 format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `weight.sample_time.physical_time >= "2023-11-24T00:00:00Z" AND weight.sample_time.physical_time < "2023-11-25T00:00:00Z"` - `weight.sample_time.physical_time >= "2024-08-14T12:34:56Z"` - Sample observation civil time: - Pattern: `{sample_data_type}.sample_time.civil_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `weight.sample_time.civil_time >= "2023-11-24" AND weight.sample_time.civil_time < "2023-11-25"` - `weight.sample_time.civil_time >= "2024-08-14T12:34:56"` - Daily summary date: - Pattern: `{daily_summary_data_type}.date` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `daily_resting_heart_rate.date >= "2024-08-14"` - `daily_heart_rate_variability.date < "2024-08-15"` - Session civil start time (**Excluding Sleep**): - Pattern: `{session_data_type}.interval.civil_start_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `exercise.interval.civil_start_time >= "2023-11-24" AND exercise.interval.civil_start_time < "2023-11-25"` - `exercise.interval.civil_start_time >= "2024-08-14T12:34:56"` - Session end time (**Sleep specific**): - Pattern: `sleep.interval.end_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Timestamp literal expected in RFC-3339 format - Supported logical operators: `AND`, `OR` - Example: - `sleep.interval.end_time >= "2023-11-24T00:00:00Z" AND sleep.interval.end_time < "2023-11-25T00:00:00Z"` - Session civil end time (**Sleep specific**): - Pattern: `sleep.interval.civil_end_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND`, `OR` - Example: - `sleep.interval.civil_end_time >= "2023-11-24" AND sleep.interval.civil_end_time < "2023-11-25"` Data points in the response will be ordered by the interval start time in descending order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly. For `exercise` and `sleep` the default page size is 25. The maximum page size for `exercise` and `sleep` is 25.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` from a previous request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing raw data points matching the query
+  "dataPoints": [ # Data points matching the query
+    { # A computed or recorded metric.
+      "activeMinutes": { # Record of active minutes in a given time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `active-minutes` interval data type collection.
+        "activeMinutesByActivityLevel": [ # Required. Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.
+          { # Active minutes at a given activity level.
+            "activeMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of whole minutes spent in activity.
+            "activityLevel": "A String", # Required. The level of activity.
+          },
+        ],
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "activeZoneMinutes": { # Record of active zone minutes in a given time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `active-zone-minutes` interval data type collection, measured in minutes.
+        "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of Active Zone Minutes earned in the given time interval. Note: active_zone_minutes equals to 1 for low intensity (fat burn) zones or 2 for high intensity zones (cardio, peak).
+        "heartRateZone": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone in which the active zone minutes have been earned, in the given time interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "activityLevel": { # Internal type to capture activity level during a certain time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `activity-level` daily data type collection.
+        "activityLevelType": "A String", # Required. Activity level type in the given time interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "altitude": { # Captures the altitude gain (i.e. deltas), and not level above sea, for a user in millimeters. # Optional. Data for points in the `altitude` interval data type collection.
+        "gainMillimeters": "A String", # Required. Altitude gain in millimeters over the observed interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "bodyFat": { # Body fat measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `body-fat` sample data type collection.
+        "percentage": 3.14, # Required. Body fat percentage, in range [0, 100].
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which body fat was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "dailyHeartRateVariability": { # Represents the daily heart rate variability data type. At least one of the following fields must be set: - `average_heart_rate_variability_milliseconds` - `non_rem_heart_rate_beats_per_minute` - `entropy` - `deep_sleep_root_mean_square_of_successive_differences_milliseconds` # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-variability` daily data type collection.
+        "averageHeartRateVariabilityMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. A user's average heart rate variability calculated using the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) in times between heartbeats.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of heart rate variability measurement.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "deepSleepRootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) value during deep sleep.
+        "entropy": 3.14, # Optional. The Shanon entropy of heartbeat intervals. Entropy quantifies randomness or disorder in a system. High entropy indicates high HRV. Entropy is measured from the histogram of time interval between successive heart beats values measured during sleep.
+        "nonRemHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Non-REM heart rate
+      },
+      "dailyHeartRateZones": { # User's heart rate zone thresholds based on the Karvonen algorithm for a specific day. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-zones` daily data type collection.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the heart rate zones record.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "heartRateZones": [ # Required. The heart rate zones.
+          { # The heart rate zone.
+            "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. The heart rate zone type.
+            "maxBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Maximum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+            "minBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Minimum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dailyOxygenSaturation": { # A daily oxygen saturation (SpO2) record. Represents the user's daily oxygen saturation summary, typically calculated during sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-oxygen-saturation` daily data type collection.
+        "averagePercentage": 3.14, # Required. The average value of the oxygen saturation samples during the sleep.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the daily oxygen saturation record.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "lowerBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The lower bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+        "standardDeviationPercentage": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the daily oxygen saturation averages from the past 7-30 days.
+        "upperBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The upper bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+      },
+      "dailyRespiratoryRate": { # A daily average respiratory rate (breaths per minute) for a day of the year. One data point per day calculated for the main sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-respiratory-rate` daily data type collection.
+        "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. The average number of breaths taken per minute.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date on which the respiratory rate was measured.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+      },
+      "dailyRestingHeartRate": { # Measures the daily resting heart rate for a user, calculated using the all day heart rate measurements. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-resting-heart-rate` daily data type collection.
+        "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The resting heart rate value in beats per minute.
+        "dailyRestingHeartRateMetadata": { # Metadata for the daily resting heart rate. # Optional. Metadata for the daily resting heart rate.
+          "calculationMethod": "A String", # Required. The method used to calculate the resting heart rate.
+        },
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of the resting heart rate measurement.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+      },
+      "dailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { # Provides derived sleep temperature values, calculated from skin or internal device temperature readings during sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-sleep-temperature-derivations` daily data type collection.
+        "baselineTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The user's baseline skin temperature. It is the median of the user's nightly skin temperature over the past 30 days.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date for which the sleep temperature derivations are calculated.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "nightlyTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Required. The user's nightly skin temperature. It is the mean of skin temperature samples taken from the user’s sleep.
+        "relativeNightlyStddev30dCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the user’s relative nightly skin temperature (temperature - baseline) over the past 30 days.
+      },
+      "dailyVo2Max": { # Contains a daily summary of the user's VO2 max (cardio fitness score), which is the maximum rate of oxygen the body can use during exercise. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-vo2-max` daily data type collection.
+        "cardioFitnessLevel": "A String", # Optional. Represents the user's cardio fitness level based on their VO2 max.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date for which the Daily VO2 max was measured.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "estimated": True or False, # Optional. An estimated field is added to indicate when the confidence has decreased sufficiently to consider the value an estimation.
+        "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Daily VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+        "vo2MaxCovariance": 3.14, # Optional. The covariance of the VO2 max value.
+      },
+      "dataSource": { # Data Source definition to track the origin of data. Each health data point, regardless of the complexity or data model (whether a simple step count or a detailed sleep session) must retain information about its source of origin (e.g. the device or app that collected it). # Optional. Data source information for the metric
+        "application": { # Optional metadata for the application that provided this data. # Output only. Captures metadata for the application that provided this data.
+          "googleWebClientId": "A String", # Output only. The Google OAuth 2.0 client ID of the web application or service that recorded the data. This is the client ID used during the Google OAuth flow to obtain user credentials. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from Google Web API.
+          "packageName": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the mobile application that was the source of the data. This is typically the application's package name on Android (e.g., `com.google.fitbit`) or the bundle ID on iOS. This field is informational and helps trace data origin. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from the Fitbit mobile application, Health Connect or Health Kit.
+          "webClientId": "A String", # Output only. The client ID of the application that recorded the data. This ID is a legacy Fitbit API client ID, which is different from a Google OAuth client ID. Example format: `ABC123`. This field is system-populated and used for tracing data from legacy Fitbit API integrations. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from a legacy Fitbit API integration.
+        },
+        "device": { # Captures metadata about the device that recorded the measurement. # Optional. Captures metadata for raw data points originating from devices. We expect this data source to be used for data points written on device sync.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An optional name for the device.
+          "formFactor": "A String", # Optional. Captures the form factor of the device.
+          "manufacturer": "A String", # Optional. An optional manufacturer of the device.
+        },
+        "platform": "A String", # Output only. Captures the platform that uploaded the data.
+        "recordingMethod": "A String", # Optional. Captures how the data was recorded.
+      },
+      "distance": { # Distance traveled over an interval of time. # Optional. Data for points in the `distance` interval data type collection.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "millimeters": "A String", # Required. Distance in millimeters over the observed interval.
+      },
+      "exercise": { # An exercise that stores information about a physical activity. # Optional. Data for points in the `exercise` session data type collection.
+        "activeDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration excluding pauses.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the timestamp of the creation of the exercise.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. Exercise display name.
+        "exerciseEvents": [ # Optional. Exercise events that happen during an exercise, such as pause & restarts.
+          { # Represents instantaneous events that happen during an exercise, such as start, stop, pause, split.
+            "eventTime": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time
+            "eventUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time offset from UTC
+            "exerciseEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of the event, such as start, stop, pause, resume.
+          },
+        ],
+        "exerciseMetadata": { # Additional exercise metadata. # Optional. Additional exercise metadata.
+          "hasGps": True or False, # Optional. Whether the exercise had GPS tracking.
+          "poolLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Pool length in millimeters. Only present in the swimming exercises.
+        },
+        "exerciseType": "A String", # Required. The type of activity performed during an exercise.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed exercise interval
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this exercise ( )
+          "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+          "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+          "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+          "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+          "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+          "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+          "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+          "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+            "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+            "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+            "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+            "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+          },
+          "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+            "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+            "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+            "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+            "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+            "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+          },
+          "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+          "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+          "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+        },
+        "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+        "splitSummaries": [ # Optional. Laps or splits recorded within an exercise. Laps could be split based on distance or other criteria (duration, etc.) Laps should not be overlapping with each other.
+          { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+            "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+            "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+              "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+              "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+              "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+              "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+              "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+              "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+              "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+              "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+                "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+                "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+                "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+                "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+              },
+              "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+                "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+                "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+                "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+                "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+                "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+              },
+              "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+              "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+              "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+            },
+            "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+          },
+        ],
+        "splits": [ # Optional. The default split is 1 km or 1 mile. - if the movement distance is less than the default, then there are no splits - if the movement distance is greater than or equal to the default, then we have splits
+          { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+            "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+            "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+              "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+              "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+              "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+              "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+              "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+              "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+              "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+              "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+                "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+                "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+                "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+                "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+              },
+              "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+                "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+                "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+                "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+                "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+                "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+              },
+              "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+              "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+              "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+            },
+            "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+          },
+        ],
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. This is the timestamp of the last update to the exercise.
+      },
+      "floors": { # Gained elevation measured in floors over the time interval # Optional. Data for points in the `floors` interval data type collection.
+        "count": "A String", # Required. Number of floors in the recorded interval
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "heartRate": { # A heart rate measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate` sample data type collection.
+        "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The heart rate value in beats per minute.
+        "metadata": { # Heart rate metadata. # Optional. Metadata about the heart rate sample.
+          "motionContext": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user’s level of activity when the heart rate sample was measured
+          "sensorLocation": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the location of the sensor that measured the heart rate.
+        },
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. Observation time
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "heartRateVariability": { # Captures user's heart rate variability (HRV) as measured by the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) between normal heartbeats or by standard deviation of the inter-beat intervals (SDNN). # Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate-variability` sample data type collection.
+        "rootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences between normal heartbeats. This is a measure of heart rate variability used by Fitbit.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time of the heart rate variability measurement.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "standardDeviationMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the heart rate variability measurement.
+      },
+      "hydrationLog": { # Holds information about a user logged hydration. # Optional. Data for points in the `hydration-log` session data type collection.
+        "amountConsumed": { # Represents the volume quantity. # Required. Amount of liquid (ex. water) consumed.
+          "milliliters": 3.14, # Required. Value representing the volume in milliliters.
+          "userProvidedUnit": "A String", # Optional. Value representing the user provided unit.
+        },
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
+      "oxygenSaturation": { # Captures the user's instantaneous oxygen saturation percentage (SpO2). # Optional. Data for points in the `oxygen-saturation` sample data type collection.
+        "percentage": 3.14, # Required. The oxygen saturation percentage. Valid values are from 0 to 100.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which oxygen saturation was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "respiratoryRateSleepSummary": { # Records respiratory rate details during sleep. Can have multiple per day if the user sleeps multiple times. # Optional. Data for points in the `respiratory-rate-sleep-summary` sample data type collection.
+        "deepSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for deep sleep.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "fullSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Required. Full respiratory rate statistics.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "lightSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for light sleep.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "remSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for REM sleep.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which respiratory rate was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "runVo2Max": { # VO2 max value calculated based on the user's running activity. Value stored in ml/kg/min. # Optional. Data for points in the `run-vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+        "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Run VO2 max value in ml/kg/min.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the metric was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "sedentaryPeriod": { # SedentaryPeriod SedentaryPeriod data represents the periods of time that the user was sedentary (i.e. not moving while wearing the device). # Optional. Data for points in the `sedentary-period` interval data type collection.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "sleep": { # A sleep session possibly including stages. # Optional. Data for points in the `sleep` session data type collection.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep observation.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed sleep interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Additional information about how the sleep was processed. # Optional. Sleep metadata: processing, main, manually edited, stages status.
+          "externalId": "A String", # Optional. Sleep identifier relevant in the context of the data source.
+          "manuallyEdited": True or False, # Output only. Some sleeps autodetected by algorithms can be manually edited by users.
+          "nap": True or False, # Output only. Naps are sleeps without stages and relatively short durations.
+          "processed": True or False, # Output only. Sleep and sleep stages algorithms finished processing.
+          "stagesStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stages algorithm processing status.
+        },
+        "outOfBedSegments": [ # Optional. “Out of bed” segments that can overlap with sleep stages.
+          { # A time interval to represent an out-of-bed segment.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Segment end time.
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Segment tart time.
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          },
+        ],
+        "stages": [ # Optional. List of non-overlapping contiguous sleep stage segments that cover the sleep period.
+          { # Sleep stage segment.
+            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep stages segment.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage end time.
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage start time.
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+            "type": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep stages segment.
+          },
+        ],
+        "summary": { #  Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary. # Output only. Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary.
+          "minutesAfterWakeUp": "A String", # Output only. Minutes after wake up calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+          "minutesAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes asleep. For classic sleep it is the sum of ASLEEP stages (excluding AWAKE and RESTLESS). For "stages" sleep it is the sum of LIGHT, REM and DEEP stages (excluding AWAKE).
+          "minutesAwake": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes awake. It is a sum of all AWAKE stages.
+          "minutesInSleepPeriod": "A String", # Output only. Delta between wake time and bedtime. It is the sum of all stages.
+          "minutesToFallAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Minutes to fall asleep calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+          "stagesSummary": [ # Output only. List of summaries (total duration and segment count) per each sleep stage type.
+            { # Total duration and segment count for a stage.
+              "count": "A String", # Output only. Number of sleep stages segments.
+              "minutes": "A String", # Output only. Total duration in minutes of a sleep stage.
+              "type": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. SleepType: classic or stages.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep observation.
+      },
+      "steps": { # Step count over the time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `steps` interval data type collection.
+        "count": "A String", # Required. Number of steps in the recorded interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "timeInHeartRateZone": { # Time in heart rate zone record. It's an interval spent in specific heart rate zone. # Optional. Data for points in the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` interval data type collection.
+        "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone type.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "vo2Max": { # VO2 max measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+        "measurementMethod": "A String", # Optional. The method used to measure the VO2 max value.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which VO2 max was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+      },
+      "weight": { # Body weight measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `weight` sample data type collection.
+        "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the weight was measured
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "weightGrams": 3.14, # Required. Weight of a user in grams.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Next page token, empty if the response is complete
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single identifiable data point. If a data point with the specified `name` is not found, the request will fail.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A computed or recorded metric.
+  "activeMinutes": { # Record of active minutes in a given time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `active-minutes` interval data type collection.
+    "activeMinutesByActivityLevel": [ # Required. Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.
+      { # Active minutes at a given activity level.
+        "activeMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of whole minutes spent in activity.
+        "activityLevel": "A String", # Required. The level of activity.
+      },
+    ],
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "activeZoneMinutes": { # Record of active zone minutes in a given time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `active-zone-minutes` interval data type collection, measured in minutes.
+    "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of Active Zone Minutes earned in the given time interval. Note: active_zone_minutes equals to 1 for low intensity (fat burn) zones or 2 for high intensity zones (cardio, peak).
+    "heartRateZone": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone in which the active zone minutes have been earned, in the given time interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "activityLevel": { # Internal type to capture activity level during a certain time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `activity-level` daily data type collection.
+    "activityLevelType": "A String", # Required. Activity level type in the given time interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "altitude": { # Captures the altitude gain (i.e. deltas), and not level above sea, for a user in millimeters. # Optional. Data for points in the `altitude` interval data type collection.
+    "gainMillimeters": "A String", # Required. Altitude gain in millimeters over the observed interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "bodyFat": { # Body fat measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `body-fat` sample data type collection.
+    "percentage": 3.14, # Required. Body fat percentage, in range [0, 100].
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which body fat was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "dailyHeartRateVariability": { # Represents the daily heart rate variability data type. At least one of the following fields must be set: - `average_heart_rate_variability_milliseconds` - `non_rem_heart_rate_beats_per_minute` - `entropy` - `deep_sleep_root_mean_square_of_successive_differences_milliseconds` # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-variability` daily data type collection.
+    "averageHeartRateVariabilityMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. A user's average heart rate variability calculated using the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) in times between heartbeats.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of heart rate variability measurement.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "deepSleepRootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) value during deep sleep.
+    "entropy": 3.14, # Optional. The Shanon entropy of heartbeat intervals. Entropy quantifies randomness or disorder in a system. High entropy indicates high HRV. Entropy is measured from the histogram of time interval between successive heart beats values measured during sleep.
+    "nonRemHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Non-REM heart rate
+  },
+  "dailyHeartRateZones": { # User's heart rate zone thresholds based on the Karvonen algorithm for a specific day. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-zones` daily data type collection.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the heart rate zones record.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "heartRateZones": [ # Required. The heart rate zones.
+      { # The heart rate zone.
+        "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. The heart rate zone type.
+        "maxBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Maximum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+        "minBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Minimum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "dailyOxygenSaturation": { # A daily oxygen saturation (SpO2) record. Represents the user's daily oxygen saturation summary, typically calculated during sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-oxygen-saturation` daily data type collection.
+    "averagePercentage": 3.14, # Required. The average value of the oxygen saturation samples during the sleep.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the daily oxygen saturation record.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "lowerBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The lower bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+    "standardDeviationPercentage": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the daily oxygen saturation averages from the past 7-30 days.
+    "upperBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The upper bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+  },
+  "dailyRespiratoryRate": { # A daily average respiratory rate (breaths per minute) for a day of the year. One data point per day calculated for the main sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-respiratory-rate` daily data type collection.
+    "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. The average number of breaths taken per minute.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date on which the respiratory rate was measured.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+  },
+  "dailyRestingHeartRate": { # Measures the daily resting heart rate for a user, calculated using the all day heart rate measurements. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-resting-heart-rate` daily data type collection.
+    "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The resting heart rate value in beats per minute.
+    "dailyRestingHeartRateMetadata": { # Metadata for the daily resting heart rate. # Optional. Metadata for the daily resting heart rate.
+      "calculationMethod": "A String", # Required. The method used to calculate the resting heart rate.
+    },
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of the resting heart rate measurement.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+  },
+  "dailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { # Provides derived sleep temperature values, calculated from skin or internal device temperature readings during sleep. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-sleep-temperature-derivations` daily data type collection.
+    "baselineTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The user's baseline skin temperature. It is the median of the user's nightly skin temperature over the past 30 days.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date for which the sleep temperature derivations are calculated.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "nightlyTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Required. The user's nightly skin temperature. It is the mean of skin temperature samples taken from the user’s sleep.
+    "relativeNightlyStddev30dCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the user’s relative nightly skin temperature (temperature - baseline) over the past 30 days.
+  },
+  "dailyVo2Max": { # Contains a daily summary of the user's VO2 max (cardio fitness score), which is the maximum rate of oxygen the body can use during exercise. # Optional. Data for points in the `daily-vo2-max` daily data type collection.
+    "cardioFitnessLevel": "A String", # Optional. Represents the user's cardio fitness level based on their VO2 max.
+    "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date for which the Daily VO2 max was measured.
+      "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+      "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+      "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+    },
+    "estimated": True or False, # Optional. An estimated field is added to indicate when the confidence has decreased sufficiently to consider the value an estimation.
+    "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Daily VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+    "vo2MaxCovariance": 3.14, # Optional. The covariance of the VO2 max value.
+  },
+  "dataSource": { # Data Source definition to track the origin of data. Each health data point, regardless of the complexity or data model (whether a simple step count or a detailed sleep session) must retain information about its source of origin (e.g. the device or app that collected it). # Optional. Data source information for the metric
+    "application": { # Optional metadata for the application that provided this data. # Output only. Captures metadata for the application that provided this data.
+      "googleWebClientId": "A String", # Output only. The Google OAuth 2.0 client ID of the web application or service that recorded the data. This is the client ID used during the Google OAuth flow to obtain user credentials. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from Google Web API.
+      "packageName": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the mobile application that was the source of the data. This is typically the application's package name on Android (e.g., `com.google.fitbit`) or the bundle ID on iOS. This field is informational and helps trace data origin. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from the Fitbit mobile application, Health Connect or Health Kit.
+      "webClientId": "A String", # Output only. The client ID of the application that recorded the data. This ID is a legacy Fitbit API client ID, which is different from a Google OAuth client ID. Example format: `ABC123`. This field is system-populated and used for tracing data from legacy Fitbit API integrations. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from a legacy Fitbit API integration.
+    },
+    "device": { # Captures metadata about the device that recorded the measurement. # Optional. Captures metadata for raw data points originating from devices. We expect this data source to be used for data points written on device sync.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An optional name for the device.
+      "formFactor": "A String", # Optional. Captures the form factor of the device.
+      "manufacturer": "A String", # Optional. An optional manufacturer of the device.
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # Output only. Captures the platform that uploaded the data.
+    "recordingMethod": "A String", # Optional. Captures how the data was recorded.
+  },
+  "distance": { # Distance traveled over an interval of time. # Optional. Data for points in the `distance` interval data type collection.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "millimeters": "A String", # Required. Distance in millimeters over the observed interval.
+  },
+  "exercise": { # An exercise that stores information about a physical activity. # Optional. Data for points in the `exercise` session data type collection.
+    "activeDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration excluding pauses.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the timestamp of the creation of the exercise.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. Exercise display name.
+    "exerciseEvents": [ # Optional. Exercise events that happen during an exercise, such as pause & restarts.
+      { # Represents instantaneous events that happen during an exercise, such as start, stop, pause, split.
+        "eventTime": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time
+        "eventUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time offset from UTC
+        "exerciseEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of the event, such as start, stop, pause, resume.
+      },
+    ],
+    "exerciseMetadata": { # Additional exercise metadata. # Optional. Additional exercise metadata.
+      "hasGps": True or False, # Optional. Whether the exercise had GPS tracking.
+      "poolLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Pool length in millimeters. Only present in the swimming exercises.
+    },
+    "exerciseType": "A String", # Required. The type of activity performed during an exercise.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed exercise interval
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this exercise ( )
+      "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+      "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+      "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+      "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+      "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+      "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+      "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+      "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+        "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+        "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+        "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+        "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+      },
+      "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+        "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+        "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+        "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+        "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+        "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+      },
+      "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+      "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+      "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+    },
+    "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+    "splitSummaries": [ # Optional. Laps or splits recorded within an exercise. Laps could be split based on distance or other criteria (duration, etc.) Laps should not be overlapping with each other.
+      { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+        "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+        "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+          "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+          "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+          "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+          "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+          "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+          "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+          "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+          "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+            "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+            "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+            "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+            "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+          },
+          "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+            "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+            "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+            "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+            "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+            "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+          },
+          "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+          "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+          "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+        },
+        "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+      },
+    ],
+    "splits": [ # Optional. The default split is 1 km or 1 mile. - if the movement distance is less than the default, then there are no splits - if the movement distance is greater than or equal to the default, then we have splits
+      { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+        "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+        "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+          "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+          "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+          "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+          "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+          "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+          "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+          "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+          "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+            "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+            "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+            "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+            "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+          },
+          "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+            "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+            "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+            "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+            "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+            "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+          },
+          "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+          "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+          "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+        },
+        "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. This is the timestamp of the last update to the exercise.
+  },
+  "floors": { # Gained elevation measured in floors over the time interval # Optional. Data for points in the `floors` interval data type collection.
+    "count": "A String", # Required. Number of floors in the recorded interval
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "heartRate": { # A heart rate measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate` sample data type collection.
+    "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The heart rate value in beats per minute.
+    "metadata": { # Heart rate metadata. # Optional. Metadata about the heart rate sample.
+      "motionContext": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user’s level of activity when the heart rate sample was measured
+      "sensorLocation": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the location of the sensor that measured the heart rate.
+    },
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. Observation time
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "heartRateVariability": { # Captures user's heart rate variability (HRV) as measured by the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) between normal heartbeats or by standard deviation of the inter-beat intervals (SDNN). # Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate-variability` sample data type collection.
+    "rootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences between normal heartbeats. This is a measure of heart rate variability used by Fitbit.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time of the heart rate variability measurement.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "standardDeviationMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the heart rate variability measurement.
+  },
+  "hydrationLog": { # Holds information about a user logged hydration. # Optional. Data for points in the `hydration-log` session data type collection.
+    "amountConsumed": { # Represents the volume quantity. # Required. Amount of liquid (ex. water) consumed.
+      "milliliters": 3.14, # Required. Value representing the volume in milliliters.
+      "userProvidedUnit": "A String", # Optional. Value representing the user provided unit.
+    },
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
+  "oxygenSaturation": { # Captures the user's instantaneous oxygen saturation percentage (SpO2). # Optional. Data for points in the `oxygen-saturation` sample data type collection.
+    "percentage": 3.14, # Required. The oxygen saturation percentage. Valid values are from 0 to 100.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which oxygen saturation was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "respiratoryRateSleepSummary": { # Records respiratory rate details during sleep. Can have multiple per day if the user sleeps multiple times. # Optional. Data for points in the `respiratory-rate-sleep-summary` sample data type collection.
+    "deepSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for deep sleep.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "fullSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Required. Full respiratory rate statistics.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "lightSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for light sleep.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "remSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for REM sleep.
+      "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+      "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+      "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+    },
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which respiratory rate was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "runVo2Max": { # VO2 max value calculated based on the user's running activity. Value stored in ml/kg/min. # Optional. Data for points in the `run-vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+    "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Run VO2 max value in ml/kg/min.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the metric was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "sedentaryPeriod": { # SedentaryPeriod SedentaryPeriod data represents the periods of time that the user was sedentary (i.e. not moving while wearing the device). # Optional. Data for points in the `sedentary-period` interval data type collection.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "sleep": { # A sleep session possibly including stages. # Optional. Data for points in the `sleep` session data type collection.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep observation.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed sleep interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Additional information about how the sleep was processed. # Optional. Sleep metadata: processing, main, manually edited, stages status.
+      "externalId": "A String", # Optional. Sleep identifier relevant in the context of the data source.
+      "manuallyEdited": True or False, # Output only. Some sleeps autodetected by algorithms can be manually edited by users.
+      "nap": True or False, # Output only. Naps are sleeps without stages and relatively short durations.
+      "processed": True or False, # Output only. Sleep and sleep stages algorithms finished processing.
+      "stagesStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stages algorithm processing status.
+    },
+    "outOfBedSegments": [ # Optional. “Out of bed” segments that can overlap with sleep stages.
+      { # A time interval to represent an out-of-bed segment.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Segment end time.
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Segment tart time.
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      },
+    ],
+    "stages": [ # Optional. List of non-overlapping contiguous sleep stage segments that cover the sleep period.
+      { # Sleep stage segment.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep stages segment.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage end time.
+        "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        "startTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage start time.
+        "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        "type": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep stages segment.
+      },
+    ],
+    "summary": { #  Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary. # Output only. Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary.
+      "minutesAfterWakeUp": "A String", # Output only. Minutes after wake up calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+      "minutesAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes asleep. For classic sleep it is the sum of ASLEEP stages (excluding AWAKE and RESTLESS). For "stages" sleep it is the sum of LIGHT, REM and DEEP stages (excluding AWAKE).
+      "minutesAwake": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes awake. It is a sum of all AWAKE stages.
+      "minutesInSleepPeriod": "A String", # Output only. Delta between wake time and bedtime. It is the sum of all stages.
+      "minutesToFallAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Minutes to fall asleep calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+      "stagesSummary": [ # Output only. List of summaries (total duration and segment count) per each sleep stage type.
+        { # Total duration and segment count for a stage.
+          "count": "A String", # Output only. Number of sleep stages segments.
+          "minutes": "A String", # Output only. Total duration in minutes of a sleep stage.
+          "type": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "type": "A String", # Optional. SleepType: classic or stages.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep observation.
+  },
+  "steps": { # Step count over the time interval. # Optional. Data for points in the `steps` interval data type collection.
+    "count": "A String", # Required. Number of steps in the recorded interval.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "timeInHeartRateZone": { # Time in heart rate zone record. It's an interval spent in specific heart rate zone. # Optional. Data for points in the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` interval data type collection.
+    "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone type.
+    "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+      "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+      "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+      "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+      "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+  },
+  "vo2Max": { # VO2 max measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+    "measurementMethod": "A String", # Optional. The method used to measure the VO2 max value.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which VO2 max was measured.
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+  },
+  "weight": { # Body weight measurement. # Optional. Data for points in the `weight` sample data type collection.
+    "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+    "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the weight was measured
+      "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+          "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+          "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+          "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+          "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+        },
+      },
+      "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+      "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+    },
+    "weightGrams": 3.14, # Required. Weight of a user in grams.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ reconcile(parent, dataSourceFamily=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Reconcile data points from multiple data sources into a single data stream.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/me/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/heart-rate` For a list of the supported data types see the DataPoint data union field. (required)
+  dataSourceFamily: string, Optional. The data source family name to reconcile. If empty, data points from all data sources will be reconciled. Format: `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/{data_source_family}` The supported values are: - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/all-sources` - default value - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-wearables` - tracker devices - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-sources` - Google first party sources
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression based on https://aip.dev/160. A time range, either physical or civil, can be specified. See the ListDataPointsRequest.filter for the supported fields and syntax.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly. For `exercise` and `sleep` the default page size is 25. The maximum page size for `exercise` and `sleep` is 25.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` from a previous request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing the list of reconciled DataPoints.
+  "dataPoints": [ # Data points matching the query
+    { # A reconciled computed or recorded metric.
+      "activeMinutes": { # Record of active minutes in a given time interval. # Data for points in the `active-minutes` interval data type collection.
+        "activeMinutesByActivityLevel": [ # Required. Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.
+          { # Active minutes at a given activity level.
+            "activeMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of whole minutes spent in activity.
+            "activityLevel": "A String", # Required. The level of activity.
+          },
+        ],
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "activeZoneMinutes": { # Record of active zone minutes in a given time interval. # Data for points in the `active-zone-minutes` interval data type collection, measured in minutes.
+        "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Required. Number of Active Zone Minutes earned in the given time interval. Note: active_zone_minutes equals to 1 for low intensity (fat burn) zones or 2 for high intensity zones (cardio, peak).
+        "heartRateZone": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone in which the active zone minutes have been earned, in the given time interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "activityLevel": { # Internal type to capture activity level during a certain time interval. # Data for points in the `activity-level` daily data type collection.
+        "activityLevelType": "A String", # Required. Activity level type in the given time interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "altitude": { # Captures the altitude gain (i.e. deltas), and not level above sea, for a user in millimeters. # Data for points in the `altitude` interval data type collection.
+        "gainMillimeters": "A String", # Required. Altitude gain in millimeters over the observed interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "bodyFat": { # Body fat measurement. # Data for points in the `body-fat` sample data type collection.
+        "percentage": 3.14, # Required. Body fat percentage, in range [0, 100].
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which body fat was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "dailyHeartRateVariability": { # Represents the daily heart rate variability data type. At least one of the following fields must be set: - `average_heart_rate_variability_milliseconds` - `non_rem_heart_rate_beats_per_minute` - `entropy` - `deep_sleep_root_mean_square_of_successive_differences_milliseconds` # Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-variability` daily data type collection.
+        "averageHeartRateVariabilityMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. A user's average heart rate variability calculated using the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) in times between heartbeats.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of heart rate variability measurement.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "deepSleepRootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) value during deep sleep.
+        "entropy": 3.14, # Optional. The Shanon entropy of heartbeat intervals. Entropy quantifies randomness or disorder in a system. High entropy indicates high HRV. Entropy is measured from the histogram of time interval between successive heart beats values measured during sleep.
+        "nonRemHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Non-REM heart rate
+      },
+      "dailyHeartRateZones": { # User's heart rate zone thresholds based on the Karvonen algorithm for a specific day. # Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-zones` daily data type collection.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the heart rate zones record.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "heartRateZones": [ # Required. The heart rate zones.
+          { # The heart rate zone.
+            "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. The heart rate zone type.
+            "maxBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Maximum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+            "minBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. Minimum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dailyOxygenSaturation": { # A daily oxygen saturation (SpO2) record. Represents the user's daily oxygen saturation summary, typically calculated during sleep. # Data for points in the `daily-oxygen-saturation` daily data type collection.
+        "averagePercentage": 3.14, # Required. The average value of the oxygen saturation samples during the sleep.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the daily oxygen saturation record.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "lowerBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The lower bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+        "standardDeviationPercentage": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the daily oxygen saturation averages from the past 7-30 days.
+        "upperBoundPercentage": 3.14, # Required. The upper bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.
+      },
+      "dailyRespiratoryRate": { # A daily average respiratory rate (breaths per minute) for a day of the year. One data point per day calculated for the main sleep. # Data for points in the `daily-respiratory-rate` daily data type collection.
+        "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. The average number of breaths taken per minute.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date on which the respiratory rate was measured.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+      },
+      "dailyRestingHeartRate": { # Measures the daily resting heart rate for a user, calculated using the all day heart rate measurements. # Data for points in the `daily-resting-heart-rate` daily data type collection.
+        "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The resting heart rate value in beats per minute.
+        "dailyRestingHeartRateMetadata": { # Metadata for the daily resting heart rate. # Optional. Metadata for the daily resting heart rate.
+          "calculationMethod": "A String", # Required. The method used to calculate the resting heart rate.
+        },
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of the resting heart rate measurement.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+      },
+      "dailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { # Provides derived sleep temperature values, calculated from skin or internal device temperature readings during sleep. # Data for points in the `daily-sleep-temperature-derivations` daily data type collection.
+        "baselineTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The user's baseline skin temperature. It is the median of the user's nightly skin temperature over the past 30 days.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date for which the sleep temperature derivations are calculated.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "nightlyTemperatureCelsius": 3.14, # Required. The user's nightly skin temperature. It is the mean of skin temperature samples taken from the user’s sleep.
+        "relativeNightlyStddev30dCelsius": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the user’s relative nightly skin temperature (temperature - baseline) over the past 30 days.
+      },
+      "dailyVo2Max": { # Contains a daily summary of the user's VO2 max (cardio fitness score), which is the maximum rate of oxygen the body can use during exercise. # Data for points in the `daily-vo2-max` daily data type collection.
+        "cardioFitnessLevel": "A String", # Optional. Represents the user's cardio fitness level based on their VO2 max.
+        "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The date for which the Daily VO2 max was measured.
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+        "estimated": True or False, # Optional. An estimated field is added to indicate when the confidence has decreased sufficiently to consider the value an estimation.
+        "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Daily VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+        "vo2MaxCovariance": 3.14, # Optional. The covariance of the VO2 max value.
+      },
+      "dataPointName": "A String", # Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
+      "distance": { # Distance traveled over an interval of time. # Data for points in the `distance` interval data type collection.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "millimeters": "A String", # Required. Distance in millimeters over the observed interval.
+      },
+      "exercise": { # An exercise that stores information about a physical activity. # Data for points in the `exercise` session data type collection.
+        "activeDuration": "A String", # Optional. Duration excluding pauses.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Represents the timestamp of the creation of the exercise.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. Exercise display name.
+        "exerciseEvents": [ # Optional. Exercise events that happen during an exercise, such as pause & restarts.
+          { # Represents instantaneous events that happen during an exercise, such as start, stop, pause, split.
+            "eventTime": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time
+            "eventUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Exercise event time offset from UTC
+            "exerciseEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of the event, such as start, stop, pause, resume.
+          },
+        ],
+        "exerciseMetadata": { # Additional exercise metadata. # Optional. Additional exercise metadata.
+          "hasGps": True or False, # Optional. Whether the exercise had GPS tracking.
+          "poolLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Pool length in millimeters. Only present in the swimming exercises.
+        },
+        "exerciseType": "A String", # Required. The type of activity performed during an exercise.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed exercise interval
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this exercise ( )
+          "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+          "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+          "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+          "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+          "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+          "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+          "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+          "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+            "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+            "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+            "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+            "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+          },
+          "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+            "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+            "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+            "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+            "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+            "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+          },
+          "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+          "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+          "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+        },
+        "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+        "splitSummaries": [ # Optional. Laps or splits recorded within an exercise. Laps could be split based on distance or other criteria (duration, etc.) Laps should not be overlapping with each other.
+          { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+            "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+            "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+              "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+              "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+              "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+              "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+              "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+              "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+              "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+              "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+                "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+                "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+                "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+                "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+              },
+              "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+                "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+                "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+                "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+                "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+                "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+              },
+              "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+              "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+              "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+            },
+            "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+          },
+        ],
+        "splits": [ # Optional. The default split is 1 km or 1 mile. - if the movement distance is less than the default, then there are no splits - if the movement distance is greater than or equal to the default, then we have splits
+          { # Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.
+            "activeDuration": "A String", # Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Lap end time
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap end time offset from UTC
+            "metricsSummary": { # Summary metrics for an exercise. # Required. Summary metrics for this split.
+              "activeZoneMinutes": "A String", # Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.
+              "averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": "A String", # Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.
+              "averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": 3.14, # Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.
+              "averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": 3.14, # Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.
+              "caloriesKcal": 3.14, # Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.
+              "distanceMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.
+              "elevationGainMillimeters": 3.14, # Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.
+              "heartRateZoneDurations": { # Time spent in each heart rate zone. # Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone.
+                "lightTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.
+                "moderateTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.
+                "peakTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.
+                "vigorousTime": "A String", # Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.
+              },
+              "mobilityMetrics": { # Mobility workouts specific metrics # Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises.
+                "avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": 3.14, # Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.
+                "avgGroundContactTimeDuration": "A String", # Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride
+                "avgStrideLengthMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride
+                "avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": "A String", # Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running
+                "avgVerticalRatio": 3.14, # Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].
+              },
+              "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+              "steps": "A String", # Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.
+              "totalSwimLengths": 3.14, # Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.
+            },
+            "splitType": "A String", # Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Lap start time
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. Lap start time offset from UTC
+          },
+        ],
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. This is the timestamp of the last update to the exercise.
+      },
+      "floors": { # Gained elevation measured in floors over the time interval # Data for points in the `floors` interval data type collection.
+        "count": "A String", # Required. Number of floors in the recorded interval
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "heartRate": { # A heart rate measurement. # Data for points in the `heart-rate` sample data type collection.
+        "beatsPerMinute": "A String", # Required. The heart rate value in beats per minute.
+        "metadata": { # Heart rate metadata. # Optional. Metadata about the heart rate sample.
+          "motionContext": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the user’s level of activity when the heart rate sample was measured
+          "sensorLocation": "A String", # Optional. Indicates the location of the sensor that measured the heart rate.
+        },
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. Observation time
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "heartRateVariability": { # Captures user's heart rate variability (HRV) as measured by the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) between normal heartbeats or by standard deviation of the inter-beat intervals (SDNN). # Data for points in the `heart-rate-variability` sample data type collection.
+        "rootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The root mean square of successive differences between normal heartbeats. This is a measure of heart rate variability used by Fitbit.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time of the heart rate variability measurement.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "standardDeviationMilliseconds": 3.14, # Optional. The standard deviation of the heart rate variability measurement.
+      },
+      "hydrationLog": { # Holds information about a user logged hydration. # Data for points in the `hydration-log` session data type collection.
+        "amountConsumed": { # Represents the volume quantity. # Required. Amount of liquid (ex. water) consumed.
+          "milliliters": 3.14, # Required. Value representing the volume in milliliters.
+          "userProvidedUnit": "A String", # Optional. Value representing the user provided unit.
+        },
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "oxygenSaturation": { # Captures the user's instantaneous oxygen saturation percentage (SpO2). # Data for points in the `oxygen-saturation` sample data type collection.
+        "percentage": 3.14, # Required. The oxygen saturation percentage. Valid values are from 0 to 100.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which oxygen saturation was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "respiratoryRateSleepSummary": { # Records respiratory rate details during sleep. Can have multiple per day if the user sleeps multiple times. # Data for points in the `respiratory-rate-sleep-summary` sample data type collection.
+        "deepSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for deep sleep.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "fullSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Required. Full respiratory rate statistics.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "lightSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for light sleep.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "remSleepStats": { # Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage. # Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for REM sleep.
+          "breathsPerMinute": 3.14, # Required. Average breaths per minute.
+          "signalToNoise": 3.14, # Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.
+          "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.
+        },
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which respiratory rate was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "runVo2Max": { # VO2 max value calculated based on the user's running activity. Value stored in ml/kg/min. # Data for points in the `run-vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+        "runVo2Max": 3.14, # Required. Run VO2 max value in ml/kg/min.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the metric was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "sedentaryPeriod": { # SedentaryPeriod SedentaryPeriod data represents the periods of time that the user was sedentary (i.e. not moving while wearing the device). # Data for points in the `sedentary-period` interval data type collection.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "sleep": { # A sleep session possibly including stages. # Data for points in the `sleep` session data type collection.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep observation.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together. # Required. Observed sleep interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end time of the observed session.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. The start time of the observed session.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Additional information about how the sleep was processed. # Optional. Sleep metadata: processing, main, manually edited, stages status.
+          "externalId": "A String", # Optional. Sleep identifier relevant in the context of the data source.
+          "manuallyEdited": True or False, # Output only. Some sleeps autodetected by algorithms can be manually edited by users.
+          "nap": True or False, # Output only. Naps are sleeps without stages and relatively short durations.
+          "processed": True or False, # Output only. Sleep and sleep stages algorithms finished processing.
+          "stagesStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stages algorithm processing status.
+        },
+        "outOfBedSegments": [ # Optional. “Out of bed” segments that can overlap with sleep stages.
+          { # A time interval to represent an out-of-bed segment.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Segment end time.
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Segment tart time.
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          },
+        ],
+        "stages": [ # Optional. List of non-overlapping contiguous sleep stage segments that cover the sleep period.
+          { # Sleep stage segment.
+            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of this sleep stages segment.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage end time.
+            "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+            "startTime": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage start time.
+            "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+            "type": "A String", # Required. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep stages segment.
+          },
+        ],
+        "summary": { #  Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary. # Output only. Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary.
+          "minutesAfterWakeUp": "A String", # Output only. Minutes after wake up calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+          "minutesAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes asleep. For classic sleep it is the sum of ASLEEP stages (excluding AWAKE and RESTLESS). For "stages" sleep it is the sum of LIGHT, REM and DEEP stages (excluding AWAKE).
+          "minutesAwake": "A String", # Output only. Total number of minutes awake. It is a sum of all AWAKE stages.
+          "minutesInSleepPeriod": "A String", # Output only. Delta between wake time and bedtime. It is the sum of all stages.
+          "minutesToFallAsleep": "A String", # Output only. Minutes to fall asleep calculated by restlessness algorithm.
+          "stagesSummary": [ # Output only. List of summaries (total duration and segment count) per each sleep stage type.
+            { # Total duration and segment count for a stage.
+              "count": "A String", # Output only. Number of sleep stages segments.
+              "minutes": "A String", # Output only. Total duration in minutes of a sleep stage.
+              "type": "A String", # Output only. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. SleepType: classic or stages.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of this sleep observation.
+      },
+      "steps": { # Step count over the time interval. # Data for points in the `steps` interval data type collection.
+        "count": "A String", # Required. Number of steps in the recorded interval.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "timeInHeartRateZone": { # Time in heart rate zone record. It's an interval spent in specific heart rate zone. # Data for points in the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` interval data type collection.
+        "heartRateZoneType": "A String", # Required. Heart rate zone type.
+        "interval": { # Represents a time interval of an observed data point. # Required. Observed interval.
+          "civilEndTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "civilStartTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval end time.
+          "endUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+          "startTime": "A String", # Required. Observed interval start time.
+          "startUtcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+      },
+      "vo2Max": { # VO2 max measurement. # Data for points in the `vo2-max` sample data type collection.
+        "measurementMethod": "A String", # Optional. The method used to measure the VO2 max value.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which VO2 max was measured.
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "vo2Max": 3.14, # Required. VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.
+      },
+      "weight": { # Body weight measurement. # Data for points in the `weight` sample data type collection.
+        "notes": "A String", # Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.
+        "sampleTime": { # Represents a sample time of an observed data point. # Required. The time at which the weight was measured
+          "civilTime": { # Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries. # Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Calendar date.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted.
+              "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+              "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+              "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+              "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+          "physicalTime": "A String", # Required. The time of the observation.
+          "utcOffset": "A String", # Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+        },
+        "weightGrams": 3.14, # Required. Weight of a user in grams.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Next page token, empty if the response is complete
+}
+
+ +
+ reconcile_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ rollUp(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Roll up data points over physical time intervals for supported data types.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/distance` For a list of the supported data types see the RollupDataPoint value union field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to roll up data points by physical time intervals.
+  "dataSourceFamily": "A String", # Optional. The data source family name to roll up. If empty, data points from all available data sources will be rolled up. Format: `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/{data_source_family}` The supported values are: - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/all-sources` - default value - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-wearables` - tracker devices - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-sources` - Google first party sources
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. The next_page_token from a previous request, if any. All other request fields need to be the same as in the initial request when the page token is specified.
+  "range": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time. # Required. Closed-open range of data points that will be rolled up. The maximum range for `calories-in-heart-rate-zone`, `heart-rate`, `active-minutes` and `total-calories` is 14 days. The maximum range for all other data types is 90 days.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the end.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start.
+  },
+  "windowSize": "A String", # Required. The size of the time window to group data points into before applying the aggregation functions.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing the list of rolled up data points.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "rollupDataPoints": [ # Values for each aggregation time window.
+    { # Value of a rollup for a single physical time interval (aggregation window)
+      "activeMinutes": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the active minutes data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-minutes` rollup type identifier.
+        "activeMinutesRollupByActivityLevel": [ # Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.
+          { # Active minutes by activity level.
+            "activeMinutesSum": "A String", # Number of whole minutes spent in activity.
+            "activityLevel": "A String", # The level of activity.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "activeZoneMinutes": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the active zone minutes data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-zone-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-zone-minutes` rollup type identifier.
+        "sumInCardioHeartZone": "A String", # Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.CARDIO`.
+        "sumInFatBurnHeartZone": "A String", # Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.FAT_BURN`.
+        "sumInPeakHeartZone": "A String", # Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.PEAK`.
+      },
+      "activityLevel": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the activity level data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `activity-level` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `activity-level` rollup type identifier.
+        "activityLevelRollupsByActivityLevelType": [ # List of total durations in each activity level type.
+          { # Represents the total duration in a specific activity level type.
+            "activityLevelType": "A String", # Activity level type.
+            "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration in the activity level type.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "altitude": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's altitude. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `altitude` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `altitude` rollup type identifier.
+        "gainMillimetersSum": "A String", # Sum of the altitude gain in millimeters.
+      },
+      "bodyFat": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the body fat data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `body-fat` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `body-fat` rollup type identifier.
+        "bodyFatPercentageAvg": 3.14, # Average body fat percentage.
+      },
+      "caloriesInHeartRateZone": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the calories in heart rate zone data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier.
+        "caloriesInHeartRateZones": [ # List of calories burned in each heart rate zone.
+          { # Represents the amount of kilocalories burned in a specific heart rate zone.
+            "heartRateZone": "A String", # The heart rate zone.
+            "kcal": 3.14, # The amount of kilocalories burned in the specified heart rate zone.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "distance": { # Result of the rollup of the user's distance. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `distance` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `distance` rollup type identifier.
+        "millimetersSum": "A String", # Sum of the distance in millimeters.
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # End time of the window this value aggregates over
+      "floors": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's floors. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `floors` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `floors` rollup type identifier.
+        "countSum": "A String", # Sum of the floors count.
+      },
+      "heartRate": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the heart rate data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `heart-rate` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `heart-rate` rollup type identifier.
+        "beatsPerMinuteAvg": 3.14, # The average heart rate value in the interval.
+        "beatsPerMinuteMax": 3.14, # The maximum heart rate value in the interval.
+        "beatsPerMinuteMin": 3.14, # The minimum heart rate value in the interval.
+      },
+      "hydrationLog": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the hydration log data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `hydration-log` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `hydration-log` rollup type identifier.
+        "amountConsumed": { # Rollup for volume quantity. # Rollup for amount consumed.
+          "millilitersSum": 3.14, # Required. The sum of volume in milliliters.
+          "userProvidedUnitLast": "A String", # Optional. The user provided unit on the last element.
+        },
+      },
+      "runVo2Max": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's daily heart rate variability personal range. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `run-vo2-max` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `run-vo2-max` rollup type identifier.
+        "rateAvg": 3.14, # Average value of run VO2 max in the interval.
+        "rateMax": 3.14, # Maximum value of run VO2 max in the interval.
+        "rateMin": 3.14, # Minimum value of run VO2 max in the interval..
+      },
+      "sedentaryPeriod": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's sedentary periods. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `sedentary-period` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `sedentary-period` rollup type identifier.
+        "durationSum": "A String", # The total time user spent sedentary during the interval.
+      },
+      "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the window this value aggregates over
+      "steps": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the steps data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `steps` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `steps` rollup type identifier.
+        "countSum": "A String", # Total number of steps in the interval.
+      },
+      "timeInHeartRateZone": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the time in heart rate zone data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier.
+        "timeInHeartRateZones": [ # List of time spent in each heart rate zone.
+          { # Represents the total time spent in a specific heart rate zone.
+            "duration": "A String", # The total time spent in the specified heart rate zone.
+            "heartRateZone": "A String", # The heart rate zone.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "totalCalories": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the user's total calories. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `total-calories` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `total-calories` rollup type identifier.
+        "kcalSum": 3.14, # Sum of the total calories in kilocalories.
+      },
+      "weight": { # Represents the result of the rollup of the weight data type. # Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `weight` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `weight` rollup type identifier.
+        "weightGramsAvg": 3.14, # Average weight in grams.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ rollUp_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.dataTypes.html b/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.dataTypes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfb78d766b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.dataTypes.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Google Health API . users . dataTypes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ dataPoints() +

+

Returns the dataPoints Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.html b/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5274accf29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/health_v4.users.html @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ + + + +

Google Health API . users

+

Instance Methods

+

+ dataTypes() +

+

Returns the dataTypes Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIdentity(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the user's identity. It includes the legacy Fitbit user ID and the Google user ID and it can be used by migrating clients to map identifiers between the two systems.

+

+ getProfile(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns user Profile details.

+

+ getSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns user settings details.

+

+ updateProfile(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the user's profile details.

+

+ updateSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the user's settings details.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIdentity(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the user's identity. It includes the legacy Fitbit user ID and the Google user ID and it can be used by migrating clients to map identifiers between the two systems.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Identity. Format: `users/me/identity` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents details about the Google user's identity.
+  "healthUserId": "A String", # Output only. The Google User Identifier in the Google Health APIs. It matches the `{user}` resource ID segment in the resource name paths, e.g. `users/{user}/dataTypes/steps`. Valid values are strings of 1-63 characters, and valid characters are lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
+  "legacyUserId": "A String", # Output only. The legacy Fitbit User identifier. This is the Fitbit ID used in the legacy Fitbit APIs (v1-v3). It can be referenced by clients migrating from the legacy Fitbit APIs to map their existing identifiers to the new Google user ID. It **must not** be used for any other purpose. It is not of any use for new clients using only the Google Health APIs. Valid values are strings of 1-63 characters, and valid characters are lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Identity resource. Format: `users/me/identity`
+}
+
+ +
+ getProfile(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns user Profile details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Profile. Format: `users/me/profile`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Profile details.
+  "age": 42, # Optional. The age in years based on the user's birth date. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "autoRunningStrideLengthMm": 42, # Output only. The automatically calculated running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "autoWalkingStrideLengthMm": 42, # Output only. The automatically calculated walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "membershipStartDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date the user created their account. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+    "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+    "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Profile resource. Format: `users/{user}/profile` Example: `users/1234567890/profile` or `users/me/profile` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.
+  "userConfiguredRunningStrideLengthMm": 42, # Optional. The user's user configured running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "userConfiguredWalkingStrideLengthMm": 42, # Optional. The user's user configured walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+}
+
+ +
+ getSettings(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns user settings details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Settings. Format: `users/me/settings`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Settings details.
+  "autoStrideEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if the user's stride length is determined automatically. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "distanceUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "glucoseUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "heightUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "languageLocale": "A String", # Optional. The locale defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Settings resource. Format: `users/{user}/settings` Example: `users/1234567890/settings` or `users/me/settings` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.
+  "strideLengthRunningType": "A String", # Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for running. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "strideLengthWalkingType": "A String", # Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for walking. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "swimUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "temperatureUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The timezone defined in the user's account settings. This follows the IANA [Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "utcOffset": "A String", # Optional. The user's timezone offset relative to UTC. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "waterUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "weightUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateProfile(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the user's profile details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of this Profile resource. Format: `users/{user}/profile` Example: `users/1234567890/profile` or `users/me/profile` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Profile details.
+  "age": 42, # Optional. The age in years based on the user's birth date. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "autoRunningStrideLengthMm": 42, # Output only. The automatically calculated running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "autoWalkingStrideLengthMm": 42, # Output only. The automatically calculated walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "membershipStartDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date the user created their account. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+    "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+    "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Profile resource. Format: `users/{user}/profile` Example: `users/1234567890/profile` or `users/me/profile` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.
+  "userConfiguredRunningStrideLengthMm": 42, # Optional. The user's user configured running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "userConfiguredWalkingStrideLengthMm": 42, # Optional. The user's user configured walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Profile details.
+  "age": 42, # Optional. The age in years based on the user's birth date. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "autoRunningStrideLengthMm": 42, # Output only. The automatically calculated running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "autoWalkingStrideLengthMm": 42, # Output only. The automatically calculated walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "membershipStartDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date the user created their account. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+    "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+    "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Profile resource. Format: `users/{user}/profile` Example: `users/1234567890/profile` or `users/me/profile` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.
+  "userConfiguredRunningStrideLengthMm": 42, # Optional. The user's user configured running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+  "userConfiguredWalkingStrideLengthMm": 42, # Optional. The user's user configured walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`
+}
+
+ +
+ updateSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the user's settings details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of this Settings resource. Format: `users/{user}/settings` Example: `users/1234567890/settings` or `users/me/settings` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Settings details.
+  "autoStrideEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if the user's stride length is determined automatically. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "distanceUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "glucoseUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "heightUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "languageLocale": "A String", # Optional. The locale defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Settings resource. Format: `users/{user}/settings` Example: `users/1234567890/settings` or `users/me/settings` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.
+  "strideLengthRunningType": "A String", # Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for running. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "strideLengthWalkingType": "A String", # Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for walking. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "swimUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "temperatureUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The timezone defined in the user's account settings. This follows the IANA [Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "utcOffset": "A String", # Optional. The user's timezone offset relative to UTC. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "waterUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "weightUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Settings details.
+  "autoStrideEnabled": True or False, # Optional. True if the user's stride length is determined automatically. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "distanceUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "glucoseUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "heightUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "languageLocale": "A String", # Optional. The locale defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of this Settings resource. Format: `users/{user}/settings` Example: `users/1234567890/settings` or `users/me/settings` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.
+  "strideLengthRunningType": "A String", # Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for running. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "strideLengthWalkingType": "A String", # Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for walking. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "swimUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "temperatureUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The timezone defined in the user's account settings. This follows the IANA [Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "utcOffset": "A String", # Optional. The user's timezone offset relative to UTC. Updates to this field are currently not supported.
+  "waterUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+  "weightUnit": "A String", # Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html index 40fadfc7fd..be13e7c3ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 2ad4b27677..b97a04cf92 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 8a6d38258d..d94860649f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time that the cluster was originally created. - "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. Maximum of 2048 characters. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources) applied to the cluster. Labels can be used to organize clusters and to filter them in queries. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time that the cluster was originally created. - "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. Maximum of 2048 characters. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources) applied to the cluster. Labels can be used to organize clusters and to filter them in queries. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time that the cluster was originally created. - "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. Maximum of 2048 characters. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources) applied to the cluster. Labels can be used to organize clusters and to filter them in queries. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time that the cluster was originally created. - "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. Maximum of 2048 characters. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources) applied to the cluster. Labels can be used to organize clusters and to filter them in queries. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html index 1ad4790bf0..e69ed09ef5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.scimTenants.tokens.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.scimTenants.tokens.html
index 91388c4a10..fdd262f632 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.scimTenants.tokens.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.scimTenants.tokens.html
@@ -95,9 +95,6 @@ 

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gemini Enterprise only. Updates an existing WorkforcePoolProviderScimToken.

-

- undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gemini Enterprise only. Undeletes a WorkforcePoolProviderScimToken,that was deleted fewer than 30 days ago.

Method Details

close() @@ -258,32 +255,4 @@

Method Details

}
-
- undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gemini Enterprise only. Undeletes a WorkforcePoolProviderScimToken,that was deleted fewer than 30 days ago.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Gemini Enterprise only. The name of the SCIM token to undelete. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool}/providers/{provider}/scimTenants/{scim_tenant}/tokens/{token}` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Gemini Enterprise only. Request message for UndeleteWorkforcePoolProviderScimToken.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Gemini Enterprise only. Represents a token for the WorkforcePoolProviderScimTenant. Used for authenticating SCIM provisioning requests.
-  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Gemini Enterprise only. The display name of the SCIM token. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Gemini Enterprise only. The resource name of the SCIM Token. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool}/providers/ {workforce_pool_provider}/scimTenants/{scim_tenant}/tokens/{token}`
-  "securityToken": "A String", # Output only. Gemini Enterprise only. The token string. Provide this to the IdP for authentication. Will be set only during creation.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. Gemini Enterprise only. The state of the token.
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html index be17be5ca4..d245c08fe7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the providers Resource.

+

+ addAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Add an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. The total attestation rules after addition must not exceed 50.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -107,12 +110,24 @@

Instance Methods

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all non-deleted WorkloadIdentityPools in a project. If `show_deleted` is set to `true`, then deleted pools are also listed.

+

+ listAttestationRules(resource, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.

+

+ listAttestationRules_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an existing WorkloadIdentityPool.

+

+ removeAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Remove an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.

+

+ setAttestationRules(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Set all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. A maximum of 50 AttestationRules can be set.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the IAM policies on a WorkloadIdentityPool

@@ -123,6 +138,50 @@

Instance Methods

undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Undeletes a WorkloadIdentityPool, as long as it was deleted fewer than 30 days ago.

Method Details

+
+ addAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Add an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. The total attestation rules after addition must not exceed 50.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddAttestationRule.
+  "attestationRule": { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity. # Required. The attestation rule to be added.
+    "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -404,6 +463,47 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ listAttestationRules(resource, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to list attestation rules of. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A query filter. Supports the following function: * `container_ids()`: Returns only the AttestationRules under the specific container ids. The function expects a comma-delimited list with only project numbers and must use the format `projects/`. For example: `container_ids(projects/, projects/,...)`.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of AttestationRules to return. If unspecified, at most 50 AttestationRules are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are truncated to 100.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListWorkloadIdentityPoolProviderKeys` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAttestationRules.
+  "attestationRules": [ # A list of AttestationRules.
+    { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity.
+      "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Optional. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ listAttestationRules_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
list_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -493,6 +593,96 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ removeAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Remove an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to remove an attestation rule from. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for RemoveAttestationRule.
+  "attestationRule": { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity. # Required. The attestation rule to be removed.
+    "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ setAttestationRules(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Set all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. A maximum of 50 AttestationRules can be set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetAttestationRules.
+  "attestationRules": [ # Required. The attestation rules to be set. At most 50 attestation rules can be set.
+    { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity.
+      "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the IAM policies on a WorkloadIdentityPool
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html
index 8d01158890..1106219bb2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns the trust boundary info for a given workforce pool.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of workforce pool. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of workforce pool. Format: `locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
index daeae9a911..e05838a6ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns the trust boundary info for a given workload identity pool.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of workload identity pool. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of workload identity pool. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
index ced1bad9f1..42b3031c56 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns the trust boundary info for a given service account.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of service account. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of service account. Format: `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_email}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
index 8837a57ba2..3c5ebc9e24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
@@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. - "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID - "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow. This allows for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID. + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret SHA256 paired with client ID. "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", @@ -386,9 +386,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. - "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID - "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow. This allows for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID. + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret SHA256 paired with client ID. "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", @@ -504,9 +504,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. - "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID - "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow. This allows for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID. + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret SHA256 paired with client ID. "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html index 2ab9e6a97a..a5a6585013 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

createAuthUri(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

If an email identifier is specified, checks and returns if any user account is registered with the email. If there is a registered account, fetches all providers associated with the account's email. If the provider ID of an Identity Provider (IdP) is specified, creates an authorization URI for the IdP. The user can be directed to this URI to sign in with the IdP. An [API key](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/api-keys) is required in the request in order to identify the Google Cloud project.

+

If an email identifier is specified, checks and returns if any user account is registered with the email. If there is a registered account, fetches all providers associated with the account's email. If [email enumeration protection](https://cloud.google.com/identity-platform/docs/admin/email-enumeration-protection) is enabled, this method returns an empty list. If the provider ID of an Identity Provider (IdP) is specified, creates an authorization URI for the IdP. The user can be directed to this URI to sign in with the IdP. An [API key](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/api-keys) is required in the request in order to identify the Google Cloud project.

delete(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a user's account.

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Method Details

createAuthUri(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
If an email identifier is specified, checks and returns if any user account is registered with the email. If there is a registered account, fetches all providers associated with the account's email. If the provider ID of an Identity Provider (IdP) is specified, creates an authorization URI for the IdP. The user can be directed to this URI to sign in with the IdP. An [API key](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/api-keys) is required in the request in order to identify the Google Cloud project.
+  
If an email identifier is specified, checks and returns if any user account is registered with the email. If there is a registered account, fetches all providers associated with the account's email. If [email enumeration protection](https://cloud.google.com/identity-platform/docs/admin/email-enumeration-protection) is enabled, this method returns an empty list. If the provider ID of an Identity Provider (IdP) is specified, creates an authorization URI for the IdP. The user can be directed to this URI to sign in with the IdP. An [API key](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/api-keys) is required in the request in order to identify the Google Cloud project.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ 

Method Details

"playIntegrityToken": "A String", # Android only. Used to assert application identity in place of a recaptcha token (and safety_net_token). At least one of (`ios_receipt` and `ios_secret`), `recaptcha_token`, , or `play_integrity_token` must be specified to verify the verification code is being sent on behalf of a real app and not an emulator, if 'captcha_response' is not used (reCAPTCHA enterprise is not enabled). A Play Integrity Token can be generated via the [PlayIntegrity API](https://developer.android.com/google/play/integrity) with applying SHA256 to the `phone_number` field as the nonce. "recaptchaToken": "A String", # Recaptcha token for app verification. At least one of (`ios_receipt` and `ios_secret`), `recaptcha_token`, or `play_integrity_token` must be specified to verify the verification code is being sent on behalf of a real app and not an emulator, if 'captcha_response' is not used (reCAPTCHA enterprise is not enabled). The recaptcha should be generated by calling getRecaptchaParams and the recaptcha token will be generated on user completion of the recaptcha challenge. "recaptchaVersion": "A String", # Optional. The reCAPTCHA version of the reCAPTCHA token in the captcha_response. Required when reCAPTCHA Enterprise is enabled. - "safetyNetToken": "A String", # Android only. Safety Net has been deprecated. Please use play_integrity_token instead. + "safetyNetToken": "A String", # Android only. Safety Net has been deprecated. Use play_integrity_token instead. "tenantId": "A String", # Tenant ID of the Identity Platform tenant the user is signing in to. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html index 8678400da8..83f90da8a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index e31b75d7b5..1ea4fc0d39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -50,6 +50,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/advisorynotifications_v1.html)
 
 
+## agentregistry
+* [v1alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.html)
+
+
 ## aiplatform
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html)
 * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html)
@@ -739,6 +743,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/groupssettings_v1.html)
 
 
+## health
+* [v4](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/health_v4.html)
+
+
 ## healthcare
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.html)
 * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.html)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html
index 15fc33cca9..a6447fa00f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index e0a3f88abe..308f80c1d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Copies a set of log entries from a log bucket to a Cloud Storage bucket.

list(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Exporting Logs (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/export).

+

Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Routing overview (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/overview).

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -143,14 +143,14 @@

Method Details

list(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Exporting Logs (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/export).
+  
Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Routing overview (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/overview).
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The parameters to ListLogEntries.
-  "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://{$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.To make queries faster, you can make the filter more selective by using restrictions on indexed fields (https://{$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language#indexed-fields) as well as limit the time range of the query by adding range restrictions on the timestamp field.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.To make queries faster, you can make the filter more selective by using restrictions on indexed fields (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language#indexed-fields) as well as limit the time range of the query by adding range restrictions on the timestamp field.
   "orderBy": "A String", # Optional. How the results should be sorted. Presently, the only permitted values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first option returns entries in order of increasing values of LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first). Entries with equal timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values.We recommend setting the order_by field to "timestamp desc" when listing recently ingested log entries. If not set, the default value of "timestamp asc" may take a long time to fetch matching logs that are only recently ingested.
   "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Default is 50. If the value is negative, the request is rejected.The presence of next_page_token in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. page_token must be the value of next_page_token from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
@@ -268,6 +268,9 @@ 

Method Details

"last": True or False, # Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation. "producer": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of id and producer must be globally unique. Examples for producer: "MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication". }, + "otel": { # Optional. The structured OpenTelemetry protocol payload. Contains the OpenTelemetry Resource, Instrumentation Scope, and Entities attributes for this log as they are defined in the OTLP specification, and any other fields that do not have a direct analog in the LogEntry. See https://opentelemetry.io/docs/specs/otel/logs/data-model/ + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "protoPayload": { # The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer. Some Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log entry payloads.The following protocol buffer types are supported; user-defined types are not supported:"type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.audit.AuditLog" "type.googleapis.com/google.appengine.logging.v1.RequestLog" "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, @@ -324,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The parameters to TailLogEntries. "bufferWindow": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time to buffer log entries at the server before being returned to prevent out of order results due to late arriving log entries. Valid values are between 0-60000 milliseconds. Defaults to 2000 milliseconds. - "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://{$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters. + "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters. "resourceNames": [ # Required. Name of a parent resource from which to retrieve log entries: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]May alternatively be one or more views: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] "A String", ], @@ -436,6 +439,9 @@

Method Details

"last": True or False, # Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation. "producer": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of id and producer must be globally unique. Examples for producer: "MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication". }, + "otel": { # Optional. The structured OpenTelemetry protocol payload. Contains the OpenTelemetry Resource, Instrumentation Scope, and Entities attributes for this log as they are defined in the OTLP specification, and any other fields that do not have a direct analog in the LogEntry. See https://opentelemetry.io/docs/specs/otel/logs/data-model/ + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "protoPayload": { # The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer. Some Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log entry payloads.The following protocol buffer types are supported; user-defined types are not supported:"type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.audit.AuditLog" "type.googleapis.com/google.appengine.logging.v1.RequestLog" "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, @@ -483,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The parameters to WriteLogEntries. "dryRun": True or False, # Optional. If true, the request should expect normal response, but the entries won't be persisted nor exported. Useful for checking whether the logging API endpoints are working properly before sending valuable data. - "entries": [ # Required. The log entries to send to Logging. The order of log entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method's log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding fields. For more information, see the LogEntry type.If the timestamp or insert_id fields are missing in log entries, then this method supplies the current time or a unique identifier, respectively. The supplied values are chosen so that, among the log entries that did not supply their own values, the entries earlier in the list will sort before the entries later in the list. See the entries.list method.Log entries with timestamps that are more than the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) in the past or more than 24 hours in the future will not be available when calling entries.list. However, those log entries can still be exported with LogSinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).To improve throughput and to avoid exceeding the quota limit (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) for calls to entries.write, you should try to include several log entries in this list, rather than calling this method for each individual log entry. + "entries": [ # Required. The log entries to send to Logging. The order of log entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method's log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding fields. For more information, see the LogEntry type.If the timestamp or insert_id fields are missing in log entries, then this method supplies the current time or a unique identifier, respectively. The supplied values are chosen so that, among the log entries that did not supply their own values, the entries earlier in the list will sort before the entries later in the list. See the entries.list method.Log entries with timestamps that are more than the logs retention period (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) in the past or more than 24 hours in the future will not be available when calling entries.list. However, those log entries can still be exported with LogSinks (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/overview).To improve throughput and to avoid exceeding the quota limit (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) for calls to entries.write, you should try to include several log entries in this list, rather than calling this method for each individual log entry. { # An individual entry in a log. "apphub": { # Metadata associated with App Hub. # Output only. AppHub application metadata associated with this LogEntry. May be empty if there is no associated AppHub application or multiple associated applications (such as for VPC flow logs) "application": { # Resource identifiers associated with an AppHub application AppHub resources are of the form projects//locations//applications/ projects//locations//applications//services/ projects//locations//applications//workloads/ These resources can be reconstructed from the components below. # Metadata associated with the application. @@ -580,6 +586,9 @@

Method Details

"last": True or False, # Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation. "producer": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of id and producer must be globally unique. Examples for producer: "MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication". }, + "otel": { # Optional. The structured OpenTelemetry protocol payload. Contains the OpenTelemetry Resource, Instrumentation Scope, and Entities attributes for this log as they are defined in the OTLP specification, and any other fields that do not have a direct analog in the LogEntry. See https://opentelemetry.io/docs/specs/otel/logs/data-model/ + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "protoPayload": { # The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer. Some Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log entry payloads.The following protocol buffer types are supported; user-defined types are not supported:"type.googleapis.com/google.cloud.audit.AuditLog" "type.googleapis.com/google.appengine.logging.v1.RequestLog" "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html index e380057b4b..5912719270 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html
index 6d2e368e80..cb4421e7b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html
index 10d468f802..6a49dd8795 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html
index d623c0e745..1f43b9c7b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html
index 24ab143355..e2b07ec6ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 3f07e3821d..1e8950737d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "catalogIntegrationOptOut": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is disabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -176,6 +177,16 @@

Method Details

}, "fipsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether FIPS is enabled on the Looker instance. "geminiEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether Gemini feature is enabled on the Looker instance or not. + "ingressIpAllowlistConfig": { # Ingress IP allowlist configuration. # Optional. Ingress IP allowlist configuration for the Looker instance. + "allowlistRules": [ # Optional. List of IP range rules to allow ingress traffic. + { # Ingress IP allowlist rule. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for the IP range. + "ipRange": "A String", # Optional. The IP range to allow ingress traffic from. + }, + ], + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether ingress IP allowlist functionality is enabled on the Looker instance. + "googleServicesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether google service connections are enabled for the instance. + }, "ingressPrivateIp": "A String", # Output only. Private Ingress IP (IPv4). "ingressPublicIp": "A String", # Output only. Public Ingress IP (IPv4). "lastDenyMaintenancePeriod": { # Specifies the maintenance denial period. # Output only. Last computed maintenance denial period for this instance. @@ -392,6 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "catalogIntegrationOptOut": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is disabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -435,6 +447,16 @@

Method Details

}, "fipsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether FIPS is enabled on the Looker instance. "geminiEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether Gemini feature is enabled on the Looker instance or not. + "ingressIpAllowlistConfig": { # Ingress IP allowlist configuration. # Optional. Ingress IP allowlist configuration for the Looker instance. + "allowlistRules": [ # Optional. List of IP range rules to allow ingress traffic. + { # Ingress IP allowlist rule. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for the IP range. + "ipRange": "A String", # Optional. The IP range to allow ingress traffic from. + }, + ], + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether ingress IP allowlist functionality is enabled on the Looker instance. + "googleServicesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether google service connections are enabled for the instance. + }, "ingressPrivateIp": "A String", # Output only. Private Ingress IP (IPv4). "ingressPublicIp": "A String", # Output only. Public Ingress IP (IPv4). "lastDenyMaintenancePeriod": { # Specifies the maintenance denial period. # Output only. Last computed maintenance denial period for this instance. @@ -587,6 +609,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "catalogIntegrationOptOut": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is disabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -630,6 +653,16 @@

Method Details

}, "fipsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether FIPS is enabled on the Looker instance. "geminiEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether Gemini feature is enabled on the Looker instance or not. + "ingressIpAllowlistConfig": { # Ingress IP allowlist configuration. # Optional. Ingress IP allowlist configuration for the Looker instance. + "allowlistRules": [ # Optional. List of IP range rules to allow ingress traffic. + { # Ingress IP allowlist rule. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for the IP range. + "ipRange": "A String", # Optional. The IP range to allow ingress traffic from. + }, + ], + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether ingress IP allowlist functionality is enabled on the Looker instance. + "googleServicesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether google service connections are enabled for the instance. + }, "ingressPrivateIp": "A String", # Output only. Private Ingress IP (IPv4). "ingressPublicIp": "A String", # Output only. Public Ingress IP (IPv4). "lastDenyMaintenancePeriod": { # Specifies the maintenance denial period. # Output only. Last computed maintenance denial period for this instance. @@ -751,6 +784,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "catalogIntegrationOptOut": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is disabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -794,6 +828,16 @@

Method Details

}, "fipsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether FIPS is enabled on the Looker instance. "geminiEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether Gemini feature is enabled on the Looker instance or not. + "ingressIpAllowlistConfig": { # Ingress IP allowlist configuration. # Optional. Ingress IP allowlist configuration for the Looker instance. + "allowlistRules": [ # Optional. List of IP range rules to allow ingress traffic. + { # Ingress IP allowlist rule. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for the IP range. + "ipRange": "A String", # Optional. The IP range to allow ingress traffic from. + }, + ], + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether ingress IP allowlist functionality is enabled on the Looker instance. + "googleServicesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether google service connections are enabled for the instance. + }, "ingressPrivateIp": "A String", # Output only. Private Ingress IP (IPv4). "ingressPublicIp": "A String", # Output only. Public Ingress IP (IPv4). "lastDenyMaintenancePeriod": { # Specifies the maintenance denial period. # Output only. Last computed maintenance denial period for this instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html index ee759d2a82..e7bb70ed39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.html b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.html
index 6184a5b665..520b7a4863 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.html
@@ -84,6 +84,11 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the recordings Resource.

+

+ smartNotes() +

+

Returns the smartNotes Resource.

+

transcripts()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.smartNotes.html b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.smartNotes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86a2e9085a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.conferenceRecords.smartNotes.html @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ + + + +

Google Meet API . conferenceRecords . smartNotes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets smart notes by smart note ID.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the set of smart notes from the conference record. By default, ordered by start time and in ascending order.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets smart notes by smart note ID.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the smart note. Format: conferenceRecords/{conference_record}/smartNotes/{smart_note} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Metadata for a smart note generated from a conference. It refers to the notes generated from Take Notes with Gemini during the conference.
+  "docsDestination": { # Google Docs location where the transcript file is saved. # Output only. The Google Doc destination where the smart notes are saved.
+    "document": "A String", # Output only. The document ID for the underlying Google Docs transcript file. For example, "1kuceFZohVoCh6FulBHxwy6I15Ogpc4hP". Use the `documents.get` method of the Google Docs API (https://developers.google.com/docs/api/reference/rest/v1/documents/get) to fetch the content.
+    "exportUri": "A String", # Output only. URI for the Google Docs transcript file. Use `https://docs.google.com/document/d/{$DocumentId}/view` to browse the transcript in the browser.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the smart notes stopped.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the smart notes. Format: `conferenceRecords/{conference_record}/smartNotes/{smart_note}`, where `{smart_note}` is a 1:1 mapping to each unique smart notes session of the conference.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the smart notes started.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the set of smart notes from the conference record. By default, ordered by start time and in ascending order.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Format: `conferenceRecords/{conference_record}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of smart notes to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 smart notes are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are coerced to 100. Maximum might change in the future.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token returned from previous List Call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListSmartNotes method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to be circulated back for further List call if current List doesn't include all the smart notes. Unset if all smart notes are returned.
+  "smartNotes": [ # List of smart notes in one page.
+    { # Metadata for a smart note generated from a conference. It refers to the notes generated from Take Notes with Gemini during the conference.
+      "docsDestination": { # Google Docs location where the transcript file is saved. # Output only. The Google Doc destination where the smart notes are saved.
+        "document": "A String", # Output only. The document ID for the underlying Google Docs transcript file. For example, "1kuceFZohVoCh6FulBHxwy6I15Ogpc4hP". Use the `documents.get` method of the Google Docs API (https://developers.google.com/docs/api/reference/rest/v1/documents/get) to fetch the content.
+        "exportUri": "A String", # Output only. URI for the Google Docs transcript file. Use `https://docs.google.com/document/d/{$DocumentId}/view` to browse the transcript in the browser.
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the smart notes stopped.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the smart notes. Format: `conferenceRecords/{conference_record}/smartNotes/{smart_note}`, where `{smart_note}` is a 1:1 mapping to each unique smart notes session of the conference.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the smart notes started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html index 479ebff591..2757e5219d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html @@ -130,9 +130,23 @@

Method Details

"reactionRestriction": "A String", # Defines who has permission to send reactions in the meeting space. }, }, + "gatewaySipAccess": [ # Output only. The SIP based access methods that can be used to join the conference. Can be empty. + { # Details how to join the conference via a SIP gateway. + "sipAccessCode": "A String", # Permanent numeric code for manual entry on specially configured devices. + "uri": "A String", # The SIP URI the conference can be reached through. The string is on one of the formats: "sip:@" "sips:@" where currently is the 13-digit universal pin, and is a valid address to be resolved using a DNS SRV lookup, or a dotted quad. + }, + ], "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "phoneAccess": [ # Output only. All regional phone access methods for this meeting space. Can be empty. + { # Phone access contains information required to dial into a conference using a regional phone number and a PIN that is specific to that phone number. + "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP 47/LDML language code for the language associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n LanguageCode utility. Examples: "es-419" for Latin American Spanish, "fr-CA" for Canadian French. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number to dial for this meeting space in E.164 format. Full phone number with a leading '+' character. + "pin": "A String", # The PIN that users must enter after dialing the given number. The PIN consists of only decimal digits and the length may vary. + "regionCode": "A String", # The CLDR/ISO 3166 region code for the country associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n RegionCode utility. Example: "SE" for Sweden. + }, + ], } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -170,9 +184,23 @@

Method Details

"reactionRestriction": "A String", # Defines who has permission to send reactions in the meeting space. }, }, + "gatewaySipAccess": [ # Output only. The SIP based access methods that can be used to join the conference. Can be empty. + { # Details how to join the conference via a SIP gateway. + "sipAccessCode": "A String", # Permanent numeric code for manual entry on specially configured devices. + "uri": "A String", # The SIP URI the conference can be reached through. The string is on one of the formats: "sip:@" "sips:@" where currently is the 13-digit universal pin, and is a valid address to be resolved using a DNS SRV lookup, or a dotted quad. + }, + ], "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "phoneAccess": [ # Output only. All regional phone access methods for this meeting space. Can be empty. + { # Phone access contains information required to dial into a conference using a regional phone number and a PIN that is specific to that phone number. + "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP 47/LDML language code for the language associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n LanguageCode utility. Examples: "es-419" for Latin American Spanish, "fr-CA" for Canadian French. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number to dial for this meeting space in E.164 format. Full phone number with a leading '+' character. + "pin": "A String", # The PIN that users must enter after dialing the given number. The PIN consists of only decimal digits and the length may vary. + "regionCode": "A String", # The CLDR/ISO 3166 region code for the country associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n RegionCode utility. Example: "SE" for Sweden. + }, + ], }
@@ -241,9 +269,23 @@

Method Details

"reactionRestriction": "A String", # Defines who has permission to send reactions in the meeting space. }, }, + "gatewaySipAccess": [ # Output only. The SIP based access methods that can be used to join the conference. Can be empty. + { # Details how to join the conference via a SIP gateway. + "sipAccessCode": "A String", # Permanent numeric code for manual entry on specially configured devices. + "uri": "A String", # The SIP URI the conference can be reached through. The string is on one of the formats: "sip:@" "sips:@" where currently is the 13-digit universal pin, and is a valid address to be resolved using a DNS SRV lookup, or a dotted quad. + }, + ], "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "phoneAccess": [ # Output only. All regional phone access methods for this meeting space. Can be empty. + { # Phone access contains information required to dial into a conference using a regional phone number and a PIN that is specific to that phone number. + "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP 47/LDML language code for the language associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n LanguageCode utility. Examples: "es-419" for Latin American Spanish, "fr-CA" for Canadian French. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number to dial for this meeting space in E.164 format. Full phone number with a leading '+' character. + "pin": "A String", # The PIN that users must enter after dialing the given number. The PIN consists of only decimal digits and the length may vary. + "regionCode": "A String", # The CLDR/ISO 3166 region code for the country associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n RegionCode utility. Example: "SE" for Sweden. + }, + ], }
@@ -283,9 +325,23 @@

Method Details

"reactionRestriction": "A String", # Defines who has permission to send reactions in the meeting space. }, }, + "gatewaySipAccess": [ # Output only. The SIP based access methods that can be used to join the conference. Can be empty. + { # Details how to join the conference via a SIP gateway. + "sipAccessCode": "A String", # Permanent numeric code for manual entry on specially configured devices. + "uri": "A String", # The SIP URI the conference can be reached through. The string is on one of the formats: "sip:@" "sips:@" where currently is the 13-digit universal pin, and is a valid address to be resolved using a DNS SRV lookup, or a dotted quad. + }, + ], "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "phoneAccess": [ # Output only. All regional phone access methods for this meeting space. Can be empty. + { # Phone access contains information required to dial into a conference using a regional phone number and a PIN that is specific to that phone number. + "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP 47/LDML language code for the language associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n LanguageCode utility. Examples: "es-419" for Latin American Spanish, "fr-CA" for Canadian French. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number to dial for this meeting space in E.164 format. Full phone number with a leading '+' character. + "pin": "A String", # The PIN that users must enter after dialing the given number. The PIN consists of only decimal digits and the length may vary. + "regionCode": "A String", # The CLDR/ISO 3166 region code for the country associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n RegionCode utility. Example: "SE" for Sweden. + }, + ], } updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask used to specify the fields to be updated in the space. If update_mask isn't provided(not set, set with empty paths, or only has "" as paths), it defaults to update all fields provided with values in the request. Using "*" as update_mask will update all fields, including deleting fields not set in the request. @@ -324,9 +380,23 @@

Method Details

"reactionRestriction": "A String", # Defines who has permission to send reactions in the meeting space. }, }, + "gatewaySipAccess": [ # Output only. The SIP based access methods that can be used to join the conference. Can be empty. + { # Details how to join the conference via a SIP gateway. + "sipAccessCode": "A String", # Permanent numeric code for manual entry on specially configured devices. + "uri": "A String", # The SIP URI the conference can be reached through. The string is on one of the formats: "sip:@" "sips:@" where currently is the 13-digit universal pin, and is a valid address to be resolved using a DNS SRV lookup, or a dotted quad. + }, + ], "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "phoneAccess": [ # Output only. All regional phone access methods for this meeting space. Can be empty. + { # Phone access contains information required to dial into a conference using a regional phone number and a PIN that is specific to that phone number. + "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP 47/LDML language code for the language associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n LanguageCode utility. Examples: "es-419" for Latin American Spanish, "fr-CA" for Canadian French. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number to dial for this meeting space in E.164 format. Full phone number with a leading '+' character. + "pin": "A String", # The PIN that users must enter after dialing the given number. The PIN consists of only decimal digits and the length may vary. + "regionCode": "A String", # The CLDR/ISO 3166 region code for the country associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n RegionCode utility. Example: "SE" for Sweden. + }, + ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.developerRegistration.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.developerRegistration.html index 6fc729e756..b3d0a3303e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.developerRegistration.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.developerRegistration.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"gcpIds": [ # Output only. The GCP ids attached to this developer registration "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated by the Content API upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. }
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

"gcpIds": [ # Output only. The GCP ids attached to this developer registration "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated by the Content API upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html index ce9f563869..fcb3027a1d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html @@ -170,6 +170,9 @@

Instance Methods

createAndConfigure(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a Merchant Center account with additional configuration. Adds the user that makes the request as an admin for the new account.

+

+ createTestAccount(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Merchant Center test account. Test accounts are intended for development and testing purposes, such as validating API integrations or new feature behavior. Key characteristics and limitations of test accounts: - Immutable Type: A test account cannot be converted into a regular (live) Merchant Center account. Likewise, a regular account cannot be converted into a test account. - Non-Serving Products: Any products, offers, or data created within a test account will not be published or made visible to end-users on any Google surfaces. They are strictly for testing environments. - Separate Environment: Test accounts operate in a sandbox-like manner, isolated from live serving and real user traffic.

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified account regardless of its type: standalone, advanced account or sub-account. Deleting an advanced account leads to the deletion of all of its sub-accounts. This also deletes the account's [developer registration entity](/merchant/api/reference/rest/accounts_v1/accounts.developerRegistration) and any associated GCP project to the account. Executing this method requires admin access. The deletion succeeds only if the account does not provide services to any other account and has no processed offers. You can use the `force` parameter to override this.

@@ -279,6 +282,50 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ createTestAccount(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Merchant Center test account. Test accounts are intended for development and testing purposes, such as validating API integrations or new feature behavior. Key characteristics and limitations of test accounts: - Immutable Type: A test account cannot be converted into a regular (live) Merchant Center account. Likewise, a regular account cannot be converted into a test account. - Non-Serving Products: Any products, offers, or data created within a test account will not be published or made visible to end-users on any Google surfaces. They are strictly for testing environments. - Separate Environment: Test accounts operate in a sandbox-like manner, isolated from live serving and real user traffic.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account resource name to create the test account under. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on.
+  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account.
+  "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.
+  "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
+  "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
+  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty. The `version` field is not supported, won't be set in responses and will be silently ignored if specified in requests.
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on.
+  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account.
+  "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.
+  "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
+  "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
+  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty. The `version` field is not supported, won't be set in responses and will be silently ignored if specified in requests.
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
+  },
+}
+
+
delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes the specified account regardless of its type: standalone, advanced account or sub-account. Deleting an advanced account leads to the deletion of all of its sub-accounts. This also deletes the account's [developer registration entity](/merchant/api/reference/rest/accounts_v1/accounts.developerRegistration) and any associated GCP project to the account. Executing this method requires admin access. The deletion succeeds only if the account does not provide services to any other account and has no processed offers. You can use the `force` parameter to override this.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.developerRegistration.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.developerRegistration.html
index 4c91ff2719..7b7b7f4ffc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.developerRegistration.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.developerRegistration.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ 

Method Details

"gcpIds": [ # Output only. The GCP ids attached to this developer registration "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated by the Content API upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. }
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

"gcpIds": [ # Output only. The GCP ids attached to this developer registration "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated by the Content API upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html index 7dd9b00037..e68ea836ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -170,6 +170,9 @@

Instance Methods

createAndConfigure(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a Merchant Center account with additional configuration. Adds the user that makes the request as an admin for the new account.

+

+ createTestAccount(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Merchant Center test account. Test accounts are intended for development and testing purposes, such as validating API integrations or new feature behavior. Key characteristics and limitations of test accounts: - Immutable Type: A test account cannot be converted into a regular (live) Merchant Center account. Likewise, a regular account cannot be converted into a test account. - Non-Serving Products: Any products, offers, or data created within a test account will not be published or made visible to end-users on any Google surfaces. They are strictly for testing environments. - Separate Environment: Test accounts operate in a sandbox-like manner, isolated from live serving and real user traffic.

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified account regardless of its type: standalone, advanced account or sub-account. Deleting an advanced account leads to the deletion of all of its sub-accounts. This also deletes the account's [developer registration entity](/merchant/api/reference/rest/accounts_v1beta/accounts.developerRegistration) and any associated GCP project to the account. Executing this method requires admin access. The deletion succeeds only if the account does not provide services to any other account and has no processed offers. You can use the `force` parameter to override this.

@@ -292,6 +295,50 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ createTestAccount(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Merchant Center test account. Test accounts are intended for development and testing purposes, such as validating API integrations or new feature behavior. Key characteristics and limitations of test accounts: - Immutable Type: A test account cannot be converted into a regular (live) Merchant Center account. Likewise, a regular account cannot be converted into a test account. - Non-Serving Products: Any products, offers, or data created within a test account will not be published or made visible to end-users on any Google surfaces. They are strictly for testing environments. - Separate Environment: Test accounts operate in a sandbox-like manner, isolated from live serving and real user traffic.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account resource name to create the test account under. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on.
+  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account.
+  "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.
+  "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
+  "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
+  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty. The `version` field is not supported, won't be set in responses and will be silently ignored if specified in requests.
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on.
+  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account.
+  "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.
+  "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
+  "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
+  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty. The `version` field is not supported, won't be set in responses and will be silently ignored if specified in requests.
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
+  },
+}
+
+
delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes the specified account regardless of its type: standalone, advanced account or sub-account. Deleting an advanced account leads to the deletion of all of its sub-accounts. This also deletes the account's [developer registration entity](/merchant/api/reference/rest/accounts_v1beta/accounts.developerRegistration) and any associated GCP project to the account. Executing this method requires admin access. The deletion succeeds only if the account does not provide services to any other account and has no processed offers. You can use the `force` parameter to override this.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.localInventories.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.localInventories.html
index f7b8c1e4d4..0e64deb65f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.localInventories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.localInventories.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes the specified `LocalInventory` from the given product in your merchant account. It might take a up to an hour for the `LocalInventory` to be deleted from the specific product. Once you have received a successful delete response, wait for that period before attempting a delete again.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Method Details

Inserts a `LocalInventory` resource to a product in your merchant account. Replaces the full `LocalInventory` resource if an entry with the same `storeCode` already exists for the product. It might take up to 30 minutes for the new or updated `LocalInventory` resource to appear in products.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

"startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start. }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Store code (the store ID from your Business Profile) of the physical store the product is sold in. See the [Local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) for more information. } @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

"startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start. }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Store code (the store ID from your Business Profile) of the physical store the product is sold in. See the [Local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) for more information. }
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the `LocalInventory` resources for the given product in your merchant account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by `pageSize`. If `pageToken` was returned in previous request, it can be used to obtain additional results. `LocalInventory` resources are listed per product for a given account.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of `LocalInventory` resources for the given product to return. The service returns fewer than this value if the number of inventories for the given product is less that than the `pageSize`. The default value is 25000. The maximum value is 25000; If a value higher than the maximum is specified, then the `pageSize` will default to the maximum
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListLocalInventories` call. Provide the page token to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListLocalInventories` must match the call that provided the page token. The token returned as nextPageToken in the response to the previous request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ 

Method Details

"startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start. }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Store code (the store ID from your Business Profile) of the physical store the product is sold in. See the [Local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) for more information. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html index d220faeae7..0951e5438f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes the specified `RegionalInventory` resource from the given product in your merchant account. It might take up to an hour for the `RegionalInventory` to be deleted from the specific product. Once you have received a successful delete response, wait for that period before attempting a delete again.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ 

Method Details

Inserts a `RegionalInventory` to a given product in your merchant account. Replaces the full `RegionalInventory` resource if an entry with the same `region` already exists for the product. It might take up to 30 minutes for the new or updated `RegionalInventory` resource to appear in products.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Regional inventory information for the product. Represents specific information like price and availability for a given product in a specific `region`. For a list of all accepted attribute values, see the [regional product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9698880).
   "account": "A String", # Output only. The account that owns the product. This field will be ignored if set by the client.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.
   "region": "A String", # Required. Immutable. ID of the region for this `RegionalInventory` resource. See the [Regional availability and pricing](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9698880) for more details.
   "regionalInventoryAttributes": { # Regional inventory attributes. # Optional. A list of regional inventory attributes.
     "availability": "A String", # Optional. [Availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/14644124) of the product in this region.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Regional inventory information for the product. Represents specific information like price and availability for a given product in a specific `region`. For a list of all accepted attribute values, see the [regional product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9698880). "account": "A String", # Output only. The account that owns the product. This field will be ignored if set by the client. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "region": "A String", # Required. Immutable. ID of the region for this `RegionalInventory` resource. See the [Regional availability and pricing](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9698880) for more details. "regionalInventoryAttributes": { # Regional inventory attributes. # Optional. A list of regional inventory attributes. "availability": "A String", # Optional. [Availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/14644124) of the product in this region. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the `RegionalInventory` resources for the given product in your merchant account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by `pageSize`. If `pageToken` was returned in previous request, it can be used to obtain additional results. `RegionalInventory` resources are listed per product for a given account.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of `RegionalInventory` resources for the given product to return. The service returns fewer than this value if the number of inventories for the given product is less that than the `pageSize`. The default value is 25000. The maximum value is 100000; If a value higher than the maximum is specified, then the `pageSize` will default to the maximum.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListRegionalInventories` call. Provide the page token to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListRegionalInventories` must match the call that provided the page token. The token returned as nextPageToken in the response to the previous request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ 

Method Details

"regionalInventories": [ # The `RegionalInventory` resources for the given product from the specified account. { # Regional inventory information for the product. Represents specific information like price and availability for a given product in a specific `region`. For a list of all accepted attribute values, see the [regional product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9698880). "account": "A String", # Output only. The account that owns the product. This field will be ignored if set by the client. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "region": "A String", # Required. Immutable. ID of the region for this `RegionalInventory` resource. See the [Regional availability and pricing](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9698880) for more details. "regionalInventoryAttributes": { # Regional inventory attributes. # Optional. A list of regional inventory attributes. "availability": "A String", # Optional. [Availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/14644124) of the product in this region. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.localInventories.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.localInventories.html index 6c4a94e433..0b4927309f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.localInventories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.localInventories.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes the specified `LocalInventory` from the given product in your merchant account. It might take a up to an hour for the `LocalInventory` to be deleted from the specific product. Once you have received a successful delete response, wait for that period before attempting a delete again.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Method Details

Inserts a `LocalInventory` resource to a product in your merchant account. Replaces the full `LocalInventory` resource if an entry with the same `storeCode` already exists for the product. It might take up to 30 minutes for the new or updated `LocalInventory` resource to appear in products.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # Location of the product inside the store. Maximum length is 20 bytes. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "pickupMethod": "A String", # Supported pickup method for this product. Unless the value is `"not supported"`, this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the [local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) "pickupSla": "A String", # Relative time period from the order date for an order for this product, from this store, to be ready for pickup. Must be submitted with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the [local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Price of the product at this store. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # Location of the product inside the store. Maximum length is 20 bytes. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "pickupMethod": "A String", # Supported pickup method for this product. Unless the value is `"not supported"`, this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the [local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) "pickupSla": "A String", # Relative time period from the order date for an order for this product, from this store, to be ready for pickup. Must be submitted with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the [local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Price of the product at this store. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the `LocalInventory` resources for the given product in your merchant account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by `pageSize`. If `pageToken` was returned in previous request, it can be used to obtain additional results. `LocalInventory` resources are listed per product for a given account.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of `LocalInventory` resources for the given product to return. The service returns fewer than this value if the number of inventories for the given product is less that than the `pageSize`. The default value is 25000. The maximum value is 25000; If a value higher than the maximum is specified, then the `pageSize` will default to the maximum
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListLocalInventories` call. Provide the page token to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListLocalInventories` must match the call that provided the page token. The token returned as nextPageToken in the response to the previous request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # Location of the product inside the store. Maximum length is 20 bytes. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` "store123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` "store123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "pickupMethod": "A String", # Supported pickup method for this product. Unless the value is `"not supported"`, this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the [local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) "pickupSla": "A String", # Relative time period from the order date for an order for this product, from this store, to be ready for pickup. Must be submitted with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the [local product inventory data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3061342) "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Price of the product at this store. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html index 512274bb78..3c9f493fff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_inventories_v1beta.accounts.products.regionalInventories.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes the specified `RegionalInventory` resource from the given product in your merchant account. It might take up to an hour for the `RegionalInventory` to be deleted from the specific product. Once you have received a successful delete response, wait for that period before attempting a delete again.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Method Details

Inserts a `RegionalInventory` to a given product in your merchant account. Replaces the full `RegionalInventory` resource if an entry with the same `region` already exists for the product. It might take up to 30 minutes for the new or updated `RegionalInventory` resource to appear in products.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ 

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Price of the product in this region. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Price of the product in this region. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the `RegionalInventory` resources for the given product in your merchant account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by `pageSize`. If `pageToken` was returned in previous request, it can be used to obtain additional results. `RegionalInventory` resources are listed per product for a given account.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of `RegionalInventory` resources for the given product to return. The service returns fewer than this value if the number of inventories for the given product is less that than the `pageSize`. The default value is 25000. The maximum value is 100000; If a value higher than the maximum is specified, then the `pageSize` will default to the maximum.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListRegionalInventories` call. Provide the page token to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListRegionalInventories` must match the call that provided the page token. The token returned as nextPageToken in the response to the previous request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ 

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` "region123" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` "region123", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "price": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Price of the product in this region. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1.issueresolution.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1.issueresolution.html index 84338dfc67..8c780932a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1.issueresolution.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1.issueresolution.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

Provide a list of issues for business's product with an issue resolution content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1beta.issueresolution.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1beta.issueresolution.html
index 1a7ffad31c..faffcb26b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1beta.issueresolution.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_issueresolution_v1beta.issueresolution.html
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ 

Method Details

Provide a list of issues for business's product with an issue resolution content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.productInputs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.productInputs.html
index dabf25bd74..87db4090a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.productInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.productInputs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a product input from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   dataSource: string, Required. The primary or supplemental data source from which the product input should be deleted. Format: `accounts/{account}/dataSources/{datasource}`. For example, `accounts/123456/dataSources/104628`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). "legacyLocal": True or False, # Immutable. Determines whether the product is **only** targeting local destinations and whether the product name should be distinguished with a `local~` prefix. For example, `accounts/123/productInputs/local~en~US~sku123`. If a product that is not `legacy_local` is already targeting local destinations, creating a `legacy_local` product with an otherwise matching name will fail. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "productAttributes": { # Product attributes. # Optional. A list of strongly-typed product attributes. @@ -354,6 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion. "A String", ], + "returnPolicyLabel": "A String", # The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -393,7 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. }, - "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules. + "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504). "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping. "unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. @@ -483,7 +484,7 @@

Method Details

], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). "legacyLocal": True or False, # Immutable. Determines whether the product is **only** targeting local destinations and whether the product name should be distinguished with a `local~` prefix. For example, `accounts/123/productInputs/local~en~US~sku123`. If a product that is not `legacy_local` is already targeting local destinations, creating a `legacy_local` product with an otherwise matching name will fail. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "productAttributes": { # Product attributes. # Optional. A list of strongly-typed product attributes. @@ -704,6 +705,7 @@

Method Details

"promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion. "A String", ], + "returnPolicyLabel": "A String", # The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -743,7 +745,7 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. }, - "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules. + "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504). "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping. "unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. @@ -817,7 +819,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the existing product input in your Merchant Center account. The name of the product input to update is taken from the `name` field within the `ProductInput` resource. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -834,7 +836,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). "legacyLocal": True or False, # Immutable. Determines whether the product is **only** targeting local destinations and whether the product name should be distinguished with a `local~` prefix. For example, `accounts/123/productInputs/local~en~US~sku123`. If a product that is not `legacy_local` is already targeting local destinations, creating a `legacy_local` product with an otherwise matching name will fail. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "productAttributes": { # Product attributes. # Optional. A list of strongly-typed product attributes. @@ -1055,6 +1057,7 @@

Method Details

"promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion. "A String", ], + "returnPolicyLabel": "A String", # The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -1094,7 +1097,7 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. }, - "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules. + "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504). "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping. "unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. @@ -1185,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). "legacyLocal": True or False, # Immutable. Determines whether the product is **only** targeting local destinations and whether the product name should be distinguished with a `local~` prefix. For example, `accounts/123/productInputs/local~en~US~sku123`. If a product that is not `legacy_local` is already targeting local destinations, creating a `legacy_local` product with an otherwise matching name will fail. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "productAttributes": { # Product attributes. # Optional. A list of strongly-typed product attributes. @@ -1406,6 +1409,7 @@

Method Details

"promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion. "A String", ], + "returnPolicyLabel": "A String", # The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -1445,7 +1449,7 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. }, - "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules. + "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504). "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping. "unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html index 4313a2b001..7223831386 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

Retrieves the processed product from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -354,6 +354,7 @@ 

Method Details

"promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion. "A String", ], + "returnPolicyLabel": "A String", # The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -393,7 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. }, - "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules. + "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504). "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping. "unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. @@ -763,6 +764,7 @@

Method Details

"promotionIds": [ # The unique ID of a promotion. "A String", ], + "returnPolicyLabel": "A String", # The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425). "salePrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Advertised sale price of the item. "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros). "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). @@ -802,7 +804,7 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. }, - "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules. + "shippingLabel": "A String", # The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504). "shippingLength": { # The ShippingDimension of the product. # Length of the item for shipping. "unit": "A String", # The unit of value. "value": 3.14, # The dimension of the product used to calculate the shipping cost of the item. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html index 38f452d373..9e813172a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes a product input from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   dataSource: string, Required. The primary or supplemental data source from which the product input should be deleted. Format: `accounts/{account}/dataSources/{datasource}`. For example, `accounts/123456/dataSources/104628`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the existing product input in your Merchant Center account. The name of the product input to update is taken from the `name` field within the `ProductInput` resource. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The feed label that lets you categorize and identify your products. The maximum allowed characters are 20, and the supported characters are `A-Z`, `0-9`, hyphen, and underscore. The feed label must not include any spaces. For more information, see [Using feed labels](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/14994087). - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html index 79ae70e6a6..cec16aa0a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

Retrieves the processed product from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html
index e8b933e210..9ec3ad6545 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index 36c4ba5a51..0c97bd1304 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration. "migrationExecution": { # The details of a migration execution resource. # Required. The configuration details for the migration. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html index b09bb01188..60f9747448 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The details of a migration execution resource. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions. "migrationExecutions": [ # The migration executions on the specified service. { # The details of a migration execution resource. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 0837f9ef5a..affa621c9e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
index 3c63069837..30c016921b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration. "migrationExecution": { # The details of a migration execution resource. # Required. The configuration details for the migration. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html index ffde21fe59..5fb32e7777 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The details of a migration execution resource. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions. "migrationExecutions": [ # The migration executions on the specified service. { # The details of a migration execution resource. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html index 0bca5180cb..ad6827d85b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
index 4735139391..f1bf71276f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration. "migrationExecution": { # The details of a migration execution resource. # Required. The configuration details for the migration. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html index ad40ad94a0..0d6b125f96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The details of a migration execution resource. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions. "migrationExecutions": [ # The migration executions on the specified service. { # The details of a migration execution resource. - "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. + "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration. "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used. "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished. "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id} - "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution. + "phase": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html index 1869cedd00..15e6665012 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional settings.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 8e4e07c26f..67165b2105 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional settings.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
index 92a09e6114..2e6bbc493c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ 

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -257,9 +257,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -493,9 +493,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -741,9 +741,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html index 09e4a9817f..e490d42522 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -251,9 +251,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -491,9 +491,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.attributes.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.attributes.html index c58182159f..c32806b090 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.attributes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.attributes.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

getGoogleUpdated(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the Google-updated version of the specified location.

+

Gets the version of the specified location, returning an `Attributes` message that provides the attributes view as it appears to consumers, which may be different than the merchant's information.

Method Details

close() @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

Method Details

getGoogleUpdated(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the Google-updated version of the specified location.
+  
Gets the version of the specified location, returning an `Attributes` message that provides the attributes view as it appears to consumers, which may be different than the merchant's information.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Google identifier for this location in the form of `locations/{location_id}/attributes`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
index f4c78e214d..85c57b5e52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Looks up all the attributes set for a given location.

getGoogleUpdated(name, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the Google-updated version of the specified location.

+

Gets the version of the specified location, returning a `GoogleUpdatedLocation` that provides the location view as it appears to consumers and masks indicating which fields are different than the merchant's information.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified location.

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -295,9 +295,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

getGoogleUpdated(name, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the Google-updated version of the specified location.
+  
Gets the version of the specified location, returning a `GoogleUpdatedLocation` that provides the location view as it appears to consumers and masks indicating which fields are different than the merchant's information.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the location to fetch. (required)
@@ -422,8 +422,8 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a location that was modified by Google. - "diffMask": "A String", # The fields that Google updated. + { # Represents the view of a location as it appears to consumers, which includes updates that are currently serving on Google Maps and Search. + "diffMask": "A String", # The fields where the values in the view as it appears to consumers are different than the merchant's information. To accept these changes, patch the location. To reject, patch with your preferred values. "location": { # A location. See the [help center article] (https://support.google.com/business/answer/3038177) for a detailed description of these fields, or the [category endpoint](/my-business/reference/rest/v4/categories) for a list of valid business categories. # The Google-updated version of this location. "adWordsLocationExtensions": { # Additional information that is surfaced in AdWords. # Optional. Additional information that is surfaced in AdWords. "adPhone": "A String", # Required. An alternate phone number to display on AdWords location extensions instead of the location's primary phone number. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -580,9 +580,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade"). "websiteUri": "A String", # Optional. A URL for this business. If possible, use a URL that represents this individual business location instead of a generic website/URL that represents all locations, or the brand. }, - "pendingMask": "A String", # The fields that have pending edits that haven't yet been pushed to Maps and Search. + "pendingMask": "A String", # The fields where the merchant has provided an update that is currently in flight and hasn't yet been published to Maps and Search. This mask only tracks the status of the merchant's own edits, not external changes. }
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -818,9 +818,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@

Method Details

"canOperateLocalPost": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can manage local posts. Deprecated: This field is no longer populated and will be removed in a future version. "canOperateLodgingData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Lodging data. "duplicateLocation": "A String", # Output only. The location resource that this location duplicates. - "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified. + "hasGoogleUpdated": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified. "hasPendingEdits": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether any of this Location's properties are in the edit pending state. "hasVoiceOfMerchant": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing has Voice of Merchant. If this boolean is false, you should call the locations.getVoiceOfMerchantState API to get details as to why they do not have Voice of Merchant. "isParticularlyPersonalPlace": True or False, # Output only. @@ -1054,9 +1054,9 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceItems": [ # Optional. List of services supported by merchants. A service can be haircut, install water heater, etc. Duplicated service items will be removed automatically. { # A message that describes a single service item. It is used to describe the type of service that the merchant provides. For example, haircut can be a service. - "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. + "freeFormServiceItem": { # Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface. # Optional. This field will be set case of free-form services data. "category": "A String", # Required. This field represents the category name (i.e. the category's stable ID). The `category` and `service_type_id` should match the possible combinations provided in the `Category` message. - "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id. + "label": { # Label to be used when displaying the price list, section, or item. # Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the price list, section, or item. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for the price list, section, or item. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code that these strings apply for. Only one set of labels may be set per language. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html index a255065a8c..c439d83478 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html index 64842ae477..8b3fbd8b23 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 6a7cadc524..996a58c10e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 

NetApp API . projects . locations . storagePools

Instance Methods

+

+ ontap() +

+

Returns the ontap Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -135,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -142,12 +148,13 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -251,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -258,12 +266,13 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -310,6 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -317,12 +327,13 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -376,6 +387,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -383,12 +395,13 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25de0498e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.html @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ + + + +

NetApp API . projects . locations . storagePools . ontap

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ executeOntapDelete(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapDelete` dispatches the ONTAP `DELETE` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

+ executeOntapGet(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapGet` dispatches the ONTAP `GET` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

+ executeOntapPatch(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapPatch` dispatches the ONTAP `PATCH` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

+ executeOntapPost(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapPost` dispatches the ONTAP `POST` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ executeOntapDelete(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapDelete` dispatches the ONTAP `DELETE` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapDelete` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeOntapGet(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapGet` dispatches the ONTAP `GET` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapGet` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeOntapPatch(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapPatch` dispatches the ONTAP `PATCH` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.
+  "body": { # Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { "body": { "field1": "value1", "field2": "value2", } } ```
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeOntapPost(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapPost` dispatches the ONTAP `POST` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.
+  "body": { # Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { "body": { "field1": "value1", "field2": "value2", } } ```
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html index 808c955408..e0c10cd744 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -236,7 +236,10 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -256,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. @@ -537,7 +540,10 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -557,7 +563,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. @@ -736,7 +742,10 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -756,7 +765,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. @@ -936,7 +945,10 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -956,7 +968,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html index f47472f176..2f817a6108 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.backups.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # If specified, backup will be created from the given snapshot. If not specified, there will be a new snapshot taken to initiate the backup creation. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` - "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}` "state": "A String", # Output only. The backup state. "volumeRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region of the volume from which the backup was created. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}` "volumeUsageBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the file system when the backup was created. When creating a new volume from the backup, the volume capacity will have to be at least as big. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html index 1d0c247730..88b259638c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupVaults.html @@ -127,6 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "backupsCryptoKeyVersion": "A String", # Output only. The crypto key version used to encrypt the backup vault. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{crypto_key_version}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. + "crossProjectVault": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the backup vault is a cross project vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. "destinationBackupVault": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Backup vault created in backup region. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}` "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Field indicating encryption state of CMEK backups. @@ -231,6 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "backupsCryptoKeyVersion": "A String", # Output only. The crypto key version used to encrypt the backup vault. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{crypto_key_version}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. + "crossProjectVault": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the backup vault is a cross project vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. "destinationBackupVault": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Backup vault created in backup region. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}` "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Field indicating encryption state of CMEK backups. @@ -277,6 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "backupsCryptoKeyVersion": "A String", # Output only. The crypto key version used to encrypt the backup vault. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{crypto_key_version}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. + "crossProjectVault": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the backup vault is a cross project vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. "destinationBackupVault": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Backup vault created in backup region. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}` "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Field indicating encryption state of CMEK backups. @@ -332,6 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"backupVaultType": "A String", # Optional. Type of backup vault to be created. Default is IN_REGION. "backupsCryptoKeyVersion": "A String", # Output only. The crypto key version used to encrypt the backup vault. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{crypto_key_version}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the backup vault. + "crossProjectVault": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the backup vault is a cross project vault. "description": "A String", # Description of the backup vault. "destinationBackupVault": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Backup vault created in backup region. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}` "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Field indicating encryption state of CMEK backups. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index b727ea667c..7665897c15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 162f2a0826..e296b6e750 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -148,13 +148,14 @@ 

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -266,13 +267,14 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -327,13 +329,14 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. @@ -395,13 +398,14 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool "totalIops": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total IOPS of the pool if not provided, it will be calculated based on the total_throughput_mibps "totalThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Custom Performance Total Throughput of the pool (in MiBps) - "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`. "volumeCapacityGib": "A String", # Output only. Allocated size of all volumes in GIB in the storage pool "volumeCount": 42, # Output only. Volume count of the storage pool "zone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the active zone for regional storagePool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html index e4e6379055..d4ffabf90b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -236,8 +236,8 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. @@ -540,8 +540,8 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. @@ -742,8 +742,8 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. @@ -945,8 +945,8 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, - "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@

Method Details

"psaRange": "A String", # Output only. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. "replicaZone": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the replica zone for regional volume. "restoreParameters": { # The RestoreParameters if volume is created from a snapshot or backup. # Optional. Specifies the source of the volume to be created from. - "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} + "sourceBackup": "A String", # Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup} "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Full name of the snapshot resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} }, "restrictedActions": [ # Optional. List of actions that are restricted on this volume. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html index add030b4a2..8b2d34795c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -109,6 +109,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionalEndpoints Resource.

+

+ remoteTransportProfiles() +

+

Returns the remoteTransportProfiles Resource.

+

serviceClasses()

@@ -134,6 +139,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the spokes Resource.

+

+ transports() +

+

Returns the transports Resource.

+

checkConsumerConfig(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

CheckConsumerConfig validates the consumer network and project for potential PSC connection creation. This method performs several checks, including: - Validating the existence and permissions of the service class. - Ensuring the consumer network exists and is accessible. - Verifying XPN relationships if applicable. - Checking for compatible IP versions between the consumer network and the requested version. This method performs a dynamic IAM check for the `networkconnectivity.serviceClasses.use` permission on the service class resource in the Prepare phase.

@@ -145,7 +155,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -215,7 +225,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html
index 1981ce6065..58788da294 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html
@@ -107,22 +107,20 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Message describing RemoteTransportProfile object. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of the profile. - "flow": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name of this profile, used to identify this profile in the UI. + "flow": "A String", # Output only. Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. "labels": { # Output only. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource in the format of $provider-$site. - "orderState": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Order state for this profile. + "orderState": "A String", # Output only. Order state for this profile. "provider": "A String", # Output only. Name of the provider on the other end of this profile. E.g. “Amazon Web Services” or “Microsoft Azure”. "providerSite": "A String", # Output only. If the profile is a Cloud Service Provider with compute resources, this is populated with the region where connectivity is being established. If the profile provides facility-level selection, this is an identity of the facility any connections on this profile are going through. - "region": "A String", # Output only. GCP Region where this profile is available. - "sla": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. + "sla": "A String", # Output only. Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. "supportedBandwidths": [ # Output only. List of bandwidth enum values that are supported by this profile. "A String", ], - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. }
@@ -148,22 +146,20 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. "remoteTransportProfiles": [ # The list of RemoteTransportProfiles. { # Message describing RemoteTransportProfile object. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of the profile. - "flow": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name of this profile, used to identify this profile in the UI. + "flow": "A String", # Output only. Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. "labels": { # Output only. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource in the format of $provider-$site. - "orderState": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Order state for this profile. + "orderState": "A String", # Output only. Order state for this profile. "provider": "A String", # Output only. Name of the provider on the other end of this profile. E.g. “Amazon Web Services” or “Microsoft Azure”. "providerSite": "A String", # Output only. If the profile is a Cloud Service Provider with compute resources, this is populated with the region where connectivity is being established. If the profile provides facility-level selection, this is an identity of the facility any connections on this profile are going through. - "region": "A String", # Output only. GCP Region where this profile is available. - "sla": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. + "sla": "A String", # Output only. Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. "supportedBandwidths": [ # Output only. List of bandwidth enum values that are supported by this profile. "A String", ], - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. }, ], "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html index 72303522ab..e6ee9285f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html @@ -83,9 +83,6 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceClass.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceClasses in a given project and location.

@@ -95,12 +92,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceClass.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -171,54 +162,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceClasses in a given project and location.
@@ -324,119 +267,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-      },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html index 3b99cc7c34..5c6d6466a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html @@ -86,9 +86,6 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionMap.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceConnectionMaps in a given project and location.

@@ -98,12 +95,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceConnectionMap.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -382,54 +373,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceConnectionMaps in a given project and location.
@@ -691,119 +634,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-      },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html index fff4246163..cca7d323bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html @@ -86,9 +86,6 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionPolicy.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceConnectionPolicies in a given project and location.

@@ -98,12 +95,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceConnectionPolicy.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -345,54 +336,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceConnectionPolicies in a given project and location.
@@ -604,119 +547,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-      },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html index b195f98910..3e1553884d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html @@ -111,26 +111,26 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Message describing Transport object. - "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity. - "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. "A String", ], - "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. + "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport. - "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. + "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, - "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. - "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. - "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. - "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located. - "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile} + "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. + "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. + "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish. + "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. + "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile. + "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp. } requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -215,26 +215,26 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Message describing Transport object. - "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity. - "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. "A String", ], - "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. + "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport. - "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. + "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, - "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. - "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. - "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. - "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located. - "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile} + "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. + "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. + "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish. + "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. + "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile. + "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp. }
@@ -260,26 +260,26 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. "transports": [ # The list of Transport. { # Message describing Transport object. - "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity. - "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. "A String", ], - "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. + "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport. - "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. + "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, - "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. - "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. - "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. - "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located. - "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile} + "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. + "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. + "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish. + "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. + "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile. + "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp. }, ], "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached. @@ -307,31 +307,31 @@

Method Details

Updates the parameters of a single Transport.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the resource. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Message describing Transport object.
-  "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity.
-  "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
+  "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+  "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport.
-  "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state.
+  "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state.
   "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming.
-  "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed.
-  "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state.
-  "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located.
-  "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile}
+  "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed.
+  "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish.
+  "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state.
+  "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile.
+  "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to.
   "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp.
 }
 
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 1d099c7e80..ab49351ab1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.organizations.locations.html
index 7b053697af..a1f0040e47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.organizations.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.organizations.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
index 556a2af530..d9c73c2af0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.organizations.locations.html
index 5a3520a24b..80d6442eb2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.organizations.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.organizations.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index bce8df1999..02bc3d3b0c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html
index 79780292f4..04dd716aac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html index 3e0b1f0c9e..e8eb73d354 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html @@ -238,6 +238,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -277,6 +294,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -299,8 +333,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -508,6 +543,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -547,6 +599,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -569,8 +638,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -766,6 +836,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -805,6 +892,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -827,8 +931,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -985,6 +1090,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -1024,6 +1146,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -1046,8 +1185,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html index 6f3b2afa7b..89750cfa2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
index e9e0d91807..eebe4939e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
@@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -236,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -282,6 +284,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -334,6 +337,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html index 8a061c329a..1bc040f830 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html index 58405a291d..f14d1a8c30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html @@ -238,6 +238,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -277,6 +294,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -299,8 +333,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -508,6 +543,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -547,6 +599,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -569,8 +638,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -766,6 +836,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -805,6 +892,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -827,8 +931,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -985,6 +1090,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -1024,6 +1146,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -1046,8 +1185,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 168a8c887b..48b965aac7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
index f896c39b85..7ab2e5e4e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
@@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -236,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -282,6 +284,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -334,6 +337,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html index 0c96919962..bea3172d90 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message for response to listing `AuthzExtension` resources. "authzExtensions": [ # The list of `AuthzExtension` resources. { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html index 9ca69c22dd..cc9876432a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], @@ -227,6 +229,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], @@ -275,6 +279,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], @@ -334,6 +340,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html index 8f3474edae..e1c1e407d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html
index 0c93df9946..3ff2800969 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html index 09cee11199..81f9064590 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html index b31c7aa35e..eb1607262b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html index e411b97673..e731610f30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzExtensions.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message for response to listing `AuthzExtension` resources. "authzExtensions": [ # The list of `AuthzExtension` resources. { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `AuthzExtension` is a resource that allows traffic forwarding to a callout backend service to make an authorization decision. - "authority": "A String", # Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. + "authority": "A String", # Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "failOpen": True or False, # Optional. Determines how the proxy behaves if the call to the extension fails or times out. When set to `TRUE`, request or response processing continues without error. Any subsequent extensions in the extension chain are also executed. When set to `FALSE` or the default setting of `FALSE` is used, one of the following happens: * If response headers have not been delivered to the downstream client, a generic 500 error is returned to the client. The error response can be tailored by configuring a custom error response in the load balancer. * If response headers have been delivered, then the HTTP stream to the downstream client is reset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html index 938f300f8f..b39163614c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], @@ -227,6 +229,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], @@ -275,6 +279,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], @@ -334,6 +340,8 @@

Method Details

"addresses": [ # Optional. Zero or one IPv4 or IPv6 address on which the Gateway will receive the traffic. When no address is provided, an IP from the subnetwork is allocated This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 for IPv4 and :: for IPv6. "A String", ], + "allPorts": True or False, # Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. + "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY. "certificateUrls": [ # Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index d3af920bf2..6f6235dedb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html
index 248f9724b8..3c6ee3ba34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbEdgeExtensions.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html index 618b6a2f49..b5c275cc15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbRouteExtensions.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTcpExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTcpExtensions.html index 7f2cfeb9c0..ff2626d004 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTcpExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTcpExtensions.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html index 8f50ed1fa9..07d2b57dcf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.lbTrafficExtensions.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The name for this extension. The name is logged as part of the HTTP request logs. The name must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, numbers and hyphens, and can have a maximum length of 63 characters. Additionally, the first character must be a letter and the last a letter or a number. This field is required except for AuthzExtension. - "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported. + "observabilityMode": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. "requestBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for request body processing. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `REQUEST_BODY`, but `request_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `REQUEST_BODY` and `REQUEST_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. Only `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` mode is supported for `LbRouteExtension` resources. "responseBodySendMode": "A String", # Optional. Configures the send mode for response processing. If unspecified, the default value `STREAMED` is used. The field can only be set if `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`. If `supported_events` includes `RESPONSE_BODY`, but `response_body_send_mode` is unset, the default value `STREAMED` is used. When this field is set to `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED`, `supported_events` must include both `RESPONSE_BODY` and `RESPONSE_TRAILERS`. This field can be set only for `LbTrafficExtension` resources, and only when the `service` field of the extension points to a `BackendService`. "service": "A String", # Required. The reference to the service that runs the extension. To configure a callout extension, `service` must be a fully-qualified reference to a [backend service](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) in the format: `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}` or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}`. To configure a plugin extension, `service` must be a reference to a [`WasmPlugin` resource](https://cloud.google.com/service-extensions/docs/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.wasmPlugins) in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{plugin}` or `//networkservices.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/wasmPlugins/{wasmPlugin}`. Plugin extensions are currently supported for the `LbTrafficExtension`, the `LbRouteExtension`, and the `LbEdgeExtension` resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html index bf6290768a..c403b34c06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

Get Settings

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html
index 809a34276d..af9e85a6e8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get Settings

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
index 3e75bf6061..5693f64959 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get Settings

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index fcc856911c..d905321fbe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -109,6 +109,21 @@ 

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token that can be used in a subsequent call to ListVulnerabilities to continue retrieving results. "occurrences": [ # The list of Vulnerability Occurrences resulting from a scan. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. + "aiSkillAnalysis": { # AISkillAnalysisOccurrence provides the results of an AI-based skill analysis. # Describes an AI skill analysis. + "findings": [ # Findings produced by the analysis. + { # Finding provides details for a single finding within an AISkillAnalysisOccurrence. + "category": "A String", # Category of the finding. + "description": "A String", # Detailed description of the finding. + "filePath": "A String", # Path to the file where the finding was detected. + "ruleId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the rule that produced this finding. + "severity": "A String", # Severity of the finding. + "snippet": "A String", # Code snippet relevant to the finding. + "title": "A String", # Title of the finding. + }, + ], + "skillName": "A String", # Name of the skill that produced this analysis. + }, "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -804,6 +819,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -919,6 +935,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html index eed2e5bb37..e53b98219e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html @@ -109,6 +109,21 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token that can be used in a subsequent call to ListVulnerabilities to continue retrieving results. "occurrences": [ # The list of Vulnerability Occurrences resulting from a scan. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. + "aiSkillAnalysis": { # AISkillAnalysisOccurrence provides the results of an AI-based skill analysis. # Describes an AI skill analysis. + "findings": [ # Findings produced by the analysis. + { # Finding provides details for a single finding within an AISkillAnalysisOccurrence. + "category": "A String", # Category of the finding. + "description": "A String", # Detailed description of the finding. + "filePath": "A String", # Path to the file where the finding was detected. + "ruleId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the rule that produced this finding. + "severity": "A String", # Severity of the finding. + "snippet": "A String", # Code snippet relevant to the finding. + "title": "A String", # Title of the finding. + }, + ], + "skillName": "A String", # Name of the skill that produced this analysis. + }, "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { @@ -804,6 +819,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, }, ], @@ -919,6 +935,7 @@

Method Details

"diffId": "A String", # The diff ID (typically a sha256 hash) of the layer in the container image. "index": 42, # The index of the layer in the container image. }, + "lineNumber": 42, # Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning. }, ], "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package. diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html index df32c7932f..41767ddf6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.autonomousDatabases.html @@ -132,7 +132,8 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Details of the Autonomous Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/AutonomousDatabase/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The subnet CIDR range for the Autonomous Database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Autonomous Database was created. "database": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Autonomous Database. The database name must be unique in the project. The name must begin with a letter and can contain a maximum of 30 alphanumeric characters. @@ -233,11 +234,13 @@

Method Details

], "failedDataRecoveryDuration": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the number of seconds of data loss during a Data Guard failover. "isAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database CPU core count. - "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. + "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_data_guard_enabled` instead. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. "isStorageAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database storage. "licenseType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The license type used for the Autonomous Database. "lifecycleDetails": "A String", # Output only. The details of the current lifestyle state of the Autonomous Database. - "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_adg_auto_failover_max_data_loss_limit_duration` instead. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimitDuration": 42, # Optional. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the Autonomous Database has a local (in-region) standby database. Not applicable to cross-region Data Guard or dedicated Exadata infrastructure. "localDisasterRecoveryType": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the local disaster recovery (DR) type of an Autonomous Database. "localStandbyDb": { # Autonomous Data Guard standby database details. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/AutonomousDatabaseStandbySummary # Output only. The details of the Autonomous Data Guard standby database. "dataGuardRoleChangedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time the Autonomous Data Guard role was switched for the standby Autonomous Database. @@ -454,7 +457,8 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Details of the Autonomous Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/AutonomousDatabase/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The subnet CIDR range for the Autonomous Database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Autonomous Database was created. "database": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Autonomous Database. The database name must be unique in the project. The name must begin with a letter and can contain a maximum of 30 alphanumeric characters. @@ -555,11 +559,13 @@

Method Details

], "failedDataRecoveryDuration": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the number of seconds of data loss during a Data Guard failover. "isAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database CPU core count. - "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. + "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_data_guard_enabled` instead. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. "isStorageAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database storage. "licenseType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The license type used for the Autonomous Database. "lifecycleDetails": "A String", # Output only. The details of the current lifestyle state of the Autonomous Database. - "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_adg_auto_failover_max_data_loss_limit_duration` instead. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimitDuration": 42, # Optional. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the Autonomous Database has a local (in-region) standby database. Not applicable to cross-region Data Guard or dedicated Exadata infrastructure. "localDisasterRecoveryType": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the local disaster recovery (DR) type of an Autonomous Database. "localStandbyDb": { # Autonomous Data Guard standby database details. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/AutonomousDatabaseStandbySummary # Output only. The details of the Autonomous Data Guard standby database. "dataGuardRoleChangedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time the Autonomous Data Guard role was switched for the standby Autonomous Database. @@ -646,7 +652,8 @@

Method Details

{ # The response for `AutonomousDatabase.List`. "autonomousDatabases": [ # The list of Autonomous Databases. { # Details of the Autonomous Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/AutonomousDatabase/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The subnet CIDR range for the Autonomous Database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Autonomous Database was created. "database": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Autonomous Database. The database name must be unique in the project. The name must begin with a letter and can contain a maximum of 30 alphanumeric characters. @@ -747,11 +754,13 @@

Method Details

], "failedDataRecoveryDuration": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the number of seconds of data loss during a Data Guard failover. "isAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database CPU core count. - "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. + "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_data_guard_enabled` instead. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. "isStorageAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database storage. "licenseType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The license type used for the Autonomous Database. "lifecycleDetails": "A String", # Output only. The details of the current lifestyle state of the Autonomous Database. - "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_adg_auto_failover_max_data_loss_limit_duration` instead. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimitDuration": 42, # Optional. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the Autonomous Database has a local (in-region) standby database. Not applicable to cross-region Data Guard or dedicated Exadata infrastructure. "localDisasterRecoveryType": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the local disaster recovery (DR) type of an Autonomous Database. "localStandbyDb": { # Autonomous Data Guard standby database details. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/AutonomousDatabaseStandbySummary # Output only. The details of the Autonomous Data Guard standby database. "dataGuardRoleChangedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time the Autonomous Data Guard role was switched for the standby Autonomous Database. @@ -844,7 +853,8 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Details of the Autonomous Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/AutonomousDatabase/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The subnet CIDR range for the Autonomous Database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Autonomous Database was created. "database": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Autonomous Database. The database name must be unique in the project. The name must begin with a letter and can contain a maximum of 30 alphanumeric characters. @@ -945,11 +955,13 @@

Method Details

], "failedDataRecoveryDuration": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the number of seconds of data loss during a Data Guard failover. "isAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database CPU core count. - "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. + "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_data_guard_enabled` instead. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled. "isStorageAutoScalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. This field indicates if auto scaling is enabled for the Autonomous Database storage. "licenseType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The license type used for the Autonomous Database. "lifecycleDetails": "A String", # Output only. The details of the current lifestyle state of the Autonomous Database. - "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": 42, # Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_adg_auto_failover_max_data_loss_limit_duration` instead. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimitDuration": 42, # Optional. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds. + "localDataGuardEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the Autonomous Database has a local (in-region) standby database. Not applicable to cross-region Data Guard or dedicated Exadata infrastructure. "localDisasterRecoveryType": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the local disaster recovery (DR) type of an Autonomous Database. "localStandbyDb": { # Autonomous Data Guard standby database details. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/AutonomousDatabaseStandbySummary # Output only. The details of the Autonomous Data Guard standby database. "dataGuardRoleChangedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time the Autonomous Data Guard role was switched for the standby Autonomous Database. diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html index c4f0943dd5..5b414889e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html @@ -107,7 +107,8 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -142,7 +143,8 @@

Method Details

"dbVersion": "A String", # Required. The Oracle Database version. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Database. }, - "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. + "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. + "tdeWalletPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the TDE wallet password for the database. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. }
@@ -166,7 +168,8 @@

Method Details

{ # The response for `Database.List`. "databases": [ # The list of Databases. { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -201,7 +204,8 @@

Method Details

"dbVersion": "A String", # Required. The Oracle Database version. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Database. }, - "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. + "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. + "tdeWalletPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the TDE wallet password for the database. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html index f5a4d00d1c..4585106502 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html @@ -130,7 +130,8 @@

Method Details

"databaseEdition": "A String", # Required. The database edition of the DbSystem. "dbHome": { # Details of the Database Home resource. # Optional. Details for creating a Database Home. "database": { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ # Required. The Database resource. - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -165,7 +166,8 @@

Method Details

"dbVersion": "A String", # Required. The Oracle Database version. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Database. }, - "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. + "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. + "tdeWalletPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the TDE wallet password for the database. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. }, "dbVersion": "A String", # Required. A valid Oracle Database version. For a list of supported versions, use the ListDbVersions operation. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the Database Home. The name does not have to be unique within your project. @@ -300,7 +302,8 @@

Method Details

"databaseEdition": "A String", # Required. The database edition of the DbSystem. "dbHome": { # Details of the Database Home resource. # Optional. Details for creating a Database Home. "database": { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ # Required. The Database resource. - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -335,7 +338,8 @@

Method Details

"dbVersion": "A String", # Required. The Oracle Database version. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Database. }, - "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. + "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. + "tdeWalletPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the TDE wallet password for the database. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. }, "dbVersion": "A String", # Required. A valid Oracle Database version. For a list of supported versions, use the ListDbVersions operation. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the Database Home. The name does not have to be unique within your project. @@ -410,7 +414,8 @@

Method Details

"databaseEdition": "A String", # Required. The database edition of the DbSystem. "dbHome": { # Details of the Database Home resource. # Optional. Details for creating a Database Home. "database": { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ # Required. The Database resource. - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. + "adminPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -445,7 +450,8 @@

Method Details

"dbVersion": "A String", # Required. The Oracle Database version. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Database. }, - "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. + "tdeWalletPassword": "A String", # Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. + "tdeWalletPasswordSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the TDE wallet password for the database. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated. }, "dbVersion": "A String", # Required. A valid Oracle Database version. For a list of supported versions, use the ListDbVersions operation. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the Database Home. The name does not have to be unique within your project. diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html index fb9ce4132c..1dee6694b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
index c2363ca686..04a2ab29c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The response returned from the ListConstraints method. "constraints": [ # The collection of constraints that are available on the targeted resource. - { # A constraint describes a way to restrict resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question. + { # A constraint describes a way to restrict a resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question. "booleanConstraint": { # A constraint type is enforced or not enforced, which is configured in the `PolicyRule`. If `customConstraintDefinition` is defined, this constraint is a managed constraint. # Defines this constraint as being a boolean constraint. "customConstraintDefinition": { # Custom constraint definition. Defines this as a managed constraint. # Custom constraint definition. Defines this as a managed constraint. "actionType": "A String", # Allow or deny type. @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@

Method Details

"defaultValue": "", # Sets the value of the parameter in an assignment if no value is given. "item": "A String", # Determines the parameter's value structure. For example, `LIST` can be specified by defining `type: LIST`, and `item: STRING`. "metadata": { # Defines Metadata structure. # Defines subproperties primarily used by the UI to display user-friendly information. - "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and use of it. Mutable. + "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and its use. Mutable. }, "type": "A String", # Type of the parameter. - "validValuesExpr": "A String", # Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in ("parameterValue1", "parameterValue2") + "validValuesExpr": "A String", # Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in ("parameterValue1", "parameterValue2"). }, }, - "resourceTypes": [ # The resource instance type on which this policy applies. Format will be of the form : `/` Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`. + "resourceTypes": [ # The resource instance type that this policy applies to, in the format `/`. Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`. "A String", ], }, @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"constraintDefault": "A String", # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of a policy. "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this constraint controls as well as how and where it is enforced. Mutable. "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name. Mutable. - "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name. + "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Defines the equivalent constraint name, if it exists. Managed constraints can have an equivalent legacy managed constraint, and legacy managed constraints can have an equivalent managed constraint. For example, "constraints/iam.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload" is equivalent to "constraints/iam.managed.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload". "listConstraint": { # A constraint type that allows or disallows a list of string values, which are configured in the `PolicyRule`. # Defines this constraint as being a list constraint. "supportsIn": True or False, # Indicates whether values grouped into categories can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"in:Python"` would match any value in the 'Python' group. "supportsUnder": True or False, # Indicates whether subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"under:folders/123"` would match any resource under the 'folders/123' folder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html index e13d74cedb..107a6c4fd1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or organization policy does not exist.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.

+

Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.

getEffectivePolicy(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.

+

Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves all of the policies that exist on a particular resource.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.

+

Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.

Method Details

close() @@ -113,14 +113,14 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. +{ # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -177,13 +177,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -283,13 +283,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the policy to delete. See the policy entry for naming rules. (required) - etag: string, Optional. The current etag of policy. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the policy, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. + etag: string, Optional. The current entity tag (ETag) of the organization policy. If an ETag is provided and doesn't match the current ETag of the policy, deletion of the policy will be blocked and an `ABORTED` error will be returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.
+  
Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the policy. See Policy for naming requirements. (required)
@@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -385,11 +385,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -415,13 +415,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@

Method Details

getEffectivePolicy(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.
+  
Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The effective policy to compute. See Policy for naming requirements. (required)
@@ -464,14 +464,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -498,11 +498,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -528,13 +528,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -582,14 +582,14 @@

Method Details

{ # The response returned from the ListPolicies method. It will be empty if no policies are set on the resource. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token used to retrieve the next page. This is currently not used, but the server may at any point start supplying a valid token. "policies": [ # All policies that exist on the resource. It will be empty if no policies are set. - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -616,11 +616,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -699,21 +699,21 @@

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.
+  
Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
+{ # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
   "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated.
     "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy.
-    "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
-      "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.
-      "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.
+    "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
+      "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.
+      "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.
       "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
-      "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.
+      "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.
         { # A rule used to express this policy.
           "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
           "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')`
@@ -740,11 +740,11 @@ 

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -770,13 +770,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@

Method Details

}, } - updateMask: string, Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy by the set. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request. + updateMask: string, Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -813,14 +813,14 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -847,11 +847,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -877,13 +877,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html index 964896a651..c51d4d3eb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response returned from the ListConstraints method. "constraints": [ # The collection of constraints that are available on the targeted resource. - { # A constraint describes a way to restrict resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question. + { # A constraint describes a way to restrict a resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question. "booleanConstraint": { # A constraint type is enforced or not enforced, which is configured in the `PolicyRule`. If `customConstraintDefinition` is defined, this constraint is a managed constraint. # Defines this constraint as being a boolean constraint. "customConstraintDefinition": { # Custom constraint definition. Defines this as a managed constraint. # Custom constraint definition. Defines this as a managed constraint. "actionType": "A String", # Allow or deny type. @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@

Method Details

"defaultValue": "", # Sets the value of the parameter in an assignment if no value is given. "item": "A String", # Determines the parameter's value structure. For example, `LIST` can be specified by defining `type: LIST`, and `item: STRING`. "metadata": { # Defines Metadata structure. # Defines subproperties primarily used by the UI to display user-friendly information. - "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and use of it. Mutable. + "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and its use. Mutable. }, "type": "A String", # Type of the parameter. - "validValuesExpr": "A String", # Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in ("parameterValue1", "parameterValue2") + "validValuesExpr": "A String", # Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in ("parameterValue1", "parameterValue2"). }, }, - "resourceTypes": [ # The resource instance type on which this policy applies. Format will be of the form : `/` Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`. + "resourceTypes": [ # The resource instance type that this policy applies to, in the format `/`. Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`. "A String", ], }, @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"constraintDefault": "A String", # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of a policy. "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this constraint controls as well as how and where it is enforced. Mutable. "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name. Mutable. - "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name. + "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Defines the equivalent constraint name, if it exists. Managed constraints can have an equivalent legacy managed constraint, and legacy managed constraints can have an equivalent managed constraint. For example, "constraints/iam.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload" is equivalent to "constraints/iam.managed.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload". "listConstraint": { # A constraint type that allows or disallows a list of string values, which are configured in the `PolicyRule`. # Defines this constraint as being a list constraint. "supportsIn": True or False, # Indicates whether values grouped into categories can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"in:Python"` would match any value in the 'Python' group. "supportsUnder": True or False, # Indicates whether subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"under:folders/123"` would match any resource under the 'folders/123' folder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html index a72b96105d..9a53cc62fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or organization policy does not exist.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.

+

Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.

getEffectivePolicy(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.

+

Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves all of the policies that exist on a particular resource.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.

+

Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.

Method Details

close() @@ -113,14 +113,14 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. +{ # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -177,13 +177,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -283,13 +283,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the policy to delete. See the policy entry for naming rules. (required) - etag: string, Optional. The current etag of policy. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the policy, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. + etag: string, Optional. The current entity tag (ETag) of the organization policy. If an ETag is provided and doesn't match the current ETag of the policy, deletion of the policy will be blocked and an `ABORTED` error will be returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.
+  
Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the policy. See Policy for naming requirements. (required)
@@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -385,11 +385,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -415,13 +415,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@

Method Details

getEffectivePolicy(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.
+  
Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The effective policy to compute. See Policy for naming requirements. (required)
@@ -464,14 +464,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -498,11 +498,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -528,13 +528,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -582,14 +582,14 @@

Method Details

{ # The response returned from the ListPolicies method. It will be empty if no policies are set on the resource. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token used to retrieve the next page. This is currently not used, but the server may at any point start supplying a valid token. "policies": [ # All policies that exist on the resource. It will be empty if no policies are set. - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -616,11 +616,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -699,21 +699,21 @@

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.
+  
Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
+{ # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
   "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated.
     "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy.
-    "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
-      "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.
-      "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.
+    "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
+      "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.
+      "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.
       "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
-      "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.
+      "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.
         { # A rule used to express this policy.
           "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
           "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')`
@@ -740,11 +740,11 @@ 

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -770,13 +770,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@

Method Details

}, } - updateMask: string, Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy by the set. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request. + updateMask: string, Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -813,14 +813,14 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -847,11 +847,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -877,13 +877,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html index 2e0cc0fe6c..e43f86d84c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response returned from the ListConstraints method. "constraints": [ # The collection of constraints that are available on the targeted resource. - { # A constraint describes a way to restrict resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question. + { # A constraint describes a way to restrict a resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question. "booleanConstraint": { # A constraint type is enforced or not enforced, which is configured in the `PolicyRule`. If `customConstraintDefinition` is defined, this constraint is a managed constraint. # Defines this constraint as being a boolean constraint. "customConstraintDefinition": { # Custom constraint definition. Defines this as a managed constraint. # Custom constraint definition. Defines this as a managed constraint. "actionType": "A String", # Allow or deny type. @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@

Method Details

"defaultValue": "", # Sets the value of the parameter in an assignment if no value is given. "item": "A String", # Determines the parameter's value structure. For example, `LIST` can be specified by defining `type: LIST`, and `item: STRING`. "metadata": { # Defines Metadata structure. # Defines subproperties primarily used by the UI to display user-friendly information. - "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and use of it. Mutable. + "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and its use. Mutable. }, "type": "A String", # Type of the parameter. - "validValuesExpr": "A String", # Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in ("parameterValue1", "parameterValue2") + "validValuesExpr": "A String", # Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in ("parameterValue1", "parameterValue2"). }, }, - "resourceTypes": [ # The resource instance type on which this policy applies. Format will be of the form : `/` Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`. + "resourceTypes": [ # The resource instance type that this policy applies to, in the format `/`. Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`. "A String", ], }, @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"constraintDefault": "A String", # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of a policy. "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this constraint controls as well as how and where it is enforced. Mutable. "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name. Mutable. - "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name. + "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Defines the equivalent constraint name, if it exists. Managed constraints can have an equivalent legacy managed constraint, and legacy managed constraints can have an equivalent managed constraint. For example, "constraints/iam.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload" is equivalent to "constraints/iam.managed.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload". "listConstraint": { # A constraint type that allows or disallows a list of string values, which are configured in the `PolicyRule`. # Defines this constraint as being a list constraint. "supportsIn": True or False, # Indicates whether values grouped into categories can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"in:Python"` would match any value in the 'Python' group. "supportsUnder": True or False, # Indicates whether subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"under:folders/123"` would match any resource under the 'folders/123' folder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html index 7130e3ec91..30d5c82b2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or organization policy does not exist.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.

+

Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.

getEffectivePolicy(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.

+

Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves all of the policies that exist on a particular resource.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.

+

Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.

Method Details

close() @@ -113,14 +113,14 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. +{ # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -177,13 +177,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -283,13 +283,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the policy to delete. See the policy entry for naming rules. (required) - etag: string, Optional. The current etag of policy. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the policy, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. + etag: string, Optional. The current entity tag (ETag) of the organization policy. If an ETag is provided and doesn't match the current ETag of the policy, deletion of the policy will be blocked and an `ABORTED` error will be returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.
+  
Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the policy. See Policy for naming requirements. (required)
@@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -385,11 +385,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -415,13 +415,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@

Method Details

getEffectivePolicy(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.
+  
Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The effective policy to compute. See Policy for naming requirements. (required)
@@ -464,14 +464,14 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -498,11 +498,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -528,13 +528,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -582,14 +582,14 @@

Method Details

{ # The response returned from the ListPolicies method. It will be empty if no policies are set on the resource. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token used to retrieve the next page. This is currently not used, but the server may at any point start supplying a valid token. "policies": [ # All policies that exist on the resource. It will be empty if no policies are set. - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -616,11 +616,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -699,21 +699,21 @@

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.
+  
Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
+{ # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
   "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated.
     "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy.
-    "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
-      "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.
-      "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.
+    "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources.
+      "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.
+      "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.
       "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
-      "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.
+      "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.
         { # A rule used to express this policy.
           "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
           "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')`
@@ -740,11 +740,11 @@ 

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -770,13 +770,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@

Method Details

}, } - updateMask: string, Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy by the set. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request. + updateMask: string, Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -813,14 +813,14 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -847,11 +847,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -877,13 +877,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html index ad0ac97c9e..fb34a53838 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html index 8b174d8f86..beddfcbc4c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index a9c2ade535..01df5a2571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 9391768773..540e38093c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 3a128f4216..c80ba8b0c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 38ecabf3c1..7f06bbbd30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index c01ffb6db8..7c91b9ae04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 73a02411fd..ed68bb290a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/parametermanager_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/parametermanager_v1.projects.locations.html index ccab0a993f..3033ea7b7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/parametermanager_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/parametermanager_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html
index 89fe6ca084..bb09a1c93c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html
@@ -107,6 +107,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request proto for AutocompletePlaces. + "includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future. "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses. "includeQueryPredictions": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include both Place and query predictions. Otherwise the response will only return Place predictions. "includedPrimaryTypes": [ # Optional. Included primary Place type (for example, "restaurant" or "gas_station") in Place Types (https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types), or only `(regions)`, or only `(cities)`. A Place is only returned if its primary type is included in this list. Up to 5 values can be specified. If no types are specified, all Place types are returned. @@ -579,6 +580,11 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "openingDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "outdoorSeating": True or False, # Place provides outdoor seating. "parkingOptions": { # Information about parking options for the place. A parking lot could support more than one option at the same time. # Options of parking provided by the place. "freeGarageParking": True or False, # Place offers free garage parking. @@ -840,6 +846,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedTypes": [ # Excluded Place type (eg, "restaurant" or "gas_station") from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Up to 50 types from [Table A](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types#table-a) may be specified. If the client provides both included_types (e.g. restaurant) and excluded_types (e.g. cafe), then the response should include places that are restaurant but not cafe. The response includes places that match at least one of the included_types and none of the excluded_types. If there are any conflicting types, i.e. a type appears in both included_types and excluded_types, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If a Place type is specified with multiple type restrictions, only places that satisfy all of the restrictions are returned. For example, if we have {included_types = ["restaurant"], excluded_primary_types = ["restaurant"]}, the returned places provide "restaurant" related services but do not operate primarily as "restaurants". "A String", ], + "includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future. "includedPrimaryTypes": [ # Included primary Place type (e.g. "restaurant" or "gas_station") from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. A place can only have a single primary type from the supported types table associated with it. Up to 50 types from [Table A](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types#table-a) may be specified. If there are any conflicting primary types, i.e. a type appears in both included_primary_types and excluded_primary_types, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If a Place type is specified with multiple type restrictions, only places that satisfy all of the restrictions are returned. For example, if we have {included_types = ["restaurant"], excluded_primary_types = ["restaurant"]}, the returned places provide "restaurant" related services but do not operate primarily as "restaurants". "A String", ], @@ -1194,6 +1201,11 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "openingDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "outdoorSeating": True or False, # Place provides outdoor seating. "parkingOptions": { # Information about parking options for the place. A parking lot could support more than one option at the same time. # Options of parking provided by the place. "freeGarageParking": True or False, # Place offers free garage parking. @@ -1468,6 +1480,7 @@

Method Details

], "minimumChargingRateKw": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum required charging rate in kilowatts. A place with a charging rate less than the specified rate is filtered out. }, + "includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future. "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses. "includedType": "A String", # The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Only support one included type. "languageCode": "A String", # Place details will be displayed with the preferred language if available. If the language code is unspecified or unrecognized, place details of any language may be returned, with a preference for English if such details exist. Current list of supported languages: https://developers.google.com/maps/faq#languagesupport. @@ -1949,6 +1962,11 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "openingDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "outdoorSeating": True or False, # Place provides outdoor seating. "parkingOptions": { # Information about parking options for the place. A parking lot could support more than one option at the same time. # Options of parking provided by the place. "freeGarageParking": True or False, # Place offers free garage parking. diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html index 4dc612f35f..5a03754574 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html @@ -142,14 +142,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -176,11 +176,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -206,13 +206,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -326,14 +326,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -360,11 +360,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -390,13 +390,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -486,14 +486,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -520,11 +520,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -550,13 +550,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html index 13c03d6289..cce9f98d57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -209,13 +209,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -324,14 +324,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -358,11 +358,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -388,13 +388,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -507,14 +507,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -541,11 +541,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -571,13 +571,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -667,14 +667,14 @@

Method Details

], "policies": [ # Optional. The OrgPolicy changes to preview violations for. Any existing OrgPolicies with the same name will be overridden in the simulation. That is, violations will be determined as if all policies in the overlay were created or updated. { # A change to an OrgPolicy. - "policy": { # Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. + "policy": { # Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Optional. The new or updated OrgPolicy. "alternate": { # Similar to PolicySpec but with an extra 'launch' field for launch reference. The PolicySpec here is specific for dry-run. # Deprecated. "launch": "A String", # Reference to the launch that will be used while audit logging and to control the launch. Should be set only in the alternate policy. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Specify constraint for configurations of Google Cloud resources. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -701,11 +701,11 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, }, - "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "dryRunSpec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` @@ -731,13 +731,13 @@

Method Details

], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time stamp this was previously updated. This represents the last time a call to `CreatePolicy` or `UpdatePolicy` was made for that policy. }, - "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. - "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. - "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. - "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints. + "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number. + "spec": { # Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources. # Basic information about the organization policy. + "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset. + "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints. "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false. - "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. + "rules": [ # In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence. { # A rule used to express this policy. "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition that determines whether this rule is used to evaluate the policy. When set, the google.type.Expr.expression field must contain 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the `||` or `&&` operators. Each subexpression must use the `resource.matchTag()`, `resource.matchTagId()`, `resource.hasTagKey()`, or `resource.hasTagKeyId()` Common Expression Language (CEL) function. The `resource.matchTag()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` * `value_name`: the short name of the tag value For example: `resource.matchTag('123456789012/environment, 'prod')` The `resource.matchTagId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` * `value_id`: the permanent ID of the tag value; for example, `tagValues/567890123456` For example: `resource.matchTagId('tagKeys/123456789012', 'tagValues/567890123456')` The `resource.hasTagKey()` function takes the following argument: * `key_name`: the namespaced name of the tag key, with the organization ID and a slash (`/`) as a prefix; for example, `123456789012/environment` For example: `resource.hasTagKey('123456789012/environment')` The `resource.hasTagKeyId()` function takes the following arguments: * `key_id`: the permanent ID of the tag key; for example, `tagKeys/123456789012` For example: `resource.hasTagKeyId('tagKeys/123456789012')` diff --git a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html index 2aef71cd31..baf0f04940 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html +++ b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. User-defined annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations "a_key": "A String", }, - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the "||"(Logical OR), "&&"(Logical AND) or "!"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: "principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'" or "principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are Workspace, Workforce Pool, Workload Pool and Service Account. Allowed string must be one of: - iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the "||"(Logical OR), "&&"(Logical AND) or "!"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: "principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'" or "principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are workspace, workforce pool, workload pool, service account, and Agent Identity. Allowed string must be one of: - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount` - `iam.googleapis.com/AgentPoolIdentity` (available in Preview) "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html index 6b8b769af4..86b2b33939 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index f583260720..33dc16c040 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
index e4cea4586d..68687ac196 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
@@ -179,6 +179,13 @@ 

Method Details

"useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists. `use_topic_schema` and `use_table_schema` cannot be enabled at the same time. "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. }, + "bigtableConfig": { # Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family "data" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp. # Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. + "appProfileId": "A String", # Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the "default" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing. + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used. + "state": "A String", # Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`. + "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. + }, "cloudStorageConfig": { # Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription. # Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "avroConfig": { # Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary. # Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format. "useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, the output Cloud Storage file will be serialized using the topic schema, if it exists. @@ -282,6 +289,13 @@

Method Details

"useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists. `use_topic_schema` and `use_table_schema` cannot be enabled at the same time. "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. }, + "bigtableConfig": { # Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family "data" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp. # Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. + "appProfileId": "A String", # Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the "default" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing. + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used. + "state": "A String", # Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`. + "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. + }, "cloudStorageConfig": { # Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription. # Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "avroConfig": { # Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary. # Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format. "useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, the output Cloud Storage file will be serialized using the topic schema, if it exists. @@ -428,6 +442,13 @@

Method Details

"useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists. `use_topic_schema` and `use_table_schema` cannot be enabled at the same time. "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. }, + "bigtableConfig": { # Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family "data" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp. # Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. + "appProfileId": "A String", # Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the "default" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing. + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used. + "state": "A String", # Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`. + "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. + }, "cloudStorageConfig": { # Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription. # Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "avroConfig": { # Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary. # Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format. "useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, the output Cloud Storage file will be serialized using the topic schema, if it exists. @@ -578,6 +599,13 @@

Method Details

"useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists. `use_topic_schema` and `use_table_schema` cannot be enabled at the same time. "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. }, + "bigtableConfig": { # Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family "data" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp. # Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. + "appProfileId": "A String", # Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the "default" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing. + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used. + "state": "A String", # Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`. + "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. + }, "cloudStorageConfig": { # Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription. # Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "avroConfig": { # Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary. # Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format. "useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, the output Cloud Storage file will be serialized using the topic schema, if it exists. @@ -767,6 +795,13 @@

Method Details

"useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists. `use_topic_schema` and `use_table_schema` cannot be enabled at the same time. "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. }, + "bigtableConfig": { # Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family "data" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp. # Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. + "appProfileId": "A String", # Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the "default" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing. + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used. + "state": "A String", # Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`. + "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. + }, "cloudStorageConfig": { # Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription. # Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "avroConfig": { # Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary. # Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format. "useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, the output Cloud Storage file will be serialized using the topic schema, if it exists. @@ -872,6 +907,13 @@

Method Details

"useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists. `use_topic_schema` and `use_table_schema` cannot be enabled at the same time. "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. }, + "bigtableConfig": { # Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family "data" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp. # Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. + "appProfileId": "A String", # Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the "default" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing. + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used. + "state": "A String", # Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`. + "writeMetadata": True or False, # Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column. + }, "cloudStorageConfig": { # Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription. # Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "avroConfig": { # Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary. # Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format. "useTopicSchema": True or False, # Optional. When true, the output Cloud Storage file will be serialized using the topic schema, if it exists. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html index 29abcf3a29..d8603f337f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

}, "riskAnalysis": { # Risk analysis result for an event. # Output only. The risk analysis result for the event being assessed. "challenge": "A String", # Output only. Challenge information for POLICY_BASED_CHALLENGE and INVISIBLE keys. - "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Advanced reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of possible reasons is subject to change. + "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Additional reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of reasons is subject to change. "A String", ], "reasons": [ # Output only. Reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

Method Details

}, "riskAnalysis": { # Risk analysis result for an event. # Output only. The risk analysis result for the event being assessed. "challenge": "A String", # Output only. Challenge information for POLICY_BASED_CHALLENGE and INVISIBLE keys. - "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Advanced reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of possible reasons is subject to change. + "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Additional reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of reasons is subject to change. "A String", ], "reasons": [ # Output only. Reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1013d2ca15 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ + + + +

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . aclPolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  aclPolicyId: string, Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListAclPolicies.
+  "aclPolicies": [ # A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+      "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+        { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+          "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+          "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 886b898944..d68bba2770 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -74,6 +74,14 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters

Instance Methods

+

+ tokenAuthUsers() +

+

Returns the tokenAuthUsers Resource.

+ +

+ addTokenAuthUser(cluster, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Adds a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.

backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.

@@ -105,6 +113,48 @@

Instance Methods

rescheduleClusterMaintenance(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Reschedules upcoming maintenance event.

Method Details

+
+ addTokenAuthUser(cluster, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Adds a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  cluster: string, Required. The cluster resource that this token auth user will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddTokenAuthUser.
+  "tokenAuthUser": "A String", # Required. The id of the token auth user to add.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.
@@ -164,6 +214,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -439,6 +490,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -680,6 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of Redis clusters in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListClusters". { # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -904,6 +957,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fed9080d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.html @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ + + + +

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters . tokenAuthUsers . authTokens

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Removes a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled instance.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific auth token for a specific token auth user.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all the auth tokens for a specific token auth user.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Removes a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be deleted from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific auth token for a specific token auth user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of auth token for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Auth token for the cluster.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the auth token.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the auth token.
+  "token": "A String", # Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all the auth tokens for a specific token auth user.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource that this auth token will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Expression for filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort results by a defined order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAuthTokens.
+  "authTokens": [ # A list of auth tokens in the project.
+    { # Auth token for the cluster.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the auth token.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the auth token.
+      "token": "A String", # Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Auth tokens that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b137ea90aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.html @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ + + + +

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters . tokenAuthUsers

+

Instance Methods

+

+ authTokens() +

+

Returns the authTokens Resource.

+ +

+ addAuthToken(tokenAuthUser, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Adds a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled cluster.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific token auth user for a basic auth enabled cluster.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all the token auth users for a token based auth enabled cluster.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ addAuthToken(tokenAuthUser, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Adds a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  tokenAuthUser: string, Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddAuthToken.
+  "authToken": { # Auth token for the cluster. # Required. The auth token to add.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the auth token.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the auth token.
+    "token": "A String", # Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the token auth user to delete. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any child auth tokens of this user will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the user has no auth tokens.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific token auth user for a basic auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a token based auth user for the cluster.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the token based auth user. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the token based auth user.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all the token auth users for a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource that this token based auth user will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Expression for filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort results by a defined order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListTokenAuthUsers.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "tokenAuthUsers": [ # A list of token auth users in the project.
+    { # Represents a token based auth user for the cluster.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the token based auth user. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the token based auth user.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Token auth users that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html index 3184579b2a..da67cda0b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ aclPolicies() +

+

Returns the aclPolicies Resource.

+

backupCollections()

@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -172,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d93a5f64f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+
+
+
+

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . aclPolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  aclPolicyId: string, Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListAclPolicies.
+  "aclPolicies": [ # A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+      "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+        { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+          "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+          "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 469a740f4d..d7c9890966 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -74,6 +74,14 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters

Instance Methods

+

+ tokenAuthUsers() +

+

Returns the tokenAuthUsers Resource.

+ +

+ addTokenAuthUser(cluster, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Adds a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.

backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.

@@ -105,6 +113,48 @@

Instance Methods

rescheduleClusterMaintenance(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Reschedules upcoming maintenance event.

Method Details

+
+ addTokenAuthUser(cluster, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Adds a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  cluster: string, Required. The cluster resource that this token auth user will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddTokenAuthUser.
+  "tokenAuthUser": "A String", # Required. The id of the token auth user to add.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.
@@ -164,6 +214,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -439,6 +490,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -680,6 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of Redis clusters in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListClusters". { # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -904,6 +957,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34eee29e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.html @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ + + + +

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters . tokenAuthUsers . authTokens

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Removes a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled instance.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific auth token for a specific token auth user.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all the auth tokens for a specific token auth user.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Removes a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be deleted from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific auth token for a specific token auth user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of auth token for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Auth token for the cluster.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the auth token.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the auth token.
+  "token": "A String", # Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all the auth tokens for a specific token auth user.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource that this auth token will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Expression for filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort results by a defined order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAuthTokens.
+  "authTokens": [ # A list of auth tokens in the project.
+    { # Auth token for the cluster.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the auth token.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the auth token.
+      "token": "A String", # Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Auth tokens that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2d871e3ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.html @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ + + + +

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters . tokenAuthUsers

+

Instance Methods

+

+ authTokens() +

+

Returns the authTokens Resource.

+ +

+ addAuthToken(tokenAuthUser, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Adds a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled cluster.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific token auth user for a basic auth enabled cluster.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all the token auth users for a token based auth enabled cluster.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ addAuthToken(tokenAuthUser, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Adds a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  tokenAuthUser: string, Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddAuthToken.
+  "authToken": { # Auth token for the cluster. # Required. The auth token to add.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the auth token.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the auth token.
+    "token": "A String", # Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the token auth user to delete. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any child auth tokens of this user will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the user has no auth tokens.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific token auth user for a basic auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a token based auth user for the cluster.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the token based auth user. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the token based auth user.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all the token auth users for a token based auth enabled cluster.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource that this token based auth user will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Expression for filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort results by a defined order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListTokenAuthUsers.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "tokenAuthUsers": [ # A list of token auth users in the project.
+    { # Represents a token based auth user for the cluster.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the token based auth user. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the token based auth user.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Token auth users that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 360244210e..e5c62652a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ aclPolicies() +

+

Returns the aclPolicies Resource.

+

backupCollections()

@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -172,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
index de258b6637..af9d0c1187 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
index 03d1e22d4b..7f549dd3d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ 

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html index 47b528ffaf..c546d30bf3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html index 11e6522fc0..0f495727e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html index fe7ad552a5..d542f3064e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index d8b93269bb..ec0ea8b350 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -766,8 +766,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -1164,8 +1164,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -1522,8 +1522,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html index a7849ced99..5f1b237b97 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -365,8 +365,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -635,8 +635,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html index 156a1d0733..a62df79b11 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html index 45e7277fde..a6800323bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -326,8 +326,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

"inlinedSource": { # Inlined source. # Optional. Input only. Source code inlined in the request. Cloud Run will store the inlined_source to Cloud Storage and replace the field with cloud_storage_source. "sources": [ # Required. Input only. The source code. { # Source file. - "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. The source code as raw text. + "content": "A String", # Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application. "filename": "A String", # Required. Input only. The file name for the source code. e.g., `"index.js"` or `"node_modules/dependency.js"`. The filename must be less than 255 characters and cannot contain `..`, `./`, `//`, or end with a `/`. Cloud Run will place the files in the container subdirectories, please use relative path to access the file. }, ], @@ -596,8 +596,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8435b4e33d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4858bd03b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8d752e5b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ releases() +

+

Returns the releases Resource.

+ +

+ rolloutKinds() +

+

Returns the rolloutKinds Resource.

+ +

+ rollouts() +

+

Returns the rollouts Resource.

+ +

+ saas() +

+

Returns the saas Resource.

+ +

+ tenants() +

+

Returns the tenants Resource.

+ +

+ unitKinds() +

+

Returns the unitKinds Resource.

+ +

+ unitOperations() +

+

Returns the unitOperations Resource.

+ +

+ units() +

+

Returns the units Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about a location.

+

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. Do not use this field. It is unsupported and is ignored unless explicitly documented otherwise. This is primarily for internal usage. (repeated)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.releases.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.releases.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ec4444579 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.releases.html @@ -0,0 +1,499 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . releases

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, releaseId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new release.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single release.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single release.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of releases.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single release.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, releaseId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new release.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  releaseId: string, Required. The ID value for the new release.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single release.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the release. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the release. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single release.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of releases.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the release. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of releases to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListReleases method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListReleases call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "releases": [ # The resulting releases.
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+        "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+        "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+        "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+      "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+        "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single release.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Release resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Release will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb63a66815 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . rolloutKinds

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new rollout kind.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single rollout kind.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single rollout kind.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of rollout kinds.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single rollout kind.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout kind. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  rolloutKindId: string, Required. The ID value for the new rollout kind.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of rollout kinds.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout kind. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of rollout kinds to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListRolloutKinds method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRolloutKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "rolloutKinds": [ # The resulting rollout kinds.
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+        "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+        "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+      },
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+      "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+      "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the RolloutKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the RolloutKind will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rollouts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94ac4c1db4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . rollouts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new rollout.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single rollout.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single rollout.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of rollouts.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single rollout.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new rollout.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  rolloutId: string, Required. The ID value for the new rollout.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single rollout.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single rollout.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of rollouts.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of rollouts to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListRollouts method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRollouts call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "rollouts": [ # The resulting rollouts.
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+        "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+          "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+      "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+      "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+      "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+      "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+      "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+      "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+      "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+      "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+      "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+        "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+        "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+          { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+            "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+            "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single rollout.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Rollout resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Rollout will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.saas.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.saas.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f04c730a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.saas.html @@ -0,0 +1,451 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . saas

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, saasId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new saas.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single saas.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single saas.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of saas.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single saas.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, saasId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new saas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the saas. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  saasId: string, Required. The ID value for the new saas.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single saas.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the saas. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the saas. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single saas.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of saas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the saas. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of saas to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListSaas method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListSaas call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "saas": [ # The resulting saas.
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+        { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.
+          "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+          "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+          "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+          "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+        { # Location information that the service is available in.
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single saas.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Saas resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Saas will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.tenants.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.tenants.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..282b788fa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.tenants.html @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . tenants

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, tenantId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new tenant.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single tenant.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single tenant.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of tenants.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single tenant.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, tenantId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new tenant.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the tenant. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  tenantId: string, Required. The ID value for the new tenant.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single tenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the tenant. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the tenant. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single tenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of tenants.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the tenant. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tenants to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListTenants method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListTenants call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "tenants": [ # The resulting tenants.
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+      "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single tenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Tenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Tenant will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a410d443d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . unitKinds

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new unit kind.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single unit kind.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single unit kind.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of unit kinds.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single unit kind.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit kind. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  unitKindId: string, Required. The ID value for the new unit kind.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of unit kinds.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit kind. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of unit kinds to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListUnitKinds method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "unitKinds": [ # The resulting unit kinds.
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+      "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+        { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+          "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+          "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+        { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+          "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+            "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+            "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+            "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+      "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+        { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+          "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+            "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+            "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+            "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+        },
+      ],
+      "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitKind will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23533516b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . unitOperations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitOperationId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new unit operation.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single unit operation.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single unit operation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of unit operations.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single unit operation.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitOperationId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit operation. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  unitOperationId: string, Required. The ID value for the new unit operation.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit operation. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit operation. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of unit operations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit operation. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of unit operations to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListUnitOperations method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitOperations call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "unitOperations": [ # The resulting unit operations.
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+      "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+        { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+          "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+          "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+          "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+          "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+      "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+      },
+      "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+      "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+      "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+      "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+        "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+          { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+            "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+            "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+          },
+        ],
+        "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+      },
+      "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+      "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+      "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+        "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+          { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+            "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+            "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+          },
+        ],
+        "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitOperation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitOperation will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.units.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.units.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcfd6fa6ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.units.html @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . units

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new unit.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single unit.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single unit.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of units.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single unit.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new unit.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  unitId: string, Required. The ID value for the new unit.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of units.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of units to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListUnits method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnits call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "units": [ # The resulting units.
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+        { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+          "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+          "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+          "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+          "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+        { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+          "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+          "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+        },
+      ],
+      "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+        { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+          "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+          "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+        "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+      },
+      "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+      "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+      "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+      "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+      "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+      "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Unit resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Unit will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 17c6f91edd..2b3cd501d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.releases.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.releases.html
index 9bc0eba286..602a8a369b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.releases.html
@@ -114,6 +114,15 @@ 

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc. "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set). @@ -171,6 +180,15 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc. "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set). @@ -253,6 +271,15 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc. "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set). @@ -321,6 +348,15 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc. "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set). @@ -396,6 +432,15 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc. "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set). @@ -453,6 +498,15 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc. "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set). diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html index ac104d8778..dc571f00fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html @@ -123,7 +123,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -157,7 +156,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -216,7 +214,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -261,7 +258,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -313,7 +309,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -347,7 +342,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html index 6da84d7556..a81c69984d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified. - "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. + "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations. "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet. @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -183,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified. - "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. + "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations. "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet. @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified. - "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. + "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations. "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet. @@ -268,6 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -323,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified. - "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. + "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations. "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet. @@ -331,6 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -393,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified. - "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. + "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations. "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet. @@ -401,6 +405,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -445,7 +450,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified. - "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. + "rolloutKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to. "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations. "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}" "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet. @@ -453,6 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.saas.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.saas.html index 1b54264aba..b9539a4bc9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.saas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.saas.html @@ -114,7 +114,31 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplate": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "blueprintRepo": "A String", # Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates. + "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. + { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas. + "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. + "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition. + "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition. + "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition. + "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition. + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written. "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -125,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value. } @@ -144,7 +169,31 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplate": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "blueprintRepo": "A String", # Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates. + "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. + { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas. + "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. + "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition. + "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition. + "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition. + "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition. + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written. "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -155,6 +204,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value. }
@@ -199,7 +249,31 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplate": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "blueprintRepo": "A String", # Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates. + "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. + { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas. + "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. + "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition. + "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition. + "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition. + "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition. + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written. "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -210,6 +284,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value. }
@@ -240,7 +315,31 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplate": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "blueprintRepo": "A String", # Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates. + "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. + { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas. + "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. + "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition. + "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition. + "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition. + "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition. + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written. "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -251,6 +350,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value. }, @@ -288,7 +388,31 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplate": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "blueprintRepo": "A String", # Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates. + "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. + { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas. + "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. + "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition. + "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition. + "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition. + "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition. + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written. "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -299,6 +423,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value. } @@ -318,7 +443,31 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "applicationTemplate": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "blueprintRepo": "A String", # Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates. + "conditions": [ # Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. + { # SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas. + "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. + "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition. + "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition. + "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition. + "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition. + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written. "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -329,6 +478,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html index 8681d4ba1b..390512d3d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html @@ -114,6 +114,21 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "appParams": { # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. + "group": "A String", # Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name + "scope": { # Scope of an application. # Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # Required. Scope Type. + }, + }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation. "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10. @@ -175,6 +190,21 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "appParams": { # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. + "group": "A String", # Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name + "scope": { # Scope of an application. # Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # Required. Scope Type. + }, + }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation. "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10. @@ -261,6 +291,21 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "appParams": { # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. + "group": "A String", # Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name + "scope": { # Scope of an application. # Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # Required. Scope Type. + }, + }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation. "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10. @@ -333,6 +378,21 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "appParams": { # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. + "group": "A String", # Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name + "scope": { # Scope of an application. # Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # Required. Scope Type. + }, + }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation. "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10. @@ -412,6 +472,21 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "appParams": { # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. + "group": "A String", # Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name + "scope": { # Scope of an application. # Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # Required. Scope Type. + }, + }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation. "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10. @@ -473,6 +548,21 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "appParams": { # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. # AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application. + "group": "A String", # Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name + "scope": { # Scope of an application. # Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # Required. Scope Type. + }, + }, + "applicationTemplateComponent": { # ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4 # Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate. + "component": "A String", # Name of the component in composite.Components + "compositeRef": { # CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4 # Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate. + "applicationTemplate": "A String", # Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource. + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored. + "syncOperation": "A String", # Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage. + }, + "revision": "A String", # Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation. "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10. diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html index f3d575744c..6517328f00 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "application": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application. "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state. "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. @@ -166,6 +167,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -193,6 +196,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "application": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application. "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state. "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. @@ -245,6 +249,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -297,6 +303,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "application": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application. "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state. "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. @@ -349,6 +356,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -387,6 +396,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "application": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application. "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state. "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. @@ -439,6 +449,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -484,6 +496,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "application": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application. "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state. "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. @@ -536,6 +549,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -563,6 +578,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, + "application": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application. "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have. { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state. "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another. @@ -615,6 +631,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 9b678cfdc9..fdd9a409fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -646,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -854,6 +862,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -1198,6 +1213,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index 9febd1c8de..474ecfa757 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -215,6 +215,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -423,6 +431,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -767,6 +782,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1143,6 +1164,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1351,6 +1380,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -1695,6 +1731,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1927,6 +1969,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2135,6 +2185,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -2479,6 +2536,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -2724,6 +2787,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2932,6 +3003,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -3276,6 +3354,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -3522,6 +3606,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -3730,6 +3822,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -4074,6 +4173,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 54e10be872..c2f59c720c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -646,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -854,6 +862,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -1198,6 +1213,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index 044480f99a..ed1f1f0cf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -148,6 +148,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -356,6 +364,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -700,6 +715,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -932,6 +953,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1140,6 +1169,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -1484,6 +1520,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1787,6 +1829,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1995,6 +2045,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -2339,6 +2396,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -2715,6 +2778,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2923,6 +2994,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -3267,6 +3345,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -3499,6 +3583,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -3707,6 +3799,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -4051,6 +4150,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -4296,6 +4401,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -4504,6 +4617,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -4848,6 +4968,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -5094,6 +5220,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -5302,6 +5436,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -5646,6 +5787,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index cf37596c1a..f3c4c60d50 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -646,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -854,6 +862,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -1198,6 +1213,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index 7dc2b0df2b..7abe9782b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -215,6 +215,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -423,6 +431,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -767,6 +782,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1143,6 +1164,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1351,6 +1380,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -1695,6 +1731,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1927,6 +1969,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2135,6 +2185,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -2479,6 +2536,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -2724,6 +2787,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2932,6 +3003,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -3276,6 +3354,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -3522,6 +3606,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -3730,6 +3822,13 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion). }, "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding. + "discoveredWorkload": { # Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service. # DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding. + "confidence": "A String", # The confidence in detection of this workload. + "detectedRelevantHardware": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type. + "detectedRelevantKeywords": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type. + "detectedRelevantPackages": True or False, # A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type. + "workloadType": "A String", # The type of workload. + }, "disk": { # Contains information about the disk associated with the finding. # Disk associated with the finding. "name": "A String", # The name of the disk, for example, "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone-id}/disks/{disk-id}". }, @@ -4074,6 +4173,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html index 1e086d2fa4..7416412830 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 6a2dbdf85e..69649ca098 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html
index 4750e5d26d..73b25ada5a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -408,12 +408,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -949,7 +951,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1154,12 +1156,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1381,7 +1385,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1586,12 +1590,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1827,7 +1833,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2032,12 +2038,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 1cff704dc3..a4ccb1b4c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Cloud SQL instance as a clone of the source instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.
 
 Args:
-  project: string, Required. Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance. (required)
+  project: string, Required. Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance. (required)
   instance: string, Required. The ID of the Cloud SQL instance to be cloned (source). This does not include the project ID. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The request payload used to execute SQL statements. "application": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the name of the application that is making the request. This field is used for telemetry. Only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores are allowed. The maximum length is 32 characters. - "autoIamAuthn": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database. + "autoIamAuthn": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database. "database": "A String", # Optional. Name of the database on which the statement will be executed. "partialResultMode": "A String", # Optional. Controls how the API should respond when the SQL execution result is incomplete due to the size limit or another error. The default mode is to throw an error. "rowLimit": "A String", # Optional. The maximum number of rows returned per SQL statement. @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2635,12 +2635,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3036,7 +3038,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3241,12 +3243,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3593,7 +3597,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3798,12 +3802,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4044,7 +4050,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -4249,12 +4255,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4603,7 +4611,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -4808,12 +4816,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -6039,7 +6049,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -6244,12 +6254,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -7429,7 +7441,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -7634,12 +7646,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html index 10ffc72ddf..9b72d81226 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html @@ -418,7 +418,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1164,7 +1166,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1596,7 +1600,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -2042,7 +2048,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 6a68c06c04..7d6c0f7313 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Cloud SQL instance as a clone of the source instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.
 
 Args:
-  project: string, Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance. (required)
+  project: string, Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance. (required)
   instance: string, The ID of the Cloud SQL instance to be cloned (source). This does not include the project ID. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -2640,7 +2640,9 @@ 

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3246,7 +3248,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3803,7 +3807,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4254,7 +4260,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4813,7 +4821,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -6249,7 +6259,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -7639,7 +7651,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.html index c968f95313..747d986283 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.bucketOperations.html b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.bucketOperations.html
index f82c557ed0..49039c0fe8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.bucketOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.bucketOperations.html
@@ -110,7 +110,10 @@ 

Method Details

"bucketName": "A String", # The bucket name of the objects to be transformed in the BucketOperation. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the BucketOperation was completed. "counters": { # Describes details about the progress of the job. # Output only. Information about the progress of the bucket operation. - "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects failed. + "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of objects that failed due to user errors or service errors. + "objectCustomContextsCreated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts created. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsDeleted": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts deleted. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsUpdated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts updated. This counter tracks custom contexts where the key already existed, but the payload was modified. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. "succeededObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects completed. "totalBytesFound": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes found from source. This field is only populated for jobs with a prefix list object configuration. "totalObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects listed. @@ -206,7 +209,10 @@

Method Details

"bucketName": "A String", # The bucket name of the objects to be transformed in the BucketOperation. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the BucketOperation was completed. "counters": { # Describes details about the progress of the job. # Output only. Information about the progress of the bucket operation. - "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects failed. + "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of objects that failed due to user errors or service errors. + "objectCustomContextsCreated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts created. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsDeleted": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts deleted. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsUpdated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts updated. This counter tracks custom contexts where the key already existed, but the payload was modified. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. "succeededObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects completed. "totalBytesFound": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes found from source. This field is only populated for jobs with a prefix list object configuration. "totalObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects listed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html index 3d139ec46b..afe84b18ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -158,7 +158,10 @@

Method Details

}, "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the job was completed. "counters": { # Describes details about the progress of the job. # Output only. Information about the progress of the job. - "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects failed. + "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of objects that failed due to user errors or service errors. + "objectCustomContextsCreated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts created. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsDeleted": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts deleted. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsUpdated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts updated. This counter tracks custom contexts where the key already existed, but the payload was modified. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. "succeededObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects completed. "totalBytesFound": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes found from source. This field is only populated for jobs with a prefix list object configuration. "totalObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects listed. @@ -315,7 +318,10 @@

Method Details

}, "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the job was completed. "counters": { # Describes details about the progress of the job. # Output only. Information about the progress of the job. - "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects failed. + "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of objects that failed due to user errors or service errors. + "objectCustomContextsCreated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts created. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsDeleted": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts deleted. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsUpdated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts updated. This counter tracks custom contexts where the key already existed, but the payload was modified. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. "succeededObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects completed. "totalBytesFound": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes found from source. This field is only populated for jobs with a prefix list object configuration. "totalObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects listed. @@ -428,7 +434,10 @@

Method Details

}, "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the job was completed. "counters": { # Describes details about the progress of the job. # Output only. Information about the progress of the job. - "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects failed. + "failedObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of objects that failed due to user errors or service errors. + "objectCustomContextsCreated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts created. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsDeleted": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts deleted. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. + "objectCustomContextsUpdated": "A String", # Output only. Number of object custom contexts updated. This counter tracks custom contexts where the key already existed, but the payload was modified. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation. "succeededObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects completed. "totalBytesFound": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes found from source. This field is only populated for jobs with a prefix list object configuration. "totalObjectCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of objects listed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html index a82ef0e635..3f1faac259 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # A set of features that Security Token Service supports, in addition to the standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange, formatted as a serialized JSON object of Options. The size of the parameter value must not exceed 4 * 1024 * 1024 characters (4 MB). "requestedTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the type of requested security token. Can be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_boundary_intermediary_token`. "scope": "A String", # The OAuth 2.0 scopes to include on the resulting access token, formatted as a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings; for example, `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform`. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token. For a list of OAuth 2.0 scopes, see [OAuth 2.0 Scopes for Google APIs](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2/scopes). - "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\", \"MCIFFGAGTT0...\"] ``` + "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\", \"MCIFFGAGTT0...\"] ``` "subjectTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier that indicates the type of the security token in the `subject_token` parameter. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`, `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`, and `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html index 6e9ad1fb66..b2c0c7fd70 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # A set of features that Security Token Service supports, in addition to the standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange, formatted as a serialized JSON object of Options. The size of the parameter value must not exceed 4096 characters. "requestedTokenType": "A String", # Required. The type of security token. Must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`, which indicates an OAuth 2.0 access token. "scope": "A String", # The OAuth 2.0 scopes to include on the resulting access token, formatted as a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings; for example, `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform`. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token. For a list of OAuth 2.0 scopes, see [OAuth 2.0 Scopes for Google APIs](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2/scopes). - "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. + "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. "subjectTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier that indicates the type of the security token in the `subject_token` parameter. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`, `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`, and `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html index c9c56c8fe4..76b2d84ff3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html +++ b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html @@ -98,7 +98,15 @@

Method Details

"advancedVoiceOptions": { # Used for advanced voice options. # Optional. Advanced voice options. "enableTextnorm": True or False, # Optional. If true, textnorm will be applied to text input. This feature is enabled by default. Only applies for Gemini TTS. "lowLatencyJourneySynthesis": True or False, # Only for Journey voices. If false, the synthesis is context aware and has a higher latency. - "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "safetySettings": { # Safety settings for the request. # Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default. + "settings": [ # The safety settings for the request. + { # Safety setting for a single harm category. + "category": "A String", # The harm category to apply the safety setting to. + "threshold": "A String", # The harm block threshold for the safety setting. + }, + ], + }, }, "audioConfig": { # Description of audio data to be synthesized. # Required. The configuration of the synthesized audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The format of the audio byte stream. diff --git a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html index d79bef975b..a47f608271 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html +++ b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html @@ -98,7 +98,15 @@

Method Details

"advancedVoiceOptions": { # Used for advanced voice options. # Optional. Advanced voice options. "enableTextnorm": True or False, # Optional. If true, textnorm will be applied to text input. This feature is enabled by default. Only applies for Gemini TTS. "lowLatencyJourneySynthesis": True or False, # Only for Journey voices. If false, the synthesis is context aware and has a higher latency. - "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "safetySettings": { # Safety settings for the request. # Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default. + "settings": [ # The safety settings for the request. + { # Safety setting for a single harm category. + "category": "A String", # The harm category to apply the safety setting to. + "threshold": "A String", # The harm block threshold for the safety setting. + }, + ], + }, }, "audioConfig": { # Description of audio data to be synthesized. # Required. The configuration of the synthesized audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The format of the audio byte stream. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html index da68c32d31..3cb4bdf4e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -166,7 +167,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -176,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Output only. A Project id. "resultsStorage": { # The storage for test results. # The location where output files are stored in the user bucket. "resultsStoragePath": { # A reference to a file. # The root directory for test results. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "xunitXmlFile": { # A reference to a file. # The path to the Xunit XML file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, "shardSummaries": [ # Output only. Summaries of shards. Only one shard will present unless sharding feature is enabled in TestExecutionService. @@ -208,6 +209,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -228,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -295,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -315,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -325,10 +328,10 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Output only. A Project id. "resultsStorage": { # The storage for test results. # The location where output files are stored in the user bucket. "resultsStoragePath": { # A reference to a file. # The root directory for test results. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "xunitXmlFile": { # A reference to a file. # The path to the Xunit XML file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, "shardSummaries": [ # Output only. Summaries of shards. Only one shard will present unless sharding feature is enabled in TestExecutionService. @@ -357,6 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -377,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html index 7e072aaed3..a99e2ec1b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html @@ -156,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -257,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -366,6 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -478,6 +481,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -599,6 +603,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -700,6 +705,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html index fa33c4141f..55669668db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html @@ -251,6 +251,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -292,7 +293,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -311,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -321,7 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -342,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -352,7 +353,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -480,7 +482,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -499,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -509,7 +511,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -530,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -540,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -636,6 +638,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -677,7 +680,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -696,7 +699,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -706,7 +709,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -727,7 +730,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -737,7 +740,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -905,6 +908,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -946,7 +950,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -965,7 +969,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -975,7 +979,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -996,7 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1006,7 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1113,6 +1117,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -1154,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -1173,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1183,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1204,7 +1209,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1214,7 +1219,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1301,6 +1306,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -1342,7 +1348,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -1361,7 +1367,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1371,7 +1377,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1392,7 +1398,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1402,7 +1408,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1431,7 +1437,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for StepService.PublishXunitXmlFiles. "xunitXmlFiles": [ # URI of the Xunit XML files to publish. The maximum size of the file this reference is pointing to is 50MB. Required. { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], } @@ -1509,6 +1515,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -1550,7 +1557,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -1569,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1579,7 +1586,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1600,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1610,7 +1617,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html index ee3c0d5e1f..5d72407660 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html index f7db3853ef..6a132614c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.html index f9afae584c..76085f11e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the Tool Results settings for a project. May return any of the following canonical error codes: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to read from project

initializeSettings(projectId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates resources for settings which have not yet been set. Currently, this creates a single resource: a Google Cloud Storage bucket, to be used as the default bucket for this project. The bucket is created in an FTL-own storage project. Except for in rare cases, calling this method in parallel from multiple clients will only create a single bucket. In order to avoid unnecessary storage charges, the bucket is configured to automatically delete objects older than 90 days. The bucket is created with the following permissions: - Owner access for owners of central storage project (FTL-owned) - Writer access for owners/editors of customer project - Reader access for viewers of customer project The default ACL on objects created in the bucket is: - Owner access for owners of central storage project - Reader access for owners/editors/viewers of customer project See Google Cloud Storage documentation for more details. If there is already a default bucket set and the project can access the bucket, this call does nothing. However, if the project doesn't have the permission to access the bucket or the bucket is deleted, a new bucket will be created. May return any canonical error codes, including the following: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to write to project - Any error code raised by Google Cloud Storage

+

Creates resources for settings which have not yet been set. Currently, this creates a single resource: a Google Cloud Storage bucket, to be used as the default bucket for this project. The bucket is created in an FTL-own storage project. Except for in rare cases, calling this method in parallel from multiple clients will only create a single bucket. In order to avoid unnecessary storage charges, the bucket is configured to automatically delete objects older than 60 days. The bucket is created with the following permissions: - Owner access for owners of central storage project (FTL-owned) - Writer access for owners/editors of customer project - Reader access for viewers of customer project The default ACL on objects created in the bucket is: - Owner access for owners of central storage project - Reader access for owners/editors/viewers of customer project See Google Cloud Storage documentation for more details. If there is already a default bucket set and the project can access the bucket, this call does nothing. However, if the project doesn't have the permission to access the bucket or the bucket is deleted, a new bucket will be created. May return any canonical error codes, including the following: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to write to project - Any error code raised by Google Cloud Storage

Method Details

close() @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

initializeSettings(projectId, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates resources for settings which have not yet been set. Currently, this creates a single resource: a Google Cloud Storage bucket, to be used as the default bucket for this project. The bucket is created in an FTL-own storage project. Except for in rare cases, calling this method in parallel from multiple clients will only create a single bucket. In order to avoid unnecessary storage charges, the bucket is configured to automatically delete objects older than 90 days. The bucket is created with the following permissions: - Owner access for owners of central storage project (FTL-owned) - Writer access for owners/editors of customer project - Reader access for viewers of customer project The default ACL on objects created in the bucket is: - Owner access for owners of central storage project - Reader access for owners/editors/viewers of customer project See Google Cloud Storage documentation for more details. If there is already a default bucket set and the project can access the bucket, this call does nothing. However, if the project doesn't have the permission to access the bucket or the bucket is deleted, a new bucket will be created. May return any canonical error codes, including the following: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to write to project - Any error code raised by Google Cloud Storage
+  
Creates resources for settings which have not yet been set. Currently, this creates a single resource: a Google Cloud Storage bucket, to be used as the default bucket for this project. The bucket is created in an FTL-own storage project. Except for in rare cases, calling this method in parallel from multiple clients will only create a single bucket. In order to avoid unnecessary storage charges, the bucket is configured to automatically delete objects older than 60 days. The bucket is created with the following permissions: - Owner access for owners of central storage project (FTL-owned) - Writer access for owners/editors of customer project - Reader access for viewers of customer project The default ACL on objects created in the bucket is: - Owner access for owners of central storage project - Reader access for owners/editors/viewers of customer project See Google Cloud Storage documentation for more details. If there is already a default bucket set and the project can access the bucket, this call does nothing. However, if the project doesn't have the permission to access the bucket or the bucket is deleted, a new bucket will be created. May return any canonical error codes, including the following: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to write to project - Any error code raised by Google Cloud Storage
 
 Args:
   projectId: string, A Project id. Required. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html b/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html
index d2fcdd22b5..76e6b786a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ 

Method Details

"first": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in first class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has first class seats or not. "premiumEconomy": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in premium economy class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has premium economy class seats or not. }, - "flight": { # All details related to a single request item for a direct flight emission estimates. # Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. + "flight": { # All details related to a single request item for a direct flight emission estimates. # Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. "departureDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date of the flight in the time zone of the origin airport. Must be a date in the present or future. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of flights with Scope 3 emission estimates. "flightEmissions": [ # List of flight segments with emission estimates. { # Scope 3 flight with emission estimates. - "flight": { # Flight parameters with which the Scope 3 emissions are fetched. # Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. + "flight": { # Flight parameters with which the Scope 3 emissions are fetched. # Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. "cabinClass": "A String", # Required. The cabin class of the flight. "carrierCode": "A String", # Optional. 2-character [IATA carrier code](https://www.iata.org/en/publications/directories/code-search/), e.g. `KE`. This is required if specific flight matching is desired. Otherwise, this is unused for typical flight and distance-based emissions models. This could be both operating and marketing carrier code (i.e. codeshare is covered). "departureDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date of the flight in the time zone of the origin airport. Only year is required for typical flight and distance-based emissions models (month and day values are ignored and therefore, can be either omitted, set to 0, or set to a valid date for those cases). Correspondingly, if a specific date is not provided for TIM emissions, we will fallback to typical flight (or distance-based) emissions. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"first": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in first class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has first class seats or not. "premiumEconomy": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in premium economy class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has premium economy class seats or not. }, - "market": { # A pair of airports. # Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. + "market": { # A pair of airports. # Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. "destination": "A String", # Required. IATA airport code for flight destination, e.g. "JFK". "origin": "A String", # Required. IATA airport code for flight origin, e.g. "LHR". }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html index d93ea35034..8ed16383ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 12cfc9ed88..f88df16383 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html
index fd3e5971a0..430191f406 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets all the principals having bind permission on the intranet VPC associated with the consumer project granted by the Grant API. DnsBindPermission is a global resource and location can only be global.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html
index 96acc1534b..4804168250 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new network peering between the peer network and VMware Engine network provided in a `NetworkPeering` resource. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `NetworkPeering` resource. Only the `description` field can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.

Method Details

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new network peering between the peer network and VMware Engine network provided in a `NetworkPeering` resource. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.
 
 Args:
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ 

Method Details

networkPeeringId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new `NetworkPeering`. This identifier must be unique among `NetworkPeering` resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -296,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `NetworkPeering` resource. Only the `description` field can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.
 
 Args:
@@ -325,6 +326,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `NetworkPeering` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html index 08bece91d9..0c09eaab3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new external access rule in a given network policy.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single external access rule. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied.

Method Details

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new external access rule in a given network policy.
 
 Args:
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ 

Method Details

externalAccessRuleId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the `ExternalAccessRule` to be created. This identifier must be unique among `ExternalAccessRule` resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -330,7 +331,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the parameters of a single external access rule. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied.
 
 Args:
@@ -372,6 +373,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `ExternalAccessRule` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the// request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html index 9aad24fdf8..372f25a1d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new network policy in a given VMware Engine network of a project and location (region). A new network policy cannot be created if another network policy already exists in the same scope.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `NetworkPolicy` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `internet_access`, `external_ip`, `edge_services_cidr`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. When updating a network policy, the external IP network service can only be disabled if there are no external IP addresses present in the scope of the policy. Also, a `NetworkService` cannot be updated when `NetworkService.state` is set to `RECONCILING`. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.

Method Details

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new network policy in a given VMware Engine network of a project and location (region). A new network policy cannot be created if another network policy already exists in the same scope.
 
 Args:
@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ 

Method Details

networkPolicyId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the network policy to be created. This identifier must be unique within parent `projects/{my-project}/locations/{us-central1}/networkPolicies` and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -349,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `NetworkPolicy` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `internet_access`, `external_ip`, `edge_services_cidr`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. When updating a network policy, the external IP network service can only be disabled if there are no external IP addresses present in the scope of the policy. Also, a `NetworkService` cannot be updated when `NetworkService.state` is set to `RECONCILING`. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.
 
 Args:
@@ -378,6 +379,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `NetworkPolicy` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html index 87e84a86e3..83b14e152c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

clusterId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new `Cluster`. This identifier must be unique among clusters within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ignoreColocation": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the colocation requirement will be ignored. If set to false, the colocation requirement will be enforced. If not set, the colocation requirement will be enforced. Colocation requirement is the requirement that the cluster must be in the same region/zone of datastore(regional/zonal datastore). "requestId": "A String", # Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -623,7 +624,7 @@

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `Cluster` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `updateMask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -780,6 +781,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Unmount Datastore Request messag "datastore": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the datastore to unmount. Resource names are schemeless URIs that follow the conventions in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. For example: `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/datastores/my-datastore` "requestId": "A String", # Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html index 06a1b2c9a6..17e1755adc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new `ExternalAddress` resource in a given private cloud. The network policy that corresponds to the private cloud must have the external IP address network service enabled (`NetworkPolicy.external_ip`).

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single external IP address. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.

Method Details

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new `ExternalAddress` resource in a given private cloud. The network policy that corresponds to the private cloud must have the external IP address network service enabled (`NetworkPolicy.external_ip`).
 
 Args:
@@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ 

Method Details

externalAddressId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the `ExternalAddress` to be created. This identifier must be unique among `ExternalAddress` resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -267,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the parameters of a single external IP address. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.
 
 Args:
@@ -288,6 +289,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `ExternalAddress` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html index 95a048a23c..340abe0da1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `PrivateCloud` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.

privateCloudDeletionNow(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

privateCloudId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the private cloud to be created. This identifier must be unique among each `PrivateCloud` within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `PrivateCloud` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.
 
 Args:
@@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `PrivateCloud` resource by the update. The fields specified in `updateMask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html index dd9103ec7b..d9c9d2dd0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new private connection that can be used for accessing private Clouds.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `PrivateConnection` resource. Only `description` and `routing_mode` fields can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.

Method Details

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new private connection that can be used for accessing private Clouds.
 
 Args:
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ 

Method Details

privateConnectionId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new private connection. This identifier must be unique among private connection resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -287,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `PrivateConnection` resource. Only `description` and `routing_mode` fields can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.
 
 Args:
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `PrivateConnection` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html index 7ac1bbdb97..b91589f09d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new VMware Engine network that can be used by a private cloud.

delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a VMware Engine network resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.

Method Details

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new VMware Engine network that can be used by a private cloud.
 
 Args:
@@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ 

Method Details

} requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. vmwareEngineNetworkId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new VMware Engine network. This identifier must be unique among VMware Engine network resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * For networks of type LEGACY, adheres to the format: `{region-id}-default`. Replace `{region-id}` with the region where you want to create the VMware Engine network. For example, "us-central1-default". * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -286,7 +287,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a VMware Engine network resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.
 
 Args:
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the VMware Engine network resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html index 6a1e5faff5..780aa5bb58 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 388a923cb9..d86213a971 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html
index d3ef95539b..b5f13e95fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 39c381190b..2d6d570287 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html
index 7e5487dddf..f017531b36 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html
@@ -129,12 +129,14 @@ 

Method Details

"includeResource": True or False, # Optional. Whether the event payload includes data about the resource that changed. For example, for an event where a Google Chat message was created, whether the payload contains data about the [`Message`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages) resource. If false, the event payload only includes the name of the changed resource. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If `true`, the subscription is in the process of being updated. + "serviceAccountAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The service account that was used to authorize the creation of the subscription. This service account must be owned by the same Google Cloud project where you create this subscription. Format: `projects/{project_id}/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the subscription. Determines whether the subscription can receive events and deliver them to the notification endpoint. "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The error that suspended the subscription. To reactivate the subscription, resolve the error and call the `ReactivateSubscription` method. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Google Workspace resource that's monitored for events, formatted as the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names). To learn about target resources and the events that they support, see [Supported Google Workspace events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events#supported-events). A user can only authorize your app to create one subscription for a given target resource. If your app tries to create another subscription with the same user credentials, the request returns an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error. "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The time-to-live (TTL) or duration for the subscription. If unspecified or set to `0`, uses the maximum possible duration. "uid": "A String", # Output only. System-assigned unique identifier for the subscription. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time that the subscription is updated. + "userAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. The user must be able to view the `target_resource`. For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.id) field from the Directory API. Format: `users/{user}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). } validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, validates and previews the request, but doesn't create the subscription. @@ -236,12 +238,14 @@

Method Details

"includeResource": True or False, # Optional. Whether the event payload includes data about the resource that changed. For example, for an event where a Google Chat message was created, whether the payload contains data about the [`Message`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages) resource. If false, the event payload only includes the name of the changed resource. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If `true`, the subscription is in the process of being updated. + "serviceAccountAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The service account that was used to authorize the creation of the subscription. This service account must be owned by the same Google Cloud project where you create this subscription. Format: `projects/{project_id}/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the subscription. Determines whether the subscription can receive events and deliver them to the notification endpoint. "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The error that suspended the subscription. To reactivate the subscription, resolve the error and call the `ReactivateSubscription` method. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Google Workspace resource that's monitored for events, formatted as the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names). To learn about target resources and the events that they support, see [Supported Google Workspace events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events#supported-events). A user can only authorize your app to create one subscription for a given target resource. If your app tries to create another subscription with the same user credentials, the request returns an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error. "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The time-to-live (TTL) or duration for the subscription. If unspecified or set to `0`, uses the maximum possible duration. "uid": "A String", # Output only. System-assigned unique identifier for the subscription. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time that the subscription is updated. + "userAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. The user must be able to view the `target_resource`. For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.id) field from the Directory API. Format: `users/{user}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). }
@@ -281,12 +285,14 @@

Method Details

"includeResource": True or False, # Optional. Whether the event payload includes data about the resource that changed. For example, for an event where a Google Chat message was created, whether the payload contains data about the [`Message`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages) resource. If false, the event payload only includes the name of the changed resource. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If `true`, the subscription is in the process of being updated. + "serviceAccountAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The service account that was used to authorize the creation of the subscription. This service account must be owned by the same Google Cloud project where you create this subscription. Format: `projects/{project_id}/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the subscription. Determines whether the subscription can receive events and deliver them to the notification endpoint. "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The error that suspended the subscription. To reactivate the subscription, resolve the error and call the `ReactivateSubscription` method. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Google Workspace resource that's monitored for events, formatted as the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names). To learn about target resources and the events that they support, see [Supported Google Workspace events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events#supported-events). A user can only authorize your app to create one subscription for a given target resource. If your app tries to create another subscription with the same user credentials, the request returns an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error. "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The time-to-live (TTL) or duration for the subscription. If unspecified or set to `0`, uses the maximum possible duration. "uid": "A String", # Output only. System-assigned unique identifier for the subscription. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time that the subscription is updated. + "userAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. The user must be able to view the `target_resource`. For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.id) field from the Directory API. Format: `users/{user}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). }, ], }
@@ -332,12 +338,14 @@

Method Details

"includeResource": True or False, # Optional. Whether the event payload includes data about the resource that changed. For example, for an event where a Google Chat message was created, whether the payload contains data about the [`Message`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages) resource. If false, the event payload only includes the name of the changed resource. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If `true`, the subscription is in the process of being updated. + "serviceAccountAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The service account that was used to authorize the creation of the subscription. This service account must be owned by the same Google Cloud project where you create this subscription. Format: `projects/{project_id}/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the subscription. Determines whether the subscription can receive events and deliver them to the notification endpoint. "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The error that suspended the subscription. To reactivate the subscription, resolve the error and call the `ReactivateSubscription` method. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Google Workspace resource that's monitored for events, formatted as the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names). To learn about target resources and the events that they support, see [Supported Google Workspace events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events#supported-events). A user can only authorize your app to create one subscription for a given target resource. If your app tries to create another subscription with the same user credentials, the request returns an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error. "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The time-to-live (TTL) or duration for the subscription. If unspecified or set to `0`, uses the maximum possible duration. "uid": "A String", # Output only. System-assigned unique identifier for the subscription. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time that the subscription is updated. + "userAuthority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. The user must be able to view the `target_resource`. For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.id) field from the Directory API. Format: `users/{user}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). } updateMask: string, Optional. The field to update. If omitted, updates any fields included in the request. You can update one of the following fields in a subscription: * `expire_time`: The timestamp when the subscription expires. * `ttl`: The time-to-live (TTL) or duration of the subscription. * `event_types`: The list of event types to receive about the target resource. When using the `*` wildcard (equivalent to `PUT`), omitted fields are set to empty values and rejected if they're invalid. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.html index d33562c2d5..3ab81a7d00 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html
index 02bb2ad188..0d8b02b1f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ 

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. } - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. workstationClusterId: string, Required. ID to use for the workstation cluster. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

name: string, Required. Name of the workstation cluster to delete. (required) etag: string, Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation cluster on the server does not have this ETag. force: boolean, Optional. If set, any workstation configurations and workstations in the workstation cluster are also deleted. Otherwise, the request only works if the workstation cluster has no configurations or workstations. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set, and the workstation cluster is not found, a new workstation cluster will be created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. updateMask: string, Required. Mask that specifies which fields in the workstation cluster should be updated. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index 6c836c2899..e0b9a90813 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -276,12 +276,12 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. } - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. workstationConfigId: string, Required. ID to use for the workstation configuration. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

Method Details

name: string, Required. Name of the workstation configuration to delete. (required) etag: string, Optional. If set, the request is rejected if the latest version of the workstation configuration on the server does not have this ETag. force: boolean, Optional. If set, any workstations in the workstation configuration are also deleted. Otherwise, the request works only if the workstation configuration has no workstations. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. }
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. }, @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. }, @@ -1100,14 +1100,14 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. } allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set and the workstation configuration is not found, a new workstation configuration will be created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation configuration should be updated. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index 76e6f186f1..2cc7615b51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently updated. } - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. workstationId: string, Required. ID to use for the workstation. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the workstation to delete. (required) etag: string, Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -542,9 +542,9 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently updated. } - allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set and the workstation configuration is not found, a new workstation configuration is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. - updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation configuration should be updated. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set and the workstation is not found, a new workstation is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. + updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation should be updated. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for StartWorkstation. "boostConfig": "A String", # Optional. If set, the workstation starts using the boost configuration with the specified ID. "etag": "A String", # Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. - "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for StopWorkstation. "etag": "A String", # Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. - "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html index 9538745c5a..77a5902d87 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html @@ -164,9 +164,11 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. + "workstationAuthorizationUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the redirect URL for unauthorized requests received by workstation VMs in this cluster. Redirects to this endpoint will send a base64 encoded `state` query param containing the target workstation name and original request hostname. The endpoint is responsible for retrieving a token using `GenerateAccessToken` and redirecting back to the original hostname with the token. + "workstationLaunchUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the launch URL for workstations in this cluster. Requests sent to unstarted workstations will be redirected to this URL. Requests redirected to the launch endpoint will be sent with a `workstation` and `project` query parameter containing the full workstation resource name and project ID, respectively. The launch endpoint is responsible for starting the workstation, polling it until it reaches `STATE_RUNNING`, and then issuing a redirect to the workstation's host URL. } - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. workstationClusterId: string, Required. ID to use for the workstation cluster. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -205,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

name: string, Required. Name of the workstation cluster to delete. (required) etag: string, Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation cluster on the server does not have this ETag. force: boolean, Optional. If set, any workstation configurations and workstations in the workstation cluster are also deleted. Otherwise, the request only works if the workstation cluster has no configurations or workstations. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -298,6 +300,8 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. + "workstationAuthorizationUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the redirect URL for unauthorized requests received by workstation VMs in this cluster. Redirects to this endpoint will send a base64 encoded `state` query param containing the target workstation name and original request hostname. The endpoint is responsible for retrieving a token using `GenerateAccessToken` and redirecting back to the original hostname with the token. + "workstationLaunchUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the launch URL for workstations in this cluster. Requests sent to unstarted workstations will be redirected to this URL. Requests redirected to the launch endpoint will be sent with a `workstation` and `project` query parameter containing the full workstation resource name and project ID, respectively. The launch endpoint is responsible for starting the workstation, polling it until it reaches `STATE_RUNNING`, and then issuing a redirect to the workstation's host URL. }
@@ -373,6 +377,8 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. + "workstationAuthorizationUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the redirect URL for unauthorized requests received by workstation VMs in this cluster. Redirects to this endpoint will send a base64 encoded `state` query param containing the target workstation name and original request hostname. The endpoint is responsible for retrieving a token using `GenerateAccessToken` and redirecting back to the original hostname with the token. + "workstationLaunchUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the launch URL for workstations in this cluster. Requests sent to unstarted workstations will be redirected to this URL. Requests redirected to the launch endpoint will be sent with a `workstation` and `project` query parameter containing the full workstation resource name and project ID, respectively. The launch endpoint is responsible for starting the workstation, polling it until it reaches `STATE_RUNNING`, and then issuing a redirect to the workstation's host URL. }, ], }
@@ -450,11 +456,13 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. + "workstationAuthorizationUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the redirect URL for unauthorized requests received by workstation VMs in this cluster. Redirects to this endpoint will send a base64 encoded `state` query param containing the target workstation name and original request hostname. The endpoint is responsible for retrieving a token using `GenerateAccessToken` and redirecting back to the original hostname with the token. + "workstationLaunchUrl": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the launch URL for workstations in this cluster. Requests sent to unstarted workstations will be redirected to this URL. Requests redirected to the launch endpoint will be sent with a `workstation` and `project` query parameter containing the full workstation resource name and project ID, respectively. The launch endpoint is responsible for starting the workstation, polling it until it reaches `STATE_RUNNING`, and then issuing a redirect to the workstation's host URL. } allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set, and the workstation cluster is not found, a new workstation cluster will be created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. updateMask: string, Required. Mask that specifies which fields in the workstation cluster should be updated. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index e4ac48a129..5ad16b0a3d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -295,14 +295,14 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. } - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. workstationConfigId: string, Required. ID to use for the workstation configuration. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

name: string, Required. Name of the workstation configuration to delete. (required) etag: string, Optional. If set, the request is rejected if the latest version of the workstation configuration on the server does not have this ETag. force: boolean, Optional. If set, any workstations in the workstation configuration are also deleted. Otherwise, the request works only if the workstation configuration has no workstations. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZones": [ # Optional. Immutable. Specifies the zones used to replicate the VM and disk resources within the region. If set, exactly two zones within the workstation cluster's region must be specified—for example, `['us-central1-a', 'us-central1-f']`. If this field is empty, two default zones within the region are used. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "A String", ], - "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. + "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@

Method Details

allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set and the workstation configuration is not found, a new workstation configuration will be created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation configuration should be updated. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index ab1fc2f014..75695ef0d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently updated. } - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. workstationId: string, Required. ID to use for the workstation. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the workstation to delete. (required) etag: string, Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -642,9 +642,9 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently updated. } - allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set and the workstation configuration is not found, a new workstation configuration is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. - updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation configuration should be updated. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set and the workstation is not found, a new workstation is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored. + updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation should be updated. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for StartWorkstation. "boostConfig": "A String", # Optional. If set, the workstation starts using the boost configuration with the specified ID. "etag": "A String", # Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. - "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for StopWorkstation. "etag": "A String", # Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. - "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html index c9f8ba0e62..aeadfa4674 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html index f98130a3c9..f05c5c93cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel=None, x__xgafv=None)

POST method.

Method Details

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Method Details

- insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None) + insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel=None, x__xgafv=None)
POST method.
 
 Args:
@@ -105,6 +105,7 @@ 

Method Details

} externalChannelId: string, A parameter + onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel: string, A parameter x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.liveChat.messages.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.liveChat.messages.html index c232605912..490d91db56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.liveChat.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.liveChat.messages.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"giftName": "A String", # The name of the gift. "giftUrl": "A String", # The URL of the gift image. "hasVisualEffect": True or False, # Whether the gift involves a visual effect. - "jewelsCount": 42, # The cost of the gift in jewels. + "jewelsAmount": 42, # The value of the gift in jewels. "language": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code of the gift. }, "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index d8d162c828..487c574727 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260311", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { @@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ "id": "EgressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ "id": "IngressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, third-party identity, or agent identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index 6d4c9901ca..e54e7c467b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "baseUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", "canonicalName": "AdExchangeBuyerII", -"description": "Accesses the latest features for managing Authorized Buyers accounts, Real-Time Bidding configurations and auction metrics, and Marketplace programmatic deals.", +"description": "Access the latest features for managing Authorized Buyers accounts, Real-Time Bidding configurations and auction metrics, and Marketplace programmatic deals.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/reference/rest/", "icons": { @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251203", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index caf7d6c7bb..e2b6dd6505 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -247,6 +247,11 @@ "pattern": "(id:[a-z0-9]+(,id:[a-z0-9]+)*)", "type": "string" }, +"includeSensitiveData": { +"description": "Optional. When set to `true`, this field allows sensitive user-generated content to be included in the returned audit logs. This parameter is supported only for Rules (DLP) and Chat applications; using it with any other application will result in a permission error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "maxResults": { "default": "1000", "description": "Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response's `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional in the request. The default value is 1000.", @@ -681,7 +686,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260311", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { @@ -844,6 +849,76 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"sensitiveParameters": { +"description": "Includes sensitive parameter value pairs for various applications.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"boolValue": { +"description": "Boolean value of the parameter.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"intValue": { +"description": "Integer value of the parameter.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"messageValue": { +"description": "Nested parameter value pairs associated with this parameter. Complex value type for a parameter are returned as a list of parameter values. For example, the address parameter may have a value as `[{parameter: [{name: city, value: abc}]}]`", +"properties": { +"parameter": { +"description": "Parameter values", +"items": { +"$ref": "NestedParameter" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"multiIntValue": { +"description": "Integer values of the parameter.", +"items": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiMessageValue": { +"description": "List of `messageValue` objects.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"parameter": { +"description": "Parameter values", +"items": { +"$ref": "NestedParameter" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiValue": { +"description": "String values of the parameter.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the parameter.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "String value of the parameter.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "status": { "$ref": "ActivityEventsStatus", "description": "Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6816efdf52 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json @@ -0,0 +1,1705 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Agent Registry data and the email address of your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Agent Registry data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": { +"description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account" +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://agentregistry.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Agent Registry", +"description": "Agent Registry is a centralized, unified catalog that lets you store, discover, and govern Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers, tools, and AI agents within Google Cloud.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/agent-registry/overview", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "agentregistry:v1alpha", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://agentregistry.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "agentregistry", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"extraLocationTypes": { +"description": "Optional. Do not use this field. It is unsupported and is ignored unless explicitly documented otherwise. This is primarily for internal usage.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}/locations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"agents": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Agent.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.agents.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Agent" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Agents in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.agents.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListAgentsRequest", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/agents", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAgentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"search": { +"description": "Searches Agents in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents:search", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.agents.search", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for SearchAgentsRequest. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/agents:search", +"request": { +"$ref": "SearchAgentsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SearchAgentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} +}, +"endpoints": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.endpoints.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the endpoint to retrieve. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.endpoints.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A query string used to filter the list of endpoints returned. The filter expression must follow AIP-160 syntax. Filtering is supported on the `name`, `display_name`, `description`, `version`, and `interfaces` fields. Some examples: * `name = \"projects/p1/locations/l1/endpoints/e1\"` * `display_name = \"my-endpoint\"` * `description = \"my-endpoint-description\"` * `version = \"v1\"` * `interfaces.transport = \"HTTP_JSON\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project and location to list endpoints in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/endpoints", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListEndpointsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} +}, +"mcpServers": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single McpServer.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mcpServers/{mcpServersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.mcpServers.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mcpServers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "McpServer" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists McpServers in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mcpServers", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.mcpServers.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMcpServersRequest. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/mcpServers", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListMcpServersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"search": { +"description": "Searches McpServers in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mcpServers:search", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.mcpServers.search", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for SearchMcpServersRequest. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/mcpServers:search", +"request": { +"$ref": "SearchMcpServersRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SearchMcpServersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} +}, +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"services": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Service in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.services.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project and location to create the Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the service, which will become the final component of the service's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are `/a-z-/`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/services", +"request": { +"$ref": "Service" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Service.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.services.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Service.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.services.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Service" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Services in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.services.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A query string used to filter the list of services returned. The filter expression must follow AIP-160 syntax. Filtering is supported on the `name`, `display_name`, `description`, and `labels` fields. Some examples: * `name = \"projects/p1/locations/l1/services/s1\"` * `display_name = \"my-service\"` * `description : \"myservice description\"` * `labels.env = \"prod\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project and location to list services in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/services", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListServicesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single Service.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "agentregistry.projects.locations.services.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Service resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Service" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260406", +"rootUrl": "https://agentregistry.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"Agent": { +"description": "Represents an Agent. \"A2A\" below refers to the Agent-to-Agent protocol.", +"id": "Agent", +"properties": { +"agentId": { +"description": "Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for agents.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"description": "Output only. Attributes of the Agent. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/Framework`: {\"framework\": \"google-adk\"} - the agent framework used to develop the Agent. Example values: \"google-adk\", \"langchain\", \"custom\". * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {\"principal\": \"principal://...\"} - the runtime identity associated with the Agent. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {\"uri\": \"//...\"} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Agent, for example, the Reasoning Engine URI.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"card": { +"$ref": "Card", +"description": "Output only. Full Agent Card payload, when available.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Output only. The description of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no description.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. The display name of the agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Output only. The location where agent is hosted. The value is defined by the hosting environment (i.e. cloud provider).", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of an Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"protocols": { +"description": "Output only. The connection details for the Agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Protocol" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"skills": { +"description": "Output only. Skills the agent possesses, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Skill" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. A universally unique identifier for the Agent.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. The version of the Agent, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card. Empty if Agent Card has no version or agent is not an A2A Agent.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AgentSpec": { +"description": "The spec of the agent.", +"id": "AgentSpec", +"properties": { +"content": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. The content of the Agent spec in the JSON format. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the agent spec content.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_SPEC", +"A2A_AGENT_CARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type.", +"There is no spec for the Agent. The `content` field must be empty.", +"The content is an A2A Agent Card following the A2A specification. The `interfaces` field must be empty." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Annotations": { +"description": "Annotations describing the characteristics and behavior of a tool or operation.", +"id": "Annotations", +"properties": { +"destructiveHint": { +"description": "Output only. If true, the tool may perform destructive updates to its environment. If false, the tool performs only additive updates. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false` Default: true", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"idempotentHint": { +"description": "Output only. If true, calling the tool repeatedly with the same arguments will have no additional effect on its environment. NOTE: This property is meaningful only when `read_only_hint == false. Default: false", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"openWorldHint": { +"description": "Output only. If true, this tool may interact with an \"open world\" of external entities. If false, the tool's domain of interaction is closed. For example, the world of a web search tool is open, whereas that of a memory tool is not. Default: true", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"readOnlyHint": { +"description": "Output only. If true, the tool does not modify its environment. Default: false", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Output only. A human-readable title for the tool.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CancelOperationRequest": { +"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", +"id": "CancelOperationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Card": { +"description": "Full Agent Card payload, often obtained from the A2A Agent Card.", +"id": "Card", +"properties": { +"content": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Output only. The content of the agent card.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. The type of agent card.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"A2A_AGENT_CARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type.", +"Indicates that the card is an A2A Agent Card." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Endpoint": { +"description": "Represents an Endpoint.", +"id": "Endpoint", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"description": "Output only. Attributes of the Endpoint. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {\"uri\": \"//...\"} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the Endpoint, for example, the GKE Deployment.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Output only. Description of an Endpoint.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. Display name for the Endpoint.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endpointId": { +"description": "Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for Endpoint.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"interfaces": { +"description": "Required. The connection details for the Endpoint.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Interface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EndpointSpec": { +"description": "The spec of the endpoint.", +"id": "EndpointSpec", +"properties": { +"content": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. The content of the endpoint spec. Reserved for future use.", +"type": "object" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the endpoint spec content.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_SPEC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type.", +"There is no spec for the Endpoint. The `content` field must be empty." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Interface": { +"description": "Represents the connection details for an Agent or MCP Server.", +"id": "Interface", +"properties": { +"protocolBinding": { +"description": "Required. The protocol binding of the interface.", +"enum": [ +"PROTOCOL_BINDING_UNSPECIFIED", +"JSONRPC", +"GRPC", +"HTTP_JSON" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified transport protocol.", +"JSON-RPC specification.", +"gRPC specification.", +"HTTP+JSON specification." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Required. The destination URL.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListAgentsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Agents", +"id": "ListAgentsResponse", +"properties": { +"agents": { +"description": "The list of Agents.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Agent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListEndpointsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Endpoints", +"id": "ListEndpointsResponse", +"properties": { +"endpoints": { +"description": "The list of Endpoint resources matching the parent and filter criteria in the request. Each Endpoint resource follows the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Used in page_token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListLocationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", +"id": "ListLocationsResponse", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListMcpServersResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing McpServers", +"id": "ListMcpServersResponse", +"properties": { +"mcpServers": { +"description": "The list of McpServers.", +"items": { +"$ref": "McpServer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", +"id": "ListOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operations": { +"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListServicesResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Services", +"id": "ListServicesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Used in page_token.", +"type": "string" +}, +"services": { +"description": "The list of Service resources matching the parent and filter criteria in the request. Each Service resource follows the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Service" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Location": { +"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", +"id": "Location", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}", +"type": "object" +}, +"locationId": { +"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"McpServer": { +"description": "Represents an MCP (Model Context Protocol) Server.", +"id": "McpServer", +"properties": { +"attributes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"description": "Output only. Attributes of the MCP Server. Valid values: * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeIdentity`: {\"principal\": \"principal://...\"} - the runtime identity associated with the MCP Server. * `agentregistry.googleapis.com/system/RuntimeReference`: {\"uri\": \"//...\"} - the URI of the underlying resource hosting the MCP Server, for example, the GKE Deployment.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Output only. The description of the MCP Server.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. The display name of the MCP Server.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"interfaces": { +"description": "Output only. The connection details for the MCP Server.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Interface" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"mcpServerId": { +"description": "Output only. A stable, globally unique identifier for MCP Servers.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the MCP Server. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tools": { +"description": "Output only. Tools provided by the MCP Server.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Tool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"McpServerSpec": { +"description": "The spec of the MCP Server.", +"id": "McpServerSpec", +"properties": { +"content": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. The content of the MCP Server spec. This payload is validated against the schema for the specified type. The content size is limited to `10KB`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_SPEC", +"TOOL_SPEC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type.", +"There is no spec for the MCP Server. The `content` field must be empty.", +"The content is a MCP Tool Spec following the One MCP specification. The payload is the same as the `tools/list` response." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Operation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "Operation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", +"id": "OperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Protocol": { +"description": "Represents the protocol of an Agent.", +"id": "Protocol", +"properties": { +"interfaces": { +"description": "Output only. The connection details for the Agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Interface" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"protocolVersion": { +"description": "Output only. The version of the protocol, for example, the A2A Agent Card version.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. The type of the protocol.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"A2A_AGENT", +"CUSTOM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type.", +"The interfaces point to an A2A Agent following the A2A specification.", +"Agent does not follow any standard protocol." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SearchAgentsRequest": { +"description": "Message for searching Agents", +"id": "SearchAgentsRequest", +"properties": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of search results to return per page. The page size is capped at `100`, even if a larger value is specified. A negative value will result in an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. If unspecified or set to `0`, a default value of `20` will be used. The server may return fewer results than requested.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. If present, retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.", +"type": "string" +}, +"searchString": { +"description": "Optional. Search criteria used to select the Agents to return. If no search criteria is specified then all accessible Agents will be returned. Search expressions can be used to restrict results based upon searchable fields, where the operators can be used along with the suffix wildcard symbol `*`. See [instructions](https://docs.cloud.google.com/agent-registry/search-agents-and-tools) for more details. Allowed operators: `=`, `:`, `NOT`, `AND`, `OR`, and `()`. Searchable fields: | Field | `=` | `:` | `*` | Keyword Search | |--------------------|-----|-----|-----|----------------| | agentId | Yes | Yes | Yes | Included | | name | No | Yes | Yes | Included | | displayName | No | Yes | Yes | Included | | description | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.id | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.name | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.description | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.tags | No | Yes | No | Included | | skills.examples | No | Yes | No | Included | Examples: * `agentId=urn:agent:projects-123:projects:123:locations:us-central1:reasoningEngines:1234` to find the agent with the specified agent ID. * `name:important` to find agents whose name contains `important` as a word. * `displayName:works*` to find agents whose display name contains words that start with `works`. * `skills.tags:test` to find agents whose skills tags contain `test`. * `planner OR booking` to find agents whose metadata contains the words `planner` or `booking`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SearchAgentsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to searching Agents", +"id": "SearchAgentsResponse", +"properties": { +"agents": { +"description": "A list of Agents that match the `search_string`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Agent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SearchMcpServersRequest": { +"description": "Message for searching MCP Servers", +"id": "SearchMcpServersRequest", +"properties": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of search results to return per page. The page size is capped at `100`, even if a larger value is specified. A negative value will result in an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. If unspecified or set to `0`, a default value of `20` will be used. The server may return fewer results than requested.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. If present, retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.", +"type": "string" +}, +"searchString": { +"description": "Optional. Search criteria used to select the MCP Servers to return. If no search criteria is specified then all accessible MCP Servers will be returned. Search expressions can be used to restrict results based upon searchable fields, where the operators can be used along with the suffix wildcard symbol `*`. See [instructions](https://docs.cloud.google.com/agent-registry/search-agents-and-tools) for more details. Allowed operators: `=`, `:`, `NOT`, `AND`, `OR`, and `()`. Searchable fields: | Field | `=` | `:` | `*` | Keyword Search | |--------------------|-----|-----|-----|----------------| | mcpServerId | Yes | Yes | Yes | Included | | name | No | Yes | Yes | Included | | displayName | No | Yes | Yes | Included | Examples: * `mcpServerId=urn:mcp:projects-123:projects:123:locations:us-central1:agentregistry:services:service-id` to find the MCP Server with the specified MCP Server ID. * `name:important` to find MCP Servers whose name contains `important` as a word. * `displayName:works*` to find MCP Servers whose display name contains words that start with `works`. * `planner OR booking` to find MCP Servers whose metadata contains the words `planner` or `booking`. * `mcpServerId:service-id AND (displayName:planner OR displayName:booking)` to find MCP Servers whose MCP Server ID contains `service-id` and whose display name contains `planner` or `booking`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SearchMcpServersResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to searching MCP Servers", +"id": "SearchMcpServersResponse", +"properties": { +"mcpServers": { +"description": "A list of McpServers that match the `search_string`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "McpServer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Service": { +"description": "Represents a user-defined Service.", +"id": "Service", +"properties": { +"agentSpec": { +"$ref": "AgentSpec", +"description": "Optional. The spec of the Agent. When `agent_spec` is set, the type of the service is Agent." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. User-defined description of an Service. Can have a maximum length of `2048` characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. User-defined display name for the Service. Can have a maximum length of `63` characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endpointSpec": { +"$ref": "EndpointSpec", +"description": "Optional. The spec of the Endpoint. When `endpoint_spec` is set, the type of the service is Endpoint." +}, +"interfaces": { +"description": "Optional. The connection details for the Service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Interface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mcpServerSpec": { +"$ref": "McpServerSpec", +"description": "Optional. The spec of the MCP Server. When `mcp_server_spec` is set, the type of the service is MCP Server." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryResource": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Skill": { +"description": "Represents the skills of an Agent.", +"id": "Skill", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. A more detailed description of the skill.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"examples": { +"description": "Output only. Example prompts or scenarios this skill can handle.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for the agent's skill.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. A human-readable name for the agent's skill.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Output only. Keywords describing the skill.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Tool": { +"description": "Represents a single tool provided by an MCP Server.", +"id": "Tool", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"$ref": "Annotations", +"description": "Output only. Annotations associated with the tool.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"description": { +"description": "Output only. Description of what the tool does.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable name of the tool.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Agent Registry API", +"version": "v1alpha", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 6943474ec1..7ca58d2ca4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1/endpoints/{endpointsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.endpoints.predict", @@ -6618,7 +6618,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.list", @@ -10080,7 +10080,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.endpoints.predict", @@ -18179,7 +18179,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the Model.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Model.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/models/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -21215,7 +21215,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.publishers.models.predict", @@ -23492,7 +23492,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sessionId": { -"description": "Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first character must be a letter, and the last character must be a letter or number.", +"description": "Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first and last characters must be a letter or number.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -27688,7 +27688,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.publishers.models.predict", @@ -30865,13 +30865,20 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperiments": { "description": "Experimental parameters for video generation.", "id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperiments", "properties": { +"conditioningFrames": { +"description": "Conditioning frames for veo experimental models ONLY, not to be confused with keyframes (ID:31) in GenerateVideoRequest.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperimentsConditioningFrame" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "humanPose": { "$ref": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionHumanPose", "description": "Human pose parameters for Pose Control" @@ -30901,6 +30908,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperimentsConditioningFrame": { +"id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperimentsConditioningFrame", +"properties": { +"frameNum": { +"description": "The index of the frame, starts with zero and must be a multiple of 8.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"image": { +"$ref": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoRequestImage", +"description": "The image data for this conditioning frame." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoRequestImage": { +"description": "The image bytes or Cloud Storage URI to make the prediction on.", +"id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoRequestImage", +"properties": { +"blobId": { +"description": "Blob ID of the image. This is used for storing the large images in the request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"bytesBase64Encoded": { +"description": "Base64 encoded bytes string representing the image.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gcsUri": { +"type": "string" +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "The MIME type of the content of the image. Only the images in below listed MIME types are supported. - image/jpeg - image/png", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { "description": "Generate video response.", "id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse", @@ -30966,6 +31010,10 @@ "faceLandmarksGcsUri": { "description": "GCS URI of the face landmarks video to condition video generation.", "type": "string" +}, +"perfMeshGcsUri": { +"description": "GCS URI of the performance mesh to condition video generation.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -35071,6 +35119,10 @@ "description": "Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DatasetCustomMetric", "properties": { +"aggregationFunction": { +"description": "Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `\"request\"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `\"candidate_results\"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { \"request\": { \"prompt\": {\"text\": \"What is the capital of France?\"}, \"golden_response\": {\"text\": \"Paris\"}, \"candidate_responses\": [{\"candidate\": \"model-v1\", \"text\": \"Paris\"}] }, \"candidate_results\": [ {\"metric\": \"exact_match\", \"score\": 1.0}, {\"metric\": \"bleu\", \"score\": 0.9} ] }", +"type": "string" +}, "displayName": { "description": "Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like \"dataset_custom_metric_1\", \"dataset_custom_metric_2\", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field.", "type": "string" @@ -36716,6 +36768,13 @@ "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to evaluate the instances. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "type": "string" }, +"metricSources": { +"description": "Optional. The metrics (either inline or registered) used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "metrics": { "description": "The metrics used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated.", "items": { @@ -37055,6 +37114,13 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AutoraterConfig", "description": "Optional. Autorater config for evaluation." }, +"datasetCustomMetrics": { +"description": "Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DatasetCustomMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "inferenceGenerationConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfig", "description": "Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used." @@ -37620,7 +37686,8 @@ "FAILED", "CANCELLED", "INFERENCE", -"GENERATING_RUBRICS" +"GENERATING_RUBRICS", +"GENERATING_LOSS_CLUSTERS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state.", @@ -37630,7 +37697,8 @@ "The evaluation run has failed.", "The evaluation run has been cancelled.", "The evaluation run is performing inference.", -"The evaluation run is performing rubric generation." +"The evaluation run is performing rubric generation.", +"The evaluation run is performing loss analysis." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -37744,15 +37812,84 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfig": { -"description": "An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run.", +"description": "Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfig", "properties": { +"agentRunConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfig", +"description": "Optional. Agent run config." +}, "generationConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfig", "description": "Optional. Generation config." }, "model": { -"description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for Agent Run.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfig", +"properties": { +"agentEngine": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456", +"type": "string" +}, +"sessionInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigSessionInput", +"description": "Optional. The session input to get agent running results." +}, +"userSimulatorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfigUserSimulatorConfig", +"description": "The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfigUserSimulatorConfig": { +"description": "Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfigUserSimulatorConfig", +"properties": { +"maxTurn": { +"description": "Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"modelConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the model." +}, +"modelName": { +"description": "The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. \"gemini-3-flash-preview\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigSessionInput": { +"description": "Session input to run an Agent.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigSessionInput", +"properties": { +"parameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {\"app_name\": \"my-app\"}.", +"type": "object" +}, +"sessionState": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points.", +"type": "object" +}, +"userId": { +"description": "Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -37778,6 +37915,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Metric", "description": "The metric config." }, +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of the metric definition.", +"type": "string" +}, "predefinedMetricSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunMetricPredefinedMetricSpec", "description": "Spec for a pre-defined metric." @@ -37923,6 +38064,10 @@ "description": "Specification for how rubrics should be generated.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunMetricRubricGenerationSpec", "properties": { +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Optional. Resource name of the metric definition.", +"type": "string" +}, "modelConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EvaluationRunEvaluationConfigAutoraterConfig", "description": "Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation." @@ -41036,7 +41181,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { @@ -41521,6 +41666,10 @@ "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to generate rubrics from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "type": "string" }, +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of a registered metric. Rubric generation using predefined metric spec or LLMBasedMetricSpec is supported. If this field is set, the configuration provided in this field is used for rubric generation. The `predefined_rubric_generation_spec` and `rubric_generation_spec` fields will be ignored.", +"type": "string" +}, "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PredefinedMetricSpec", "description": "Optional. Specification for using the rubric generation configs of a pre-defined metric, e.g. \"generic_quality_v1\" and \"instruction_following_v1\". Some of the configs may be only used in rubric generation and not supporting evaluation, e.g. \"fully_customized_generic_quality_v1\". If this field is set, the `rubric_generation_spec` field will be ignored." @@ -41862,7 +42011,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "responseMimeType": { -"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.", +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.", "type": "string" }, "responseModalities": { @@ -43503,6 +43652,38 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbe": { +"description": "Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbe", +"properties": { +"httpGet": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe." +}, +"maxSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet": { +"description": "Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"properties": { +"path": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `\"/is_busy\"`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LLMBasedMetricSpec": { "description": "Specification for an LLM based metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LLMBasedMetricSpec", @@ -44950,7 +45131,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "fact": { -"description": "Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content.", +"description": "Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content.", "type": "string" }, "metadata": { @@ -45516,6 +45697,10 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LLMBasedMetricSpec", "description": "Spec for an LLM based metric." }, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricMetadata", +"description": "Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization." +}, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PairwiseMetricSpec", "description": "Spec for pairwise metric." @@ -45535,6 +45720,55 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricMetadata", +"properties": { +"otherMetadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.", +"type": "object" +}, +"scoreRange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricMetadataScoreRange", +"description": "Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting." +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricMetadataScoreRange": { +"description": "The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricMetadataScoreRange", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.", +"type": "string" +}, +"max": { +"description": "Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"min": { +"description": "Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"step": { +"description": "Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricResult": { "description": "Result for a single metric on a single instance.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricResult", @@ -45566,6 +45800,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricSource": { +"description": "The metric source used for evaluation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricSource", +"properties": { +"metric": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Metric", +"description": "Inline metric config." +}, +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Resource name for registered metric.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricxInput": { "description": "Input for MetricX metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MetricxInput", @@ -46014,7 +46263,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the Model.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Model.", "type": "string" }, "originalModelInfo": { @@ -49800,6 +50049,13 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter.", +"type": "object" +}, "parameters": { "description": "Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.", "type": "any" @@ -52317,6 +52573,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"containerSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecContainerSpec", +"description": "Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands." +}, "deploymentSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecDeploymentSpec", "description": "Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment." @@ -52355,6 +52615,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecContainerSpec": { +"description": "Specification for deploying from a container image.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecContainerSpec", +"properties": { +"imageUri": { +"description": "Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecDeploymentSpec": { "description": "The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecDeploymentSpec", @@ -52371,6 +52642,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"keepAliveProbe": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbe", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings." +}, "maxInstances": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100].", "format": "int32", @@ -52429,6 +52704,10 @@ false "description": "Specification for deploying from source code.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpec", "properties": { +"agentConfigSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"description": "Source code is generated from the agent config." +}, "developerConnectSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectSource", "description": "Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect." @@ -52448,6 +52727,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource": { +"description": "Specification for the deploying from agent config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"properties": { +"adkConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"description": "Required. The ADK configuration." +}, +"inlineSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecInlineSource", +"description": "Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK).", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"properties": { +"jsonConfig": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig": { "description": "Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig", @@ -56074,6 +56383,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData": { +"description": "Defines data for an interaction prompt.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"properties": { +"interactionIds": { +"description": "Optional. Lists interaction IDs associated with the prompt. This maps 1:1 to PromptMessage.contents. If InteractionData is present, every prompt message has an interaction ID.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt": { "description": "Prompt variation that embeds preambles to prompt string.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt", @@ -56206,6 +56529,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"interactionData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"description": "Data for interaction use case." +}, "outputPrefixes": { "description": "Preamble: The output prefixes before each example output.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 087b972b08..ae0716e057 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1beta1/endpoints/{endpointsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.endpoints.predict", @@ -8521,6 +8521,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"generateLossClusters": { +"description": "Generates loss clusters from evaluation results. This is a statelss API method that would not modify the EvaluationSet resource.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:generateLossClusters", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.generateLossClusters", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"location": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+location}:generateLossClusters", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "generateSyntheticData": { "description": "Generates synthetic (artificial) data based on a description", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:generateSyntheticData", @@ -8549,6 +8577,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"generateUserScenarios": { +"description": "Generates user scenarios for agent evaluation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:generateUserScenarios", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.generateUserScenarios", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"location": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to run the job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+location}:generateUserScenarios", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateUserScenariosRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateUserScenariosResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets information about a location.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", @@ -8600,7 +8656,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.list", @@ -12653,7 +12709,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.endpoints.predict", @@ -13633,6 +13689,137 @@ } }, "evaluationMetrics": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an EvaluationMetric.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"evaluationMetricId": { +"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the EvaluationMetric, which will become the final component of the EvaluationMetric's resource name. This value should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and the last character must be a lowercase letter or number.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to create the EvaluationMetric in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/evaluationMetrics", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationMetric" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationMetric" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an EvaluationMetric.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the EvaluationMetric resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets an EvaluationMetric.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the EvaluationMetric resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationMetric" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists EvaluationMetrics.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter expression that matches a subset of the EvaluationMetrics to show. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. For more information about filter syntax, see [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order by default. Use `desc` after a field name for descending.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of EvaluationMetrics to return.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEvaluationMetrics` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the EvaluationMetrics. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/evaluationMetrics", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListEvaluationMetricsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { "operations": { "methods": { @@ -23453,7 +23640,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the Model.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Model.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/models/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -25573,6 +25760,224 @@ } } }, +"onlineEvaluators": { +"methods": { +"activate": { +"description": "Activates an OnlineEvaluator.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators/{onlineEvaluatorsId}:activate", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.activate", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to activate. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/onlineEvaluators/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:activate", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ActivateOnlineEvaluatorRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates an OnlineEvaluator in the given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource where the OnlineEvaluator will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/onlineEvaluators", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluator" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an OnlineEvaluator.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators/{onlineEvaluatorsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to delete. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/onlineEvaluators/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of an OnlineEvaluator.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators/{onlineEvaluatorsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/onlineEvaluators/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluator" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the OnlineEvaluators for the given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Standard list filter. Supported fields: * `create_time` * `update_time` * `agent_resource` Example: `create_time>\"2026-01-01T00:00:00-04:00\"` where the timestamp is in RFC 3339 format) Based on aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by. The default sorting order is ascending. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `create_time desc`. Based on aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of OnlineEvaluators to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 OnlineEvaluators will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. Based on aip.dev/158.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Based on aip.dev/158.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the OnlineEvaluators to list. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/onlineEvaluators", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListOnlineEvaluatorsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the fields of an OnlineEvaluator.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators/{onlineEvaluatorsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/onlineEvaluators/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluator" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"suspend": { +"description": "Suspends an OnlineEvaluator. When an OnlineEvaluator is suspended, it won't run any evaluations until it is activated again.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/onlineEvaluators/{onlineEvaluatorsId}:suspend", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.onlineEvaluators.suspend", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the OnlineEvaluator to suspend. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/onlineEvaluators/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:suspend", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SuspendOnlineEvaluatorRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -26694,7 +27099,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.publishers.models.predict", @@ -28418,7 +28823,436 @@ }, "resources": { "a2a": { +"methods": { +"card": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/card", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.card", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^card$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"extendedAgentCard": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/extendedAgentCard", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.extendedAgentCard", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^extendedAgentCard$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { +"message": { +"methods": { +"send": { +"description": "Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/message:send", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.send", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^message$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:send", +"request": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"stream": { +"description": "Streams queries using a reasoning engine instance via the A2A streaming protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/message:stream", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.stream", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. e.g., v1/message:stream.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^message$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:stream", +"request": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"tasks": { +"methods": { +"a2aGetReasoningEngine": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.a2aGetReasoningEngine", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"cancel": { +"description": "Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:cancel", +"request": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"pushNotificationConfigs": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"subscribe": { +"description": "Stream get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A stream get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.subscribe", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123:subscribe`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:subscribe", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"pushNotificationConfigs": { +"methods": { +"a2aGetReasoningEngine": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.a2aGetReasoningEngine", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "v1": { "methods": { "card": { @@ -28462,6 +29296,90 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"extendedAgentCard": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/v1/extendedAgentCard", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.extendedAgentCard", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^v1/extendedAgentCard$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/v1/tasks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.tasks", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^v1/tasks$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -28770,48 +29688,82 @@ } } }, -"examples": { -"resources": { -"operations": { +"a2aTasks": { "methods": { -"cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"appendEvents": { +"description": "Appends TaskEvents to an A2aTask.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks/{a2aTasksId}:appendEvents", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.cancel", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.appendEvents", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to append events to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/a2aTasks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:appendEvents", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendA2aTaskEventsRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendA2aTaskEventsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates an A2aTask.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aTaskId": { +"description": "Required. User-defined ID of the A2aTask. This ID must be unique within the ReasoningEngine.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine to create the A2aTask under. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/a2aTasks", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1A2aTask" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1A2aTask" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"description": "Deletes an A2aTask.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks/{a2aTasksId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.delete", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/a2aTasks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -28825,56 +29777,121 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"description": "Gets an A2aTask.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks/{a2aTasksId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.get", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the A2aTask. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/a2aTasks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1A2aTask" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"wait": { -"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.wait", +"list": { +"description": "Lists A2aTasks for a ReasoningEngine.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list filter. More detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). Supported fields: * `context_id` * `state` Example: `context_id=\"abc\"`, `state=\"WORKING\"`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. If this field is omitted, the default ordering is `create_time` descending. More detail in [AIP-132](https://google.aip.dev/132). Supported fields: * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `create_time desc`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of tasks to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 tasks will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will hit exception.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTasks call.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine to list the A2aTasks under. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"timeout": { -"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", -"format": "google-duration", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/a2aTasks", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListA2aTasksResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"events": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists TaskEvents for an A2aTask.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks/{a2aTasksId}/events", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.events.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `create_time` range (i.e. `create_time>=\"2025-01-31T11:30:00-04:00\"` where the timestamp is in RFC 3339 format) More detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order the results by. If this field is omitted, the results will be ordered by `event_sequence_number` in descending order. For each field, the default sort order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a ` desc` suffix. For example: `create_time desc`. Supported fields: * `create_time` * `event_sequence_number`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of events to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 events will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will hit exception.", +"format": "int32", "location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTaskEvents call.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to list the TaskEvents under. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/a2aTasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/events", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListA2aTaskEventsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -28884,15 +29901,15 @@ } } }, -"feedbackEntries": { +"examples": { "resources": { "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { "description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.cancel", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.cancel", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -28900,7 +29917,7 @@ "name": { "description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -28915,9 +29932,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.delete", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -28925,7 +29942,7 @@ "name": { "description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -28940,9 +29957,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.get", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -28950,7 +29967,7 @@ "name": { "description": "The name of the operation resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -28963,57 +29980,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "wait": { "description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/examples/{examplesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.wait", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.examples.operations.wait", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -29021,7 +29992,167 @@ "name": { "description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"feedbackEntries": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/feedbackEntries/{feedbackEntriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.feedbackEntries.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/feedbackEntries/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -30223,7 +31354,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sessionId": { -"description": "Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first character must be a letter, and the last character must be a letter or number.", +"description": "Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first and last characters must be a letter or number.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -30957,6 +32088,166 @@ } } }, +"semanticGovernancePolicies": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "solvers": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -34638,7 +35929,7 @@ ] }, "predict": { -"description": "Perform an online prediction.", +"description": "", "flatPath": "v1beta1/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:predict", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "aiplatform.publishers.models.predict", @@ -35447,7 +36738,436 @@ }, "resources": { "a2a": { +"methods": { +"card": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/card", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.card", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^card$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"extendedAgentCard": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/extendedAgentCard", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.extendedAgentCard", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^extendedAgentCard$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { +"message": { +"methods": { +"send": { +"description": "Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/message:send", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.send", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^message$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:send", +"request": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"stream": { +"description": "Streams queries using a reasoning engine instance via the A2A streaming protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/message:stream", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.message.stream", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. e.g., v1/message:stream.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^message$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:stream", +"request": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"tasks": { +"methods": { +"a2aGetReasoningEngine": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.a2aGetReasoningEngine", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"cancel": { +"description": "Send post request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A post protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The a2a endpoint path, captured from the URL. e.g., v1/message:send", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:cancel", +"request": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"pushNotificationConfigs": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"subscribe": { +"description": "Stream get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A stream get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.subscribe", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123:subscribe`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}:subscribe", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"pushNotificationConfigs": { +"methods": { +"a2aGetReasoningEngine": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.a2aGetReasoningEngine", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "v1": { "methods": { "card": { @@ -35491,6 +37211,90 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"extendedAgentCard": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/v1/extendedAgentCard", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.extendedAgentCard", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^v1/extendedAgentCard$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Get request for reasoning engine instance via the A2A get protocol apis.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2a/v1/tasks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.reasoningEngines.a2a.v1.tasks", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name", +"a2aEndpoint" +], +"parameters": { +"a2aEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The http endpoint extracted from the URL path. i.e. `v1/tasks/123`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^v1/tasks$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "Optional. The optional query parameter for the getTask endpoint. Mapped from \"?history_length=\". This indicates how many turns of history to return. If not set, the default value is 0, which means all the history will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource path of the reasoning engine, captured from the URL. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/a2a/{+a2aEndpoint}", +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -37252,7 +39056,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sessionId": { -"description": "Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first character must be a letter, and the last character must be a letter or number.", +"description": "Optional. The user defined ID to use for session, which will become the final component of the session resource name. If not provided, Vertex AI will generate a value for this ID. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9-]`. The first and last characters must be a letter or number.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -37737,9 +39541,169 @@ }, "wait": { "description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/schedules/{schedulesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/schedules/{schedulesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.schedules.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^schedules/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"semanticGovernancePolicies": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.schedules.operations.wait", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.wait", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -37747,7 +39711,7 @@ "name": { "description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^schedules/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -39246,13 +41210,20 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperiments": { "description": "Experimental parameters for video generation.", "id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperiments", "properties": { +"conditioningFrames": { +"description": "Conditioning frames for veo experimental models ONLY, not to be confused with keyframes (ID:31) in GenerateVideoRequest.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperimentsConditioningFrame" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "humanPose": { "$ref": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionHumanPose", "description": "Human pose parameters for Pose Control" @@ -39282,6 +41253,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperimentsConditioningFrame": { +"id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperimentsConditioningFrame", +"properties": { +"frameNum": { +"description": "The index of the frame, starts with zero and must be a multiple of 8.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"image": { +"$ref": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoRequestImage", +"description": "The image data for this conditioning frame." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoRequestImage": { +"description": "The image bytes or Cloud Storage URI to make the prediction on.", +"id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoRequestImage", +"properties": { +"blobId": { +"description": "Blob ID of the image. This is used for storing the large images in the request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"bytesBase64Encoded": { +"description": "Base64 encoded bytes string representing the image.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gcsUri": { +"type": "string" +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "The MIME type of the content of the image. Only the images in below listed MIME types are supported. - image/jpeg - image/png", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { "description": "Generate video response.", "id": "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse", @@ -39347,6 +41355,10 @@ "faceLandmarksGcsUri": { "description": "GCS URI of the face landmarks video to condition video generation.", "type": "string" +}, +"perfMeshGcsUri": { +"description": "GCS URI of the performance mesh to condition video generation.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -39768,6 +41780,94 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1A2aTask": { +"description": "An A2aTask represents a unit of work.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1A2aTask", +"properties": { +"contextId": { +"description": "Optional. A generic identifier for grouping related tasks (e.g., session_id, workflow_id).", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp of the task.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"expireTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp of when this task is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, and is calculated based on the `ttl` if set on the request", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Arbitrary, user-defined metadata.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the task. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextEventSequenceNumber": { +"description": "Output only. The next event sequence number to be appended to the task. This value starts at 1 and is guaranteed to be monotonically increasing.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"output": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskOutput", +"description": "Optional. The final output of the task." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the task. The state of a new task is SUBMITTED by default. The state of a task can only be updated via AppendA2aTaskEvents API.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUBMITTED", +"WORKING", +"COMPLETED", +"CANCELLED", +"FAILED", +"REJECTED", +"INPUT_REQUIRED", +"AUTH_REQUIRED", +"PAUSED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Task state unspecified. Default value if not set.", +"Task is submitted and waiting to be processed.", +"Task is actively being processed.", +"Task is finished.", +"Task is cancelled.", +"Task has failed.", +"Task is rejected by the system.", +"Task requires input from the user.", +"Task requires auth (e.g. OAuth) from the user.", +"Task is paused." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"statusDetails": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetails", +"description": "Optional. The status details of the task." +}, +"ttl": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last update timestamp of the task.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AcceptPublisherModelEulaRequest": { "description": "Request message for ModelGardenService.AcceptPublisherModelEula.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AcceptPublisherModelEulaRequest", @@ -39779,6 +41879,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ActivateOnlineEvaluatorRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ActivateOnlineEvaluator.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ActivateOnlineEvaluatorRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ActiveLearningConfig": { "description": "Parameters that configure the active learning pipeline. Active learning will label the data incrementally by several iterations. For every iteration, it will select a batch of data based on the sampling strategy.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ActiveLearningConfig", @@ -40160,6 +42266,26 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendA2aTaskEventsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.AppendA2aTaskEvents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendA2aTaskEventsRequest", +"properties": { +"taskEvents": { +"description": "Required. The events to append. The number of events to append must be less than or equal to 100. Otherwise, an exception will be thrown.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendA2aTaskEventsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.AppendA2aTaskEvents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendA2aTaskEventsResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendEventResponse": { "description": "Response message for SessionService.AppendEvent.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AppendEventResponse", @@ -43958,6 +46084,10 @@ "description": "Defines a custom dataset-level aggregation.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DatasetCustomMetric", "properties": { +"aggregationFunction": { +"description": "Required. The Python code string containing the aggregation function. Expected function signature: `def aggregate(instances: list[dict[str, Any]]) -> dict[str, float]:` The `instances` argument is a list of dictionaries, where each dictionary represents a single evaluation result item. The structure of each dictionary corresponds to the fields in the `EvaluationResult` message. This includes: - `\"request\"`: Contains the original input data and model inputs (from `EvaluationResult.EvaluationRequest`). - `\"candidate_results\"`: Contains the results of any instance-level metrics (from `EvaluationResult.CandidateResults`). Example of a single item in the `instances` list: { \"request\": { \"prompt\": {\"text\": \"What is the capital of France?\"}, \"golden_response\": {\"text\": \"Paris\"}, \"candidate_responses\": [{\"candidate\": \"model-v1\", \"text\": \"Paris\"}] }, \"candidate_results\": [ {\"metric\": \"exact_match\", \"score\": 1.0}, {\"metric\": \"bleu\", \"score\": 0.9} ] }", +"type": "string" +}, "displayName": { "description": "Optional. A display name for this custom summary metric. Used to prefix keys in the output summaryMetrics map. If not provided, a default name like \"dataset_custom_metric_1\", \"dataset_custom_metric_2\", etc., will be generated based on the order in the repeated field.", "type": "string" @@ -45130,11 +47260,21 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"batchSize": { +"description": "Optional. Batch size for tuning. This feature is only available for open source models.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "epochCount": { "description": "Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"learningRate": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the learning rate for tuning. Mutually exclusive with `learning_rate_multiplier`. This feature is only available for open source models.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, "learningRateMultiplier": { "description": "Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate.", "format": "double", @@ -45143,25 +47283,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSamplingSpec": { -"description": "Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSamplingSpec", -"properties": { -"baseTeacherModel": { -"description": "Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models).", -"type": "string" -}, -"tunedTeacherModelSource": { -"description": "Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`.", -"type": "string" -}, -"validationDatasetUri": { -"description": "Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec": { "description": "Tuning Spec for Distillation.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec", @@ -45179,6 +47300,10 @@ "description": "Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts.", "type": "string" }, +"promptDatasetUri": { +"description": "Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing prompt dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.", +"type": "string" +}, "studentModel": { "deprecated": true, "description": "The student model that is being tuned, e.g., \"google/gemma-2b-1.1-it\". Deprecated. Use base_model instead.", @@ -45193,6 +47318,20 @@ "description": "The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`.", "type": "string" }, +"tuningMode": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the tuning mode for distillation (sft part). This feature is only available for open source models.", +"enum": [ +"TUNING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TUNING_MODE_FULL", +"TUNING_MODE_PEFT_ADAPTER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Tuning mode is unspecified.", +"Full fine-tuning mode.", +"PEFT adapter tuning mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, "validationDatasetUri": { "description": "Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.", "type": "string" @@ -45872,6 +48011,13 @@ "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to evaluate the instances. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "type": "string" }, +"metricSources": { +"description": "Optional. The metrics (either inline or registered) used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "metrics": { "description": "The metrics used for evaluation. Currently, we only support evaluating a single metric. If multiple metrics are provided, only the first one will be evaluated.", "items": { @@ -46211,6 +48357,13 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AutoraterConfig", "description": "Optional. Autorater config for evaluation." }, +"datasetCustomMetrics": { +"description": "Optional. Specifications for custom dataset-level aggregations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DatasetCustomMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "inferenceGenerationConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfig", "description": "Optional. Configuration options for inference generation and outputs. If not set, default generation parameters are used." @@ -46575,6 +48728,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationMetric": { +"description": "EvaluationMetric is a resource that represents a reusable metric configuration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationMetric", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A description of the EvaluationMetric.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The user-friendly display name for the EvaluationMetric.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gcsUri": { +"description": "Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI that stores the metric specification..", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels for the evaluation metric.", +"type": "object" +}, +"metric": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Metric", +"description": "Optional. The metric configuration." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the EvaluationMetric. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluation_metric}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the EvaluationMetric was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationPrompt": { "description": "Prompt to be evaluated. This can represent a single-turn prompt or a multi-turn conversation for agent evaluations.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationPrompt", @@ -46591,6 +48790,10 @@ "description": "Text prompt.", "type": "string" }, +"userScenario": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationPromptUserScenario", +"description": "Optional. The generated user scenario used to drive multi-turn agent running results." +}, "value": { "description": "Fields and values that can be used to populate the prompt template.", "type": "any" @@ -46612,6 +48815,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationPromptUserScenario": { +"description": "User scenario to help simulate multi-turn agent running results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationPromptUserScenario", +"properties": { +"conversationPlan": { +"description": "Required. The plan for the conversation, used to drive the multi-turn agent run and generate the simulated agent evaluation dataset.", +"type": "string" +}, +"startingPrompt": { +"description": "Required. The prompt that starts the conversation between the simulated user and the agent under test.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRequest": { "description": "A single evaluation request supporting input for both single-turn model generation and multi-turn agent execution traces. Valid input modes: 1. Inference Mode: `prompt` is set (containing text or AgentData context). 2. Offline Eval Mode: `prompt` is unset, and `candidate_responses` contains `agent_data` (the completed execution trace). Validation Rule: Either `prompt` must be set, OR at least one of the `candidate_responses` must contain `agent_data`.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRequest", @@ -46683,6 +48901,14 @@ "description": "The evaluation set where item level results are stored.", "type": "string" }, +"lossAnalysisResults": { +"description": "Output only. The results of the auto-loss analysis performed on the eval set associated with the run.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisResult" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "summaryMetrics": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SummaryMetrics", "description": "Optional. The summary metrics for the evaluation run." @@ -46784,7 +49010,8 @@ "FAILED", "CANCELLED", "INFERENCE", -"GENERATING_RUBRICS" +"GENERATING_RUBRICS", +"GENERATING_LOSS_CLUSTERS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state.", @@ -46794,7 +49021,8 @@ "The evaluation run has failed.", "The evaluation run has been cancelled.", "The evaluation run is performing inference.", -"The evaluation run is performing rubric generation." +"The evaluation run is performing rubric generation.", +"The evaluation run is performing loss analysis." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -46832,6 +49060,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"lossAnalysisConfig": { +"description": "Optional. Specifications for loss analysis. Each config can be specified for one metric.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "metrics": { "description": "Required. The metrics to be calculated in the evaluation run.", "items": { @@ -46908,7 +49143,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfig": { -"description": "An inference config used for model inference during the evaluation run.", +"description": "Defines the configuration for a candidate model or agent being evaluated. `InferenceConfig` encapsulates all the necessary information to invoke or scrape the candidate during the evaluation run. This includes direct model inference parameters, agent execution settings, and multi-turn scraping configurations (such as user simulators). It serves as the primary representation of the candidate across different stages of the evaluation process.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfig", "properties": { "agentConfig": { @@ -46916,12 +49151,62 @@ "deprecated": true, "description": "Optional. Deprecated: Use `agents` instead. Agent config used to generate responses." }, +"agentRunConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfig", +"description": "Optional. Agent run config." +}, +"agents": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AgentConfig" +}, +"description": "Optional. Contains the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.", +"type": "object" +}, "generationConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfig", "description": "Optional. Generation config." }, "model": { -"description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint to use. Anthropic and Llama third-party models are also supported through Model Garden. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Third-party model formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/anthropic/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/llama/models/{model}` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for Agent Run.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfig", +"properties": { +"agentEngine": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of the Agent Engine. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine} For example: projects/123/locations/us-central1/reasoningEngines/456", +"type": "string" +}, +"sessionInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigSessionInput", +"description": "Optional. The session input to get agent running results." +}, +"userSimulatorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfigUserSimulatorConfig", +"description": "The configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfigUserSimulatorConfig": { +"description": "Used for multi-turn agent scraping. Contains configuration for a user simulator that uses an LLM to generate messages on behalf of the user.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigAgentRunConfigUserSimulatorConfig", +"properties": { +"maxTurn": { +"description": "Maximum number of invocations allowed by the multi-turn agent scraping. This property allows us to stop a run-off conversation, where the agent and the user simulator get into a never ending loop. The initial fixed prompt is also counted as an invocation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"modelConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the model." +}, +"modelName": { +"description": "The model name to use for multi-turn agent scraping to get next user message, e.g. \"gemini-3-flash-preview\".", "type": "string" } }, @@ -46945,6 +49230,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigSessionInput": { +"description": "Session input to run an Agent.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunInferenceConfigSessionInput", +"properties": { +"parameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Additional parameters for the session, like app_name, etc. For example, {\"app_name\": \"my-app\"}.", +"type": "object" +}, +"sessionState": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Session specific memory which stores key conversation points.", +"type": "object" +}, +"userId": { +"description": "Optional. The user id for the agent session. The ID can be up to 128 characters long.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunMetric": { "description": "The metric used for evaluation runs.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunMetric", @@ -46965,6 +49276,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Metric", "description": "The metric config." }, +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of the metric definition.", +"type": "string" +}, "predefinedMetricSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunMetricPredefinedMetricSpec", "description": "Spec for a pre-defined metric." @@ -47110,6 +49425,10 @@ "description": "Specification for how rubrics should be generated.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunMetricRubricGenerationSpec", "properties": { +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Optional. Resource name of the metric definition.", +"type": "string" +}, "modelConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationRunEvaluationConfigAutoraterConfig", "description": "Optional. Configuration for the model used in rubric generation. Configs including sampling count and base model can be specified here. Flipping is not supported for rubric generation." @@ -48548,6 +50867,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExpressProject": { +"description": "The project for Vertex AI Express Mode.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExpressProject", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the project was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"defaultApiKey": { +"description": "Output only. The default API key string of the project.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "Output only. The project ID of the project.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectNumber": { +"description": "Output only. The project number of the project.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. The region of the project.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension": { "description": "Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension", @@ -48791,6 +51144,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FailedRubric": { +"description": "Represents a specific failed rubric and the associated analysis.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FailedRubric", +"properties": { +"classificationRationale": { +"description": "The rationale provided by the Loss Analysis Classifier for why this failure maps to this specific Loss Cluster. e.g., \"The agent claimed an action without a tool call, matching 'Hallucination of Action'.\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"rubricId": { +"description": "The unique ID of the rubric (if available from the metric source). Clients use this ID to query the corresponding rubric verdict.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FasterDeploymentConfig": { "description": "Configuration for faster model deployment.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FasterDeploymentConfig", @@ -50987,7 +53355,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { @@ -51603,6 +53971,10 @@ "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to generate rubrics from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "type": "string" }, +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of a registered metric. Rubric generation using predefined metric spec or LLMBasedMetricSpec is supported. If this field is set, the configuration provided in this field is used for rubric generation. The `predefined_rubric_generation_spec` and `rubric_generation_spec` fields will be ignored.", +"type": "string" +}, "predefinedRubricGenerationSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PredefinedMetricSpec", "description": "Optional. Specification for using the rubric generation configs of a pre-defined metric, e.g. \"generic_quality_v1\" and \"instruction_following_v1\". Some of the configs may be only used in rubric generation and not supporting evaluation, e.g. \"fully_customized_generic_quality_v1\". If this field is set, the `rubric_generation_spec` field will be ignored." @@ -51629,6 +54001,72 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Operation metadata for EvaluationAnalyticsService.GenerateLossClusters.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"genericMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenericOperationMetadata", +"description": "Generic operation metadata." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersRequest": { +"description": "Request message for EvaluationAnalyticsService.GenerateLossClusters.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersRequest", +"properties": { +"configs": { +"description": "Required. Configuration for the analysis algorithm. Analysis for multiple metrics and multiple candidates could be specified.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"evaluationSet": { +"description": "Reference to a persisted EvaluationSet. The service will read items from this set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"inlineResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersRequestEvaluationResultList", +"description": "Inline evaluation results. Useful for ephemeral analysis in notebooks/SDKs where data isn't persisted." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersRequestEvaluationResultList": { +"description": "A wrapper to allow providing a list of items inline.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersRequestEvaluationResultList", +"properties": { +"evaluationResults": { +"description": "Required. The list of evaluation results to analyze.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersResponse": { +"description": "Response message for EvaluationAnalyticsService.GenerateLossClusters.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateLossClustersResponse", +"properties": { +"analysisTime": { +"description": "The timestamp when this analysis was completed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"results": { +"description": "The analysis results, one per config provided in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateMemoriesRequest": { "description": "Request message for MemoryBankService.GenerateMemories. Maximum size is 8 MB.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateMemoriesRequest", @@ -51825,6 +54263,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateUserScenariosRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateUserScenariosRequest", +"properties": { +"agents": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AgentConfig" +}, +"description": "Required. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.", +"type": "object" +}, +"rootAgentId": { +"description": "Required. The agent id to identify the root agent.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userScenarioGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserScenarioGenerationConfig", +"description": "Required. Configuration for generating user scenarios." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateUserScenariosResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateUserScenariosResponse", +"properties": { +"userScenarios": { +"description": "The generated user scenarios used to simulate multi-turn agent running results and agent evaluation.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserScenario" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateVideoResponse": { "description": "Generate video response.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerateVideoResponse", @@ -51949,7 +54423,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "responseMimeType": { -"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.", +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.", "type": "string" }, "responseModalities": { @@ -53832,6 +56306,38 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbe": { +"description": "Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbe", +"properties": { +"httpGet": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe." +}, +"maxSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet": { +"description": "Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"properties": { +"path": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `\"/is_busy\"`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LLMBasedMetricSpec": { "description": "Specification for an LLM based metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LLMBasedMetricSpec", @@ -53910,6 +56416,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListA2aTaskEventsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTaskEvents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListA2aTaskEventsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"taskEvents": { +"description": "List of TaskEvents in the requested page.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListA2aTasksResponse": { +"description": "Response message for AgentEngineTaskStoreService.ListA2aTasks.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListA2aTasksResponse", +"properties": { +"a2aTasks": { +"description": "List of A2aTasks in the requested page.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1A2aTask" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as ListA2aTasksRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListAnnotationsResponse": { "description": "Response message for DatasetService.ListAnnotations.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListAnnotationsResponse", @@ -54162,6 +56704,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListEvaluationMetricsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for EvaluationMetricService.ListEvaluationMetrics.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListEvaluationMetricsResponse", +"properties": { +"evaluationMetrics": { +"description": "List of EvaluationMetrics in the requested page.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListEvaluationRunsResponse": { "description": "Response message for EvaluationManagementService.ListEvaluationRuns.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListEvaluationRunsResponse", @@ -54774,6 +57334,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListOnlineEvaluatorsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListOnlineEvaluators.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListOnlineEvaluatorsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"onlineEvaluators": { +"description": "A list of OnlineEvaluators matching the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluator" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListOptimalTrialsRequest": { "description": "Request message for VizierService.ListOptimalTrials.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListOptimalTrialsRequest", @@ -55238,6 +57816,112 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the loss analysis job.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisConfig", +"properties": { +"candidate": { +"description": "Required. The candidate model/agent to analyze (e.g., \"gemini-3.0-pro\"). This targets the specific CandidateResult within the EvaluationResult.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metric": { +"description": "Required. The metric to analyze (e.g., \"tool_use_quality\"). This filters the EvaluationItems in the EvalSet to only those where EvaluationResult.metric matches this value.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisResult": { +"description": "The top-level result for loss analysis, stored within an EvalSet.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisResult", +"properties": { +"analysisTime": { +"description": "The timestamp when this analysis was performed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"clusters": { +"description": "The list of identified loss clusters.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossCluster" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"config": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossAnalysisConfig", +"description": "The configuration used to generate this analysis." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossCluster": { +"description": "Represents a semantic grouping of failures (e.g., \"Hallucination of Action\").", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossCluster", +"properties": { +"clusterId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for the loss cluster within the scope of the analysis result.", +"type": "string" +}, +"examples": { +"description": "A list of examples that belong to this cluster. This links the cluster back to the specific EvaluationItems and Rubrics.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossExample" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"itemCount": { +"description": "The total number of EvaluationItems falling into this cluster.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"taxonomyEntry": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossTaxonomyEntry", +"description": "The structured definition of the loss taxonomy for this cluster." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossExample": { +"description": "Represents a specific example of a loss pattern.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossExample", +"properties": { +"evaluationItem": { +"description": "Reference to the persisted EvalItem resource name. Format: projects/.../locations/.../evaluationItems/{item_id} Used when analysis is run on an EvalSet.", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationResult": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1EvaluationResult", +"description": "The full evaluation result object provided inline. Used when the analysis is performed on ephemeral data (without an EvaluationSet)." +}, +"failedRubrics": { +"description": "The specific rubric(s) that failed and caused this example to be classified here. An example might fail multiple rubrics, but only specific ones trigger this loss pattern.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FailedRubric" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossTaxonomyEntry": { +"description": "Defines a specific entry in the loss pattern taxonomy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LossTaxonomyEntry", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A detailed description of this loss pattern. Example: \"The agent verbally confirms an action without executing the tool.\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"l1Category": { +"description": "The primary category of the loss (e.g., \"Hallucination\", \"Tool Calling\"). This field is typically required.", +"type": "string" +}, +"l2Category": { +"description": "The secondary category of the loss (e.g., \"Hallucination of Action\", \"Incorrect Tool Selection\").", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LustreMount": { "description": "Represents a mount configuration for Lustre file system.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LustreMount", @@ -55450,7 +58134,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "fact": { -"description": "Required. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content.", +"description": "Optional. Semantic knowledge extracted from the source content.", "type": "string" }, "metadata": { @@ -56063,6 +58747,10 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LLMBasedMetricSpec", "description": "Spec for an LLM based metric." }, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricMetadata", +"description": "Optional. Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization." +}, "pairwiseMetricSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PairwiseMetricSpec", "description": "Spec for pairwise metric." @@ -56082,6 +58770,55 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the metric, used for visualization and organization.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricMetadata", +"properties": { +"otherMetadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Flexible metadata for user-defined attributes.", +"type": "object" +}, +"scoreRange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricMetadataScoreRange", +"description": "Optional. The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting." +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. The user-friendly name for the metric. If not set for a registered metric, it will default to the metric's display name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricMetadataScoreRange": { +"description": "The range of possible scores for this metric, used for plotting.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricMetadataScoreRange", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the score explaining the directionality etc.", +"type": "string" +}, +"max": { +"description": "Required. The maximum value of the score range (inclusive).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"min": { +"description": "Required. The minimum value of the score range (inclusive).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"step": { +"description": "Optional. The distance between discrete steps in the range. If unset, the range is assumed to be continuous.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricResult": { "description": "Result for a single metric on a single instance.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricResult", @@ -56113,6 +58850,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricSource": { +"description": "The metric source used for evaluation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricSource", +"properties": { +"metric": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Metric", +"description": "Inline metric config." +}, +"metricResourceName": { +"description": "Resource name for registered metric.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricxInput": { "description": "Input for MetricX metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricxInput", @@ -56557,7 +59309,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the Model.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Model.", "type": "string" }, "originalModelInfo": { @@ -59819,6 +62571,194 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluator": { +"description": "An OnlineEvaluator contains the configuration for an Online Evaluation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluator", +"properties": { +"agentResource": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The name of the agent that the OnlineEvaluator evaluates periodically. This value is used to filter the traces with a matching cloud.resource_id and link the evaluation results with relevant dashboards/UIs. This field is immutable. Once set, it cannot be changed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cloudObservability": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservability", +"description": "Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging)." +}, +"config": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorConfig", +"description": "Required. Configuration for the OnlineEvaluator." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. Human-readable name for the `OnlineEvaluator`. The name doesn't have to be unique. The name can consist of any UTF-8 characters. The maximum length is `63` characters. If the display name exceeds max characters, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metricSources": { +"description": "Required. A list of metric sources to be used for evaluating samples. At least one MetricSource must be provided.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MetricSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the OnlineEvaluator. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/onlineEvaluators/{id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the OnlineEvaluator.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"SUSPENDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The OnlineEvaluator is active.", +"The OnlineEvaluator is suspended.", +"The OnlineEvaluator is in a failed state. This can happen, for example, if there user-provided data lacks required information and the evaluation fails." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the OnlineEvaluator was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservability": { +"description": "Data source for the OnlineEvaluator, based on GCP Observability stack (Cloud Trace & Cloud Logging).", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservability", +"properties": { +"logView": { +"description": "Optional. Optional log view that will be used to query logs. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"openTelemetry": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityOpenTelemetry", +"description": "Data source follows OpenTelemetry convention." +}, +"traceScope": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityTraceScope", +"description": "Scope online evaluation to single traces." +}, +"traceView": { +"description": "Optional. Optional trace view that will be used to query traces. If empty, the `_Default` view will be used.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityNumericPredicate": { +"description": "Defines a predicate for filtering based on a numeric value.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityNumericPredicate", +"properties": { +"comparisonOperator": { +"description": "Required. The comparison operator to apply.", +"enum": [ +"COMPARISON_OPERATOR_UNSPECIFIED", +"LESS", +"LESS_OR_EQUAL", +"EQUAL", +"NOT_EQUAL", +"GREATER_OR_EQUAL", +"GREATER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified comparison operator. This value should not be used.", +"Less than.", +"Less than or equal to.", +"Equal to.", +"Not equal to.", +"Greater than or equal to.", +"Greater than." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Required. The value to compare against.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityOpenTelemetry": { +"description": "Configuration for data source following OpenTelemetry.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityOpenTelemetry", +"properties": { +"semconvVersion": { +"description": "Required. Defines which version OTel Semantic Convention the data follows. Can be \"1.39.0\" or newer.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityTraceScope": { +"description": "Defines the scope and filters for selecting traces.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityTraceScope", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A list of predicates to filter traces. Multiple predicates are combined using AND.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityTraceScopePredicate" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityTraceScopePredicate": { +"description": "Defines a single filter predicate.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityTraceScopePredicate", +"properties": { +"duration": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityNumericPredicate", +"description": "Filter on the duration of a trace." +}, +"totalTokenUsage": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorCloudObservabilityNumericPredicate", +"description": "Filter on the total token usage within a trace." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for sampling behavior of the OnlineEvaluator. The OnlineEvaluator runs at a fixed interval of 10 minutes.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorConfig", +"properties": { +"maxEvaluatedSamplesPerRun": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of evaluations to perform per run. If set to 0, the number is unbounded.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"randomSampling": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorConfigRandomSampling", +"description": "Random sampling method." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorConfigRandomSampling": { +"description": "Configuration for random sampling.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OnlineEvaluatorConfigRandomSampling", +"properties": { +"percentage": { +"description": "Required. The percentage of traces to sample for evaluation. Must be an integer between 0 and 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OptimizePromptRequest": { "description": "Request message for GenAiTuningService.OptimizePrompt.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1OptimizePromptRequest", @@ -61317,6 +64257,13 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata for the request. It is used for billing and reporting only. Label keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters (Unicode codepoints) and can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. International characters are allowed. Label values are optional. Label keys must start with a letter.", +"type": "object" +}, "parameters": { "description": "Optional. The parameters that govern the prediction. The schema of the parameters may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.", "type": "any" @@ -64385,6 +67332,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"containerSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecContainerSpec", +"description": "Deploy from a container image with a defined entrypoint and commands." +}, "deploymentSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecDeploymentSpec", "description": "Optional. The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment." @@ -64423,6 +67374,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecContainerSpec": { +"description": "Specification for deploying from a container image.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecContainerSpec", +"properties": { +"imageUri": { +"description": "Required. The Artifact Registry Docker image URI (e.g., us-central1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image:tag) of the container image that is to be run on each worker replica.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecDeploymentSpec": { "description": "The specification of a Reasoning Engine deployment.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecDeploymentSpec", @@ -64453,6 +67415,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"keepAliveProbe": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbe", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings." +}, "maxInstances": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100].", "format": "int32", @@ -64511,6 +67477,10 @@ false "description": "Specification for deploying from source code.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpec", "properties": { +"agentConfigSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"description": "Source code is generated from the agent config." +}, "developerConnectSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectSource", "description": "Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect." @@ -64530,6 +67500,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource": { +"description": "Specification for the deploying from agent config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"properties": { +"adkConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"description": "Required. The ADK configuration." +}, +"inlineSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecInlineSource", +"description": "Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK).", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"properties": { +"jsonConfig": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig": { "description": "Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig", @@ -68548,6 +71548,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData": { +"description": "Defines data for an interaction prompt.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"properties": { +"interactionIds": { +"description": "Optional. Lists interaction IDs associated with the prompt. This maps 1:1 to PromptMessage.contents. If InteractionData is present, every prompt message has an interaction ID.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt": { "description": "Prompt variation that embeds preambles to prompt string.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt", @@ -68680,6 +71694,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"interactionData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"description": "Data for interaction use case." +}, "outputPrefixes": { "description": "Preamble: The output prefixes before each example output.", "items": { @@ -73112,6 +76130,12 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SuspendOnlineEvaluatorRequest": { +"description": "Request message for SuspendOnlineEvaluator.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SuspendOnlineEvaluatorRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SyncFeatureViewRequest": { "description": "Request message for FeatureOnlineStoreAdminService.SyncFeatureView.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SyncFeatureViewRequest", @@ -73169,6 +76193,68 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifact": { +"description": "Represents a single artifact produced by a task. sample: artifacts: { artifact_id: \"image-12345\" name: \"Generated Sunset Image\" description: \"A beautiful sunset over the mountains, generated by the user's request.\" parts: { inline_data: { mime_type: \"image/png\" data: \"iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAA=\" } } }", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactId": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the artifact within the task. This id is provided by the creator of the artifact.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A human readable description of the artifact.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The human-readable name of the artifact provided by the creator.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Additional metadata for the artifact. For A2A, the URIs of the extensions that were used to produce this artifact will be stored here.", +"type": "object" +}, +"parts": { +"description": "Required. The content of the artifact.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Part" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifactChange": { +"description": "Describes changes to the artifact list.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifactChange", +"properties": { +"addedArtifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of brand-new artifacts created in this event.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"deletedArtifactIds": { +"description": "Optional. A list of artifact IDs that were removed in this event.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updatedArtifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of existing artifacts that were modified in this event.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskDescriptionStrategy": { "description": "Defines a generation strategy based on a general task description.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskDescriptionStrategy", @@ -73180,6 +76266,183 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEvent": { +"description": "An event that occurred for a task. Note that TaskEvent is just a record of task's change. Hence, it's not a Cloud resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEvent", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The create time of the event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"eventData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEventData", +"description": "Required. The delta associated with the event." +}, +"eventSequenceNumber": { +"description": "Required. The sequence number of the event. This is used to uniquely identify the event within the task and order events chronologically. This is a id generated by the SDK.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEventData": { +"description": "Data for a TaskEvent.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskEventData", +"properties": { +"metadataChange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskMetadataChange", +"description": "Optional. A change to the task's metadata." +}, +"outputChange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskOutputChange", +"description": "Optional. A change to the task's final outputs." +}, +"stateChange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStateChange", +"description": "Optional. A change in the task's state." +}, +"statusDetailsChange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetailsChange", +"description": "Optional. A change to the framework-specific status details." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskMessage": { +"description": "Represents a single message in a conversation, compliant with the A2A specification.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskMessage", +"properties": { +"messageId": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the message.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. A2A message may have extension_uris or reference_task_ids. They will be stored under metadata.", +"type": "object" +}, +"parts": { +"description": "Required. The parts of the message.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Part" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. \"user\", \"agent\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskMetadataChange": { +"description": "An event representing a change to the task's top-level metadata. example: metadata_change: { new_metadata: { \"name\": \"My task\", } update_mask: { paths: \"name\" } }", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskMetadataChange", +"properties": { +"newMetadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The complete state of the metadata object *after* the change.", +"type": "object" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. A field mask indicating which paths in the Struct were changed. If not set, all fields will be updated. go/aip-internal/cloud-standard/2412", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskOutput": { +"description": "Represents the final output of a task.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskOutput", +"properties": { +"artifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of artifacts (files, data) produced by the task.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskOutputChange": { +"description": "An event representing a change to the task's outputs.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskOutputChange", +"properties": { +"taskArtifactChange": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskArtifactChange", +"description": "Required. A granular change to the list of artifacts." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStateChange": { +"description": "A message representing a change in a task's state.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStateChange", +"properties": { +"newState": { +"description": "Required. The new state of the task.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUBMITTED", +"WORKING", +"COMPLETED", +"CANCELLED", +"FAILED", +"REJECTED", +"INPUT_REQUIRED", +"AUTH_REQUIRED", +"PAUSED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Task state unspecified. Default value if not set.", +"Task is submitted and waiting to be processed.", +"Task is actively being processed.", +"Task is finished.", +"Task is cancelled.", +"Task has failed.", +"Task is rejected by the system.", +"Task requires input from the user.", +"Task requires auth (e.g. OAuth) from the user.", +"Task is paused." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetails": { +"description": "Represents the additional status details of a task.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetails", +"properties": { +"taskMessage": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskMessage", +"description": "Optional. The message associated with the single-turn interaction between the user and the agent or agent and agent." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetailsChange": { +"description": "Represents a change to the task's status details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetailsChange", +"properties": { +"newTaskStatus": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TaskStatusDetails", +"description": "Required. The complete state of the task's status *after* the change." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Tensor": { "description": "A tensor value type.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Tensor", @@ -75073,10 +78336,6 @@ false "description": "Optional. The description of the TuningJob.", "type": "string" }, -"distillationSamplingSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSamplingSpec", -"description": "Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset." -}, "distillationSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec", "description": "Tuning Spec for Distillation." @@ -75908,6 +79167,49 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserScenario": { +"description": "Output of user scenario generation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserScenario", +"properties": { +"conversationPlan": { +"description": "Conversation plan to drive multi-turn agent run and get simulated agent eval dataset.", +"type": "string" +}, +"startingPrompt": { +"description": "Starting prompt for the conversation between simulated user and agent under the test.", +"type": "string" +}, +"testCaseTitle": { +"description": "Represents a short 3-5 word title for eval test case.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserScenarioGenerationConfig": { +"description": "User scenario generation configuration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserScenarioGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"environmentData": { +"description": "Optional. Environment data in string type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"modelName": { +"description": "Optional. The model name to use for generation. It can be model name, e.g. \"gemini-3-pro-preview\". or the fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"simulationInstruction": { +"description": "Optional. Simulation instruction to guide the user scenario generation.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userScenarioCount": { +"description": "Required. The number of user scenarios to generate. The maximum number of scenarios that can be generated is 100.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserSpecifiedMetadata": { "description": "Metadata provided by users.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UserSpecifiedMetadata", @@ -75958,6 +79260,20 @@ false "format": "double", "type": "number" }, +"tuningSpeed": { +"description": "Optional. The speed of the tuning job. Only supported for Veo 3.0 models.", +"enum": [ +"TUNING_SPEED_UNSPECIFIED", +"REGULAR", +"FAST" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default / unset value. For Veo 3.0 models, this defaults to FAST.", +"Regular tuning speed.", +"Fast tuning speed." +], +"type": "string" +}, "tuningTask": { "description": "Optional. The tuning task. Either I2V or T2V.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index 0b02323628..3b5e3cae2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251117", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { @@ -609,7 +609,12 @@ "ActionInfo": { "description": "Metadata related to the action.", "id": "ActionInfo", -"properties": {}, +"properties": { +"evidenceLockerFilePath": { +"description": "Google Cloud Storage location of the content that violated the rule. This field has format: \"/\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, "type": "object" }, "ActivityRule": { @@ -1048,6 +1053,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ClientSideEncryptionServiceUnavailable": { +"description": "Alerts for client-side encryption outages.", +"id": "ClientSideEncryptionServiceUnavailable", +"properties": { +"idpError": { +"description": "Identity providers impacted by an outage or misconfiguration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "IdentityProviderError" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"keyServiceError": { +"description": "External key services impacted by an outage or misconfiguration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "KeyServiceError" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudPubsubTopic": { "description": "A reference to a Cloud Pubsub topic. To register for notifications, the owner of the topic must grant `alerts-api-push-notifications@system.gserviceaccount.com` the `projects.topics.publish` permission.", "id": "CloudPubsubTopic", @@ -1378,6 +1404,95 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"IdentityProviderError": { +"description": "Error related to an identity provider.", +"id": "IdentityProviderError", +"properties": { +"authorizationBaseUrl": { +"description": "Authorization base url of the identity provider.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorCount": { +"description": "Number of similar errors encountered.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorInfo": { +"description": "Info on the identity provider error.", +"enum": [ +"IDENTITY_PROVIDER_ERROR_INFO_UNSPECIFIED", +"EMAIL_MISMATCH", +"UNAVAILABLE_DISCOVERY_CONTENT", +"INVALID_DISCOVERY_CONTENT", +"UNAVAILABLE_CSE_CONFIGURATION_CONTENT", +"INVALID_CSE_CONFIGURATION_CONTENT", +"INVALID_ID_TOKEN", +"INVALID_OIDC_SETUP", +"UNAVAILABLE_IDP", +"AUTH_CODE_EXCHANGE_ERROR", +"AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN_MISSING_CLAIM_EMAIL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Error info not specified.", +"Email in the ID token is different from the user's email.", +"Discovery URL was unreachable.", +"Discovery URL did not contain all the necessary information.", +"URL for client-side encryption configuration content was unreachable.", +"Client-side encryption .well-known URL did not contain all the necessary information.", +"ID token returned by the identity provider is invalid.", +"OIDC setup error.", +"Identity provider was unreachable.", +"Auth code exchange error.", +"Authentication token has no \"email\" or \"google_email\" claim." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"KeyServiceError": { +"description": "Error related to an external key service.", +"id": "KeyServiceError", +"properties": { +"errorCount": { +"description": "Number of similar errors encountered.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorInfo": { +"description": "Info on the key service error.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_SERVICE_ERROR_INFO_UNSPECIFIED", +"MALFORMED_JSON", +"MISSING_KEY", +"MISSING_SIGNATURE", +"MISSING_ALGORITHM_NAME", +"UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM", +"FETCH_REQUEST_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Error info not specified.", +"The response has malformed JSON.", +"The response did not contain the wrapped/unwrapped key.", +"SMIME sign only: The sign response did not contain the signature.", +"SMIME only: The sign response does not include the algorithm name.", +"SMIME only: the algorithm name in the response is not supported by the client.", +"Fetch request on the client has failed." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"httpResponseCode": { +"description": "HTTP response status code from the key service.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"keyServiceUrl": { +"description": "Url of the external key service.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListAlertFeedbackResponse": { "description": "Response message for an alert feedback listing request.", "id": "ListAlertFeedbackResponse", @@ -1696,12 +1811,14 @@ "enum": [ "DATA_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", "DRIVE", +"GMAIL", "CHROME", "CHAT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Data source is unspecified.", "Drive data source.", +"Gmail data source.", "Chrome data source.", "Chat data source." ], @@ -1751,7 +1868,12 @@ "DRIVE_BLOCK_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_WARN_ON_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY", +"DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY_FOR_ALL", "DRIVE_APPLY_DRIVE_LABELS", +"GMAIL_QUARANTINE_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_BLOCK_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_WARN_USERS", +"GMAIL_APPLY_CLASSIFICATION_LABELS", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_WARN_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_UPLOAD", @@ -1760,10 +1882,14 @@ "CHROME_WARN_WEB_CONTENT_UPLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_PAGE_PRINT", "CHROME_WARN_PAGE_PRINT", +"CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_TRANSFER", +"CHROME_WARN_FILE_TRANSFER", "CHROME_BLOCK_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_WARN_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_BLOCK_SCREENSHOT", "CHROME_STORE_CONTENT", +"CHROME_WATERMARK", +"CHROME_FORCE_SAVE_TO_CLOUD", "DELETE_WEBPROTECT_EVIDENCE", "CHAT_BLOCK_CONTENT", "CHAT_WARN_USER", @@ -1776,7 +1902,12 @@ "Block sharing a file externally.", "Show a warning message when sharing a file externally.", "Disable download, print, and copy for commenters and viewers in drive.", +"Disable download, print, and copy for all collaborators in drive.", "Apply customer specified Drive labels to the file.", +"Quarantine message.", +"Block message.", +"Warn users.", +"Apply classification labels.", "Chrome actions. Block file download.", "Warn user about downloaded file.", "Block file upload.", @@ -1785,10 +1916,14 @@ "Warn user about uploaded web content.", "Block page print.", "Warn user about printed page.", +"Block ChromeOS file transfer.", +"Warn user about ChromeOS file transfer.", "Block Chrome URL visit.", "Warn user about Chrome URL visited.", "Block screenshot alert.", "Store the content that violated the rule.", +"Send watermark alert", +"Force save to cloud storage.", "Delete web protect evidence file", "Chat actions. Block Chat content to be sent out.", "Warn end user about Chat content.", @@ -1805,24 +1940,28 @@ "enum": [ "TRIGGER_UNSPECIFIED", "DRIVE_SHARE", +"MAIL_BEING_SENT", "CHROME_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_FILE_UPLOAD", "CHROME_WEB_CONTENT_UPLOAD", "CHAT_MESSAGE_SENT", "CHAT_ATTACHMENT_UPLOADED", "CHROME_PAGE_PRINT", -"CHROME_URL_VISITED" +"CHROME_URL_VISITED", +"CHROMEOS_FILE_TRANSFER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Trigger is unspecified.", "A Drive file is shared.", +"An email message is sent.", "A file being downloaded in a Chrome browser.", "A file being uploaded from a Chrome browser.", "Web content being uploaded from a Chrome browser.", "A Chat message is sent.", "A Chat attachment is uploaded.", "A page is being printed by Chrome.", -"A URL is visited within Chrome." +"A URL is visited within Chrome.", +"A file being transferred (copy or moved) between different file systems on ChromeOS." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1841,7 +1980,12 @@ "DRIVE_BLOCK_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_WARN_ON_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY", +"DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY_FOR_ALL", "DRIVE_APPLY_DRIVE_LABELS", +"GMAIL_QUARANTINE_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_BLOCK_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_WARN_USERS", +"GMAIL_APPLY_CLASSIFICATION_LABELS", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_WARN_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_UPLOAD", @@ -1850,10 +1994,14 @@ "CHROME_WARN_WEB_CONTENT_UPLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_PAGE_PRINT", "CHROME_WARN_PAGE_PRINT", +"CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_TRANSFER", +"CHROME_WARN_FILE_TRANSFER", "CHROME_BLOCK_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_WARN_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_BLOCK_SCREENSHOT", "CHROME_STORE_CONTENT", +"CHROME_WATERMARK", +"CHROME_FORCE_SAVE_TO_CLOUD", "DELETE_WEBPROTECT_EVIDENCE", "CHAT_BLOCK_CONTENT", "CHAT_WARN_USER", @@ -1866,7 +2014,12 @@ "Block sharing a file externally.", "Show a warning message when sharing a file externally.", "Disable download, print, and copy for commenters and viewers in drive.", +"Disable download, print, and copy for all collaborators in drive.", "Apply customer specified Drive labels to the file.", +"Quarantine message.", +"Block message.", +"Warn users.", +"Apply classification labels.", "Chrome actions. Block file download.", "Warn user about downloaded file.", "Block file upload.", @@ -1875,10 +2028,14 @@ "Warn user about uploaded web content.", "Block page print.", "Warn user about printed page.", +"Block ChromeOS file transfer.", +"Warn user about ChromeOS file transfer.", "Block Chrome URL visit.", "Warn user about Chrome URL visited.", "Block screenshot alert.", "Store the content that violated the rule.", +"Send watermark alert", +"Force save to cloud storage.", "Delete web protect evidence file", "Chat actions. Block Chat content to be sent out.", "Warn end user about Chat content.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index c18e4406ec..6542001926 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.list", @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -3789,6 +3789,11 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isHotStandby": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY.", "readOnly": true, @@ -5269,7 +5274,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -5387,6 +5392,8 @@ false "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_READ_REPLICA", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_PRIMARY", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_READ_POOL", +"SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_RESERVATION", +"SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_DATASET", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_OTHER" ], "enumDeprecated": [ @@ -5401,6 +5408,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5415,6 +5424,8 @@ false "An instance acting as a read-replica.", "An instance acting as an external primary.", "An instance acting as Read Pool.", +"Represents a reservation resource.", +"Represents a dataset resource.", "For rest of the other categories." ], "type": "string" @@ -5435,6 +5446,23 @@ false "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -5892,7 +5920,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceSignalData": { -"description": "Database resource signal data. This is used to send signals to Condor which are based on the DB/Instance/Fleet level configurations. These will be used to send signals for all inventory types. Next ID: 9", +"description": "Database resource signal data. This is used to send signals to Condor which are based on the DB/Instance/Fleet level configurations. These will be used to send signals for all inventory types. Next ID: 10", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceSignalData", "properties": { "backupRun": { @@ -5909,6 +5937,10 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"description": "Resource location.", +"type": "string" +}, "resourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Database resource id." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 378c8d22bd..197dd3f8ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.list", @@ -1691,6 +1691,213 @@ } } }, +"endpoints": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"endpointId": { +"description": "Required. ID of the requesting object.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The location of the new endpoint. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/endpoints", +"request": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. The current etag of the Endpoint. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Endpoint, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEndpoints` call. This should be provided to retrieve the subsequent page. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the parent resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. Additionally, you can perform an aggregated list operation by specifying a value with the following format: * projects/{project}/locations/-", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/endpoints", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListEndpointsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"allowMissing": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, update succeeds even if endpoint is not found. In that case, a new endpoint is created and `update_mask` is ignored.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Endpoint resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -1879,7 +2086,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2562,7 +2769,8 @@ false "BOOTSTRAPPING", "MAINTENANCE", "PROMOTING", -"SWITCHOVER" +"SWITCHOVER", +"RECREATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The state of the cluster is unknown.", @@ -2575,7 +2783,8 @@ false "The cluster is bootstrapping with data from some other source. Direct mutations to the cluster (e.g. adding read pool) are not allowed.", "The cluster is under maintenance. AlloyDB regularly performs maintenance and upgrades on customer clusters. Updates on the cluster are not allowed while the cluster is in this state.", "The cluster is being promoted.", -"The cluster has entered switchover state. All updates on cluster and its associated instances are restricted while the cluster is in this state." +"The cluster has entered switchover state. All updates on cluster and its associated instances are restricted while the cluster is in this state.", +"The cluster is being recreated." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2931,6 +3140,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DNSConfig": { +"description": "The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets.", +"id": "DNSConfig", +"properties": { +"dnsName": { +"description": "The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., \".location.alloydb-psa.goog\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"dnsRecordType": { +"description": "The type of the DNS record, e.g., \"A\", \"AAAA\", \"CNAME\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DataplexConfig": { "description": "Configuration for Dataplex integration.", "id": "DataplexConfig", @@ -3008,6 +3232,114 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"Endpoint": { +"description": "Endpoint resource.", +"id": "Endpoint", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. Delete time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dnsConfig": { +"$ref": "DNSConfig", +"description": "Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type \"A\" or Type \"CNAME\". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"effectiveTargetInstances": { +"description": "Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"endpointType": { +"description": "The type of the endpoint, either write or read.", +"enum": [ +"ENDPOINT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"WRITE_ENDPOINT", +"READ_ENDPOINT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified endpoint type", +"Write endpoint, which is associated with a primary instance.", +"Read endpoint, which is associated with read or secondary instances." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the endpoint.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"READY", +"CREATING", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state", +"The endpoint is active and ready to use.", +"The endpoint is being created.", +"The endpoint is being updated.", +"The endpoint is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"targetInstances": { +"description": "The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ExportClusterRequest": { "description": "Export cluster request.", "id": "ExportClusterRequest", @@ -3663,6 +3995,31 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListEndpointsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Endpoints", +"id": "ListEndpointsResponse", +"properties": { +"endpoints": { +"description": "The list of Endpoints", +"items": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListInstancesResponse": { "description": "Message for response to listing Instances", "id": "ListInstancesResponse", @@ -3900,6 +4257,11 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isHotStandby": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY.", "readOnly": true, @@ -4099,6 +4461,10 @@ false "description": "Optional. The current etag of the Cluster. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Cluster, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", "type": "string" }, +"failover": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the promote operation will attempt to recreate the original primary cluster as a secondary cluster when it comes back online. Otherwise, the promoted cluster will be a standalone cluster. Currently only supported when there is a single secondary cluster.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "requestId": { "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" @@ -5458,7 +5824,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -5576,6 +5942,8 @@ false "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_READ_REPLICA", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_PRIMARY", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_READ_POOL", +"SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_RESERVATION", +"SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_DATASET", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_OTHER" ], "enumDeprecated": [ @@ -5590,6 +5958,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5604,6 +5974,8 @@ false "An instance acting as a read-replica.", "An instance acting as an external primary.", "An instance acting as Read Pool.", +"Represents a reservation resource.", +"Represents a dataset resource.", "For rest of the other categories." ], "type": "string" @@ -5624,6 +5996,23 @@ false "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -6081,7 +6470,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceSignalData": { -"description": "Database resource signal data. This is used to send signals to Condor which are based on the DB/Instance/Fleet level configurations. These will be used to send signals for all inventory types. Next ID: 9", +"description": "Database resource signal data. This is used to send signals to Condor which are based on the DB/Instance/Fleet level configurations. These will be used to send signals for all inventory types. Next ID: 10", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceSignalData", "properties": { "backupRun": { @@ -6098,6 +6487,10 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"description": "Resource location.", +"type": "string" +}, "resourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Database resource id." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 69753507c1..1c725b7bf9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.list", @@ -1691,6 +1691,213 @@ } } }, +"endpoints": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"endpointId": { +"description": "Required. ID of the requesting object.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The location of the new endpoint. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/endpoints", +"request": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. The current etag of the Endpoint. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Endpoint, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEndpoints` call. This should be provided to retrieve the subsequent page. This field is currently not supported, its value will be ignored if passed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the parent resource. For the required format, see the comment on the Endpoint.name field. Additionally, you can perform an aggregated list operation by specifying a value with the following format: * projects/{project}/locations/-", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/endpoints", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListEndpointsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.endpoints.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"allowMissing": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, update succeeds even if endpoint is not found. In that case, a new endpoint is created and `update_mask` is ignored.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Endpoint resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the backend validates the request, but doesn't actually execute it.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -1876,7 +2083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2543,7 +2750,8 @@ false "BOOTSTRAPPING", "MAINTENANCE", "PROMOTING", -"SWITCHOVER" +"SWITCHOVER", +"RECREATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The state of the cluster is unknown.", @@ -2556,7 +2764,8 @@ false "The cluster is bootstrapping with data from some other source. Direct mutations to the cluster (e.g. adding read pool) are not allowed.", "The cluster is under maintenance. AlloyDB regularly performs maintenance and upgrades on customer clusters. Updates on the cluster are not allowed while the cluster is in this state.", "The cluster is being promoted.", -"The cluster has entered switchover state. All updates on cluster and its associated instances are restricted while the cluster is in this state." +"The cluster has entered switchover state. All updates on cluster and its associated instances are restricted while the cluster is in this state.", +"The cluster is being recreated." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2912,6 +3121,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DNSConfig": { +"description": "The DNS config for the endpoint, containing the DNS record name, type and targets.", +"id": "DNSConfig", +"properties": { +"dnsName": { +"description": "The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DNS record, e.g., \".location.alloydb-psa.goog\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"dnsRecordType": { +"description": "The type of the DNS record, e.g., \"A\", \"AAAA\", \"CNAME\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DataplexConfig": { "description": "Configuration for Dataplex integration.", "id": "DataplexConfig", @@ -2989,6 +3213,114 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"Endpoint": { +"description": "Endpoint resource.", +"id": "Endpoint", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Annotations to allow client tools to store small amount of arbitrary data. This is distinct from labels. https://google.aip.dev/128", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. Delete time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "User-settable and human-readable display name for the Endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dnsConfig": { +"$ref": "DNSConfig", +"description": "Output only. The DNS config for the endpoint. Each endpoint is associated with a specific DNS name and the DNS type. The DNS targets are the IP addresses of the target instances. The dns_type is the type of the DNS record, eg. Type \"A\" or Type \"CNAME\". This field is not configurable by the user, and it is updated when user specifies the target instances.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"effectiveTargetInstances": { +"description": "Output only. The effective target instances that the endpoint is associated with. This is a list of target instance names, e.g. projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} For write endpoint, there is only one effective target instance which has to be a primary instance. Effective target instances are only different from target instances after a switchover or cross-region failover operation. Otherwise, effective_target_instances are the same as target_instances. Note that after a cross-region failover operation, the effective_target_instances can be stale until the operation to update the endpoint is complete.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"endpointType": { +"description": "The type of the endpoint, either write or read.", +"enum": [ +"ENDPOINT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"WRITE_ENDPOINT", +"READ_ENDPOINT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified endpoint type", +"Write endpoint, which is associated with a primary instance.", +"Read endpoint, which is associated with read or secondary instances." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The name of the endpoint resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/endpoints/{endpoint_id} where the endpoint ID segment should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z0-9-]+`. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the endpoint resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Reconciling (https://google.aip.dev/128#reconciliation). Set to true if the current state of Endpoint does not match the user's intended state, and the service is actively updating the Endpoint to reconcile them. This can happen due to user-triggered updates or system actions like failover or maintenance.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the endpoint.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"READY", +"CREATING", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state", +"The endpoint is active and ready to use.", +"The endpoint is being created.", +"The endpoint is being updated.", +"The endpoint is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"targetInstances": { +"description": "The names of the target instances for the endpoint, should be of format projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster}/instances/{instance}. For write endpoint, there is only one target instance which has to be a primary instance. For read endpoint, there can be multiple target instances which can be read or secondary instances. After a cross-region failover or switchover operation, the endpoint will be associated with a different target instance. This change will be reflected in the effective_target_instances field.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The system-generated UID of the resource. The UID is assigned when the resource is created, and it is retained until it is deleted.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ExportClusterRequest": { "description": "Export cluster request.", "id": "ExportClusterRequest", @@ -3639,6 +3971,31 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListEndpointsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Endpoints", +"id": "ListEndpointsResponse", +"properties": { +"endpoints": { +"description": "The list of Endpoints", +"items": { +"$ref": "Endpoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListInstancesResponse": { "description": "Message for response to listing Instances", "id": "ListInstancesResponse", @@ -3876,6 +4233,11 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isHotStandby": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the node set up to be configured as a hot standby.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. Determined by state of the compute VM and postgres-service health. Compute VM state can have values listed in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/instance-life-cycle and postgres-service health can have values: HEALTHY and UNHEALTHY.", "readOnly": true, @@ -4075,6 +4437,10 @@ false "description": "Optional. The current etag of the Cluster. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the Cluster, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", "type": "string" }, +"failover": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the promote operation will attempt to recreate the original primary cluster as a secondary cluster when it comes back online. Otherwise, the promoted cluster will be a standalone cluster. Currently only supported when there is a single secondary cluster.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "requestId": { "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" @@ -5434,7 +5800,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -5552,6 +5918,8 @@ false "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_READ_REPLICA", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_PRIMARY", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_READ_POOL", +"SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_RESERVATION", +"SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_DATASET", "SUB_RESOURCE_TYPE_OTHER" ], "enumDeprecated": [ @@ -5566,6 +5934,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5580,6 +5950,8 @@ false "An instance acting as a read-replica.", "An instance acting as an external primary.", "An instance acting as Read Pool.", +"Represents a reservation resource.", +"Represents a dataset resource.", "For rest of the other categories." ], "type": "string" @@ -5600,6 +5972,23 @@ false "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -6057,7 +6446,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceSignalData": { -"description": "Database resource signal data. This is used to send signals to Condor which are based on the DB/Instance/Fleet level configurations. These will be used to send signals for all inventory types. Next ID: 9", +"description": "Database resource signal data. This is used to send signals to Condor which are based on the DB/Instance/Fleet level configurations. These will be used to send signals for all inventory types. Next ID: 10", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceSignalData", "properties": { "backupRun": { @@ -6074,6 +6463,10 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"description": "Resource location.", +"type": "string" +}, "resourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Database resource id." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index 31f8014cc7..043264a604 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -869,13 +869,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataRetentionSettings$", "required": true, @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}'", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}'", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/calculatedMetrics/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2211,13 +2211,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/conversionEvents/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2369,13 +2369,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/customDimensions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/customMetrics/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3316,13 +3316,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3470,13 +3470,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3839,7 +3839,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4084,13 +4084,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4178,13 +4178,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4215,7 +4215,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", +"description": "Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/googleAdsLinks/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4332,13 +4332,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4802,7 +4802,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/searchAds360Links/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5086,7 +5086,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250820", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -5505,8 +5505,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", "type": "string" }, "regionCode": { @@ -5535,7 +5534,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: \"accountSummaries/1000\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: \"accountSummaries/1000\"", "type": "string" }, "propertySummaries": { @@ -6304,8 +6303,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}'", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CalculatedMetric. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/calculatedMetrics/{calculated_metric_id}'", "type": "string" }, "restrictedMetricType": { @@ -6722,8 +6720,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", "type": "string" } }, @@ -6856,8 +6853,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", "type": "string" }, "parameterName": { @@ -6926,8 +6922,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", "type": "string" }, "parameterName": { @@ -7018,8 +7013,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", "type": "string" }, "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": { @@ -7054,8 +7048,7 @@ "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataSharingSettings", "properties": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: \"accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: \"accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings\"", "type": "string" }, "sharingWithGoogleAnySalesEnabled": { @@ -7105,8 +7098,7 @@ "description": "Data specific to iOS app streams. Must be populated if type is IOS_APP_DATA_STREAM." }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", "type": "string" }, "type": { @@ -7228,8 +7220,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID", "type": "string" } }, @@ -7266,8 +7257,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID", "type": "string" }, "validationEmail": { @@ -7583,8 +7573,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678", "type": "string" }, "project": { @@ -7599,8 +7588,7 @@ "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaGlobalSiteTag", "properties": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this GlobalSiteTag resource. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id}/globalSiteTag Example: \"properties/123/dataStreams/456/globalSiteTag\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this GlobalSiteTag resource. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id}/globalSiteTag Example: \"properties/123/dataStreams/456/globalSiteTag\"", "type": "string" }, "snippet": { @@ -7639,8 +7627,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { @@ -8394,8 +8381,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", "type": "string" }, "secretValue": { @@ -8553,8 +8539,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", "type": "string" }, "parent": { @@ -8954,8 +8939,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", "type": "string" }, "postbackWindowOne": { @@ -8999,8 +8983,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID", "type": "string" }, "siteStatsSharingEnabled": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json index e81e5650de..bae869806c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of AccountSummary resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountSummaries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountSummaries` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -227,13 +227,13 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -501,13 +501,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataRetentionSettings$", "required": true, @@ -721,13 +721,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/conversionEvents/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -879,13 +879,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/customDimensions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/customMetrics/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1344,13 +1344,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1474,13 +1474,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFirebaseLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFirebaseLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1568,13 +1568,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListGoogleAdsLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListGoogleAdsLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", +"description": "Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/googleAdsLinks/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1722,13 +1722,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListKeyEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListKeyEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250307", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -2184,8 +2184,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this account. Format: accounts/{account} Example: \"accounts/100\"", "type": "string" }, "regionCode": { @@ -2214,7 +2213,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: \"accountSummaries/1000\"", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this account summary. Format: accountSummaries/{account_id} Example: \"accountSummaries/1000\"", "type": "string" }, "propertySummaries": { @@ -2420,8 +2419,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2460,8 +2458,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}", "type": "string" }, "parameterName": { @@ -2530,8 +2527,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}", "type": "string" }, "parameterName": { @@ -2595,8 +2591,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings", "type": "string" }, "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": { @@ -2631,8 +2626,7 @@ "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaDataSharingSettings", "properties": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: \"accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name. Format: accounts/{account}/dataSharingSettings Example: \"accounts/1000/dataSharingSettings\"", "type": "string" }, "sharingWithGoogleAnySalesEnabled": { @@ -2682,8 +2676,7 @@ "description": "Data specific to iOS app streams. Must be populated if type is IOS_APP_DATA_STREAM." }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/dataStreams/2000\"", "type": "string" }, "type": { @@ -2779,8 +2772,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678", "type": "string" }, "project": { @@ -2819,8 +2811,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Format: properties/{propertyId}/googleAdsLinks/{googleAdsLinkId} Note: googleAdsLinkId is not the Google Ads customer ID.", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { @@ -3105,8 +3096,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}", "type": "string" }, "secretValue": { @@ -3231,8 +3221,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of this property. Format: properties/{property_id} Example: \"properties/1000\"", "type": "string" }, "parent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index cbc7cbb5fa..04c9e724f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -5993,7 +5993,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "screenCaptureDisabled": { -"description": "If true, screen capture is disabled for all users.", +"description": "If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957).", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -6178,7 +6178,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": { -"description": "Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy.", +"description": "Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy.", "enum": [ "CREDENTIAL_PROVIDER_POLICY_DEFAULT_UNSPECIFIED", "CREDENTIAL_PROVIDER_DEFAULT_DISALLOWED", @@ -6567,7 +6567,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "screenCaptureDisabled": { -"description": "Whether screen capture is disabled.", +"description": "Whether screen capture is disabled. This also blocks Circle to Search (https://support.google.com/android/answer/14508957).", "type": "boolean" }, "setUserIconDisabled": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 4466e5f6ea..8e5a25e90b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -5637,7 +5637,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { @@ -6179,7 +6179,7 @@ "id": "ArtifactSummary", "properties": { "versionCode": { -"description": "The version code of the artifact.", +"description": "Artifact's version code", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -9032,7 +9032,7 @@ false "id": "ListReleaseSummariesResponse", "properties": { "releases": { -"description": "List of releases for this track. There will be a maximum of 20 releases returned.", +"description": "List of releases for this track. A maximum of 20 releases can be returned.", "items": { "$ref": "ReleaseSummary" }, @@ -11072,7 +11072,7 @@ false "id": "ReleaseSummary", "properties": { "activeArtifacts": { -"description": "List of active artifacts on this release.", +"description": "List of active artifacts on this release", "items": { "$ref": "ArtifactSummary" }, @@ -11091,12 +11091,12 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", -"The release is not yet ready and can be still edited.", -"The release is ready to be sent for review and awaiting developer action.", -"Submitted and undergoing the review process.", -"Passed review and is ready to be published (due to managed publishing).", -"Failed the review process.", -"Currently available to users on the track. This includes fully or partially rolled out releases to users and any halted release that can be resumed." +"The release is not yet ready and can still be edited.", +"The release is ready to be sent for review and an action is required from developer", +"Submitted and in review", +"Passed review and is ready to be published manually by developer", +"App was rejected in review", +"Available to users on the track. This includes fully- or partially-rolled out releases and any halted release that can be resumed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -11105,7 +11105,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "track": { -"description": "Identifier of the track. More on [track name](https://developers.google.com/android-publisher/tracks).", +"description": "Identifier for the track. [Learn more about track names.](https://developers.google.com/android-publisher/tracks).", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index 2633ec080c..ab5cc0b95d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apigateway.projects.locations.list", @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index a971280b78..e9ccfe5eec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apigateway.projects.locations.list", @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index db52eec259..41dcb1c2f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -30,6 +30,11 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://apigee.in.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "in" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apigee.sa.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "sa" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -3605,7 +3610,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "expand": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results. Set to `true` to expand the results. This query parameter is not valid if you use the `count` or `startKey` query parameters.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results. Set to `true` to expand the results. This query parameter is not valid if you use the `count` or `startKey` query parameters. **Note**: If set to `true`, the `apigee.developerapps.get` permission is required.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3617,7 +3622,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "shallowExpand": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results in shallow mode. Set to `true` to expand the results in shallow mode.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to expand the results in shallow mode. Set to `true` to expand the results in shallow mode. **Note**: If set to `true`, the `apigee.developerapps.get` permission is required.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -11959,84 +11964,9 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { -"ApiservingMcpMcpToolDataHandlingProfile": { -"description": "Profile describing the data handling characteristics of an MCP tool. When used within the McpTool.meta field, this message should be packed into a google.protobuf.Any and associated with the key: \"google.com/tool.profiles/data_handling\"", -"id": "ApiservingMcpMcpToolDataHandlingProfile", -"properties": { -"inputDataAccessLevel": { -"description": "// The data access level of the tool's inputs.", -"enum": [ -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PUBLIC", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_CONFIDENTIAL", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NEED_TO_KNOW", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PII", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_USER", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NO_DATA_ACCESS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This value is unused.", -"Public data.", -"Confidential data.", -"Need-to-know data.", -"Personally Identifiable Information (PII) data.", -"User data.", -"The tool does not access any data." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"outputDataAccessLevel": { -"description": "The data access level of the tool's outputs.", -"enum": [ -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PUBLIC", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_CONFIDENTIAL", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NEED_TO_KNOW", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PII", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_USER", -"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NO_DATA_ACCESS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This value is unused.", -"Public data.", -"Confidential data.", -"Need-to-know data.", -"Personally Identifiable Information (PII) data.", -"User data.", -"The tool does not access any data." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ApiservingMcpMcpToolLifecycleProfile": { -"description": "Profile describing the lifecycle stage of an MCP tool. When used within the McpTool.meta field, this message should be packed into a google.protobuf.Any and associated with the key: \"google.com/tool.profiles/lifecycle\"", -"id": "ApiservingMcpMcpToolLifecycleProfile", -"properties": { -"launchState": { -"description": "Output only. The current launch state of the MCP tool.", -"enum": [ -"LAUNCH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"LAUNCH_STATE_DEVELOPMENT", -"LAUNCH_STATE_PRODUCTION_PREVIEW", -"LAUNCH_STATE_GENERAL_AVAILABILITY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This value is unused.", -"The tool is currently in development.", -"The tool is in production preview.", -"The tool is generally available." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { "description": "Describes why a bundle is invalid. Intended for use in error details.", "id": "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle", @@ -15584,7 +15514,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "ipHeaderName": { -"description": "Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from. We are currently only supporting the X-Forwarded-For header.", +"description": "Required. The name of the header to extract the client ip from.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -19195,7 +19125,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1RuntimeTraceConfig": { -"description": "NEXT ID: 9 RuntimeTraceConfig defines the configurations for distributed trace in an environment.", +"description": "NEXT ID: 10 RuntimeTraceConfig defines the configurations for distributed trace in an environment.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1RuntimeTraceConfig", "properties": { "endpoint": { @@ -19208,13 +19138,15 @@ "EXPORTER_UNSPECIFIED", "JAEGER", "CLOUD_TRACE", -"OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR" +"OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR", +"OPEN_TELEMETRY_CLOUD_TRACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Exporter unspecified", -"Jaeger exporter", -"Cloudtrace exporter", -"Open Telemetry Collector" +"Exports events to Jaeger. Compatible with OpenCensus protocol.", +"Exports events to Cloud Trace. Compatible with OpenCensus protocol.", +"OpenTelemetry Collector. Compatible with OpenTelemetry protocol.", +"Exports events to Cloud Trace. Compatible with OpenTelemetry protocol." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -19223,7 +19155,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "openTelemetryProtocolEnabled": { -"description": "If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID Deprecated: Use trace_protocol instead.", "type": "boolean" }, "overrides": { @@ -19245,12 +19178,26 @@ "samplingConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1RuntimeTraceSamplingConfig", "description": "Trace configuration for all API proxies in an environment." +}, +"traceProtocol": { +"description": "Optional. The trace protocol to use.", +"enum": [ +"TRACE_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED", +"OPEN_CENSUS", +"OTLP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Protocol unspecified. Defaults to OPEN_CENSUS.", +"Uses OpenCensus protocol.", +"Uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP)." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1RuntimeTraceConfigOverride": { -"description": "NEXT ID: 8 Trace configuration override for a specific API proxy in an environment.", +"description": "NEXT ID: 9 Trace configuration override for a specific API proxy in an environment.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1RuntimeTraceConfigOverride", "properties": { "apiProxy": { @@ -19262,7 +19209,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "openTelemetryProtocolEnabled": { -"description": "If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. If `true`, the runtime uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP) to send trace data. Configuration Requirements (if `open_telemetry_protocol_enabled` is `true`): - Allowed `Exporter`s: `CLOUD_TRACE` or `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`. - If `Exporter` is `OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid OTLP collector URL. - If `Exporter` is `CLOUD_TRACE`: - `endpoint` refers to a valid project ID Deprecated: Use trace_protocol instead.", "type": "boolean" }, "revisionCreateTime": { @@ -19278,6 +19226,20 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1RuntimeTraceSamplingConfig", "description": "Trace configuration override for a specific API proxy in an environment." }, +"traceProtocol": { +"description": "Optional. The trace protocol to use.", +"enum": [ +"TRACE_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED", +"OPEN_CENSUS", +"OTLP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Protocol unspecified. Defaults to OPEN_CENSUS.", +"Uses OpenCensus protocol.", +"Uses OpenTelemetry Protocol (OTLP)." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uid": { "description": "Unique ID for the configuration override. The ID will only change if the override is deleted and recreated. Corresponds to name's \"override\" field.", "type": "string" @@ -21256,18 +21218,20 @@ "type": "string" }, "exporter": { -"description": "Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using OpenCensus. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters.", +"description": "Required. Exporter that is used to view the distributed trace captured using the chosen trace protocol. An exporter sends traces to any backend that is capable of consuming them. Recorded spans can be exported by registered exporters.", "enum": [ "EXPORTER_UNSPECIFIED", "JAEGER", "CLOUD_TRACE", -"OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR" +"OPEN_TELEMETRY_COLLECTOR", +"OPEN_TELEMETRY_CLOUD_TRACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Exporter unspecified", -"Jaeger exporter", -"Cloudtrace exporter", -"Open Telemetry Collector" +"Exports events to Jaeger. Compatible with OpenCensus protocol.", +"Exports events to Cloud Trace. Compatible with OpenCensus protocol.", +"OpenTelemetry Collector. Compatible with OpenTelemetry protocol.", +"Exports events to Cloud Trace. Compatible with OpenTelemetry protocol." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index 603e5ebc81..87e7165fa4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The project in which the API key is created.", +"description": "Required. The project in which the API key is created. The parent field must be in format of \"projects//locations/global\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Lists all API keys associated with this project.", +"description": "Required. Lists all API keys associated with this project. The parent field must be in format of \"projects//locations/global\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/keys/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260109", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { @@ -584,8 +584,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.", "type": "string" }, "restrictions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json index 067979574c..6cdc7f4f1e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apim.projects.locations.list", @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://apim.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiObservation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index 027912c1c5..8ac2a294b3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/apps/{appsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.apps.locations.list", @@ -1301,6 +1301,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"exportAppImage": { +"description": "Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.", +"flatPath": "v1/apps/{appsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "appengine.apps.services.versions.exportAppImage", +"parameterOrder": [ +"appsId", +"servicesId", +"versionsId" +], +"parameters": { +"appsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version}", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versionsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/apps/{appsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExportAppImageRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets the specified Version resource. By default, only a BASIC_VIEW will be returned. Specify the FULL_VIEW parameter to get the full resource.", "flatPath": "v1/apps/{appsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}", @@ -2458,6 +2499,61 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"exportAppImage": { +"description": "Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.exportAppImage", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"servicesId", +"versionsId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version}", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versionsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExportAppImageRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates the specified Version resource. You can specify the following fields depending on the App Engine environment and type of scaling that the version resource uses:Standard environment instance_class (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.instance_class)automatic scaling in the standard environment: automatic_scaling.min_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.max_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.min_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_cpu_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_throughput_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings)basic scaling or manual scaling in the standard environment: serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status) manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)Flexible environment serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status)automatic scaling in the flexible environment: automatic_scaling.min_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cool_down_period_sec (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cpu_utilization.target_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling)manual scaling in the flexible environment: manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}", @@ -2657,7 +2753,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { @@ -3355,6 +3451,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExportAppImageRequest": { +"description": "Request message for Versions.ExportAppImage.", +"id": "ExportAppImageRequest", +"properties": { +"destinationRepository": { +"description": "Optional. The full resource name of the AR repository to export to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository} If not specified, defaults to projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/gae-standard in the same region as the app. The default repository will be created if it does not exist.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FeatureSettings": { "description": "The feature specific settings to be used in the application. These define behaviors that are user configurable.", "id": "FeatureSettings", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index a7dcfd2981..68d5f0d5e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/apps/{appsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.apps.locations.list", @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.projects.locations.list", @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 8ef9ead2ac..2796b6f6f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/apps/{appsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.apps.locations.list", @@ -1316,6 +1316,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"exportAppImage": { +"description": "Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/apps/{appsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "appengine.apps.services.versions.exportAppImage", +"parameterOrder": [ +"appsId", +"servicesId", +"versionsId" +], +"parameters": { +"appsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version}", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versionsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `appsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/apps/{appsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExportAppImageRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets the specified Version resource. By default, only a BASIC_VIEW will be returned. Specify the FULL_VIEW parameter to get the full resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta/apps/{appsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}", @@ -1729,7 +1770,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.projects.locations.list", @@ -2571,6 +2612,61 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"exportAppImage": { +"description": "Exports a user image to Artifact Registry.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.exportAppImage", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"servicesId", +"versionsId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Required. Name of the App Engine version resource. Format: apps/{app}/services/{service}/versions/{version}", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versionsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}:exportAppImage", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExportAppImageRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates the specified Version resource. You can specify the following fields depending on the App Engine environment and type of scaling that the version resource uses:Standard environment instance_class (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.instance_class)automatic scaling in the standard environment: automatic_scaling.min_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_idle_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.max_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.min_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_cpu_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings) automaticScaling.standard_scheduler_settings.target_throughput_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#StandardSchedulerSettings)basic scaling or manual scaling in the standard environment: serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status) manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)Flexible environment serving_status (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.serving_status)automatic scaling in the flexible environment: automatic_scaling.min_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.max_total_instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cool_down_period_sec (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling) automatic_scaling.cpu_utilization.target_utilization (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#Version.FIELDS.automatic_scaling)manual scaling in the flexible environment: manual_scaling.instances (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1beta/apps.services.versions#manualscaling)", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}/versions/{versionsId}", @@ -2868,7 +2964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260220", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { @@ -3617,6 +3713,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExportAppImageRequest": { +"description": "Request message for Versions.ExportAppImage.", +"id": "ExportAppImageRequest", +"properties": { +"destinationRepository": { +"description": "Optional. The full resource name of the AR repository to export to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository} If not specified, defaults to projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/gae-standard in the same region as the app. The default repository will be created if it does not exist.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FeatureSettings": { "description": "The feature specific settings to be used in the application. These define behaviors that are user configurable.", "id": "FeatureSettings", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json index 76d82d5a0f..3b4225ed89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.list", @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { @@ -1901,12 +1901,14 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "AGENT", -"MCP_SERVER" +"MCP_SERVER", +"ENDPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified type.", "Agent type.", -"MCP Server type." +"MCP Server type.", +"Endpoint type." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json index 3921280362..222968135e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.list", @@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { @@ -2073,12 +2073,14 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "AGENT", -"MCP_SERVER" +"MCP_SERVER", +"ENDPOINT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified type.", "Agent type.", -"MCP Server type." +"MCP Server type.", +"Endpoint type." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 74fa6987d9..844fb40e7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -437,6 +437,32 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] }, +"getProjectConfig": { +"description": "Retrieves the project configuration.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/projectConfig", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.getProjectConfig", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project's logging configuration: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/projectConfig$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ProjectConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, "getVpcscConfig": { "description": "Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcscConfig", @@ -464,7 +490,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -511,6 +537,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] }, +"updateProjectConfig": { +"description": "Updates the project configuration.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/projectConfig", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.updateProjectConfig", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/projectConfig$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask to support partial updates. See https://protobuf.dev/reference/protobuf/google.protobuf/#field-mask for more details.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ProjectConfig" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ProjectConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "updateVpcscConfig": { "description": "Updates the VPCSC Config for the Project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcscConfig", @@ -549,6 +609,34 @@ "resources": { "operations": { "methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", @@ -2493,7 +2581,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -2667,6 +2755,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CancelOperationRequest": { +"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", +"id": "CancelOperationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "CleanupPolicy": { "description": "Artifact policy configuration for repository cleanup policies.", "id": "CleanupPolicy", @@ -4041,6 +4135,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PlatformLogsConfig": { +"description": "The platform logs config for a project or a repository.", +"id": "PlatformLogsConfig", +"properties": { +"loggingState": { +"description": "Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.", +"enum": [ +"LOGGING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENABLED", +"DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Platform logs settings for the parent resource haven't been set. This is the default state or when the user clears the settings for the parent.", +"Platform logs are enabled.", +"Platform logs are disabled." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"severityLevel": { +"description": "Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEBUG", +"INFO", +"NOTICE", +"WARNING", +"ERROR", +"CRITICAL", +"ALERT", +"EMERGENCY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No severity level specified, meaning everything is being logged.", +"Debug or trace information.", +"Routine information, such as ongoing status or performance.", +"Normal but significant events, such as start up, shut down, or a configuration change.", +"Warning events that might cause problems.", +"Error events that are likely to cause problems.", +"Critical events that cause more severe problems or outages.", +"Alert events that require a person must take an action immediately.", +"One or more systems are unusable." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Policy": { "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", @@ -4065,6 +4206,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ProjectConfig": { +"description": "The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.", +"id": "ProjectConfig", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig", +"type": "string" +}, +"platformLogsConfig": { +"$ref": "PlatformLogsConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for platform logs." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ProjectSettings": { "description": "The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.", "id": "ProjectSettings", @@ -4318,6 +4474,10 @@ false "description": "The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.", "type": "string" }, +"platformLogsConfig": { +"$ref": "PlatformLogsConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for platform logs." +}, "registryUri": { "description": "Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index e53b6b72b6..a662bde1fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index e1674c7d9e..64537a3075 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index f506441ef0..3ebd4666d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -835,30 +835,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -873,12 +850,35 @@ "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -887,8 +887,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -915,6 +913,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -928,51 +928,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1534,30 +1534,7 @@ false "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -1572,12 +1549,35 @@ false "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1586,8 +1586,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -1614,6 +1612,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -1627,51 +1627,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ false "description": "Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload" }, "partnerServicesBillingAccount": { -"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", +"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", "type": "string" }, "provisionedResourcesParent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json index b41ea139e4..3c0b42674d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -807,30 +807,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -845,12 +822,35 @@ "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -859,8 +859,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -887,6 +885,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -900,51 +900,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1504,30 +1504,7 @@ false "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -1542,12 +1519,35 @@ false "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1556,8 +1556,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -1584,6 +1582,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -1597,51 +1597,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ false "description": "Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload" }, "partnerServicesBillingAccount": { -"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", +"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", "type": "string" }, "provisionedResourcesParent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index 2b4f4227f9..f4d2046616 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "backupdr.projects.locations.list", @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonBackupRequest": { @@ -2814,6 +2814,11 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { +"$ref": "FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties", +"description": "Output only. Filestore specific backup properties.", +"readOnly": true +}, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { "$ref": "GCPBackupPlanInfo", "description": "Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource.", @@ -3269,6 +3274,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"computeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { +"$ref": "ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties", +"description": "Optional. Defines optional properties specific to backups of disk-based resources, such as Compute Engine. This includes settings like whether to perform a guest flush." +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -3836,6 +3845,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties": { +"description": "--- ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties Message ---", +"id": "ComputeInstanceBackupPlanProperties", +"properties": { +"guestFlush": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ComputeInstanceBackupProperties": { "description": "ComputeInstanceBackupProperties represents Compute Engine instance backup properties.", "id": "ComputeInstanceBackupProperties", @@ -3862,6 +3882,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"guestFlush": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to perform a guest flush operation before taking a compute backup. When set to false, the system will create crash-consistent backups. Default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "keyRevocationActionType": { "description": "KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are \"STOP\" and \"NONE\". The default value is \"NONE\" if it is not specified.", "enum": [ @@ -4338,6 +4362,11 @@ "$ref": "DiskDataSourceProperties", "description": "DiskDataSourceProperties has a subset of Disk properties that are useful at the Datasource level." }, +"filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { +"$ref": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties", +"description": "Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level.", +"readOnly": true +}, "gcpResourcename": { "description": "Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource.", "readOnly": true, @@ -4368,6 +4397,11 @@ "description": "Output only. The properties of the Cloud SQL instance.", "readOnly": true }, +"filestoreInstanceProperties": { +"$ref": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties", +"description": "Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance.", +"readOnly": true +}, "gcpResourcename": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}", "readOnly": true, @@ -4953,6 +4987,54 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { +"description": "FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. .", +"id": "FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties", +"properties": { +"sourceInstance": { +"description": "Output only. The source instance of the backup.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties": { +"description": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. .", +"id": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties", +"properties": { +"instanceCreateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The instance creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties": { +"description": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. .", +"id": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties", +"properties": { +"instanceCreateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The instance creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FinalizeBackupRequest": { "description": "Message for finalizing a Backup.", "id": "FinalizeBackupRequest", @@ -5566,7 +5648,10 @@ "CLOUD_SQL", "ALLOY_DB", "FILESTORE", -"SAAS_PLATFORM" +"BV_AF", +"CEP_MONITORING_COMPUTE_INSTANCE", +"CEP_MONITORING_DISK", +"BV_CUSTOM_PROBERS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -5577,7 +5662,10 @@ "", "", "", -"" +"", +"", +"", +"Remove once parity achieved between BV_AF and BV_CUSTOM_PROBERS." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6075,14 +6163,16 @@ "CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_VM", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_REGIONAL_DISK" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_REGIONAL_DISK", +"FILESTORE_INSTANCE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Resource type not set.", "Cloud SQL instance.", "Compute Engine VM.", "Compute Engine Disk.", -"Compute Engine Regional Disk." +"Compute Engine Regional Disk.", +"Filestore Instance." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json index fde83de195..4a3b892faf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.list", @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedClient": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index c23f96969c..63a4105a16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "batch.projects.locations.list", @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 987d1f0d3e..55be493b5e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260224", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -3691,6 +3691,11 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"catalogSource": { +"description": "Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "creationTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.", "format": "int64", @@ -3862,7 +3867,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "type": { -"description": "Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog.", +"description": "Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -3906,6 +3911,11 @@ "items": { "description": "A dataset resource with only a subset of fields, to be returned in a list of datasets.", "properties": { +"catalogSource": { +"description": "Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset. * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "datasetReference": { "$ref": "DatasetReference", "description": "The dataset reference. Use this property to access specific parts of the dataset's ID, such as project ID or dataset ID." @@ -3937,6 +3947,11 @@ "location": { "description": "The geographic location where the dataset resides.", "type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. Same as `type` in `Dataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4711,7 +4726,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "timestampTargetPrecision": { -"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", +"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", "items": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -4854,6 +4869,145 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GenAiErrorStats": { +"description": "Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls.", +"id": "GenAiErrorStats", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars)", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiFunctionCostOptimizationStats": { +"description": "Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call.", +"id": "GenAiFunctionCostOptimizationStats", +"properties": { +"message": { +"description": "System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state.", +"type": "string" +}, +"numCostOptimizedRows": { +"description": "Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiFunctionErrorStats": { +"description": "Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call.", +"id": "GenAiFunctionErrorStats", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"numFailedRows": { +"description": "Number of failed rows processed by the function", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiFunctionStats": { +"description": "Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query.", +"id": "GenAiFunctionStats", +"properties": { +"costOptimizationStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiFunctionCostOptimizationStats", +"description": "Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function." +}, +"errorStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiFunctionErrorStats", +"description": "Error stats for the function." +}, +"functionName": { +"description": "Name of the function.", +"type": "string" +}, +"numProcessedRows": { +"description": "Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"prompt": { +"description": "User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiStats": { +"description": "GenAi stats for the query job.", +"id": "GenAiStats", +"properties": { +"errorStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiErrorStats", +"description": "Job level error stats across all GenAi functions" +}, +"functionStats": { +"description": "Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview", +"items": { +"$ref": "GenAiFunctionStats" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GeneratedColumn": { +"description": "Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields).", +"id": "GeneratedColumn", +"properties": { +"generatedExpressionInfo": { +"$ref": "GeneratedExpressionInfo", +"description": "Definition of the expression used to generate the field." +}, +"generatedMode": { +"description": "Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field.", +"enum": [ +"GENERATED_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GENERATED_ALWAYS", +"GENERATED_BY_DEFAULT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified GeneratedMode will default to GENERATED_ALWAYS.", +"Field can only have system generated values. Users cannot manually insert values into the field.", +"Use system generated values only if the user does not explicitly provide a value." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GeneratedExpressionInfo": { +"description": "Definition of the expression used to generate the field.", +"id": "GeneratedExpressionInfo", +"properties": { +"asynchronous": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"generationExpression": { +"description": "Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stored": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "GetIamPolicyRequest", @@ -5933,7 +6087,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "timestampTargetPrecision": { -"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", +"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", "items": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -6532,6 +6686,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"genAiStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiStats", +"description": "Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query.", +"readOnly": true +}, "incrementalResultStats": { "$ref": "IncrementalResultStats", "description": "Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available.", @@ -7735,7 +7894,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "projects": { -"description": "Projects to which the user has at least READ access.", +"description": "Projects to which the user has at least READ access. This field can be omitted if `totalItems` is 0.", "items": { "description": "Information about a single project.", "properties": { @@ -8460,6 +8619,11 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"buildStatus": { +"$ref": "RoutineBuildStatus", +"description": "Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages)", +"readOnly": true +}, "creationTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.", "format": "int64", @@ -8605,6 +8769,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RoutineBuildStatus": { +"description": "The status of a routine build.", +"id": "RoutineBuildStatus", +"properties": { +"buildDuration": { +"description": "Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"buildState": { +"description": "Output only. The current build state of the routine.", +"enum": [ +"BUILD_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IN_PROGRESS", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The build is in progress.", +"The build has succeeded.", +"The build has failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"buildStateUpdateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the build state was updated last.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorResult": { +"$ref": "ErrorProto", +"description": "Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"imageSizeBytes": { +"description": "Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RoutineReference": { "description": "Id path of a routine.", "id": "RoutineReference", @@ -9884,6 +10095,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required.", "type": "string" }, +"generatedColumn": { +"$ref": "GeneratedColumn", +"description": "Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields)." +}, "maxLength": { "description": "Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = \"STRING\", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = \"BYTES\", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type \u2260 \"STRING\" and \u2260 \"BYTES\".", "format": "int64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index 290eaaa70e..ba569078ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "bigquerydatatransfer.projects.locations.list", @@ -1047,6 +1047,80 @@ } } } +}, +"transferResources": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Returns a transfer resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transferConfigs/{transferConfigsId}/transferResources/{transferResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigquerydatatransfer.projects.locations.transferConfigs.transferResources.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the transfer resource in the form of: * `projects/{project}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transferConfigs/[^/]+/transferResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TransferResource" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Returns information about transfer resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transferConfigs/{transferConfigsId}/transferResources", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigquerydatatransfer.projects.locations.transferConfigs.transferResources.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter for the transfer resources. Currently supported filters include: * Resource name: `name` - Wildcard supported * Resource type: `type` * Resource destination: `destination` * Latest resource state: `latest_status_detail.state` * Last update time: `update_time` - RFC-3339 format * Parent table name: `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table` Multiple filters can be applied using the `AND/OR` operator. Examples: * `name=\"*123\" AND (type=\"TABLE\" OR latest_status_detail.state=\"SUCCEEDED\")` * `update_time >= \"2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00` * `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table = \"table1\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of transfer resources to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListTransferResources` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTransferResources` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Name of transfer configuration for which transfer resources should be retrieved. The name should be in one of the following form: * `projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transferConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/transferResources", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTransferResourcesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} } } } @@ -1497,13 +1571,87 @@ } } } +}, +"transferResources": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Returns a transfer resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/transferConfigs/{transferConfigsId}/transferResources/{transferResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigquerydatatransfer.projects.transferConfigs.transferResources.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the transfer resource in the form of: * `projects/{project}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{transfer_config}/transferResources/{transfer_resource}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/transferConfigs/[^/]+/transferResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TransferResource" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Returns information about transfer resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/transferConfigs/{transferConfigsId}/transferResources", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigquerydatatransfer.projects.transferConfigs.transferResources.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter for the transfer resources. Currently supported filters include: * Resource name: `name` - Wildcard supported * Resource type: `type` * Resource destination: `destination` * Latest resource state: `latest_status_detail.state` * Last update time: `update_time` - RFC-3339 format * Parent table name: `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table` Multiple filters can be applied using the `AND/OR` operator. Examples: * `name=\"*123\" AND (type=\"TABLE\" OR latest_status_detail.state=\"SUCCEEDED\")` * `update_time >= \"2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00` * `hierarchy_detail.partition_detail.table = \"table1\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of transfer resources to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListTransferResources` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTransferResources` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Name of transfer configuration for which transfer resources should be retrieved. The name should be in one of the following form: * `projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/transferConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/transferResources", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTransferResourcesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +} +} } } } } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { @@ -1803,6 +1951,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"HierarchyDetail": { +"description": "Details about the hierarchy.", +"id": "HierarchyDetail", +"properties": { +"partitionDetail": { +"$ref": "PartitionDetail", +"description": "Optional. Partition details related to hierarchy." +}, +"tableDetail": { +"$ref": "TableDetail", +"description": "Optional. Table details related to hierarchy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListDataSourcesResponse": { "description": "Returns list of supported data sources and their metadata.", "id": "ListDataSourcesResponse", @@ -1880,6 +2043,26 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListTransferResourcesResponse": { +"description": "Response for the ListTransferResources RPC.", +"id": "ListTransferResourcesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Output only. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"transferResources": { +"description": "Output only. The transfer resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TransferResource" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListTransferRunsResponse": { "description": "The returned list of pipelines in the project.", "id": "ListTransferRunsResponse", @@ -1940,6 +2123,17 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"PartitionDetail": { +"description": "Partition details related to hierarchy.", +"id": "PartitionDetail", +"properties": { +"table": { +"description": "Optional. Name of the table which has the partitions.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ScheduleOptions": { "description": "Options customizing the data transfer schedule.", "id": "ScheduleOptions", @@ -2068,6 +2262,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"TableDetail": { +"description": "Table details related to hierarchy.", +"id": "TableDetail", +"properties": { +"partitionCount": { +"description": "Optional. Total number of partitions being tracked within the table.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TimeBasedSchedule": { "description": "Options customizing the time based transfer schedule. Options are migrated from the original ScheduleOptions message.", "id": "TimeBasedSchedule", @@ -2269,6 +2475,115 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"TransferResource": { +"description": "Resource(table/partition) that is being transferred.", +"id": "TransferResource", +"properties": { +"destination": { +"description": "Optional. Resource destination.", +"enum": [ +"RESOURCE_DESTINATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"RESOURCE_DESTINATION_BIGQUERY", +"RESOURCE_DESTINATION_DATAPROC_METASTORE", +"RESOURCE_DESTINATION_BIGLAKE_METASTORE", +"RESOURCE_DESTINATION_BIGLAKE_REST_CATALOG", +"RESOURCE_DESTINATION_BIGLAKE_HIVE_CATALOG" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"BigQuery.", +"Dataproc Metastore.", +"BigLake Metastore.", +"BigLake REST Catalog.", +"BigLake Hive Catalog." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"hierarchyDetail": { +"$ref": "HierarchyDetail", +"description": "Optional. Details about the hierarchy." +}, +"lastSuccessfulRun": { +"$ref": "TransferRunBrief", +"description": "Output only. Run details for the last successful run.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"latestRun": { +"$ref": "TransferRunBrief", +"description": "Optional. Run details for the latest run." +}, +"latestStatusDetail": { +"$ref": "TransferResourceStatusDetail", +"description": "Optional. Status details for the latest run." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Resource name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. Resource type.", +"enum": [ +"RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RESOURCE_TYPE_TABLE", +"RESOURCE_TYPE_PARTITION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Table resource type.", +"Partition resource type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the resource was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TransferResourceStatusDetail": { +"description": "Status details of the resource being transferred.", +"id": "TransferResourceStatusDetail", +"properties": { +"completedPercentage": { +"description": "Output only. Percentage of the transfer completed. Valid values: 0-100.", +"format": "double", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Optional. Transfer error details for the resource." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Optional. Transfer state of the resource.", +"enum": [ +"RESOURCE_TRANSFER_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RESOURCE_TRANSFER_PENDING", +"RESOURCE_TRANSFER_RUNNING", +"RESOURCE_TRANSFER_SUCCEEDED", +"RESOURCE_TRANSFER_FAILED", +"RESOURCE_TRANSFER_CANCELLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Resource is waiting to be transferred.", +"Resource transfer is running.", +"Resource transfer is a success.", +"Resource transfer failed.", +"Resource transfer was cancelled." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"summary": { +"$ref": "TransferStatusSummary", +"description": "Optional. Transfer status summary of the resource." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TransferRun": { "description": "Represents a data transfer run.", "id": "TransferRun", @@ -2371,6 +2686,91 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"TransferRunBrief": { +"description": "Basic information about a transfer run.", +"id": "TransferRunBrief", +"properties": { +"run": { +"description": "Optional. Run URI. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config}/run/{run}", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Start time of the transfer run.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TransferStatusMetric": { +"description": "Metrics for tracking the transfer status.", +"id": "TransferStatusMetric", +"properties": { +"completed": { +"description": "Optional. Number of units transferred successfully.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"failed": { +"description": "Optional. Number of units that failed to transfer.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"pending": { +"description": "Optional. Number of units pending transfer.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"total": { +"description": "Optional. Total number of units for the transfer.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"unit": { +"description": "Optional. Unit for measuring progress (e.g., BYTES).", +"enum": [ +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNIT_BYTES", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNIT_OBJECTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Bytes.", +"Objects." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TransferStatusSummary": { +"description": "Status summary of the resource being transferred.", +"id": "TransferStatusSummary", +"properties": { +"metrics": { +"description": "Optional. List of transfer status metrics.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TransferStatusMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"progressUnit": { +"description": "Input only. Unit based on which transfer status progress should be calculated.", +"enum": [ +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNIT_BYTES", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNIT_OBJECTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Bytes.", +"Objects." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UnenrollDataSourcesRequest": { "description": "A request to unenroll a set of data sources so they are no longer visible in the BigQuery UI's `Transfer` tab.", "id": "UnenrollDataSourcesRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 9eac0dddc8..89f455aedd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -833,6 +833,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] }, +"getMemoryLayer": { +"description": "Gets information about the memory layer of a cluster.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/clusters/{clustersId}/memoryLayer", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.clusters.getMemoryLayer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The unique name of the requested cluster's memory layer. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/memoryLayer$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "MemoryLayer" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.cluster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.instance", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.cluster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about clusters in an instance.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/clusters", @@ -941,6 +972,45 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.cluster", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"updateMemoryLayer": { +"description": "Updates the memory layer of a cluster. To enable the memory layer, set the memory_config. To disable the memory layer, unset the memory_config.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/clusters/{clustersId}/memoryLayer", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.clusters.updateMemoryLayer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the memory layer. This is always: \"projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer\".", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/memoryLayer$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "MemoryLayer" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.cluster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.instance", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.cluster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -1315,6 +1385,51 @@ ] } } +}, +"memoryLayers": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about memory layers.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/clusters/{clustersId}/memoryLayers", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.clusters.memoryLayers.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of memory layers to return. The service may return fewer than this value.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMemoryLayers` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMemoryLayers` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The unique name of the cluster for which a list of memory layers is requested. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}`. Use `{cluster} = '-'` to list MemoryLayers for all Clusters in an instance, e.g., `projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/clusters/-`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/memoryLayers", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListMemoryLayersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.cluster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.instance", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.cluster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } } }, @@ -3061,7 +3176,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "bigtableadmin.projects.locations.list", @@ -3118,7 +3233,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260307", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -3253,6 +3368,13 @@ "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, +"locations": { +"description": "Optional. A list of Cloud Bigtable zones where automated backups are allowed to be created. If empty, automated backups will be created in all zones of the instance. Locations are in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{zone}`. This field can only set for tables in Enterprise Plus instances.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "retentionPeriod": { "description": "Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. Values must be at least 3 days and at most 90 days.", "format": "google-duration", @@ -4256,6 +4378,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2MemoryLayerMemoryConfig": { +"description": "Configuration of a memory layer.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2MemoryLayerMemoryConfig", +"properties": { +"storageSizeGib": { +"description": "Output only. Reporting the current size of the memory layer in GiB.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeAggregate": { "description": "A value that combines incremental updates into a summarized value. Data is never directly written or read using type `Aggregate`. Writes provide either the `input_type` or `state_type`, and reads always return the `state_type` .", "id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeAggregate", @@ -4326,6 +4461,17 @@ "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBool": { "description": "bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`.", "id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBool", +"properties": { +"encoding": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBoolEncoding", +"description": "Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBoolEncoding": { +"description": "Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBoolEncoding", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, @@ -4401,6 +4547,44 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32": { +"description": "Int32 Values of type `Int32` are stored in `Value.int_value`.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32", +"properties": { +"encoding": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32Encoding", +"description": "The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32Encoding": { +"description": "Rules used to convert to or from lower level types.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32Encoding", +"properties": { +"bigEndianBytes": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32EncodingBigEndianBytes", +"description": "Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding." +}, +"orderedCodeBytes": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32EncodingOrderedCodeBytes", +"description": "Use `OrderedCodeBytes` encoding." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32EncodingBigEndianBytes": { +"description": "Encodes the value as a 4-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putInt()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN`", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32EncodingBigEndianBytes", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32EncodingOrderedCodeBytes": { +"description": "Encodes the value in a variable length binary format of up to 5 bytes. Values that are closer to zero use fewer bytes. Sorted mode: all values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32EncodingOrderedCodeBytes", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64": { "description": "Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`.", "id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64", @@ -4673,6 +4857,20 @@ "description": "Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion.", "type": "string" }, +"edition": { +"description": "Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details.", +"enum": [ +"EDITION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENTERPRISE", +"ENTERPRISE_PLUS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The edition is unspecified. This is treated as `ENTERPRISE`.", +"The Enterprise edition. This is the default offering that is designed to meet the needs of most enterprise workloads.", +"The Enterprise Plus edition. This is a premium tier that is designed for demanding, multi-tenant workloads requiring the highest levels of performance, scale, and global availability. The nodes in the Enterprise Plus tier come at a higher cost than the Enterprise tier. Any Enterprise Plus features must be disabled before downgrading to Enterprise." +], +"type": "string" +}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -4932,6 +5130,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListMemoryLayersResponse": { +"description": "Response message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListMemoryLayers.", +"id": "ListMemoryLayersResponse", +"properties": { +"failedLocations": { +"description": "Locations from which MemoryLayer information could not be retrieved, due to an outage or some other transient condition. MemoryLayers from these locations may be missing from `memory_layers`, or may only have partial information returned. Values are of the form `projects//locations/`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"memoryLayers": { +"description": "The list of requested memory layers.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MemoryLayer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListOperationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", "id": "ListOperationsResponse", @@ -5081,6 +5304,50 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MemoryConfig": { +"description": "If set, eligible single-row requests (currently limited to ReadRows) using this app profile will be routed to the memory layer. All eligible writes populate the memory layer. MemoryConfig can only be set if the AppProfile uses single cluster routing and the configured cluster has a memory layer enabled.", +"id": "MemoryConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MemoryLayer": { +"description": "The memory layer of a cluster. A memory layer serves reads from memory without hitting the backing persistent data store.", +"id": "MemoryLayer", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. The etag for this memory layer. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The server returns an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.", +"type": "string" +}, +"memoryConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2MemoryLayerMemoryConfig", +"description": "The configuration of this memory layer. Set an empty `memory_config` to enable the memory layer. Unset this to disable the memory layer." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the memory layer. This is always: \"projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the memory layer.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_NOT_KNOWN", +"READY", +"ENABLING", +"RESIZING", +"DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the memory layer could not be determined.", +"The memory layer has been successfully enabled and is ready to serve requests.", +"The memory layer is currently being enabled, and may be disabled if the enablement process encounters an error. A cluster may not be able to serve requests from the memory layer while being enabled.", +"The memory layer is currently being resized, and may revert to its previous storage size if the process encounters an error. The memory layer is still capable of serving requests while being resized, but may exhibit performance as if its number of allocated nodes is between the starting and requested states.", +"The memory layer is disabled. The default state for a cluster without a memory layer." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Modification": { "description": "A create, update, or delete of a particular column family.", "id": "Modification", @@ -5457,6 +5724,10 @@ "description": "Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases.", "id": "StandardIsolation", "properties": { +"memoryConfig": { +"$ref": "MemoryConfig", +"description": "Optional. The memory config to use for requests sent using this app profile." +}, "priority": { "description": "The priority of requests sent using this app profile.", "enum": [ @@ -5729,6 +6000,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography", "description": "Geography" }, +"int32Type": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt32", +"description": "Int32" +}, "int64Type": { "$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64", "description": "Int64" @@ -5947,6 +6222,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"UpdateMemoryLayerMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the Operation returned by UpdateMemoryLayer.", +"id": "UpdateMemoryLayerMetadata", +"properties": { +"finishTime": { +"description": "The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalRequest": { +"$ref": "UpdateMemoryLayerRequest", +"description": "The request that prompted the initiation of this UpdateMemoryLayer operation." +}, +"requestTime": { +"description": "The time at which the original request was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UpdateMemoryLayerRequest": { +"description": "Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.UpdateMemoryLayer.", +"id": "UpdateMemoryLayerRequest", +"properties": { +"memoryLayer": { +"$ref": "MemoryLayer", +"description": "Required. The memory layer to update. The memory layer's `name` format is as follows: `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/clusters/{cluster}/memoryLayer`." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UpdateSchemaBundleMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for the Operation returned by UpdateSchemaBundle.", "id": "UpdateSchemaBundleMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json index d6db33149b..43fb238375 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "canonicalName": "Certificate Manager", "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/certificate-manager", +"documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/certificate-manager/docs/overview", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "certificatemanager.projects.locations.list", @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://certificatemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowlistedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json index 132cbe0eae..ff77f9c5c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "ces.projects.locations.list", @@ -1540,6 +1540,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamRunSession": { +"description": "Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:streamRunSession", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "ces.projects.locations.apps.sessions.streamRunSession", +"parameterOrder": [ +"session" +], +"parameters": { +"session": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+session}:streamRunSession", +"request": { +"$ref": "RunSessionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RunSessionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2246,7 +2275,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -2965,7 +2994,7 @@ "id": "BigQueryExportSettings", "properties": { "dataset": { -"description": "Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to.", +"description": "Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to.", "type": "string" }, "enabled": { @@ -2973,7 +3002,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "project": { -"description": "Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"description": "Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4169,12 +4198,14 @@ "enum": [ "ERROR_HANDLING_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", "NONE", -"FALLBACK_RESPONSE" +"FALLBACK_RESPONSE", +"END_SESSION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified error handling strategy.", "No specific handling is enabled.", -"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." +"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors).", +"An EndSession signal will be emitted in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." ], "type": "string" } @@ -5050,7 +5081,8 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "fallbackAction": { -"description": "Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as \"escalate\" or \"exit\", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as \"escalate\" or \"exit\", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation.", "type": "string" }, "supportedLanguageCodes": { @@ -6212,6 +6244,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`", "type": "string" }, +"enableTextStreaming": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "entryAgent": { "description": "Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`", "type": "string" @@ -7062,8 +7098,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"pythonFunction": { +"$ref": "PythonFunction", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format." +}, "pythonScript": { -"description": "Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead.", "type": "string" }, "sourceToolName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json index abb31bd97a..7809468a46 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "ces.projects.locations.list", @@ -386,6 +386,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"generateAppResource": { +"description": "Generates specific resources (e.g. agent) in the app using LLM assistant.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}:generateAppResource", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "ces.projects.locations.apps.generateAppResource", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the app to generate the resource for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+parent}:generateAppResource", +"request": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets details of the specified app.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}", @@ -2683,6 +2712,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamRunSession": { +"description": "Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:streamRunSession", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "ces.projects.locations.apps.sessions.streamRunSession", +"parameterOrder": [ +"session" +], +"parameters": { +"session": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+session}:streamRunSession", +"request": { +"$ref": "RunSessionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RunSessionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -3389,7 +3447,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -4368,7 +4426,7 @@ "id": "BigQueryExportSettings", "properties": { "dataset": { -"description": "Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to.", +"description": "Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to.", "type": "string" }, "enabled": { @@ -4376,7 +4434,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "project": { -"description": "Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"description": "Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5578,12 +5636,14 @@ "enum": [ "ERROR_HANDLING_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", "NONE", -"FALLBACK_RESPONSE" +"FALLBACK_RESPONSE", +"END_SESSION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified error handling strategy.", "No specific handling is enabled.", -"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." +"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors).", +"An EndSession signal will be emitted in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." ], "type": "string" } @@ -7563,6 +7623,37 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FileContext": { +"description": "Files to be used as context. Files can be provided as raw bytes.", +"id": "FileContext", +"properties": { +"fileBytes": { +"$ref": "FileContextFileBytes", +"description": "Optional. File provided as raw bytes." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FileContextFileBytes": { +"description": "File provided as raw bytes.", +"id": "FileContextFileBytes", +"properties": { +"data": { +"description": "Required. Raw bytes of the file.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the file provided as raw bytes.", +"type": "string" +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FileSearchTool": { "description": "The file search tool allows the agent to search across the files uploaded by the app/agent developer. It has presets to give relatively good quality search over the uploaded files and summarization of the retrieved results.", "id": "FileSearchTool", @@ -7596,6 +7687,214 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GenerateAppResourceRequest": { +"description": "Request message for AgentService.GenerateAppResource.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequest", +"properties": { +"agent": { +"$ref": "Agent", +"description": "The agent resource to be used by the LLM assistant, can be empty for generating a new agent." +}, +"appGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestAppGenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the agents and tools." +}, +"evaluationGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestEvaluationGenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the evaluations." +}, +"evaluationPersonasGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestEvaluationPersonasGenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the evaluation personas." +}, +"hillClimbingFixConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestHillClimbingFixConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used for hill climbing fixes." +}, +"qualityReportGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestQualityReportGenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used for quality report generation." +}, +"refineInstructions": { +"description": "Optional. List of refine instructions to be used to refine the resource.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestRefineInstructions" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tool": { +"$ref": "Tool", +"description": "The tool resource to be used by the LLM assistant, can be empty for generating a new tool." +}, +"toolGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used to generate the tool." +}, +"toolset": { +"$ref": "Toolset", +"description": "The toolset resource to be used by the LLM assistant, can be empty for generating a new toolset." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestAppGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used to generate the app.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestAppGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"context": { +"description": "Optional. The context which describes the requirements of the agents & tools to be generated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"datasetId": { +"description": "Optional. The insights dataset to be used to fetch conversation data for generating the agents & tools. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileContexts": { +"description": "Optional. The files to be used as context.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FileContext" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"gcsLocation": { +"description": "Optional. The Cloud Storage location to store the generated question answer data to be used by the Datastore tool. This data is generated only when using conversation data as an input source. The location must be in the same project as the app. Format: `gs://...`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"generateEvaluations": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to generate the evaluations for the app. If true, the provided context will be used to generate the evaluations data.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestEvaluationGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used to generate the evaluations.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestEvaluationGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"datasetId": { +"description": "Optional. The insights dataset to be used to fetch conversation data for generating the evaluations. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestEvaluationPersonasGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used to generate the evaluation personas.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestEvaluationPersonasGenerationConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestHillClimbingFixConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used for hill climbing fixes.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestHillClimbingFixConfig", +"properties": { +"qualityReport": { +"$ref": "QualityReport", +"description": "Required. The quality report used to inform the instruction following fix." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestQualityReportGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used for quality report generation.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestQualityReportGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"evaluationRun": { +"description": "Required. The evaluation run used to inform quality report analysis.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestRefineInstructions": { +"description": "The instructions to be used to refine a part of the resource. The part of the resource can be specified with a start index, end index and a field mask. For example, if you want to refine a part of the agent instructions you can specify the index of the first character of the instructions, the index of the last character of the instructions and the field mask as \"instructions\".", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestRefineInstructions", +"properties": { +"endIndex": { +"description": "Required. The last character (inclusive) of the text to refine.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"fieldMask": { +"description": "Required. The field of the resource being refined. Only one field is allowed per RefineInstructions. If refining agent instructions, the field mask should be \"instructions\".", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +}, +"instructions": { +"description": "Required. The instructions to refine the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"startIndex": { +"description": "Required. The first character (inclusive) of the text to refine.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used to generate a tool.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"context": { +"description": "Optional. The context which describes the tool to be generated. This can be empty if the tool request & response are provided.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileContexts": { +"description": "Optional. The files to be used as context.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FileContext" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"openApiToolsetGenerationConfig": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfigOpenApiToolsetGenerationConfig", +"description": "Optional. The configuration to be used to generate an Open API schema." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfigOpenApiToolsetGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used to generate an Open API schema.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfigOpenApiToolsetGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"operationGenerationConfigs": { +"description": "Required. The list of operations to be added to the Open API schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfigOpenApiToolsetGenerationConfigOperationGenerationConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Required. The base uri of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfigOpenApiToolsetGenerationConfigOperationGenerationConfig": { +"description": "The configuration to be used to generate an operation in the Open API schema.", +"id": "GenerateAppResourceRequestToolGenerationConfigOpenApiToolsetGenerationConfigOperationGenerationConfig", +"properties": { +"method": { +"description": "Required. The uri of the tool. This should include query and path parameters if any.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Required. The path of the tool to be appended to the base uri. This should include query and path parameters if any.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestJson": { +"description": "Required. A sample request to the tool in JSON format. Skip if the tool does not support request body.", +"type": "string" +}, +"responseJson": { +"description": "Required. A sample response from the tool in JSON format.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GenerateAppResourceResponse": { "description": "Response message for AgentService.GenerateAppResource.", "id": "GenerateAppResourceResponse", @@ -7620,6 +7919,10 @@ "$ref": "GenerateAppResourceResponseGenerateResultInfo", "description": "Additional information about the generated result." }, +"qualityReport": { +"$ref": "QualityReport", +"description": "The quality report generated by the LLM assistant." +}, "tools": { "$ref": "GenerateAppResourceResponseTools", "description": "The list of tools generated by the LLM assistant." @@ -8340,7 +8643,8 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "fallbackAction": { -"description": "Optional. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as \"escalate\" or \"exit\", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: This feature is no longer supported. Use `enable_multilingual_support` instead to improve handling of multilingual input. The action to perform when an agent receives input in an unsupported language. This can be a predefined action or a custom tool call. Valid values are: - A tool's full resource name, which triggers a specific tool execution. - A predefined system action, such as \"escalate\" or \"exit\", which triggers an EndSession signal with corresponding metadata to terminate the conversation.", "type": "string" }, "supportedLanguageCodes": { @@ -9521,6 +9825,72 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QualityReport": { +"description": "The report describing any identified quality issues in the app.", +"id": "QualityReport", +"properties": { +"evaluationRuns": { +"description": "Optional. A list of evaluation runs used to generate the quality report. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluationRun}`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"generalIssues": { +"description": "Optional. General issues not specific to any agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QualityReportIssue" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"issues": { +"description": "Optional. The issues grouped by agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QualityReportAgentIssues" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QualityReportAgentIssues": { +"description": "Issues identified for a single agent.", +"id": "QualityReportAgentIssues", +"properties": { +"agent": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the agent to which the issues are related. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"issues": { +"description": "Optional. List of issues found for this agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QualityReportIssue" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QualityReportIssue": { +"description": "The issue identified.", +"id": "QualityReportIssue", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the issue found.", +"type": "string" +}, +"occurrenceCount": { +"description": "Optional. How many times this issue occurred.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"proposedSolution": { +"description": "Optional. Proposed solution to fix the issue by modifying instructions or tools.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RedactionConfig": { "description": "Configuration to instruct how sensitive data should be handled.", "id": "RedactionConfig", @@ -10027,6 +10397,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`", "type": "string" }, +"enableTextStreaming": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "entryAgent": { "description": "Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`", "type": "string" @@ -10940,8 +11314,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"pythonFunction": { +"$ref": "PythonFunction", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format." +}, "pythonScript": { -"description": "Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead.", "type": "string" }, "sourceToolName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 9a13918fc0..d170a768f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships": { "description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see, add, update, and remove members from conversations and spaces" }, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly": { +"description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see members of conversations and spaces" +}, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly": { "description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see all messages and their associated reactions and message content" }, @@ -32,6 +35,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.create": { "description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can create conversations and spaces" }, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly": { +"description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see conversations and spaces and their metadata (including history settings and access settings)" +}, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot": { "description": "Private Service: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot" }, @@ -89,6 +95,12 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly": { "description": "View last read time for Google Chat conversations" }, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections": { +"description": "View, create, update, and delete your sections in Google Chat; move and list your section items in Google Chat" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly": { +"description": "View your sections and their section items in Google Chat" +}, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings": { "description": "Read and update your space settings" } @@ -642,7 +654,9 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.admin.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" ] }, "setup": { @@ -1304,8 +1318,10 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages", @@ -1355,8 +1371,10 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages", @@ -1373,6 +1391,238 @@ }, "users": { "resources": { +"sections": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a section in Google Chat. Sections help users group conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be created. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "chat.users.sections.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the section is created. Format: `users/{user}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/sections", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a section of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. If the section contains items, such as spaces, the items are moved to Google Chat's default sections and are not deleted. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "chat.users.sections.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the section to delete. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists sections available to the Chat user. Sections help users group their conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chat.users.sections.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of sections to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 sections will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous list sections call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which is the user resource name that owns this collection of sections. Only supports listing sections for the calling user. To refer to the calling user, set one of the following: - The `me` alias. For example, `users/me`. - Their Workspace email address. For example, `users/user@example.com`. - Their user id. For example, `users/123456789`. Format: `users/{user}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/sections", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSectionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates a section. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be updated. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "chat.users.sections.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The mask to specify which fields to update. Currently supported field paths: - `display_name`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +}, +"position": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Changes the sort order of a section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}:position", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "chat.users.sections.position", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the section to position. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:position", +"request": { +"$ref": "PositionSectionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "PositionSectionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"items": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists items in a section. Only spaces can be section items. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}/items", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chat.users.sections.items.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A query filter. Currently only supports filtering by space. For example, `space = spaces/{space}`. Invalid queries are rejected with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of section items to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 section items will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous list section items call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which is the section resource name that owns this collection of section items. Only supports listing section items for the calling user. When you're filtering by space, use the wildcard `-` to search across all sections. For example, `users/{user}/sections/-`. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/items", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSectionItemsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly" +] +}, +"move": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Moves an item from one section to another. For example, if a section contains spaces, this method can be used to move a space to a different section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}/items/{itemsId}:move", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "chat.users.sections.items.move", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the section item to move. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+/items/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:move", +"request": { +"$ref": "MoveSectionItemRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "MoveSectionItemResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "spaces": { "methods": { "getSpaceReadState": { @@ -1535,7 +1785,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { @@ -2641,7 +2891,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleAppsCardV1Card": { -"description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. Any widgets beyond this limit are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\" }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\" }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\" }, \"text\": \"Online\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\" }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\" } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\" } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ```", +"description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design the components of a card or dialog](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-components-card-dialog). * For Google Workspace add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). Note: You can add up to 100 widgets per card. If a section's widgets push the total count above 100, that entire section and all following sections are ignored. This limit applies to both card messages and dialogs in Google Chat apps, and to cards in Google Workspace add-ons. **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\" }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\" }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\" }, \"text\": \"Online\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\" }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\" } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\" } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ```", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Card", "properties": { "cardActions": { @@ -4049,6 +4299,44 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleChatV1Section": { +"description": "Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "GoogleChatV1Section", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"sortOrder": { +"description": "Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the section.", +"enum": [ +"SECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CUSTOM_SECTION", +"DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES", +"DEFAULT_SPACES", +"DEFAULT_APPS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified section type.", +"Custom section.", +"Default section containing [DIRECT_MESSAGE](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces#spacetype) between two human users or [GROUP_CHAT](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces#spacetype) spaces that don't belong to any custom section.", +"Default spaces that don't belong to any custom section.", +"Default section containing a user's installed apps." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Group": { "description": "A Google Group in Google Chat.", "id": "Group", @@ -4384,6 +4672,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSectionItemsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for listing section items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "ListSectionItemsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sectionItems": { +"description": "The section items from the specified section.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SectionItem" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSectionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for listing sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "ListSectionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sections": { +"description": "The sections from the specified user.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListSpaceEventsResponse": { "description": "Response message for listing space events.", "id": "ListSpaceEventsResponse", @@ -4732,7 +5056,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "formattedText": { -"description": "Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text\u2014for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`\u2014for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)\u2014for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message)", +"description": "Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text\u2014for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`\u2014for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)\u2014for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message)", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -4744,7 +5068,7 @@ }, "matchedUrl": { "$ref": "MatchedUrl", -"description": "Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links).", +"description": "Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links).", "readOnly": true }, "name": { @@ -4865,6 +5189,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MoveSectionItemRequest": { +"description": "Request message for moving a section item across sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "MoveSectionItemRequest", +"properties": { +"targetSection": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the section to move the section item to. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MoveSectionItemResponse": { +"description": "Response message for moving a section item. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "MoveSectionItemResponse", +"properties": { +"sectionItem": { +"$ref": "SectionItem", +"description": "The updated section item." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "OnClick": { "description": "An `onclick` action (for example, open a link).", "id": "OnClick", @@ -4950,6 +5296,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PositionSectionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "PositionSectionRequest", +"properties": { +"relativePosition": { +"description": "Optional. The relative position of the section in the list of sections.", +"enum": [ +"POSITION_UNSPECIFIED", +"START", +"END" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified position.", +"Start of the list of sections.", +"End of the list of sections." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sortOrder": { +"description": "Optional. The absolute position of the section in the list of sections. The position must be greater than 0. If the position is greater than the number of sections, the section will be appended to the end of the list. This operation inserts the section at the given position and shifts the original section at that position, and those below it, to the next position.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PositionSectionResponse": { +"description": "Response message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "PositionSectionResponse", +"properties": { +"section": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section", +"description": "The updated section." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "QuotedMessageMetadata": { "description": "Information about a message that another message quotes. When you create a message, you can quote messages within the same thread, or quote a root message to create a new root message. However, you can't quote a message reply from a different thread. When you update a message, you can't add or replace the `quotedMessageMetadata` field, but you can remove it. For example usage, see [Quote another message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#quote-a-message).", "id": "QuotedMessageMetadata", @@ -5184,6 +5567,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SectionItem": { +"description": "A user's defined section item. This is used to represent section items, such as spaces, grouped under a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "SectionItem", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the section item. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"space": { +"description": "Optional. The space resource name. Format: `spaces/{space}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SelectionItems": { "description": "List of widget autocomplete results.", "id": "SelectionItems", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json index e58b6260e6..ff0adbc038 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260102", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSelector": { @@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -2964,7 +2964,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json index 82727bffcb..f976635343 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250307", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json index bde6f5cc0f..b4d354f702 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250307", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json index 43dde8fb44..d21eb1147f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250307", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json index 3fa07aecc5..b35556519a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260227", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1EgressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [EgressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1IngressFrom", "properties": { "identities": { -"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For third-party identity, only single identities are supported and other identity types are not supported. The `v1` identities that have the prefix `user`, `group`, `serviceAccount`, and `principal` in https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/principal-identifiers#v1 are supported.", +"description": "A list of identities that are allowed access through [IngressPolicy]. Identities can be an individual user, service account, Google group, or third-party identity. For the list of supported identity types, see https://docs.cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/supported-identities.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index 289b56b2cf..96a91a6266 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -700,11 +700,174 @@ } } } +}, +"v1beta": { +"methods": { +"generateInsights": { +"description": "Analyzes cost data for a billing account and/or specific projects. Returns a natural language summary and supporting datasets.", +"flatPath": "v1beta:generateInsights", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "cloudbilling.generateInsights", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1beta:generateInsights", +"request": { +"$ref": "GenerateInsightsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GenerateInsightsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } }, -"revision": "20250711", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"AgenticQueryInfo": { +"description": "A local representation of the query used to fetch the data. This is used instead of the raw QueryBillingDataRequest to avoid pulling in Cloud Policy Enforcement (CPE) resource_type annotations into the response payload, which causes ESF validation failures.", +"id": "AgenticQueryInfo", +"properties": { +"columns": { +"description": "The columns queried.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "The filter applied to the query.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupBy": { +"description": "The group-by clause applied to the query.", +"type": "string" +}, +"limit": { +"description": "The row limit applied to the query.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "The order-by clause applied to the query.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parents": { +"description": "The parents (e.g. projects, billing accounts) queried.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"view": { +"description": "The view queried.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Array": { +"description": "An ordered collection of elements of arbitrary count.", +"id": "Array", +"properties": { +"element": { +"description": "The elements of the array.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValueProto" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BillingData": { +"description": "Encapsulates billing data.", +"id": "BillingData", +"properties": { +"columnInfo": { +"description": "Information about columns.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ColumnInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rows": { +"description": "Rows.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Row" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BillingDataResource": { +"description": "Specifies a Billing data resource that can be used for authorization to access billing data.", +"id": "BillingDataResource", +"properties": { +"billingAccount": { +"description": "Optional. If not provided the billing account currently associated with the resource will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. Resource name for an entitity that can be used for authorization to access billing data such as `projects/{project}` or `billingAccounts/{billing_account}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ColumnInfo": { +"description": "Represents a column header.", +"id": "ColumnInfo", +"properties": { +"column": { +"description": "Name of the column.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DataSet": { +"description": "A dataset used to support an insight, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts).", +"id": "DataSet", +"properties": { +"billingData": { +"$ref": "BillingData", +"description": "Output only. Actual billing data returned from the Data Mart. Uses the formal message from the Billing Data Service.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"queryInfo": { +"$ref": "AgenticQueryInfo", +"description": "Output only. The query used to fetch this data.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"suggestedChart": { +"$ref": "SuggestedChart", +"description": "Output only. A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Datetime": { +"description": "A datetime value.", +"id": "Datetime", +"properties": { +"bitFieldDatetimeSeconds": { +"description": "Represents bit field encoding of year/month/day/hour/minute/second. See class DatetimeValue in civil_time.h for details of encoding.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"nanos": { +"description": "Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Decimal": { "description": "A representation of a decimal value, such as 2.5. Clients may convert values into language-native decimal formats, such as Java's [BigDecimal](https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/api/java.base/java/math/BigDecimal.html) or Python's [decimal.Decimal](https://docs.python.org/3/library/decimal.html).", "id": "Decimal", @@ -716,6 +879,113 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FinalResult": { +"description": "Encapsulates all structured data and the completed summary.", +"id": "FinalResult", +"properties": { +"dataSets": { +"description": "Output only. Data sets used to support the insights, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts).", +"items": { +"$ref": "DataSet" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"fullAnalysis": { +"description": "Output only. Contains the full natural language analysis, including thoughts, reasoning, and references.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"insights": { +"description": "Output only. A list of discrete insights gleaned from the data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Insight" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"interopLinks": { +"description": "Output only. Links to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports or BQE queries).", +"items": { +"$ref": "InteropLink" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"suggestedQueries": { +"description": "Output only. A list of suggested follow-up queries for the user.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SuggestedQuery" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"summary": { +"description": "Output only. The full natural language summary (re-sent for consistency).", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateInsightsRequest": { +"description": "Request for GenerateInsights.", +"id": "GenerateInsightsRequest", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filters cost data by service id. Follows https://google.aip.dev/160 for the filter syntax. eg. filter: \"service = 'C7E2-9256-1C43'\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"overriddenMaxIterationCounts": { +"description": "Optional. Overrides the maximum iterations for any selected strategy.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"parents": { +"description": "Optional. The billing account or projects to analyze.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BillingDataResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"prompt": { +"description": "Required. The natural language prompt from the user.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userContext": { +"$ref": "UserContext", +"description": "Optional. Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role)." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateInsightsResponse": { +"description": "Response for GenerateInsights.", +"id": "GenerateInsightsResponse", +"properties": { +"finalResult": { +"$ref": "FinalResult", +"description": "Output only. The final structured results and metadata. Usually sent as the final message in the stream.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"rejection": { +"$ref": "Rejection", +"description": "Output only. The request was rejected (e.g. out of scope).", +"readOnly": true +}, +"summaryChunk": { +"description": "Output only. A chunk of the natural language summary (customer-facing). The UI can append these chunks to provide a real-time \"typing\" effect.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"thoughtChunk": { +"description": "Output only. A chunk of the agent's internal reasoning process. The UI can use this to render a \"Thinking...\" log or status.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo": { "description": "Encapsulates the aggregation information such as aggregation level and interval for a billing account price.", "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo", @@ -1665,6 +1935,103 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Insight": { +"description": "e.g. insight: title: \"Cost Increase (The Explanation)\" description: \"Your cost increase was driven by Vertex AI Online Prediction in us-central1...\" severity: INFO", +"id": "Insight", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. The description of the insight.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Output only. The severity of the insight, used for UI rendering (e.g., color-coding).", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFO", +"WARNING", +"CRITICAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The insight is useful, but no action is required.", +"The insight is useful, and some action may be required.", +"The insight is useful, and immediate action is required." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Output only. The title of the insight.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InteropLink": { +"description": "A link to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports, BQE queries).", +"id": "InteropLink", +"properties": { +"label": { +"description": "Output only. The label of the link, suitable for UI rendering.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"linkType": { +"description": "Output only. The type of the interop link, e.g., \"COST_REPORT\", \"BQE_QUERY\", etc.", +"enum": [ +"LINK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COST_REPORT", +"BQE_QUERY", +"FINOPS_HUB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"A link to a Cost Report in Google Cloud Console.", +"A link to a BigQuery Export query.", +"A link to a FinOps Hub page." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Output only. The URL of the link.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Map": { +"description": "An unordered mapping from key to value, represented as a collection of map entries.", +"id": "Map", +"properties": { +"entry": { +"description": "Represents the map entries in the map.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MapEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MapEntry": { +"description": "A single entry in a Map, representing the mapping between `key` and `value`.", +"id": "MapEntry", +"properties": { +"key": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the serialized map key for the entry." +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the serialized map value of the entry." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Money": { "description": "Represents an amount of money with its currency type.", "id": "Money", @@ -1685,6 +2052,297 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"Range": { +"description": "A range of values, bounded by the values 'start' (inclusive) and 'end' (exclusive). A range has an element type, and values must be of this element type. A range is contiguous, ie it contains all values of the given element type starting at 'start' and ending before 'end'. A \"null\" value on start or end represents an unbounded start or end value respectively. Start and end values must always be present.", +"id": "Range", +"properties": { +"end": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the end of the range." +}, +"start": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the start of the range." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Rejection": { +"description": "Encapsulates details about why a request was rejected.", +"id": "Rejection", +"properties": { +"displayMessage": { +"description": "Output only. A user-facing message explaining the rejection.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Output only. The reason for the rejection.", +"enum": [ +"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"EXPLICIT_OUT_OF_SCOPE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The user explicitly asked about a service that is not Gemini or Vertex AI." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Row": { +"description": "Represents a row in the query result.", +"id": "Row", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Values for a row in the column order.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValueProto" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Struct": { +"description": "A collection of fields. The count, order, and type of the fields is determined by the type associated with this value.", +"id": "Struct", +"properties": { +"field": { +"description": "The fields in the struct", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValueProto" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SuggestedChart": { +"description": "A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering.", +"id": "SuggestedChart", +"properties": { +"chartTitle": { +"description": "The title of the chart.", +"type": "string" +}, +"chartType": { +"description": "The type of the chart.", +"enum": [ +"CHART_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"BAR_CHART", +"UNCHARTABLE", +"LINE_CHART", +"AREA_CHART" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"Represents a bar chart.", +"The data set cannot be rendered as a chart.", +"Represents a line chart. Suitable for quantitative and temporal data on the x-axis.", +"Represents an area chart." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"seriesField": { +"description": "The field used for the series (e.g., color-coding). Optional, but recommended for time-series data.", +"type": "string" +}, +"xAxisField": { +"description": "The field used for the x-axis.", +"type": "string" +}, +"xAxisLabel": { +"description": "The label of the x-axis.", +"type": "string" +}, +"yAxisField": { +"description": "The field used for the y-axis.", +"type": "string" +}, +"yAxisLabel": { +"description": "The label of the y-axis.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SuggestedQuery": { +"description": "A suggested follow-up query for the user.", +"id": "SuggestedQuery", +"properties": { +"query": { +"description": "The natural language query.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UserContext": { +"description": "Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role).", +"id": "UserContext", +"properties": { +"persona": { +"description": "Optional. The user's persona (e.g., FinOps Manager, Developer).", +"enum": [ +"PERSONA_UNSPECIFIED", +"FINOPS_MANAGER", +"DEVELOPER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The user is a FinOps Manager.", +"The user is a Developer." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Optional. The user's role (e.g., Billing Admin, Project Owner, etc.).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ValueProto": { +"description": "This is a copy of storage/googlesql/public/value.proto. ValueProto represents the serialized form of the googlesql::Value. The intention is to support multiple languages including Java and C++, so we must be sensitive to the distinction between Java Strings and byte arrays or ByteStrings. We also want to support use-cases which do not want to serialize a copy of the GoogleSQL type for every instance (which might be very repetitive). Therefore, unlike googlesql::Value, ValueProto does not carry full type information with every instance, and can only be fully interpreted with an associated TypeProto.", +"id": "ValueProto", +"properties": { +"ValueProtoSwitchMustHaveADefault": { +"description": "User code that switches on this oneoff enum must have a default case so builds won't break when new fields are added.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"arrayValue": { +"$ref": "Array", +"description": "An array of value" +}, +"bignumericValue": { +"description": "Encoded bignumeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for BigNumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"boolValue": { +"description": "Primitive for bool.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"bytesValue": { +"description": "Primitive for bytes.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"dateValue": { +"description": "Primitive for date.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"datetimeValue": { +"$ref": "Datetime", +"description": "primitive for datetime" +}, +"doubleValue": { +"description": "Primitive for double.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"enumValue": { +"description": "Tag 11 was used for specifying micros timestamps as int64, now obsolete.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"floatValue": { +"description": "Primitive for float.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"geographyValue": { +"description": "Geography encoded using ::stlib::STGeographyEncoder", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"int32Value": { +"description": "Primitive value for int32.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"int64Value": { +"description": "Primitive for int64.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"intervalValue": { +"description": "Encoded interval value. For the encoding format see documentation for IntervalValue::SerializeAsBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"jsonValue": { +"description": "Tag 22 was used for json value as bytes, now obsolete. Json value represented as a string document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"mapValue": { +"$ref": "Map", +"description": "Encoded map value. See go/googlesql_map." +}, +"numericValue": { +"description": "Encoded numeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for NumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"protoValue": { +"description": "Stores a serialized protocol message.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"rangeValue": { +"$ref": "Range", +"description": "Encoded range value. See go/googlesql_range." +}, +"stringValue": { +"description": "Primitive for string.", +"type": "string" +}, +"structValue": { +"$ref": "Struct", +"description": "A struct of values" +}, +"timeValue": { +"description": "Bit field encoding of hour/minute/second/nanos. See TimeValue class for details.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"timestampPicoValue": { +"description": "Encoded timestamp_pico value. For the encoding format see documentation for googlesql::TimestampPico::SerializeAsBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"timestampValue": { +"description": "primitive for timestamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"tokenlistValue": { +"description": "Encoded tokenlist value. copybara:strip_begin(internal-comment) See //search/tokens:token_list. copybara:strip_end", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"uint32Value": { +"description": "Primitive for uint32.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"uint64Value": { +"description": "Primitive for uint64.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"uuidValue": { +"description": "Encoded uuid value. For the encoding format see documentation for UuidValue::SerializeAsBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index aba0d81760..1489026590 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -2693,6 +2693,13 @@ "description": "Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.", "id": "Artifacts", "properties": { +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GenericArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -4042,6 +4049,10 @@ false "description": "If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well).", "type": "boolean" }, +"genericArtifact": { +"$ref": "GenericArtifactDependency", +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency." +}, "gitSource": { "$ref": "GitSourceDependency", "description": "Represents a git repository as a build dependency." @@ -4163,6 +4174,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GenericArtifact": { +"description": "Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"description": "Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenericArtifactDependency": { +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency.", +"id": "GenericArtifactDependency", +"properties": { +"destPath": { +"description": "Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GitConfig": { "description": "GitConfig is a configuration for git operations.", "id": "GitConfig", @@ -5378,6 +5419,14 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UploadedGenericArtifact" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", "items": { @@ -5775,6 +5824,41 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UploadedGenericArtifact": { +"description": "A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive.", +"id": "UploadedGenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactFingerprint": { +"$ref": "FileHashes", +"description": "Output only. The hash of the whole artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"artifactRegistryPackage": { +"description": "Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"fileHashes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "FileHashes" +}, +"description": "Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UploadedGoModule": { "description": "A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive.", "id": "UploadedGoModule", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json index 34ebe4c7e4..5006c366be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.list", @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index 68a5074e26..9b9d5f27a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "clouddeploy.projects.locations.list", @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { @@ -2477,6 +2477,149 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AlertPolicyCheck": { +"description": "AlertPolicyCheck configures a set of Cloud Monitoring alerting policies that will be periodically polled for alerts. If any of the listed policies have an active alert, the analysis check will fail.", +"id": "AlertPolicyCheck", +"properties": { +"alertPolicies": { +"description": "Required. The Cloud Monitoring Alert Policies to check for active alerts. Format is `projects/{project}/alertPolicies/{alert_policy}`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the analysis check.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. A set of labels to filter active alerts. If set, only alerts having all of the specified labels will be considered. Otherwise, all active alerts will be considered.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AlertPolicyCheckStatus": { +"description": "AlertPolicyCheckStatus contains information specific to a single run of an alert policy check.", +"id": "AlertPolicyCheckStatus", +"properties": { +"alertPolicies": { +"description": "Output only. The alert policies that this analysis monitors. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/alertPolicies/{alertPolicy}`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"failedAlertPolicies": { +"description": "Output only. The alert policies that were found to be firing during this check. This will be empty if no incidents were found.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FailedAlertPolicy" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"failureMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the alert policy check failure, if available. This will be empty if the alert policy check succeeded.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of this analysis.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Output only. The resolved labels used to filter for specific incidents.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Analysis": { +"description": "Analysis contains the configuration for the set of analyses to be performed on the target.", +"id": "Analysis", +"properties": { +"customChecks": { +"description": "Optional. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomCheck" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"duration": { +"description": "Required. The amount of time in minutes the analysis on the target will last. If all analysis checks have successfully completed before the specified duration, the analysis is successful. If a check is still running while the specified duration passes, it will wait for that check to complete to determine if the analysis is successful. The maximum duration is 48 hours.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"googleCloud": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAnalysis", +"description": "Optional. Google Cloud - based analysis checks." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AnalysisJob": { +"description": "An analysis Job.", +"id": "AnalysisJob", +"properties": { +"customChecks": { +"description": "Output only. Custom analysis checks from 3P metric providers that are run as part of the analysis Job.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomCheck" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"duration": { +"description": "Output only. The amount of time in minutes the analysis Job will run, up to a maximum of 48 hours. If any check in this Job is still running when the duration ends, the Job keeps running until that check completes.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"googleCloud": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAnalysis", +"description": "Output only. Google Cloud - based analysis checks that are run as part of the analysis Job.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AnalysisJobRun": { +"description": "AnalysisJobRun contains information specific to an analysis `JobRun`.", +"id": "AnalysisJobRun", +"properties": { +"alertPolicyAnalyses": { +"description": "Output only. The status of the running alert policy checks configured for this analysis.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AlertPolicyCheckStatus" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"customCheckAnalyses": { +"description": "Output only. The status of the running custom checks configured for this analysis.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomCheckStatus" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"failedCheckId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of the configured check that failed. This will always be blank while the analysis is in progress or if it succeeded.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AnthosCluster": { "description": "Information specifying an Anthos Cluster.", "id": "AnthosCluster", @@ -3039,6 +3182,10 @@ true "description": "CanaryDeployment represents the canary deployment configuration", "id": "CanaryDeployment", "properties": { +"analysis": { +"$ref": "Analysis", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If configured, the analysis will run after each percentage deployment." +}, "percentages": { "description": "Required. The percentage based deployments that will occur as a part of a `Rollout`. List is expected in ascending order and each integer n is 0 <= n < 100. If the GatewayServiceMesh is configured for Kubernetes, then the range for n is 0 <= n <= 100.", "items": { @@ -3058,6 +3205,10 @@ true "verify": { "description": "Optional. Whether to run verify tests after each percentage deployment via `skaffold verify`.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"verifyConfig": { +"$ref": "Verify", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3175,6 +3326,11 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"previousRevision": { +"description": "Output only. The previous Cloud Run Revision name associated with a `Rollout`. Only set when a canary deployment strategy is configured. Format for service is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}. Format for worker pool is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerpool}/revisions/{revision}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "revision": { "description": "Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3205,6 +3361,16 @@ true "description": "CloudRunRenderMetadata contains Cloud Run information associated with a `Release` render.", "id": "CloudRunRenderMetadata", "properties": { +"job": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Job in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job}`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Revision in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}/revisions/{revision}`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "service": { "description": "Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service in the rendered manifest. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3245,6 +3411,38 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"ContainerTask": { +"description": "This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment.", +"id": "ContainerTask", +"properties": { +"args": { +"description": "Optional. Args is the container arguments to use. This overrides the default arguments defined in the container image.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"command": { +"description": "Optional. Command is the container entrypoint to use. This overrides the default entrypoint defined in the container image.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"env": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Environment variables that are set in the container.", +"type": "object" +}, +"image": { +"description": "Required. Image is the container image to use.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateChildRolloutJob": { "description": "A createChildRollout Job.", "id": "CreateChildRolloutJob", @@ -3282,6 +3480,83 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"CustomCheck": { +"description": "CustomCheck configures a third-party metric provider to run the analysis, via a Task that runs at a specified frequency.", +"id": "CustomCheck", +"properties": { +"frequency": { +"description": "Optional. The frequency at which the custom check will be run, with a minimum and default of 5 minutes.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the custom Analysis check.", +"type": "string" +}, +"task": { +"$ref": "Task", +"description": "Required. The Task to be run for this custom check." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CustomCheckStatus": { +"description": "CustomCheckStatus contains information specific to a single iteration of a custom analysis job.", +"id": "CustomCheckStatus", +"properties": { +"failureCause": { +"description": "Output only. The reason the analysis failed. This will always be unspecified while the analysis is in progress or if it succeeded.", +"enum": [ +"FAILURE_CAUSE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLOUD_BUILD_UNAVAILABLE", +"EXECUTION_FAILED", +"DEADLINE_EXCEEDED", +"CLOUD_BUILD_REQUEST_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No reason for failure is specified.", +"Cloud Build is not available, either because it is not enabled or because Cloud Deploy has insufficient permissions. See [required permission](https://cloud.google.com/deploy/docs/cloud-deploy-service-account#required_permissions).", +"The analysis operation did not complete successfully; check Cloud Build logs.", +"The analysis job run did not complete within the alloted time defined in the target's execution environment configuration.", +"Cloud Build failed to fulfill Cloud Deploy's request. See failure_message for additional details." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"failureMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the analysis failure, if available.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"frequency": { +"description": "Output only. The frequency in minutes at which the custom check is run.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of the custom check.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"latestBuild": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that was used to execute the latest run of this custom action check. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "CustomMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Custom metadata provided by the user-defined custom check operation. result.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"task": { +"$ref": "Task", +"description": "Output only. The task that ran for this custom check.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CustomMetadata": { "description": "CustomMetadata contains information from a user-defined operation.", "id": "CustomMetadata", @@ -3342,6 +3617,21 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"CustomTargetTasks": { +"description": "CustomTargetTasks represents the `CustomTargetType` configuration using tasks.", +"id": "CustomTargetTasks", +"properties": { +"deploy": { +"$ref": "Task", +"description": "Required. The task responsible for deploy operations." +}, +"render": { +"$ref": "Task", +"description": "Optional. The task responsible for render operations. If not provided then Cloud Deploy will perform its default rendering operation." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CustomTargetType": { "description": "A `CustomTargetType` resource in the Cloud Deploy API. A `CustomTargetType` defines a type of custom target that can be referenced in a `Target` in order to facilitate deploying to other systems besides the supported runtimes.", "id": "CustomTargetType", @@ -3387,6 +3677,10 @@ true "description": "Identifier. Name of the `CustomTargetType`. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customTargetTypes/{customTargetType}`. The `customTargetType` component must match `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`", "type": "string" }, +"tasks": { +"$ref": "CustomTargetTasks", +"description": "Optional. Configures render and deploy for the `CustomTargetType` using tasks." +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Unique identifier of the `CustomTargetType`.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3986,6 +4280,11 @@ true "description": "Deployment job composition.", "id": "DeploymentJobs", "properties": { +"analysisJob": { +"$ref": "Job", +"description": "Output only. The analysis Job. Runs after a verify if there is a verify job and the verify job succeeds.", +"readOnly": true +}, "deployJob": { "$ref": "Job", "description": "Output only. The deploy Job. This is the deploy job in the phase.", @@ -4049,7 +4348,8 @@ true "DEPLOY", "VERIFY", "PREDEPLOY", -"POSTDEPLOY" +"POSTDEPLOY", +"ANALYSIS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -4057,7 +4357,8 @@ true "Use for deploying and deployment hooks.", "Use for deployment verification.", "Use for predeploy job execution.", -"Use for postdeploy job execution." +"Use for postdeploy job execution.", +"Use for analysis job execution." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4097,6 +4398,26 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"FailedAlertPolicy": { +"description": "FailedAlertPolicy contains information about an alert policy that was found to be firing during an alert policy check.", +"id": "FailedAlertPolicy", +"properties": { +"alertPolicy": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the alert policy that was found to be firing. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/alertPolicies/{alertPolicy}`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"alerts": { +"description": "Output only. Open alerts for the alerting policies that matched the alert policy check configuration.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GatewayServiceMesh": { "description": "Information about the Kubernetes Gateway API service mesh configuration.", "id": "GatewayServiceMesh", @@ -4157,6 +4478,20 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAnalysis": { +"description": "GoogleCloudAnalysis is a set of Google Cloud-based checks to perform on the deployment.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAnalysis", +"properties": { +"alertPolicyChecks": { +"description": "Optional. A list of Cloud Monitoring Alert Policy checks to perform as part of the analysis.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AlertPolicyCheck" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "IgnoreJobRequest": { "description": "The request object used by `IgnoreJob`.", "id": "IgnoreJobRequest", @@ -4194,6 +4529,11 @@ true "description": "Output only. An advanceChildRollout Job.", "readOnly": true }, +"analysisJob": { +"$ref": "AnalysisJob", +"description": "Output only. An analysis Job.", +"readOnly": true +}, "createChildRolloutJob": { "$ref": "CreateChildRolloutJob", "description": "Output only. A createChildRollout Job.", @@ -4273,6 +4613,11 @@ true "description": "Output only. Information specific to an advanceChildRollout `JobRun`", "readOnly": true }, +"analysisJobRun": { +"$ref": "AnalysisJobRun", +"description": "Output only. Information specific to an analysis `JobRun`.", +"readOnly": true +}, "createChildRolloutJobRun": { "$ref": "CreateChildRolloutJobRun", "description": "Output only. Information specific to a createChildRollout `JobRun`.", @@ -4456,6 +4801,28 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"KubernetesRenderMetadata": { +"description": "KubernetesRenderMetadata contains Kubernetes information associated with a `Release` render.", +"id": "KubernetesRenderMetadata", +"properties": { +"canaryDeployment": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the canary version of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a canary deployment strategy was configured.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deployment": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment that will be applied to the GKE cluster. Only set if a single Deployment was provided in the rendered manifest.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kubernetesNamespace": { +"description": "Output only. Namespace the Kubernetes resources will be applied to in the GKE cluster. Only set if applying resources to a single namespace.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListAutomationRunsResponse": { "description": "The response object from `ListAutomationRuns`.", "id": "ListAutomationRunsResponse", @@ -4972,6 +5339,10 @@ true "description": "PhaseConfig represents the configuration for a phase in the custom canary deployment.", "id": "PhaseConfig", "properties": { +"analysis": { +"$ref": "Analysis", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the analysis job of this phase. If this is not configured, there will be no analysis job for this phase." +}, "percentage": { "description": "Required. Percentage deployment for the phase.", "format": "int32", @@ -4999,6 +5370,10 @@ true "verify": { "description": "Optional. Whether to run verify tests after the deployment via `skaffold verify`.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"verifyConfig": { +"$ref": "Verify", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true." } }, "type": "object" @@ -5123,6 +5498,13 @@ true "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the postdeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Task" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5138,6 +5520,14 @@ true }, "readOnly": true, "type": "array" +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the postdeploy Job.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Task" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5174,6 +5564,23 @@ true "description": "Output only. Additional information about the postdeploy failure, if available.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "PostdeployJobRunMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata containing information about the postdeploy `JobRun`.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PostdeployJobRunMetadata": { +"description": "PostdeployJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the postdeploy `JobRun`.", +"id": "PostdeployJobRunMetadata", +"properties": { +"custom": { +"$ref": "CustomMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined postdeploy operation.", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -5188,6 +5595,13 @@ true "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the predeploy job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified. Only one of `actions` or `tasks` can be specified.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Task" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5203,6 +5617,14 @@ true }, "readOnly": true, "type": "array" +}, +"tasks": { +"description": "Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the predeploy Job.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Task" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5239,6 +5661,23 @@ true "description": "Output only. Additional information about the predeploy failure, if available.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "PredeployJobRunMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata containing information about the predeploy `JobRun`.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PredeployJobRunMetadata": { +"description": "PredeployJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the predeploy `JobRun`.", +"id": "PredeployJobRunMetadata", +"properties": { +"custom": { +"$ref": "CustomMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined predeploy operation.", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -5670,6 +6109,11 @@ true "$ref": "CustomMetadata", "description": "Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined render operation.", "readOnly": true +}, +"kubernetes": { +"$ref": "KubernetesRenderMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata associated with rendering for a Kubernetes cluster (GKE or GKE Enterprise target).", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -6742,6 +7186,10 @@ true "description": "Standard represents the standard deployment strategy.", "id": "Standard", "properties": { +"analysis": { +"$ref": "Analysis", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the analysis job. If this is not configured, the analysis job will not be present." +}, "postdeploy": { "$ref": "Postdeploy", "description": "Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present." @@ -6753,6 +7201,10 @@ true "verify": { "description": "Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"verifyConfig": { +"$ref": "Verify", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the verify job. Cannot be set if `verify` is set to true." } }, "type": "object" @@ -7116,6 +7568,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"Task": { +"description": "A Task represents a unit of work that is executed as part of a Job.", +"id": "Task", +"properties": { +"container": { +"$ref": "ContainerTask", +"description": "Optional. This task is represented by a container that is executed in the Cloud Build execution environment." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TerminateJobRunRequest": { "description": "The request object used by `TerminateJobRun`.", "id": "TerminateJobRunRequest", @@ -7363,10 +7826,33 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"Verify": { +"description": "Verify contains the verify job configuration information.", +"id": "Verify", +"properties": { +"tasks": { +"description": "Optional. The tasks that will run as a part of the verify job. The tasks are executed sequentially in the order specified.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Task" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VerifyJob": { "description": "A verify Job.", "id": "VerifyJob", -"properties": {}, +"properties": { +"tasks": { +"description": "Output only. The tasks that are executed as part of the verify Job.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Task" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, "type": "object" }, "VerifyJobRun": { @@ -7413,6 +7899,23 @@ true "description": "Output only. Additional information about the verify failure, if available.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "VerifyJobRunMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata containing information about the verify `JobRun`.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VerifyJobRunMetadata": { +"description": "VerifyJobRunMetadata contains metadata about the verify `JobRun`.", +"id": "VerifyJobRunMetadata", +"properties": { +"custom": { +"$ref": "CustomMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Custom metadata provided by user-defined verify operation.", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 8076c8a046..e4a6cdeeaf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index e41452ee7c..3f8a81cd5f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260212", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index 3e41c68daa..96586072a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260212", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index bc06f47806..6531a9cbfd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260212", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index 35c81b042f..45cbc707ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "supportsWorkProfile": { -"description": "Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the \"Enforce Work Profile\" policy.", +"description": "Whether the device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the \"Enforce Work Profile\" policy.", "type": "boolean" }, "verifiedBoot": { @@ -2470,7 +2470,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "BrowserAttributes": { -"description": "Contains information about browser profiles reported by the Clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)).", +"description": "Contains information about browser profiles reported by the clients on the device (e.g. [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)).", "id": "BrowserAttributes", "properties": { "chromeBrowserInfo": { @@ -3188,7 +3188,7 @@ "Device is approved.", "Device is blocked.", "Device is pending approval.", -"The device is not provisioned. Device will start from this state until some action is taken (i.e. a user starts using the device).", +"The device is not provisioned. The device will start from this state until some action is taken (i.e. a user starts using the device).", "Data and settings on the device are being removed.", "All data and settings on the device are removed." ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json index b4f0599ca9..e37565d81a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json @@ -21,11 +21,6 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west3" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west8" }, @@ -81,11 +76,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west8" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-east5" }, @@ -111,6 +101,16 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us" }, @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get.", +"description": "Required. Specifies the name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/kajPolicyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", +"description": "Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/kajPolicyConfig$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the list of fields to update.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get.", +"description": "Required. Specifies the name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/kajPolicyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -379,14 +379,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", +"description": "Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/kajPolicyConfig$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the list of fields to update.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get.", +"description": "Required. Specifies the name of the KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig to get.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/kajPolicyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "project": { -"description": "Required. The number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for.", +"description": "Required. Specifies the number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "project": { -"description": "Required. The number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. In the format of \"projects/{|}\"", +"description": "Required. Specifies the number or id of the project to get the effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig. In the format of \"projects/{|}\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -583,14 +583,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", +"description": "Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/kajPolicyConfig$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the list of fields to update.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.list", @@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddQuorumMember": { @@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ }, "keyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy", -"description": "Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed." +"description": "Optional. The policy used for Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement. If this field is present and this key is enrolled in Key Access Justifications Policy Enforcement, the policy will be evaluated in encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations, and the operation will fail if rejected by the policy. The policy is defined by specifying zero or more allowed justification codes. https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/justification-codes By default, this field is absent, and all justification codes are allowed. If the `key_access_justifications_policy.allowed_access_reasons` is empty (zero allowed justification code), all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations will fail." }, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { @@ -4472,26 +4472,26 @@ "type": "object" }, "KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig": { -"description": "The configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment.", +"description": "Represents the configuration of a protection level for a project's Key Access Justifications enrollment.", "id": "KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig", "properties": { "auditLogging": { -"description": "Whether the project has KAJ logging enabled.", +"description": "Indicates whether the project has KAJ logging enabled.", "type": "boolean" }, "policyEnforcement": { -"description": "Whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement.", +"description": "Indicates whether the project is enrolled in KAJ policy enforcement.", "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy": { -"description": "A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey.", +"description": "A KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy specifies zero or more allowed AccessReason values for encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations on a CryptoKey or KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig (the default Key Access Justifications policy).", "id": "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy", "properties": { "allowedAccessReasons": { -"description": "The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Zero allowed access reasons means all encrypt, decrypt, and sign operations for the CryptoKey associated with this policy will fail.", +"description": "The list of allowed reasons for access to a CryptoKey. Note that empty allowed_access_reasons has a different meaning depending on where this message appears. If this is under KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig, it means allow-all. If this is under CryptoKey, it means deny-all.", "items": { "enum": [ "REASON_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -4543,15 +4543,20 @@ false "type": "object" }, "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig": { -"description": "A singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.", +"description": "Represents a singleton configuration for Key Access Justifications policies.", "id": "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig", "properties": { "defaultKeyAccessJustificationPolicy": { "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy", -"description": "Optional. The default key access justification policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry." +"description": "Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an \"allow-all\" policy." +}, +"defaultPolicyAvailable": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", +"description": "Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5714,31 +5719,31 @@ false "type": "object" }, "ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfigResponse": { -"description": "Response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig", +"description": "Represents a response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig", "id": "ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfigResponse", "properties": { "externalConfig": { "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig", -"description": "The effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for external keys." +"description": "Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for external keys." }, "hardwareConfig": { "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig", -"description": "The effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for hardware keys." +"description": "Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for hardware keys." }, "softwareConfig": { "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig", -"description": "The effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for software keys." +"description": "Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsEnrollmentConfig for software keys." } }, "type": "object" }, "ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfigResponse": { -"description": "Response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig.", +"description": "Represents a response message for KeyAccessJustificationsConfig.ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig.", "id": "ShowEffectiveKeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfigResponse", "properties": { "effectiveKajPolicy": { "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig", -"description": "The effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig." +"description": "Contains the effective KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1.json index 962bf81588..fb615f4ca9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudlocationfinder.projects.locations.list", @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://cloudlocationfinder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudLocation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1alpha.json index b75268983a..8efc0d13f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudlocationfinder.v1alpha.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudlocationfinder.projects.locations.list", @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://cloudlocationfinder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudLocation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json index 0f9230db41..c157086efb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json @@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260114", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -6790,7 +6790,31 @@ false "QuerySuggestion": { "description": "This field does not contain anything as of now and is just used as an indicator that the suggest result was a phrase completion.", "id": "QuerySuggestion", -"properties": {}, +"properties": { +"lastQueryTime": { +"description": "Last query time of the suggestion for query history suggestions.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceCorpus": { +"description": "Source corpus of the suggestion.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_CORPUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"GMAIL", +"DRIVE", +"CHAT", +"CALENDAR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Source corpus is unspecified.", +"Source corpus is Gmail.", +"Source corpus is Drive.", +"Source corpus is Chat.", +"Source corpus is Calendar." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, "type": "object" }, "RemoveActivityRequest": { @@ -7250,7 +7274,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "SearchRequest": { -"description": "The search API request. NEXT ID: 24", +"description": "The search API request. NEXT ID: 25", "id": "SearchRequest", "properties": { "contextAttributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json index fe54c8bdcf..3c59a433af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudtasks.projects.locations.list", @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json index a9a02b551e..7006ebd3ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudtasks.projects.locations.list", @@ -274,6 +274,35 @@ } }, "resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudtasks.projects.locations.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "queues": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -941,7 +970,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeTaskRequest": { @@ -1555,6 +1584,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Operation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "Operation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PathOverride": { "description": "PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets.", "id": "PathOverride", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json index ecb99093a1..4186247972 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudtasks.projects.locations.list", @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpQueue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index b7d5a47bc5..9d43fcd3c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ }, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Composer data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Composer data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -511,7 +514,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "get": { @@ -537,7 +541,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -574,7 +579,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "loadSnapshot": { @@ -667,7 +673,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "restartWebServer": { @@ -839,7 +846,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -876,7 +884,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -990,7 +999,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1027,7 +1037,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -1102,7 +1113,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1150,7 +1162,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1206,7 +1219,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1253,7 +1267,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1263,7 +1278,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index 3a0c1c38b0..92be33dbc9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ }, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Composer data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Composer data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -511,7 +514,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "get": { @@ -537,7 +541,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -574,7 +579,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "loadSnapshot": { @@ -667,7 +673,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "restartWebServer": { @@ -839,7 +846,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -876,7 +884,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -990,7 +999,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1027,7 +1037,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -1102,7 +1113,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1150,7 +1162,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1206,7 +1219,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1253,7 +1267,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1263,7 +1278,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index 22751f8768..245112d08e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -785,6 +785,43 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"capacityHistory": { +"description": "Gets the capacity history for Spot VMs.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/advice/capacityHistory", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.advice.capacityHistory", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/advice/capacityHistory", +"request": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -9023,107 +9060,100 @@ } } }, -"httpHealthChecks": { +"hosts": { "methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete", +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves information about the specified host.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.hosts.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpHealthCheck" +"zone", +"association", +"host" ], "parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to delete.", +"association": { +"description": "The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the\nhierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when\naccessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"host": { +"description": "The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID\nnumber.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"description": "The project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "Host" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get", +"getVersion": { +"description": "Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a host.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}/getVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.hosts.getVersion", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpHealthCheck" +"zone", +"association", +"host" ], "parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to return.", +"association": { +"description": "The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the\nhierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when\naccessing the host.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"host": { +"description": "The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID\nnumber.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"response": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project" -], -"parameters": { "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}/getVersion", "request": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" +"$ref": "HostsGetVersionRequest" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -9134,14 +9164,22 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", +"description": "Retrieves a list of hosts.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list", +"id": "compute.hosts.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"zone", +"association" ], "parameters": { +"association": { +"description": "The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the\nhierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when\naccessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "filter": { "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", "location": "query", @@ -9166,9 +9204,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"description": "The project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -9176,156 +9213,40 @@ "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", -"response": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheckList" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"httpHealthCheck" -], -"parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to patch.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"request": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts", "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "HostsListResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] -}, -"update": { -"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "PUT", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"httpHealthCheck" -], -"parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"request": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] } } }, -"httpsHealthChecks": { +"httpHealthChecks": { "methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpsHealthCheck" +"httpHealthCheck" ], "parameters": { -"httpsHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to delete.", +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -9344,7 +9265,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -9354,17 +9275,17 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpsHealthCheck" +"httpHealthCheck" ], "parameters": { -"httpsHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to return.", +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -9378,9 +9299,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "response": { -"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -9389,10 +9310,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -9410,9 +9331,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", "request": { -"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -9423,10 +9344,299 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheckList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to update.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"httpsHealthChecks": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpsHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpsHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpsHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpsHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"request": { +"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -24707,12 +24917,6 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "{+organization}/global/snapshotRecycleBinPolicy", @@ -43292,6 +43496,51 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"startNextWave": { +"description": "Starts the next wave of a Rollout.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/startNextWave", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.rollouts.startNextWave", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"rollout" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Rollout resource to start next wave.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"waveNumber": { +"description": "Required. Wave number of the current wave.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/startNextWave", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -46170,12 +46419,6 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotRecycleBinPolicy", @@ -54676,7 +54919,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -57532,6 +57775,11 @@ false }, "description": "Scaling schedules defined for an autoscaler. Multiple schedules\ncan be set on an autoscaler, and they can overlap. During overlapping\nperiods the greatest min_required_replicas of all scaling schedules is\napplied. Up to 128 scaling schedules are allowed.", "type": "object" +}, +"stabilizationPeriodSec": { +"description": "The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before\nmaking scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the\n[stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period).\nThis might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism\nfor your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load\nfluctuations.\n\nThe default stabilization period is 600 seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -58760,7 +59008,7 @@ false }, "consistentHash": { "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings", -"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." +"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", @@ -58904,7 +59152,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "localityLbPolicy": { -"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", +"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", "enum": [ "INVALID_LB_POLICY", "LEAST_REQUEST", @@ -58965,7 +59213,7 @@ false }, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", -"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "params": { "$ref": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -60735,7 +60983,7 @@ false }, "snapshotGroupParameters": { "$ref": "SnapshotGroupParameters", -"description": "The parameters for the snapshot group." +"description": "The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature\nis restricted." }, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": { "description": "The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone.\nThis may be a full or partial URL, such as:\n \n \n - \n https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy", @@ -61245,6 +61493,20 @@ false "description": "Machine specification.", "id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelection", "properties": { +"disks": { +"description": "Local SSDs.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelectionAttachedDisk" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"guestAccelerators": { +"description": "Accelerators configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AcceleratorConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "machineTypes": { "description": "Full machine-type names, e.g. \"n1-standard-16\".", "items": { @@ -61255,6 +61517,24 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelectionAttachedDisk": { +"id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelectionAttachedDisk", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Specifies the type of the disk.\nThis field must be set to SCRATCH.", +"enum": [ +"DISK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCRATCH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceProperties": { "description": "Instance provisining properties.", "id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceProperties", @@ -61391,6 +61671,131 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CapacityHistoryRequest": { +"description": "A request to get the capacity history for Spot VMs.", +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequest", +"properties": { +"instanceProperties": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstanceProperties" +}, +"locationPolicy": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequestLocationPolicy" +}, +"types": { +"items": { +"enum": [ +"HISTORY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PREEMPTION", +"PRICE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryRequestInstanceProperties": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstanceProperties", +"properties": { +"machineType": { +"description": "The machine type for the VM, such as `n2-standard-4`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scheduling": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling", +"properties": { +"provisioningModel": { +"description": "The provisioning model to get capacity history for.\nThis field must be set to SPOT.\n\nFor more information, see\nCompute Engine instances provisioning models.", +"enum": [ +"FLEX_START", +"RESERVATION_BOUND", +"SPOT", +"STANDARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Instance is provisioned using the Flex Start provisioning model and\nhas a limited runtime.", +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", +"Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", +"Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryRequestLocationPolicy": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequestLocationPolicy", +"properties": { +"location": { +"description": "The region or zone to get capacity history for.\n\nIt can be a partial or full URL. For example, the following are valid\nvalues: \n \n \n - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n - projects/project/zones/zone \n - zones/zone\n\n\n\nThis field is optional.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryResponse": { +"description": "Contains the capacity history for Spot VMs.", +"id": "CapacityHistoryResponse", +"properties": { +"location": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"type": "string" +}, +"preemptionHistory": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryResponsePreemptionRecord" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"priceHistory": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryResponsePriceRecord" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryResponsePreemptionRecord": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryResponsePreemptionRecord", +"properties": { +"interval": { +"$ref": "Interval" +}, +"preemptionRate": { +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryResponsePriceRecord": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryResponsePriceRecord", +"properties": { +"interval": { +"$ref": "Interval" +}, +"listPrice": { +"$ref": "Money" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ChannelCredentials": { "description": "[Deprecated] gRPC channel credentials to access the SDS server.\ngRPC channel credentials to access the SDS server.", "id": "ChannelCredentials", @@ -61686,6 +62091,7 @@ false "GENERAL_PURPOSE_T2D", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED_G4", +"GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED_G4_VGPU", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M3", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M4", @@ -61735,6 +62141,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "CUD bucket for X4 machine with 1440 vCPUs and 24TB of memory.", "", "CUD bucket for X4 machine with 1920 vCPUs and 32TB of memory.", @@ -67360,6 +67767,7 @@ false "pscConnectionStatus": { "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", +"ACCEPTED_LIMITED_CAPACITY", "CLOSED", "NEEDS_ATTENTION", "PENDING", @@ -67368,6 +67776,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The PSC connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer\nhas allocated less capacity than the amount requested by the consumer.\nThe connection is usable, but may not be able to handle the expected\ntraffic load.", "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve traffic\ngoing forward.", "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer needs\nto take further action before the forwarding rule can serve traffic.", "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", @@ -70120,7 +70529,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n - CCA_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -70800,6 +71209,7 @@ false "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume\nresources: ANY_RESERVATION (default),SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See\nConsuming reserved instances for examples.", "enum": [ "ANY_RESERVATION", +"ANY_RESERVATION_THEN_FAIL", "NO_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_THEN_ANY_RESERVATION", @@ -70808,6 +71218,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Consume any allocation available.", +"Consume any reservation available, but fail if no reservation is\navailable. Will not consume from the on-demand pool.", "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.", "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value\nfields for specifying the reservations.", "Prefer to consume from a specific reservation, but still consume any\nreservation available if the specified reservation is not available\nor exhausted. Must specify key value fields for specifying the\nreservations.", @@ -73793,6 +74204,108 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"Host": { +"description": "Represents a host resource.", +"id": "Host", +"properties": { +"aliasLinks": { +"description": "Output only. All aliases for this resource.\ne.g.\nprojects/123/zones/us-centra1-a/reservation/r1/reservationBlock/b1/hosts/h1", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#host", +"description": "Output only. The type of resource. Alwayscompute#host for hosts.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the host.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. The self link of the host.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "Output only. The self link with id of the host.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the host.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNAVAILABLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The host has allocated all its resources.", +"The resources are being allocated for the host.", +"The host is currently being deleted.", +"", +"The host is currently unavailable." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "HostStatus", +"description": "Output only. The status of the host", +"readOnly": true +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Output only. The zone in which the host resides.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HostPhysicalTopology": { +"id": "HostPhysicalTopology", +"properties": { +"block": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cluster": { +"description": "The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.", +"type": "string" +}, +"host": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subBlock": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity\nblock.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HostRule": { "description": "UrlMaps\nA host-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the namedPathMatcher to select the BackendService.", "id": "HostRule", @@ -73815,6 +74328,212 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HostStatus": { +"id": "HostStatus", +"properties": { +"physicalTopology": { +"$ref": "HostPhysicalTopology", +"description": "Output only. The physical topology of the reservation sub-block, if\npresent", +"readOnly": true +}, +"runningInstances": { +"description": "Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this host.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HostsGetVersionRequest": { +"id": "HostsGetVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"sbomSelections": { +"description": "The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SBOM_SELECTION_CURRENT", +"SBOM_SELECTION_TARGET", +"SBOM_SELECTION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HostsListResponse": { +"id": "HostsListResponse", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of host resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Host" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#host", +"description": "The type of resource. Always compute#host for a list of hosts.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "The server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Unreachable resources.\nend_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "An informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HttpFaultAbort": { "description": "Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection.", "id": "HttpFaultAbort", @@ -76203,13 +76922,13 @@ false "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "currentActions": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", "readOnly": true }, "description": { @@ -76238,7 +76957,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -76248,7 +76967,7 @@ false "description": "Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple\ntypes of machines.\nInstance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance\ntemplate configuration." }, "instanceGroup": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -76262,7 +76981,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManager", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -76314,22 +77033,22 @@ false "description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." }, "satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -76347,7 +77066,7 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group.", +"description": "Output only. The status of this managed instance group.", "readOnly": true }, "targetPools": { @@ -76406,7 +77125,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"description": "Output only. The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -76417,102 +77136,103 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", "properties": { "abandoning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", +"description": "Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "adopting": { -"description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", "format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingAtomically": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count\nof instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the\ngroup will decrease its targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count\nof instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the\ngroup will decrease its targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingWithoutRetries": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "deleting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "none": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "queuing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nis currently queuing.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nis currently queuing.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "recreating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "refreshing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restarting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restartingInPlace": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "resuming": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "starting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "verifying": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -77079,7 +77799,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -77088,7 +77808,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this\nidentifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -77102,7 +77822,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for\nresize requests.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -77122,7 +77842,7 @@ false "description": "This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned\nimmediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When\nset, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When\nunset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate\nprovisioning is not possible." }, "region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a region\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -77136,17 +77856,17 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the request.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", "CANCELLED", @@ -77182,11 +77902,11 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Status of the request.", "readOnly": true }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a zone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -77197,7 +77917,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or\nprovisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to\nthe FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is\nfinal and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not\ngoing to retry.", +"description": "Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of\nthe ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state.\nContrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are\nnever removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -77247,7 +77967,7 @@ false }, "lastAttempt": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request.\nThe value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's\nstill active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced\nwith a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the\nvalue may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is\ncleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes\ninactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be\nstorred in the \"error\" field only.", +"description": "Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is\ntemporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active\nand the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a\ndifferent error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may\nbe stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when\nResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the\nfinal state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the\n\"error\" field only.", "readOnly": true }, "queuingPolicy": { @@ -77512,11 +78232,11 @@ false "properties": { "allInstancesConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", +"description": "Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", "readOnly": true }, "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", +"description": "Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology" }, @@ -77524,33 +78244,33 @@ false "type": "array" }, "autoscaler": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bulkInstanceOperation": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, "currentInstanceStatuses": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", "readOnly": true }, "isStable": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "stateful": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true }, "versionTarget": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", +"description": "Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77560,12 +78280,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology", "properties": { "acceleratorTopology": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", +"description": "Output only. Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the accelerator topology.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATING", "ACTIVE", @@ -77589,7 +78309,7 @@ false }, "stateDetails": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", +"description": "Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77599,7 +78319,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors.", +"description": "Output only. Encountered errors.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -77648,7 +78368,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -77660,12 +78380,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", "properties": { "currentRevision": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "effective": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -77677,13 +78397,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", "properties": { "inProgress": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", +"description": "Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "lastProgressCheck": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", +"description": "Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77693,7 +78413,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -77742,7 +78462,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -77755,79 +78475,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", "properties": { "deprovisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "nonExistent": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pendingStop": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "provisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "repairing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "running": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "staging": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopped": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspended": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "terminated": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -77839,19 +78559,19 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { "hasStatefulConfig": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "isStateful": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "perInstanceConfigs": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStatefulPerInstanceConfigs", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", +"description": "Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77872,7 +78592,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", "properties": { "isReached": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -85937,6 +86657,23 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"Interval": { +"description": "Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a\nTimestamp end (exclusive).\n\nThe start must be less than or equal to the end.\nWhen the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time).\nWhen both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.", +"id": "Interval", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "Optional. Exclusive end of the interval.\n\nIf specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the\nend.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Inclusive start of the interval.\n\nIf specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same\nor after the start.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "IpAddressesList": { "id": "IpAddressesList", "properties": { @@ -91441,6 +92178,7 @@ false "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", +"ACCEPTED_LIMITED_CAPACITY", "CLOSED", "NEEDS_ATTENTION", "PENDING", @@ -91449,6 +92187,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The connection has been accepted by the producer but run at a lower\ncapacity. The producer needs to take further actions to increase\ncapacity for this connection.", "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve\ntraffic going forward.", "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer\nneeds to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve\ntraffic.", "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", @@ -102433,12 +103172,12 @@ false "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied\nencryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must\nprovide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must\nprovide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted\nsnapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata\nof the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then\nthe snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and\nyou do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." }, "snapshotGroupId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to.", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "snapshotGroupName": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage\nof snapshot group feature is restricted.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -105325,6 +106064,7 @@ false "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume\nresources: ANY_RESERVATION (default),SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See\nConsuming reserved instances for examples.", "enum": [ "ANY_RESERVATION", +"ANY_RESERVATION_THEN_FAIL", "NO_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_THEN_ANY_RESERVATION", @@ -105333,6 +106073,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Consume any allocation available.", +"Consume any reservation available, but fail if no reservation is\navailable. Will not consume from the on-demand pool.", "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.", "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields\nfor specifying the reservations.", "Prefer to consume from a specific reservation, but still consume any\nreservation available if the specified reservation is not available or\nexhausted. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.", @@ -109145,11 +109886,11 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Location state is FAILED.", -"Location state is PROCESSING.", -"Location state is either INITIALIZED or WAITING.", -"Location state is either CANCELED or SKIPPED.", -"Location state is COMPLETED.", +"Work on the wave failed.", +"Work on the wave is in progress.", +"Work on the wave is pending.", +"Work on the wave was canceled or skipped.", +"Work on the wave succeeded.", "Undefined default state. Should never be exposed to users." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -114428,6 +115169,11 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"natIpsPerEndpoint": { +"description": "The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint.\nIf not specified, the default value is 1.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, "natSubnets": { "description": "An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided\nby the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.", "items": { @@ -114678,6 +115424,7 @@ false "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", +"ACCEPTED_LIMITED_CAPACITY", "CLOSED", "NEEDS_ATTENTION", "PENDING", @@ -114686,6 +115433,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The connection has been accepted by the producer but run at a lower\ncapacity. The producer needs to take further actions to increase\ncapacity for this connection.", "The connection has been closed by the producer.", "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer\nneeds to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve\ntraffic.", "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", @@ -115509,12 +116257,12 @@ false "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied\nencryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must\nprovide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must\nprovide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted\nsnapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata\nof the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then\nthe snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you\ndo not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." }, "snapshotGroupId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to.", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "snapshotGroupName": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage\nof snapshot group feature is restricted.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -125160,6 +125908,11 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"status": { +"$ref": "UrlMapStatus", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"readOnly": true +}, "tests": { "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a\nmaximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\n\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that\nhas validateForProxyless field set to true.", "items": { @@ -125327,6 +126080,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapQuotaUsage": { +"description": "Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap.", +"id": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"properties": { +"forwardingRules": { +"description": "Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"units": { +"description": "Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapReference": { "id": "UrlMapReference", "properties": { @@ -125336,6 +126108,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"id": "UrlMapStatus", +"properties": { +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapTest": { "description": "Message for the expected URL mappings.", "id": "UrlMapTest", @@ -125413,6 +126197,11 @@ false "description": "Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded.\nIf false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons.", "type": "boolean" }, +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +}, "testFailures": { "items": { "$ref": "TestFailure" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 61566be0a5..f978bd3e83 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -3941,6 +3941,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.disks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -26823,6 +26872,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional CompositeHealthCheck.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCompositeHealthChecks.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"compositeHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"compositeHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks", @@ -28055,6 +28147,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -29279,6 +29420,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional HealthSource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthSources.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthSource" +], +"parameters": { +"healthSource": { +"description": "Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthSourceHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources", @@ -36200,6 +36384,56 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -44029,6 +44263,48 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -51297,7 +51573,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -54251,6 +54527,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"service": { +"description": "Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service\nAttachment).\ne.g.\n \"run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service\"\n for Cloud Run service.\n \"compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment\"\n for PSC Service Attachment.", +"type": "string" +}, "trafficDuration": { "enum": [ "LONG", @@ -55204,7 +55484,7 @@ false }, "consistentHash": { "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings", -"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." +"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", @@ -55346,7 +55626,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "localityLbPolicy": { -"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", +"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", "enum": [ "INVALID_LB_POLICY", "LEAST_REQUEST", @@ -55407,7 +55687,7 @@ false }, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", -"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "params": { "$ref": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -57109,7 +57389,7 @@ false }, "snapshotGroupParameters": { "$ref": "SnapshotGroupParameters", -"description": "The parameters for the snapshot group." +"description": "The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature\nis restricted." }, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": { "description": "The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone.\nThis may be a full or partial URL, such as:\n \n \n - \n https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy", @@ -57610,6 +57890,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "CommitmentParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "plan": { "description": "The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources.\nThe plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the\ncommitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that\nyou receive for your resources. Committing to a longer time duration\ntypically gives you a higher discount rate. The supported values for this\nfield are TWELVE_MONTH (1 year), andTHIRTY_SIX_MONTH (3 years).", "enum": [ @@ -58097,6 +58381,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CommitmentParams": { +"description": "Additional commitment params.", +"id": "CommitmentParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CommitmentResourceStatus": { "description": "[Output Only] Contains output only fields.", "id": "CommitmentResourceStatus", @@ -58476,6 +58774,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthCheckHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", +"id": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth", +"properties": { +"healthSources": { +"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of\ncomposite health checks.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthCheckList": { "id": "CompositeHealthCheckList", "properties": { @@ -58631,6 +58963,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth": { +"id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList": { "id": "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList", "properties": { @@ -60623,6 +60979,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -63502,6 +63868,10 @@ false "description": "Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of\ndelivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035.\nMaximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created\nreservations name format will be -date-####.", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "FutureReservationParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "planningStatus": { "description": "Planning state before being submitted for evaluation", "enum": [ @@ -63637,6 +64007,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"FutureReservationParams": { +"description": "Additional future reservation params.", +"id": "FutureReservationParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties": { "id": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", "properties": { @@ -65351,7 +65735,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n - CCA_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -67486,6 +67870,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourceHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth", +"id": "HealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the HealthSource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Health state details of the sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourceList": { "id": "HealthSourceList", "properties": { @@ -67641,6 +68059,47 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo", +"properties": { +"backends": { +"description": "Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source\nbackend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource\nis BACKEND_SERVICE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source\nresource if it is a L4ILB backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a\nbackend service URL.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo", +"properties": { +"endpointCount": { +"description": "Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"group": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group\nbehind the source backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"healthyEndpointCount": { +"description": "Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourcesScopedList": { "id": "HealthSourcesScopedList", "properties": { @@ -70267,13 +70726,13 @@ false "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "currentActions": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", "readOnly": true }, "description": { @@ -70302,7 +70761,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -70312,7 +70771,7 @@ false "description": "Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple\ntypes of machines.\nInstance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance\ntemplate configuration." }, "instanceGroup": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -70326,7 +70785,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManager", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -70378,17 +70837,17 @@ false "description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." }, "satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -70406,7 +70865,7 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group.", +"description": "Output only. The status of this managed instance group.", "readOnly": true }, "targetPools": { @@ -70453,7 +70912,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"description": "Output only. The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -70464,84 +70923,85 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", "properties": { "abandoning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", +"description": "Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "adopting": { -"description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", "format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingWithoutRetries": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "deleting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "none": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "recreating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "refreshing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restarting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "resuming": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "starting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "verifying": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -71058,7 +71518,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -71067,7 +71527,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this\nidentifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -71081,7 +71541,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for\nresize requests.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -71096,7 +71556,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a region\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -71110,17 +71570,17 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the request.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", "CANCELLED", @@ -71153,11 +71613,11 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Status of the request.", "readOnly": true }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a zone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -71168,7 +71628,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or\nprovisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to\nthe FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is\nfinal and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not\ngoing to retry.", +"description": "Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of\nthe ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state.\nContrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are\nnever removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -71218,7 +71678,7 @@ false }, "lastAttempt": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request.\nThe value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's\nstill active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced\nwith a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the\nvalue may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is\ncleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes\ninactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be\nstorred in the \"error\" field only.", +"description": "Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is\ntemporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active\nand the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a\ndifferent error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may\nbe stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when\nResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the\nfinal state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the\n\"error\" field only.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71477,11 +71937,11 @@ false "properties": { "allInstancesConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", +"description": "Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", "readOnly": true }, "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", +"description": "Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology" }, @@ -71489,33 +71949,33 @@ false "type": "array" }, "autoscaler": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bulkInstanceOperation": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, "currentInstanceStatuses": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", "readOnly": true }, "isStable": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "stateful": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true }, "versionTarget": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", +"description": "Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71525,12 +71985,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology", "properties": { "acceleratorTopology": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", +"description": "Output only. Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the accelerator topology.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATING", "ACTIVE", @@ -71552,7 +72012,7 @@ false }, "stateDetails": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", +"description": "Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71562,7 +72022,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors.", +"description": "Output only. Encountered errors.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -71611,7 +72071,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -71623,12 +72083,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", "properties": { "currentRevision": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "effective": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -71640,13 +72100,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", "properties": { "inProgress": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", +"description": "Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "lastProgressCheck": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", +"description": "Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71656,7 +72116,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -71705,7 +72165,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -71718,79 +72178,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", "properties": { "deprovisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "nonExistent": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pendingStop": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "provisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "repairing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "running": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "staging": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopped": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspended": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "terminated": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -71802,19 +72262,19 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { "hasStatefulConfig": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "isStateful": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "perInstanceConfigs": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStatefulPerInstanceConfigs", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", +"description": "Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71835,7 +72295,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", "properties": { "isReached": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -82652,6 +83112,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was\nassigned.", +"type": "string" +}, "status": { "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment.", "enum": [ @@ -84631,6 +85095,10 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network\ninterface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to\nuse on its own however, network_attachment can be used without\nservice_class_id.", +"type": "string" +}, "stackType": { "description": "The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses,\nuse IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network\ninterface operations.", "enum": [ @@ -93779,6 +94247,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -95276,6 +95754,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/region/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest": { "id": "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest", "properties": { @@ -98982,6 +99470,42 @@ false "format": "int64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"locationStatus": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "RolloutWaveDetailsOrchestratedWaveDetailsLocationStatus" +}, +"description": "Output only. Status of each location in the wave. Map keys (locations) must be\nspecified like \"us-east1\" or \"asia-west1-a\".", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutWaveDetailsOrchestratedWaveDetailsLocationStatus": { +"description": "Represents the status of a location in a wave.", +"id": "RolloutWaveDetailsOrchestratedWaveDetailsLocationStatus", +"properties": { +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Location state of the wave.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_FAILED", +"STATE_IN_PROGRESS", +"STATE_PENDING", +"STATE_SKIPPED", +"STATE_SUCCEEDED", +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Work on the wave failed.", +"Work on the wave is in progress.", +"Work on the wave is pending.", +"Work on the wave was canceled or skipped.", +"Work on the wave succeeded.", +"Undefined default state. Should never be exposed to users." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -105005,12 +105529,12 @@ false "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied\nencryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must\nprovide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must\nprovide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted\nsnapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata\nof the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then\nthe snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you\ndo not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." }, "snapshotGroupId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to.", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "snapshotGroupName": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage\nof snapshot group feature is restricted.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -105674,6 +106198,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SnapshotsScopedList": { "id": "SnapshotsScopedList", "properties": { @@ -114222,6 +114756,11 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"status": { +"$ref": "UrlMapStatus", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"readOnly": true +}, "tests": { "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a\nmaximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\n\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that\nhas validateForProxyless field set to true.", "items": { @@ -114389,6 +114928,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapQuotaUsage": { +"description": "Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap.", +"id": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"properties": { +"forwardingRules": { +"description": "Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"units": { +"description": "Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapReference": { "id": "UrlMapReference", "properties": { @@ -114398,6 +114956,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"id": "UrlMapStatus", +"properties": { +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapTest": { "description": "Message for the expected URL mappings.", "id": "UrlMapTest", @@ -114466,6 +115036,11 @@ false "description": "Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded.\nIf false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons.", "type": "boolean" }, +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +}, "testFailures": { "items": { "$ref": "TestFailure" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index b1c94dfc25..b8323582be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -1201,6 +1201,72 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of all BackendBucket resources, regional and global,\navailable to the specified project.\n\nTo prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendBuckets", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.backendBuckets.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendBuckets", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendBucketAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified BackendBucket resource.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", @@ -1450,6 +1516,61 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"listUsable": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/listUsable", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.backendBuckets.listUsable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/listUsable", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendBucketListUsable" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", @@ -3730,6 +3851,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.disks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -10747,21 +10917,6 @@ "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"view": { -"description": "View of the instance template.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC", -"FULL", -"INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Include everything except Partner Metadata.", -"Include everything.", -"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}", @@ -10892,21 +11047,6 @@ "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" -}, -"view": { -"description": "View of the instance template.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC", -"FULL", -"INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Include everything except Partner Metadata.", -"Include everything.", -"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates", @@ -11557,21 +11697,6 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"view": { -"description": "View of the instance.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC", -"FULL", -"INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Include everything except Partner Metadata.", -"Include everything.", -"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "zone": { "description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -11742,54 +11867,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"getPartnerMetadata": { -"description": "Gets partner metadata of the specified instance and namespaces.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getPartnerMetadata", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.instances.getPartnerMetadata", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"zone", -"instance" -], -"parameters": { -"instance": { -"description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"namespaces": { -"description": "Comma separated partner metadata namespaces.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getPartnerMetadata", -"response": { -"$ref": "PartnerMetadata" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, "getScreenshot": { "description": "Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/screenshot", @@ -12031,21 +12108,6 @@ "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, -"view": { -"description": "View of the instance.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC", -"FULL", -"INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Include everything except Partner Metadata.", -"Include everything.", -"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "zone": { "description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -12135,11 +12197,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"patchPartnerMetadata": { -"description": "Patches partner metadata of the specified instance.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/patchPartnerMetadata", +"performMaintenance": { +"description": "Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/performMaintenance", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.instances.patchPartnerMetadata", +"id": "compute.instances.performMaintenance", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "zone", @@ -12173,10 +12235,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/patchPartnerMetadata", -"request": { -"$ref": "PartnerMetadata" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/performMaintenance", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -12185,11 +12244,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"performMaintenance": { -"description": "Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/performMaintenance", +"removeResourcePolicies": { +"description": "Removes resource policies from an instance.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.instances.performMaintenance", +"id": "compute.instances.removeResourcePolicies", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "zone", @@ -12197,7 +12256,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "instance": { -"description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.", +"description": "The instance name for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -12223,7 +12282,10 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/performMaintenance", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstancesRemoveResourcePoliciesRequest" +}, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -12232,11 +12294,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"removeResourcePolicies": { -"description": "Removes resource policies from an instance.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies", +"reportHostAsFaulty": { +"description": "Mark the host as faulty and try to restart the instance on a new host.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/reportHostAsFaulty", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.instances.removeResourcePolicies", +"id": "compute.instances.reportHostAsFaulty", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "zone", @@ -12244,57 +12306,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "instance": { -"description": "The instance name for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies", -"request": { -"$ref": "InstancesRemoveResourcePoliciesRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"reportHostAsFaulty": { -"description": "Mark the host as faulty and try to restart the instance on a new host.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/reportHostAsFaulty", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.instances.reportHostAsFaulty", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"zone", -"instance" -], -"parameters": { -"instance": { -"description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.", +"description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -13778,43 +13790,71 @@ } } }, -"instantSnapshots": { +"instantSnapshotGroups": { "methods": { -"aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of instantSnapshots.\n\nTo prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instantSnapshots", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.aggregatedList", +"delete": { +"description": "deletes a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.delete", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"zone", +"instantSnapshotGroup" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", -"location": "query", +"instantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"includeAllScopes": { -"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" }, -"maxResults": { -"default": "500", -"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", -"format": "uint32", +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", -"minimum": "0", -"type": "integer" +"type": "string" }, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", -"location": "query", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", -"location": "query", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified zone.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instantSnapshotGroup" +], +"parameters": { +"instantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, "project": { @@ -13824,21 +13864,17 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"serviceProjectNumber": { -"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instantSnapshots", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", "response": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotAggregatedList" +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -13846,24 +13882,65 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting\na single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that\ninstantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for\ndeletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved\nto the next corresponding instantSnapshot.\n\nFor more information, seeDeleting\ninstantSnapshots.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.delete", +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "zone", -"instantSnapshot" +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"instantSnapshot": { -"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to delete.", +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "inserts a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone" +], +"parameters": { "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -13876,15 +13953,23 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"sourceConsistencyGroup": { +"description": "begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "zone": { -"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"description": "Name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" +}, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -13893,22 +13978,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified zone.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"list": { +"description": "retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within\nthe specified zone.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.get", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"zone", -"instantSnapshot" +"zone" ], "parameters": { -"instantSnapshot": { -"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to return.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, "project": { @@ -13918,6 +14018,11 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "zone": { "description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -13926,9 +14031,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", "response": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshot" +"$ref": "ListInstantSnapshotGroups" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -13936,22 +14041,273 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.getIamPolicy", +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "zone", "resource" ], "parameters": { -"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "ZoneSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"instantSnapshots": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of instantSnapshots.\n\nTo prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instantSnapshots", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instantSnapshots", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting\na single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that\ninstantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for\ndeletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved\nto the next corresponding instantSnapshot.\n\nFor more information, seeDeleting\ninstantSnapshots.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instantSnapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"instantSnapshot": { +"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified zone.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instantSnapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"instantSnapshot": { +"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshot" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instantSnapshots.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" }, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", @@ -23527,21 +23883,21 @@ } } }, -"regionBackendServices": { +"regionBackendBuckets": { "methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendBucket resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"backendBucket" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to delete.", +"backendBucket": { +"description": "Name of the BackendBucket resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -23562,12 +23918,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).\nend_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -23577,18 +23933,18 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"description": "Returns the specified regional BackendBucket resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"backendBucket" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to return.", +"backendBucket": { +"description": "Name of the BackendBucket resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -23609,54 +23965,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", -"response": { -"$ref": "BackendService" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"getHealth": { -"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional BackendService.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"backendService" -], -"parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource for which to get health.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", -"request": { -"$ref": "ResourceGroupReference" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "response": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceGroupHealth" +"$ref": "BackendBucket" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -23666,9 +23977,9 @@ }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -23703,7 +24014,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { "$ref": "Policy" }, @@ -23714,10 +24025,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using\nthe data included in the request. For more information, see\nBackend services overview.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"description": "Creates a RegionBackendBucket in the specified project in the given scope\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -23731,7 +24042,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"description": "Name of the region of this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, @@ -23743,9 +24054,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "request": { -"$ref": "BackendService" +"$ref": "BackendBucket" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -23756,10 +24067,10 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the\nspecified project in the given region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"description": "Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified\nproject in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -23796,7 +24107,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"description": "Name of the region of this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, @@ -23808,9 +24119,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "response": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceList" +"$ref": "BackendBucketList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -23819,10 +24130,10 @@ ] }, "listUsable": { -"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend services in the specified project in\nthe given region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project in\nthe given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/listUsable", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.listUsable", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.listUsable", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -23861,6 +24172,7 @@ "region": { "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.\nIt must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -23870,9 +24182,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/listUsable", "response": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceListUsable" +"$ref": "BackendBucketListUsable" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -23881,18 +24193,18 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data\nincluded in the request. For more information, see \nUnderstanding backend services This method\nsupports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"backendBucket" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to patch.", +"backendBucket": { +"description": "Name of the BackendBucket resource to patch.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -23913,14 +24225,14 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).\nend_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "request": { -"$ref": "BackendService" +"$ref": "BackendBucket" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -23932,9 +24244,9 @@ }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -23963,7 +24275,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "request": { "$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" }, @@ -23975,23 +24287,17 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"setSecurityPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend\nservice. For more information, seeGoogle\nCloud Armor Overview", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy", +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setSecurityPolicy", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to which the security policy should be\nset. The name should conform to RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -24000,41 +24306,55 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { -"$ref": "SecurityPolicyReference" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +} +} }, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.testIamPermissions", +"regionBackendServices": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"resource" +"backendService" ], "parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -24043,38 +24363,32 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"update": { -"description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data\nincluded in the request. For more information,\nsee \nBackend services overview.", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", -"httpMethod": "PUT", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.update", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -24082,7 +24396,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to update.", +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -24101,88 +24415,56 @@ "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", -"request": { -"$ref": "BackendService" -}, "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "BackendService" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] -} -} }, -"regionCommitments": { -"methods": { -"aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.\n\nTo prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionCommitments.aggregatedList", +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional BackendService.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"region", +"backendService" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"includeAllScopes": { -"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"maxResults": { -"default": "500", -"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", -"format": "uint32", -"location": "query", -"minimum": "0", -"type": "integer" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", -"location": "query", +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource for which to get health.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"serviceProjectNumber": { -"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", +"request": { +"$ref": "ResourceGroupReference" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "CommitmentAggregatedList" +"$ref": "BackendServiceGroupHealth" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -24190,23 +24472,22 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified commitment resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}", +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionCommitments.get", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"commitment" +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"commitment": { -"description": "Name of the commitment to return.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" }, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", @@ -24216,16 +24497,23 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { -"$ref": "Commitment" +"$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -24234,10 +24522,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a commitment in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments", +"description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using\nthe data included in the request. For more information, see\nBackend services overview.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionCommitments.insert", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -24251,7 +24539,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, @@ -24263,9 +24551,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", "request": { -"$ref": "Commitment" +"$ref": "BackendService" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -24276,10 +24564,530 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves a list of commitments contained within\nthe specified region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments", +"description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the\nspecified project in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionCommitments.list", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"listUsable": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend services in the specified project in\nthe given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.listUsable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.\nIt must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceListUsable" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data\nincluded in the request. For more information, see \nUnderstanding backend services This method\nsupports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"request": { +"$ref": "BackendService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setSecurityPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend\nservice. For more information, seeGoogle\nCloud Armor Overview", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setSecurityPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to which the security policy should be\nset. The name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SecurityPolicyReference" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data\nincluded in the request. For more information,\nsee \nBackend services overview.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to update.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"request": { +"$ref": "BackendService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"regionCommitments": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.\n\nTo prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCommitments.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments", +"response": { +"$ref": "CommitmentAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified commitment resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCommitments.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"commitment" +], +"parameters": { +"commitment": { +"description": "Name of the commitment to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Commitment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a commitment in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionCommitments.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments", +"request": { +"$ref": "Commitment" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of commitments contained within\nthe specified region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCommitments.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -24559,6 +25367,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional CompositeHealthCheck.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCompositeHealthChecks.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"compositeHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"compositeHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks", @@ -25397,73 +26248,258 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"setLabels": { -"description": "Sets the labels on the target regional disk.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionDisks.setLabels", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setLabels": { +"description": "Sets the labels on the target regional disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.setLabels", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"startAsyncReplication": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous replication.\nMust be invoked on the primary disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/startAsyncReplication", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.startAsyncReplication", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "The name of the persistent disk.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/startAsyncReplication", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionDisksStartAsyncReplicationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"stopAsyncReplication": { +"description": "Stops asynchronous replication.\nCan be invoked either on the primary or on the secondary disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/stopAsyncReplication", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.stopAsyncReplication", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "The name of the persistent disk.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/stopAsyncReplication", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"stopGroupAsyncReplication": { +"description": "Stops asynchronous replication for a consistency group of disks.\nCan be invoked either in the primary or secondary scope.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/stopGroupAsyncReplication", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.stopGroupAsyncReplication", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request. This must be the region of the\nprimary or secondary disks in the consistency group.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/stopGroupAsyncReplication", +"request": { +"$ref": "DisksStopGroupAsyncReplicationResource" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { -"$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"startAsyncReplication": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous replication.\nMust be invoked on the primary disk.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/startAsyncReplication", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionDisks.startAsyncReplication", +"update": { +"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.update", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -25471,60 +26507,15 @@ ], "parameters": { "disk": { -"description": "The name of the persistent disk.", +"description": "The disk name for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"paths": { "location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/startAsyncReplication", -"request": { -"$ref": "RegionDisksStartAsyncReplicationRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"stopAsyncReplication": { -"description": "Stops asynchronous replication.\nCan be invoked either on the primary or on the secondary disk.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/stopAsyncReplication", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionDisks.stopAsyncReplication", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"disk" -], -"parameters": { -"disk": { -"description": "The name of the persistent disk.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, +"repeated": true, "type": "string" }, "project": { @@ -25545,50 +26536,17 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/stopAsyncReplication", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" }, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"stopGroupAsyncReplication": { -"description": "Stops asynchronous replication for a consistency group of disks.\nCan be invoked either in the primary or secondary scope.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/stopGroupAsyncReplication", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionDisks.stopGroupAsyncReplication", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request. This must be the region of the\nprimary or secondary disks in the consistency group.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/stopGroupAsyncReplication", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", "request": { -"$ref": "DisksStopGroupAsyncReplicationResource" +"$ref": "Disk" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -25598,57 +26556,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionDisks.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"update": { -"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.regionDisks.update", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.updateKmsKey", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -25656,17 +26568,11 @@ ], "parameters": { "disk": { -"description": "The disk name for this request.", +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"paths": { -"location": "query", -"repeated": true, -"type": "string" -}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -25685,17 +26591,11 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", "request": { -"$ref": "Disk" +"$ref": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -26928,6 +27828,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional HealthSource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthSources.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthSource" +], +"parameters": { +"healthSource": { +"description": "Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthSourceHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources", @@ -28920,21 +29863,6 @@ "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"view": { -"description": "View of the instance template.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC", -"FULL", -"INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Include everything except Partner Metadata.", -"Include everything.", -"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}", @@ -29040,21 +29968,6 @@ "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" -}, -"view": { -"description": "View of the instance template.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC", -"FULL", -"INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Include everything except Partner Metadata.", -"Include everything.", -"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceTemplates", @@ -29115,6 +30028,350 @@ } } }, +"regionInstantSnapshotGroups": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "deletes a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instantSnapshotGroup" +], +"parameters": { +"instantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified\nregion.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instantSnapshotGroup" +], +"parameters": { +"instantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "creates a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceConsistencyGroup": { +"description": "begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within\nthe specified region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListInstantSnapshotGroups" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, "regionInstantSnapshots": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -31728,7 +32985,437 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"regionSnapshotSettings": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get region snapshot settings.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshotSettings", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshotSettings.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshotSettings", +"response": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettings" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Patch region snapshot settings.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshotSettings", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshotSettings.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshotSettings", +"request": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettings" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"regionSnapshots": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting\na single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that\nsnapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is\nneeded for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next\ncorresponding snapshot.\n\nFor more information, seeDeleting\nsnapshots.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Snapshot" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified region using the data included\nin the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots", +"request": { +"$ref": "Snapshot" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within\nthe specified region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots", +"response": { +"$ref": "SnapshotList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setLabels": { +"description": "Sets the labels on a regional snapshot. To learn more about labels, read\nthe Labeling Resources\ndocumentation.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.setLabels", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels", "request": { "$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" }, @@ -31739,6 +33426,102 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -38195,6 +39978,48 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -45181,7 +47006,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -47953,12 +49778,14 @@ false "enum": [ "CONNECTION", "CUSTOM_METRICS", +"IN_FLIGHT", "RATE", "UTILIZATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.", "Based on custom defined and reported metrics.", +"Balance based on the number of in-flight requests.", "Balance based on requests per second (RPS).", "Balance based on the backend utilization." ], @@ -48003,6 +49830,21 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"maxInFlightRequests": { +"description": "Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or\ninstance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": { +"description": "Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint.\nNot available if backend's balancingMode is RATE\nor CONNECTION.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": { +"description": "Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM.\nNot available if backend's balancingMode is RATE\nor CONNECTION.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "maxRate": { "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For\nusage guidelines, seeRate\nbalancing mode and Utilization\nbalancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode isCONNECTION.", "format": "int32", @@ -48040,6 +49882,19 @@ false "Traffic will be sent to this backend first." ], "type": "string" +}, +"trafficDuration": { +"enum": [ +"LONG", +"SHORT", +"TRAFFIC_DURATION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Most of the requests are expected to take more than multiple seconds to\nfinish.", +"Most requests are expected to finish with a sub-second latency.", +"Traffic duration is unspecified." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -48116,9 +49971,11 @@ false "loadBalancingScheme": { "description": "The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7\nload balancer.\n\nIf loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by\nclassic global external load balancers, or global application external load\nbalancers, or both.", "enum": [ +"EXTERNAL_MANAGED", "INTERNAL_MANAGED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Signifies that this will be used for regional external Application Load\nBalancers.", "Signifies that this will be used for internal Application Load Balancers." ], "type": "string" @@ -48132,6 +49989,11 @@ false "$ref": "BackendBucketParams", "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." }, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket\nresides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -48147,6 +50009,163 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBucketAggregatedList": { +"id": "BackendBucketAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "BackendBucketsScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of BackendBuckets." +}, +"description": "A list of BackendBucketsScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#backendBucketAggregatedList", +"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucketCdnPolicy": { "description": "Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket.", "id": "BackendBucketCdnPolicy", @@ -48434,6 +50453,162 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBucketListUsable": { +"id": "BackendBucketListUsable", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of BackendBucket resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BackendBucket" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#usableBackendBucketList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#usableBackendBucketList for lists of usable backend\nbuckets.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucketParams": { "description": "Additional Backend Bucket parameters.", "id": "BackendBucketParams", @@ -48459,6 +50634,143 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBucketsScopedList": { +"id": "BackendBucketsScopedList", +"properties": { +"backendBuckets": { +"description": "A list of BackendBuckets contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BackendBucket" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of\nbackend services when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendCustomMetric": { "description": "Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode.", "id": "BackendCustomMetric", @@ -48524,7 +50836,7 @@ false }, "consistentHash": { "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings", -"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." +"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", @@ -48662,7 +50974,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "localityLbPolicy": { -"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", +"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", "enum": [ "INVALID_LB_POLICY", "LEAST_REQUEST", @@ -48723,7 +51035,7 @@ false }, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", -"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "params": { "$ref": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -50353,6 +52665,14 @@ false "description": "A transient resource used in compute.disks.bulkInsert and\ncompute.regionDisks.bulkInsert. It is only used to process\nrequests and is not persisted.", "id": "BulkInsertDiskResource", "properties": { +"instantSnapshotGroupParameters": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroupParameters", +"description": "The parameters for the instant snapshot group." +}, +"snapshotGroupParameters": { +"$ref": "SnapshotGroupParameters", +"description": "The parameters for the snapshot group. The usage of snapshot group feature\nis restricted." +}, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": { "description": "The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone.\nThis may be a full or partial URL, such as:\n \n \n - \n https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy", "type": "string" @@ -50722,6 +53042,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "CommitmentParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "plan": { "description": "The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources.\nThe plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the\ncommitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that\nyou receive for your resources. Committing to a longer time duration\ntypically gives you a higher discount rate. The supported values for this\nfield are TWELVE_MONTH (1 year), andTHIRTY_SIX_MONTH (3 years).", "enum": [ @@ -51209,6 +53533,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CommitmentParams": { +"description": "Additional commitment params.", +"id": "CommitmentParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CommitmentResourceStatus": { "description": "[Output Only] Contains output only fields.", "id": "CommitmentResourceStatus", @@ -51588,6 +53926,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthCheckHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", +"id": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth", +"properties": { +"healthSources": { +"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of\ncomposite health checks.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthCheckList": { "id": "CompositeHealthCheckList", "properties": { @@ -51743,6 +54115,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth": { +"id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList": { "id": "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList", "properties": { @@ -53642,6 +56038,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -56425,6 +58831,10 @@ false "description": "Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of\ndelivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035.\nMaximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created\nreservations name format will be -date-####.", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "FutureReservationParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "planningStatus": { "description": "Planning state before being submitted for evaluation", "enum": [ @@ -56546,6 +58956,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"FutureReservationParams": { +"description": "Additional future reservation params.", +"id": "FutureReservationParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties": { "id": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", "properties": { @@ -57827,7 +60251,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n - CCA_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -59949,157 +62373,232 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"HealthSourceList": { -"id": "HealthSourceList", +"HealthSourceHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth", +"id": "HealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the HealthSource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Health state details of the sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourceList": { +"id": "HealthSourceList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of HealthSource resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthSource for health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo", "properties": { -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { -"description": "A list of HealthSource resources.", +"backends": { +"description": "Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source\nbackend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource\nis BACKEND_SERVICE.", "items": { -"$ref": "HealthSource" +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo" }, "type": "array" }, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#healthSourceList", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthSource for health sources.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source\nresource if it is a L4ILB backend service.", "type": "string" }, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a\nbackend service URL.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"type": "array" +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo", +"properties": { +"endpointCount": { +"description": "Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"group": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group\nbehind the source backend service.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"healthyEndpointCount": { +"description": "Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -61842,13 +64341,6 @@ false "$ref": "InstanceParams", "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." }, -"partnerMetadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StructuredEntries" -}, -"description": "Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain\n(namespace) to entries map.", -"type": "object" -}, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": { "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM.\nIf not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.", "enum": [ @@ -62655,13 +65147,13 @@ false "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "currentActions": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", "readOnly": true }, "description": { @@ -62678,7 +65170,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -62688,7 +65180,7 @@ false "description": "Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple\ntypes of machines.\nInstance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance\ntemplate configuration." }, "instanceGroup": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -62702,7 +65194,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManager", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -62746,17 +65238,17 @@ false "description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." }, "satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -62770,7 +65262,7 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group.", +"description": "Output only. The status of this managed instance group.", "readOnly": true }, "targetPools": { @@ -62817,7 +65309,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"description": "Output only. The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -62828,79 +65320,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", "properties": { "abandoning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", +"description": "Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingWithoutRetries": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "deleting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "none": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "recreating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "refreshing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restarting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "resuming": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "starting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "verifying": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -63341,7 +65833,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", "properties": { "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -63350,14 +65842,14 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this\nidentifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for\nresize requests.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -63372,7 +65864,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a region\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -63386,17 +65878,17 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the request.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", "CANCELLED", @@ -63418,11 +65910,11 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Status of the request.", "readOnly": true }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a zone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -63433,7 +65925,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or\nprovisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to\nthe FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is\nfinal and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not\ngoing to retry.", +"description": "Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of\nthe ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state.\nContrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are\nnever removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -63483,7 +65975,7 @@ false }, "lastAttempt": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request.\nThe value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's\nstill active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced\nwith a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the\nvalue may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is\ncleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes\ninactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be\nstorred in the \"error\" field only.", +"description": "Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is\ntemporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active\nand the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a\ndifferent error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may\nbe stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when\nResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the\nfinal state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the\n\"error\" field only.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63742,11 +66234,11 @@ false "properties": { "allInstancesConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", +"description": "Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", "readOnly": true }, "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", +"description": "Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology" }, @@ -63754,33 +66246,33 @@ false "type": "array" }, "autoscaler": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bulkInstanceOperation": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, "currentInstanceStatuses": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", "readOnly": true }, "isStable": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "stateful": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true }, "versionTarget": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", +"description": "Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63790,12 +66282,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology", "properties": { "acceleratorTopology": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", +"description": "Output only. Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the accelerator topology.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATING", "ACTIVE", @@ -63817,7 +66309,7 @@ false }, "stateDetails": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", +"description": "Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63827,7 +66319,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors.", +"description": "Output only. Encountered errors.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -63876,7 +66368,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -63888,12 +66380,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", "properties": { "currentRevision": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "effective": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -63905,13 +66397,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", "properties": { "inProgress": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", +"description": "Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "lastProgressCheck": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", +"description": "Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63921,7 +66413,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -63970,7 +66462,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -63983,79 +66475,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", "properties": { "deprovisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "nonExistent": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pendingStop": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "provisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "repairing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "running": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "staging": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopped": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspended": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "terminated": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -64067,13 +66559,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { "hasStatefulConfig": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "perInstanceConfigs": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStatefulPerInstanceConfigs", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", +"description": "Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -64094,7 +66586,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", "properties": { "isReached": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -65655,13 +68147,6 @@ false "$ref": "NetworkPerformanceConfig", "description": "Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet." }, -"partnerMetadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StructuredEntries" -}, -"description": "Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a\nsubdomain (namespace) to entries map.", -"type": "object" -}, "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": { "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs.\nIf not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.\nNote that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", "enum": [ @@ -66887,6 +69372,16 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the source instant snapshot this instant snapshot is\npart of. Note that the source instant snapshot group must be in the same\nzone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or\nvalid partial URL.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceInstantSnapshotGroupId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The ID value of the source instant snapshot group this\nInstantSnapshot is part of. This value may be used to determine whether the\nInstantSnapshot was created as part of an InstantSnapshotGroup creation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "status": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can beCREATING, DELETING, FAILED, orREADY.", "enum": [ @@ -67079,6 +69574,128 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Represents an InstantSnapshotGroup resource.\n\nAn instant snapshot group is a set of instant snapshots that represents a\npoint in time state of a consistency group.", +"id": "InstantSnapshotGroup", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup\nresources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be\na dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot\nbe a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceStatus": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroupResourceStatus", +"readOnly": true +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceConsistencyGroup": { +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only]", +"enum": [ +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"INVALID", +"READY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstantSnapshotGroupParameters": { +"id": "InstantSnapshotGroupParameters", +"properties": { +"sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "The source instant snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide\nthis as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following\nare valid values:\n \n \n - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup\n - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup\n - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstantSnapshotGroupResourceStatus": { +"id": "InstantSnapshotGroupResourceStatus", +"properties": { +"consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only]", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceInfo": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroupSourceInfo", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only]", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstantSnapshotGroupSourceInfo": { +"id": "InstantSnapshotGroupSourceInfo", +"properties": { +"consistencyGroup": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"consistencyGroupId": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstantSnapshotList": { "description": "Contains a list of InstantSnapshot resources.", "id": "InstantSnapshotList", @@ -71673,6 +74290,174 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListInstantSnapshotGroups": { +"description": "Contains a list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.", +"id": "ListInstantSnapshotGroups", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#instantSnapshotGroupsList", +"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.\nend_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "LocalDisk": { "id": "LocalDisk", "properties": { @@ -73480,6 +76265,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was\nassigned.", +"type": "string" +}, "status": { "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment.", "enum": [ @@ -75377,6 +78166,10 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network\ninterface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to\nuse on its own however, network_attachment can be used without\nservice_class_id.", +"type": "string" +}, "stackType": { "description": "The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses,\nuse IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network\ninterface operations.", "enum": [ @@ -80960,25 +83753,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"PartnerMetadata": { -"description": "Model definition of partner_metadata field.\nTo be used in dedicated Partner Metadata methods and to be inlined in\nthe Instance and InstanceTemplate resources.", -"id": "PartnerMetadata", -"properties": { -"fingerprint": { -"description": "Instance-level hash to be used for optimistic\nlocking.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"partnerMetadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StructuredEntries" -}, -"description": "Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain to\nentries map. Subdomain name must be compliant withRFC1035\ndefinition. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 2MB.\nSubdomain 'metadata.compute.googleapis.com' is reserverd for instance's\nmetadata.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "PathMatcher": { "description": "A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService\nfrom the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the\ndefault service is used.", "id": "PathMatcher", @@ -83717,6 +86491,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -85174,6 +87958,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/region/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest": { "id": "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest", "properties": { @@ -93458,6 +96252,11 @@ false "$ref": "SnapshotParams", "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." }, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the snapshot resides. Only applicable\nfor regional snapshots.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "satisfiesPzi": { "description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, @@ -93477,6 +96276,16 @@ false "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied\nencryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must\nprovide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must\nprovide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted\nsnapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata\nof the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then\nthe snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you\ndo not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." }, +"snapshotGroupId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to. The usage of snapshot group feature is restricted.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshotGroupName": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. The usage\nof snapshot group feature is restricted.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "snapshotType": { "description": "Indicates the type of the snapshot.", "enum": [ @@ -93577,6 +96386,27 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotGroupParameters": { +"id": "SnapshotGroupParameters", +"properties": { +"replicaZones": { +"description": "URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable\nfor regional resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sourceSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "The source snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide this as a\npartial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid\nvalues:\n \n \n - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup \n - projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup\n - global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create\ndisks. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk\ntypes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SnapshotList": { "description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.", "id": "SnapshotList", @@ -93751,6 +96581,10 @@ false "SnapshotSettings": { "id": "SnapshotSettings", "properties": { +"accessLocation": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsAccessLocation", +"description": "(Regional snapshots use only)Policy of which location is allowed to access\nsnapshot." +}, "storageLocation": { "$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", "description": "Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional\ndata that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out." @@ -93758,6 +96592,44 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotSettingsAccessLocation": { +"id": "SnapshotSettingsAccessLocation", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsAccessLocationAccessLocationPreference" +}, +"description": "List of regions that can restore a regional\n snapshot from the current region", +"type": "object" +}, +"policy": { +"description": "Policy of which location is allowed to access snapshot.", +"enum": [ +"ALL_REGIONS", +"POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", +"SPECIFIC_REGIONS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Any regions will be able to access the source location.", +"", +"Only allowlisted regions will be able to restore region scoped\nsnapshots" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettingsAccessLocationAccessLocationPreference": { +"description": "A structure for specifying an allowed target region.", +"id": "SnapshotSettingsAccessLocationAccessLocationPreference", +"properties": { +"region": { +"description": "Accessible region name", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings": { "id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", "properties": { @@ -93798,6 +96670,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { "id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", "properties": { @@ -96898,20 +99780,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"StructuredEntries": { -"id": "StructuredEntries", -"properties": { -"entries": { -"additionalProperties": { -"format": "google.protobuf.Value", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain.\nIt accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Subnetwork": { "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource.\n\nA subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual\nPrivate Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary\nIP ranges. For more information, read\nVirtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.", "id": "Subnetwork", @@ -105868,6 +108736,7 @@ false } }, "servicePath": "compute/v1/", +"serviceVersion": "v1", "title": "Compute Engine API", "version": "v1" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json index f098ead3f5..770e501d2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "config.projects.locations.list", @@ -242,6 +242,333 @@ } }, "resources": { +"deploymentGroups": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a DeploymentGroup The newly created DeploymentGroup will be in the `CREATING` state and can be retrieved via Get and List calls.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentGroupId": { +"description": "Required. The deployment group ID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent in whose context the Deployment Group is created. The parent value is in the format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deploymentGroups", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a DeploymentGroup", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentReferencePolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Policy on how to handle referenced deployments when deleting the DeploymentGroup. If unspecified, the default behavior is to fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", +"FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST", +"FAIL_IF_METADATA_REFERENCES_EXIST", +"IGNORE_DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default behavior. If unspecified, the system will act as if `FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST` is specified.", +"Fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.", +"Fail the deletion only if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted. The deletion will proceed even if the deployments in the latest revision of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted.", +"Ignore any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any revisions for this deployment group will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the deployment group has no revisions.)", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of DeploymentGroup in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroup}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"deprovision": { +"description": "Deprovisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}:deprovision", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.deprovision", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to deprovision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:deprovision", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeprovisionDeploymentGroupRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get a DeploymentGroup for a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List DeploymentGroups for a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Lists the DeploymentGroups that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the deployment groups listed in the response. The expression must be of the form '{field} {operator} {value}' where operators: '<', '>', '<=', '>=', '!=', '=', ':' are supported (colon ':' represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). {field} can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = \"projects/foo/locations/us-central1/deploymentGroups/bar\" - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called 'foo' labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called 'foo' whose value is 'bar' labels.foo = bar - Filter by state: - DeploymentGroups in CREATING state. state=CREATING", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to use to sort the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 500 will be returned. The maximum value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroups' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment groups.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment groups. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deploymentGroups", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDeploymentGroupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a DeploymentGroup", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Deployment Group resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"provision": { +"description": "Provisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}:provision", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.provision", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to provision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:provision", +"request": { +"$ref": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"revisions": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details about a DeploymentGroupRevision.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}/revisions/{revisionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group revision to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+/revisions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroupRevision" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists DeploymentGroupRevisions in a given DeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}/revisions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, a sensible default will be used by the server. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroupRevisions' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment group revisions. All other parameters provided to `ListDeploymentGroupRevisions` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment group revisions. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/revisions", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDeploymentGroupRevisionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "deployments": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -1409,7 +1736,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://config.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyResults": { @@ -1738,12 +2065,149 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"DeploymentOperationMetadata": { -"description": "Ephemeral metadata content describing the state of a deployment operation.", -"id": "DeploymentOperationMetadata", +"DeploymentGroup": { +"description": "A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.", +"id": "DeploymentGroup", "properties": { -"applyResults": { -"$ref": "ApplyResults", +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentUnits": { +"description": "The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentUnit" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisioningError": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"provisioningState": { +"description": "Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.", +"enum": [ +"PROVISIONING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROVISIONING", +"PROVISIONED", +"FAILED_TO_PROVISION", +"DEPROVISIONING", +"DEPROVISIONED", +"FAILED_TO_DEPROVISION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified provisioning state.", +"The deployment group is being provisioned.", +"The deployment group is provisioned.", +"The deployment group failed to be provisioned.", +"The deployment group is being deprovisioned.", +"The deployment group is deprovisioned.", +"The deployment group failed to be deprovisioned." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"provisioningStateDescription": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the deployment group.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"SUSPENDED", +"DELETED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The deployment group is being created.", +"The deployment group is healthy.", +"The deployment group is being updated.", +"The deployment group is being deleted.", +"The deployment group has encountered an unexpected error.", +"The deployment group is no longer being actively reconciled. This may be the result of recovering the project after deletion.", +"The deployment group has been deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateDescription": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentGroupRevision": { +"description": "A DeploymentGroupRevision represents a snapshot of a DeploymentGroup at a given point in time, created when a DeploymentGroup is provisioned or deprovisioned.", +"id": "DeploymentGroupRevision", +"properties": { +"alternativeIds": { +"description": "Output only. The alternative IDs of the deployment group revision.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the deployment group revision was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment group revision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup", +"description": "Output only. The snapshot of the deployment group at this revision.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Ephemeral metadata content describing the state of a deployment operation.", +"id": "DeploymentOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"applyResults": { +"$ref": "ApplyResults", "description": "Outputs and artifacts from applying a deployment." }, "build": { @@ -1793,6 +2257,227 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DeploymentOperationSummary": { +"description": "The summary of the deployment operation.", +"id": "DeploymentOperationSummary", +"properties": { +"artifacts": { +"description": "Output only. Location of Deployment operations artifacts in `gs://{bucket}/{object}` format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"build": { +"description": "Output only. Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"content": { +"description": "Output only. Location of Deployment operations content in `gs://{bucket}/{object}` format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentStep": { +"description": "Output only. The current step the deployment operation is running.", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_STEP_UNSPECIFIED", +"PREPARING_STORAGE_BUCKET", +"DOWNLOADING_BLUEPRINT", +"RUNNING_TF_INIT", +"RUNNING_TF_PLAN", +"RUNNING_TF_APPLY", +"RUNNING_TF_DESTROY", +"RUNNING_TF_VALIDATE", +"UNLOCKING_DEPLOYMENT", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"VALIDATING_REPOSITORY", +"RUNNING_QUOTA_VALIDATION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified deployment step", +"Infra Manager is creating a Google Cloud Storage bucket to store artifacts and metadata about the deployment and revision", +"Downloading the blueprint onto the Google Cloud Storage bucket", +"Initializing Terraform using `terraform init`", +"Running `terraform plan`", +"Actuating resources using Terraform using `terraform apply`", +"Destroying resources using Terraform using `terraform destroy`", +"Validating the uploaded TF state file when unlocking a deployment", +"Unlocking a deployment", +"Operation was successful", +"Operation failed", +"Validating the provided repository.", +"Running quota validation" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"logs": { +"description": "Output only. Location of Deployment operations logs in `gs://{bucket}/{object}` format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentSource": { +"description": "Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment.", +"id": "DeploymentSource", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location.", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentSpec": { +"description": "Spec for a deployment to be created.", +"id": "DeploymentSpec", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"$ref": "Deployment", +"description": "Required. The deployment to be created." +}, +"deploymentId": { +"description": "Required. The id of the deployment to be created which doesn't include the project id and location.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentUnit": { +"description": "A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.", +"id": "DeploymentUnit", +"properties": { +"dependencies": { +"description": "Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"deployment": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentUnitProgress": { +"description": "The progress of a deployment unit provisioning or deprovisioning.", +"id": "DeploymentUnitProgress", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentOperationSummary": { +"$ref": "DeploymentOperationSummary", +"description": "Output only. The summary of the deployment operation.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. Holds the error status of the deployment unit provisioning.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"intent": { +"description": "Output only. The intent of the deployment unit.", +"enum": [ +"INTENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATE_DEPLOYMENT", +"UPDATE_DEPLOYMENT", +"DELETE_DEPLOYMENT", +"RECREATE_DEPLOYMENT", +"CLEAN_UP", +"UNCHANGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified intent.", +"Create deployment in the unit from the deployment spec.", +"Update deployment in the unit.", +"Delete deployment in the unit.", +"Recreate deployment in the unit.", +"Delete deployment in latest successful revision while no longer referenced in any deployment unit in the current deployment group.", +"Expected to be unchanged." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current step of the deployment unit provisioning.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"QUEUED", +"APPLYING_DEPLOYMENT", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"ABORTED", +"SKIPPED", +"DELETING_DEPLOYMENT", +"PREVIEWING_DEPLOYMENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is unused.", +"The deployment unit is queued for deployment creation or update.", +"The underlying deployment of the unit is being created or updated.", +"The underlying deployment operation of the unit has succeeded.", +"The underlying deployment operation of the unit has failed.", +"The deployment unit was aborted, likely due to failures in other dependent deployment units.", +"The deployment unit was skipped because there were no changes to apply.", +"The deployment is being deleted.", +"The deployment is being previewed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateDescription": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitId": { +"description": "Output only. The unit id of the deployment unit to be provisioned.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeprovisionDeploymentGroupRequest": { +"description": "The request message for the DeprovisionDeploymentGroup method.", +"id": "DeprovisionDeploymentGroupRequest", +"properties": { +"deletePolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Policy on how resources within each deployment should be handled during deletion. This policy is applied globally to the deletion of all deployments in this group. This corresponds to the 'delete_policy' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.", +"enum": [ +"DELETE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", +"DELETE", +"ABANDON" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified policy, resources will be deleted.", +"Deletes resources actuated by the deployment.", +"Abandons resources and only deletes the deployment and its metadata." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, this option is propagated to the deletion of each deployment in the group. This corresponds to the 'force' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -1857,6 +2542,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExternalValueSource": { +"description": "Configuration for a source of an external value.", +"id": "ExternalValueSource", +"properties": { +"deploymentSource": { +"$ref": "DeploymentSource", +"description": "A source from a Deployment." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GitSource": { "description": "A set of files in a Git repository.", "id": "GitSource", @@ -1888,6 +2584,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListDeploymentGroupRevisionsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for the ListDeploymentGroupRevisions method.", +"id": "ListDeploymentGroupRevisionsResponse", +"properties": { +"deploymentGroupRevisions": { +"description": "The deployment group revisions from the specified collection.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroupRevision" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroupRevisions request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDeploymentGroupsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for the ListDeploymentGroups method.", +"id": "ListDeploymentGroupsResponse", +"properties": { +"deploymentGroups": { +"description": "The deployment groups from the specified collection.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroups request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListDeploymentsResponse": { "id": "ListDeploymentsResponse", "properties": { @@ -2244,6 +2990,11 @@ "description": "Output only. Metadata about the preview operation state.", "readOnly": true }, +"provisionDeploymentGroupMetadata": { +"$ref": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupOperationMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata about ProvisionDeploymentGroup operation state.", +"readOnly": true +}, "requestedCancellation": { "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2639,6 +3390,60 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ProvisionDeploymentGroupOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Operation metadata for `ProvisionDeploymentGroup` and `DeprovisionDeploymentGroup` long-running operations.", +"id": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"deploymentUnitProgresses": { +"description": "Output only. Progress information for each deployment unit within the operation.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentUnitProgress" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"step": { +"description": "Output only. The current step of the deployment group operation.", +"enum": [ +"PROVISION_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP_STEP_UNSPECIFIED", +"VALIDATING_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP", +"ASSOCIATING_DEPLOYMENTS_TO_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP", +"PROVISIONING_DEPLOYMENT_UNITS", +"DISASSOCIATING_DEPLOYMENTS_FROM_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"DEPROVISIONING_DEPLOYMENT_UNITS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified step.", +"Validating the deployment group.", +"Locking the deployments to the deployment group for atomic actuation.", +"Provisioning the deployment units.", +"Unlocking the deployments from the deployment group after actuation.", +"The operation has succeeded.", +"The operation has failed.", +"Deprovisioning the deployment units." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ProvisionDeploymentGroupRequest": { +"description": "The request message for the ProvisionDeploymentGroup method.", +"id": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupRequest", +"properties": { +"deploymentSpecs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "DeploymentSpec" +}, +"description": "Optional. The deployment specs of the deployment units to be created within the same project and location of the deployment group. The key is the unit ID, and the value is the `DeploymentSpec`. Provisioning will fail if a `deployment_spec` has a `deployment_id` that matches an existing deployment in the same project and location. If an existing deployment was part of the last successful revision but is no longer in the current DeploymentGroup's `deployment_units`, it will be recreated if included in `deployment_specs`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Resource": { "description": "Resource represents a Google Cloud Platform resource actuated by IM. Resources are child resources of Revisions.", "id": "Resource", @@ -3089,6 +3894,13 @@ "description": "TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed.", "id": "TerraformBlueprint", "properties": { +"externalValues": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "ExternalValueSource" +}, +"description": "Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources.", +"type": "object" +}, "gcsSource": { "description": "URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}`", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json index e54fca85b5..902e2e9c32 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json @@ -332,6 +332,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"fetchToolspecOverride": { +"description": "Fetches Toolspec Override for a connection for the given list of tools. Returns results from the db if the tool is already present.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:fetchToolspecOverride", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.fetchToolspecOverride", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:fetchToolspecOverride", +"request": { +"$ref": "FetchConnectionToolspecOverrideRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "FetchConnectionToolspecOverrideResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "generateToolspecOverride": { "description": "Generates Toolspec Override for a connection for the given list of entityTypes and operations. Returns results from the db if the entityType and operation are already present.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:generateToolspecOverride", @@ -2846,7 +2874,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260316", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -3232,15 +3260,15 @@ "id": "ConfigVariable", "properties": { "boolValue": { -"description": "Value is a bool.", +"description": "Optional. Value is a bool.", "type": "boolean" }, "encryptionKeyValue": { "$ref": "EncryptionKey", -"description": "Value is a Encryption Key." +"description": "Optional. Value is a Encryption Key." }, "intValue": { -"description": "Value is an integer", +"description": "Optional. Value is an integer", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -3250,10 +3278,10 @@ }, "secretValue": { "$ref": "Secret", -"description": "Value is a secret." +"description": "Optional. Value is a secret." }, "stringValue": { -"description": "Value is a string.", +"description": "Optional. Value is a string.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4513,7 +4541,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "port": { -"description": "The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination.", +"description": "Optional. The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -4530,14 +4558,14 @@ "id": "DestinationConfig", "properties": { "destinations": { -"description": "The destinations for the key.", +"description": "Optional. The destinations for the key.", "items": { "$ref": "Destination" }, "type": "array" }, "key": { -"description": "The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector.", +"description": "Optional. The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4720,7 +4748,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Type.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the type of the encryption key.", "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "GOOGLE_MANAGED", @@ -5288,6 +5316,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Event type id of the event of current EventSubscription.", "type": "string" }, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter for the event subscription. Incoming events are filtered based on the filter expression.", +"type": "string" +}, "jms": { "$ref": "JMS", "description": "Optional. JMS is the source for the event listener." @@ -5442,7 +5474,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "EventingConfig": { -"description": "Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 19", +"description": "Eventing Configuration of a connection next: 20", "id": "EventingConfig", "properties": { "additionalVariables": { @@ -5452,6 +5484,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"allowedEventTypes": { +"description": "Optional. List of allowed event types for the connection.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "authConfig": { "$ref": "AuthConfig", "description": "Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter." @@ -5469,7 +5508,8 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": { -"description": "Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled.", +"description": "Output only. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "listenerAuthConfig": { @@ -5794,6 +5834,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FetchConnectionToolspecOverrideRequest": { +"description": "Request message for FetchConnectionToolspecOverride API.", +"id": "FetchConnectionToolspecOverrideRequest", +"properties": { +"toolNames": { +"description": "Required. List of tools for which the tool spec override is to be generated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ToolName" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FetchConnectionToolspecOverrideResponse": { +"description": "Response message for FetchConnectionToolspecOverride API.", +"id": "FetchConnectionToolspecOverrideResponse", +"properties": { +"toolspecOverride": { +"$ref": "ToolspecOverride", +"description": "Toolspec overrides for the connection." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Field": { "description": "Metadata of an entity field.", "id": "Field", @@ -6448,6 +6513,14 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"exclusiveMaximum": { +"description": "Whether the maximum number value is exclusive.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"exclusiveMinimum": { +"description": "Whether the minimum number value is exclusive.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "format": { "description": "Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format", "type": "string" @@ -6601,6 +6674,38 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"maxItems": { +"description": "Maximum number of items in the array field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxLength": { +"description": "Maximum length of the string field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maximum": { +"description": "Maximum value of the number field.", +"type": "any" +}, +"minItems": { +"description": "Minimum number of items in the array field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minLength": { +"description": "Minimum length of the string field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minimum": { +"description": "Minimum value of the number field.", +"type": "any" +}, +"pattern": { +"description": "Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match.", +"type": "string" +}, "properties": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "JsonSchema" @@ -6621,6 +6726,10 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"uniqueItems": { +"description": "Whether the items in the array field are unique.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -9083,7 +9192,7 @@ false "id": "TrafficShapingConfig", "properties": { "duration": { -"description": "Required. * The duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds.", +"description": "Required. Specifies the duration over which the API call quota limits are calculated. This duration is used to define the time window for evaluating if the number of API calls made by a user is within the allowed quota limits. For example: - To define a quota sampled over 16 seconds, set `seconds` to 16 - To define a quota sampled over 5 minutes, set `seconds` to 300 (5 * 60) - To define a quota sampled over 1 day, set `seconds` to 86400 (24 * 60 * 60) and so on. It is important to note that this duration is not the time the quota is valid for, but rather the time window over which the quota is evaluated. For example, if the quota is 100 calls per 10 seconds, then this duration field would be set to 10 seconds.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json index 3f2d13ed7a..9b30957c8c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Resource name of the Resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}/resources/{resource}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/resources/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/resources/.*$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Resource name of the Resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}/resources/{resource}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/resources/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/resources/.*$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260316", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessCredentials": { @@ -1466,6 +1466,14 @@ "description": "Response message for ConnectorAgentService.ExecuteTool", "id": "ExecuteToolResponse", "properties": { +"_meta": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Metadata for the tool execution result.", +"type": "object" +}, "metadata": { "additionalProperties": { "additionalProperties": { @@ -1727,6 +1735,14 @@ false "GetResourceResponse": { "id": "GetResourceResponse", "properties": { +"_meta": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Metadata for the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, "data": { "description": "The content of the resource.", "format": "byte", @@ -2084,6 +2100,14 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"exclusiveMaximum": { +"description": "Whether the maximum number value is exclusive.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"exclusiveMinimum": { +"description": "Whether the minimum number value is exclusive.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "format": { "description": "Format of the value as per https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/reference/string.html#format", "type": "string" @@ -2237,6 +2261,38 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"maxItems": { +"description": "Maximum number of items in the array field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxLength": { +"description": "Maximum length of the string field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maximum": { +"description": "Maximum value of the number field.", +"type": "any" +}, +"minItems": { +"description": "Minimum number of items in the array field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minLength": { +"description": "Minimum length of the string field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minimum": { +"description": "Minimum value of the number field.", +"type": "any" +}, +"pattern": { +"description": "Regex pattern of the string field. This is a string value that describes the regular expression that the string value should match.", +"type": "string" +}, "properties": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "JsonSchema" @@ -2257,6 +2313,10 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"uniqueItems": { +"description": "Whether the items in the array field are unique.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2893,6 +2953,14 @@ false "Resource": { "id": "Resource", "properties": { +"_meta": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Metadata for the resource.", +"type": "object" +}, "description": { "description": "A description of what this resource represents.", "type": "string" @@ -3197,6 +3265,14 @@ false "description": "Message representing a single tool.", "id": "Tool", "properties": { +"_meta": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Metadata for the tool.", +"type": "object" +}, "annotations": { "$ref": "ToolAnnotations", "description": "Annotations for the tool." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index 86d3b142cc..57e92eca4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "contactcenteraiplatform.projects.locations.list", @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { @@ -710,7 +710,8 @@ "STATE_IN_GRACE_PERIOD", "STATE_FAILING_OVER", "STATE_DEGRADED", -"STATE_REPAIRING" +"STATE_REPAIRING", +"STATE_EXPIRING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", @@ -723,7 +724,8 @@ "State IN_GRACE_PERIOD", "State in STATE_FAILING_OVER. This State must ONLY be used by Multiregional Instances when a failover was triggered. Customers are not able to update instances in this state.", "State DEGRADED. This State must ONLY be used by Multiregional Instances after a failover was executed successfully. Customers are not able to update instances in this state.", -"State REPAIRING. This State must ONLY be used by Multiregional Instances after a fallback was triggered. Customers are not able to update instancs in this state." +"State REPAIRING. This State must ONLY be used by Multiregional Instances after a fallback was triggered. Customers are not able to update instancs in this state.", +"Flagged by an automation as soon to be expired." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 42c52e685f..f887566db9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -6101,7 +6101,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260401", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -7285,6 +7285,10 @@ true "description": "Configurable dashboard's widget that displays data as a chart.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Chart", "properties": { +"action": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ChartAction", +"description": "Optional action to be taken when the chart is clicked." +}, "chartType": { "description": "Output only. Chart type.", "enum": [ @@ -7378,6 +7382,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ChartAction": { +"description": "The action to be taken when the chart is clicked.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ChartAction", +"properties": { +"redirectAction": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RedirectAction", +"description": "Redirect action." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ChartDataSource": { "description": "The request data for visualizing the dataset in the chart.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ChartDataSource", @@ -7912,6 +7927,10 @@ true "description": "A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.", "type": "string" }, +"entrySubagentDisplayName": { +"description": "The entry subagent's display name.", +"type": "string" +}, "location": { "description": "The agent's location.", "type": "string" @@ -8609,7 +8628,8 @@ true "AGENT_ASSIST_SUPERVISOR_ID", "LABEL_KEY", "LABEL_VALUE", -"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE" +"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE", +"LAST_TRANSFER_SUB_AGENT_NAME" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The key of the dimension is unspecified.", @@ -8632,7 +8652,8 @@ true "The dimension is keyed by the supervisor ID of the assigned human supervisor for virtual agents.", "The dimension is keyed by label keys.", "The dimension is keyed by label values.", -"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs." +"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs.", +"The dimension is keyed by the last transfer sub agent name." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -12121,6 +12142,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RedirectAction": { +"description": "The redirect action to be taken when the chart is clicked.", +"id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RedirectAction", +"properties": { +"relativePath": { +"description": "The relative path to redirect to.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RegexMatchConfig": { "description": "Regex match configuration.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1RegexMatchConfig", @@ -13980,6 +14012,10 @@ true "description": "A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.", "type": "string" }, +"entrySubagentDisplayName": { +"description": "The entry subagent's display name.", +"type": "string" +}, "location": { "description": "The agent's location.", "type": "string" @@ -14512,7 +14548,8 @@ true "AGENT_ASSIST_SUPERVISOR_ID", "LABEL_KEY", "LABEL_VALUE", -"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE" +"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE", +"LAST_TRANSFER_SUB_AGENT_NAME" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The key of the dimension is unspecified.", @@ -14535,7 +14572,8 @@ true "The dimension is keyed by the supervisor ID of the assigned human supervisor for virtual agents.", "The dimension is keyed by label keys.", "The dimension is keyed by label values.", -"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs." +"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs.", +"The dimension is keyed by the last transfer sub agent name." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -18524,6 +18562,10 @@ true "description": "A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.", "type": "string" }, +"entrySubagentDisplayName": { +"description": "The entry subagent's display name.", +"type": "string" +}, "location": { "description": "The agent's location.", "type": "string" @@ -19056,7 +19098,8 @@ true "AGENT_ASSIST_SUPERVISOR_ID", "LABEL_KEY", "LABEL_VALUE", -"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE" +"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE", +"LAST_TRANSFER_SUB_AGENT_NAME" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The key of the dimension is unspecified.", @@ -19079,7 +19122,8 @@ true "The dimension is keyed by the supervisor ID of the assigned human supervisor for virtual agents.", "The dimension is keyed by label keys.", "The dimension is keyed by label values.", -"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs." +"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs.", +"The dimension is keyed by the last transfer sub agent name." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index 34d0d944e8..a10e299181 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260209", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2691,6 +2691,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AccurateTimeConfig": { +"description": "AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature.", +"id": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"properties": { +"enablePtpKvmTimeSync": { +"description": "Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AdditionalIPRangesConfig": { "description": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig is the configuration for individual additional subnetwork attached to the cluster", "id": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig", @@ -3011,6 +3022,10 @@ "description": "Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster.", "id": "Autopilot", "properties": { +"clusterPolicyConfig": { +"$ref": "ClusterPolicyConfig", +"description": "ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster." +}, "enabled": { "description": "Enable Autopilot", "type": "boolean" @@ -3352,7 +3367,7 @@ "id": "CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig", "properties": { "fqdns": { -"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -3515,6 +3530,10 @@ "$ref": "ConfidentialNodes", "description": "Configuration of Confidential Nodes. All the nodes in the cluster will be Confidential VM once enabled." }, +"controlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "Configuration for control plane egress control." +}, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints." @@ -3662,6 +3681,10 @@ "$ref": "MaintenancePolicy", "description": "Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster." }, +"managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { +"$ref": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig", +"description": "Configuration for Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics." +}, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { "$ref": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig", "description": "Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline." @@ -3774,10 +3797,18 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"scheduleUpgradeConfig": { +"$ref": "ScheduleUpgradeConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades." +}, "secretManagerConfig": { "$ref": "SecretManagerConfig", "description": "Secret CSI driver configuration." }, +"secretSyncConfig": { +"$ref": "SecretSyncConfig", +"description": "Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets." +}, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", "description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." @@ -3936,6 +3967,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ClusterPolicyConfig": { +"description": "ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies.", +"id": "ClusterPolicyConfig", +"properties": { +"noStandardNodePools": { +"description": "Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"noSystemImpersonation": { +"description": "Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"noSystemMutation": { +"description": "Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources .", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"noUnsafeWebhooks": { +"description": "Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ClusterUpdate": { "description": "ClusterUpdate describes an update to the cluster. Exactly one update can be applied to a cluster with each request, so at most one field can be provided.", "id": "ClusterUpdate", @@ -3964,6 +4018,10 @@ "$ref": "AutoIpamConfig", "description": "AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM" }, +"desiredAutopilotClusterPolicyConfig": { +"$ref": "ClusterPolicyConfig", +"description": "The desired autopilot cluster policies that to be enforced in the cluster." +}, "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", "description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy" @@ -3985,6 +4043,10 @@ "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", "description": "The desired containerd config for the cluster." }, +"desiredControlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster." +}, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Control plane endpoints configuration." @@ -4110,6 +4172,10 @@ "description": "The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.", "type": "string" }, +"desiredManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { +"$ref": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig", +"description": "The desired managed machine learning diagnostics configuration." +}, "desiredManagedOpentelemetryConfig": { "$ref": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig", "description": "The desired managed open telemetry configuration." @@ -4232,6 +4298,10 @@ "$ref": "SecretManagerConfig", "description": "Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config." }, +"desiredSecretSyncConfig": { +"$ref": "SecretSyncConfig", +"description": "Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets." +}, "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", "description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." @@ -4511,6 +4581,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ControlPlaneEgress": { +"description": "ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control.", +"id": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"properties": { +"mode": { +"description": "Defines the mode of control plane egress.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"VIA_CONTROL_PLANE", +"NONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value not specified.", +"Control plane has public IP and no restriction on egress.", +"No public IP on control plane and only internal allowlisted egress." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "description": "Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints.", "id": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", @@ -4701,7 +4792,10 @@ "CURRENT_STATE_ENCRYPTION_PENDING", "CURRENT_STATE_ENCRYPTION_ERROR", "CURRENT_STATE_DECRYPTION_PENDING", -"CURRENT_STATE_DECRYPTION_ERROR" +"CURRENT_STATE_DECRYPTION_ERROR", +"CURRENT_STATE_ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED", +"CURRENT_STATE_ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_PENDING", +"CURRENT_STATE_ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_ERROR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Should never be set", @@ -4710,7 +4804,10 @@ "Encryption (or re-encryption with a different CloudKMS key) of Secrets is in progress.", "Encryption (or re-encryption with a different CloudKMS key) of Secrets in etcd encountered an error.", "De-crypting Secrets to plain text in etcd is in progress.", -"De-crypting Secrets to plain text in etcd encountered an error." +"De-crypting Secrets to plain text in etcd encountered an error.", +"Encryption of all objects in the storage is enabled. It does not guarantee that all objects in the storage are encrypted, but eventually they will be.", +"Enablement of the encryption of all objects in storage is pending.", +"Enabling encryption of all objects in storage encountered an error." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4740,12 +4837,14 @@ "enum": [ "UNKNOWN", "ENCRYPTED", -"DECRYPTED" +"DECRYPTED", +"ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Should never be set", "Secrets in etcd are encrypted.", -"Secrets in etcd are stored in plain text (at etcd level) - this is unrelated to Compute Engine level full disk encryption." +"Secrets in etcd are stored in plain text (at etcd level) - this is unrelated to Compute Engine level full disk encryption.", +"Encryption of all objects in the storage is enabled. There is no guarantee that all objects in the storage are encrypted, but eventually they will be." ], "type": "string" } @@ -5478,7 +5577,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "host": { -"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" }, "overridePath": { @@ -5821,6 +5920,10 @@ false "description": "Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes.", "id": "LinuxNodeConfig", "properties": { +"accurateTimeConfig": { +"$ref": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"description": "Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool." +}, "cgroupMode": { "description": "cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node.", "enum": [ @@ -6051,6 +6154,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver.", "id": "LustreCsiDriverConfig", "properties": { +"disableMultiNic": { +"description": "When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "enableLegacyLustrePort": { "deprecated": true, "description": "If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag.", @@ -6137,6 +6244,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { +"description": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline.", +"id": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig": { "description": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline.", "id": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig", @@ -6692,7 +6810,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/", +"description": "The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/", "type": "object" }, "linuxNodeConfig": { @@ -6821,6 +6939,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"taintConfig": { +"$ref": "TaintConfig", +"description": "Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool." +}, "taints": { "description": "List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/", "items": { @@ -7041,6 +7163,10 @@ false "description": "Parameters for node pool-level network config.", "id": "NodeNetworkConfig", "properties": { +"acceleratorNetworkProfile": { +"description": "Immutable. The accelerator network profile for the node pool. For now the only valid value is \"auto\". If specified, the network configuration of the nodes in this node pool will be managed by this profile for the supported machine types, zone, etc.", +"type": "string" +}, "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": { "description": "We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface", "items": { @@ -8025,7 +8151,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "server": { -"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8268,6 +8394,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ScheduleUpgradeConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster.", +"id": "ScheduleUpgradeConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SecondaryBootDisk": { "description": "SecondaryBootDisk represents a persistent disk attached to a node with special configurations based on its mode.", "id": "SecondaryBootDisk", @@ -8312,6 +8449,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SecretSyncConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets.", +"id": "SecretSyncConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"rotationConfig": { +"$ref": "SyncRotationConfig", +"description": "Rotation config for secret manager." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SecurityBulletinEvent": { "description": "SecurityBulletinEvent is a notification sent to customers when a security bulletin has been posted that they are vulnerable to.", "id": "SecurityBulletinEvent", @@ -9132,6 +9284,43 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SyncRotationConfig": { +"description": "SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation.", +"id": "SyncRotationConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Whether the rotation is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"rotationInterval": { +"description": "The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TaintConfig": { +"description": "TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool.", +"id": "TaintConfig", +"properties": { +"architectureTaintBehavior": { +"description": "Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior.", +"enum": [ +"ARCHITECTURE_TAINT_BEHAVIOR_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ARM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Specifies that the behavior is unspecified, defaults to ARM.", +"Disables default architecture taints on the node pool.", +"Taints all the nodes in the node pool with the default ARM taint." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TimeWindow": { "description": "Represents an arbitrary window of time.", "id": "TimeWindow", @@ -9623,6 +9812,7 @@ false "description": "Output only. The state of the upgrade.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCHEDULED", "STARTED", "SUCCEEDED", "FAILED", @@ -9630,6 +9820,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED indicates the state is unspecified.", +"SCHEDULED indicates the upgrade was scheduled.", "STARTED indicates the upgrade has started.", "SUCCEEDED indicates the upgrade has completed successfully.", "FAILED indicates the upgrade has failed.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 231fb3b607..1b910619c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260209", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2778,6 +2778,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AccurateTimeConfig": { +"description": "AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature.", +"id": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"properties": { +"enablePtpKvmTimeSync": { +"description": "Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AdditionalIPRangesConfig": { "description": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig is the configuration for individual additional subnetwork attached to the cluster", "id": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig", @@ -2874,6 +2885,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality.", "id": "AddonsConfig", "properties": { +"agentSandboxConfig": { +"$ref": "AgentSandboxConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon." +}, "cloudRunConfig": { "$ref": "CloudRunConfig", "description": "Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time." @@ -3023,6 +3038,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentSandboxConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon.", +"id": "AgentSandboxConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AnonymousAuthenticationConfig": { "description": "AnonymousAuthenticationConfig defines the settings needed to limit endpoints that allow anonymous authentication.", "id": "AnonymousAuthenticationConfig", @@ -3112,6 +3138,10 @@ "description": "Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster.", "id": "Autopilot", "properties": { +"clusterPolicyConfig": { +"$ref": "ClusterPolicyConfig", +"description": "ClusterPolicyConfig denotes cluster level policies that are enforced for the cluster." +}, "conversionStatus": { "$ref": "AutopilotConversionStatus", "description": "Output only. ConversionStatus shows conversion status.", @@ -3507,7 +3537,7 @@ "id": "CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig", "properties": { "fqdns": { -"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -3674,6 +3704,10 @@ "$ref": "ConfidentialNodes", "description": "Configuration of Confidential Nodes. All the nodes in the cluster will be Confidential VM once enabled." }, +"controlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "Configuration for control plane egress control." +}, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints." @@ -3826,6 +3860,10 @@ "$ref": "MaintenancePolicy", "description": "Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster." }, +"managedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { +"$ref": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig", +"description": "Configuration for managed machine learning diagnostics." +}, "managedOpentelemetryConfig": { "$ref": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig", "description": "Configuration for Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline." @@ -3965,6 +4003,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"scheduleUpgradeConfig": { +"$ref": "ScheduleUpgradeConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for scheduled upgrades." +}, "secretManagerConfig": { "$ref": "SecretManagerConfig", "description": "Secret CSI driver configuration." @@ -4144,6 +4186,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ClusterPolicyConfig": { +"description": "ClusterPolicyConfig stores the configuration for cluster wide policies.", +"id": "ClusterPolicyConfig", +"properties": { +"noStandardNodePools": { +"description": "Denotes preventing standard node pools and requiring only autopilot node pools.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"noSystemImpersonation": { +"description": "Denotes preventing impersonation and CSRs for GKE System users.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"noSystemMutation": { +"description": "Denotes that preventing creation and mutation of resources in GKE managed namespaces and cluster-scoped GKE managed resources .", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"noUnsafeWebhooks": { +"description": "Denotes preventing unsafe webhooks.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ClusterTelemetry": { "description": "Telemetry integration for the cluster.", "id": "ClusterTelemetry", @@ -4195,6 +4260,10 @@ "$ref": "AutoIpamConfig", "description": "AutoIpamConfig contains all information related to Auto IPAM" }, +"desiredAutopilotClusterPolicyConfig": { +"$ref": "ClusterPolicyConfig", +"description": "The desired autopilot cluster policies that to be enforced in the cluster." +}, "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", "description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration related to GCW workload policy" @@ -4220,6 +4289,10 @@ "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", "description": "The desired containerd config for the cluster." }, +"desiredControlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster." +}, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Control plane endpoints configuration." @@ -4349,6 +4422,10 @@ "description": "The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.", "type": "string" }, +"desiredManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { +"$ref": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig", +"description": "The desired managed machine learning diagnostics configuration." +}, "desiredManagedOpentelemetryConfig": { "$ref": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig", "description": "The desired managed open telemetry configuration." @@ -4484,6 +4561,10 @@ "$ref": "RollbackSafeUpgrade", "description": "The desired rollback safe upgrade configuration." }, +"desiredScheduleUpgradeConfig": { +"$ref": "ScheduleUpgradeConfig", +"description": "Optional. The desired scheduled upgrades configuration for the cluster." +}, "desiredSecretManagerConfig": { "$ref": "SecretManagerConfig", "description": "Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config." @@ -4822,6 +4903,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ControlPlaneEgress": { +"description": "ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control.", +"id": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"properties": { +"mode": { +"description": "Defines the mode of control plane egress.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"VIA_CONTROL_PLANE", +"NONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value not specified.", +"Control plane has public IP and no restriction on egress.", +"No public IP on control plane and only internal allowlisted egress." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "description": "Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints.", "id": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", @@ -5012,7 +5114,10 @@ "CURRENT_STATE_ENCRYPTION_PENDING", "CURRENT_STATE_ENCRYPTION_ERROR", "CURRENT_STATE_DECRYPTION_PENDING", -"CURRENT_STATE_DECRYPTION_ERROR" +"CURRENT_STATE_DECRYPTION_ERROR", +"CURRENT_STATE_ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED", +"CURRENT_STATE_ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_PENDING", +"CURRENT_STATE_ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_ERROR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Should never be set", @@ -5021,7 +5126,10 @@ "Encryption (or re-encryption with a different CloudKMS key) of Secrets is in progress.", "Encryption (or re-encryption with a different CloudKMS key) of Secrets in etcd encountered an error.", "De-crypting Secrets to plain text in etcd is in progress.", -"De-crypting Secrets to plain text in etcd encountered an error." +"De-crypting Secrets to plain text in etcd encountered an error.", +"Encryption of all objects in the storage is enabled. It does not guarantee that all objects in the storage are encrypted, but eventually they will be.", +"Enablement of the encryption of all objects in storage is pending.", +"Enabling encryption of all objects in storage encountered an error." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -5051,12 +5159,14 @@ "enum": [ "UNKNOWN", "ENCRYPTED", -"DECRYPTED" +"DECRYPTED", +"ALL_OBJECTS_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Should never be set", "Secrets in etcd are encrypted.", -"Secrets in etcd are stored in plain text (at etcd level) - this is unrelated to Compute Engine level full disk encryption." +"Secrets in etcd are stored in plain text (at etcd level) - this is unrelated to Compute Engine level full disk encryption.", +"Encryption of all objects in the storage is enabled. There is no guarantee that all objects in the storage are encrypted, but eventually they will be." ], "type": "string" } @@ -5823,7 +5933,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "host": { -"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" }, "overridePath": { @@ -6232,6 +6342,10 @@ false "description": "Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes.", "id": "LinuxNodeConfig", "properties": { +"accurateTimeConfig": { +"$ref": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"description": "Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool." +}, "cgroupMode": { "description": "cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node.", "enum": [ @@ -6509,6 +6623,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for the Lustre CSI driver.", "id": "LustreCsiDriverConfig", "properties": { +"disableMultiNic": { +"description": "When set to true, this disables multi-NIC support for the Lustre CSI driver. By default, GKE enables multi-NIC support, which allows the Lustre CSI driver to automatically detect and configure all suitable network interfaces on a node to maximize I/O performance for demanding workloads.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "enableLegacyLustrePort": { "deprecated": true, "description": "If set to true, the Lustre CSI driver will install Lustre kernel modules using port 6988. This serves as a workaround for a port conflict with the gke-metadata-server. This field is required ONLY under the following conditions: 1. The GKE node version is older than 1.33.2-gke.4655000. 2. You're connecting to a Lustre instance that has the 'gke-support-enabled' flag. Deprecated: This flag is no longer required as of GKE node version 1.33.2-gke.4655000, unless you are connecting to a Lustre instance that has the `gke-support-enabled` flag.", @@ -6595,6 +6713,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig": { +"description": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics pipeline.", +"id": "ManagedMachineLearningDiagnosticsConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Enable/Disable Managed Machine Learning Diagnostics.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig": { "description": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig is the configuration for the GKE Managed OpenTelemetry pipeline.", "id": "ManagedOpenTelemetryConfig", @@ -7202,7 +7331,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/", +"description": "The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/", "type": "object" }, "linuxNodeConfig": { @@ -7331,6 +7460,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"taintConfig": { +"$ref": "TaintConfig", +"description": "Optional. The taint configuration for the node pool." +}, "taints": { "description": "List of kubernetes taints to be applied to each node. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/", "items": { @@ -8623,7 +8756,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "server": { -"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8919,6 +9052,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ScheduleUpgradeConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for scheduled upgrades on the cluster.", +"id": "ScheduleUpgradeConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether or not scheduled upgrades are enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SecondaryBootDisk": { "description": "SecondaryBootDisk represents a persistent disk attached to a node with special configurations based on its mode.", "id": "SecondaryBootDisk", @@ -9821,6 +9965,27 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TaintConfig": { +"description": "TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool.", +"id": "TaintConfig", +"properties": { +"architectureTaintBehavior": { +"description": "Optional. Controls architecture tainting behavior.", +"enum": [ +"ARCHITECTURE_TAINT_BEHAVIOR_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ARM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Specifies that the behavior is unspecified, defaults to ARM.", +"Disables default architecture taints on the node pool.", +"Taints all the nodes in the node pool with the default ARM taint." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TimeWindow": { "description": "Represents an arbitrary window of time.", "id": "TimeWindow", @@ -10356,6 +10521,7 @@ false "description": "Output only. The state of the upgrade.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCHEDULED", "STARTED", "SUCCEEDED", "FAILED", @@ -10363,6 +10529,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED indicates the state is unspecified.", +"SCHEDULED indicates the upgrade was scheduled.", "STARTED indicates the upgrade has started.", "SUCCEEDED indicates the upgrade has completed successfully.", "FAILED indicates the upgrade has failed.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index ebdab7ae70..c6cbc3db33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -2894,6 +2894,13 @@ "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsArtifactObjects", "description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." }, +"oci": { +"description": "Optional. A list of OCI images to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. OCI images in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "pythonPackages": { "description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -3004,6 +3011,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci": { +"description": "OCI image to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci", +"properties": { +"file": { +"description": "Required. Path on the local file system where to find the container to upload. e.g. /workspace/my-image.tar", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the container to. e.g. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Tags to apply to the uploaded image. e.g. latest, 1.0.0", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsPythonPackage": { "description": "Python package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A package can encapsulate multiple objects to be uploaded to a single repository.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsPythonPackage", @@ -3663,6 +3692,21 @@ false "description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", "type": "string" }, +"ociMediaType": { +"description": "Output only. The OCI media type of the artifact. Non-OCI images, such as Docker images, will have an unspecified value.", +"enum": [ +"OCI_MEDIA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IMAGE_MANIFEST", +"IMAGE_INDEX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The artifact is an image manifest, which represents a single image with all its layers.", +"The artifact is an image index, which can contain a list of image manifests." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pushTiming": { "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", @@ -4928,6 +4972,11 @@ false "layerDetails": { "$ref": "LayerDetails", "description": "Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package)." +}, +"lineNumber": { +"description": "Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5608,6 +5657,11 @@ false "description": "An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.", "id": "Occurrence", "properties": { +"advisoryPublishTime": { +"description": "The time this advisory was published by the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, "attestation": { "$ref": "AttestationOccurrence", "description": "Describes an attestation of an artifact." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 7e7ccd8d9e..8636ab484a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260313", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { @@ -2438,6 +2438,13 @@ "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsArtifactObjects", "description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." }, +"oci": { +"description": "Optional. A list of OCI images to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. OCI images in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "pythonPackages": { "description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -2548,6 +2555,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci": { +"description": "OCI image to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci", +"properties": { +"file": { +"description": "Required. Path on the local file system where to find the container to upload. e.g. /workspace/my-image.tar", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the container to. e.g. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Tags to apply to the uploaded image. e.g. latest, 1.0.0", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsPythonPackage": { "description": "Python package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A package can encapsulate multiple objects to be uploaded to a single repository.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsPythonPackage", @@ -3207,6 +3236,21 @@ false "description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", "type": "string" }, +"ociMediaType": { +"description": "Output only. The OCI media type of the artifact. Non-OCI images, such as Docker images, will have an unspecified value.", +"enum": [ +"OCI_MEDIA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IMAGE_MANIFEST", +"IMAGE_INDEX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The artifact is an image manifest, which represents a single image with all its layers.", +"The artifact is an image index, which can contain a list of image manifests." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pushTiming": { "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", @@ -4469,6 +4513,11 @@ false "layerDetails": { "$ref": "LayerDetails", "description": "Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package)." +}, +"lineNumber": { +"description": "Line number in the file where the package is found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json index 75f4b90ee9..655a828d17 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json @@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260313", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -2816,6 +2816,13 @@ "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsArtifactObjects", "description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." }, +"oci": { +"description": "Optional. A list of OCI images to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. OCI images in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "pythonPackages": { "description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -2926,6 +2933,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci": { +"description": "OCI image to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsOci", +"properties": { +"file": { +"description": "Required. Path on the local file system where to find the container to upload. e.g. /workspace/my-image.tar", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the container to. e.g. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Tags to apply to the uploaded image. e.g. latest, 1.0.0", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsPythonPackage": { "description": "Python package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A package can encapsulate multiple objects to be uploaded to a single repository.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactsPythonPackage", @@ -3585,6 +3614,21 @@ false "description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", "type": "string" }, +"ociMediaType": { +"description": "Output only. The OCI media type of the artifact. Non-OCI images, such as Docker images, will have an unspecified value.", +"enum": [ +"OCI_MEDIA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IMAGE_MANIFEST", +"IMAGE_INDEX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The artifact is an image manifest, which represents a single image with all its layers.", +"The artifact is an image index, which can contain a list of image manifests." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pushTiming": { "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json index 10743b2c89..982662ae30 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json @@ -17,6 +17,213 @@ "description": "Service to develop, version control, and operationalize SQL pipelines in BigQuery.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/dataform/docs", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -164,7 +371,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.list", @@ -211,6 +418,53 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"queryUserRootContents": { +"description": "Returns the contents of a caller's root folder in a given location. The root folder contains all resources that are created by the user and not contained in any other folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:queryUserRootContents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.queryUserRootContents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Required. Location of the user root folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), created_at, last_modified_at. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryUserRootContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryUserRootFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+location}:queryUserRootContents", +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryUserRootContentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "updateConfig": { "description": "Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/config", @@ -250,6 +504,116 @@ "resources": { "folders": { "methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Folder in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The location in which to create the Folder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/folders", +"request": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Fetches a single Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -282,6 +646,117 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"move": { +"description": "Moves a Folder to a new Folder, TeamFolder, or the root location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:move", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.move", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource name of the Folder to move.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:move", +"request": { +"$ref": "MoveFolderRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a single Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The Folder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields that can be updated, will be updated. A few fields cannot be updated and will be ignored if specified in the update_mask (e.g. parent_name, team_folder_name).", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"queryFolderContents": { +"description": "Returns the contents of a given Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:queryFolderContents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.queryFolderContents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"folder" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"folder": { +"description": "Required. Name of the folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/folders/*", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), create_time, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+folder}:queryFolderContents", +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryFolderContentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -764,6 +1239,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"move": { +"description": "Moves a Repository to a new location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}:move", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.move", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource name of the repository to move.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:move", +"request": { +"$ref": "MoveRepositoryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}", @@ -2095,6 +2599,21 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the metadata to return for each directory entry. If unspecified, the default is `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC`. Currently the `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA` view is not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces.", +"enum": [ +"DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC", +"DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default / unset value. Defaults to DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC.", +"Includes only the file or directory name. This is the default behavior.", +"Includes all metadata for each file or directory. Currently not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "workspace": { "description": "Required. The workspace's name.", "location": "path", @@ -2323,79 +2842,318 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"writeFile": { +"description": "Writes to a file (inside a Workspace).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}:writeFile", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.writeFile", +"parameterOrder": [ +"workspace" +], +"parameters": { +"workspace": { +"description": "Required. The workspace's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+workspace}:writeFile", +"request": { +"$ref": "WriteFileRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "WriteFileResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"teamFolders": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new TeamFolder in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The location in which to create the TeamFolder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/teamFolders", +"request": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Fetches a single TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a single TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields will be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +"$ref": "TeamFolder" }, "response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "TeamFolder" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"writeFile": { -"description": "Writes to a file (inside a Workspace).", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}:writeFile", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.writeFile", +"queryContents": { +"description": "Returns the contents of a given TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:queryContents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.queryContents", "parameterOrder": [ -"workspace" +"teamFolder" ], "parameters": { -"workspace": { -"description": "Required. The workspace's name.", +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryTeamFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryTeamFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"teamFolder": { +"description": "Required. Name of the team_folder whose contents to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+workspace}:writeFile", -"request": { -"$ref": "WriteFileRequest" -}, +"path": "v1/{+teamFolder}:queryContents", "response": { -"$ref": "WriteFileResponse" +"$ref": "QueryTeamFolderContentsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -} -} -} -} }, -"teamFolders": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:getIamPolicy", +"search": { +"description": "Returns all TeamFolders in a given location that the caller has access to and match the provided filter.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders:search", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.getIamPolicy", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.search", "parameterOrder": [ -"resource" +"location" ], "parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", "location": "query", -"type": "integer" +"type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": { +"description": "Required. Location in which to query TeamFolders. Format: `projects/*/locations/*`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, `last_modified_time`. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of TeamFolders to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `SearchTeamFolders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchTeamFolders`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"path": "v1/{+location}/teamFolders:search", "response": { -"$ref": "Policy" +"$ref": "SearchTeamFoldersResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", @@ -2467,7 +3225,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionErrorTable": { @@ -2981,13 +3739,15 @@ "TOKEN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "NOT_FOUND", "INVALID", -"VALID" +"VALID", +"PERMISSION_DENIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The token could not be found in Secret Manager (or the Dataform Service Account did not have permission to access it).", "The token could not be used to authenticate against the Git remote.", -"The token was used successfully to authenticate against the Git remote." +"The token was used successfully to authenticate against the Git remote.", +"The token is not accessible due to permission issues." ], "type": "string" } @@ -3101,6 +3861,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"DeleteFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DirectoryEntry": { "description": "Represents a single entry in a directory.", "id": "DirectoryEntry", @@ -3112,6 +3894,10 @@ "file": { "description": "A file in the directory.", "type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "FilesystemEntryMetadata", +"description": "Entry with metadata." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3272,6 +4058,86 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FilesystemEntryMetadata": { +"description": "Represents metadata for a single entry in a filesystem.", +"id": "FilesystemEntryMetadata", +"properties": { +"sizeBytes": { +"description": "Output only. Provides the size of the entry in bytes. For directories, this will be 0.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Represents the time of the last modification of the entry.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Folder": { +"description": "Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.", +"id": "Folder", +"properties": { +"containingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"creatorIamPrincipal": { +"description": "Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"internalMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The Folder's name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"teamFolderName": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FolderContentsEntry": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "FolderContentsEntry", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"$ref": "Folder", +"description": "A subfolder." +}, +"repository": { +"$ref": "Repository", +"description": "A repository." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GitRemoteSettings": { "description": "Controls Git remote configuration for a repository.", "id": "GitRemoteSettings", @@ -3768,6 +4634,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"MoveFolderRequest": { +"description": "`MoveFolder` request message.", +"id": "MoveFolderRequest", +"properties": { +"destinationContainingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: \"\" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MoveRepositoryRequest": { +"description": "`MoveRepository` request message.", +"id": "MoveRepositoryRequest", +"properties": { +"destinationContainingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: \"\" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Notebook": { "description": "Represents a notebook.", "id": "Notebook", @@ -4077,6 +4965,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QueryFolderContentsResponse": { +"description": "`QueryFolderContents` response message.", +"id": "QueryFolderContentsResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "List of entries in the folder.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FolderContentsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "QueryRepositoryDirectoryContentsResponse": { "description": "`QueryRepositoryDirectoryContents` response message.", "id": "QueryRepositoryDirectoryContentsResponse", @@ -4095,6 +5001,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QueryTeamFolderContentsResponse": { +"description": "`QueryTeamFolderContents` response message.", +"id": "QueryTeamFolderContentsResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "List of entries in the TeamFolder.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TeamFolderContentsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QueryUserRootContentsResponse": { +"description": "`QueryUserRootContents` response message.", +"id": "QueryUserRootContentsResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "List of entries in the folder.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RootContentsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "QueryWorkflowInvocationActionsResponse": { "description": "`QueryWorkflowInvocationActions` response message.", "id": "QueryWorkflowInvocationActionsResponse", @@ -4376,6 +5318,10 @@ "description": "Represents a Dataform Git repository.", "id": "Repository", "properties": { +"containingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -4427,6 +5373,11 @@ "description": "Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.", "type": "boolean" }, +"teamFolderName": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { "$ref": "WorkspaceCompilationOverrides", "description": "Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information." @@ -4458,6 +5409,21 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"RootContentsEntry": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "RootContentsEntry", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"$ref": "Folder", +"description": "A subfolder." +}, +"repository": { +"$ref": "Repository", +"description": "A repository." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ScheduledExecutionRecord": { "description": "A record of an attempt to create a workflow invocation for this workflow config.", "id": "ScheduledExecutionRecord", @@ -4533,6 +5499,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SearchTeamFoldersResponse": { +"description": "`SearchTeamFolders` response message.", +"id": "SearchTeamFoldersResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"results": { +"description": "List of TeamFolders that match the search query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TeamFolderSearchResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", @@ -4630,6 +5614,69 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"TeamFolder": { +"description": "Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.", +"id": "TeamFolder", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"creatorIamPrincipal": { +"description": "Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"internalMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TeamFolderContentsEntry": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "TeamFolderContentsEntry", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"$ref": "Folder", +"description": "A subfolder." +}, +"repository": { +"$ref": "Repository", +"description": "A repository." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TeamFolderSearchResult": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "TeamFolderSearchResult", +"properties": { +"teamFolder": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder", +"description": "A TeamFolder resource that is in the project / location." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TestIamPermissionsRequest": { "description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", @@ -4899,6 +5946,10 @@ "description": "Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key.", "readOnly": true }, +"disableMoves": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "internalMetadata": { "description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index 31cc937541..27b8ddfb98 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -17,6 +17,213 @@ "description": "Service to develop, version control, and operationalize SQL pipelines in BigQuery.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/dataform/docs", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataform.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -164,7 +371,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.list", @@ -307,7 +514,8 @@ ], "parameters": { "folderId": { -"description": "The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -357,6 +565,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Fetches a single Folder.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", @@ -2368,6 +2605,21 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the metadata to return for each directory entry. If unspecified, the default is `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC`. Currently the `DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA` view is not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces.", +"enum": [ +"DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC", +"DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_METADATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default / unset value. Defaults to DIRECTORY_CONTENTS_VIEW_BASIC.", +"Includes only the file or directory name. This is the default behavior.", +"Includes all metadata for each file or directory. Currently not supported by CMEK-protected workspaces." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "workspace": { "description": "Required. The workspace's name.", "location": "path", @@ -2660,7 +2912,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "teamFolderId": { -"description": "The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -2703,6 +2956,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Fetches a single TeamFolder.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", @@ -2955,7 +3237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionErrorTable": { @@ -3469,13 +3751,15 @@ "TOKEN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "NOT_FOUND", "INVALID", -"VALID" +"VALID", +"PERMISSION_DENIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The token could not be found in Secret Manager (or the Dataform Service Account did not have permission to access it).", "The token could not be used to authenticate against the Git remote.", -"The token was used successfully to authenticate against the Git remote." +"The token was used successfully to authenticate against the Git remote.", +"The token is not accessible due to permission issues." ], "type": "string" } @@ -3589,6 +3873,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"DeleteFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DirectoryEntry": { "description": "Represents a single entry in a directory.", "id": "DirectoryEntry", @@ -3600,6 +3906,10 @@ "file": { "description": "A file in the directory.", "type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "FilesystemEntryMetadata", +"description": "Entry with metadata." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3760,6 +4070,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FilesystemEntryMetadata": { +"description": "Represents metadata for a single entry in a filesystem.", +"id": "FilesystemEntryMetadata", +"properties": { +"sizeBytes": { +"description": "Output only. Provides the size of the entry in bytes. For directories, this will be 0.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Represents the time of the last modification of the entry.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Folder": { "description": "Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.", "id": "Folder", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json index bf60acb69e..53c253f573 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260313", "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageConfigmanagementV1Config": { @@ -1306,11 +1306,13 @@ "description": "Required. Integration to which the rule applies. This field can be used to specify the integration against which the ingestion rule should be applied.", "enum": [ "INTEGRATION_UNSPECIFIED", -"DATAPROC" +"DATAPROC", +"LOOKER_CORE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Integration is Unspecified", -"Dataproc" +"Dataproc", +"Looker Core" ], "type": "string" } @@ -1588,7 +1590,8 @@ "COMPOSER", "LOOKER_STUDIO", "DATAPROC", -"VERTEX_AI" +"VERTEX_AI", +"LOOKER_CORE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Source is Unspecified", @@ -1598,7 +1601,8 @@ "Composer", "Looker Studio", "Dataproc", -"Vertex AI" +"Vertex AI", +"Looker Core" ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json index f1afc4e42d..5e2a0c58f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ "partnerLinks": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"description": "Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`", "flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.create", @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"description": "Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`", "flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks/{partnerLinksId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.delete", @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ ] }, "search": { -"description": "Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"description": "Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`", "flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks:search", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.search", @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260307", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://datamanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdIdentifiers": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 445810d629..9a2fcab128 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datamigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { @@ -6081,6 +6081,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The name of the specific database within the host.", "type": "string" }, +"enableIamAuthentication": { +"description": "Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "forwardSshConnectivity": { "$ref": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", "description": "Forward SSH tunnel connectivity." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index b53254eddb..e8d49b87af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datamigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260225", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 1741923c75..f70c167ec4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -397,7 +397,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -427,7 +428,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -452,7 +454,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -483,7 +486,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -529,7 +533,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEncryptionConfigsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -563,7 +568,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -591,7 +597,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -619,7 +626,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -651,7 +659,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -676,7 +685,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -701,7 +711,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -747,7 +758,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -782,11 +794,12 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.list", @@ -829,7 +842,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "lookupContext": { @@ -858,6 +872,7 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] @@ -985,7 +1000,37 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1LookupEntryLinksResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" +] +}, +"modifyEntry": { +"description": "Modifies an entry using the permission on the source system.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:modifyEntry", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.modifyEntry", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:modifyEntry", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ModifyEntryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "searchEntries": { @@ -1042,6 +1087,7 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] @@ -1085,7 +1131,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1115,7 +1162,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -1140,7 +1188,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -1171,7 +1222,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -1217,7 +1269,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAspectTypesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -1256,7 +1311,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -1284,7 +1340,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -1312,7 +1369,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -1347,7 +1405,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -1375,7 +1434,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -1403,7 +1463,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -1446,7 +1507,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1477,7 +1539,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -1503,7 +1566,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataAttributeBinding" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -1534,7 +1598,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -1581,7 +1646,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataAttributeBindingsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -1621,7 +1687,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -1649,7 +1716,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -1677,7 +1745,102 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" +] +} +} +}, +"dataDomains": { +"methods": { +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataDomains/{dataDomainsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataDomains.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataDomains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataDomains/{dataDomainsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataDomains.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataDomains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataDomains/{dataDomainsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataDomains.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataDomains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -1719,7 +1882,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1754,7 +1918,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -1779,7 +1944,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProduct" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -1810,7 +1978,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -1856,7 +2025,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataProductsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -1895,7 +2067,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -1923,7 +2096,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -1951,7 +2125,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -1993,7 +2168,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -2028,7 +2204,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -2053,7 +2230,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataAsset" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -2099,7 +2279,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataAssetsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -2138,7 +2321,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -2182,7 +2366,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -2212,7 +2397,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "generateDataQualityRules": { @@ -2240,7 +2426,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -2280,7 +2467,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScan" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -2311,7 +2501,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -2357,7 +2548,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataScansResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -2396,7 +2590,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "run": { @@ -2424,7 +2619,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1RunDataScanResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -2452,7 +2648,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -2480,7 +2677,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -2512,7 +2710,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -2552,7 +2751,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScanJob" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -2593,7 +2795,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataScanJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] } } @@ -2637,7 +2842,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -2668,7 +2874,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -2693,7 +2900,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataTaxonomy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -2724,7 +2932,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -2771,7 +2980,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataTaxonomiesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -2811,7 +3021,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -2839,7 +3050,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -2867,7 +3079,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -2910,7 +3123,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -2941,7 +3155,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -2967,7 +3182,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataAttribute" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -2998,7 +3214,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -3045,7 +3262,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListDataAttributesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -3085,7 +3303,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3113,7 +3332,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3141,7 +3361,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -3185,7 +3406,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3215,7 +3437,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -3240,7 +3463,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -3271,7 +3497,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -3317,7 +3544,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryGroupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -3356,7 +3586,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3384,7 +3615,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3412,7 +3644,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -3449,7 +3682,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3474,7 +3708,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -3530,7 +3765,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -3571,7 +3809,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntriesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -3621,7 +3862,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -3658,7 +3900,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3683,7 +3926,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -3708,7 +3952,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -3747,7 +3992,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -3784,7 +4030,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3812,7 +4059,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3840,7 +4088,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -3882,7 +4131,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3912,7 +4162,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -3937,7 +4188,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -3968,7 +4222,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -4014,7 +4269,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryTypesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -4053,7 +4311,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4081,7 +4340,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4109,7 +4369,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -4151,7 +4412,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -4181,7 +4443,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -4206,7 +4469,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Glossary" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -4237,7 +4503,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -4283,7 +4550,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListGlossariesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -4322,7 +4592,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4350,7 +4621,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4378,7 +4650,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -4415,7 +4688,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GlossaryCategory" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -4440,7 +4714,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -4465,7 +4740,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GlossaryCategory" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -4496,7 +4774,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -4542,7 +4821,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListGlossaryCategoriesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -4576,7 +4858,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GlossaryCategory" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4604,7 +4887,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4632,7 +4916,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -4669,7 +4954,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GlossaryTerm" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -4694,7 +4980,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -4719,7 +5006,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GlossaryTerm" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -4750,7 +5040,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -4796,7 +5087,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListGlossaryTermsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -4830,7 +5124,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GlossaryTerm" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4858,7 +5153,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4886,7 +5182,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -4923,7 +5220,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4951,7 +5249,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4979,7 +5278,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -5021,7 +5321,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -5046,7 +5347,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -5071,7 +5373,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Lake" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -5102,7 +5407,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -5148,7 +5454,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListLakesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -5187,7 +5496,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -5215,7 +5525,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -5240,141 +5551,54 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -}, -"resources": { -"actions": { -"methods": { -"list": { -"description": "Lists action resources in a lake.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/lakes/{lakesId}/actions", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lakes.actions.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of actions to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 actions will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListLakeActions call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListLakeActions must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent lake: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/lakes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/actions", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListActionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, -"environments": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/lakes/{lakesId}/environments/{environmentsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lakes.environments.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/lakes/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/lakes/{lakesId}/environments/{environmentsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lakes.environments.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/lakes/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] +} }, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/lakes/{lakesId}/environments/{environmentsId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lakes.environments.testIamPermissions", +"resources": { +"actions": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists action resources in a lake.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/lakes/{lakesId}/actions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lakes.actions.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"resource" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of actions to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 actions will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListLakeActions call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListLakeActions must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent lake: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/lakes/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/lakes/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/actions", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListActionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] } } @@ -5416,7 +5640,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -5441,7 +5666,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -5466,7 +5692,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Task" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -5497,7 +5726,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -5543,7 +5773,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListTasksResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -5582,7 +5815,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "run": { @@ -5610,7 +5844,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1RunTaskResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -5638,7 +5873,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -5666,7 +5902,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -5698,7 +5935,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -5723,7 +5961,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Job" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -5759,7 +6000,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] } } @@ -5803,7 +6047,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -5828,7 +6073,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -5853,7 +6099,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Zone" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -5884,7 +6133,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -5930,7 +6180,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListZonesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -5969,7 +6222,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -5997,7 +6251,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -6025,7 +6280,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -6065,7 +6321,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListActionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] } } @@ -6107,7 +6366,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -6132,7 +6392,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -6157,7 +6418,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Asset" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -6188,7 +6452,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -6234,7 +6499,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAssetsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -6273,7 +6541,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -6301,7 +6570,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -6329,7 +6599,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -6369,7 +6640,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListActionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.readonly" ] } } @@ -6408,7 +6682,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -6438,7 +6713,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -6480,7 +6756,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -6536,7 +6813,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntitiesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "update": { @@ -6569,7 +6847,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } }, @@ -6606,7 +6885,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Partition" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -6637,7 +6917,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -6662,7 +6943,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Partition" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -6703,7 +6985,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListPartitionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -6751,7 +7034,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -6776,7 +7060,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -6801,7 +7086,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataFeed" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -6847,7 +7133,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListMetadataFeedsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -6886,7 +7173,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -6918,7 +7206,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "create": { @@ -6956,7 +7245,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -6981,7 +7271,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJob" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -7027,7 +7318,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListMetadataJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -7059,7 +7351,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -7084,7 +7377,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -7109,7 +7403,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -7155,7 +7450,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -7190,7 +7486,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -7218,7 +7515,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -7246,7 +7544,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataplex.read-write" ] } } @@ -7256,7 +7555,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260402", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -7475,7 +7774,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Aspect": { -"description": "An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.", +"description": "Represents a single piece of metadata describing an entry or entry link.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Aspect", "properties": { "aspectSource": { @@ -8563,6 +8862,10 @@ "jsonOptions": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoverySpecStorageConfigJsonOptions", "description": "Optional. Configuration for JSON data." +}, +"unstructuredDataOptions": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoverySpecStorageConfigUnstructuredDataOptions", +"description": "Optional. Specifies configuration for unstructured data discovery." } }, "type": "object" @@ -8610,18 +8913,67 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoverySpecStorageConfigUnstructuredDataOptions": { +"description": "Describes options for unstructured data discovery.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoverySpecStorageConfigUnstructuredDataOptions", +"properties": { +"entityInferenceEnabled": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Use semantic_inference_enabled instead. Specifies whether deeper entity inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"semanticInferenceEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether deeper semantic inference over the objects' contents using GenAI is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResult": { "description": "The output of a DataDocumentation scan.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResult", "properties": { +"datasetResult": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultDatasetResult", +"description": "Output only. Insights for a Dataset resource.", +"readOnly": true +}, "tableResult": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultTableResult", -"description": "Output only. Table result for insights.", +"description": "Output only. Insights for a Table resource.", "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultDatasetResult": { +"description": "Insights for a dataset resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultDatasetResult", +"properties": { +"overview": { +"description": "Output only. Generated Dataset description.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"queries": { +"description": "Output only. Sample SQL queries for the dataset.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultQuery" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"schemaRelationships": { +"description": "Output only. Relationships suggesting how tables in the dataset are related to each other, based on their schema.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationship" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultField": { "description": "Column of a table with generated metadata and nested fields.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultField", @@ -8679,8 +9031,78 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationship": { +"description": "Details of the relationship between the schema of two resources.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationship", +"properties": { +"leftSchemaPaths": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationshipSchemaPaths", +"description": "Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the first table. The size of this list must be the same as right_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the right_schema_paths list.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"rightSchemaPaths": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationshipSchemaPaths", +"description": "Output only. An ordered list of fields for the join from the second table. The size of this list must be the same as left_schema_paths. Each field at index i in this list must correspond to a field at the same index in the left_schema_paths list.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Output only. Sources which generated the schema relation edge.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AGENT", +"QUERY_HISTORY", +"TABLE_CONSTRAINTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The source of the schema relationship is unspecified.", +"The source of the schema relationship is agent.", +"The source of the schema relationship is query history from the source system.", +"The source of the schema relationship is table constraints added in the source system." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. The type of relationship between the schema paths.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCHEMA_JOIN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the schema relationship is unspecified.", +"Indicates a join relationship between the schema fields." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationshipSchemaPaths": { +"description": "Represents an ordered set of paths within a table's schema.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultSchemaRelationshipSchemaPaths", +"properties": { +"paths": { +"description": "Output only. An ordered set of Paths to fields within the schema of the table. For fields nested within a top level field of type record, use '.' to separate field names. Examples: Top level field - top_level Nested field - top_level.child.sub_field", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"tableFqn": { +"description": "Output only. The service-qualified full resource name of the table Ex: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultTableResult": { -"description": "Generated metadata about the table.", +"description": "Insights for a table resource.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultTableResult", "properties": { "name": { @@ -9145,6 +9567,20 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProfileSpecSelectedFields", "description": "Optional. The fields to include in data profile.If not specified, all fields at the time of profile scan job execution are included, except for ones listed in exclude_fields." }, +"mode": { +"description": "Optional. The execution mode for the profile scan.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STANDARD", +"LIGHTWEIGHT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Performs standard profiling. The behavior is controlled by other fields such as sampling_percent, row_filter, and column filters. This mode allows for full scans or custom sampling.", +"Specifies lightweight profiling mode. This mode is optimized for low-latency low-fidelity profiling.When this mode is selected, the following fields must not be set: - sampling_percent - row_filter - include_fields - exclude_fields" +], +"type": "string" +}, "postScanActions": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProfileSpecPostScanActions", "description": "Optional. Actions to take upon job completion.." @@ -9946,7 +10382,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScan": { -"description": "Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table details and generates insights including descriptions and sample SQL queries for the table. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights).", +"description": "Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. For more information, see Auto data quality overview (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview). Data profile: analyzes the data in tables and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc). For more information, see About data profiling (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/data-profiling-overview). Data discovery: scans data in Cloud Storage buckets to extract and then catalog metadata. For more information, see Discover and catalog Cloud Storage data (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/automatic-discovery). Data documentation: analyzes the table or dataset metadata and generates insights. For tables, insights include descriptions and sample SQL queries. For datasets, insights include descriptions, schema relationships and sample SQL queries. For more information, see Generate data insights in BigQuery (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/data-insights).", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScan", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -10003,6 +10439,10 @@ "description": "Optional. User friendly display name. Must be between 1-256 characters.", "type": "string" }, +"executionIdentity": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentity", +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The identity to run the datascan. If not specified, defaults to the Dataplex Service Agent." +}, "executionSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScanExecutionSpec", "description": "Optional. DataScan execution settings.If not specified, the fields in it will use their default values." @@ -10461,6 +10901,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"partialFailureMessage": { +"description": "Output only. A message indicating partial failure details.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "startTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the DataScanJob was started.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -10476,7 +10921,8 @@ "CANCELLED", "SUCCEEDED", "FAILED", -"PENDING" +"PENDING", +"SUCCEEDED_WITH_ERRORS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The DataScanJob state is unspecified.", @@ -10485,7 +10931,8 @@ "The DataScanJob cancellation was successful.", "The DataScanJob completed successfully.", "The DataScanJob is no longer running due to an error.", -"The DataScanJob has been created but not started to run yet." +"The DataScanJob has been created but not started to run yet.", +"The DataScanJob succeeded with errors." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -10526,7 +10973,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resource": { -"description": "Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type \"TABLE\" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID", +"description": "Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could either be: Cloud Storage bucket for DataDiscoveryScan Format: //storage.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID or BigQuery table of type \"TABLE\" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan/DataDocumentationScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID or BigQuery dataset for DataDocumentationScan only Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID", "type": "string" } }, @@ -11394,6 +11841,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentity": { +"description": "The identity to run the datascan.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentity", +"properties": { +"dataplexServiceAgent": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityDataplexServiceAgent", +"description": "Optional. The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project." +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityServiceAccount", +"description": "Optional. The provided service account." +}, +"userCredential": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityUserCredential", +"description": "Optional. The credential of the calling user. Supports only ONE_TIME trigger type." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityDataplexServiceAgent": { +"description": "The Dataplex service agent associated with the user's project.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityDataplexServiceAgent", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityServiceAccount": { +"description": "The service account", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityServiceAccount", +"properties": { +"email": { +"description": "Required. Service account email. The datascan will execute with this service account's credentials. The user calling this API must have permissions to act as this service account. Dataplex service agent must be granted iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission on this service account, for example, through the iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator role .", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityUserCredential": { +"description": "The credential of the calling user.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ExecutionIdentityUserCredential", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesRequest": { "description": "Request details for generating data quality rule recommendations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesRequest", @@ -12581,11 +13070,11 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Allows to configure the context.", +"description": "Optional. Allows to configure the context.Supported options: format - The format of the context (one of yaml, xml, json, default is yaml). context_budget - If provided, the output will be intelligently truncated on a best-effort basis to contain approximately the desired amount of characters. There is no guarantee to achieve the specific amount.", "type": "object" }, "resources": { -"description": "Required. The entry names to lookup context for. The request should have max 10 of those.Examples:projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}", +"description": "Required. The entry names to look up the context for. The maximum number of resources for a request is limited to 10.Examples:projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -12599,7 +13088,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1LookupContextResponse", "properties": { "context": { -"description": "LLM generated context for the resources.", +"description": "Pre-formatted block of text containing the context for the requested resources.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -13105,6 +13594,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ModifyEntryRequest": { +"description": "Modify Entry request using permissions in the source system.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ModifyEntryRequest", +"properties": { +"aspectKeys": { +"description": "Optional. The aspect keys which the service should modify. It supports the following syntaxes: - matches an aspect of the given type and empty path. @path - matches an aspect of the given type and specified path. For example, to attach an aspect to a field that is specified by the schema aspect, the path should have the format Schema.. @* - matches aspects of the given type for all paths. *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given path.The service will not remove existing aspects matching the syntax unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, the service treats it as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"deleteMissingAspects": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any aspects not specified in the request will be deleted. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"entry": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry", +"description": "Required. The entry to modify." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to update. To update Aspects, the update_mask must contain the value \"aspects\".If the update_mask is empty, the service will update all modifiable fields present in the request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1OperationMetadata": { "description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1OperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index dd06276f15..1be8631bf8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ "scopes": { "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Dataproc data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Dataproc data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -223,7 +229,8 @@ "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -248,7 +255,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -273,7 +281,8 @@ "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -301,7 +310,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -337,7 +347,8 @@ "$ref": "ListAutoscalingPoliciesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -365,7 +376,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -393,7 +405,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "update": { @@ -421,7 +434,8 @@ "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -453,7 +467,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "create": { @@ -491,7 +506,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -516,7 +532,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -541,7 +558,9 @@ "$ref": "Batch" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "list": { @@ -587,7 +606,9 @@ "$ref": "ListBatchesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] } }, @@ -621,7 +642,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessEnvironmentInfo": { @@ -651,7 +674,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationEnvironmentInfoResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessJob": { @@ -687,7 +712,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationJobResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessSqlPlan": { @@ -723,7 +750,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationSqlSparkPlanGraphResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessSqlQuery": { @@ -769,7 +798,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationSqlQueryResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessStageAttempt": { @@ -817,7 +848,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationStageAttemptResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessStageRddGraph": { @@ -853,7 +886,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSparkApplicationStageRddOperationGraphResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "search": { @@ -928,7 +963,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchExecutorStageSummary": { @@ -981,7 +1018,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationExecutorStageSummaryResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchExecutors": { @@ -1037,7 +1076,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationExecutorsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchJobs": { @@ -1097,7 +1138,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchSqlQueries": { @@ -1148,7 +1191,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationSqlQueriesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchStageAttemptTasks": { @@ -1227,7 +1272,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationStageAttemptTasksResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchStageAttempts": { @@ -1280,7 +1327,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationStageAttemptsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchStages": { @@ -1348,7 +1397,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSparkApplicationStagesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeExecutors": { @@ -1378,7 +1429,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSparkApplicationExecutorsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeJobs": { @@ -1408,7 +1461,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSparkApplicationJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeStageAttemptTasks": { @@ -1450,7 +1505,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSparkApplicationStageAttemptTasksResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeStages": { @@ -1480,7 +1537,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSparkApplicationStagesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "write": { @@ -1508,7 +1567,8 @@ "$ref": "WriteSparkApplicationContextResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -1539,7 +1599,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1564,7 +1625,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -1589,7 +1651,9 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "list": { @@ -1635,7 +1699,9 @@ "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] } } @@ -1667,7 +1733,8 @@ "$ref": "SessionTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1692,7 +1759,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -1717,7 +1785,9 @@ "$ref": "SessionTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "list": { @@ -1758,7 +1828,9 @@ "$ref": "ListSessionTemplatesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "patch": { @@ -1786,7 +1858,8 @@ "$ref": "SessionTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -1828,7 +1901,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1858,7 +1932,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -1883,7 +1958,9 @@ "$ref": "Session" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "list": { @@ -1924,7 +2001,9 @@ "$ref": "ListSessionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "terminate": { @@ -1952,7 +2031,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } }, @@ -1986,7 +2066,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessEnvironmentInfo": { @@ -2016,7 +2098,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationEnvironmentInfoResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessJob": { @@ -2052,7 +2136,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationJobResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessSqlPlan": { @@ -2088,7 +2174,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationSqlSparkPlanGraphResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessSqlQuery": { @@ -2134,7 +2222,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueryResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessStageAttempt": { @@ -2182,7 +2272,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationStageAttemptResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "accessStageRddGraph": { @@ -2218,7 +2310,9 @@ "$ref": "AccessSessionSparkApplicationStageRddOperationGraphResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "search": { @@ -2293,7 +2387,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchExecutorStageSummary": { @@ -2346,7 +2442,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationExecutorStageSummaryResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchExecutors": { @@ -2402,7 +2500,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationExecutorsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchJobs": { @@ -2469,7 +2569,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchSqlQueries": { @@ -2526,7 +2628,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationSqlQueriesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchStageAttemptTasks": { @@ -2605,7 +2709,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationStageAttemptTasksResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchStageAttempts": { @@ -2658,7 +2764,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationStageAttemptsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "searchStages": { @@ -2733,7 +2841,9 @@ "$ref": "SearchSessionSparkApplicationStagesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeExecutors": { @@ -2763,7 +2873,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSessionSparkApplicationExecutorsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeJobs": { @@ -2800,7 +2912,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSessionSparkApplicationJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeStageAttemptTasks": { @@ -2842,7 +2956,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSessionSparkApplicationStageAttemptTasksResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "summarizeStages": { @@ -2879,7 +2995,9 @@ "$ref": "SummarizeSessionSparkApplicationStagesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "write": { @@ -2907,7 +3025,8 @@ "$ref": "WriteSessionSparkApplicationContextResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -2941,7 +3060,8 @@ "$ref": "WorkflowTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -2972,7 +3092,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -3003,7 +3124,9 @@ "$ref": "WorkflowTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -3031,7 +3154,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "instantiate": { @@ -3059,7 +3183,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "instantiateInline": { @@ -3092,7 +3217,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -3128,7 +3254,9 @@ "$ref": "ListWorkflowTemplatesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3156,7 +3284,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3184,7 +3313,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "update": { @@ -3212,7 +3342,8 @@ "$ref": "WorkflowTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -3248,7 +3379,8 @@ "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3273,7 +3405,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -3298,7 +3431,8 @@ "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -3326,7 +3460,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -3362,7 +3497,8 @@ "$ref": "ListAutoscalingPoliciesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3390,7 +3526,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3418,7 +3555,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "update": { @@ -3446,7 +3584,8 @@ "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -3504,7 +3643,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3558,7 +3698,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "diagnose": { @@ -3599,7 +3740,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -3637,7 +3779,9 @@ "$ref": "Cluster" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -3665,7 +3809,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "injectCredentials": { @@ -3709,7 +3854,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -3728,13 +3874,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The standard List page size.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of clusters to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, the default value is 200. The maximum value is 1000.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. The standard List page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous ListClusters call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3756,7 +3902,9 @@ "$ref": "ListClustersResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "patch": { @@ -3814,7 +3962,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "repair": { @@ -3855,7 +4004,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3883,7 +4033,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "start": { @@ -3924,7 +4075,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "stop": { @@ -3965,7 +4117,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3993,7 +4146,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } }, @@ -4040,7 +4194,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -4065,7 +4220,9 @@ "$ref": "NodeGroup" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "repair": { @@ -4093,7 +4250,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "resize": { @@ -4121,7 +4279,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -4168,7 +4327,8 @@ "$ref": "Job" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -4206,7 +4366,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -4244,7 +4405,9 @@ "$ref": "Job" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -4272,7 +4435,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -4339,7 +4503,9 @@ "$ref": "ListJobsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "patch": { @@ -4386,7 +4552,8 @@ "$ref": "Job" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4414,7 +4581,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "submit": { @@ -4448,7 +4616,8 @@ "$ref": "Job" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "submitAsOperation": { @@ -4482,7 +4651,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4510,7 +4680,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -4539,7 +4710,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -4564,7 +4736,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -4589,7 +4762,9 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -4617,7 +4792,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -4663,7 +4839,9 @@ "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4691,7 +4869,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4719,7 +4898,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -4751,7 +4931,8 @@ "$ref": "WorkflowTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "delete": { @@ -4782,7 +4963,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "get": { @@ -4813,7 +4995,9 @@ "$ref": "WorkflowTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -4841,7 +5025,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "instantiate": { @@ -4869,7 +5054,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "instantiateInline": { @@ -4902,7 +5088,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "list": { @@ -4938,7 +5125,9 @@ "$ref": "ListWorkflowTemplatesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc.read-only" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -4966,7 +5155,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -4994,7 +5184,8 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] }, "update": { @@ -5022,7 +5213,8 @@ "$ref": "WorkflowTemplate" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataproc" ] } } @@ -5032,7 +5224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -6022,6 +6214,20 @@ "$ref": "EndpointConfig", "description": "Optional. Port/endpoint configuration for this cluster" }, +"engine": { +"description": "Optional. The cluster engine.", +"enum": [ +"ENGINE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT", +"LIGHTNING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The engine is not specified. Works the same as ENGINE_DEFAULT.", +"The cluster is a default engine cluster.", +"The cluster is a lightning engine cluster." +], +"type": "string" +}, "gceClusterConfig": { "$ref": "GceClusterConfig", "description": "Optional. The shared Compute Engine config settings for all instances in a cluster." @@ -6325,6 +6531,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CohortInfo": { +"description": "Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to.", +"id": "CohortInfo", +"properties": { +"cohort": { +"description": "Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"cohortSource": { +"description": "Output only. Source of the cohort.", +"enum": [ +"COHORT_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_PROVIDED", +"AIRFLOW" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Cohort source is unspecified.", +"Indicates that the cohort was explicitly provided.", +"Composed from the labels coming from Airflow/Composer." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ConfidentialInstanceConfig": { "description": "Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs)", "id": "ConfidentialInstanceConfig", @@ -7543,6 +7776,14 @@ "description": "Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models.", "id": "InstanceFlexibilityPolicy", "properties": { +"instanceMachineTypes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, "instanceSelectionList": { "description": "Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs.", "items": { @@ -9912,6 +10153,11 @@ "description": "Output only. Approximate workload resource usage, calculated when the workload completes (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).Note: This metric calculation may change in the future, for example, to capture cumulative workload resource consumption during workload execution (see the Dataproc Serverless release notes (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/docs/release-notes) for announcements, changes, fixes and other Dataproc developments).", "readOnly": true }, +"cohortInfo": { +"$ref": "CohortInfo", +"description": "Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to.", +"readOnly": true +}, "currentUsage": { "$ref": "UsageSnapshot", "description": "Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.", @@ -11139,6 +11385,13 @@ "desc": { "type": "string" }, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster.", +"type": "object" +}, "metrics": { "items": { "$ref": "SqlPlanMetric" @@ -11183,6 +11436,13 @@ "desc": { "type": "string" }, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Additional metadata for the spark plan graph cluster.", +"type": "object" +}, "metrics": { "items": { "$ref": "SqlPlanMetric" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index fca93544df..af0e76dfb0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -340,11 +335,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -1121,7 +1111,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index 31dd9566c1..f8b7363f05 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -340,11 +335,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -630,7 +620,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index 61d9938747..29d3543e9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -340,11 +335,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -798,7 +788,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index 03cbf9d5e5..ca25fd6ec1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,243 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/datastream/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-southeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west15" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -171,7 +408,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datastream.projects.locations.list", @@ -1266,7 +1503,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppendOnly": { @@ -1947,7 +2184,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "field": { -"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", "type": "string" }, "localizedMessage": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index 7932dc0293..bdc18c2430 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -15,6 +15,243 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/datastream/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.asia-southeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west15" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://datastream.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -172,7 +409,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datastream.projects.locations.list", @@ -1235,7 +1472,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { @@ -1603,7 +1840,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "field": { -"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", "type": "string" }, "localizedMessage": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json index 978b0bad67..27796183d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json @@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251128", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { @@ -2262,6 +2262,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GetVersionOperationMetadata": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"inlineSbomInfo": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo", +"properties": { +"currentComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +}, +"targetComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GlobalSetPolicyRequest": { "id": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest", "properties": { @@ -2580,6 +2609,9 @@ "firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "$ref": "FirewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata" }, +"getVersionOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadata" +}, "httpErrorMessage": { "description": "[Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json index cc07ab0868..b950027bcd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251128", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1376,6 +1376,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GetVersionOperationMetadata": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"inlineSbomInfo": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo", +"properties": { +"currentComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +}, +"targetComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GlobalSetPolicyRequest": { "id": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest", "properties": { @@ -1630,6 +1659,9 @@ "firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "$ref": "FirewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata" }, +"getVersionOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadata" +}, "httpErrorMessage": { "description": "[Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json index c293725bd5..5254ef2542 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251128", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { @@ -2188,6 +2188,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GetVersionOperationMetadata": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"inlineSbomInfo": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo", +"properties": { +"currentComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +}, +"targetComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the component name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GlobalSetPolicyRequest": { "id": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest", "properties": { @@ -2479,6 +2508,9 @@ "firewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata": { "$ref": "FirewallPolicyRuleOperationMetadata" }, +"getVersionOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadata" +}, "httpErrorMessage": { "description": "[Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json index 1361d48244..b4e7eace69 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "developerconnect.projects.locations.list", @@ -325,6 +325,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"fetchUserRepositories": { +"description": "FetchUserRepositories returns a list of UserRepos that are available for an account connector resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/accountConnectors/{accountConnectorsId}:fetchUserRepositories", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "developerconnect.projects.locations.accountConnectors.fetchUserRepositories", +"parameterOrder": [ +"accountConnector" +], +"parameters": { +"accountConnector": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Account Connector resource in the format: `projects/*/locations/*/accountConnectors/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/accountConnectors/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Number of results to return in the list. Defaults to 20.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page start.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the repository. When specified, only the UserRepository with this name will be returned if the repository is accessible under this Account Connector for the calling user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+accountConnector}:fetchUserRepositories", +"response": { +"$ref": "FetchUserRepositoriesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets details of a single AccountConnector.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/accountConnectors/{accountConnectorsId}", @@ -1754,7 +1795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://developerconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountConnector": { @@ -1774,6 +1815,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customOauthConfig": { +"$ref": "CustomOAuthConfig", +"description": "Custom OAuth config." +}, "etag": { "description": "Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" @@ -1798,6 +1843,10 @@ "$ref": "ProviderOAuthConfig", "description": "Optional. Provider OAuth config." }, +"proxyConfig": { +"$ref": "ProxyConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the http and git proxy features." +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the accountConnector was updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2125,6 +2174,73 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CustomOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Message for a customized OAuth config.", +"id": "CustomOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"authUri": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 authorization server URL.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID of the OAuth application.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. Input only. The client secret of the OAuth application. It will be provided as plain text, but encrypted and stored in developer connect. As INPUT_ONLY field, it will not be included in the output.", +"type": "string" +}, +"hostUri": { +"description": "Required. The host URI of the OAuth application.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pkceDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. Disable PKCE for this OAuth config. PKCE is enabled by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"scmProvider": { +"description": "Required. The type of the SCM provider.", +"enum": [ +"SCM_PROVIDER_UNKNOWN", +"GITHUB_ENTERPRISE", +"GITLAB_ENTERPRISE", +"BITBUCKET_DATA_CENTER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The SCM is not specified or BYO Account Connector is not an SCM.", +"BYO Account Connector is an instance of GitHub Enterprise.", +"BYO Account Connector is an instance of GitLab Enterprise.", +"BYO Account Connector is an instance of Bitbucket Data Center." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Required. The scopes to be requested during OAuth.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"serverVersion": { +"description": "Output only. SCM server version installed at the host URI.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceDirectoryConfig": { +"$ref": "ServiceDirectoryConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for using Service Directory to connect to a private service." +}, +"sslCaCertificate": { +"description": "Optional. SSL certificate to use for requests to a private service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tokenUri": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The OAuth2 token request URL.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DeploymentEvent": { "description": "The DeploymentEvent resource represents the deployment of the artifact within the InsightsConfig resource.", "id": "DeploymentEvent", @@ -2349,6 +2465,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FetchUserRepositoriesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for FetchUserRepositories.", +"id": "FetchUserRepositoriesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userRepos": { +"description": "The repositories that the user can access with this account connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserRepository" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FinishOAuthResponse": { "description": "Message for responding to finishing an OAuth flow.", "id": "FinishOAuthResponse", @@ -3284,6 +3418,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ProxyConfig": { +"description": "The proxy configuration.", +"id": "ProxyConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Setting this to true allows the git and http proxies to perform actions on behalf of the user configured under the account connector.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RuntimeConfig": { "description": "RuntimeConfig represents the runtimes where the application is deployed.", "id": "RuntimeConfig", @@ -3482,6 +3627,28 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"UserRepository": { +"description": "A user repository that can be linked to the account connector. Consists of the repo name and the git proxy URL to forward requests to this repo.", +"id": "UserRepository", +"properties": { +"cloneUri": { +"description": "Output only. The git clone URL of the repo. For example: https://github.com/myuser/myrepo.git", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. The user friendly repo name (e.g., myuser/myrepo)", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"gitProxyUri": { +"description": "Output only. The Git proxy URL for this repo. For example: https://us-west1-git.developerconnect.dev/a/my-proj/my-ac/myuser/myrepo.git. Populated only when `proxy_config.enabled` is set to `true` in the Account Connector. This URL is used by other Google services that integrate with Developer Connect.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 139744bfd8..3fbf30f8ab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8780,7 +8780,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -9679,6 +9679,9 @@ "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -11709,6 +11712,9 @@ "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -13652,6 +13658,50 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesAppSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesAppSpec", +"properties": { +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesToolSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesToolSpec", +"properties": { +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata", "properties": { @@ -13871,6 +13921,17 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "object" }, +"initialConversationProfile": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ConversationProfile", +"readOnly": true +}, +"initialGeneratorContexts": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ConversationGeneratorContext" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, "lifecycleState": { "enum": [ "LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -14061,6 +14122,34 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ConversationGeneratorContext": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ConversationGeneratorContext", +"properties": { +"generatorType": { +"enum": [ +"GENERATOR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FREE_FORM", +"AGENT_COACHING", +"SUMMARIZATION", +"TRANSLATION", +"AGENT_FEEDBACK", +"CUSTOMER_MESSAGE_GENERATION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ConversationInfo": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ConversationInfo", "properties": { @@ -15232,6 +15321,18 @@ true "agentCoachingContext": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2AgentCoachingContext" }, +"cesAppSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesAppSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cesToolSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesToolSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -15265,6 +15366,12 @@ true }, "type": "array" }, +"toolsetTools": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ToolsetTool" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "triggerEvent": { "enum": [ "TRIGGER_EVENT_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -19679,6 +19786,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -19726,6 +19842,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -19923,6 +20048,31 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ToolsetTool": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ToolsetTool", +"properties": { +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"operationId": { +"type": "string" +}, +"toolset": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2TrainAgentRequest": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2TrainAgentRequest", "properties": {}, @@ -22842,6 +22992,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -22889,6 +23048,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index 51157ed10e..880afbe694 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -8431,7 +8431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260216", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -9330,6 +9330,9 @@ "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -11360,6 +11363,9 @@ "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -14957,6 +14963,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -15004,6 +15019,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -15992,6 +16016,50 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesAppSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesAppSpec", +"properties": { +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesToolSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesToolSpec", +"properties": { +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata", "properties": { @@ -16246,6 +16314,17 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "object" }, +"initialConversationProfile": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ConversationProfile", +"readOnly": true +}, +"initialGeneratorContexts": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ConversationGeneratorContext" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, "lifecycleState": { "enum": [ "LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -16394,6 +16473,34 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ConversationGeneratorContext": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ConversationGeneratorContext", +"properties": { +"generatorType": { +"enum": [ +"GENERATOR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FREE_FORM", +"AGENT_COACHING", +"SUMMARIZATION", +"TRANSLATION", +"AGENT_FEEDBACK", +"CUSTOMER_MESSAGE_GENERATION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ConversationPhoneNumber": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ConversationPhoneNumber", "properties": { @@ -17304,6 +17411,18 @@ true "agentCoachingContext": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1AgentCoachingContext" }, +"cesAppSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesAppSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cesToolSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesToolSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -17337,6 +17456,12 @@ true }, "type": "array" }, +"toolsetTools": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ToolsetTool" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "triggerEvent": { "enum": [ "TRIGGER_EVENT_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -20083,6 +20208,9 @@ true "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumber": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumber", "properties": { +"allowedSipTrunks": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumberAllowedSipTrunks" +}, "conversationProfile": { "type": "string" }, @@ -20106,6 +20234,29 @@ true "phoneNumber": { "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"purgeTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumberAllowedSipTrunks": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumberAllowedSipTrunks", +"properties": { +"carrierIds": { +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sipTrunks": { +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -22276,6 +22427,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -22323,6 +22483,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -22520,6 +22689,31 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ToolsetTool": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ToolsetTool", +"properties": { +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"operationId": { +"type": "string" +}, +"toolset": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1TrainAgentRequest": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1TrainAgentRequest", "properties": {}, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index ea2e7c6161..cd5b8a25d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -5031,7 +5031,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Action": { @@ -6993,6 +6993,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowTraceMetadata": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowTraceMetadata", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"flow": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowTransition": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowTransition", "properties": { @@ -7790,6 +7803,9 @@ false "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -8889,6 +8905,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookTraceMetadata": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookTraceMetadata", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"playbook": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookTransition": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookTransition", "properties": { @@ -9102,6 +9131,12 @@ false "text": { "type": "string" }, +"traceBlocks": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TraceBlock" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "transcript": { "type": "string" }, @@ -9790,6 +9825,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechProcessingMetadata": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechProcessingMetadata", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings", "properties": { @@ -10379,6 +10424,71 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TraceBlock": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TraceBlock", +"properties": { +"actions": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Action" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"completeTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endState": { +"enum": [ +"OUTPUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_OK", +"OUTPUT_STATE_CANCELLED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_FAILED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_ESCALATED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_PENDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"flowTraceMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowTraceMetadata" +}, +"inputParameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"outputParameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"playbookTraceMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookTraceMetadata" +}, +"speechProcessingMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechProcessingMetadata" +}, +"startTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TrainFlowRequest": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TrainFlowRequest", "properties": {}, @@ -12062,6 +12172,9 @@ false "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -15659,6 +15772,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -15706,6 +15828,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -18538,6 +18669,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -18585,6 +18725,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index d55dd463f6..ca516a5da9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -5151,7 +5151,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -6050,6 +6050,9 @@ "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -9630,6 +9633,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTraceMetadata": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTraceMetadata", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"flow": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTransition": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTransition", "properties": { @@ -10450,6 +10466,9 @@ false "displayName": { "type": "string" }, +"dtmfPattern": { +"type": "string" +}, "isFallback": { "type": "boolean" }, @@ -11731,6 +11750,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTraceMetadata": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTraceMetadata", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"playbook": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTransition": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTransition", "properties": { @@ -11955,6 +11987,12 @@ false "text": { "type": "string" }, +"traceBlocks": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TraceBlock" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "transcript": { "type": "string" }, @@ -12682,6 +12720,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SpeechProcessingMetadata": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SpeechProcessingMetadata", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SpeechToTextSettings": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SpeechToTextSettings", "properties": { @@ -13428,6 +13476,71 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TraceBlock": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TraceBlock", +"properties": { +"actions": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Action" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"completeTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endState": { +"enum": [ +"OUTPUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_OK", +"OUTPUT_STATE_CANCELLED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_FAILED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_ESCALATED", +"OUTPUT_STATE_PENDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"flowTraceMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1FlowTraceMetadata" +}, +"inputParameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"outputParameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"playbookTraceMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1PlaybookTraceMetadata" +}, +"speechProcessingMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SpeechProcessingMetadata" +}, +"startTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TrainFlowRequest": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1TrainFlowRequest", "properties": {}, @@ -16704,6 +16817,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -16751,6 +16873,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -19583,6 +19714,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -19630,6 +19770,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 9787e00ad6..1e41bc8221 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "collectionId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -544,14 +544,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -4022,12 +4022,16 @@ }, "resources": { "agents": { +"resources": { +"a2a": { +"resources": { +"v1": { "methods": { "getCard": { "description": "GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/card", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/card", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getCard", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.getCard", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant" ], @@ -4040,7 +4044,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/card", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/card", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1AgentCard" }, @@ -4054,9 +4058,9 @@ "methods": { "send": { "description": "Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/message:send", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/message:send", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.send", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.send", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant" ], @@ -4069,7 +4073,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/message:send", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/message:send", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest" }, @@ -4082,9 +4086,9 @@ }, "stream": { "description": "SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/message:stream", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/message:stream", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.stream", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.stream", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant" ], @@ -4097,7 +4101,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/message:stream", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/message:stream", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest" }, @@ -4110,43 +4114,13 @@ } } }, -"operations": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.operations.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -} -} -}, "tasks": { "methods": { "cancel": { "description": "Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.cancel", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.cancel", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4167,7 +4141,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}:cancel", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}:cancel", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1CancelTaskRequest" }, @@ -4180,9 +4154,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Get the current state of a task from the agent.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4209,7 +4183,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1Task" }, @@ -4219,9 +4193,9 @@ }, "subscribe": { "description": "TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.subscribe", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.subscribe", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4242,7 +4216,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}:subscribe", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}:subscribe", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1StreamResponse" }, @@ -4256,9 +4230,9 @@ "methods": { "create": { "description": "Set a push notification config for a task.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.create", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.create", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "parent" @@ -4284,7 +4258,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+parent}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+parent}", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, @@ -4297,9 +4271,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Delete a push notification config for a task.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.delete", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4320,7 +4294,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" }, @@ -4330,9 +4304,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Get a push notification config for a task.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.get", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4353,7 +4327,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, @@ -4363,9 +4337,9 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.", -"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.list", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "parent" @@ -4397,7 +4371,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "{+tenant}/{+parent}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+parent}/pushNotificationConfigs", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1ListTaskPushNotificationConfigResponse" }, @@ -4413,6 +4387,40 @@ } } }, +"operations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, "completionConfig": { "methods": { "completeQuery": { @@ -8906,66 +8914,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new User Store.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.userStores.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent collection resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"userStoreId": { -"description": "Required. The ID of the User Store to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/userStores", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1UserStore" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1UserStore" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the User Store.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores/{userStoresId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.userStores.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the User Store to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/userStores/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets the User Store.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores/{userStoresId}", @@ -9071,12 +9019,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order.", +"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -9218,7 +9166,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "A2aV1APIKeySecurityScheme": { @@ -11973,14 +11921,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerReferenceChunkInfo", "description": "Chunk information." }, -"queries": { -"description": "Output only. The search queries that produced this reference.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "structuredDocumentInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerReferenceStructuredDocumentInfo", "description": "Structured document information." @@ -14647,8 +14587,16 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"dynamicTools": { +"description": "Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -14722,8 +14670,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -14842,7 +14789,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -15566,7 +15513,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "indexTime": { -"description": "Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15662,7 +15609,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "indexTime": { -"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed.", +"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, @@ -15877,6 +15824,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool": { +"description": "Configuration for dynamic tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the tool is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -17066,8 +17036,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -18606,6 +18577,11 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -19060,6 +19036,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -20225,7 +20206,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "collectionId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "dataConnector": { @@ -22410,14 +22391,6 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo", "description": "Chunk information." }, -"queries": { -"description": "Output only. The search queries that produced this reference.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "structuredDocumentInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceStructuredDocumentInfo", "description": "Structured document information." @@ -24179,8 +24152,16 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"dynamicTools": { +"description": "Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -24254,8 +24235,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -24374,7 +24354,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -25319,6 +25299,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool": { +"description": "Configuration for dynamic tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the tool is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -26577,8 +26580,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -31603,8 +31607,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index d0902ffb67..3471224f42 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "collectionId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataConnector, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataConnector, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested DataConnector does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -1293,14 +1293,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataConnector resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to list ConnectorRuns under this DataConnector, regardless of whether or not this DataConnector exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The parent DataConnector resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`. If the caller does not have permission to list ConnectorRuns under this DataConnector, regardless of whether or not this DataConnector exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -5682,6 +5682,11 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filters the Agents list. Supported fields: * `display_name`: display name of the agent. Supports `=`, `:`. * `id`: ID of the agent. Supports `=`. * `state`: state of the agent. Supports `=`. * `create_time`: timestamp when the agent was created. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `update_time`: timestamp when the agent was last updated. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. Examples: * `display_name = \"My Agent\"` * `create_time > \"2023-01-01T00:00:00Z\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "orderBy": { "description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list agents by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", @@ -11890,66 +11895,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new User Store.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.userStores.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent collection resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"userStoreId": { -"description": "Required. The ID of the User Store to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userStores", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserStore" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserStore" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the User Store.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores/{userStoresId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.userStores.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the User Store to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/userStores/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets the User Store.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores/{userStoresId}", @@ -12132,12 +12077,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order.", +"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -12250,7 +12195,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -13810,8 +13755,16 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"dynamicTools": { +"description": "Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -13885,8 +13838,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -14005,7 +13957,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -14840,6 +14792,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool": { +"description": "Configuration for dynamic tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the tool is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -15625,8 +15600,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -17516,6 +17492,10 @@ "description": "Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", "type": "string" }, +"observabilityConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaObservabilityConfig", +"description": "Optional. Observability config for the agent." +}, "rejectionReason": { "description": "Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.", "readOnly": true, @@ -18796,14 +18776,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo", "description": "Chunk information." }, -"queries": { -"description": "Output only. The search queries that produced this reference.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "structuredDocumentInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceStructuredDocumentInfo", "description": "Structured document information." @@ -22231,8 +22203,16 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"dynamicTools": { +"description": "Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -22306,8 +22286,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -22426,7 +22405,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -23307,7 +23286,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "indexTime": { -"description": "Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -23403,7 +23382,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "indexTime": { -"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed.", +"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, @@ -23618,6 +23597,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool": { +"description": "Configuration for dynamic tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the tool is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEmbeddingConfig": { "description": "Defines embedding config, used for bring your own embeddings feature.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEmbeddingConfig", @@ -25741,8 +25743,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -30706,7 +30709,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "collectionId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. Should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "type": "string" }, "dataConnector": { @@ -34796,8 +34799,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 057b8c2177..7962dbd09a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -8884,66 +8884,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new User Store.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.userStores.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent collection resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"userStoreId": { -"description": "Required. The ID of the User Store to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userStores", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserStore" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserStore" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the User Store.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores/{userStoresId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.userStores.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the User Store to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/userStores/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets the User Store.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/userStores/{userStoresId}", @@ -9049,12 +8989,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order.", +"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -9167,7 +9107,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -10727,8 +10667,16 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"dynamicTools": { +"description": "Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -10802,8 +10750,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -10922,7 +10869,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -11757,6 +11704,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool": { +"description": "Configuration for dynamic tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DynamicTool", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the tool is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -12542,8 +12512,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -14422,14 +14393,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo", "description": "Chunk information." }, -"queries": { -"description": "Output only. The search queries that produced this reference.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "structuredDocumentInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerReferenceStructuredDocumentInfo", "description": "Structured document information." @@ -16191,8 +16154,16 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"dynamicTools": { +"description": "Output only. The dynamic tools fetched for this connector.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -16266,8 +16237,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -16386,7 +16356,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -17331,6 +17301,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool": { +"description": "Configuration for dynamic tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDynamicTool", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the tool is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the tool.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -18589,8 +18582,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -22846,14 +22840,6 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerReferenceChunkInfo", "description": "Chunk information." }, -"queries": { -"description": "Output only. The search queries that produced this reference.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "structuredDocumentInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerReferenceStructuredDocumentInfo", "description": "Structured document information." @@ -25870,7 +25856,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "indexTime": { -"description": "Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -25966,7 +25952,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "indexTime": { -"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed.", +"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, @@ -27542,8 +27528,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 46574fafee..fd0a99d31f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -7981,7 +7981,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -11962,7 +11962,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "value": { -"description": "Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", +"description": "Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index 1a2e8464c8..0770c73f56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -8706,7 +8706,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -8965,6 +8965,10 @@ "description": "Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach.", "readOnly": true }, +"dcmTrackingInfo": { +"$ref": "DcmTrackingInfo", +"description": "Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users." +}, "demandGenCarouselAd": { "$ref": "DemandGenCarouselAd", "description": "Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd)." @@ -14715,6 +14719,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DcmTrackingInfo": { +"description": "Details on the DCM tracking.", +"id": "DcmTrackingInfo", +"properties": { +"creativeId": { +"description": "Required. The DCM creative id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"placementId": { +"description": "Required. The DCM placement id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"trackingAdId": { +"description": "Required. The DCM tracking ad id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DeleteAssignedTargetingOptionsRequest": { "description": "A request listing which assigned targeting options of a given targeting type should be deleted.", "id": "DeleteAssignedTargetingOptionsRequest", @@ -14883,7 +14909,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "value": { -"description": "Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", +"description": "Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json index 0877bb669c..9cdf168597 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json @@ -9363,7 +9363,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -9678,6 +9678,10 @@ "description": "Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach.", "readOnly": true }, +"dcmTrackingInfo": { +"$ref": "DcmTrackingInfo", +"description": "Optional. The DCM tracking ad info. Only valid for Demand Gen ads. To remove the DCM tracking ad info, please leave this field empty. Retrieval and management of Demand Gen resources is currently in beta. This field is only available to allowlisted users." +}, "demandGenCarouselAd": { "$ref": "DemandGenCarouselAd", "description": "Details of a [Demand Gen carousel ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/15598924?&sjid=11207068802760924844-NC#CarouselAd)." @@ -15470,6 +15474,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DcmTrackingInfo": { +"description": "Details on the DCM tracking.", +"id": "DcmTrackingInfo", +"properties": { +"creativeId": { +"description": "Required. The DCM creative id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"placementId": { +"description": "Required. The DCM placement id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"trackingAdId": { +"description": "Required. The DCM tracking ad id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DeleteAssignedTargetingOptionsRequest": { "description": "A request listing which assigned targeting options of a given targeting type should be deleted.", "id": "DeleteAssignedTargetingOptionsRequest", @@ -15638,7 +15664,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "value": { -"description": "Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", +"description": "Optional. The value used by the bidding strategy. This can be set at the line item and ad group level. This field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPC` * `DEMAND_GEN_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` Value of this field is in micros of the advertiser's currency or ROAS value. For example, 1000000 represents 1.0 standard units of the currency or 100% ROAS value. If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index b56115ff79..6e46653750 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -5128,7 +5128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260307", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -6521,6 +6521,10 @@ "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ByteContentItem", "description": "Content data to inspect or redact. Replaces `type` and `data`." }, +"contentMetadata": { +"$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ContentMetadata", +"description": "User provided metadata for the content." +}, "table": { "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Table", "description": "Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more." @@ -6568,6 +6572,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GooglePrivacyDlpV2ContentMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata on content to be scanned.", +"id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ContentMetadata", +"properties": { +"properties": { +"description": "User provided key-value pairs of content metadata.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KeyValueMetadataProperty" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateConnectionRequest": { "description": "Request message for CreateConnection.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateConnectionRequest", @@ -10326,6 +10344,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GooglePrivacyDlpV2KeyValueMetadataProperty": { +"description": "A key-value pair in the Metadata.", +"id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KeyValueMetadataProperty", +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "The key of the property.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The value of the property.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KindExpression": { "description": "A representation of a Datastore kind.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KindExpression", @@ -10823,12 +10856,14 @@ "enum": [ "METADATATYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "STORAGE_METADATA", -"CONTENT_METADATA" +"CONTENT_METADATA", +"CLIENT_PROVIDED_METADATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unused", "General file metadata provided by Cloud Storage.", -"Metadata extracted from the files." +"Metadata extracted from the files.", +"Metadata provided by the client." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 0dafa87179..6fc60fd70a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDocumentTabRequest": { @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locale": { -"description": "The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`.", +"description": "The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`.", "type": "string" }, "timeFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index 3e6347195b..eb59ad75ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -50,6 +50,11 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://documentai.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://documentai.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -226,7 +231,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "documentai.projects.locations.list", @@ -1431,7 +1436,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260224", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiDocumentaiLabHifiaToolsValidationValidatorInput": { @@ -7033,6 +7038,10 @@ true "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"previousFineTunedProcessorVersionName": { +"description": "Optional. Resource name of a previously fine tuned version id to copy the overwritten configs from. The base_processor_version should be newer than the base processor version used to fine tune this provided processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`.", +"type": "string" +}, "trainSteps": { "description": "Optional. The number of steps to run for model tuning. Valid values are between 1 and 400. If not provided, recommended steps will be used.", "format": "int32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index e66f3b089e..6b9091b3b1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -50,6 +50,11 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://documentai.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://documentai.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -197,7 +202,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "documentai.projects.locations.list", @@ -1673,7 +1678,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260224", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiDocumentaiLabHifiaToolsValidationValidatorInput": { @@ -8575,6 +8580,10 @@ true "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"previousFineTunedProcessorVersionName": { +"description": "Optional. Resource name of a previously fine tuned version id to copy the overwritten configs from. The base_processor_version should be newer than the base processor version used to fine tune this provided processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`.", +"type": "string" +}, "trainSteps": { "description": "Optional. The number of steps to run for model tuning. Valid values are between 1 and 400. If not provided, recommended steps will be used.", "format": "int32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index 5b44fa1657..371d770949 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", +"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", "flatPath": "drives", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.drives.list", @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", +"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.get", @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ "useMediaDownloadService": true }, "insert": { -"description": " Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"title\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", +"description": " Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"title\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "drive.files.insert", @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ "supportsMediaUpload": true }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", +"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.list", @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", +"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "drive.files.update", @@ -3897,7 +3897,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -3947,7 +3947,8 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "domainSharingPolicy": { -"description": "The domain sharing policy for the current user. Possible values are: * `allowed` * `allowedWithWarning` * `incomingOnly` * `disallowed`", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Does not granularly represent allowlisted domains or Trust Rules. The domain sharing policy for the current user. Possible values are: * `allowed` * `allowedWithWarning` * `incomingOnly` * `disallowed` Note that if the user is enrolled in Trust Rules, `disallowed` will always be returned. If sharing is restricted to allowlisted domains, either `incomingOnly` or `allowedWithWarning` will be returned, depending on whether receiving files from outside the allowlisted domains is permitted.", "type": "string" }, "driveThemes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index f209ef721a..d3d23026d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", +"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", "flatPath": "drives", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.drives.list", @@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": " Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"name\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", +"description": " Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"name\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "drive.files.create", @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", +"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.get", @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ "useMediaDownloadService": true }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", +"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.list", @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", +"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "drive.files.update", @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index cd3d33e373..041990e56f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "resource": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "resource": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "resource": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250522", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1SendTestMessageRequest", "properties": { "contacts": { -"description": "Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index ad315537e6..3949e19c14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "eventarc.projects.locations.list", @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json index 966adc4f66..2fcae31a2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceBackupdrBackup": { -"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready", +"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`,", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json index 660291a2be..ea1b9e7312 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceBackupdrBackup": { -"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready", +"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`,", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json index 250133fc2b..dc1dd6d844 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebaseapphosting.projects.locations.list", @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseapphosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ArchiveSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json index 65c76403de..8be10fd1a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebaseapphosting.projects.locations.list", @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseapphosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ArchiveSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json index 51d44d3b6e..f3887c459b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebasedataconnect.projects.locations.list", @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260301", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedataconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json index 2f152f38f0..f38c865d5d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebasedataconnect.projects.locations.list", @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260301", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedataconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json index 0c66eb0cb1..0f72d587be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260303", +"revision": "20260405", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Date": { @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "responseMimeType": { -"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.", +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the response. The model will generate output that conforms to this MIME type. Supported values include 'text/plain' (default) and 'application/json'. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined.", "type": "string" }, "responseModalities": { @@ -2155,6 +2155,14 @@ "description": "A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunk", "properties": { +"chunkId": { +"description": "The ID of the chunk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "The ID of the file that the chunk belongs to.", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSpan": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunkPageSpan", "description": "If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index aab47e2bc0..dad0f570fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -341,11 +336,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -2304,7 +2294,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firestore.projects.locations.list", @@ -2445,7 +2435,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -4193,6 +4183,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"searchIndexOptions": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchIndexOptions", +"description": "Optional. Options for search indexes that are at the index definition level. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope." +}, "shardCount": { "description": "Optional. The number of shards for the index.", "format": "int32", @@ -4306,6 +4300,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"searchConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchConfig", +"description": "Indicates that this field supports search operations. This field is only currently supported for indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope." +}, "vectorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1VectorConfig", "description": "Indicates that this field supports nearest neighbor and distance operations on vector." @@ -4614,6 +4612,136 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for how to index a field for search.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchConfig", +"properties": { +"geoSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchGeoSpec", +"description": "Optional. The specification for building a geo search index for a field." +}, +"numberSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchNumberSpec", +"description": "Optional. The specification for building a number search index for a field." +}, +"textSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchTextSpec", +"description": "Optional. The specification for building a text search index for a field." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchGeoSpec": { +"description": "The specification for how to build a geo search index for a field.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchGeoSpec", +"properties": { +"geoJsonIndexingDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. Disables geoJSON indexing for the field. By default, geoJSON points are indexed.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchIndexOptions": { +"description": "Options for search indexes at the definition level.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchIndexOptions", +"properties": { +"customPartitionFieldPaths": { +"description": "Optional. Custom partition fields to use for the search index. If unspecified, all indexed fields will be in the same default partition. If a search index is created specifying custom partition fields, all search queries using that index will be required to filter on the partition. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: This must refer to a top level field name.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"textLanguage": { +"description": "Optional. The language to use for text search indexes. Used as the default language if not overridden at the document level by specifying the `text_language_override_field`. The language is specified as a BCP 47 language code. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: If unspecified, the default language is English. For indexes with `ANY_API` ApiScope: If unspecified, the default behavior is autodetect.", +"type": "string" +}, +"textLanguageOverrideFieldPath": { +"description": "Optional. The field in the document that specifies which language to use for that specific document. For indexes with MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API ApiScope: if unspecified, the language is taken from the \"language\" field if it exists or from `text_language` if it does not.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchNumberSpec": { +"description": "The specification for how to build a number search index for a field.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchNumberSpec", +"properties": { +"indexType": { +"description": "Required. How to index the number field value.", +"enum": [ +"NUMBER_INDEX_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FLOAT64", +"INT32_LOG_TREE", +"INT64_LOG_TREE", +"INT32_PREFIX_TREE", +"INT64_PREFIX_TREE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The index type is unspecified. Not a valid option.", +"A floating point index.", +"A log tree index for int32 values.", +"A log tree index for int64 values.", +"A prefix tree index for int32 values.", +"A prefix tree index for int64 values." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchTextIndexSpec": { +"description": "Specification of how the field should be indexed for search text indexes.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchTextIndexSpec", +"properties": { +"indexType": { +"description": "Required. How to index the text field value.", +"enum": [ +"TEXT_INDEX_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TOKENIZED", +"NGRAMS", +"EXACT_MATCH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The index type is unspecified. Not a valid option.", +"Field values are tokenized. This is the only way currently supported for MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API.", +"Field values are indexed as n-grams.", +"Field values are indexed to allow fast equality checks." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"matchType": { +"description": "Required. How to match the text field value.", +"enum": [ +"TEXT_MATCH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MATCH_GLOBALLY", +"MATCH_FIELD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The match type is unspecified. Not a valid option.", +"Match on any indexed field. This is the only way currently supported for MONGODB_COMPATIBLE_API.", +"Match on a specific field." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchTextSpec": { +"description": "The specification for how to build a text search index for a field.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchTextSpec", +"properties": { +"indexSpecs": { +"description": "Required. Specifications for how the field should be indexed. Repeated so that the field can be indexed in multiple ways.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SearchTextIndexSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SourceEncryptionOptions": { "description": "The configuration options for using the same encryption method as the source.", "id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1SourceEncryptionOptions", @@ -4661,9 +4789,14 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1TtlConfig": { -"description": "The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. Storing a timestamp value into a TTL-enabled field will be treated as the document's absolute expiration time. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may also be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. Timestamp values in the past indicate that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document.", +"description": "The TTL (time-to-live) configuration for documents that have this `Field` set. A timestamp stored in a TTL-enabled field will be used to determine the expiration time of the document. The expiration time is the sum of the timestamp value and the `expiration_offset`. For Enterprise edition databases, the timestamp value may alternatively be stored in an array value in the TTL-enabled field. An expiration time in the past indicates that the document is eligible for immediate expiration. Using any other data type or leaving the field absent will disable expiration for the individual document.", "id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1TtlConfig", "properties": { +"expirationOffset": { +"description": "Optional. The offset, relative to the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field, used to determine the document's expiration time. `expiration_offset.seconds` must be between 0 and 2,147,483,647 inclusive. Values more precise than seconds are rejected. If unset, defaults to 0, in which case the expiration time is the same as the timestamp value from the TTL-enabled field.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. The state of the TTL configuration.", "enum": [ @@ -4701,6 +4834,11 @@ "The TTL config is being removed." ], "type": "string" +}, +"expirationOffset": { +"description": "The offset, relative to the timestamp value in the TTL-enabled field, used determine the document's expiration time.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 33407648b9..83c211677d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -341,11 +336,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -1441,7 +1431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index 8cda03e2c3..1bf51e2933 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -341,11 +336,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -877,7 +867,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 6e1495392a..993c764e3e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkebackup.projects.locations.list", @@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260213", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "BDRBackupRestoreJobLog": { -"description": "Log entry for Backup and Restore Job for resources using BackupPlan based protection. Next Id: 23", +"description": "Log entry for Backup and Restore Job for resources using BackupPlan based protection. Next Id: 24", "id": "BDRBackupRestoreJobLog", "properties": { "backupConsistencyTime": { @@ -2504,6 +2504,10 @@ "description": "Full resource name backup vault name", "type": "string" }, +"dataSourceName": { +"description": "Canonical Data Source Name", +"type": "string" +}, "endTime": { "description": "End time of the job.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index eb63d4d734..1a6060974f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -183,7 +195,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -2122,7 +2134,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index d4f73683cd..60a7795597 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -183,7 +195,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -2498,7 +2510,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6954,7 +6966,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Rollout": { -"description": "Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration.", +"description": "Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. Next ID: 28", "id": "Rollout", "properties": { "completeTime": { @@ -7039,6 +7051,23 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"stateReasonType": { +"description": "Output only. StateReasonType specifies the reason type of the Rollout state.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_REASON_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PAUSED_BY_USER", +"PAUSED_BY_SYSTEM_CONFIG", +"PAUSED_WAITING_FOR_NEXT_STAGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state reason.", +"Paused by the user.", +"Paused by the RSv2 Orchestrator due to system config(ex. GKE freeze).", +"Paused waiting for the next stage to start." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout resources. If a Rollout resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.", "readOnly": true, @@ -7150,6 +7179,12 @@ "description": "State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence.", "id": "RolloutSequenceState", "properties": { +"lastStateChangeTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "lifecycleState": { "description": "Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence.", "enum": [ @@ -7199,45 +7234,47 @@ "id": "RolloutStage", "properties": { "endTime": { -"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended.", +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage ended.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "soakDuration": { -"description": "Optional. Duration to soak after this wave before starting the next wave.", +"description": "Optional. Duration to soak after this stage before starting the next stage.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, "stageNumber": { -"description": "Output only. The wave number to which this status applies.", +"description": "Output only. The stage number to which this status applies.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "startTime": { -"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave started.", +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage started.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. The state of the wave.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the stage.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "PENDING", "RUNNING", "SOAKING", "COMPLETED", -"FORCED_SOAKING" +"FORCED_SOAKING", +"PAUSED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"The wave is pending.", -"The wave is running.", -"The wave is soaking.", -"The wave is completed.", -"The wave is force soaking." +"The stage is pending.", +"The stage is running.", +"The stage is soaking.", +"The stage is completed.", +"The stage is force soaking.", +"The stage is paused." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index ab349429f4..6343e27a1f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -183,7 +195,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -2354,7 +2366,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -6563,7 +6575,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Rollout": { -"description": "Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration.", +"description": "Rollout contains the Rollout metadata and configuration. Next ID: 28", "id": "Rollout", "properties": { "completeTime": { @@ -6648,6 +6660,23 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"stateReasonType": { +"description": "Output only. StateReasonType specifies the reason type of the Rollout state.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_REASON_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PAUSED_BY_USER", +"PAUSED_BY_SYSTEM_CONFIG", +"PAUSED_WAITING_FOR_NEXT_STAGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state reason.", +"Paused by the user.", +"Paused by the RSv2 Orchestrator due to system config(ex. GKE freeze).", +"Paused waiting for the next stage to start." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout resources. If a Rollout resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.", "readOnly": true, @@ -6759,6 +6788,12 @@ "description": "State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence.", "id": "RolloutSequenceState", "properties": { +"lastStateChangeTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp at which the LifecycleState was last changed. Used to track how long it has been in the current state.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "lifecycleState": { "description": "Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence.", "enum": [ @@ -6808,45 +6843,47 @@ "id": "RolloutStage", "properties": { "endTime": { -"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended.", +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage ended.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "soakDuration": { -"description": "Optional. Duration to soak after this wave before starting the next wave.", +"description": "Optional. Duration to soak after this stage before starting the next stage.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, "stageNumber": { -"description": "Output only. The wave number to which this status applies.", +"description": "Output only. The stage number to which this status applies.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "startTime": { -"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave started.", +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time at which the stage started.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. The state of the wave.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the stage.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "PENDING", "RUNNING", "SOAKING", "COMPLETED", -"FORCED_SOAKING" +"FORCED_SOAKING", +"PAUSED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"The wave is pending.", -"The wave is running.", -"The wave is soaking.", -"The wave is completed.", -"The wave is force soaking." +"The stage is pending.", +"The stage is running.", +"The stage is soaking.", +"The stage is completed.", +"The stage is force soaking.", +"The stage is paused." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index f066ddcb3e..0f38888494 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -135,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -723,7 +735,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json index c8c8464c05..5e6b06d718 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -135,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -482,7 +494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index 99471a47db..cc8f48e0f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -135,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -482,7 +494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json index a6e271ae7d..5072a8d13a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json @@ -15,6 +15,18 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://gkehub.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -135,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -482,7 +494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json index fde8ab71b1..5424a80368 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkeonprem.projects.locations.list", @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260225", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://gkeonprem.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authorization": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/health.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/health.v4.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3a3dfaf21 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/health.v4.json @@ -0,0 +1,3531 @@ +{ +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://health.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Google Health API", +"description": "The Google Health API lets you view and manage health and fitness metrics and measurement data.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/health", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "health:v4", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://health.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "health", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"users": { +"methods": { +"getIdentity": { +"description": "Gets the user's identity. It includes the legacy Fitbit user ID and the Google user ID and it can be used by migrating clients to map identifiers between the two systems.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/identity", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "health.users.getIdentity", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Identity. Format: `users/me/identity`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/identity$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Identity" +} +}, +"getProfile": { +"description": "Returns user Profile details.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/profile", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "health.users.getProfile", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Profile. Format: `users/me/profile`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/profile$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Profile" +} +}, +"getSettings": { +"description": "Returns user settings details.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/settings", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "health.users.getSettings", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Settings. Format: `users/me/settings`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/settings$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Settings" +} +}, +"updateProfile": { +"description": "Updates the user's profile details.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/profile", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "health.users.updateProfile", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of this Profile resource. Format: `users/{user}/profile` Example: `users/1234567890/profile` or `users/me/profile` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/profile$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Profile" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Profile" +} +}, +"updateSettings": { +"description": "Updates the user's settings details.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/settings", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "health.users.updateSettings", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of this Settings resource. Format: `users/{user}/settings` Example: `users/1234567890/settings` or `users/me/settings` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/settings$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Settings" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Settings" +} +} +}, +"resources": { +"dataTypes": { +"resources": { +"dataPoints": { +"methods": { +"batchDelete": { +"description": "Delete a batch of identifyable data points.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints:batchDelete", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.batchDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Optional. Parent (data type) for the Data Point collection Format: `users/me/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/-` For a list of the supported data types see the DataPoint data union field. Deleting data points across multiple data type collections is supported following https://aip.dev/159. If this is set, the parent of all of the data points specified in `names` must match this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+parent}/dataPoints:batchDelete", +"request": { +"$ref": "BatchDeleteDataPointsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +} +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a single identifiable data point.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the data point will be created. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+parent}/dataPoints", +"request": { +"$ref": "DataPoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +} +}, +"dailyRollUp": { +"description": "Roll up data points over civil time intervals for supported data types.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints:dailyRollUp", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.dailyRollUp", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/distance` For a list of the supported data types see the DailyRollupDataPoint value union field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+parent}/dataPoints:dailyRollUp", +"request": { +"$ref": "DailyRollUpDataPointsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "DailyRollUpDataPointsResponse" +} +}, +"exportExerciseTcx": { +"description": "Exports exercise data in TCX format. Note: While the Authorization section below states that any one of the listed scopes is accepted, this specific method requires the user to provide both one of the `activity_and_fitness` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) AND one of the `location` scopes (`normal` or `readonly`) in their access token to succeed.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints/{dataPointsId}:exportExerciseTcx", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.exportExerciseTcx", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the exercise data point to export. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/exercise/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/me/dataTypes/exercise/dataPoints/2026443605080188808` The `{user}` is the alias `\"me\"` currently. Future versions may support user IDs. The `{data_point}` ID maps to the exercise ID, which is a long integer.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+/dataPoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"partialData": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to include the TCX data points when the GPS data is not available. If not specified, defaults to `false` and partial data will not be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}:exportExerciseTcx", +"response": { +"$ref": "ExportExerciseTcxResponse" +}, +"supportsMediaDownload": true, +"useMediaDownloadService": true +}, +"list": { +"description": "Query user health and fitness data points.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter expression following https://google.aip.dev/160. A time range (either physical or civil) can be specified. The supported filter fields are: - Interval start time: - Pattern: `{interval_data_type}.interval.start_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Timestamp literal expected in RFC-3339 format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `steps.interval.start_time >= \"2023-11-24T00:00:00Z\" AND steps.interval.start_time < \"2023-11-25T00:00:00Z\"` - `distance.interval.start_time >= \"2024-08-14T12:34:56Z\"` - Interval civil start time: - Pattern: `{interval_data_type}.interval.civil_start_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `steps.interval.civil_start_time >= \"2023-11-24\" AND steps.interval.civil_start_time < \"2023-11-25\"` - `distance.interval.civil_start_time >= \"2024-08-14T12:34:56\"` - Sample observation physical time: - Pattern: `{sample_data_type}.sample_time.physical_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Timestamp literal expected in RFC-3339 format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `weight.sample_time.physical_time >= \"2023-11-24T00:00:00Z\" AND weight.sample_time.physical_time < \"2023-11-25T00:00:00Z\"` - `weight.sample_time.physical_time >= \"2024-08-14T12:34:56Z\"` - Sample observation civil time: - Pattern: `{sample_data_type}.sample_time.civil_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `weight.sample_time.civil_time >= \"2023-11-24\" AND weight.sample_time.civil_time < \"2023-11-25\"` - `weight.sample_time.civil_time >= \"2024-08-14T12:34:56\"` - Daily summary date: - Pattern: `{daily_summary_data_type}.date` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `daily_resting_heart_rate.date >= \"2024-08-14\"` - `daily_heart_rate_variability.date < \"2024-08-15\"` - Session civil start time (**Excluding Sleep**): - Pattern: `{session_data_type}.interval.civil_start_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND` - Example: - `exercise.interval.civil_start_time >= \"2023-11-24\" AND exercise.interval.civil_start_time < \"2023-11-25\"` - `exercise.interval.civil_start_time >= \"2024-08-14T12:34:56\"` - Session end time (**Sleep specific**): - Pattern: `sleep.interval.end_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Timestamp literal expected in RFC-3339 format - Supported logical operators: `AND`, `OR` - Example: - `sleep.interval.end_time >= \"2023-11-24T00:00:00Z\" AND sleep.interval.end_time < \"2023-11-25T00:00:00Z\"` - Session civil end time (**Sleep specific**): - Pattern: `sleep.interval.civil_end_time` - Supported comparison operators: `>=`, `<` - Date with optional time literal expected in ISO 8601 `YYYY-MM-DD[THH:mm:ss]` format - Supported logical operators: `AND`, `OR` - Example: - `sleep.interval.civil_end_time >= \"2023-11-24\" AND sleep.interval.civil_end_time < \"2023-11-25\"` Data points in the response will be ordered by the interval start time in descending order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly. For `exercise` and `sleep` the default page size is 25. The maximum page size for `exercise` and `sleep` is 25.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` from a previous request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/me/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/weight` For a list of the supported data types see the DataPoint data union field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+parent}/dataPoints", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDataPointsResponse" +} +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a single identifiable data point. If a data point with the specified `name` is not found, the request will fail.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints/{dataPointsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+/dataPoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "DataPoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +} +}, +"reconcile": { +"description": "Reconcile data points from multiple data sources into a single data stream.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints:reconcile", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.reconcile", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"dataSourceFamily": { +"description": "Optional. The data source family name to reconcile. If empty, data points from all data sources will be reconciled. Format: `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/{data_source_family}` The supported values are: - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/all-sources` - default value - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-wearables` - tracker devices - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-sources` - Google first party sources", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter expression based on https://aip.dev/160. A time range, either physical or civil, can be specified. See the ListDataPointsRequest.filter for the supported fields and syntax.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly. For `exercise` and `sleep` the default page size is 25. The maximum page size for `exercise` and `sleep` is 25.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` from a previous request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/me/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/heart-rate` For a list of the supported data types see the DataPoint data union field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+parent}/dataPoints:reconcile", +"response": { +"$ref": "ReconcileDataPointsResponse" +} +}, +"rollUp": { +"description": "Roll up data points over physical time intervals for supported data types.", +"flatPath": "v4/users/{usersId}/dataTypes/{dataTypesId}/dataPoints:rollUp", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "health.users.dataTypes.dataPoints.rollUp", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent data type of the Data Point collection. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}`, e.g.: - `users/me/dataTypes/steps` - `users/me/dataTypes/distance` For a list of the supported data types see the RollupDataPoint value union field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/dataTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v4/{+parent}/dataPoints:rollUp", +"request": { +"$ref": "RollUpDataPointsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RollUpDataPointsResponse" +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260405", +"rootUrl": "https://health.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"ActiveMinutes": { +"description": "Record of active minutes in a given time interval.", +"id": "ActiveMinutes", +"properties": { +"activeMinutesByActivityLevel": { +"description": "Required. Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ActiveMinutesByActivityLevel" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActiveMinutesByActivityLevel": { +"description": "Active minutes at a given activity level.", +"id": "ActiveMinutesByActivityLevel", +"properties": { +"activeMinutes": { +"description": "Required. Number of whole minutes spent in activity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"activityLevel": { +"description": "Required. The level of activity.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVITY_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIGHT", +"MODERATE", +"VIGOROUS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Activity level is unspecified.", +"Light activity level.", +"Moderate activity level.", +"Vigorous activity level." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActiveMinutesRollupByActivityLevel": { +"description": "Active minutes by activity level.", +"id": "ActiveMinutesRollupByActivityLevel", +"properties": { +"activeMinutesSum": { +"description": "Number of whole minutes spent in activity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"activityLevel": { +"description": "The level of activity.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVITY_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIGHT", +"MODERATE", +"VIGOROUS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Activity level is unspecified.", +"Light activity level.", +"Moderate activity level.", +"Vigorous activity level." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActiveMinutesRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the active minutes data type.", +"id": "ActiveMinutesRollupValue", +"properties": { +"activeMinutesRollupByActivityLevel": { +"description": "Active minutes by activity level. At most one record per activity level is allowed.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ActiveMinutesRollupByActivityLevel" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActiveZoneMinutes": { +"description": "Record of active zone minutes in a given time interval.", +"id": "ActiveZoneMinutes", +"properties": { +"activeZoneMinutes": { +"description": "Required. Number of Active Zone Minutes earned in the given time interval. Note: active_zone_minutes equals to 1 for low intensity (fat burn) zones or 2 for high intensity zones (cardio, peak).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"heartRateZone": { +"description": "Required. Heart rate zone in which the active zone minutes have been earned, in the given time interval.", +"enum": [ +"HEART_RATE_ZONE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FAT_BURN", +"CARDIO", +"PEAK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified heart rate zone.", +"The fat burn heart rate zone.", +"The cardio heart rate zone.", +"The peak heart rate zone." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActiveZoneMinutesRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the active zone minutes data type.", +"id": "ActiveZoneMinutesRollupValue", +"properties": { +"sumInCardioHeartZone": { +"description": "Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.CARDIO`.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"sumInFatBurnHeartZone": { +"description": "Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.FAT_BURN`.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"sumInPeakHeartZone": { +"description": "Active zone minutes in `HeartRateZone.PEAK`.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActivityLevel": { +"description": "Internal type to capture activity level during a certain time interval.", +"id": "ActivityLevel", +"properties": { +"activityLevelType": { +"description": "Required. Activity level type in the given time interval.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVITY_LEVEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEDENTARY", +"LIGHTLY_ACTIVE", +"MODERATELY_ACTIVE", +"VERY_ACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified activity level type.", +"Sedentary activity level.", +"Lightly active activity level.", +"Moderately active activity level.", +"Very active activity level." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActivityLevelRollupByActivityLevelType": { +"description": "Represents the total duration in a specific activity level type.", +"id": "ActivityLevelRollupByActivityLevelType", +"properties": { +"activityLevelType": { +"description": "Activity level type.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVITY_LEVEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEDENTARY", +"LIGHTLY_ACTIVE", +"MODERATELY_ACTIVE", +"VERY_ACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified activity level type.", +"Sedentary activity level.", +"Lightly active activity level.", +"Moderately active activity level.", +"Very active activity level." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"totalDuration": { +"description": "Total duration in the activity level type.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActivityLevelRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the activity level data type.", +"id": "ActivityLevelRollupValue", +"properties": { +"activityLevelRollupsByActivityLevelType": { +"description": "List of total durations in each activity level type.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ActivityLevelRollupByActivityLevelType" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Altitude": { +"description": "Captures the altitude gain (i.e. deltas), and not level above sea, for a user in millimeters.", +"id": "Altitude", +"properties": { +"gainMillimeters": { +"description": "Required. Altitude gain in millimeters over the observed interval.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AltitudeRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the user's altitude.", +"id": "AltitudeRollupValue", +"properties": { +"gainMillimetersSum": { +"description": "Sum of the altitude gain in millimeters.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Application": { +"description": "Optional metadata for the application that provided this data.", +"id": "Application", +"properties": { +"googleWebClientId": { +"description": "Output only. The Google OAuth 2.0 client ID of the web application or service that recorded the data. This is the client ID used during the Google OAuth flow to obtain user credentials. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from Google Web API.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"packageName": { +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for the mobile application that was the source of the data. This is typically the application's package name on Android (e.g., `com.google.fitbit`) or the bundle ID on iOS. This field is informational and helps trace data origin. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from the Fitbit mobile application, Health Connect or Health Kit.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"webClientId": { +"description": "Output only. The client ID of the application that recorded the data. This ID is a legacy Fitbit API client ID, which is different from a Google OAuth client ID. Example format: `ABC123`. This field is system-populated and used for tracing data from legacy Fitbit API integrations. This field is system-populated when the data is uploaded from a legacy Fitbit API integration.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchDeleteDataPointsRequest": { +"description": "Request to delete a batch of identifiable data points.", +"id": "BatchDeleteDataPointsRequest", +"properties": { +"names": { +"description": "Required. The names of the DataPoints to delete. A maximum of 10000 data points can be deleted in a single request.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BodyFat": { +"description": "Body fat measurement.", +"id": "BodyFat", +"properties": { +"percentage": { +"description": "Required. Body fat percentage, in range [0, 100].", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time at which body fat was measured." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BodyFatRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the body fat data type.", +"id": "BodyFatRollupValue", +"properties": { +"bodyFatPercentageAvg": { +"description": "Average body fat percentage.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CaloriesInHeartRateZoneRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the calories in heart rate zone data type.", +"id": "CaloriesInHeartRateZoneRollupValue", +"properties": { +"caloriesInHeartRateZones": { +"description": "List of calories burned in each heart rate zone.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CaloriesInHeartRateZoneValue" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CaloriesInHeartRateZoneValue": { +"description": "Represents the amount of kilocalories burned in a specific heart rate zone.", +"id": "CaloriesInHeartRateZoneValue", +"properties": { +"heartRateZone": { +"description": "The heart rate zone.", +"enum": [ +"HEART_RATE_ZONE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIGHT", +"MODERATE", +"VIGOROUS", +"PEAK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified heart rate zone.", +"The light heart rate zone.", +"The moderate heart rate zone.", +"The vigorous heart rate zone.", +"The peak heart rate zone." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kcal": { +"description": "The amount of kilocalories burned in the specified heart rate zone.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CivilDateTime": { +"description": "Civil time representation similar to google.type.DateTime, but ensures that neither the timezone nor the UTC offset can be set to avoid confusion between civil and physical time queries.", +"id": "CivilDateTime", +"properties": { +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. Calendar date." +}, +"time": { +"$ref": "TimeOfDay", +"description": "Optional. Time of day. Defaults to the start of the day, at midnight if omitted." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CivilTimeInterval": { +"description": "Counterpart of google.type.Interval, but using CivilDateTime.", +"id": "CivilTimeInterval", +"properties": { +"end": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Required. The exclusive end of the range." +}, +"start": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Required. The inclusive start of the range." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyHeartRateVariability": { +"description": "Represents the daily heart rate variability data type. At least one of the following fields must be set: - `average_heart_rate_variability_milliseconds` - `non_rem_heart_rate_beats_per_minute` - `entropy` - `deep_sleep_root_mean_square_of_successive_differences_milliseconds`", +"id": "DailyHeartRateVariability", +"properties": { +"averageHeartRateVariabilityMilliseconds": { +"description": "Optional. A user's average heart rate variability calculated using the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) in times between heartbeats.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of heart rate variability measurement." +}, +"deepSleepRootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": { +"description": "Optional. The root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) value during deep sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"entropy": { +"description": "Optional. The Shanon entropy of heartbeat intervals. Entropy quantifies randomness or disorder in a system. High entropy indicates high HRV. Entropy is measured from the histogram of time interval between successive heart beats values measured during sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"nonRemHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": { +"description": "Optional. Non-REM heart rate", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyHeartRateZones": { +"description": "User's heart rate zone thresholds based on the Karvonen algorithm for a specific day.", +"id": "DailyHeartRateZones", +"properties": { +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the heart rate zones record." +}, +"heartRateZones": { +"description": "Required. The heart rate zones.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HeartRateZone" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyOxygenSaturation": { +"description": "A daily oxygen saturation (SpO2) record. Represents the user's daily oxygen saturation summary, typically calculated during sleep.", +"id": "DailyOxygenSaturation", +"properties": { +"averagePercentage": { +"description": "Required. The average value of the oxygen saturation samples during the sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. Date (in user's timezone) of the daily oxygen saturation record." +}, +"lowerBoundPercentage": { +"description": "Required. The lower bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"standardDeviationPercentage": { +"description": "Optional. Standard deviation of the daily oxygen saturation averages from the past 7-30 days.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"upperBoundPercentage": { +"description": "Required. The upper bound of the confidence interval of oxygen saturation samples during sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyRespiratoryRate": { +"description": "A daily average respiratory rate (breaths per minute) for a day of the year. One data point per day calculated for the main sleep.", +"id": "DailyRespiratoryRate", +"properties": { +"breathsPerMinute": { +"description": "Required. The average number of breaths taken per minute.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. The date on which the respiratory rate was measured." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyRestingHeartRate": { +"description": "Measures the daily resting heart rate for a user, calculated using the all day heart rate measurements.", +"id": "DailyRestingHeartRate", +"properties": { +"beatsPerMinute": { +"description": "Required. The resting heart rate value in beats per minute.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"dailyRestingHeartRateMetadata": { +"$ref": "DailyRestingHeartRateMetadata", +"description": "Optional. Metadata for the daily resting heart rate." +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. Date (in the user's timezone) of the resting heart rate measurement." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyRestingHeartRateMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata for the daily resting heart rate.", +"id": "DailyRestingHeartRateMetadata", +"properties": { +"calculationMethod": { +"description": "Required. The method used to calculate the resting heart rate.", +"enum": [ +"CALCULATION_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"WITH_SLEEP", +"ONLY_WITH_AWAKE_DATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The calculation method is unspecified.", +"The resting heart rate is calculated using the sleep data.", +"The resting heart rate is calculated using only awake data." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyRollUpDataPointsRequest": { +"description": "Request to roll up data points by civil time intervals.", +"id": "DailyRollUpDataPointsRequest", +"properties": { +"dataSourceFamily": { +"description": "Optional. The data source family name to roll up. If empty, data points from all available data sources will be rolled up. Format: `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/{data_source_family}` The supported values are: - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/all-sources` - default value - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-wearables` - tracker devices - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-sources` - Google first party sources", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` from a previous request, if any. All other request fields need to be the same as in the initial request when the page token is specified.", +"type": "string" +}, +"range": { +"$ref": "CivilTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Closed-open range of data points that will be rolled up. The start time must be aligned with the aggregation window. The maximum range for `calories-in-heart-rate-zone`, `heart-rate`, `active-minutes` and `total-calories` is 14 days. The maximum range for all other data types is 90 days." +}, +"windowSizeDays": { +"description": "Optional. Aggregation window size, in number of days. Defaults to 1 if not specified.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyRollUpDataPointsResponse": { +"description": "Response containing the list of rolled up data points.", +"id": "DailyRollUpDataPointsResponse", +"properties": { +"rollupDataPoints": { +"description": "Values for each aggregation time window.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DailyRollupDataPoint" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyRollupDataPoint": { +"description": "Value of a daily rollup for a single civil time interval (aggregation window)", +"id": "DailyRollupDataPoint", +"properties": { +"activeMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveMinutesRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-minutes` rollup type identifier." +}, +"activeZoneMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveZoneMinutesRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-zone-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-zone-minutes` rollup type identifier." +}, +"activityLevel": { +"$ref": "ActivityLevelRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `activity-level` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `activity-level` rollup type identifier." +}, +"altitude": { +"$ref": "AltitudeRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `altitude` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `altitude` rollup type identifier." +}, +"bodyFat": { +"$ref": "BodyFatRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `body-fat` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `body-fat` rollup type identifier." +}, +"caloriesInHeartRateZone": { +"$ref": "CaloriesInHeartRateZoneRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier." +}, +"civilEndTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "End time of the window this value aggregates over" +}, +"civilStartTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Start time of the window this value aggregates over" +}, +"distance": { +"$ref": "DistanceRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `distance` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `distance` rollup type identifier." +}, +"floors": { +"$ref": "FloorsRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `floors` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `floors` rollup type identifier." +}, +"heartRate": { +"$ref": "HeartRateRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `heart-rate` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `heart-rate` rollup type identifier." +}, +"heartRateVariabilityPersonalRange": { +"$ref": "HeartRateVariabilityPersonalRangeRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `daily-heart-rate-variability` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `heart-rate-variability-personal-range` rollup type identifier." +}, +"hydrationLog": { +"$ref": "HydrationLogRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `hydration-log` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `hydration-log` rollup type identifier." +}, +"restingHeartRatePersonalRange": { +"$ref": "RestingHeartRatePersonalRangeRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `daily-resting-heart-rate` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `resting-heart-rate-personal-range` rollup type identifier." +}, +"runVo2Max": { +"$ref": "RunVO2MaxRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `run-vo2-max` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `run-vo2-max` rollup type identifier." +}, +"sedentaryPeriod": { +"$ref": "SedentaryPeriodRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `sedentary-period` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `sedentary-period` rollup type identifier." +}, +"steps": { +"$ref": "StepsRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `steps` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `steps` rollup type identifier." +}, +"timeInHeartRateZone": { +"$ref": "TimeInHeartRateZoneRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier." +}, +"totalCalories": { +"$ref": "TotalCaloriesRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `total-calories` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `total-calories` rollup type identifier." +}, +"weight": { +"$ref": "WeightRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `weight` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `weight` rollup type identifier." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { +"description": "Provides derived sleep temperature values, calculated from skin or internal device temperature readings during sleep.", +"id": "DailySleepTemperatureDerivations", +"properties": { +"baselineTemperatureCelsius": { +"description": "Optional. The user's baseline skin temperature. It is the median of the user's nightly skin temperature over the past 30 days.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. Date for which the sleep temperature derivations are calculated." +}, +"nightlyTemperatureCelsius": { +"description": "Required. The user's nightly skin temperature. It is the mean of skin temperature samples taken from the user\u2019s sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"relativeNightlyStddev30dCelsius": { +"description": "Optional. The standard deviation of the user\u2019s relative nightly skin temperature (temperature - baseline) over the past 30 days.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DailyVO2Max": { +"description": "Contains a daily summary of the user's VO2 max (cardio fitness score), which is the maximum rate of oxygen the body can use during exercise.", +"id": "DailyVO2Max", +"properties": { +"cardioFitnessLevel": { +"description": "Optional. Represents the user's cardio fitness level based on their VO2 max.", +"enum": [ +"CARDIO_FITNESS_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"POOR", +"FAIR", +"AVERAGE", +"GOOD", +"VERY_GOOD", +"EXCELLENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified cardio fitness level.", +"Poor cardio fitness level.", +"Fair cardio fitness level.", +"Average cardio fitness level.", +"Good cardio fitness level.", +"Very good cardio fitness level.", +"Excellent cardio fitness level." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. The date for which the Daily VO2 max was measured." +}, +"estimated": { +"description": "Optional. An estimated field is added to indicate when the confidence has decreased sufficiently to consider the value an estimation.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"vo2Max": { +"description": "Required. Daily VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"vo2MaxCovariance": { +"description": "Optional. The covariance of the VO2 max value.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DataPoint": { +"description": "A computed or recorded metric.", +"id": "DataPoint", +"properties": { +"activeMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveMinutes", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `active-minutes` interval data type collection." +}, +"activeZoneMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveZoneMinutes", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `active-zone-minutes` interval data type collection, measured in minutes." +}, +"activityLevel": { +"$ref": "ActivityLevel", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `activity-level` daily data type collection." +}, +"altitude": { +"$ref": "Altitude", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `altitude` interval data type collection." +}, +"bodyFat": { +"$ref": "BodyFat", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `body-fat` sample data type collection." +}, +"dailyHeartRateVariability": { +"$ref": "DailyHeartRateVariability", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-variability` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyHeartRateZones": { +"$ref": "DailyHeartRateZones", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-zones` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyOxygenSaturation": { +"$ref": "DailyOxygenSaturation", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-oxygen-saturation` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyRespiratoryRate": { +"$ref": "DailyRespiratoryRate", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-respiratory-rate` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyRestingHeartRate": { +"$ref": "DailyRestingHeartRate", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-resting-heart-rate` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { +"$ref": "DailySleepTemperatureDerivations", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-sleep-temperature-derivations` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyVo2Max": { +"$ref": "DailyVO2Max", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `daily-vo2-max` daily data type collection." +}, +"dataSource": { +"$ref": "DataSource", +"description": "Optional. Data source information for the metric" +}, +"distance": { +"$ref": "Distance", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `distance` interval data type collection." +}, +"exercise": { +"$ref": "Exercise", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `exercise` session data type collection." +}, +"floors": { +"$ref": "Floors", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `floors` interval data type collection." +}, +"heartRate": { +"$ref": "HeartRate", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate` sample data type collection." +}, +"heartRateVariability": { +"$ref": "HeartRateVariability", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `heart-rate-variability` sample data type collection." +}, +"hydrationLog": { +"$ref": "HydrationLog", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `hydration-log` session data type collection." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.", +"type": "string" +}, +"oxygenSaturation": { +"$ref": "OxygenSaturation", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `oxygen-saturation` sample data type collection." +}, +"respiratoryRateSleepSummary": { +"$ref": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummary", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `respiratory-rate-sleep-summary` sample data type collection." +}, +"runVo2Max": { +"$ref": "RunVO2Max", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `run-vo2-max` sample data type collection." +}, +"sedentaryPeriod": { +"$ref": "SedentaryPeriod", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `sedentary-period` interval data type collection." +}, +"sleep": { +"$ref": "Sleep", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `sleep` session data type collection." +}, +"steps": { +"$ref": "Steps", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `steps` interval data type collection." +}, +"timeInHeartRateZone": { +"$ref": "TimeInHeartRateZone", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` interval data type collection." +}, +"vo2Max": { +"$ref": "VO2Max", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `vo2-max` sample data type collection." +}, +"weight": { +"$ref": "Weight", +"description": "Optional. Data for points in the `weight` sample data type collection." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DataSource": { +"description": "Data Source definition to track the origin of data. Each health data point, regardless of the complexity or data model (whether a simple step count or a detailed sleep session) must retain information about its source of origin (e.g. the device or app that collected it).", +"id": "DataSource", +"properties": { +"application": { +"$ref": "Application", +"description": "Output only. Captures metadata for the application that provided this data.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"device": { +"$ref": "Device", +"description": "Optional. Captures metadata for raw data points originating from devices. We expect this data source to be used for data points written on device sync." +}, +"platform": { +"description": "Output only. Captures the platform that uploaded the data.", +"enum": [ +"PLATFORM_UNSPECIFIED", +"FITBIT", +"HEALTH_CONNECT", +"HEALTH_KIT", +"FIT", +"FITBIT_WEB_API", +"NEST", +"GOOGLE_WEB_API", +"GOOGLE_PARTNER_INTEGRATION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The platform is unspecified.", +"The data was uploaded from Fitbit.", +"The data was uploaded from Health Connect.", +"The data was uploaded from Health Kit.", +"The data was uploaded from Google Fit.", +"The data was uploaded from Fitbit legacy Web API.", +"The data was uploaded from Nest devices.", +"The data was uploaded from Google Health API.", +"The data was uploaded from Google Partner Integrations." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"recordingMethod": { +"description": "Optional. Captures how the data was recorded.", +"enum": [ +"RECORDING_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"MANUAL", +"PASSIVELY_MEASURED", +"DERIVED", +"ACTIVELY_MEASURED", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The recording method is unspecified.", +"The data was manually entered by the user.", +"The data was passively measured by a device.", +"The data was derived from other data, e.g., by an algorithm in the backend.", +"The data was actively measured by a device.", +"The recording method is unknown. This is set when the data is uploaded from a third party app that does not provide this information." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Date": { +"description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp", +"id": "Date", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateTime": { +"description": "Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations.", +"id": "DateTime", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"hours": { +"description": "Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value \"24:00:00\" for scenarios like business closing time.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minutes": { +"description": "Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"nanos": { +"description": "Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"seconds": { +"description": "Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"timeZone": { +"$ref": "TimeZone", +"description": "Time zone." +}, +"utcOffset": { +"description": "UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Device": { +"description": "Captures metadata about the device that recorded the measurement.", +"id": "Device", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. An optional name for the device.", +"type": "string" +}, +"formFactor": { +"description": "Optional. Captures the form factor of the device.", +"enum": [ +"FORM_FACTOR_UNSPECIFIED", +"FITNESS_BAND", +"WATCH", +"PHONE", +"RING", +"CHEST_STRAP", +"SCALE", +"TABLET", +"HEAD_MOUNTED", +"SMART_DISPLAY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The form factor is unspecified.", +"The device is a fitness band.", +"The device is a watch.", +"The device is a phone.", +"The device is a ring.", +"The device is a chest strap.", +"The device is a scale.", +"The device is a tablet.", +"The device is a head mounted device.", +"The device is a smart display." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"manufacturer": { +"description": "Optional. An optional manufacturer of the device.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Distance": { +"description": "Distance traveled over an interval of time.", +"id": "Distance", +"properties": { +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +}, +"millimeters": { +"description": "Required. Distance in millimeters over the observed interval.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DistanceRollupValue": { +"description": "Result of the rollup of the user's distance.", +"id": "DistanceRollupValue", +"properties": { +"millimetersSum": { +"description": "Sum of the distance in millimeters.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Exercise": { +"description": "An exercise that stores information about a physical activity.", +"id": "Exercise", +"properties": { +"activeDuration": { +"description": "Optional. Duration excluding pauses.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Represents the timestamp of the creation of the exercise.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. Exercise display name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"exerciseEvents": { +"description": "Optional. Exercise events that happen during an exercise, such as pause & restarts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ExerciseEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exerciseMetadata": { +"$ref": "ExerciseMetadata", +"description": "Optional. Additional exercise metadata." +}, +"exerciseType": { +"description": "Required. The type of activity performed during an exercise.", +"enum": [ +"EXERCISE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RUNNING", +"WALKING", +"BIKING", +"SWIMMING", +"HIKING", +"YOGA", +"PILATES", +"WORKOUT", +"HIIT", +"WEIGHTLIFTING", +"STRENGTH_TRAINING", +"OTHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Exercise type is unspecified.", +"Running type.", +"Walking type.", +"Biking type.", +"Swimming type.", +"Hiking type.", +"Yoga type.", +"Pilates type.", +"Workout type.", +"HIIT type.", +"Weightlifting type.", +"Strength training type.", +"Other type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "SessionTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed exercise interval" +}, +"metricsSummary": { +"$ref": "MetricsSummary", +"description": "Required. Summary metrics for this exercise ( )" +}, +"notes": { +"description": "Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.", +"type": "string" +}, +"splitSummaries": { +"description": "Optional. Laps or splits recorded within an exercise. Laps could be split based on distance or other criteria (duration, etc.) Laps should not be overlapping with each other.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SplitSummary" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"splits": { +"description": "Optional. The default split is 1 km or 1 mile. - if the movement distance is less than the default, then there are no splits - if the movement distance is greater than or equal to the default, then we have splits", +"items": { +"$ref": "SplitSummary" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. This is the timestamp of the last update to the exercise.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExerciseEvent": { +"description": "Represents instantaneous events that happen during an exercise, such as start, stop, pause, split.", +"id": "ExerciseEvent", +"properties": { +"eventTime": { +"description": "Required. Exercise event time", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. Exercise event time offset from UTC", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"exerciseEventType": { +"description": "Required. The type of the event, such as start, stop, pause, resume.", +"enum": [ +"EXERCISE_EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"START", +"STOP", +"PAUSE", +"RESUME", +"AUTO_PAUSE", +"AUTO_RESUME" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Exercise event type is unspecified.", +"Exercise start event.", +"Exercise stop event.", +"Exercise pause event.", +"Exercise resume event.", +"Exercise auto-pause event.", +"Exercise auto-resume event." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExerciseMetadata": { +"description": "Additional exercise metadata.", +"id": "ExerciseMetadata", +"properties": { +"hasGps": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the exercise had GPS tracking.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"poolLengthMillimeters": { +"description": "Optional. Pool length in millimeters. Only present in the swimming exercises.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExportExerciseTcxResponse": { +"description": "Represents a Response for exporting exercise data in TCX format.", +"id": "ExportExerciseTcxResponse", +"properties": { +"tcxData": { +"description": "Contains the exported TCX data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Floors": { +"description": "Gained elevation measured in floors over the time interval", +"id": "Floors", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Required. Number of floors in the recorded interval", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FloorsRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the user's floors.", +"id": "FloorsRollupValue", +"properties": { +"countSum": { +"description": "Sum of the floors count.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevicesandservicesHealthV4DataType": { +"description": "Represents a type of health data a user can have data points recorded for. It matches the parent resource of collection containing data points of the given type. Clients currently do not need to interact with this resource directly.", +"id": "GoogleDevicesandservicesHealthV4DataType", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the data type. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}` See DataPoint.name for examples and possible values.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HeartRate": { +"description": "A heart rate measurement.", +"id": "HeartRate", +"properties": { +"beatsPerMinute": { +"description": "Required. The heart rate value in beats per minute.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "HeartRateMetadata", +"description": "Optional. Metadata about the heart rate sample." +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. Observation time" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HeartRateMetadata": { +"description": "Heart rate metadata.", +"id": "HeartRateMetadata", +"properties": { +"motionContext": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates the user\u2019s level of activity when the heart rate sample was measured", +"enum": [ +"MOTION_CONTEXT_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"SEDENTARY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value when no data is available.", +"The user is active.", +"The user is inactive." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sensorLocation": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates the location of the sensor that measured the heart rate.", +"enum": [ +"SENSOR_LOCATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"CHEST", +"WRIST", +"FINGER", +"HAND", +"EAR_LOBE", +"FOOT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value when no data is available.", +"Chest sensor.", +"Wrist sensor.", +"Finger sensor.", +"Hand sensor.", +"Ear lobe sensor.", +"Foot sensor." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HeartRateRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the heart rate data type.", +"id": "HeartRateRollupValue", +"properties": { +"beatsPerMinuteAvg": { +"description": "The average heart rate value in the interval.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"beatsPerMinuteMax": { +"description": "The maximum heart rate value in the interval.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"beatsPerMinuteMin": { +"description": "The minimum heart rate value in the interval.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HeartRateVariability": { +"description": "Captures user's heart rate variability (HRV) as measured by the root mean square of successive differences (RMSSD) between normal heartbeats or by standard deviation of the inter-beat intervals (SDNN).", +"id": "HeartRateVariability", +"properties": { +"rootMeanSquareOfSuccessiveDifferencesMilliseconds": { +"description": "Optional. The root mean square of successive differences between normal heartbeats. This is a measure of heart rate variability used by Fitbit.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time of the heart rate variability measurement." +}, +"standardDeviationMilliseconds": { +"description": "Optional. The standard deviation of the heart rate variability measurement.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HeartRateVariabilityPersonalRangeRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the user's daily heart rate variability personal range.", +"id": "HeartRateVariabilityPersonalRangeRollupValue", +"properties": { +"averageHeartRateVariabilityMillisecondsMax": { +"description": "The upper bound of the user's average heart rate variability personal range.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"averageHeartRateVariabilityMillisecondsMin": { +"description": "The lower bound of the user's average heart rate variability personal range.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HeartRateZone": { +"description": "The heart rate zone.", +"id": "HeartRateZone", +"properties": { +"heartRateZoneType": { +"description": "Required. The heart rate zone type.", +"enum": [ +"HEART_RATE_ZONE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIGHT", +"MODERATE", +"VIGOROUS", +"PEAK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified heart rate zone.", +"The light heart rate zone.", +"The moderate heart rate zone.", +"The vigorous heart rate zone.", +"The peak heart rate zone." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"maxBeatsPerMinute": { +"description": "Required. Maximum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minBeatsPerMinute": { +"description": "Required. Minimum heart rate for this zone in beats per minute.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HydrationLog": { +"description": "Holds information about a user logged hydration.", +"id": "HydrationLog", +"properties": { +"amountConsumed": { +"$ref": "VolumeQuantity", +"description": "Required. Amount of liquid (ex. water) consumed." +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "SessionTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HydrationLogRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the hydration log data type.", +"id": "HydrationLogRollupValue", +"properties": { +"amountConsumed": { +"$ref": "VolumeQuantityRollup", +"description": "Rollup for amount consumed." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Identity": { +"description": "Represents details about the Google user's identity.", +"id": "Identity", +"properties": { +"healthUserId": { +"description": "Output only. The Google User Identifier in the Google Health APIs. It matches the `{user}` resource ID segment in the resource name paths, e.g. `users/{user}/dataTypes/steps`. Valid values are strings of 1-63 characters, and valid characters are lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"legacyUserId": { +"description": "Output only. The legacy Fitbit User identifier. This is the Fitbit ID used in the legacy Fitbit APIs (v1-v3). It can be referenced by clients migrating from the legacy Fitbit APIs to map their existing identifiers to the new Google user ID. It **must not** be used for any other purpose. It is not of any use for new clients using only the Google Health APIs. Valid values are strings of 1-63 characters, and valid characters are lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of this Identity resource. Format: `users/me/identity`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Interval": { +"description": "Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.", +"id": "Interval", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "Optional. Exclusive end of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the end.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Inclusive start of the interval. If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same or after the start.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDataPointsResponse": { +"description": "Response containing raw data points matching the query", +"id": "ListDataPointsResponse", +"properties": { +"dataPoints": { +"description": "Data points matching the query", +"items": { +"$ref": "DataPoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Next page token, empty if the response is complete", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MetricsSummary": { +"description": "Summary metrics for an exercise.", +"id": "MetricsSummary", +"properties": { +"activeZoneMinutes": { +"description": "Optional. Total active zone minutes for the exercise.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"averageHeartRateBeatsPerMinute": { +"description": "Optional. Average heart rate during the exercise.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"averagePaceSecondsPerMeter": { +"description": "Optional. Average pace in seconds per meter.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"averageSpeedMillimetersPerSecond": { +"description": "Optional. Average speed in millimeters per second.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"caloriesKcal": { +"description": "Optional. Total calories burned by the user during the exercise.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"distanceMillimeters": { +"description": "Optional. Total distance covered by the user during the exercise.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"elevationGainMillimeters": { +"description": "Optional. Total elevation gain during the exercise.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"heartRateZoneDurations": { +"$ref": "TimeInHeartRateZones", +"description": "Optional. Time spent in each heart rate zone." +}, +"mobilityMetrics": { +"$ref": "MobilityMetrics", +"description": "Optional. Mobility workouts specific metrics. Only present in the advanced running exercises." +}, +"runVo2Max": { +"description": "Optional. Run VO2 max value for the exercise. Only present in the running exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"steps": { +"description": "Optional. Total steps taken during the exercise.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalSwimLengths": { +"description": "Optional. Number of full pool lengths completed during the exercise. Only present in the swimming exercises at the top level as in the summary of the whole exercise.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MobilityMetrics": { +"description": "Mobility workouts specific metrics", +"id": "MobilityMetrics", +"properties": { +"avgCadenceStepsPerMinute": { +"description": "Optional. Cadence is a measure of the frequency of your foot strikes. Steps / min in real time during workout.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"avgGroundContactTimeDuration": { +"description": "Optional. The ground contact time for a particular stride is the amount of time for which the foot was in contact with the ground on that stride", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"avgStrideLengthMillimeters": { +"description": "Optional. Stride length is a measure of the distance covered by a single stride", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"avgVerticalOscillationMillimeters": { +"description": "Optional. Distance off the ground your center of mass moves with each stride while running", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"avgVerticalRatio": { +"description": "Optional. Vertical oscillation/stride length between [5.0, 11.0].", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ObservationSampleTime": { +"description": "Represents a sample time of an observed data point.", +"id": "ObservationSampleTime", +"properties": { +"civilTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Output only. The civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the time of the observation.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"physicalTime": { +"description": "Required. The time of the observation.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"utcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time during the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ObservationTimeInterval": { +"description": "Represents a time interval of an observed data point.", +"id": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"properties": { +"civilEndTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Output only. Observed interval end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the observed interval", +"readOnly": true +}, +"civilStartTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Output only. Observed interval start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the observed interval", +"readOnly": true +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Required. Observed interval end time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Required. Observed interval start time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the observation relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Operation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "Operation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OutOfBedSegment": { +"description": "A time interval to represent an out-of-bed segment.", +"id": "OutOfBedSegment", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "Required. Segment end time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Required. Segment tart time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the segment relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OxygenSaturation": { +"description": "Captures the user's instantaneous oxygen saturation percentage (SpO2).", +"id": "OxygenSaturation", +"properties": { +"percentage": { +"description": "Required. The oxygen saturation percentage. Valid values are from 0 to 100.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time at which oxygen saturation was measured." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Profile": { +"description": "Profile details.", +"id": "Profile", +"properties": { +"age": { +"description": "Optional. The age in years based on the user's birth date. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"autoRunningStrideLengthMm": { +"description": "Output only. The automatically calculated running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"autoWalkingStrideLengthMm": { +"description": "Output only. The automatically calculated walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"membershipStartDate": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Output only. The date the user created their account. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of this Profile resource. Format: `users/{user}/profile` Example: `users/1234567890/profile` or `users/me/profile` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userConfiguredRunningStrideLengthMm": { +"description": "Optional. The user's user configured running stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"userConfiguredWalkingStrideLengthMm": { +"description": "Optional. The user's user configured walking stride length, in millimeters. The user must consent to one of the following access scopes to access this field: - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness.readonly` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/googlehealth.activity_and_fitness`", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReconcileDataPointsResponse": { +"description": "Response containing the list of reconciled DataPoints.", +"id": "ReconcileDataPointsResponse", +"properties": { +"dataPoints": { +"description": "Data points matching the query", +"items": { +"$ref": "ReconciledDataPoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Next page token, empty if the response is complete", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReconciledDataPoint": { +"description": "A reconciled computed or recorded metric.", +"id": "ReconciledDataPoint", +"properties": { +"activeMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveMinutes", +"description": "Data for points in the `active-minutes` interval data type collection." +}, +"activeZoneMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveZoneMinutes", +"description": "Data for points in the `active-zone-minutes` interval data type collection, measured in minutes." +}, +"activityLevel": { +"$ref": "ActivityLevel", +"description": "Data for points in the `activity-level` daily data type collection." +}, +"altitude": { +"$ref": "Altitude", +"description": "Data for points in the `altitude` interval data type collection." +}, +"bodyFat": { +"$ref": "BodyFat", +"description": "Data for points in the `body-fat` sample data type collection." +}, +"dailyHeartRateVariability": { +"$ref": "DailyHeartRateVariability", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-variability` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyHeartRateZones": { +"$ref": "DailyHeartRateZones", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-heart-rate-zones` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyOxygenSaturation": { +"$ref": "DailyOxygenSaturation", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-oxygen-saturation` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyRespiratoryRate": { +"$ref": "DailyRespiratoryRate", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-respiratory-rate` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyRestingHeartRate": { +"$ref": "DailyRestingHeartRate", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-resting-heart-rate` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailySleepTemperatureDerivations": { +"$ref": "DailySleepTemperatureDerivations", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-sleep-temperature-derivations` daily data type collection." +}, +"dailyVo2Max": { +"$ref": "DailyVO2Max", +"description": "Data for points in the `daily-vo2-max` daily data type collection." +}, +"dataPointName": { +"description": "Identifier. Data point name, only supported for the subset of identifiable data types. For the majority of the data types, individual data points do not need to be identified and this field would be empty. Format: `users/{user}/dataTypes/{data_type}/dataPoints/{data_point}` Example: `users/abcd1234/dataTypes/sleep/dataPoints/a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-1234-567890abcdef` The `{user}` ID is a system-generated identifier, as described in Identity.health_user_id. The `{data_type}` ID corresponds to the kebab-case version of the field names in the DataPoint data union field, e.g. `total-calories` for the `total_calories` field. The `{data_point}` ID can be client-provided or system-generated. If client-provided, it must be a string of 4-63 characters, containing only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.", +"type": "string" +}, +"distance": { +"$ref": "Distance", +"description": "Data for points in the `distance` interval data type collection." +}, +"exercise": { +"$ref": "Exercise", +"description": "Data for points in the `exercise` session data type collection." +}, +"floors": { +"$ref": "Floors", +"description": "Data for points in the `floors` interval data type collection." +}, +"heartRate": { +"$ref": "HeartRate", +"description": "Data for points in the `heart-rate` sample data type collection." +}, +"heartRateVariability": { +"$ref": "HeartRateVariability", +"description": "Data for points in the `heart-rate-variability` sample data type collection." +}, +"hydrationLog": { +"$ref": "HydrationLog", +"description": "Data for points in the `hydration-log` session data type collection." +}, +"oxygenSaturation": { +"$ref": "OxygenSaturation", +"description": "Data for points in the `oxygen-saturation` sample data type collection." +}, +"respiratoryRateSleepSummary": { +"$ref": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummary", +"description": "Data for points in the `respiratory-rate-sleep-summary` sample data type collection." +}, +"runVo2Max": { +"$ref": "RunVO2Max", +"description": "Data for points in the `run-vo2-max` sample data type collection." +}, +"sedentaryPeriod": { +"$ref": "SedentaryPeriod", +"description": "Data for points in the `sedentary-period` interval data type collection." +}, +"sleep": { +"$ref": "Sleep", +"description": "Data for points in the `sleep` session data type collection." +}, +"steps": { +"$ref": "Steps", +"description": "Data for points in the `steps` interval data type collection." +}, +"timeInHeartRateZone": { +"$ref": "TimeInHeartRateZone", +"description": "Data for points in the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` interval data type collection." +}, +"vo2Max": { +"$ref": "VO2Max", +"description": "Data for points in the `vo2-max` sample data type collection." +}, +"weight": { +"$ref": "Weight", +"description": "Data for points in the `weight` sample data type collection." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RespiratoryRateSleepSummary": { +"description": "Records respiratory rate details during sleep. Can have multiple per day if the user sleeps multiple times.", +"id": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummary", +"properties": { +"deepSleepStats": { +"$ref": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummaryStatistics", +"description": "Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for deep sleep." +}, +"fullSleepStats": { +"$ref": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummaryStatistics", +"description": "Required. Full respiratory rate statistics." +}, +"lightSleepStats": { +"$ref": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummaryStatistics", +"description": "Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for light sleep." +}, +"remSleepStats": { +"$ref": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummaryStatistics", +"description": "Optional. Respiratory rate statistics for REM sleep." +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time at which respiratory rate was measured." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RespiratoryRateSleepSummaryStatistics": { +"description": "Respiratory rate statistics for a given sleep stage.", +"id": "RespiratoryRateSleepSummaryStatistics", +"properties": { +"breathsPerMinute": { +"description": "Required. Average breaths per minute.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"signalToNoise": { +"description": "Optional. How trustworthy the data is for the computation.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"standardDeviation": { +"description": "Optional. Standard deviation of the respiratory rate during sleep.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RestingHeartRatePersonalRangeRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the rollup value for the daily resting heart rate data type.", +"id": "RestingHeartRatePersonalRangeRollupValue", +"properties": { +"beatsPerMinuteMax": { +"description": "The upper bound of the user's daily resting heart rate personal range.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"beatsPerMinuteMin": { +"description": "The lower bound of the user's daily resting heart rate personal range.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RollUpDataPointsRequest": { +"description": "Request to roll up data points by physical time intervals.", +"id": "RollUpDataPointsRequest", +"properties": { +"dataSourceFamily": { +"description": "Optional. The data source family name to roll up. If empty, data points from all available data sources will be rolled up. Format: `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/{data_source_family}` The supported values are: - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/all-sources` - default value - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-wearables` - tracker devices - `users/me/dataSourceFamilies/google-sources` - Google first party sources", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of data points to return. If unspecified, at most 1440 data points will be returned. The maximum page size is 10000; values above that will be truncated accordingly.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token from a previous request, if any. All other request fields need to be the same as in the initial request when the page token is specified.", +"type": "string" +}, +"range": { +"$ref": "Interval", +"description": "Required. Closed-open range of data points that will be rolled up. The maximum range for `calories-in-heart-rate-zone`, `heart-rate`, `active-minutes` and `total-calories` is 14 days. The maximum range for all other data types is 90 days." +}, +"windowSize": { +"description": "Required. The size of the time window to group data points into before applying the aggregation functions.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RollUpDataPointsResponse": { +"description": "Response containing the list of rolled up data points.", +"id": "RollUpDataPointsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollupDataPoints": { +"description": "Values for each aggregation time window.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RollupDataPoint" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RollupDataPoint": { +"description": "Value of a rollup for a single physical time interval (aggregation window)", +"id": "RollupDataPoint", +"properties": { +"activeMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveMinutesRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-minutes` rollup type identifier." +}, +"activeZoneMinutes": { +"$ref": "ActiveZoneMinutesRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `active-zone-minutes` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `active-zone-minutes` rollup type identifier." +}, +"activityLevel": { +"$ref": "ActivityLevelRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `activity-level` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `activity-level` rollup type identifier." +}, +"altitude": { +"$ref": "AltitudeRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `altitude` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `altitude` rollup type identifier." +}, +"bodyFat": { +"$ref": "BodyFatRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `body-fat` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `body-fat` rollup type identifier." +}, +"caloriesInHeartRateZone": { +"$ref": "CaloriesInHeartRateZoneRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `calories-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier." +}, +"distance": { +"$ref": "DistanceRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `distance` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `distance` rollup type identifier." +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "End time of the window this value aggregates over", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"floors": { +"$ref": "FloorsRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `floors` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `floors` rollup type identifier." +}, +"heartRate": { +"$ref": "HeartRateRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `heart-rate` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `heart-rate` rollup type identifier." +}, +"hydrationLog": { +"$ref": "HydrationLogRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `hydration-log` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `hydration-log` rollup type identifier." +}, +"runVo2Max": { +"$ref": "RunVO2MaxRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `run-vo2-max` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `run-vo2-max` rollup type identifier." +}, +"sedentaryPeriod": { +"$ref": "SedentaryPeriodRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `sedentary-period` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `sedentary-period` rollup type identifier." +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Start time of the window this value aggregates over", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"steps": { +"$ref": "StepsRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `steps` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `steps` rollup type identifier." +}, +"timeInHeartRateZone": { +"$ref": "TimeInHeartRateZoneRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `time-in-heart-rate-zone` rollup type identifier." +}, +"totalCalories": { +"$ref": "TotalCaloriesRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `total-calories` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `total-calories` rollup type identifier." +}, +"weight": { +"$ref": "WeightRollupValue", +"description": "Returned by default when rolling up data points from the `weight` data type, or when requested explicitly using the `weight` rollup type identifier." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RunVO2Max": { +"description": "VO2 max value calculated based on the user's running activity. Value stored in ml/kg/min.", +"id": "RunVO2Max", +"properties": { +"runVo2Max": { +"description": "Required. Run VO2 max value in ml/kg/min.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time at which the metric was measured." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RunVO2MaxRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the user's daily heart rate variability personal range.", +"id": "RunVO2MaxRollupValue", +"properties": { +"rateAvg": { +"description": "Average value of run VO2 max in the interval.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"rateMax": { +"description": "Maximum value of run VO2 max in the interval.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"rateMin": { +"description": "Minimum value of run VO2 max in the interval..", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SedentaryPeriod": { +"description": "SedentaryPeriod SedentaryPeriod data represents the periods of time that the user was sedentary (i.e. not moving while wearing the device).", +"id": "SedentaryPeriod", +"properties": { +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SedentaryPeriodRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the user's sedentary periods.", +"id": "SedentaryPeriodRollupValue", +"properties": { +"durationSum": { +"description": "The total time user spent sedentary during the interval.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SessionTimeInterval": { +"description": "Represents a time interval of session data point, which bundles multiple observed metrics together.", +"id": "SessionTimeInterval", +"properties": { +"civilEndTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Output only. Session end time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the end of the session.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"civilStartTime": { +"$ref": "CivilDateTime", +"description": "Output only. Session start time in civil time in the timezone the subject is in at the start of the session.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Required. The end time of the observed session.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Required. The start time of the observed session.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the session relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Settings": { +"description": "Settings details.", +"id": "Settings", +"properties": { +"autoStrideEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. True if the user's stride length is determined automatically. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"distanceUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"enum": [ +"DISTANCE_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES", +"DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Distance unit is not specified.", +"Distance unit is miles.", +"Distance unit is kilometers." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"glucoseUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.", +"enum": [ +"GLUCOSE_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"GLUCOSE_UNIT_MG_DL", +"GLUCOSE_UNIT_MMOL_L" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Glucose unit is not specified.", +"Glucose unit is mg/dL.", +"Glucose unit is mmol/l." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"heightUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.", +"enum": [ +"HEIGHT_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"HEIGHT_UNIT_INCHES", +"HEIGHT_UNIT_CENTIMETERS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Height unit is not specified.", +"Height unit is inches.", +"Height unit is cm." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"languageLocale": { +"description": "Optional. The locale defined in the user's account settings. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of this Settings resource. Format: `users/{user}/settings` Example: `users/1234567890/settings` or `users/me/settings` The {user} ID is a system-generated Google Health API user ID, a string of 1-63 characters consisting of lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. The literal `me` can also be used to refer to the authenticated user.", +"type": "string" +}, +"strideLengthRunningType": { +"description": "Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for running. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"enum": [ +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_DEFAULT", +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_MANUAL", +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_AUTO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Stride length type is not specified.", +"Stride length type is computed based on the user's gender and height.", +"Stride length type is manually set by the user.", +"Stride length type is determined automatically." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"strideLengthWalkingType": { +"description": "Optional. The stride length type defined in the user's account settings for walking. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"enum": [ +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_DEFAULT", +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_MANUAL", +"STRIDE_LENGTH_TYPE_AUTO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Stride length type is not specified.", +"Stride length type is computed based on the user's gender and height.", +"Stride length type is manually set by the user.", +"Stride length type is determined automatically." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"swimUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.", +"enum": [ +"SWIM_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"SWIM_UNIT_METERS", +"SWIM_UNIT_YARDS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Swim unit is not specified.", +"Swim unit is meters.", +"Swim unit is yards." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"temperatureUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.", +"enum": [ +"TEMPERATURE_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"TEMPERATURE_UNIT_CELSIUS", +"TEMPERATURE_UNIT_FAHRENHEIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Temperature unit is not specified.", +"Temperature unit is Celsius.", +"Temperature unit is Fahrenheit." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"timeZone": { +"description": "Optional. The timezone defined in the user's account settings. This follows the IANA [Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"utcOffset": { +"description": "Optional. The user's timezone offset relative to UTC. Updates to this field are currently not supported.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"waterUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.", +"enum": [ +"WATER_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"WATER_UNIT_ML", +"WATER_UNIT_FL_OZ", +"WATER_UNIT_CUP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Water unit is not specified.", +"Water unit is milliliters.", +"Water unit is fluid ounces.", +"Water unit is cups." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"weightUnit": { +"description": "Optional. The measurement unit defined in the user's account settings.", +"enum": [ +"WEIGHT_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"WEIGHT_UNIT_POUNDS", +"WEIGHT_UNIT_STONE", +"WEIGHT_UNIT_KILOGRAMS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Weight unit is not specified.", +"Weight unit is pounds.", +"Weight unit is stones.", +"Weight unit is kilograms." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Sleep": { +"description": "A sleep session possibly including stages.", +"id": "Sleep", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Creation time of this sleep observation.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "SessionTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed sleep interval." +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "SleepMetadata", +"description": "Optional. Sleep metadata: processing, main, manually edited, stages status." +}, +"outOfBedSegments": { +"description": "Optional. \u201cOut of bed\u201d segments that can overlap with sleep stages.", +"items": { +"$ref": "OutOfBedSegment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"stages": { +"description": "Optional. List of non-overlapping contiguous sleep stage segments that cover the sleep period.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SleepStage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"summary": { +"$ref": "SleepSummary", +"description": "Output only. Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. SleepType: classic or stages.", +"enum": [ +"SLEEP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLASSIC", +"STAGES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Sleep type is unspecified.", +"Classic sleep is a sleep with 3 stages types: AWAKE, RESTLESS and ASLEEP.", +"On top of \"classic\" sleep stages an additional processing pass can calculate stages more precisely, overwriting the prior stages with AWAKE, LIGHT, REM and DEEP." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Last update time of this sleep observation.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SleepMetadata": { +"description": "Additional information about how the sleep was processed.", +"id": "SleepMetadata", +"properties": { +"externalId": { +"description": "Optional. Sleep identifier relevant in the context of the data source.", +"type": "string" +}, +"manuallyEdited": { +"description": "Output only. Some sleeps autodetected by algorithms can be manually edited by users.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"nap": { +"description": "Output only. Naps are sleeps without stages and relatively short durations.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"processed": { +"description": "Output only. Sleep and sleep stages algorithms finished processing.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"stagesStatus": { +"description": "Output only. Sleep stages algorithm processing status.", +"enum": [ +"STAGES_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REJECTED_COVERAGE", +"REJECTED_MAX_GAP", +"REJECTED_START_GAP", +"REJECTED_END_GAP", +"REJECTED_NAP", +"REJECTED_SERVER", +"TIMEOUT", +"SUCCEEDED", +"PROCESSING_INTERNAL_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Output only. Sleep stages status is unspecified.", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed due to low RR coverage.", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed due to the large middle gap (2h).", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed due to the large start gap (1h).", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed due to the large end gap (1h).", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed because the sleep log is a nap (has < 3h duration).", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed because input data is not available (PPGV2, wake magnitude, etc).", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed due to server timeout.", +"Output only. Sleep stages successfully computed.", +"Output only. Sleep stages cannot be computed due to server internal error." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SleepStage": { +"description": "Sleep stage segment.", +"id": "SleepStage", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Creation time of this sleep stages segment.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Required. Sleep stage end time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the end of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Required. Sleep stage start time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. The offset of the user's local time at the start of the sleep stage relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.", +"enum": [ +"SLEEP_STAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AWAKE", +"LIGHT", +"DEEP", +"REM", +"ASLEEP", +"RESTLESS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default unset value.", +"Sleep stage AWAKE.", +"Sleep stage LIGHT.", +"Sleep stage DEEP.", +"Sleep stage REM.", +"Sleep stage ASLEEP.", +"Sleep stage RESTLESS." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Last update time of this sleep stages segment.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SleepSummary": { +"description": " Sleep summary: metrics and stages summary.", +"id": "SleepSummary", +"properties": { +"minutesAfterWakeUp": { +"description": "Output only. Minutes after wake up calculated by restlessness algorithm.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minutesAsleep": { +"description": "Output only. Total number of minutes asleep. For classic sleep it is the sum of ASLEEP stages (excluding AWAKE and RESTLESS). For \"stages\" sleep it is the sum of LIGHT, REM and DEEP stages (excluding AWAKE).", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minutesAwake": { +"description": "Output only. Total number of minutes awake. It is a sum of all AWAKE stages.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minutesInSleepPeriod": { +"description": "Output only. Delta between wake time and bedtime. It is the sum of all stages.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minutesToFallAsleep": { +"description": "Output only. Minutes to fall asleep calculated by restlessness algorithm.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stagesSummary": { +"description": "Output only. List of summaries (total duration and segment count) per each sleep stage type.", +"items": { +"$ref": "StageSummary" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SplitSummary": { +"description": "Represents splits or laps recorded within an exercise. Lap events partition a workout into segments based on criteria like distance, time, or calories.", +"id": "SplitSummary", +"properties": { +"activeDuration": { +"description": "Output only. Lap time excluding the pauses.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Required. Lap end time", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. Lap end time offset from UTC", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"metricsSummary": { +"$ref": "MetricsSummary", +"description": "Required. Summary metrics for this split." +}, +"splitType": { +"description": "Required. Method used to split the exercise laps. Users may manually mark the lap as complete even if the tracking is automatic.", +"enum": [ +"SPLIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MANUAL", +"DURATION", +"DISTANCE", +"CALORIES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Split type is unspecified.", +"Manual split.", +"Split by duration.", +"Split by distance.", +"Split by calories." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Required. Lap start time", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startUtcOffset": { +"description": "Required. Lap start time offset from UTC", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StageSummary": { +"description": "Total duration and segment count for a stage.", +"id": "StageSummary", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Output only. Number of sleep stages segments.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minutes": { +"description": "Output only. Total duration in minutes of a sleep stage.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. Sleep stage type: AWAKE, DEEP, REM, LIGHT etc.", +"enum": [ +"SLEEP_STAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AWAKE", +"LIGHT", +"DEEP", +"REM", +"ASLEEP", +"RESTLESS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default unset value.", +"Sleep stage AWAKE.", +"Sleep stage LIGHT.", +"Sleep stage DEEP.", +"Sleep stage REM.", +"Sleep stage ASLEEP.", +"Sleep stage RESTLESS." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Steps": { +"description": "Step count over the time interval.", +"id": "Steps", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Required. Number of steps in the recorded interval.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StepsRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the steps data type.", +"id": "StepsRollupValue", +"properties": { +"countSum": { +"description": "Total number of steps in the interval.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeInHeartRateZone": { +"description": "Time in heart rate zone record. It's an interval spent in specific heart rate zone.", +"id": "TimeInHeartRateZone", +"properties": { +"heartRateZoneType": { +"description": "Required. Heart rate zone type.", +"enum": [ +"HEART_RATE_ZONE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIGHT", +"MODERATE", +"VIGOROUS", +"PEAK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified heart rate zone.", +"The light heart rate zone.", +"The moderate heart rate zone.", +"The vigorous heart rate zone.", +"The peak heart rate zone." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"interval": { +"$ref": "ObservationTimeInterval", +"description": "Required. Observed interval." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeInHeartRateZoneRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the time in heart rate zone data type.", +"id": "TimeInHeartRateZoneRollupValue", +"properties": { +"timeInHeartRateZones": { +"description": "List of time spent in each heart rate zone.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TimeInHeartRateZoneValue" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeInHeartRateZoneValue": { +"description": "Represents the total time spent in a specific heart rate zone.", +"id": "TimeInHeartRateZoneValue", +"properties": { +"duration": { +"description": "The total time spent in the specified heart rate zone.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"heartRateZone": { +"description": "The heart rate zone.", +"enum": [ +"HEART_RATE_ZONE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIGHT", +"MODERATE", +"VIGOROUS", +"PEAK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified heart rate zone.", +"The light heart rate zone.", +"The moderate heart rate zone.", +"The vigorous heart rate zone.", +"The peak heart rate zone." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeInHeartRateZones": { +"description": "Time spent in each heart rate zone.", +"id": "TimeInHeartRateZones", +"properties": { +"lightTime": { +"description": "Optional. Time spent in light heart rate zone.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"moderateTime": { +"description": "Optional. Time spent in moderate heart rate zone.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"peakTime": { +"description": "Optional. Time spent in peak heart rate zone.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"vigorousTime": { +"description": "Optional. Time spent in vigorous heart rate zone.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeOfDay": { +"description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.", +"id": "TimeOfDay", +"properties": { +"hours": { +"description": "Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value \"24:00:00\" for scenarios like business closing time.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minutes": { +"description": "Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"nanos": { +"description": "Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"seconds": { +"description": "Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeZone": { +"description": "Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", +"id": "TimeZone", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TotalCaloriesRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the user's total calories.", +"id": "TotalCaloriesRollupValue", +"properties": { +"kcalSum": { +"description": "Sum of the total calories in kilocalories.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VO2Max": { +"description": "VO2 max measurement.", +"id": "VO2Max", +"properties": { +"measurementMethod": { +"description": "Optional. The method used to measure the VO2 max value.", +"enum": [ +"MEASUREMENT_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"FITBIT_RUN", +"GOOGLE_DEMOGRAPHIC", +"COOPER_TEST", +"HEART_RATE_RATIO", +"METABOLIC_CART", +"MULTISTAGE_FITNESS_TEST", +"ROCKPORT_FITNESS_TEST", +"MAX_EXERCISE", +"PREDICTION_SUB_MAX_EXERCISE", +"PREDICTION_NON_EXERCISE", +"OTHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified measurement method.", +"Fitbit specific, measures VO2 max rate during a run.", +"Google specific, measures VO2 max rate for a user based on their demographic data.", +"Run as far as possible for 12 minutes. Distance correlated with age and gender translates to a VO2 max value.", +"Maximum heart rate divided by the resting heart rate, with a multiplier applied. Does not require any exercise.", +"Measured by a medical device called metabolic cart.", +"Continuous 20m back-and-forth runs with increasing difficulty, until exhaustion.", +"Measured using walking exercise.", +"Healthkit specific, measures VO2 max rate by monitoring exercise to the user\u2019s physical limit. Similar to COOPER_TEST or MULTISTAGE_FITNESS_TEST.", +"Healthkit specific, estimates VO2 max rate based on low-intensity exercise. Similar to ROCKPORT_FITNESS_TEST.", +"Healthkit specific, estimates VO2 max rate without any exercise. Similar to HEART_RATE_RATIO.", +"Use when the method is not covered in this enum." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time at which VO2 max was measured." +}, +"vo2Max": { +"description": "Required. VO2 max value measured as in ml consumed oxygen / kg of body weight / min.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VolumeQuantity": { +"description": "Represents the volume quantity.", +"id": "VolumeQuantity", +"properties": { +"milliliters": { +"description": "Required. Value representing the volume in milliliters.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"userProvidedUnit": { +"description": "Optional. Value representing the user provided unit.", +"enum": [ +"VOLUME_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"CUP_IMPERIAL", +"CUP_US", +"FLUID_OUNCE_IMPERIAL", +"FLUID_OUNCE_US", +"LITER", +"MILLILITER", +"PINT_IMPERIAL", +"PINT_US" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified volume unit.", +"Cup (imperial)", +"Cup (US)", +"Fluid ounce (imperial)", +"Fluid ounce (US)", +"Liter", +"Milliliter", +"Pint (imperial)", +"Pint (US)" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VolumeQuantityRollup": { +"description": "Rollup for volume quantity.", +"id": "VolumeQuantityRollup", +"properties": { +"millilitersSum": { +"description": "Required. The sum of volume in milliliters.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"userProvidedUnitLast": { +"description": "Optional. The user provided unit on the last element.", +"enum": [ +"VOLUME_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", +"CUP_IMPERIAL", +"CUP_US", +"FLUID_OUNCE_IMPERIAL", +"FLUID_OUNCE_US", +"LITER", +"MILLILITER", +"PINT_IMPERIAL", +"PINT_US" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified volume unit.", +"Cup (imperial)", +"Cup (US)", +"Fluid ounce (imperial)", +"Fluid ounce (US)", +"Liter", +"Milliliter", +"Pint (imperial)", +"Pint (US)" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Weight": { +"description": "Body weight measurement.", +"id": "Weight", +"properties": { +"notes": { +"description": "Optional. Standard free-form notes captured at manual logging.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sampleTime": { +"$ref": "ObservationSampleTime", +"description": "Required. The time at which the weight was measured" +}, +"weightGrams": { +"description": "Required. Weight of a user in grams.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"WeightRollupValue": { +"description": "Represents the result of the rollup of the weight data type.", +"id": "WeightRollupValue", +"properties": { +"weightGramsAvg": { +"description": "Average weight in grams.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Google Health API", +"version": "v4", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index 45f09eff0c..c0da6af00d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.list", @@ -5171,7 +5171,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index 2fc87246f1..779f7486c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.list", @@ -5718,7 +5718,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json index b586394dcb..e0e565bedf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "hypercomputecluster.projects.locations.list", @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://hypercomputecluster.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BootDisk": { @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "description": { -"description": "Optional. User-provided description of the cluster.", +"description": "Optional. User-provided description of the cluster. Maximum of 2048 characters.", "type": "string" }, "labels": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 5b43d82a4c..416184fdff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -1215,34 +1215,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"undelete": { -"description": "Gemini Enterprise only. Undeletes a WorkforcePoolProviderScimToken,that was deleted fewer than 30 days ago.", -"flatPath": "v1/locations/{locationsId}/workforcePools/{workforcePoolsId}/providers/{providersId}/scimTenants/{scimTenantsId}/tokens/{tokensId}:undelete", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "iam.locations.workforcePools.providers.scimTenants.tokens.undelete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Gemini Enterprise only. The name of the SCIM token to undelete. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool}/providers/{provider}/scimTenants/{scim_tenant}/tokens/{token}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^locations/[^/]+/workforcePools/[^/]+/providers/[^/]+/scimTenants/[^/]+/tokens/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}:undelete", -"request": { -"$ref": "UndeleteWorkforcePoolProviderScimTokenRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "WorkforcePoolProviderScimToken" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } } @@ -1916,6 +1888,34 @@ }, "workloadIdentityPools": { "methods": { +"addAttestationRule": { +"description": "Add an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. The total attestation rules after addition must not exceed 50.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:addAttestationRule", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.addAttestationRule", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:addAttestationRule", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddAttestationRuleRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "create": { "description": "Creates a new WorkloadIdentityPool. You cannot reuse the name of a deleted pool until 30 days after deletion.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools", @@ -2068,6 +2068,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"listAttestationRules": { +"description": "List all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:listAttestationRules", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.listAttestationRules", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A query filter. Supports the following function: * `container_ids()`: Returns only the AttestationRules under the specific container ids. The function expects a comma-delimited list with only project numbers and must use the format `projects/`. For example: `container_ids(projects/, projects/,...)`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of AttestationRules to return. If unspecified, at most 50 AttestationRules are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are truncated to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListWorkloadIdentityPoolProviderKeys` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to list attestation rules of.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:listAttestationRules", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAttestationRulesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates an existing WorkloadIdentityPool.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}", @@ -2102,6 +2143,62 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"removeAttestationRule": { +"description": "Remove an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:removeAttestationRule", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.removeAttestationRule", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to remove an attestation rule from.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:removeAttestationRule", +"request": { +"$ref": "RemoveAttestationRuleRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setAttestationRules": { +"description": "Set all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. A maximum of 50 AttestationRules can be set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:setAttestationRules", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.setAttestationRules", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setAttestationRules", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetAttestationRulesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the IAM policies on a WorkloadIdentityPool", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -4160,7 +4257,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { @@ -6188,12 +6285,6 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"UndeleteWorkforcePoolProviderScimTokenRequest": { -"description": "Gemini Enterprise only. Request message for UndeleteWorkforcePoolProviderScimToken.", -"id": "UndeleteWorkforcePoolProviderScimTokenRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "UndeleteWorkforcePoolRequest": { "description": "Request message for UndeleteWorkforcePool.", "id": "UndeleteWorkforcePoolRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json index 500f74b632..0428881607 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of workforce pool.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of workforce pool. Format: `locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^locations/[^/]+/workforcePools/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of workload identity pool.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of workload identity pool. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of service account.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of service account. Format: `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_email}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/serviceAccounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251022", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index d70a3dc974..153a3c8849 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260209", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { @@ -1099,15 +1099,15 @@ "id": "OAuthSettings", "properties": { "clientId": { -"description": "Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks.", +"description": "Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow. This allows for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks.", "type": "string" }, "clientSecret": { -"description": "Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID", +"description": "Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID.", "type": "string" }, "clientSecretSha256": { -"description": "Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID", +"description": "Output only. OAuth secret SHA256 paired with client ID.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json index ca4c55ba5b..f65e8b5a5f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ "accounts": { "methods": { "createAuthUri": { -"description": "If an email identifier is specified, checks and returns if any user account is registered with the email. If there is a registered account, fetches all providers associated with the account's email. If the provider ID of an Identity Provider (IdP) is specified, creates an authorization URI for the IdP. The user can be directed to this URI to sign in with the IdP. An [API key](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/api-keys) is required in the request in order to identify the Google Cloud project.", +"description": "If an email identifier is specified, checks and returns if any user account is registered with the email. If there is a registered account, fetches all providers associated with the account's email. If [email enumeration protection](https://cloud.google.com/identity-platform/docs/admin/email-enumeration-protection) is enabled, this method returns an empty list. If the provider ID of an Identity Provider (IdP) is specified, creates an authorization URI for the IdP. The user can be directed to this URI to sign in with the IdP. An [API key](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/api-keys) is required in the request in order to identify the Google Cloud project.", "flatPath": "v1/accounts:createAuthUri", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "identitytoolkit.accounts.createAuthUri", @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251024", +"revision": "20260311", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": { @@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "safetyNetToken": { -"description": "Android only. Safety Net has been deprecated. Please use play_integrity_token instead.", +"description": "Android only. Safety Net has been deprecated. Use play_integrity_token instead.", "type": "string" }, "tenantId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json index 6eb90b28b8..48ff2c7855 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "ids.projects.locations.list", @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251201", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://ids.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 6cb6ae69b5..3caa507ef9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260315", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -704,6 +704,7 @@ "C4D", "N4", "N4A", +"C3D", "M2", "M1", "N1", @@ -729,6 +730,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "", @@ -977,18 +979,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -1009,7 +1017,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -1280,6 +1309,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1926,18 +1982,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -1958,7 +2020,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -2229,6 +2312,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2824,18 +2934,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -2856,7 +2972,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -3127,6 +3264,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -3155,6 +3319,7 @@ "C4D", "N4", "N4A", +"C3D", "C3", "M2", "M1", @@ -3181,6 +3346,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index aeac1ac8f2..62b93fc7e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260315", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -704,6 +704,7 @@ "C4D", "N4", "N4A", +"C3D", "M2", "M1", "N1", @@ -729,6 +730,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "", @@ -977,18 +979,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -1009,7 +1017,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -1280,6 +1309,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1944,18 +2000,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -1976,7 +2038,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -2247,6 +2330,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2842,18 +2952,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -2874,7 +2990,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -3145,6 +3282,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -3173,6 +3337,7 @@ "C4D", "N4", "N4A", +"C3D", "C3", "M2", "M1", @@ -3199,6 +3364,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index e20e3f06e8..169f4c8ac5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260315", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -529,6 +529,7 @@ "C4D", "N4", "N4A", +"C3D", "M2", "M1", "N1", @@ -554,6 +555,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "", @@ -802,18 +804,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -834,7 +842,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -1105,6 +1134,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1565,18 +1621,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -1597,7 +1659,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -1868,6 +1951,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2218,18 +2328,24 @@ "C4D_HIGHMEM_96", "C4D_HIGHMEM_192", "C4D_HIGHMEM_384", +"N4_STANDARD_2", +"N4_STANDARD_4", "N4_STANDARD_8", "N4_STANDARD_16", "N4_STANDARD_32", "N4_STANDARD_48", "N4_STANDARD_64", "N4_STANDARD_80", +"N4_HIGHCPU_2", +"N4_HIGHCPU_4", "N4_HIGHCPU_8", "N4_HIGHCPU_16", "N4_HIGHCPU_32", "N4_HIGHCPU_48", "N4_HIGHCPU_64", "N4_HIGHCPU_80", +"N4_HIGHMEM_2", +"N4_HIGHMEM_4", "N4_HIGHMEM_8", "N4_HIGHMEM_16", "N4_HIGHMEM_32", @@ -2250,7 +2366,28 @@ "N4A_HIGHMEM_16", "N4A_HIGHMEM_32", "N4A_HIGHMEM_48", -"N4A_HIGHMEM_64" +"N4A_HIGHMEM_64", +"C3D_STANDARD_8", +"C3D_STANDARD_16", +"C3D_STANDARD_30", +"C3D_STANDARD_60", +"C3D_STANDARD_90", +"C3D_STANDARD_180", +"C3D_STANDARD_360", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_30", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_60", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_90", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_180", +"C3D_HIGHCPU_360", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_30", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_60", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_90", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_180", +"C3D_HIGHMEM_360" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -2521,6 +2658,33 @@ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2549,6 +2713,7 @@ "C4D", "N4", "N4A", +"C3D", "C3", "M2", "M1", @@ -2575,6 +2740,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json index 1128c8de63..779bb04280 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json @@ -290,6 +290,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.sa.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "sa" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://logging.us.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us" } @@ -636,7 +641,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "logging.billingAccounts.locations.list", @@ -1962,7 +1967,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Exporting Logs (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/export).", +"description": "Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Routing overview (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/overview).", "flatPath": "v2/entries:list", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "logging.entries.list", @@ -2473,7 +2478,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/folders/{foldersId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "logging.folders.locations.list", @@ -4065,7 +4070,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/{v2Id}/{v2Id1}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "logging.locations.list", @@ -5313,7 +5318,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "logging.organizations.locations.list", @@ -7126,7 +7131,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "logging.projects.locations.list", @@ -9162,7 +9167,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260227", +"revision": "20260328", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppHub": { @@ -10127,7 +10132,7 @@ "id": "ListLogEntriesRequest", "properties": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://{$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.To make queries faster, you can make the filter more selective by using restrictions on indexed fields (https://{$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language#indexed-fields) as well as limit the time range of the query by adding range restrictions on the timestamp field.", +"description": "Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.To make queries faster, you can make the filter more selective by using restrictions on indexed fields (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language#indexed-fields) as well as limit the time range of the query by adding range restrictions on the timestamp field.", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { @@ -10551,6 +10556,14 @@ "$ref": "LogEntryOperation", "description": "Optional. Information about an operation associated with the log entry, if applicable." }, +"otel": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. The structured OpenTelemetry protocol payload. Contains the OpenTelemetry Resource, Instrumentation Scope, and Entities attributes for this log as they are defined in the OTLP specification, and any other fields that do not have a direct analog in the LogEntry. See https://opentelemetry.io/docs/specs/otel/logs/data-model/", +"type": "object" +}, "protoPayload": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", @@ -11866,7 +11879,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unexpected default.", -"Indicates suppression occurred due to relevant entries being received in excess of rate limits. For quotas and limits, see Logging API quotas and limits (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas#api-limits).", +"Indicates suppression occurred due to relevant entries being received in excess of rate limits. For quotas and limits, see Logging API quotas and limits (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/quotas#api-limits).", "Indicates suppression occurred due to the client not consuming responses quickly enough." ], "type": "string" @@ -11889,7 +11902,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { -"description": "Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://{$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.", +"description": "Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.", "type": "string" }, "resourceNames": { @@ -11986,7 +11999,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "entries": { -"description": "Required. The log entries to send to Logging. The order of log entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method's log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding fields. For more information, see the LogEntry type.If the timestamp or insert_id fields are missing in log entries, then this method supplies the current time or a unique identifier, respectively. The supplied values are chosen so that, among the log entries that did not supply their own values, the entries earlier in the list will sort before the entries later in the list. See the entries.list method.Log entries with timestamps that are more than the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) in the past or more than 24 hours in the future will not be available when calling entries.list. However, those log entries can still be exported with LogSinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).To improve throughput and to avoid exceeding the quota limit (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) for calls to entries.write, you should try to include several log entries in this list, rather than calling this method for each individual log entry.", +"description": "Required. The log entries to send to Logging. The order of log entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method's log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding fields. For more information, see the LogEntry type.If the timestamp or insert_id fields are missing in log entries, then this method supplies the current time or a unique identifier, respectively. The supplied values are chosen so that, among the log entries that did not supply their own values, the entries earlier in the list will sort before the entries later in the list. See the entries.list method.Log entries with timestamps that are more than the logs retention period (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) in the past or more than 24 hours in the future will not be available when calling entries.list. However, those log entries can still be exported with LogSinks (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/overview).To improve throughput and to avoid exceeding the quota limit (https://docs.cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) for calls to entries.write, you should try to include several log entries in this list, rather than calling this method for each individual log entry.", "items": { "$ref": "LogEntry" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json index c93801e77e..715799072b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "looker.projects.locations.list", @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260216", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://looker.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminSettings": { @@ -975,6 +975,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"IngressIpAllowlistConfig": { +"description": "Ingress IP allowlist configuration.", +"id": "IngressIpAllowlistConfig", +"properties": { +"allowlistRules": { +"description": "Optional. List of IP range rules to allow ingress traffic.", +"items": { +"$ref": "IngressIpAllowlistRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether ingress IP allowlist functionality is enabled on the Looker instance.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"googleServicesEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether google service connections are enabled for the instance.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngressIpAllowlistRule": { +"description": "Ingress IP allowlist rule.", +"id": "IngressIpAllowlistRule", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description for the IP range.", +"type": "string" +}, +"ipRange": { +"description": "Optional. The IP range to allow ingress traffic from.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Instance": { "description": "A Looker instance.", "id": "Instance", @@ -983,6 +1020,10 @@ "$ref": "AdminSettings", "description": "Looker Instance Admin settings." }, +"catalogIntegrationOptOut": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is disabled for the Looker instance.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "classType": { "description": "Optional. Storage class of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -1040,6 +1081,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether Gemini feature is enabled on the Looker instance or not.", "type": "boolean" }, +"ingressIpAllowlistConfig": { +"$ref": "IngressIpAllowlistConfig", +"description": "Optional. Ingress IP allowlist configuration for the Looker instance." +}, "ingressPrivateIp": { "description": "Output only. Private Ingress IP (IPv4).", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json index 067f894d48..ed8d8a942d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.list", @@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://managedkafka.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json index 542ad78bcc..1c238cb8bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json @@ -387,6 +387,73 @@ } } }, +"smartNotes": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets smart notes by smart note ID.", +"flatPath": "v2/conferenceRecords/{conferenceRecordsId}/smartNotes/{smartNotesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "meet.conferenceRecords.smartNotes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the smart note. Format: conferenceRecords/{conference_record}/smartNotes/{smart_note}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^conferenceRecords/[^/]+/smartNotes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SmartNote" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the set of smart notes from the conference record. By default, ordered by start time and in ascending order.", +"flatPath": "v2/conferenceRecords/{conferenceRecordsId}/smartNotes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "meet.conferenceRecords.smartNotes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of smart notes to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 smart notes are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are coerced to 100. Maximum might change in the future.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token returned from previous List Call.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Format: `conferenceRecords/{conference_record}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^conferenceRecords/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/smartNotes", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSmartNotesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" +] +} +} +}, "transcripts": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -638,7 +705,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250421", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://meet.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveConference": { @@ -764,6 +831,21 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GatewaySipAccess": { +"description": "Details how to join the conference via a SIP gateway.", +"id": "GatewaySipAccess", +"properties": { +"sipAccessCode": { +"description": "Permanent numeric code for manual entry on specially configured devices.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "The SIP URI the conference can be reached through. The string is on one of the formats: \"sip:@\" \"sips:@\" where currently is the 13-digit universal pin, and is a valid address to be resolved using a DNS SRV lookup, or a dotted quad.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListConferenceRecordsResponse": { "description": "Response of ListConferenceRecords method.", "id": "ListConferenceRecordsResponse", @@ -841,6 +923,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSmartNotesResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListSmartNotes method.", +"id": "ListSmartNotesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to be circulated back for further List call if current List doesn't include all the smart notes. Unset if all smart notes are returned.", +"type": "string" +}, +"smartNotes": { +"description": "List of smart notes in one page.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SmartNote" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListTranscriptEntriesResponse": { "description": "Response for ListTranscriptEntries method.", "id": "ListTranscriptEntriesResponse", @@ -999,6 +1099,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PhoneAccess": { +"description": "Phone access contains information required to dial into a conference using a regional phone number and a PIN that is specific to that phone number.", +"id": "PhoneAccess", +"properties": { +"languageCode": { +"description": "The BCP 47/LDML language code for the language associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n LanguageCode utility. Examples: \"es-419\" for Latin American Spanish, \"fr-CA\" for Canadian French.", +"type": "string" +}, +"phoneNumber": { +"description": "The phone number to dial for this meeting space in E.164 format. Full phone number with a leading '+' character.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pin": { +"description": "The PIN that users must enter after dialing the given number. The PIN consists of only decimal digits and the length may vary.", +"type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "The CLDR/ISO 3166 region code for the country associated with this phone access. To be parsed by the i18n RegionCode utility. Example: \"SE\" for Sweden.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PhoneUser": { "description": "User dialing in from a phone where the user's identity is unknown because they haven't signed in with a Google Account.", "id": "PhoneUser", @@ -1095,6 +1218,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SmartNote": { +"description": "Metadata for a smart note generated from a conference. It refers to the notes generated from Take Notes with Gemini during the conference.", +"id": "SmartNote", +"properties": { +"docsDestination": { +"$ref": "DocsDestination", +"description": "Output only. The Google Doc destination where the smart notes are saved.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the smart notes stopped.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the smart notes. Format: `conferenceRecords/{conference_record}/smartNotes/{smart_note}`, where `{smart_note}` is a 1:1 mapping to each unique smart notes session of the conference.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the smart notes started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STARTED", +"ENDED", +"FILE_GENERATED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default, never used.", +"An active smart notes session has started.", +"This smart notes session has ended, but the smart notes file hasn't been generated yet.", +"Smart notes file is generated and ready to download." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SmartNotesConfig": { "description": "Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see [\"Take notes for me\" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931).", "id": "SmartNotesConfig", @@ -1128,6 +1297,14 @@ "$ref": "SpaceConfig", "description": "Configuration pertaining to the meeting space." }, +"gatewaySipAccess": { +"description": "Output only. The SIP based access methods that can be used to join the conference. Can be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GatewaySipAccess" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "meetingCode": { "description": "Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space.", "readOnly": true, @@ -1141,6 +1318,14 @@ "name": { "description": "Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space).", "type": "string" +}, +"phoneAccess": { +"description": "Output only. All regional phone access methods for this meeting space. Can be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PhoneAccess" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json index 89ec07af81..5b4a020a53 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json @@ -125,6 +125,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, +"createTestAccount": { +"description": "Creates a Merchant Center test account. Test accounts are intended for development and testing purposes, such as validating API integrations or new feature behavior. Key characteristics and limitations of test accounts: - Immutable Type: A test account cannot be converted into a regular (live) Merchant Center account. Likewise, a regular account cannot be converted into a test account. - Non-Serving Products: Any products, offers, or data created within a test account will not be published or made visible to end-users on any Google surfaces. They are strictly for testing environments. - Separate Environment: Test accounts operate in a sandbox-like manner, isolated from live serving and real user traffic.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1/accounts/{accountsId}:createTestAccount", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.createTestAccount", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The account resource name to create the test account under. Format: accounts/{account}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "accounts/v1/{+parent}:createTestAccount", +"request": { +"$ref": "Account" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Account" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" +] +}, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified account regardless of its type: standalone, advanced account or sub-account. Deleting an advanced account leads to the deletion of all of its sub-accounts. This also deletes the account's [developer registration entity](/merchant/api/reference/rest/accounts_v1/accounts.developerRegistration) and any associated GCP project to the account. Executing this method requires admin access. The deletion succeeds only if the account does not provide services to any other account and has no processed offers. You can use the `force` parameter to override this.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1/accounts/{accountsId}", @@ -2410,7 +2438,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -3428,7 +3456,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated by the Content API upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration.", +"description": "Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json index e0b7631800..50514fb483 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json @@ -125,6 +125,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, +"createTestAccount": { +"description": "Creates a Merchant Center test account. Test accounts are intended for development and testing purposes, such as validating API integrations or new feature behavior. Key characteristics and limitations of test accounts: - Immutable Type: A test account cannot be converted into a regular (live) Merchant Center account. Likewise, a regular account cannot be converted into a test account. - Non-Serving Products: Any products, offers, or data created within a test account will not be published or made visible to end-users on any Google surfaces. They are strictly for testing environments. - Separate Environment: Test accounts operate in a sandbox-like manner, isolated from live serving and real user traffic.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}:createTestAccount", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.createTestAccount", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The account resource name to create the test account under. Format: accounts/{account}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+parent}:createTestAccount", +"request": { +"$ref": "Account" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Account" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" +] +}, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified account regardless of its type: standalone, advanced account or sub-account. Deleting an advanced account leads to the deletion of all of its sub-accounts. This also deletes the account's [developer registration entity](/merchant/api/reference/rest/accounts_v1beta/accounts.developerRegistration) and any associated GCP project to the account. Executing this method requires admin access. The deletion succeeds only if the account does not provide services to any other account and has no processed offers. You can use the `force` parameter to override this.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}", @@ -2360,7 +2388,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -3305,7 +3333,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated by the Content API upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration.", +"description": "Identifier. The `name` (ID) of the developer registration. Generated upon creation of a new `DeveloperRegistration`. The `account` represents the merchant ID of the merchant that owns the registration.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1.json index 92e17250c7..121a42e025 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1.json @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` \"store123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+/localInventories/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` \"region123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+/regionalInventories/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ "description": "Optional. A list of local inventory attributes." }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` \"store123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`.", +"description": "Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` \"region123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`.", +"description": "Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json index 4636ff976b..d327f3716c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` \"store123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the local inventory for the given product to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+/localInventories/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list local inventories for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` \"region123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+/regionalInventories/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The account and product where this inventory will be inserted. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The `name` of the parent product to list `RegionalInventory` resources for. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomAttribute": { @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a local inventory at `store_code` \"store123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/localInventories/store123`.", +"description": "Output only. The name of the `LocalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/localInventories/{store_code}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `store_code` \"store123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the local inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/localInventories/store123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format for the product segment is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. For example, the full resource name for a regional inventory in `region` \"region123\" would be: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123/regionalInventories/region123`.", +"description": "Output only. The name of the `RegionalInventory` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}/regionalInventories/{region}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123` for `region` \"region123\", the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the regional inventory would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw/regionalInventories/region123`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1.json index 466a3e2f10..c58741e987 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1.json @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1beta.json index 3b2310da4d..e94f9e665b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.issueresolution_v1beta.json @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json index a8d7063afd..e6fac6f937 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/productInputs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/productInputs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedDiscounts": { @@ -1682,6 +1682,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"returnPolicyLabel": { +"description": "The return label of the product, used to group products in account-level return policies. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Return policy label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9445425).", +"type": "string" +}, "salePrice": { "$ref": "Price", "description": "Advertised sale price of the item." @@ -1714,7 +1718,7 @@ false "description": "Height of the item for shipping." }, "shippingLabel": { -"description": "The shipping label of the product, used to group product in account-level shipping rules.", +"description": "The shipping label of the product, used to group products in account-level shipping rules. Max. 100 characters. For more information, see [Shipping label](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504).", "type": "string" }, "shippingLength": { @@ -2049,7 +2053,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "type": "string" }, "offerId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json index 565e59429e..f47e7edef5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product input to delete. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productInput}` The {productInput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productInput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productInput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productInput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productInput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/productInputs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/productInputs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attributes": { @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productinputs/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/productinputs/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Identifier. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` The {productinput} segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the {productinput} segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{productinput}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/productInputs/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{productinput}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{productinput}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats.", "type": "string" }, "offerId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 837b79653a..370fd9d9fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CloudSQLMigrationConfig": { -"description": "Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", +"description": "Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", "id": "CloudSQLMigrationConfig", "properties": { "cdcConfig": { @@ -2879,7 +2879,8 @@ "properties": { "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { "$ref": "CloudSQLMigrationConfig", -"description": "Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.", @@ -2899,7 +2900,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "phase": { -"description": "Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution.", "enum": [ "PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", "REPLICATION", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 1e386f8cd8..5ed2023153 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CloudSQLMigrationConfig": { -"description": "Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", +"description": "Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", "id": "CloudSQLMigrationConfig", "properties": { "cdcConfig": { @@ -3073,7 +3073,8 @@ "properties": { "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { "$ref": "CloudSQLMigrationConfig", -"description": "Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.", @@ -3093,7 +3094,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "phase": { -"description": "Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution.", "enum": [ "PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", "REPLICATION", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index aa6beb92a5..1d0f3527f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CloudSQLMigrationConfig": { -"description": "Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", +"description": "Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", "id": "CloudSQLMigrationConfig", "properties": { "cdcConfig": { @@ -3073,7 +3073,8 @@ "properties": { "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { "$ref": "CloudSQLMigrationConfig", -"description": "Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Migrations to Dataproc Metastore are no longer supported. Use BigLake Metastore migration instead. Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.", @@ -3093,7 +3094,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "phase": { -"description": "Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: Phase was designed for incoming migrations to Dataproc Metastore, not applicable when migrating away from it. The current phase of the migration execution.", "enum": [ "PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", "REPLICATION", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json index 312c7fd2a1..5d34d1dfc4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "migrationcenter.projects.locations.list", @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index b20da55409..14b3c59fcc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "migrationcenter.projects.locations.list", @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index 978550bc61..db0bde5da1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ } }, "getGoogleUpdated": { -"description": "Gets the Google-updated version of the specified location.", +"description": "Gets the version of the specified location, returning a `GoogleUpdatedLocation` that provides the location view as it appears to consumers and masks indicating which fields are different than the merchant's information.", "flatPath": "v1/locations/{locationsId}:getGoogleUpdated", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "mybusinessbusinessinformation.locations.getGoogleUpdated", @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ "attributes": { "methods": { "getGoogleUpdated": { -"description": "Gets the Google-updated version of the specified location.", +"description": "Gets the version of the specified location, returning an `Attributes` message that provides the attributes view as it appears to consumers, which may be different than the merchant's information.", "flatPath": "v1/locations/{locationsId}/attributes:getGoogleUpdated", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "mybusinessbusinessinformation.locations.attributes.getGoogleUpdated", @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250723", +"revision": "20260405", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "FreeFormServiceItem": { -"description": "Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for of such services via a geomerchant surface.", +"description": "Represents a free-form service offered by the merchant. These are services that are not exposed as part of our structure service data. The merchant manually enters the names for such services using a geomerchant surface.", "id": "FreeFormServiceItem", "properties": { "category": { @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ }, "label": { "$ref": "Label", -"description": "Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated via service_type_id." +"description": "Required. Language-tagged labels for the item. We recommend that item names be 140 characters or less, and descriptions 250 characters or less. This field should only be set if the input is a custom service item. Standardized service types should be updated using service_type_id." } }, "type": "object" @@ -956,11 +956,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleUpdatedLocation": { -"description": "Represents a location that was modified by Google.", +"description": "Represents the view of a location as it appears to consumers, which includes updates that are currently serving on Google Maps and Search.", "id": "GoogleUpdatedLocation", "properties": { "diffMask": { -"description": "The fields that Google updated.", +"description": "The fields where the values in the view as it appears to consumers are different than the merchant's information. To accept these changes, patch the location. To reject, patch with your preferred values.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "type": "string" }, @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ "description": "The Google-updated version of this location." }, "pendingMask": { -"description": "The fields that have pending edits that haven't yet been pushed to Maps and Search.", +"description": "The fields where the merchant has provided an update that is currently in flight and hasn't yet been published to Maps and Search. This mask only tracks the status of the merchant's own edits, not external changes.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "type": "string" } @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "hasGoogleUpdated": { -"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to lookup information that's needs to be verified.", +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the place ID associated with this location has updates that need to be updated or rejected by the client. If this boolean is set, you should call the `getGoogleUpdated` method to look up information that's needs to be verified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json index 52580acd23..82d400a2ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "netapp.projects.locations.list", @@ -1809,6 +1809,118 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"ontap": { +"methods": { +"executeOntapDelete": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapDelete` dispatches the ONTAP `DELETE` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+ontapPath}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapDeleteResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeOntapGet": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapGet` dispatches the ONTAP `GET` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapGet", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+ontapPath}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapGetResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeOntapPatch": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapPatch` dispatches the ONTAP `PATCH` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapPatch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+ontapPath}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPatchRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPatchResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeOntapPost": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapPost` dispatches the ONTAP `POST` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapPost", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+ontapPath}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPostRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPostResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } }, "volumes": { @@ -2715,7 +2827,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260402", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -2921,7 +3033,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceVolume": { -"description": "Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`", +"description": "Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`", "type": "string" }, "state": { @@ -3521,6 +3633,96 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExecuteOntapDeleteResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapDelete` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapDeleteResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapGetResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapGet` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapGetResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPatchRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPatchRequest", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { \"body\": { \"field1\": \"value1\", \"field2\": \"value2\", } } ```", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPatchResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPatchResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPostRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPostRequest", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { \"body\": { \"field1\": \"value1\", \"field2\": \"value2\", } } ```", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPostResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPostResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ExportPolicy": { "description": "Defines the export policy for the volume.", "id": "ExportPolicy", @@ -3849,6 +4051,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LargeCapacityConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", +"id": "LargeCapacityConfig", +"properties": { +"constituentCount": { +"description": "Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse": { "description": "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse contains all the active directories requested.", "id": "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse", @@ -4690,7 +4904,7 @@ "id": "RestoreParameters", "properties": { "sourceBackup": { -"description": "Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}", +"description": "Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup}", "type": "string" }, "sourceSnapshot": { @@ -5027,6 +5241,20 @@ "description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not.", "type": "boolean" }, +"mode": { +"description": "Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT", +"ONTAP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The `Mode` is not specified.", +"The resource is managed by the GCNV APIs.", +"The resource is managed by the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs." +], +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Identifier. Name of the storage pool", "type": "string" @@ -5067,6 +5295,20 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"scaleType": { +"description": "Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified.", +"enum": [ +"SCALE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT", +"SCALE_TYPE_SCALEOUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified scale type.", +"Represents standard capacity and performance scale-type. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", +"Represents higher capacity and performance scale-type. Suitable for more demanding workloads." +], +"type": "string" +}, "serviceLevel": { "description": "Required. Service level of the storage pool", "enum": [ @@ -5126,24 +5368,16 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`.", +"description": "Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`.", "enum": [ "STORAGE_POOL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "FILE", -"UNIFIED", -"UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true +"UNIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Storage pool type is not specified.", "Storage pool type is file.", -"Storage pool type is unified.", -"Deprecated: UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY was previously tag 3." +"Storage pool type is unified." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5417,9 +5651,13 @@ true "type": "object" }, "largeCapacity": { -"description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume.", +"description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive.", "type": "boolean" }, +"largeCapacityConfig": { +"$ref": "LargeCapacityConfig", +"description": "Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive." +}, "ldapEnabled": { "description": "Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json index e197dd09a0..9bfd9d7014 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "netapp.projects.locations.list", @@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260402", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceVolume": { -"description": "Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`", +"description": "Volume full name of this backup belongs to. Either source_volume or ontap_source should be provided. Format: `projects/{projects_id}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume_id}`", "type": "string" }, "state": { @@ -3240,6 +3240,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"crossProjectVault": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if the backup vault is a cross project vault.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "description": { "description": "Description of the backup vault.", "type": "string" @@ -4052,7 +4056,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "LargeCapacityConfig": { -"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", +"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", "id": "LargeCapacityConfig", "properties": { "constituentCount": { @@ -4904,7 +4908,7 @@ "id": "RestoreParameters", "properties": { "sourceBackup": { -"description": "Full name of the backup resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id}", +"description": "Full name of the backup resource. Format for standard backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault_id}/backups/{backup_id} Format for BackupDR backup: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backup_vault}/dataSources/{data_source}/backups/{backup}", "type": "string" }, "sourceSnapshot": { @@ -5249,9 +5253,9 @@ "ONTAP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The `StoragePool` `Mode` is not specified.", -"The `StoragePool` and its resources are managed by the GCNV APIs.", -"The `StoragePool` and its resources are managed by the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs." +"The `Mode` is not specified.", +"The resource is managed by the GCNV APIs.", +"The resource is managed by the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5296,16 +5300,31 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "scaleTier": { -"description": "Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`.", "enum": [ "SCALE_TIER_UNSPECIFIED", "SCALE_TIER_STANDARD", "SCALE_TIER_ENTERPRISE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This value is unused.", -"The standard capacity and performance tier. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", -"A higher capacity and performance tier. Suitable for more demanding workloads." +"Deprecated: Use ScaleType instead. The default value. This value is unused.", +"Deprecated: Use ScaleType instead. The standard capacity and performance tier. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", +"Deprecated: Use ScaleType instead. A higher capacity and performance tier. Suitable for more demanding workloads." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"scaleType": { +"description": "Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified.", +"enum": [ +"SCALE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT", +"SCALE_TYPE_SCALEOUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified scale type.", +"Represents standard capacity and performance scale-type. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", +"Represents higher capacity and performance scale-type. Suitable for more demanding workloads." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5368,24 +5387,16 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes or `UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes with large capacity. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`.", +"description": "Optional. Type of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the pool supports `FILE` based volumes only or `UNIFIED` (both `FILE` and `BLOCK`) volumes. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `FILE`.", "enum": [ "STORAGE_POOL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "FILE", -"UNIFIED", -"UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true +"UNIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Storage pool type is not specified.", "Storage pool type is file.", -"Storage pool type is unified.", -"Deprecated: UNIFIED_LARGE_CAPACITY was previously tag 3." +"Storage pool type is unified." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5659,12 +5670,12 @@ true "type": "object" }, "largeCapacity": { -"description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume.", +"description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. This field is used for legacy FILE pools. For Unified pools, use the `large_capacity_config` field instead. This field and `large_capacity_config` are mutually exclusive.", "type": "boolean" }, "largeCapacityConfig": { "$ref": "LargeCapacityConfig", -"description": "Optional. Large capacity config for the volume." +"description": "Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. Enables and configures large capacity for volumes in Unified pools with File protocols. Not applicable for Block protocols in Unified pools. This field and the legacy `large_capacity` boolean field are mutually exclusive." }, "ldapEnabled": { "description": "Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index 0bb1d03548..f32af0c03d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.list", @@ -2468,6 +2468,81 @@ } } }, +"remoteTransportProfiles": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single RemoteTransportProfile.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remoteTransportProfilesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/remoteTransportProfiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "RemoteTransportProfile" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists RemoteTransportProfiles in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/remoteTransportProfiles", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListRemoteTransportProfilesRequest.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/remoteTransportProfiles", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRemoteTransportProfilesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "serviceClasses": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -2530,37 +2605,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceClasses in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses", @@ -2645,62 +2689,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } }, @@ -2804,37 +2792,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceConnectionMaps in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps", @@ -2919,62 +2876,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } }, @@ -3122,37 +3023,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceConnectionPolicies in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies", @@ -3237,64 +3107,8 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} +} +} }, "serviceConnectionTokens": { "methods": { @@ -3557,88 +3371,326 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "An expression that filters the list of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sort the results by a certain order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/spokes", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSpokesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. In the case of an update to an existing spoke, field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field is overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, then all fields are overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Spoke" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"transports": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Transport in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"transportId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/transports", +"request": { +"$ref": "Transport" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Transport.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports/{transportsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transports/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Transport.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports/{transportsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transports/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "Policy" +"$ref": "Transport" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes", +"description": "Lists Transports in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.list", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "An expression that filters the list of results.", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Sort the results by a certain order.", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of results to return per page.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The page token.", +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource.", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListTransportsRequest.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/spokes", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/transports", "response": { -"$ref": "ListSpokesResponse" +"$ref": "ListTransportsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}", +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single Transport.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports/{transportsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.patch", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transports/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. In the case of an update to an existing spoke, field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field is overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, then all fields are overwritten.", +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Transport resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3646,7 +3698,7 @@ }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "Spoke" +"$ref": "Transport" }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" @@ -3654,62 +3706,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } } @@ -3718,7 +3714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": { @@ -5531,6 +5527,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListRemoteTransportProfilesResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing RemoteTransportProfiles", +"id": "ListRemoteTransportProfilesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"remoteTransportProfiles": { +"description": "The list of RemoteTransportProfiles.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RemoteTransportProfile" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListRouteTablesResponse": { "description": "Response for HubService.ListRouteTables method.", "id": "ListRouteTablesResponse", @@ -5706,6 +5727,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListTransportsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Transports.", +"id": "ListTransportsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"transports": { +"description": "The list of Transport.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Transport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -6475,6 +6521,132 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RemoteTransportProfile": { +"description": "Message describing RemoteTransportProfile object.", +"id": "RemoteTransportProfile", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. Description of the profile.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. Human readable name of this profile, used to identify this profile in the UI.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"flow": { +"description": "Output only. Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_PROVISIONING_FLOW_UNSPECIFIED", +"INPUT_ONLY", +"OUTPUT_ONLY", +"INPUT_OR_OUTPUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified key provisioning flow.", +"The activationKey field on the Transport must be included in a create or patch request to establish connectivity.", +"The generatedActivationKey field is populated and must be read from the resource and passed into the other provider.", +"Both activation key fields are allowed for establishing connectivity. If a key is input, the generated key is still present after provisioning is finished." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Output only. Labels as key value pairs.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource in the format of $provider-$site.", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderState": { +"description": "Output only. Order state for this profile.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLOSED", +"OPEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Not enough capacity for customers to order.", +"Enough capacity to fulfill an order." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"provider": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the provider on the other end of this profile. E.g. \u201cAmazon Web Services\u201d or \u201cMicrosoft Azure\u201d.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"providerSite": { +"description": "Output only. If the profile is a Cloud Service Provider with compute resources, this is populated with the region where connectivity is being established. If the profile provides facility-level selection, this is an identity of the facility any connections on this profile are going through.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sla": { +"description": "Output only. Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_LEVEL_AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"HIGH", +"MAXIMUM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified service level availability.", +"This represents a 99.9% service level on the availability of the configured connectivity.", +"This represents a 99.99% service level on the availability of the configured connectivity." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"supportedBandwidths": { +"description": "Output only. List of bandwidth enum values that are supported by this profile.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"BANDWIDTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"BPS_50M", +"BPS_100M", +"BPS_200M", +"BPS_300M", +"BPS_400M", +"BPS_500M", +"BPS_1G", +"BPS_2G", +"BPS_5G", +"BPS_10G", +"BPS_20G", +"BPS_50G", +"BPS_100G" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified bandwidth.", +"50 Megabits per second.", +"100 Megabits per second.", +"200 Megabits per second.", +"300 Megabits per second.", +"400 Megabits per second.", +"500 Megabits per second.", +"1 Gigabit per second.", +"2 Gigabits per second.", +"5 Gigabits per second.", +"10 Gigabits per second.", +"20 Gigabits per second.", +"50 Gigabits per second.", +"100 Gigabits per second." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Route": { "description": "A route defines a path from VM instances within a spoke to a specific destination resource. Only VPC spokes have routes.", "id": "Route", @@ -7398,6 +7570,152 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Transport": { +"description": "Message describing Transport object.", +"id": "Transport", +"properties": { +"advertisedRoutes": { +"description": "Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"bandwidth": { +"description": "Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided.", +"enum": [ +"BANDWIDTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"BPS_50M", +"BPS_100M", +"BPS_200M", +"BPS_300M", +"BPS_400M", +"BPS_500M", +"BPS_1G", +"BPS_2G", +"BPS_5G", +"BPS_10G", +"BPS_20G", +"BPS_50G", +"BPS_100G" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified bandwidth.", +"50 Megabits per second.", +"100 Megabits per second.", +"200 Megabits per second.", +"300 Megabits per second.", +"400 Megabits per second.", +"500 Megabits per second.", +"1 Gigabit per second.", +"2 Gigabits per second.", +"5 Gigabits per second.", +"10 Gigabits per second.", +"20 Gigabits per second.", +"50 Gigabits per second.", +"100 Gigabits per second." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the Transport.", +"type": "string" +}, +"generatedActivationKey": { +"description": "Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs.", +"type": "object" +}, +"mtuLimit": { +"description": "Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"peeringNetwork": { +"description": "Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"providedActivationKey": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state.", +"type": "string" +}, +"remoteAccountId": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile.", +"type": "string" +}, +"remoteProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stackType": { +"description": "Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity.", +"enum": [ +"STACK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IPV4_ONLY", +"IPV4_IPV6" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified stack type.", +"Only IPv4 is supported. (default)", +"Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the underlying connectivity.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"PENDING_CONFIG", +"PENDING_KEY", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"DEPROVISIONED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"The resource exists locally and is being created / associated with the resource on the remote provider\u2019s end of the underlying connectivity.", +"The Transport exists on both sides of the connection, and is waiting for configuration to finalize and be verified as operational.", +"The Transport was created in GCP. Depending on the profile\u2019s key provisioning flow, this is either waiting for an activation key to be input (the key will be validated that it uses remote resources that match the Transport), or for the generated key to be input to the provider for finalizing. The configured bandwidth is not yet guaranteed.", +"The Transport is configured and the underlying connectivity is considered operational.", +"The Transport is being deleted from GCP. The underlying connectivity is no longer operational.", +"The Transport was deleted on the remote provider's end and is no longer operational. GCP has insufficient information to move the resource back to PENDING_KEY state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VirtualMachine": { "description": "VM instances that this policy-based route applies to.", "id": "VirtualMachine", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index 70ebae9805..87a55f2abe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.list", @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocationOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json index c735da2e32..7ff2185a6e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkmanagement.organizations.locations.list", @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.list", @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260225", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json index 9939fdd859..895a734e85 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkmanagement.organizations.locations.list", @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.list", @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260225", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index 1a683d26e9..6bba2b416e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.list", @@ -5237,7 +5237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -5496,6 +5496,20 @@ "description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.", "type": "string" }, +"policyProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created.", +"enum": [ +"POLICY_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUEST_AUTHZ", +"CONTENT_AUTHZ" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified policy profile.", +"Applies to request authorization. `CUSTOM` authorization policies with Authz extensions will be allowed with `EXT_AUTHZ_GRPC` or `EXT_PROC_GRPC` protocols. Extensions are invoked only for request header events.", +"Applies to content security, sanitization, etc. Only `CUSTOM` action is allowed in this policy profile. AuthzExtensions in the custom provider must support `EXT_PROC_GRPC` protocol only and be capable of receiving all `EXT_PROC_GRPC` events (REQUEST_HEADERS, REQUEST_BODY, REQUEST_TRAILERS, RESPONSE_HEADERS, RESPONSE_BODY, RESPONSE_TRAILERS) with `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` body send mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, "target": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to." @@ -5728,6 +5742,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"mcp": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP", +"description": "Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources." +}, "methods": { "description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy.", "items": { @@ -5759,6 +5777,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP": { +"description": "Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP", +"properties": { +"baseProtocolMethodsOption": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol\u2019s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified.", +"enum": [ +"BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS", +"MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified option. Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS.", +"Skip matching on the base MCP protocol methods.", +"Match on the base MCP protocol methods." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"methods": { +"description": "Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod": { +"description": "Describes a set of MCP methods to match against.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2.", +"type": "string" +}, +"params": { +"description": "Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": { "description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.", "id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", @@ -5799,7 +5863,7 @@ "id": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "properties": { "loadBalancingScheme": { -"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", +"description": "Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", "enum": [ "LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED", "INTERNAL_MANAGED", @@ -6121,7 +6185,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "billingProjectId": { -"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.", +"description": "Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise.", "type": "string" }, "createTime": { @@ -6894,6 +6958,12 @@ "description": "Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.", "type": "string" }, +"networkCookie": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id", +"format": "uint32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "reconciling": { "description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json index 3bcfffb516..8b5a83bfd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.list", @@ -5523,7 +5523,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -5782,6 +5782,20 @@ "description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.", "type": "string" }, +"policyProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created.", +"enum": [ +"POLICY_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUEST_AUTHZ", +"CONTENT_AUTHZ" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified policy profile.", +"Applies to request authorization. `CUSTOM` authorization policies with Authz extensions will be allowed with `EXT_AUTHZ_GRPC` or `EXT_PROC_GRPC` protocols. Extensions are invoked only for request header events.", +"Applies to content security, sanitization, etc. Only `CUSTOM` action is allowed in this policy profile. AuthzExtensions in the custom provider must support `EXT_PROC_GRPC` protocol only and be capable of receiving all `EXT_PROC_GRPC` events (REQUEST_HEADERS, REQUEST_BODY, REQUEST_TRAILERS, RESPONSE_HEADERS, RESPONSE_BODY, RESPONSE_TRAILERS) with `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` body send mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, "target": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to." @@ -6014,6 +6028,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"mcp": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP", +"description": "Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources." +}, "methods": { "description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy.", "items": { @@ -6045,6 +6063,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP": { +"description": "Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP", +"properties": { +"baseProtocolMethodsOption": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol\u2019s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified.", +"enum": [ +"BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS", +"MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified option. Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS.", +"Skip matching on the base MCP protocol methods.", +"Match on the base MCP protocol methods." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"methods": { +"description": "Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod": { +"description": "Describes a set of MCP methods to match against.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2.", +"type": "string" +}, +"params": { +"description": "Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": { "description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.", "id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", @@ -6085,7 +6149,7 @@ "id": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "properties": { "loadBalancingScheme": { -"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", +"description": "Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", "enum": [ "LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED", "INTERNAL_MANAGED", @@ -6407,7 +6471,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "billingProjectId": { -"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.", +"description": "Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise.", "type": "string" }, "createTime": { @@ -7180,6 +7244,12 @@ "description": "Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.", "type": "string" }, +"networkCookie": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id", +"format": "uint32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "reconciling": { "description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index 753634d7df..bf89a4682d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ "id": "AuthzExtension", "properties": { "authority": { -"description": "Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service.", +"description": "Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin.", "type": "string" }, "createTime": { @@ -3583,7 +3583,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "observabilityMode": { -"description": "Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported.", +"description": "Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources.", "type": "boolean" }, "requestBodySendMode": { @@ -3673,6 +3673,14 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"allPorts": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"allowGlobalAccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "certificateUrls": { "description": "Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index dc9ab61b77..885162675c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { @@ -3108,7 +3108,7 @@ "id": "AuthzExtension", "properties": { "authority": { -"description": "Required. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service.", +"description": "Optional. The `:authority` header in the gRPC request sent from Envoy to the extension service. It is required when the `service` field points to a backend service or a wasm plugin.", "type": "string" }, "createTime": { @@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "observabilityMode": { -"description": "Optional. When set to `TRUE`, enables `observability_mode` on the `ext_proc` filter. This makes `ext_proc` calls asynchronous. Envoy doesn't check for the response from `ext_proc` calls. For more information about the filter, see: https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/v1.32.3/api-v3/extensions/filters/http/ext_proc/v3/ext_proc.proto#extensions-filters-http-ext-proc-v3-externalprocessor This field is helpful when you want to try out the extension in async log-only mode. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources. Only `STREAMED` (default) body processing mode is supported.", +"description": "Optional. When set to `true`, the calls to the extension backend are performed asynchronously, without pausing the processing of the ongoing request. In this mode, only `STREAMED` (default) body processing is supported. Responses, if any, are ignored. Supported by regional `LbTrafficExtension` and `LbRouteExtension` resources.", "type": "boolean" }, "requestBodySendMode": { @@ -3454,6 +3454,14 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"allPorts": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the Gateway will listen on all ports. This is mutually exclusive with the `ports` field. This field only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"allowGlobalAccess": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the gateway will allow traffic from clients outside of the region where the gateway is located. This field is configurable only for gateways of type SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "certificateUrls": { "description": "Optional. A fully-qualified Certificates URL reference. The proxy presents a Certificate (selected based on SNI) when establishing a TLS connection. This feature only applies to gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY'.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json index d79459d46c..3fea22b8a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://observability.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://observability.us.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://observability.eu.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "eu" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -167,7 +177,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/folders/{foldersId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "observability.folders.locations.list", @@ -436,7 +446,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "observability.organizations.locations.list", @@ -705,7 +715,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "observability.projects.locations.list", @@ -1506,7 +1516,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260220", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://observability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index c64e187882..a1a4864ac9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -344,9 +344,27 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260209", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"AISkillAnalysisOccurrence": { +"description": "AISkillAnalysisOccurrence provides the results of an AI-based skill analysis.", +"id": "AISkillAnalysisOccurrence", +"properties": { +"findings": { +"description": "Findings produced by the analysis.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Finding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"skillName": { +"description": "Name of the skill that produced this analysis.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AliasContext": { "description": "An alias to a repo revision.", "id": "AliasContext", @@ -1263,6 +1281,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Finding": { +"description": "Finding provides details for a single finding within an AISkillAnalysisOccurrence.", +"id": "Finding", +"properties": { +"category": { +"description": "Category of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Detailed description of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filePath": { +"description": "Path to the file where the finding was detected.", +"type": "string" +}, +"ruleId": { +"description": "Unique identifier of the rule that produced this finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Severity of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"snippet": { +"description": "Code snippet relevant to the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Title of the finding.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Fingerprint": { "description": "A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image.", "id": "Fingerprint", @@ -1358,6 +1411,11 @@ "layerDetails": { "$ref": "GrafeasV1LayerDetails", "description": "Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package)." +}, +"lineNumber": { +"description": "Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1899,6 +1957,15 @@ "description": "An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.", "id": "Occurrence", "properties": { +"advisoryPublishTime": { +"description": "The time this advisory was published by the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"aiSkillAnalysis": { +"$ref": "AISkillAnalysisOccurrence", +"description": "Describes an AI skill analysis." +}, "attestation": { "$ref": "AttestationOccurrence", "description": "Describes an attestation of an artifact." @@ -1952,7 +2019,8 @@ "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", "SBOM_REFERENCE", -"SECRET" +"SECRET", +"AI_SKILL_ANALYSIS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -1968,7 +2036,8 @@ "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", "This represents an SBOM Reference.", -"This represents a secret." +"This represents a secret.", +"This represents an AI skill analysis." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index da4477aaa6..6cf4315bff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -344,9 +344,27 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260209", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"AISkillAnalysisOccurrence": { +"description": "AISkillAnalysisOccurrence provides the results of an AI-based skill analysis.", +"id": "AISkillAnalysisOccurrence", +"properties": { +"findings": { +"description": "Findings produced by the analysis.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Finding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"skillName": { +"description": "Name of the skill that produced this analysis.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AliasContext": { "description": "An alias to a repo revision.", "id": "AliasContext", @@ -1258,6 +1276,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Finding": { +"description": "Finding provides details for a single finding within an AISkillAnalysisOccurrence.", +"id": "Finding", +"properties": { +"category": { +"description": "Category of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Detailed description of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filePath": { +"description": "Path to the file where the finding was detected.", +"type": "string" +}, +"ruleId": { +"description": "Unique identifier of the rule that produced this finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Severity of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"snippet": { +"description": "Code snippet relevant to the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Title of the finding.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Fingerprint": { "description": "A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image.", "id": "Fingerprint", @@ -1353,6 +1406,11 @@ "layerDetails": { "$ref": "GrafeasV1LayerDetails", "description": "Each package found in a file should have its own layer metadata (that is, information from the origin layer of the package)." +}, +"lineNumber": { +"description": "Line number in the file where the package was found. Optional field that only applies to source repository scanning.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1894,6 +1952,15 @@ "description": "An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.", "id": "Occurrence", "properties": { +"advisoryPublishTime": { +"description": "The time this advisory was published by the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"aiSkillAnalysis": { +"$ref": "AISkillAnalysisOccurrence", +"description": "Describes an AI skill analysis." +}, "attestation": { "$ref": "AttestationOccurrence", "description": "Describes an attestation of an artifact." @@ -1947,7 +2014,8 @@ "DSSE_ATTESTATION", "VULNERABILITY_ASSESSMENT", "SBOM_REFERENCE", -"SECRET" +"SECRET", +"AI_SKILL_ANALYSIS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -1963,7 +2031,8 @@ "This represents a DSSE attestation Note", "This represents a Vulnerability Assessment.", "This represents an SBOM Reference.", -"This represents a secret." +"This represents a secret.", +"This represents an AI skill analysis." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json index f65f1f3a25..c2a122b623 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json @@ -18,28 +18,18 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-northeast1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-northeast2" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-south1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-south2" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "australia-southeast1" +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", @@ -48,48 +38,13 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west3" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west8" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "northamerica-northeast1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "northamerica-northeast2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "southamerica-east1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-central1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-east4" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west3" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -212,7 +167,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "oracledatabase.projects.locations.list", @@ -2549,7 +2504,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260225", +"revision": "20260402", "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllConnectionStrings": { @@ -2579,7 +2534,11 @@ "id": "AutonomousDatabase", "properties": { "adminPassword": { -"description": "Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user.", +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"adminPasswordSecretVersion": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated.", "type": "string" }, "cidr": { @@ -3164,7 +3123,8 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "isLocalDataGuardEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_data_guard_enabled` instead. This field indicates whether the Autonomous Database has local (in-region) Data Guard enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3192,22 +3152,34 @@ "type": "string" }, "localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimit": { -"description": "Output only. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: Please use `local_adg_auto_failover_max_data_loss_limit_duration` instead. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, +"localAdgAutoFailoverMaxDataLossLimitDuration": { +"description": "Optional. This field indicates the maximum data loss limit for an Autonomous Database, in seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"localDataGuardEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether the Autonomous Database has a local (in-region) standby database. Not applicable to cross-region Data Guard or dedicated Exadata infrastructure.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "localDisasterRecoveryType": { "description": "Output only. This field indicates the local disaster recovery (DR) type of an Autonomous Database.", "enum": [ "LOCAL_DISASTER_RECOVERY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "ADG", -"BACKUP_BASED" +"BACKUP_BASED", +"NOT_AVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unspecified value.", "Autonomous Data Guard recovery.", -"Backup based recovery." +"Backup based recovery.", +"Local disaster recovery is not available." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4291,7 +4263,11 @@ "id": "Database", "properties": { "adminPassword": { -"description": "Required. The password for the default ADMIN user.", +"description": "Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"adminPasswordSecretVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the database admin user's password. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `admin_password_secret_version` or `admin_password` can be populated.", "type": "string" }, "characterSet": { @@ -4374,7 +4350,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The properties of the Database." }, "tdeWalletPassword": { -"description": "Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database.", +"description": "Optional. The TDE wallet password for the database. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tdeWalletPasswordSecretVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The resource name of a secret version in Secret Manager which contains the TDE wallet password for the database. Format: projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}. Note: Only one of `tde_wallet_password_secret_version` or `tde_wallet_password` can be populated.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index 183e4d7778..88509f2ade 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "etag": { -"description": "Optional. The current etag of policy. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the policy, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", +"description": "Optional. The current entity tag (ETag) of the organization policy. If an ETag is provided and doesn't match the current ETag of the policy, deletion of the policy will be blocked and an `ABORTED` error will be returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.", +"description": "Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.", "flatPath": "v2/folders/{foldersId}/policies/{policiesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "orgpolicy.folders.policies.get", @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ ] }, "getEffectivePolicy": { -"description": "Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.", +"description": "Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.", "flatPath": "v2/folders/{foldersId}/policies/{policiesId}:getEffectivePolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "orgpolicy.folders.policies.getEffectivePolicy", @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.", +"description": "Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.", "flatPath": "v2/folders/{foldersId}/policies/{policiesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "orgpolicy.folders.policies.patch", @@ -303,14 +303,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/policies/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy by the set. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request.", +"description": "Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "etag": { -"description": "Optional. The current etag of policy. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the policy, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", +"description": "Optional. The current entity tag (ETag) of the organization policy. If an ETag is provided and doesn't match the current ETag of the policy, deletion of the policy will be blocked and an `ABORTED` error will be returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.", +"description": "Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/policies/{policiesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "orgpolicy.organizations.policies.get", @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ ] }, "getEffectivePolicy": { -"description": "Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.", +"description": "Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/policies/{policiesId}:getEffectivePolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "orgpolicy.organizations.policies.getEffectivePolicy", @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.", +"description": "Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/policies/{policiesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "orgpolicy.organizations.policies.patch", @@ -675,14 +675,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/policies/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy by the set. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request.", +"description": "Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "etag": { -"description": "Optional. The current etag of policy. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the policy, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", +"description": "Optional. The current entity tag (ETag) of the organization policy. If an ETag is provided and doesn't match the current ETag of the policy, deletion of the policy will be blocked and an `ABORTED` error will be returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The `etag` value can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.", +"description": "Gets a policy on a resource. If no policy is set on the resource, `NOT_FOUND` is returned. The entity tag (ETag) can be used with `UpdatePolicy()` to update a policy during read-modify-write.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/policies/{policiesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "orgpolicy.projects.policies.get", @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ ] }, "getEffectivePolicy": { -"description": "Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an `etag` or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.", +"description": "Gets the effective policy on a resource. This is the result of merging policies in the resource hierarchy and evaluating conditions. The returned policy will not have an ETag or `condition` set because it is an evaluated policy across multiple resources. Subtrees of Resource Manager resource hierarchy with 'under:' prefix will not be expanded.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/policies/{policiesId}:getEffectivePolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "orgpolicy.projects.policies.getEffectivePolicy", @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy do not exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the etag supplied in the request does not match the persisted etag of the policy Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.", +"description": "Updates a policy. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.NOT_FOUND` if the constraint or the policy doesn't exist. Returns a `google.rpc.Status` with `google.rpc.Code.ABORTED` if the ETag supplied in the request doesn't match the persisted ETag of the policy. Note: the supplied policy will perform a full overwrite of all fields.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/policies/{policiesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "orgpolicy.projects.policies.patch", @@ -901,14 +901,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/policies/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy by the set. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request.", +"description": "Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the policy. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the policy, not the full request.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Constraint": { -"description": "A constraint describes a way to restrict resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question.", +"description": "A constraint describes a way to restrict a resource's configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which Google Cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. Constraints can be configured by the organization policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a policy that includes constraints at different locations in the organization's resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules, see `Policy`. Constraints have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a policy being defined or inherited for the resource in question.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Constraint", "properties": { "booleanConstraint": { @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "equivalentConstraint": { -"description": "Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name.", +"description": "Defines the equivalent constraint name, if it exists. Managed constraints can have an equivalent legacy managed constraint, and legacy managed constraints can have an equivalent managed constraint. For example, \"constraints/iam.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload\" is equivalent to \"constraints/iam.managed.disableServiceAccountKeyUpload\".", "type": "string" }, "listConstraint": { @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "resourceTypes": { -"description": "The resource instance type on which this policy applies. Format will be of the form : `/` Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.", +"description": "The resource instance type that this policy applies to, in the format `/`. Example: * `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validValuesExpr": { -"description": "Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in (\"parameterValue1\", \"parameterValue2\")", +"description": "Provides a CEL expression to specify the acceptable parameter values during assignment. For example, parameterName in (\"parameterValue1\", \"parameterValue2\").", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2ConstraintCustomConstraintDefinitionParameterMetadata", "properties": { "description": { -"description": "Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and use of it. Mutable.", +"description": "Detailed description of what this `parameter` is and its use. Mutable.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy": { -"description": "Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy", "properties": { "alternate": { @@ -1292,11 +1292,11 @@ "description": "Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced." }, "etag": { -"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "type": "string" }, "spec": { @@ -1307,15 +1307,15 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec": { -"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec", "properties": { "etag": { -"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.", +"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.", "type": "string" }, "inheritFromParent": { -"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.", +"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.", "type": "boolean" }, "reset": { @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "rules": { -"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", +"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index bd5f24b3db..5f9a42f954 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { @@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index 079f54856b..cfd308b320 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json index 0748e1c404..bd35d27b9e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "reconciling": { -"description": "Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", +"description": "Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json index 425e3dfbe8..6bf5193a96 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "reconciling": { -"description": "Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", +"description": "Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parametermanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parametermanager.v1.json index d63d0c1349..fd4ab6c1e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parametermanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parametermanager.v1.json @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "parametermanager.projects.locations.list", @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://parametermanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 0a23f49bb4..7e0d91e579 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260208", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -435,6 +435,10 @@ "description": "Request proto for AutocompletePlaces.", "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1AutocompletePlacesRequest", "properties": { +"includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": { +"description": "Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": { "description": "Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses.", "type": "boolean" @@ -1046,13 +1050,15 @@ "BUSINESS_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "OPERATIONAL", "CLOSED_TEMPORARILY", -"CLOSED_PERMANENTLY" +"CLOSED_PERMANENTLY", +"FUTURE_OPENING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The establishment is operational, not necessarily open now.", "The establishment is temporarily closed.", -"The establishment is permanently closed." +"The establishment is permanently closed.", +"The establishment will open in the future." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1190,6 +1196,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceNeighborhoodSummary", "description": "A summary of points of interest near the place." }, +"openingDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING." +}, "outdoorSeating": { "description": "Place provides outdoor seating.", "type": "boolean" @@ -2052,6 +2062,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": { +"description": "Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "includedPrimaryTypes": { "description": "Included primary Place type (e.g. \"restaurant\" or \"gas_station\") from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. A place can only have a single primary type from the supported types table associated with it. Up to 50 types from [Table A](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types#table-a) may be specified. If there are any conflicting primary types, i.e. a type appears in both included_primary_types and excluded_primary_types, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If a Place type is specified with multiple type restrictions, only places that satisfy all of the restrictions are returned. For example, if we have {included_types = [\"restaurant\"], excluded_primary_types = [\"restaurant\"]}, the returned places provide \"restaurant\" related services but do not operate primarily as \"restaurants\".", "items": { @@ -2144,6 +2158,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestEVOptions", "description": "Optional. Set the searchable EV options of a place search request." }, +"includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": { +"description": "Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": { "description": "Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses.", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json index 60a621c15a..6f7a98dfed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260227", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy": { -"description": "Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy", "properties": { "alternate": { @@ -1166,11 +1166,11 @@ "description": "Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced." }, "etag": { -"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "type": "string" }, "spec": { @@ -1181,15 +1181,15 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec": { -"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec", "properties": { "etag": { -"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.", +"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.", "type": "string" }, "inheritFromParent": { -"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.", +"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.", "type": "boolean" }, "reset": { @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "rules": { -"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", +"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json index 60b2c40070..2e48e61248 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260227", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy": { -"description": "Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy", "properties": { "alternate": { @@ -745,11 +745,11 @@ "description": "Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced." }, "etag": { -"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "type": "string" }, "spec": { @@ -760,15 +760,15 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec": { -"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec", "properties": { "etag": { -"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.", +"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.", "type": "string" }, "inheritFromParent": { -"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.", +"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.", "type": "boolean" }, "reset": { @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "rules": { -"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", +"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json index dc55de6f92..f8828918e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260227", +"revision": "20260312", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy": { -"description": "Defines an organization policy which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines an organization policy that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Policy", "properties": { "alternate": { @@ -1302,11 +1302,11 @@ "description": "Dry-run policy. Audit-only policy, can be used to monitor how the policy would have impacted the existing and future resources if it's enforced." }, "etag": { -"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This 'etag' is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"description": "Optional. An opaque tag indicating the current state of the policy, used for concurrency control. This entity tag (ETag) is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint which this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", +"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the policy. Must be one of the following forms, where `constraint_name` is the name of the constraint that this policy configures: * `projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` For example, `projects/123/policies/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. Note: `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}` is also an acceptable name for API requests, but responses will return the name using the equivalent project number.", "type": "string" }, "spec": { @@ -1317,15 +1317,15 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec": { -"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification which is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", +"description": "Defines a Google Cloud policy specification that is used to specify constraints for configurations of Google Cloud resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpec", "properties": { "etag": { -"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset.", +"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policySpec, used for concurrency control. This field is ignored if used in a `CreatePolicy` request. When the policy is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListPolicies` request, this entity tag (ETag) indicates the version of the current policySpec to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the policy is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the ETag will be unset.", "type": "string" }, "inheritFromParent": { -"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies which configure list constraints.", +"description": "Determines the inheritance behavior for this policy. If `inherit_from_parent` is true, policy rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the new root for evaluation. This field can be set only for policies that configure list constraints.", "type": "boolean" }, "reset": { @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "rules": { -"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be one and only one policy rule where condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", +"description": "In policies for boolean constraints, the following requirements apply: - There must be exactly one policy rule where a condition is unset. - Boolean policy rules with conditions must set `enforced` to the opposite of the policy rule without a condition. - During policy evaluation, policy rules with conditions that are true for a target resource take precedence.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json index 2fc8bb7f27..0c3106475b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260111", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterIamV3betaAccessTuple": { @@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ }, "condition": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeExpr", -"description": "Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the \"||\"(Logical OR), \"&&\"(Logical AND) or \"!\"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: \"principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'\" or \"principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'\". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are Workspace, Workforce Pool, Workload Pool and Service Account. Allowed string must be one of: - iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount" +"description": "Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the \"||\"(Logical OR), \"&&\"(Logical AND) or \"!\"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: \"principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'\" or \"principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'\". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are workspace, workforce pool, workload pool, service account, and Agent Identity. Allowed string must be one of: - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount` - `iam.googleapis.com/AgentPoolIdentity` (available in Preview)" }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the policy binding was created.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index a35409a444..6a02d14b59 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "privateca.projects.locations.list", @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index 6174a4471e..48075cf38d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "privateca.projects.locations.list", @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index 75859aac32..16e0a35313 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260227", +"revision": "20260310", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AIInference": { @@ -1894,7 +1894,8 @@ "KINESIS_PERMISSION_DENIED", "PUBLISH_PERMISSION_DENIED", "STREAM_NOT_FOUND", -"CONSUMER_NOT_FOUND" +"CONSUMER_NOT_FOUND", +"CONFLICTING_REGION_CONSTRAINTS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -1902,7 +1903,8 @@ "Permission denied encountered while consuming data from Kinesis. This can happen if: - The provided `aws_role_arn` does not exist or does not have the appropriate permissions attached. - The provided `aws_role_arn` is not set up properly for Identity Federation using `gcp_service_account`. - The Pub/Sub SA is not granted the `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission on `gcp_service_account`.", "Permission denied encountered while publishing to the topic. This can happen if the Pub/Sub SA has not been granted the [appropriate publish permissions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/access-control#pubsub.publisher)", "The Kinesis stream does not exist.", -"The Kinesis consumer does not exist." +"The Kinesis consumer does not exist.", +"Indicates an error state where the ingestion source cannot be processed. This occurs because there is no overlap between the regions allowed by the topic's `MessageStoragePolicy` and the regions permitted by the Regional Access Boundary (RAB) restrictions on the project's Pub/Sub service account. A common, allowed region is required to determine a valid ingestion region." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1938,7 +1940,8 @@ "MSK_PERMISSION_DENIED", "PUBLISH_PERMISSION_DENIED", "CLUSTER_NOT_FOUND", -"TOPIC_NOT_FOUND" +"TOPIC_NOT_FOUND", +"CONFLICTING_REGION_CONSTRAINTS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -1946,7 +1949,8 @@ "Permission denied encountered while consuming data from Amazon MSK.", "Permission denied encountered while publishing to the topic.", "The provided MSK cluster wasn't found.", -"The provided topic wasn't found." +"The provided topic wasn't found.", +"Indicates an error state where the ingestion source cannot be processed. This occurs because there is no overlap between the regions allowed by the topic's `MessageStoragePolicy` and the regions permitted by the Regional Access Boundary (RAB) restrictions on the project's Pub/Sub service account. A common, allowed region is required to determine a valid ingestion region." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1992,7 +1996,8 @@ "NAMESPACE_NOT_FOUND", "EVENT_HUB_NOT_FOUND", "SUBSCRIPTION_NOT_FOUND", -"RESOURCE_GROUP_NOT_FOUND" +"RESOURCE_GROUP_NOT_FOUND", +"CONFLICTING_REGION_CONSTRAINTS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -2002,7 +2007,8 @@ "The provided Event Hubs namespace couldn't be found.", "The provided Event Hub couldn't be found.", "The provided Event Hubs subscription couldn't be found.", -"The provided Event Hubs resource group couldn't be found." +"The provided Event Hubs resource group couldn't be found.", +"Indicates an error state where the ingestion source cannot be processed. This occurs because there is no overlap between the regions allowed by the topic's `MessageStoragePolicy` and the regions permitted by the Regional Access Boundary (RAB) restrictions on the project's Pub/Sub service account. A common, allowed region is required to determine a valid ingestion region." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2072,6 +2078,54 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BigtableConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for a Bigtable subscription. The Pub/Sub message will be written to a Bigtable row as follows: - row key: subscription name and message ID delimited by #. - columns: message bytes written to a single column family \"data\" with an empty-string column qualifier. - cell timestamp: the message publish timestamp.", +"id": "BigtableConfig", +"properties": { +"appProfileId": { +"description": "Optional. The app profile to use for the Bigtable writes. If not specified, the \"default\" application profile will be used. The app profile must use single-cluster routing.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceAccountEmail": { +"description": "Optional. The service account to use to write to Bigtable. The subscription creator or updater that specifies this field must have `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on the service account. If not specified, the Pub/Sub [service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents), service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com, is used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"NOT_FOUND", +"APP_PROFILE_MISCONFIGURED", +"PERMISSION_DENIED", +"SCHEMA_MISMATCH", +"IN_TRANSIT_LOCATION_RESTRICTION", +"VERTEX_AI_LOCATION_RESTRICTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"The subscription can actively send messages to Bigtable.", +"Cannot write to Bigtable because the instance, table, or app profile does not exist.", +"Cannot write to Bigtable because the app profile is not configured for single-cluster routing.", +"Cannot write to Bigtable because of permission denied errors. This can happen if: - The Pub/Sub service agent has not been granted the [appropriate Bigtable IAM permission bigtable.tables.mutateRows]({$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/bigtable/docs/access-control#permissions) - The bigtable.googleapis.com API is not enabled for the project ([instructions]({$universe.dns_names.final_documentation_domain}/service-usage/docs/enable-disable))", +"Cannot write to Bigtable because of a missing column family (\"data\") or if there is no structured row key for the subscription name + message ID.", +"Cannot write to the destination because enforce_in_transit is set to true and the destination locations are not in the allowed regions.", +"Cannot write to Bigtable because the table is not in the same location as where Vertex AI models used in `message_transform`s are deployed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"table": { +"description": "Optional. The unique name of the table to write messages to. Values are of the form `projects//instances//tables/`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"writeMetadata": { +"description": "Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table under the pubsub_metadata column family. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Binding": { "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", "id": "Binding", @@ -2127,7 +2181,8 @@ "CLOUD_STORAGE_PERMISSION_DENIED", "PUBLISH_PERMISSION_DENIED", "BUCKET_NOT_FOUND", -"TOO_MANY_OBJECTS" +"TOO_MANY_OBJECTS", +"CONFLICTING_REGION_CONSTRAINTS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -2135,7 +2190,8 @@ "Permission denied encountered while calling the Cloud Storage API. This can happen if the Pub/Sub SA has not been granted the [appropriate permissions](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/iam-permissions): - storage.objects.list: to list the objects in a bucket. - storage.objects.get: to read the objects in a bucket. - storage.buckets.get: to verify the bucket exists.", "Permission denied encountered while publishing to the topic. This can happen if the Pub/Sub SA has not been granted the [appropriate publish permissions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/access-control#pubsub.publisher)", "The provided Cloud Storage bucket doesn't exist.", -"The Cloud Storage bucket has too many objects, ingestion will be paused." +"The Cloud Storage bucket has too many objects, ingestion will be paused.", +"Indicates an error state where the ingestion source cannot be processed. This occurs because there is no overlap between the regions allowed by the topic's `MessageStoragePolicy` and the regions permitted by the Regional Access Boundary (RAB) restrictions on the project's Pub/Sub service account. A common, allowed region is required to determine a valid ingestion region." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2260,7 +2316,8 @@ "PUBLISH_PERMISSION_DENIED", "UNREACHABLE_BOOTSTRAP_SERVER", "CLUSTER_NOT_FOUND", -"TOPIC_NOT_FOUND" +"TOPIC_NOT_FOUND", +"CONFLICTING_REGION_CONSTRAINTS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", @@ -2269,7 +2326,8 @@ "Permission denied encountered while publishing to the topic.", "The provided bootstrap server address is unreachable.", "The provided cluster wasn't found.", -"The provided topic wasn't found." +"The provided topic wasn't found.", +"Indicates an error state where the ingestion source cannot be processed. This occurs because there is no overlap between the regions allowed by the topic's `MessageStoragePolicy` and the regions permitted by the Regional Access Boundary (RAB) restrictions on the project's Pub/Sub service account. A common, allowed region is required to determine a valid ingestion region." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3022,6 +3080,10 @@ "$ref": "BigQueryConfig", "description": "Optional. If delivery to BigQuery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it." }, +"bigtableConfig": { +"$ref": "BigtableConfig", +"description": "Optional. If delivery to Bigtable is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it." +}, "cloudStorageConfig": { "$ref": "CloudStorageConfig", "description": "Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index 21e6238d4a..242b24fb2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "extendedVerdictReasons": { -"description": "Output only. Advanced reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of possible reasons is subject to change.", +"description": "Output only. Additional reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of reasons is subject to change.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -2059,6 +2059,16 @@ true "SUSPECTED_CARDING", "SUSPECTED_CHARGEBACK" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unspecified type.", "Interactions matched the behavior of an automated agent.", @@ -2066,8 +2076,8 @@ true "Traffic volume from the event source is higher than normal.", "Interactions with the site were significantly different than expected patterns.", "Too little traffic has been received from this site thus far to generate quality risk analysis.", -"The request matches behavioral characteristics of a carding attack.", -"The request matches behavioral characteristics of chargebacks for fraud." +"Deprecated: Use FraudPreventionAssessment.transaction_risk and FraudPreventionAssessment.RiskReason.Reason.EXCESSIVE_ENUMERATION_PATTERN instead.", +"Deprecated: Use FraudPreventionAssessment.transaction_risk and FraudPreventionAssessment.RiskReason.Reason.ASSOCIATED_WITH_FRAUD_CLUSTER instead." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 79b37880eb..fb24ac80ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ "scopes": { "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis data and the email address of your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis data and see the email address for your Google Account" } } } @@ -131,7 +137,8 @@ "$ref": "Location" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { @@ -156,11 +163,12 @@ "$ref": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "redis.projects.locations.list", @@ -203,11 +211,194 @@ "$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } }, "resources": { +"aclPolicies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"aclPolicyId": { +"description": "Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAclPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +} +}, "backupCollections": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -232,7 +423,9 @@ "$ref": "BackupCollection" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -268,7 +461,9 @@ "$ref": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } }, @@ -302,7 +497,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "export": { @@ -330,7 +526,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -355,7 +552,9 @@ "$ref": "Backup" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -391,7 +590,9 @@ "$ref": "ListBackupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } } @@ -400,6 +601,35 @@ }, "clusters": { "methods": { +"addTokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Adds a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:addTokenAuthUser", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.addTokenAuthUser", +"parameterOrder": [ +"cluster" +], +"parameters": { +"cluster": { +"description": "Required. The cluster resource that this token auth user will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+cluster}:addTokenAuthUser", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddTokenAuthUserRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, "backup": { "description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:backup", @@ -425,7 +655,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "create": { @@ -463,7 +694,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -493,7 +725,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -518,7 +751,8 @@ "$ref": "Cluster" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "getCertificateAuthority": { @@ -543,7 +777,8 @@ "$ref": "CertificateAuthority" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -579,7 +814,8 @@ "$ref": "ListClustersResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -618,7 +854,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "rescheduleClusterMaintenance": { @@ -646,8 +883,258 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"tokenAuthUsers": { +"methods": { +"addAuthToken": { +"description": "Adds a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}:addAuthToken", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.addAuthToken", +"parameterOrder": [ +"tokenAuthUser" +], +"parameters": { +"tokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+tokenAuthUser}:addAuthToken", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddAuthTokenRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any child auth tokens of this user will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the user has no auth tokens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the token auth user to delete. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a specific token auth user for a basic auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TokenAuthUser" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all the token auth users for a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Expression for filtering results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Sort results by a defined order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource that this token based auth user will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/tokenAuthUsers", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTokenAuthUsersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"authTokens": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Removes a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}/authTokens/{authTokensId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be deleted from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+/authTokens/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a specific auth token for a specific token auth user.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}/authTokens/{authTokensId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of auth token for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+/authTokens/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AuthToken" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all the auth tokens for a specific token auth user.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}/authTokens", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Expression for filtering results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Sort results by a defined order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource that this auth token will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/authTokens", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAuthTokensResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +} +} +} } } }, @@ -683,7 +1170,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -708,7 +1196,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "export": { @@ -736,7 +1225,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "failover": { @@ -764,7 +1254,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -789,7 +1280,9 @@ "$ref": "Instance" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "getAuthString": { @@ -814,7 +1307,9 @@ "$ref": "InstanceAuthString" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "import": { @@ -842,7 +1337,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -878,7 +1374,9 @@ "$ref": "ListInstancesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -912,7 +1410,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "rescheduleMaintenance": { @@ -940,7 +1439,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "upgrade": { @@ -968,7 +1468,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } } @@ -997,7 +1498,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1022,7 +1524,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -1047,7 +1550,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -1093,7 +1597,8 @@ "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } } @@ -1103,7 +1608,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1129,6 +1634,128 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AclPolicy": { +"description": "The ACL policy resource.", +"id": "AclPolicy", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rules": { +"description": "Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the ACL policy.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"ACL Policy has been created and is fully usable. Since ACL Policy creation is synchronous and not an LRO, there is no CREATING state.", +"ACL Policy is being updated.", +"ACL Policy is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AclRule": { +"description": "A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.", +"id": "AclRule", +"properties": { +"rule": { +"description": "Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: \"on >password123 ~* +@all\" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddAuthTokenRequest": { +"description": "Request message for AddAuthToken.", +"id": "AddAuthTokenRequest", +"properties": { +"authToken": { +"$ref": "AuthToken", +"description": "Required. The auth token to add." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddTokenAuthUserRequest": { +"description": "Request message for AddTokenAuthUser.", +"id": "AddTokenAuthUserRequest", +"properties": { +"tokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Required. The id of the token auth user to add.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthToken": { +"description": "Auth token for the cluster.", +"id": "AuthToken", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time of the auth token.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the auth token.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"The auth token is active.", +"The auth token is being created.", +"The auth token is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"token": { +"description": "Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AutomatedBackupConfig": { "description": "The automated backup config for a cluster.", "id": "AutomatedBackupConfig", @@ -1552,6 +2179,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster.", "type": "string" }, +"aclPolicyInSync": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "allowFewerZonesDeployment": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use.", @@ -1566,12 +2198,14 @@ "enum": [ "AUTH_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "AUTH_MODE_IAM_AUTH", -"AUTH_MODE_DISABLED" +"AUTH_MODE_DISABLED", +"AUTH_MODE_TOKEN_AUTH" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not set.", "IAM basic authorization mode", -"Authorization disabled mode" +"Authorization disabled mode", +"Token based authorization mode" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2675,7 +3309,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "DatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "DatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -2847,6 +3481,23 @@ false "$ref": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "DatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -4038,6 +4689,56 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListAclPoliciesResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListAclPolicies.", +"id": "ListAclPoliciesResponse", +"properties": { +"aclPolicies": { +"description": "A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is \"-\", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListAuthTokensResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListAuthTokens.", +"id": "ListAuthTokensResponse", +"properties": { +"authTokens": { +"description": "A list of auth tokens in the project.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthToken" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Auth tokens that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListBackupCollectionsResponse": { "description": "Response for [ListBackupCollections].", "id": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse", @@ -4181,6 +4882,31 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListTokenAuthUsersResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListTokenAuthUsers.", +"id": "ListTokenAuthUsersResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tokenAuthUsers": { +"description": "A list of token auth users in the project.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TokenAuthUser" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Token auth users that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -5413,6 +6139,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Represents a token based auth user for the cluster.", +"id": "TokenAuthUser", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the token based auth user. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the token based auth user.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"The auth user is active.", +"The auth user is being created.", +"The auth user is being updated.", +"The auth user is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TypedValue": { "description": "TypedValue represents the value of a metric type. It can either be a double, an int64, a string or a bool.", "id": "TypedValue", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index af454e22a7..1e8610826f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ "scopes": { "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis data and the email address of your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis data and see the email address for your Google Account" } } } @@ -131,7 +137,8 @@ "$ref": "Location" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { @@ -156,11 +163,12 @@ "$ref": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "redis.projects.locations.list", @@ -203,11 +211,194 @@ "$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } }, "resources": { +"aclPolicies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"aclPolicyId": { +"description": "Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAclPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +} +}, "backupCollections": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -232,7 +423,8 @@ "$ref": "BackupCollection" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -268,7 +460,8 @@ "$ref": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } }, @@ -302,7 +495,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "export": { @@ -330,7 +524,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -355,7 +550,8 @@ "$ref": "Backup" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -391,7 +587,8 @@ "$ref": "ListBackupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } } @@ -400,6 +597,35 @@ }, "clusters": { "methods": { +"addTokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Adds a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:addTokenAuthUser", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.addTokenAuthUser", +"parameterOrder": [ +"cluster" +], +"parameters": { +"cluster": { +"description": "Required. The cluster resource that this token auth user will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+cluster}:addTokenAuthUser", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddTokenAuthUserRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, "backup": { "description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:backup", @@ -425,7 +651,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "create": { @@ -463,7 +690,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -493,7 +721,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -518,7 +747,8 @@ "$ref": "Cluster" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "getCertificateAuthority": { @@ -543,7 +773,8 @@ "$ref": "CertificateAuthority" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -579,7 +810,8 @@ "$ref": "ListClustersResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -618,7 +850,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "rescheduleClusterMaintenance": { @@ -646,8 +879,258 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"tokenAuthUsers": { +"methods": { +"addAuthToken": { +"description": "Adds a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}:addAuthToken", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.addAuthToken", +"parameterOrder": [ +"tokenAuthUser" +], +"parameters": { +"tokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be added for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+tokenAuthUser}:addAuthToken", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddAuthTokenRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any child auth tokens of this user will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the user has no auth tokens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the token auth user to delete. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a specific token auth user for a basic auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of token auth user for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TokenAuthUser" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all the token auth users for a token based auth enabled cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Expression for filtering results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Sort results by a defined order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource that this token based auth user will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tokenAuthUsers", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTokenAuthUsersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"authTokens": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Removes a auth token for a user of a token based auth enabled instance.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}/authTokens/{authTokensId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the token auth user resource that this auth token will be deleted from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+/authTokens/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a specific auth token for a specific token auth user.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}/authTokens/{authTokensId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of auth token for a token based auth enabled cluster. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+/authTokens/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AuthToken" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all the auth tokens for a specific token auth user.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}/tokenAuthUsers/{tokenAuthUsersId}/authTokens", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.tokenAuthUsers.authTokens.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Expression for filtering results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Sort results by a defined order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListTokenAuthUsers] request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource that this auth token will be listed for. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+/tokenAuthUsers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/authTokens", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAuthTokensResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" +] +} +} +} +} } } }, @@ -683,7 +1166,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -708,7 +1192,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "export": { @@ -736,7 +1221,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "failover": { @@ -764,7 +1250,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -789,7 +1276,9 @@ "$ref": "Instance" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "getAuthString": { @@ -814,7 +1303,9 @@ "$ref": "InstanceAuthString" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "import": { @@ -842,7 +1333,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -878,7 +1370,9 @@ "$ref": "ListInstancesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-only", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "patch": { @@ -912,7 +1406,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "rescheduleMaintenance": { @@ -940,7 +1435,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "upgrade": { @@ -968,7 +1464,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } } @@ -997,7 +1494,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1022,7 +1520,8 @@ "$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "get": { @@ -1047,7 +1546,8 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] }, "list": { @@ -1093,7 +1593,8 @@ "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/redis.read-write" ] } } @@ -1103,7 +1604,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260331", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1129,6 +1630,128 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AclPolicy": { +"description": "The ACL policy resource.", +"id": "AclPolicy", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rules": { +"description": "Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the ACL policy.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"ACL Policy has been created and is fully usable. Since ACL Policy creation is synchronous and not an LRO, there is no CREATING state.", +"ACL Policy is being updated.", +"ACL Policy is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AclRule": { +"description": "A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.", +"id": "AclRule", +"properties": { +"rule": { +"description": "Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: \"on >password123 ~* +@all\" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddAuthTokenRequest": { +"description": "Request message for AddAuthToken.", +"id": "AddAuthTokenRequest", +"properties": { +"authToken": { +"$ref": "AuthToken", +"description": "Required. The auth token to add." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddTokenAuthUserRequest": { +"description": "Request message for AddTokenAuthUser.", +"id": "AddTokenAuthUserRequest", +"properties": { +"tokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Required. The id of the token auth user to add.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthToken": { +"description": "Auth token for the cluster.", +"id": "AuthToken", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time of the auth token.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the auth token. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}/authTokens/{auth_token}", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the auth token.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"The auth token is active.", +"The auth token is being created.", +"The auth token is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"token": { +"description": "Output only. The service generated authentication token used to connect to the Redis cluster.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AutomatedBackupConfig": { "description": "The automated backup config for a cluster.", "id": "AutomatedBackupConfig", @@ -1552,6 +2175,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster.", "type": "string" }, +"aclPolicyInSync": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "allowFewerZonesDeployment": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use.", @@ -1566,12 +2194,14 @@ "enum": [ "AUTH_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "AUTH_MODE_IAM_AUTH", -"AUTH_MODE_DISABLED" +"AUTH_MODE_DISABLED", +"AUTH_MODE_TOKEN_AUTH" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not set.", "IAM basic authorization mode", -"Authorization disabled mode" +"Authorization disabled mode", +"Token based authorization mode" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2675,7 +3305,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "DatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "DatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -2847,6 +3477,23 @@ false "$ref": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "DatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -4045,6 +4692,56 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListAclPoliciesResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListAclPolicies.", +"id": "ListAclPoliciesResponse", +"properties": { +"aclPolicies": { +"description": "A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is \"-\", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListAuthTokensResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListAuthTokens.", +"id": "ListAuthTokensResponse", +"properties": { +"authTokens": { +"description": "A list of auth tokens in the project.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthToken" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Auth tokens that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListBackupCollectionsResponse": { "description": "Response for [ListBackupCollections].", "id": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse", @@ -4188,6 +4885,31 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListTokenAuthUsersResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListTokenAuthUsers.", +"id": "ListTokenAuthUsersResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tokenAuthUsers": { +"description": "A list of token auth users in the project.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TokenAuthUser" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Token auth users that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -5420,6 +6142,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TokenAuthUser": { +"description": "Represents a token based auth user for the cluster.", +"id": "TokenAuthUser", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the token based auth user. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/tokenAuthUsers/{token_auth_user}", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the token based auth user.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"The auth user is active.", +"The auth user is being created.", +"The auth user is being updated.", +"The auth user is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TypedValue": { "description": "TypedValue represents the value of a metric type. It can either be a double, an int64, a string or a bool.", "id": "TypedValue", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 0e45adb236..2c40757036 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "run.projects.locations.list", @@ -3583,7 +3583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { @@ -4483,6 +4483,13 @@ "description": "Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts", "properties": { +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -4515,6 +4522,13 @@ "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects", "description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." }, +"oci": { +"description": "Optional. A list of OCI images to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. OCI images in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Oci" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "pythonPackages": { "description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -5106,6 +5120,21 @@ false "description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", "type": "string" }, +"ociMediaType": { +"description": "Output only. The OCI media type of the artifact. Non-OCI images, such as Docker images, will have an unspecified value.", +"enum": [ +"OCI_MEDIA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IMAGE_MANIFEST", +"IMAGE_INDEX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The artifact is an image manifest, which represents a single image with all its layers.", +"The artifact is an image index, which can contain a list of image manifests." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pushTiming": { "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", @@ -5141,6 +5170,10 @@ false "description": "If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well).", "type": "boolean" }, +"genericArtifact": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifactDependency", +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency." +}, "gitSource": { "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSourceDependency", "description": "Represents a git repository as a build dependency." @@ -5214,6 +5247,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifact": { +"description": "Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"description": "Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifactDependency": { +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifactDependency", +"properties": { +"destPath": { +"description": "Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitConfig": { "description": "GitConfig is a configuration for git operations.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitConfig", @@ -5426,6 +5489,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Oci": { +"description": "OCI image to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Oci", +"properties": { +"file": { +"description": "Required. Path on the local file system where to find the container to upload. e.g. /workspace/my-image.tar", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the container to. e.g. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Tags to apply to the uploaded image. e.g. latest, 1.0.0", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption": { "description": "Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption", @@ -5524,6 +5609,14 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGenericArtifact" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", "items": { @@ -5761,6 +5854,41 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGenericArtifact": { +"description": "A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactFingerprint": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Output only. The hash of the whole artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"artifactRegistryPackage": { +"description": "Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"fileHashes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes" +}, +"description": "Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGoModule": { "description": "A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGoModule", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index ffafb1cb24..db1805840a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -2964,11 +2964,13 @@ "description": "The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional", "enum": [ "MEDIUM_UNSPECIFIED", -"MEMORY" +"MEMORY", +"DISK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "When not specified, falls back to the default implementation which is currently in memory (this may change over time).", -"Explicitly set the EmptyDir to be in memory. Uses tmpfs." +"Explicitly set the EmptyDir to be in memory. Uses tmpfs.", +"Explicitly sets the EmptyDir to be a disk." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4485,12 +4487,12 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2RevisionScaling", "properties": { "concurrencyUtilization": { -"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling.", +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, "cpuUtilization": { -"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling.", +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, @@ -5008,7 +5010,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2SourceFile", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "Required. Input only. The source code as raw text.", +"description": "Required. Input only. Represents the exact, literal, and complete source code of the file. Placeholders like `...` or comments such as `# [rest of code]` should NEVER be used as omission. Every character in this field will be built into the final container. Any omission will result in a broken application.", "type": "string" }, "filename": { @@ -5679,7 +5681,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "customAudiences": { -"description": "Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -6004,6 +6007,13 @@ "description": "Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts", "properties": { +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -6036,6 +6046,13 @@ "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects", "description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." }, +"oci": { +"description": "Optional. A list of OCI images to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. OCI images in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Oci" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "pythonPackages": { "description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -6627,6 +6644,21 @@ false "description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", "type": "string" }, +"ociMediaType": { +"description": "Output only. The OCI media type of the artifact. Non-OCI images, such as Docker images, will have an unspecified value.", +"enum": [ +"OCI_MEDIA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IMAGE_MANIFEST", +"IMAGE_INDEX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The artifact is an image manifest, which represents a single image with all its layers.", +"The artifact is an image index, which can contain a list of image manifests." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pushTiming": { "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", @@ -6662,6 +6694,10 @@ false "description": "If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well).", "type": "boolean" }, +"genericArtifact": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifactDependency", +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency." +}, "gitSource": { "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSourceDependency", "description": "Represents a git repository as a build dependency." @@ -6735,6 +6771,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifact": { +"description": "Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"description": "Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifactDependency": { +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GenericArtifactDependency", +"properties": { +"destPath": { +"description": "Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitConfig": { "description": "GitConfig is a configuration for git operations.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitConfig", @@ -6947,6 +7013,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Oci": { +"description": "OCI image to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Oci", +"properties": { +"file": { +"description": "Required. Path on the local file system where to find the container to upload. e.g. /workspace/my-image.tar", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the container to. e.g. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev/my-project/my-repo/my-image", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Tags to apply to the uploaded image. e.g. latest, 1.0.0", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption": { "description": "Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption", @@ -7045,6 +7133,14 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGenericArtifact" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", "items": { @@ -7282,6 +7378,41 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGenericArtifact": { +"description": "A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactFingerprint": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Output only. The hash of the whole artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"artifactRegistryPackage": { +"description": "Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"fileHashes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes" +}, +"description": "Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGoModule": { "description": "A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedGoModule", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1dd14a3aac --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1.json @@ -0,0 +1,3453 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "SaaS Service Management", +"description": "Model, deploy, and operate your SaaS at scale. ", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/saas-runtime/docs", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "saasservicemgmt:v1", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "saasservicemgmt", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"extraLocationTypes": { +"description": "Optional. Do not use this field. It is unsupported and is ignored unless explicitly documented otherwise. This is primarily for internal usage.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/locations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"releases": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"releaseId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new release.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/releases", +"request": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases/{releasesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the release. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the release. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/releases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases/{releasesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/releases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of releases.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of releases to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/releases", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListReleasesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases/{releasesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/releases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Release resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Release will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"rolloutKinds": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutKindId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new rollout kind.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rolloutKinds", +"request": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds/{rolloutKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rolloutKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds/{rolloutKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rolloutKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of rollout kinds.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of rollout kinds to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rolloutKinds", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRolloutKindsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds/{rolloutKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rolloutKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the RolloutKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the RolloutKind will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"rollouts": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new rollout.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rollouts", +"request": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts/{rolloutsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rollouts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts/{rolloutsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rollouts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of rollouts.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of rollouts to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rollouts", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRolloutsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts/{rolloutsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rollouts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Rollout resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Rollout will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"saas": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the saas.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"saasId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new saas.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/saas", +"request": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas/{saasId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the saas. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the saas. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/saas/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas/{saasId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/saas/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of saas to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the saas.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/saas", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSaasResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas/{saasId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/saas/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Saas resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Saas will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"tenants": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the tenant.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"tenantId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new tenant.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/tenants", +"request": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants/{tenantsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the tenant. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the tenant. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tenants/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants/{tenantsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tenants/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of tenants.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of tenants to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the tenant.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/tenants", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTenantsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants/{tenantsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tenants/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Tenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Tenant will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"unitKinds": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKindId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new unit kind.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitKinds", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds/{unitKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds/{unitKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of unit kinds.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of unit kinds to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitKinds", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUnitKindsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds/{unitKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitKind will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"unitOperations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit operation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitOperationId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new unit operation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitOperations", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations/{unitOperationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit operation. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit operation. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitOperations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations/{unitOperationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitOperations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of unit operations.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of unit operations to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit operation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitOperations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUnitOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations/{unitOperationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitOperations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitOperation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitOperation will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"units": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new unit.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/units", +"request": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units/{unitsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/units/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units/{unitsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/units/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of units.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of units to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/units", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUnitsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units/{unitsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/units/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Unit resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Unit will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260325", +"rootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"Aggregate": { +"description": "Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.", +"id": "Aggregate", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Required. Number of records in the group.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"group": { +"description": "Required. Group by which to aggregate.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Blueprint": { +"description": "Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev).", +"id": "Blueprint", +"properties": { +"engine": { +"description": "Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"package": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Dependency": { +"description": "Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.", +"id": "Dependency", +"properties": { +"alias": { +"description": "Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Deprovision": { +"description": "Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.", +"id": "Deprovision", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ErrorBudget": { +"description": "The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused.", +"id": "ErrorBudget", +"properties": { +"allowedCount": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"allowedPercentage": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FromMapping": { +"description": "Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies", +"id": "FromMapping", +"properties": { +"dependency": { +"description": "Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputVariable": { +"description": "Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudLocationLocation": { +"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}", +"type": "object" +}, +"locationId": { +"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListLocationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", +"id": "ListLocationsResponse", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListReleasesResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListReleases method.", +"id": "ListReleasesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListReleases call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"releases": { +"description": "The resulting releases.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListRolloutKindsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListRolloutKinds method.", +"id": "ListRolloutKindsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRolloutKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutKinds": { +"description": "The resulting rollout kinds.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListRolloutsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListRollouts method.", +"id": "ListRolloutsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRollouts call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollouts": { +"description": "The resulting rollouts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSaasResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListSaas method.", +"id": "ListSaasResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListSaas call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"saas": { +"description": "The resulting saas.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListTenantsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListTenants method.", +"id": "ListTenantsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListTenants call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tenants": { +"description": "The resulting tenants.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnitKindsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListUnitKinds method.", +"id": "ListUnitKindsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKinds": { +"description": "The resulting unit kinds.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnitOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListUnitOperations method.", +"id": "ListUnitOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitOperations call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitOperations": { +"description": "The resulting unit operations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnitsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListUnits method.", +"id": "ListUnitsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnits call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"units": { +"description": "The resulting units.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Location": { +"description": "Location information that the service is available in.", +"id": "Location", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Optional. Name of location.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MaintenanceSettings": { +"description": "Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.", +"id": "MaintenanceSettings", +"properties": { +"pinnedUntilTime": { +"description": "Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Provision": { +"description": "Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.", +"id": "Provision", +"properties": { +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Release": { +"description": "A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.", +"id": "Release", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"blueprint": { +"$ref": "Blueprint", +"description": "Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"inputVariableDefaults": { +"description": "Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"releaseRequirements": { +"$ref": "ReleaseRequirements", +"description": "Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release." +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReleaseRequirements": { +"description": "Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.", +"id": "ReleaseRequirements", +"properties": { +"upgradeableFromReleases": { +"description": "Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Rollout": { +"description": "Represents a single rollout execution and its results", +"id": "Rollout", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"control": { +"$ref": "RolloutControl", +"description": "Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"effectiveUnitFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"parentRollout": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}\"", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": { +"description": "Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce\" - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime\" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rootRollout": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}\"", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the rollout.", +"enum": [ +"ROLLOUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_RUNNING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_PAUSED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_SUCCEEDED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_FAILED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_CANCELLED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_WAITING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_CANCELLING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_RESUMING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_PAUSING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Rollout is in progress.", +"Rollout has been paused.", +"Rollout completed successfully.", +"Rollout has failed.", +"Rollout has been canceled.", +"Rollout is waiting for some condition to be met before starting.", +"Rollout is being canceled.", +"Rollout is being resumed.", +"Rollout is being paused." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateTransitionTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stats": { +"$ref": "RolloutStats", +"description": "Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitFilter": { +"description": "Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutControl": { +"description": "RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it.", +"id": "RolloutControl", +"properties": { +"action": { +"description": "Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.", +"enum": [ +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN", +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_PAUSE", +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_CANCEL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified action, will be treated as RUN by default.", +"Run the Rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state. A rollout requested to run will progress through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). If retriable errors are encountered during the rollout, the rollout will paused by default and can be resumed by re-requesting this RUN action.", +"Pause the Rollout until it is resumed (i.e. RUN is requested).", +"Cancel the Rollout permanently." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"runParams": { +"$ref": "RunRolloutActionParams", +"description": "Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutKind": { +"description": "An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.", +"id": "RolloutKind", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorBudget": { +"$ref": "ErrorBudget", +"description": "Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered." +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": { +"description": "Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce\" - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime\" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitFilter": { +"description": "Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateUnitKindStrategy": { +"description": "Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.", +"enum": [ +"UPDATE_UNIT_KIND_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", +"UPDATE_UNIT_KIND_STRATEGY_ON_START", +"UPDATE_UNIT_KIND_STRATEGY_NEVER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Strategy unspecified.", +"Update the unit kind strategy on the rollout start.", +"Never update the unit kind." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutStats": { +"description": "RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout.", +"id": "RolloutStats", +"properties": { +"estimatedTotalUnitCount": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"operationsByState": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - \"SCHEDULED\" - \"PENDING\" - \"RUNNING\" - \"SUCCEEDED\" - \"FAILED\" - \"CANCELLED\"", +"items": { +"$ref": "Aggregate" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RunRolloutActionParams": { +"description": "Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state.", +"id": "RunRolloutActionParams", +"properties": { +"retryFailedOperations": { +"description": "Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Saas": { +"description": "Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.", +"id": "Saas", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"conditions": { +"description": "Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SaasCondition" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"locations": { +"description": "Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"RUNNING", +"FAILED", +"STATE_ACTIVE", +"STATE_RUNNING", +"STATE_FAILED" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"State type is unspecified.", +"Deprecated: Use STATE_ACTIVE.", +"Deprecated: Use STATE_RUNNING.", +"Deprecated: Use STATE_FAILED.", +"The Saas is ready", +"In the process of importing, synchronizing or replicating ApplicationTemplates", +"Failure during process of importing, synchronizing or replicating ApplicationTemplate processing" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SaasCondition": { +"description": "SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.", +"id": "SaasCondition", +"properties": { +"lastTransitionTime": { +"description": "Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Required. Status of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"STATUS_TRUE", +"STATUS_FALSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition status is unspecified.", +"Condition is unknown.", +"Condition is true.", +"Condition is false." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Type of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TYPE_READY", +"TYPE_SYNCHRONIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition type is unspecified.", +"Condition type is ready.", +"Condition type is synchronized." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Schedule": { +"description": "A time specification to schedule the maintenance.", +"id": "Schedule", +"properties": { +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Tenant": { +"description": "Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: \"projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8\" consumer_resource: \"projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe\"", +"id": "Tenant", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"consumerResource": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"saas": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ToMapping": { +"description": "Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies", +"id": "ToMapping", +"properties": { +"dependency": { +"description": "Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to", +"type": "string" +}, +"ignoreForLookup": { +"description": "Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"inputVariable": { +"description": "Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Unit": { +"description": "A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.", +"id": "Unit", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"conditions": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitCondition" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"dependencies": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitDependency" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"dependents": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitDependency" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"maintenance": { +"$ref": "MaintenanceSettings", +"description": "Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future." +}, +"managementMode": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.", +"enum": [ +"MANAGEMENT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MANAGEMENT_MODE_USER", +"MANAGEMENT_MODE_SYSTEM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Unit's lifecycle is managed by the user.", +"The system will decide when to deprovision and delete the unit. User still can deprovision or delete the unit manually." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"ongoingOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"outputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"pendingOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"satisfiesPzi": { +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"satisfiesPzs": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"scheduledOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).", +"enum": [ +"UNIT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNIT_STATE_NOT_PROVISIONED", +"UNIT_STATE_PROVISIONING", +"UNIT_STATE_UPDATING", +"UNIT_STATE_DEPROVISIONING", +"UNIT_STATE_READY", +"UNIT_STATE_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Unit is not provisioned.", +"Unit is being provisioned.", +"Unit is being updated. This is typically when a unit is being upgraded to a new release or some of the input variables on the Unit is being changed. Certain kinds of updates may cause the Unit to become unusable while the update is in progress.", +"Unit is being deleted.", +"Unit has been provisioned and is ready for use", +"Unit has error, when it is not ready and some error operation" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"systemCleanupAt": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"systemManagedState": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.", +"enum": [ +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_ACTIVE", +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_INACTIVE", +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_DECOMMISSIONED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Unit has dependents attached.", +"Unit has no dependencies attached, but attachment is allowed.", +"Unit has no dependencies attached, and attachment is not allowed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitCondition": { +"description": "UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.", +"id": "UnitCondition", +"properties": { +"lastTransitionTime": { +"description": "Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Required. Status of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"STATUS_TRUE", +"STATUS_FALSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition status is unspecified.", +"Condition is unknown.", +"Condition is true.", +"Condition is false." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Type of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TYPE_READY", +"TYPE_UPDATING", +"TYPE_PROVISIONED", +"TYPE_OPERATION_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition type is unspecified.", +"Condition type is ready.", +"Condition type is updating.", +"Condition type is provisioned.", +"Condition type is operationError. True when the last unit operation fails with a non-ignorable error." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitDependency": { +"description": "Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.", +"id": "UnitDependency", +"properties": { +"alias": { +"description": "Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unit": { +"description": "Output only. A reference to the Unit object.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitKind": { +"description": "Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.", +"id": "UnitKind", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"defaultRelease": { +"description": "Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dependencies": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Dependency" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"inputVariableMappings": { +"description": "Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency\u2019s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency\u2019s inputVariables. Maximum 100.", +"items": { +"$ref": "VariableMapping" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputVariableMappings": { +"description": "Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.", +"items": { +"$ref": "VariableMapping" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"saas": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitOperation": { +"description": "UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22", +"id": "UnitOperation", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"cancel": { +"description": "Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"conditions": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitOperationCondition" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deprovision": { +"$ref": "Deprovision" +}, +"engineState": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorCategory": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.", +"enum": [ +"UNIT_OPERATION_ERROR_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_APPLICABLE", +"FATAL", +"RETRIABLE", +"IGNORABLE", +"STANDARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unit operation error category is unspecified", +"Unit operation error category is not applicable, or it is not an error", +"Unit operation error category is fatal", +"Unit operation error category is retriable", +"Unit operation error category is ignorable", +"Unit operation error category is standard, counts towards Rollout error budget" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"parentUnitOperation": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)", +"type": "string" +}, +"provision": { +"$ref": "Provision" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.", +"type": "string" +}, +"schedule": { +"$ref": "Schedule", +"description": "Optional. When to schedule this operation." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.", +"enum": [ +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_UNKNOWN", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_PENDING", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_SCHEDULED", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_RUNNING", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_SUCCEEDED", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_FAILED", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_CANCELLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Unit operation is accepted but not ready to run.", +"Unit operation is accepted and scheduled.", +"Unit operation is running.", +"Unit operation has completed successfully.", +"Unit operation has failed.", +"Unit operation was cancelled." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unit": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"upgrade": { +"$ref": "Upgrade" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitOperationCondition": { +"description": "UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.", +"id": "UnitOperationCondition", +"properties": { +"lastTransitionTime": { +"description": "Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Required. Status of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"STATUS_TRUE", +"STATUS_FALSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition status is unspecified.", +"Condition is unknown.", +"Condition is true.", +"Condition is false." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Type of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TYPE_SCHEDULED", +"TYPE_RUNNING", +"TYPE_SUCCEEDED", +"TYPE_CANCELLED", +"TYPE_APP_CREATED", +"TYPE_APP_COMPONENTS_REGISTERED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition type is unspecified.", +"Condition type is scheduled.", +"Condition type is running.", +"Condition type is succeeded.", +"Condition type is cancelled.", +"Indicates if AppHub app has been created.", +"Indicates if services and workloads have been registered with AppHub." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitVariable": { +"description": "UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.", +"id": "UnitVariable", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRING", +"INT", +"BOOL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Variable type is unspecified.", +"Variable type is string.", +"Variable type is int.", +"Variable type is bool." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Optional. String encoded value for the variable.", +"type": "string" +}, +"variable": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Upgrade": { +"description": "Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.", +"id": "Upgrade", +"properties": { +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VariableMapping": { +"description": "Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies", +"id": "VariableMapping", +"properties": { +"from": { +"$ref": "FromMapping", +"description": "Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies" +}, +"to": { +"$ref": "ToMapping", +"description": "Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies." +}, +"variable": { +"description": "Required. name of the variable", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "SaaS Runtime API", +"version": "v1", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json index cff916a709..b78fbc28a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.list", @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260214", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregate": { @@ -1823,6 +1823,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AppParams": { +"description": "AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application.", +"id": "AppParams", +"properties": { +"group": { +"description": "Grouping used to construct the name of the AppHub Application. Multiple UnitKinds can specify the same group to use the same Application across their respective units. Corresponds to the app_boundary_id in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to UnitKind.name", +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"$ref": "Scope", +"description": "Corresponds to the scope in the ADC composite ApplicationTemplate. Defaults to REGIONAL." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Blueprint": { "description": "Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev).", "id": "Blueprint", @@ -1844,6 +1859,45 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ComponentRef": { +"description": "ComponentRef represents a reference to a component resource. Next ID: 4", +"id": "ComponentRef", +"properties": { +"component": { +"description": "Name of the component in composite.Components", +"type": "string" +}, +"compositeRef": { +"$ref": "CompositeRef", +"description": "Reference to the Composite ApplicationTemplate." +}, +"revision": { +"description": "Revision of the component. If the component does not have a revision, this field will be explicitly set to the revision of the composite ApplicationTemplate.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CompositeRef": { +"description": "CompositeRef represents a reference to a composite resource. Next ID: 4", +"id": "CompositeRef", +"properties": { +"applicationTemplate": { +"description": "Required. Reference to the ApplicationTemplate resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "Revision of the ApplicationTemplate to use. Changes to revision will trigger manual resynchronization. If empty, ApplicationTemplate will be ignored.", +"type": "string" +}, +"syncOperation": { +"description": "Output only. Reference to on-going AppTemplate import and replication operation (i.e. the operation_id for the long-running operation). This field is opaque for external usage.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Dependency": { "description": "Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.", "id": "Dependency", @@ -2207,6 +2261,11 @@ "description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", "type": "object" }, +"applicationTemplateComponent": { +"$ref": "ComponentRef", +"description": "Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate.", +"readOnly": true +}, "blueprint": { "$ref": "Blueprint", "description": "Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit." @@ -2356,7 +2415,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "rolloutKind": { -"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.", +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.", "type": "string" }, "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": { @@ -2497,22 +2556,6 @@ "description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", "type": "object" }, -"maintenancePolicyEnforcement": { -"description": "Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy)", -"enum": [ -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_UNSPECIFIED", -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_STRICT", -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_IGNORED", -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_SKIPPED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, "name": { "description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}\"", "type": "string" @@ -2561,6 +2604,12 @@ "description": "RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout.", "id": "RolloutStats", "properties": { +"estimatedTotalUnitCount": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "operationsByState": { "description": "Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - \"SCHEDULED\" - \"PENDING\" - \"RUNNING\" - \"SUCCEEDED\" - \"FAILED\" - \"CANCELLED\"", "items": { @@ -2594,12 +2643,34 @@ "description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", "type": "object" }, +"applicationTemplate": { +"$ref": "CompositeRef", +"description": "Reference to composite ApplicationTemplate. When specified, the template components will be imported into their equivalent UnitKind, Release and Blueprint resources. Deleted references will not delete imported resources. Should only be specified on source regions, and be unspecified on replica regions." +}, +"blueprintRepo": { +"description": "Output only. Name of repository in Artifact Registry for system-generated Blueprints, eg. Blueprints of imported ApplicationTemplates.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"conditions": { +"description": "Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SaasCondition" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. If the state is FAILED, the corresponding error code and message. Defaults to code=OK for all other states.", +"readOnly": true +}, "etag": { "description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2623,6 +2694,38 @@ "description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}\"", "type": "string" }, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the Saas. It is always in ACTIVE state if the application_template is empty.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"RUNNING", +"FAILED", +"STATE_ACTIVE", +"STATE_RUNNING", +"STATE_FAILED" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"State type is unspecified.", +"Deprecated: Use STATE_ACTIVE.", +"Deprecated: Use STATE_RUNNING.", +"Deprecated: Use STATE_FAILED.", +"The Saas is ready", +"In the process of importing, synchronizing or replicating ApplicationTemplates", +"Failure during process of importing, synchronizing or replicating ApplicationTemplate processing" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2637,6 +2740,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SaasCondition": { +"description": "SaasCondition describes the status of a Saas.", +"id": "SaasCondition", +"properties": { +"lastTransitionTime": { +"description": "Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Required. Status of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"STATUS_TRUE", +"STATUS_FALSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition status is unspecified.", +"Condition is unknown.", +"Condition is true.", +"Condition is false." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Type of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TYPE_READY", +"TYPE_SYNCHRONIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition type is unspecified.", +"Condition type is ready.", +"Condition type is synchronized." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Schedule": { "description": "A time specification to schedule the maintenance.", "id": "Schedule", @@ -2649,6 +2802,65 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Scope": { +"description": "Scope of an application.", +"id": "Scope", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Required. Scope Type.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REGIONAL", +"GLOBAL", +"TYPE_REGIONAL", +"TYPE_GLOBAL" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type.", +"Deprecated: Use TYPE_REGIONAL.", +"Deprecated: Use TYPE_GLOBAL.", +"Regional type.", +"Global type." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Tenant": { "description": "Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: \"projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8\" consumer_resource: \"projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe\"", "id": "Tenant", @@ -2734,6 +2946,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", "type": "object" }, +"application": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the AppHub Application this unit belongs to. All resources deployed in this Unit will be associated with the specified Application.", +"type": "string" +}, "conditions": { "description": "Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", "items": { @@ -2835,6 +3051,16 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"satisfiesPzi": { +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"satisfiesPzs": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "scheduledOperations": { "description": "Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.", "items": { @@ -2993,6 +3219,15 @@ "description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", "type": "object" }, +"appParams": { +"$ref": "AppParams", +"description": "AppParams contains the parameters for creating an AppHub Application." +}, +"applicationTemplateComponent": { +"$ref": "ComponentRef", +"description": "Output only. Reference to component and revision in a composite ApplicationTemplate.", +"readOnly": true +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index f844ba88be..c6e45d18c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -5944,7 +5944,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -6097,6 +6097,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "AiModel", @@ -7674,6 +7710,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiscoveredWorkload": { +"description": "Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service.", +"id": "DiscoveredWorkload", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence in detection of this workload.", +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONFIDENCE_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified confidence level.", +"High confidence in detection of a workload." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"detectedRelevantHardware": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantKeywords": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantPackages": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "The type of workload.", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MCP_SERVER", +"AI_INFERENCE", +"AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"A workload of type MCP Server", +"A workload of type AI Inference", +"A workload of type LLM Agent" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Disk": { "description": "Contains information about the disk associated with the finding.", "id": "Disk", @@ -8124,6 +8207,13 @@ false "$ref": "AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -8235,6 +8325,10 @@ false "description": "Contains more details about the finding.", "type": "string" }, +"discoveredWorkload": { +"$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload", +"description": "DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding." +}, "disk": { "$ref": "Disk", "description": "Disk associated with the finding." @@ -8423,6 +8517,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -9821,6 +9919,42 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", @@ -11090,6 +11224,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload": { +"description": "Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence in detection of this workload.", +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONFIDENCE_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified confidence level.", +"High confidence in detection of a workload." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"detectedRelevantHardware": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantKeywords": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantPackages": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "The type of workload.", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MCP_SERVER", +"AI_INFERENCE", +"AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"A workload of type MCP Server", +"A workload of type AI Inference", +"A workload of type LLM Agent" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk": { "description": "Contains information about the disk associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk", @@ -11401,6 +11582,13 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -11519,6 +11707,10 @@ false "description": "Contains more details about the finding.", "type": "string" }, +"discoveredWorkload": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload", +"description": "DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding." +}, "disk": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk", "description": "Disk associated with the finding." @@ -11707,6 +11899,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -13760,6 +13956,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange", @@ -16632,6 +16855,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "PortRange", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 4509c5e42a..b2e611534a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -1072,6 +1072,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "AiModel", @@ -2409,6 +2445,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiscoveredWorkload": { +"description": "Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service.", +"id": "DiscoveredWorkload", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence in detection of this workload.", +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONFIDENCE_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified confidence level.", +"High confidence in detection of a workload." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"detectedRelevantHardware": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantKeywords": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantPackages": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "The type of workload.", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MCP_SERVER", +"AI_INFERENCE", +"AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"A workload of type MCP Server", +"A workload of type AI Inference", +"A workload of type LLM Agent" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Disk": { "description": "Contains information about the disk associated with the finding.", "id": "Disk", @@ -2713,6 +2796,13 @@ false "$ref": "AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -2824,6 +2914,10 @@ false "description": "Contains more details about the finding.", "type": "string" }, +"discoveredWorkload": { +"$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload", +"description": "DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding." +}, "disk": { "$ref": "Disk", "description": "Disk associated with the finding." @@ -3012,6 +3106,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -4491,6 +4589,42 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", @@ -5760,6 +5894,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload": { +"description": "Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence in detection of this workload.", +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONFIDENCE_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified confidence level.", +"High confidence in detection of a workload." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"detectedRelevantHardware": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantKeywords": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantPackages": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "The type of workload.", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MCP_SERVER", +"AI_INFERENCE", +"AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"A workload of type MCP Server", +"A workload of type AI Inference", +"A workload of type LLM Agent" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk": { "description": "Contains information about the disk associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk", @@ -6071,6 +6252,13 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -6189,6 +6377,10 @@ false "description": "Contains more details about the finding.", "type": "string" }, +"discoveredWorkload": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload", +"description": "DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding." +}, "disk": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk", "description": "Disk associated with the finding." @@ -6377,6 +6569,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -8430,6 +8626,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange", @@ -10974,6 +11197,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "PortRange", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 677b6ea608..7cf5bd4505 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260330", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2156,6 +2156,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "AiModel", @@ -3466,6 +3502,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiscoveredWorkload": { +"description": "Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service.", +"id": "DiscoveredWorkload", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence in detection of this workload.", +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONFIDENCE_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified confidence level.", +"High confidence in detection of a workload." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"detectedRelevantHardware": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantKeywords": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantPackages": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "The type of workload.", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MCP_SERVER", +"AI_INFERENCE", +"AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"A workload of type MCP Server", +"A workload of type AI Inference", +"A workload of type LLM Agent" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Disk": { "description": "Contains information about the disk associated with the finding.", "id": "Disk", @@ -3804,6 +3887,13 @@ false "$ref": "AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -3915,6 +4005,10 @@ false "description": "Contains more details about the finding.", "type": "string" }, +"discoveredWorkload": { +"$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload", +"description": "DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding." +}, "disk": { "$ref": "Disk", "description": "Disk associated with the finding." @@ -4103,6 +4197,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -5478,6 +5576,42 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", @@ -6747,6 +6881,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload": { +"description": "Represents discovered, customer managed workload that is not registered with the respective GCP service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence in detection of this workload.", +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONFIDENCE_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified confidence level.", +"High confidence in detection of a workload." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"detectedRelevantHardware": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated hardware strongly predicts the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantKeywords": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if associated keywords strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"detectedRelevantPackages": { +"description": "A boolean flag set to true if installed packages strongly predict the workload type.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "The type of workload.", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MCP_SERVER", +"AI_INFERENCE", +"AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"A workload of type MCP Server", +"A workload of type AI Inference", +"A workload of type LLM Agent" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk": { "description": "Contains information about the disk associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk", @@ -7058,6 +7239,13 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -7176,6 +7364,10 @@ false "description": "Contains more details about the finding.", "type": "string" }, +"discoveredWorkload": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2DiscoveredWorkload", +"description": "DiscoveredWorkload associated with the finding." +}, "disk": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Disk", "description": "Disk associated with the finding." @@ -7364,6 +7556,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -9417,6 +9613,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange", @@ -11620,6 +11843,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "PortRange", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json index 60be0bb3fd..a2a6984c77 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securityposture.v1.json @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260205", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://securityposture.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AssetDetails": { @@ -1238,40 +1238,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"IacValidationFailureCriteria": { -"description": "Represents the criteria for considering an IaC validation as a failure.", -"id": "IacValidationFailureCriteria", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time at which the resource was created.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"etag": { -"description": "Optional. The etag for optimistic concurrency.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the IacValidationFailureCriteria. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/iacValidationFailureCriteria", -"type": "string" -}, -"severityCountThresholds": { -"description": "Optional. A list of severity thresholds. An IaC validation fails if any threshold is exceeded.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SeverityCountThreshold" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time at which the resource was last updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListLocationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", "id": "ListLocationsResponse", @@ -2104,36 +2070,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"SeverityCountThreshold": { -"description": "Represents a threshold for a specific severity.", -"id": "SeverityCountThreshold", -"properties": { -"severity": { -"description": "Optional. The severity level, reusing the existing Violation.Severity.", -"enum": [ -"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", -"CRITICAL", -"HIGH", -"MEDIUM", -"LOW" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Critical severity.", -"High severity.", -"Medium severity.", -"Low severity." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"thresholdCount": { -"description": "Optional. If violation count meets or exceeds this threshold, validation fails.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index ed9ffe7c93..85e759255f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "servicedirectory.projects.locations.list", @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index 88041d7dd2..44b96057df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "servicedirectory.projects.locations.list", @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index 11dd3c7a28..763823e60a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260210", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -2863,66 +2863,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"McpEnableRule": { -"description": "McpEnableRule contains MCP enablement related rules.", -"id": "McpEnableRule", -"properties": { -"mcpServices": { -"description": "List of enabled MCP services.", -"items": { -"$ref": "McpService" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"McpPolicy": { -"description": "MCP Consumer Policy is a set of rules that define MCP related policy for a cloud resource hierarchy.", -"id": "McpPolicy", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time the policy was created. For singleton policies (such as the `default` policy), this is the first touch of the policy.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"etag": { -"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policy, used for concurrency control.", -"type": "string" -}, -"mcpEnableRules": { -"description": "McpEnableRules contains MCP enablement related rules.", -"items": { -"$ref": "McpEnableRule" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the policy. Only the `default` policy is supported. We allow the following formats: `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/mcpPolicies/default`, `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/mcpPolicies/default`, `folders/{FOLDER_ID}/mcpPolicies/default`, `organizations/{ORG_ID}/mcpPolicies/default`.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time the policy was last updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"McpService": { -"description": "McpService contains the service names that are enabled for MCP.", -"id": "McpService", -"properties": { -"service": { -"description": "The names of the services that are enabled for MCP. Example: `services/library-example.googleapis.com`", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Method": { "description": "Method represents a method of an API interface. New usages of this message as an alternative to MethodDescriptorProto are strongly discouraged. This message does not reliability preserve all information necessary to model the schema and preserve semantics. Instead make use of FileDescriptorSet which preserves the necessary information.", "id": "Method", @@ -3896,12 +3836,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"UpdateMcpPolicyMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for the `UpdateMcpPolicy` method.", -"id": "UpdateMcpPolicyMetadata", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "Usage": { "description": "Configuration controlling usage of a service.", "id": "Usage", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index fe3656fdb7..a1ac13c49a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260210", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -3558,66 +3558,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"McpEnableRule": { -"description": "McpEnableRule contains MCP enablement related rules.", -"id": "McpEnableRule", -"properties": { -"mcpServices": { -"description": "List of enabled MCP services.", -"items": { -"$ref": "McpService" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"McpPolicy": { -"description": "MCP Consumer Policy is a set of rules that define MCP related policy for a cloud resource hierarchy.", -"id": "McpPolicy", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time the policy was created. For singleton policies (such as the `default` policy), this is the first touch of the policy.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"etag": { -"description": "An opaque tag indicating the current version of the policy, used for concurrency control.", -"type": "string" -}, -"mcpEnableRules": { -"description": "McpEnableRules contains MCP enablement related rules.", -"items": { -"$ref": "McpEnableRule" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the policy. Only the `default` policy is supported. We allow the following formats: `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/mcpPolicies/default`, `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/mcpPolicies/default`, `folders/{FOLDER_ID}/mcpPolicies/default`, `organizations/{ORG_ID}/mcpPolicies/default`.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time the policy was last updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"McpService": { -"description": "McpService contains the service names that are enabled for MCP.", -"id": "McpService", -"properties": { -"service": { -"description": "The names of the services that are enabled for MCP. Example: `services/library-example.googleapis.com`", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Method": { "description": "Method represents a method of an API interface. New usages of this message as an alternative to MethodDescriptorProto are strongly discouraged. This message does not reliability preserve all information necessary to model the schema and preserve semantics. Instead make use of FileDescriptorSet which preserves the necessary information.", "id": "Method", @@ -4784,12 +4724,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"UpdateMcpPolicyMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for the `UpdateMcpPolicy` method.", -"id": "UpdateMcpPolicyMetadata", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "Usage": { "description": "Configuration controlling usage of a service.", "id": "Usage", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index 1abb87d9d2..f36a5f5270 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260213", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ack": { @@ -7128,9 +7128,9 @@ "OPTIMISTIC" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. * If isolation level is REPEATABLE_READ, then it is an error to specify `read_lock_mode`. Locking semantics default to `OPTIMISTIC`. No validation checks are done for reads, except to validate that the data that was served at the snapshot time is unchanged at commit time in the following cases: 1. reads done as part of queries that use `SELECT FOR UPDATE` 2. reads done as part of statements with a `LOCK_SCANNED_RANGES` hint 3. reads done as part of DML statements * At all other isolation levels, if `read_lock_mode` is the default value, then pessimistic read locks are used.", -"Pessimistic lock mode. Read locks are acquired immediately on read. Semantics described only applies to SERIALIZABLE isolation.", -"Optimistic lock mode. Locks for reads within the transaction are not acquired on read. Instead the locks are acquired on a commit to validate that read/queried data has not changed since the transaction started. Semantics described only applies to SERIALIZABLE isolation." +"Default value. * If isolation level is SERIALIZABLE, locking semantics default to `PESSIMISTIC`. * If isolation level is REPEATABLE_READ, locking semantics default to `OPTIMISTIC`. * See [Concurrency control](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/concurrency-control) for more details.", +"Pessimistic lock mode. Lock acquisition behavior depends on the isolation level in use. In SERIALIZABLE isolation, reads and writes acquire necessary locks during transaction statement execution. In REPEATABLE_READ isolation, reads that explicitly request to be locked and writes acquire locks. See [Concurrency control](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/concurrency-control) for details on the types of locks acquired at each transaction step.", +"Optimistic lock mode. Lock acquisition behavior depends on the isolation level in use. In both SERIALIZABLE and REPEATABLE_READ isolation, reads and writes do not acquire locks during transaction statement execution. See [Concurrency control](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/concurrency-control) for details on how the guarantees of each isolation level are provided at commit time." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 390a9c0485..9a5f8f1a44 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Required. Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance.", +"description": "Required. Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260303", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -4993,7 +4993,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "autoIamAuthn": { -"description": "Optional. When set to true, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database.", +"description": "Optional. When set to `true`, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database.", "type": "boolean" }, "database": { @@ -6634,7 +6634,8 @@ false "MANAGE_BACKUP", "ENHANCED_BACKUP", "REPAIR_READ_POOL", -"CREATE_READ_POOL" +"CREATE_READ_POOL", +"PRE_CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -6688,6 +6689,7 @@ true, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6742,7 +6744,8 @@ false "Changes the BackupTier of a Cloud SQL instance.", "Creates a backup for an Enhanced BackupTier Cloud SQL instance.", "Repairs entire read pool or specified read pool nodes in the read pool.", -"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance." +"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance.", +"Pre-checks the major version upgrade operation." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7389,7 +7392,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "consumerProject": { -"description": "Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network.", +"description": "Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network.", "type": "string" }, "ipAddress": { @@ -7425,9 +7428,17 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"pscAutoDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pscEnabled": { "description": "Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index fd58329258..65ff8143c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance.", +"description": "Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260303", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -6635,7 +6635,8 @@ false "MANAGE_BACKUP", "ENHANCED_BACKUP", "REPAIR_READ_POOL", -"CREATE_READ_POOL" +"CREATE_READ_POOL", +"PRE_CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -6689,6 +6690,7 @@ true, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6743,7 +6745,8 @@ false "Changes the BackupTier of a Cloud SQL instance.", "Creates a backup for an Enhanced BackupTier Cloud SQL instance.", "Repairs entire read pool or specified read pool nodes in the read pool.", -"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance." +"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance.", +"Pre-checks for major version upgrade." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7426,9 +7429,17 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"pscAutoDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pscEnabled": { "description": "Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json index b864489670..12ea6e29be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "storagebatchoperations.projects.locations.list", @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://storagebatchoperations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { @@ -728,7 +728,25 @@ "id": "Counters", "properties": { "failedObjectCount": { -"description": "Output only. Number of objects failed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of objects that failed due to user errors or service errors.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"objectCustomContextsCreated": { +"description": "Output only. Number of object custom contexts created. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"objectCustomContextsDeleted": { +"description": "Output only. Number of object custom contexts deleted. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"objectCustomContextsUpdated": { +"description": "Output only. Number of object custom contexts updated. This counter tracks custom contexts where the key already existed, but the payload was modified. This field is only populated for jobs with the UpdateObjectCustomContext transformation.", "format": "int64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index d468444c79..7748a0f1dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subjectToken": { -"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\\\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\\\", \\\"MCIFFGAGTT0...\\\"] ```", +"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\\\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\\\", \\\"MCIFFGAGTT0...\\\"] ```", "type": "string" }, "subjectTokenType": { @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ "description": "An access boundary that defines the upper bound of permissions the credential may have. The value should be a JSON object of AccessBoundary. The access boundary can include up to 10 rules. The size of the parameter value should not exceed 2048 characters." }, "bindCertFingerprint": { -"description": "The unpadded, base64url-encoded SHA-256 hash of the certificate's DER encoding and it must be 43 characters long. The resulting token will be bound to this value.", +"description": "The unpadded, url-escaped, base64-encoded SHA-256 hash of the certificate's DER encoding. It must be 43 characters long. The resulting token will be bound to this value.", "type": "string" }, "userProject": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 186a2a9c74..5a2c20832f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ "description": "An access boundary that defines the upper bound of permissions the credential may have. The value should be a JSON object of AccessBoundary. The access boundary can include up to 10 rules. The size of the parameter value should not exceed 2048 characters." }, "bindCertFingerprint": { -"description": "The unpadded, base64url-encoded SHA-256 hash of the certificate's DER encoding and it must be 43 characters long. The resulting token will be bound to this value.", +"description": "The unpadded, url-escaped, base64-encoded SHA-256 hash of the certificate's DER encoding. It must be 43 characters long. The resulting token will be bound to this value.", "type": "string" }, "userProject": { @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subjectToken": { -"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.", +"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.", "type": "string" }, "subjectTokenType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index eadbf9ac7d..882780ccf3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvancedVoiceOptions": { @@ -339,8 +339,13 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "relaxSafetyFilters": { -"description": "Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"safetySettings": { +"$ref": "SafetySettings", +"description": "Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default." } }, "type": "object" @@ -628,6 +633,65 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SafetySetting": { +"description": "Safety setting for a single harm category.", +"id": "SafetySetting", +"properties": { +"category": { +"description": "The harm category to apply the safety setting to.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HATE_SPEECH", +"HARM_CATEGORY_DANGEROUS_CONTENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HARASSMENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_SEXUALLY_EXPLICIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Content that promotes violence or incites hatred against individuals or groups based on certain attributes.", +"Content that promotes, facilitates, or enables dangerous activities.", +"Abusive, threatening, or content intended to bully, torment, or ridicule.", +"Content that contains sexually explicit material." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"threshold": { +"description": "The harm block threshold for the safety setting.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_BLOCK_THRESHOLD_UNSPECIFIED", +"BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_MEDIUM_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_ONLY_HIGH", +"BLOCK_NONE", +"OFF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The harm block threshold is unspecified.", +"Block content with a low harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a medium harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a high harm probability.", +"Do not block any content, regardless of its harm probability.", +"Turn off the safety filter entirely." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SafetySettings": { +"description": "Safety settings for the request.", +"id": "SafetySettings", +"properties": { +"settings": { +"description": "The safety settings for the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SafetySetting" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index b3a341739c..bf3ded32fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvancedVoiceOptions": { @@ -282,8 +282,13 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "relaxSafetyFilters": { -"description": "Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"safetySettings": { +"$ref": "SafetySettings", +"description": "Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default." } }, "type": "object" @@ -561,6 +566,65 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SafetySetting": { +"description": "Safety setting for a single harm category.", +"id": "SafetySetting", +"properties": { +"category": { +"description": "The harm category to apply the safety setting to.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HATE_SPEECH", +"HARM_CATEGORY_DANGEROUS_CONTENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HARASSMENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_SEXUALLY_EXPLICIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Content that promotes violence or incites hatred against individuals or groups based on certain attributes.", +"Content that promotes, facilitates, or enables dangerous activities.", +"Abusive, threatening, or content intended to bully, torment, or ridicule.", +"Content that contains sexually explicit material." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"threshold": { +"description": "The harm block threshold for the safety setting.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_BLOCK_THRESHOLD_UNSPECIFIED", +"BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_MEDIUM_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_ONLY_HIGH", +"BLOCK_NONE", +"OFF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The harm block threshold is unspecified.", +"Block content with a low harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a medium harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a high harm probability.", +"Do not block any content, regardless of its harm probability.", +"Turn off the safety filter entirely." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SafetySettings": { +"description": "Safety settings for the request.", +"id": "SafetySettings", +"properties": { +"settings": { +"description": "The safety settings for the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SafetySetting" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index f5e955ad3c..f53ccf3ec8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ] }, "initializeSettings": { -"description": "Creates resources for settings which have not yet been set. Currently, this creates a single resource: a Google Cloud Storage bucket, to be used as the default bucket for this project. The bucket is created in an FTL-own storage project. Except for in rare cases, calling this method in parallel from multiple clients will only create a single bucket. In order to avoid unnecessary storage charges, the bucket is configured to automatically delete objects older than 90 days. The bucket is created with the following permissions: - Owner access for owners of central storage project (FTL-owned) - Writer access for owners/editors of customer project - Reader access for viewers of customer project The default ACL on objects created in the bucket is: - Owner access for owners of central storage project - Reader access for owners/editors/viewers of customer project See Google Cloud Storage documentation for more details. If there is already a default bucket set and the project can access the bucket, this call does nothing. However, if the project doesn't have the permission to access the bucket or the bucket is deleted, a new bucket will be created. May return any canonical error codes, including the following: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to write to project - Any error code raised by Google Cloud Storage", +"description": "Creates resources for settings which have not yet been set. Currently, this creates a single resource: a Google Cloud Storage bucket, to be used as the default bucket for this project. The bucket is created in an FTL-own storage project. Except for in rare cases, calling this method in parallel from multiple clients will only create a single bucket. In order to avoid unnecessary storage charges, the bucket is configured to automatically delete objects older than 60 days. The bucket is created with the following permissions: - Owner access for owners of central storage project (FTL-owned) - Writer access for owners/editors of customer project - Reader access for viewers of customer project The default ACL on objects created in the bucket is: - Owner access for owners of central storage project - Reader access for owners/editors/viewers of customer project See Google Cloud Storage documentation for more details. If there is already a default bucket set and the project can access the bucket, this call does nothing. However, if the project doesn't have the permission to access the bucket or the bucket is deleted, a new bucket will be created. May return any canonical error codes, including the following: - PERMISSION_DENIED - if the user is not authorized to write to project - Any error code raised by Google Cloud Storage", "flatPath": "toolresults/v1beta3/projects/{projectId}:initializeSettings", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "toolresults.projects.initializeSettings", @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ "id": "FileReference", "properties": { "fileUri": { -"description": "The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set", +"description": "The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set", "type": "string" } }, @@ -3159,6 +3159,10 @@ "incompatibleDevice": { "description": "If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"pendingTimeout": { +"description": "Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json index 9403a963b9..1e396a3456 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260308", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": { @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ }, "flight": { "$ref": "Flight", -"description": "Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." +"description": "Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." }, "source": { "description": "Optional. The source of the emissions data.", @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ "properties": { "flight": { "$ref": "Scope3FlightSegment", -"description": "Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request." +"description": "Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request." }, "source": { "description": "Optional. The source of the emissions data.", @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ }, "market": { "$ref": "Market", -"description": "Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." +"description": "Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index 66df190134..80a6a20624 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vmmigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260222", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index c3a81cdf20..d3098bedb5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vmmigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260222", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json index 0f7f8bf34e..02da058774 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vmwareengine.projects.locations.list", @@ -562,6 +562,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/networkPeerings", @@ -702,6 +707,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -791,6 +801,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/networkPolicies", @@ -967,6 +982,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -1009,6 +1029,11 @@ "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/externalAccessRules", @@ -1149,6 +1174,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the// request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -1365,7 +1395,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise.", +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1575,6 +1605,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -1881,7 +1916,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise.", +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2085,7 +2120,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise.", +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2281,6 +2316,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/externalAddresses", @@ -2421,6 +2461,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -3260,6 +3305,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/privateConnections", @@ -3400,6 +3450,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -3480,6 +3535,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "vmwareEngineNetworkId": { "description": "Required. The user-provided identifier of the new VMware Engine network. This identifier must be unique among VMware Engine network resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * For networks of type LEGACY, adheres to the format: `{region-id}-default`. Replace `{region-id}` with the region where you want to create the VMware Engine network. For example, \"us-central1-default\". * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5)", "location": "query", @@ -3629,6 +3689,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -3649,7 +3714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://vmwareengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratePrivateCloudDeletionRequest": { @@ -5306,6 +5371,10 @@ "requestId": { "description": "Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6535,6 +6604,10 @@ "requestId": { "description": "Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json index e7873b187f..d4cdb3d6c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vpcaccess.projects.locations.list", @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json index db816a82fd..4849c254df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vpcaccess.projects.locations.list", @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index c278cd3ae8..ab7328fa22 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260220", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -5460,23 +5460,35 @@ true "GENERIC_ENTRY_TICKET", "GENERIC_RECEIPT", "GENERIC_LOYALTY_CARD", +"GENERIC_BUSINESS_CARD", +"GENERIC_BARCODE_PASS", +"GENERIC_MEMBERSHIP_CARD", +"GENERIC_STUDENT_CARD", +"GENERIC_TRANSIT_PASS", +"GENERIC_VEHICLE_REGISTRATION", "GENERIC_OTHER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified generic type.", -"Season pass", -"Utility bills", -"Parking pass", -"Voucher", -"Gym membership cards", -"Library membership cards", -"Reservations", -"Auto-insurance cards", -"Home-insurance cards", -"Entry tickets", -"Receipts", -"Loyalty cards. Please note that it is advisable to use a dedicated Loyalty card pass type instead of this generic type. A dedicated loyalty card pass type offers more features and functionality than a generic pass type.", -"Other type" +"Represents a season pass.", +"Represents a utility bill.", +"Represents a parking pass.", +"Represents a voucher.", +"Represents a gym membership card.", +"Represents a library card.", +"Represents a reservation.", +"Represents an auto-insurance card.", +"Represents a home-insurance card.", +"Represents an entry ticket.", +"Represents a receipt.", +"Represents a loyalty card. Please note that it is advisable to use a dedicated Loyalty card pass type instead of this generic type. A dedicated loyalty card pass type offers more features and functionality than a generic pass type.", +"Represents a business card.", +"Represents a barcode pass.", +"Represents a membership card.", +"Represents a student card.", +"Represents a transit pass.", +"Represents a vehicle registration.", +"Represents another type of generic pass." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json index bc5f00e694..db817defed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "workflows.projects.locations.list", @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json index 1903bdfad1..d4d9d5b678 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "workflows.projects.locations.list", @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json index df19e97a11..18a358a35b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json @@ -5,12 +5,18 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships": { "description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see, add, update, and remove members from conversations and spaces" }, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly": { +"description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see members of conversations and spaces" +}, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly": { "description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see all messages and their associated reactions and message content" }, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces": { "description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can create conversations and spaces and see or update their metadata (including history settings and access settings)" }, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly": { +"description": "On their own behalf, apps in Google Chat can see conversations and spaces and their metadata (including history settings and access settings)" +}, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot": { "description": "Private Service: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.bot" }, @@ -246,8 +252,10 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages", @@ -444,8 +452,10 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages", @@ -489,8 +499,10 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.app.spaces.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.memberships.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages", @@ -733,7 +745,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251216", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://workspaceevents.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Artifact": { @@ -1198,6 +1210,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"serviceAccountAuthority": { +"description": "Output only. The service account that was used to authorize the creation of the subscription. This service account must be owned by the same Google Cloud project where you create this subscription. Format: `projects/{project_id}/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. The state of the subscription. Determines whether the subscription can receive events and deliver them to the notification endpoint.", "enum": [ @@ -1220,8 +1237,10 @@ "enum": [ "ERROR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "USER_SCOPE_REVOKED", +"APP_SCOPE_REVOKED", "RESOURCE_DELETED", "USER_AUTHORIZATION_FAILURE", +"APP_AUTHORIZATION_FAILURE", "ENDPOINT_PERMISSION_DENIED", "ENDPOINT_NOT_FOUND", "ENDPOINT_RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED", @@ -1230,8 +1249,10 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The authorizing user has revoked the grant of one or more OAuth scopes. To learn more about authorization for Google Workspace, see [Configure the OAuth consent screen](https://developers.google.com/workspace/guides/configure-oauth-consent#choose-scopes).", +"The domain administrator has revoked the grant of one or more OAuth scopes for the app. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", "The target resource for the subscription no longer exists.", "The user that authorized the creation of the subscription no longer has access to the subscription's target resource.", +"The app that authorized the creation of the subscription no longer has access to the subscription's target resource. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", "The Google Workspace application doesn't have access to deliver events to your subscription's notification endpoint.", "The subscription's notification endpoint doesn't exist, or the endpoint can't be found in the Google Cloud project where you created the subscription.", "The subscription's notification endpoint failed to receive events due to insufficient quota or reaching rate limiting.", @@ -1259,6 +1280,11 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"userAuthority": { +"description": "Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. The user must be able to view the `target_resource`. For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.id) field from the Directory API. Format: `users/{user}` [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json index b04b6aa3c9..de1f6f27f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "workstations.projects.locations.list", @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "allowMissing": { -"description": "Optional. If set and the workstation configuration is not found, a new workstation configuration is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored.", +"description": "Optional. If set and the workstation is not found, a new workstation is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -1076,13 +1076,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation configuration should be updated.", +"description": "Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation should be updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2362,14 +2362,18 @@ "STATE_STARTING", "STATE_RUNNING", "STATE_STOPPING", -"STATE_STOPPED" +"STATE_STOPPED", +"STATE_SUSPENDING", +"STATE_SUSPENDED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not use.", "The workstation is not yet ready to accept requests from users but will be soon.", "The workstation is ready to accept requests from users.", "The workstation is being stopped.", -"The workstation is stopped and will not be able to receive requests until it is started." +"The workstation is stopped and will not be able to receive requests until it is started.", +"The workstation is being suspended.", +"The workstation is suspended." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2624,7 +2628,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "runningTimeout": { -"description": "Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds\u2014for example, `\"54000s\"` (15 hours). Defaults to `\"43200s\"` (12 hours). A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `\"0s\"` and less than `\"86400s\"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates.", +"description": "Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds\u2014for example, `\"54000s\"` (15 hours). Defaults to `\"43200s\"` (12 hours). A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `\"0s\"` and less than `\"86400s\"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json index a5f1663c05..43cc44db73 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "allowMissing": { -"description": "Optional. If set and the workstation configuration is not found, a new workstation configuration is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored.", +"description": "Optional. If set and the workstation is not found, a new workstation is created. In this situation, update_mask is ignored.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -1002,13 +1002,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation configuration should be updated.", +"description": "Required. Mask specifying which fields in the workstation should be updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260113", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it.", +"description": "Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the result, but do not actually apply it.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2329,14 +2329,18 @@ "STATE_STARTING", "STATE_RUNNING", "STATE_STOPPING", -"STATE_STOPPED" +"STATE_STOPPED", +"STATE_SUSPENDING", +"STATE_SUSPENDED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not use.", "The workstation is not yet ready to accept requests from users but will be soon.", "The workstation is ready to accept requests from users.", "The workstation is being stopped.", -"The workstation is stopped and will not be able to receive requests until it is started." +"The workstation is stopped and will not be able to receive requests until it is started.", +"The workstation is being suspended.", +"The workstation is suspended." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2484,6 +2488,14 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"workstationAuthorizationUrl": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the redirect URL for unauthorized requests received by workstation VMs in this cluster. Redirects to this endpoint will send a base64 encoded `state` query param containing the target workstation name and original request hostname. The endpoint is responsible for retrieving a token using `GenerateAccessToken` and redirecting back to the original hostname with the token.", +"type": "string" +}, +"workstationLaunchUrl": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the launch URL for workstations in this cluster. Requests sent to unstarted workstations will be redirected to this URL. Requests redirected to the launch endpoint will be sent with a `workstation` and `project` query parameter containing the full workstation resource name and project ID, respectively. The launch endpoint is responsible for starting the workstation, polling it until it reaches `STATE_RUNNING`, and then issuing a redirect to the workstation's host URL.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2622,7 +2634,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "runningTimeout": { -"description": "Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds\u2014for example, `\"54000s\"` (15 hours). Defaults to `\"43200s\"` (12 hours). A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `\"0s\"` and less than `\"86400s\"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates.", +"description": "Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. This field applies to workstations in both STATE_RUNNING and STATE_SUSPENDED. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds\u2014for example, `\"54000s\"` (15 hours). Defaults to `\"43200s\"` (12 hours). A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `\"0s\"` and less than `\"86400s\"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `\"0s\"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 5435d22fbf..2f591a484c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -3305,6 +3305,10 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel": { +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "part": { "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -4172,7 +4176,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260205", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { @@ -8832,8 +8836,8 @@ true "description": "Whether the gift involves a visual effect.", "type": "boolean" }, -"jewelsCount": { -"description": "The cost of the gift in jewels.", +"jewelsAmount": { +"description": "The value of the gift in jewels.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/version.py b/googleapiclient/version.py index 8e332300ac..d2decbe520 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/version.py +++ b/googleapiclient/version.py @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ # See the License for the specific language governing permissions and # limitations under the License. -__version__ = "2.193.0" +__version__ = "2.194.0" diff --git a/samples/compute/startup-script.sh b/samples/compute/startup-script.sh index 5e59b2d0b8..5a202a6fdf 100644 --- a/samples/compute/startup-script.sh +++ b/samples/compute/startup-script.sh @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ wget $IMAGE_URL convert * -pointsize 30 -fill white -stroke black -gravity center -annotate +10+40 "$TEXT" output.png # Create a Google Cloud Storage bucket. -gsutil mb gs://$CS_BUCKET +gcloud storage buckets create gs://$CS_BUCKET # Store the image in the Google Cloud Storage bucket and allow all users # to read it. -gsutil cp -a public-read output.png gs://$CS_BUCKET/output.png +gcloud storage cp --predefined-acl=public-read output.png gs://$CS_BUCKET/output.png # [END compute_apiary_startup_script]